Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 15, 2021.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Texas   6036   46-2135597

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification No.)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Bart O. Caraway

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

(281) 446-7000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Michael G. Keeley, Esq.

Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP

2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 3600

Dallas, Texas 75201

(214) 855-3906

(214) 855-8200 (facsimile)

 

Derek W. McGee, Esq.

Brent Standefer, Jr., Esq.

Fenimore Kay Harrison LLP

812 San Antonio Street, Suite 600

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 583-5900

(512) 583-5940 (facsimile)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common stock, par value $1.00 per share

  $75,000,000   $6,952.50

 

 

(1)

Includes the aggregate offering price of                additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the Registrant in this offering.

(2)

Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the Registrant.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated October 15, 2021

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

            Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This prospectus relates to the initial public offering of the common stock of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. We are the bank holding company for Third Coast Bank, SSB, a Texas state savings bank headquartered in Humble, Texas, with operations primarily in the greater Houston, Dallas-Fort Worth and Austin-San Antonio, Texas markets. We are offering              shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering there has been no established public market for our common stock. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $              and $              per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “TCBX.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27 of this prospectus.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

     Per
share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                  $              

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding the underwriting discounts and commissions and certain expenses payable to the underwriters by us.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days following the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock from us on the same terms set forth above.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor any other state securities commission nor any other regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Our common stock is not a deposit or savings account. Our common stock is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency or instrumentality.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to purchasers on or about             , 2021, subject to customary closing conditions.

 

 

 

Stephens Inc.                      Piper Sandler & Co.   Deutsche Bank Securities

The date of this prospectus is             , 2021


Table of Contents

LOGO

LOGO

 

Note: Total assets reflect as of the year-ended 12/31, unless otherwise specified


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

About this Prospectus

     ii  

Market and Industry Data

     ii  

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

     iii  

ESOP Repurchase Right Termination

     iii  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     17  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     19  

Non-GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     23  

Summary of Risk Factors

     25  

Risk Factors

     27  

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     60  

Use of Proceeds

     62  

Dividend Policy

     63  

Capitalization

     64  

Dilution

     67  

Price Range of Our Common Stock

     69  

Business

     70  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     92  

Management

     125  

Executive Compensation

     137  

Principal Shareholders

     152  

Certain Relationships and Related Persons Transactions

     155  

Description of Capital Stock

     157  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     163  

Supervision and Regulation

     165  

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     181  

Underwriting

     185  

Legal Matters

     191  

Experts

     191  

Where You Can Find More Information

     191  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

i


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references to “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” “Third Coast,” “TCBX,” and “the Company” refer to Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries. All references in this prospectus to “Third Coast Bank,” “the Bank,” or “our Bank” refer to Third Coast Bank, SSB, a Texas state savings bank and our wholly owned bank subsidiary. All references in this prospectus to “TCCC” and “Third Coast Commercial Capital” refer to Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc., a Texas corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf that we have referred you to. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We and the underwriters are not making an offer of these securities in any state, country or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sales of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may have changed since the date of the applicable document.

This prospectus describes the specific details regarding this offering and the terms and conditions of our common stock being offered hereby and the risks of investing in our common stock. For additional information, please see the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

You should not interpret the contents of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus to be legal, business, investment or tax advice. You should consult with your own advisors for that type of advice and consult with them about the legal, tax, business, financial and other issues that you should consider before investing in our common stock.

Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes industry and trade association data, forecasts and information that we have prepared based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys, government agencies and other independent information publicly available to us. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information obtained from these sources. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. We believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. In addition, forward-looking information obtained from these sources is subject to the same qualifications and the additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Trademarks used in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners, although for presentational convenience we may not use the ® or the symbols to identify such trademarks.

 

ii


Table of Contents

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike other public companies that are not emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act, we are not required to:

 

   

provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

provide more than two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this Form S-1;

 

   

comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

   

provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or hold shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation as required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act; or

 

   

obtain shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.07 billion or more in annual revenues;

 

   

the date on which we become a “large accelerated filer” (the fiscal year end on which the total market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more as of June 30);

 

   

the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period; or

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

We have elected to adopt the reduced disclosure requirements above for purposes of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, we expect to take advantage of certain of the reduced reporting and other requirements of the JOBS Act with respect to the periodic reports we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and proxy statements that we use to solicit proxies from our shareholders.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period for as long as it is available.

ESOP REPURCHASE RIGHT TERMINATION

In accordance with provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, that are applicable to private companies, the terms of our employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, currently provide that ESOP participants have the right, for a specified period of time, to require us to repurchase shares of our common stock that are distributed to them by the ESOP. As a result, the ESOP-owned shares are deducted from shareholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheets. The shares of common stock held by the ESOP are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets as a line item called “Commitments and contingencies—ESOP-owned shares” appearing between total liabilities and shareholders’ equity. Upon the completion of this offering and the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, our repurchase liability will be extinguished and the ESOP-owned shares will be included in shareholders’ equity.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes that are included herein, before making an investment decision. Additionally, references in this prospectus to the “Greater Houston market” refer to the Houston—The Woodlands—Sugar Land, Texas Metropolitan Statistical Area, or MSA, the Beaumont—Port Arthur, Texas MSA, and surrounding counties. References in this prospectus to the “Dallas-Fort Worth market” refer to the Dallas—Fort Worth—Arlington, Texas MSA and surrounding counties. References in this prospectus to the “Austin-San Antonio market” refer to the San Antonio—New Braunfels, Texas MSA, the Austin—Round Rock—Georgetown, Texas MSA, and surrounding counties.

Our Company

We are a commercially-focused, Texas-based bank holding company operating primarily in the Greater Houston, Dallas-Fort Worth, and Austin-San Antonio markets through our wholly owned subsidiary, Third Coast Bank, SSB, or the Bank, a Texas state savings bank, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc., or TCCC, a Texas corporation and commercial finance company. Since the Bank’s founding in 2008, we have been able to successfully execute our organically-focused strategic plan by attracting talented professionals and providing superior banking services through our relationship managers. We currently operate twelve branch locations, with seven branches in the Greater Houston market, two branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth market, two branches in the Austin-San Antonio market, and one branch in Detroit, Texas. As of June 30, 2021, we had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $2.01 billion, total loans of $1.55 billion, total deposits of $1.78 billion and total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, of $137.8 million.

Our management team and board of directors are led by our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Bart O. Caraway. Under Mr. Caraway’s leadership, we have experienced substantial and consistent growth. We believe our team-oriented culture, combined with a diverse suite of financial products and services, delivers the sophistication of a larger financial institution and allows our relationship managers to attract and retain customers and drive growth. We strive to know our customers better than our competition and believe our greatest opportunities for organic growth stem from the ability of our relationship managers to provide a greater level of attentiveness to customers and prospects than larger banks and our peers. As a result of consolidation among Texas metropolitan banks, we believe we are one of the few remaining locally-based banks in our markets that are dedicated to providing personalized service to small and medium-sized businesses with sophisticated banking needs. We intend to focus on continued quality organic growth, profitability enhancement through the leveraging of our current staff and infrastructure, engaging in strategic hiring of experienced bankers, expanding our markets through de novo branching and strategic whole-bank and branch acquisitions to increase shareholder value.

Our History and Growth

We were incorporated on January 16, 2013 to serve as the holding company for the Bank, which was chartered on February 25, 2008. We were founded by Mr. Caraway, along with other experienced Texas business professionals, to serve the banking needs of small and medium-sized businesses and individuals who we believe are often underserved by larger banks but demand sophisticated banking products and services. We began operations in Humble, Texas and opened four de novo locations in the Greater Houston market from 2009 to


 

1


Table of Contents

2018. In 2014, we expanded into the Dallas-Fort Worth market through a de novo location and opened an additional branch in 2015. Our entrance into the Dallas-Fort Worth market provided us with enhanced economic diversification and increased opportunities for organic growth, as well as a broader target market for future strategic hiring of experienced bankers and acquisition opportunities. The Bank began providing commercial finance services in 2012 for companies that typically have credit needs outside of traditional commercial bank underwriting guidelines, and TCCC was formed in 2015 as a subsidiary of the Bank dedicated to our commercial finance business line.

Since the Bank’s inception, we have successfully completed six rounds of common equity funding totaling $112.9 million, through board members, management, employees, friends, family and local investors. On January 1, 2020, we completed a merger with Heritage Bancorp, Inc., or Heritage, and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank, a commercial bank headquartered in the Greater Houston market. At the time of its acquisition, Heritage had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $315.9 million, total loans of $259.6 million, and total deposits of $260.2 million.

Our merger with Heritage provided us with five new branch locations, including two in the Greater Houston market, two in the Austin-San Antonio market, and one in Detroit, Texas. We believe that this combined footprint has enhanced our geographic diversity and positioned us for continued organic growth in and around the markets we serve. In addition, we believe that the Company and Heritage had complementary cultures, which facilitated the successful integration of the two companies and helped us opportunistically grow our institution following the merger, as further described in “Our Competitive Strengths” below. We have also experienced greater efficiency and enhanced profitability since consummating our merger with Heritage through added scale, realization of cost savings, and improvement in our deposit base, as demonstrated by improvements in our return on average assets (ROAA), net interest margin (NIM), and efficiency ratio from 0.27%, 4.08%, and 86.19%, respectively, as of December 31, 2019, to 0.88%, 4.67%, and 72.72%, respectively, as of June 30, 2021.    

The following timeline illustrates how we developed our current footprint since opening our first office in 2008:

 

 

LOGO

We have experienced substantial and consistent organic growth, supplemented by acquisition growth from our merger with Heritage and participation in the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, and Main Street Lending Program, or MSLP, as shown in the chart below. We believe our team-oriented culture, relationship-based approach, and commitment to retaining and hiring talented relationship managers, paired with our diverse suite


 

2


Table of Contents

of financial products and services drives our history of successful organic growth. The following chart reflects our total assets since the Bank’s formation:

 

LOGO

 

(1)

As of December 31 of each year, unless otherwise specified

(2)

Consists of PPP loans and MSLP loans

(3)

Reflects Heritage Bancorp, Inc. total assets as of December 31, 2019

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us from other financial institutions and are key to the execution of our strategy:

Highly Experienced Management Team. Our executive team has over 100 years of combined financial services experience and a demonstrated track record of managing profitable organic growth through customer acquisition and opportunistic strategic hiring, maintaining a disciplined credit culture, implementing a high-touch, relationship driven approach to banking, and successfully executing and integrating acquisitions. Certain biographical information for our executive officers is as follows:

Bart O. Caraway, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Caraway was our principal founder and organizer and is the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. He is also Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of TCCC. Mr. Caraway has over 29 years of banking and public accounting experience and is a Texas licensed attorney and Certified Public Accountant. Prior to founding the Bank, he served in executive roles at several other community banks, including as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer for a Houston, Texas bank wherein Mr. Caraway consulted on the de novo formation, managed the acquisition of two banks, ran all of the operations and helped grow the bank to over $600 million in total assets. Mr. Caraway also created and developed the role of Director of Financial Institution Services for Briggs & Veselka Co., one of the largest independent accounting firms in Texas, and was responsible for developing the firm’s financial institution and consulting practice, including bank audit and attestation services; internal audit services; loan reviews; risk assessments; de novo bank chartering; and consulting for mergers and acquisitions, strategic planning, compliance, and management.

R. John McWhorter, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McWhorter has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since April 2015 and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From April 2015 to January 2021, Mr. McWhorter served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. Mr. McWhorter brings over 34 years of banking, bank auditing and public accounting experience to the Company and is a Certified Public Accountant. Prior to joining the Company and the Bank, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Bank of Houston, a $1 billion in assets


 

3


Table of Contents

bank headquartered in the Greater Houston market, until it was acquired by Independent Bank. Prior to his role with Bank of Houston, Mr. McWhorter was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cadence Bancorp LLC from March 2010 to June 2012. He also served as Senior Vice President and Controller of Amegy Bank from April 1990 to June 2003 and helped take the bank public and grow to over $5 billion in assets. During his career, Mr. McWhorter has helped complete nine acquisitions and several capital offerings and has led numerous cost saving initiatives.

Donald C. Legato, Chief Lending Officer. Mr. Legato has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From March 2014 to January 2021, Mr. Legato served as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. Mr. Legato brings over 27 years of banking experience and has served in numerous positions with the Bank since joining in 2009, including Senior Vice President Commercial Lending, Beaumont Market President and Southeast Texas Regional President. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Legato served as Senior Vice President Commercial Lending of Wachovia Bank from 2004 to 2009.

Audrey A. Duncan, Chief Credit Officer. Ms. Duncan has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From June 2015 to January 2021, Ms. Duncan served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. Ms. Duncan brings over 34 years of banking and bank regulatory experience to the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, she was employed at LegacyTexas Bank, a bank headquartered in the Dallas-Fort Worth market that had $6.5 billion in assets at the time of Ms. Duncan’s departure. During her tenure there, Ms. Duncan served as Senior Vice President and Credit Officer for four years, and then Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for nine years, before being named the Director of Credit Risk Management. Prior to her role with LegacyTexas Bank, Ms. Duncan was a Senior and Commissioned Bank Examiner with the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas from 1989 to 2000.

Dynamic Banking Markets. As further described in “Our Markets of Operation” below, we believe that the markets in which we operate provide us with a strategic advantage relative to other financial institutions in Texas and nationwide. The Houston—The Woodlands—Sugar Land, Texas MSA, or the Houston MSA, and the Dallas—Fort Worth—Arlington, Texas MSA, or the Dallas MSA, are both among the largest MSAs in the nation, and both outpace growth in population at the state and national levels as illustrated by the chart below:

Nationwide Top 10 Largest MSAs—Ranked by 5 Year Projected Population Growth

 

        2021
Population
(Ms)
    Population Growth  

    #    

 

MSA

  Hist. 5 Yr.
(%)
    Proj. 5 Yr.
(%)
 

1

  Houston-The Woodlands-Sugar Land, TX     7.2       8.3       7.6  

2

  Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX     7.7       8.6       7.5  

3

  Phoenix-Mesa-Chandler, AZ     5.1       10.3       6.9  

4

  Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Alpharetta, GA     6.1       7.0       5.7  

5

  Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano Beach, FL     6.3       4.1       5.4  

6

  Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV     6.3       3.3       4.1  

7

  Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim, CA     13.3       (1.2     1.7  

8

  Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington, PA-NJ-DE-MD     6.1       0.7       1.0  

9

  New York-Newark-Jersey City, NY-NJ-PA     19.2       (5.2     0.2  

10

  Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, IL-IN-WI     9.4       (1.6     (0.3
  Texas     29.6       7.1       6.8  
  Nationwide     330.9       2.6       2.9  

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence


 

4


Table of Contents

In addition, in connection with our merger with Heritage we entered the Austin-San Antonio market with two locations and added a location in Detroit, Texas. Over the next five years, the populations in the San AntonioNew Braunfels MSA and the Austin—Round Rock—Georgetown MSA are projected to grow by approximately 7.6% and 8.5%, respectively, compared to 6.8% for the state of Texas and 2.9% for the United States, according to S&P Global. We believe our exposure to these large, economically diverse urban communities provides ample opportunity for our business to enhance its scale.

Diverse Offering of Sophisticated Financial Products and Services. We believe that the products and services we offer, coupled with our high-touch, relationship driven approach to business, allow us to compete and succeed in winning business from peers and larger financial institutions. Our customers consist primarily of small and medium-sized businesses across a wide array of industries and individuals. We offer conventional commercial and industrial loans (including equipment loans, working capital lines of credit, auto finance, and commercial finance), commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, construction and development loans (including builder finance loans), United States Small Business Administration, or SBA, loans, and consumer loans. As of June 30, 2021, our average loan balance outstanding was approximately $504 thousand, excluding our auto finance portfolio, PPP loans, and an intercompany loan to TCCC. In addition, we offer a full range of commercial and consumer deposit products and treasury management services and hired four treasury sales professionals in 2021. These products and services include checking and savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts, debit cards, electronic banking (including online and mobile banking), ACH origination service, positive pay service, remote deposit capture service, sweep service, and online wire transfer service. We also recently initiated a builder finance group and began providing wealth management services. We utilize these products and services to not only augment our revenue and expand our core deposit customer base, but also to increase conventional commercial loan customer retention.

Scalable Infrastructure. We believe that we have established a scalable operating platform that will allow us to effectively manage growth from our anticipated organic growth and potential acquisitions. We have invested heavily in our technology, infrastructure, management team and operations personnel in an effort to position our Company for continued future success. We believe that these efforts have enhanced our value proposition to customers and allowed us to provide products, services and technological sophistication generally offered by larger financial institutions.

Responsive and Disciplined Underwriting. We believe that our efficient credit approval process differentiates us from our competition. Our credit analysts and account relationship managers are located in-market and accompany relationship managers to client meetings to get firsthand exposure to customers and prospects. As credit analysts, our trainees learn how to underwrite real estate, commercial and industrial, consumer, and other more specialized loans, using models developed specifically for each type of credit. Our underwriting focuses on the borrower’s financial condition and cash flow, as well as the global cash flow of the relationship, and the quality, marketability and value of the collateral. For commercial finance, in particular, our underwriting focuses on the creditworthiness of the account debtors, the experience of the management and principals of the business, the customer’s billing and reporting process, and, depending upon the type and size of the credit facility, an independent field exam.

We have independent Officers’ Loan Committees that meet separately for the loan officers under each Regional Market President’s authority for efficient, timely review of credits associated with aggregate relationship exposure of less than $5 million. The Officers’ Loan Committees include our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Regional Credit Officers and Regional Market Presidents. Relationships above $5 million are approved by our Directors’ Loan Committee. These committees meet at least weekly, or on an as-needed basis, to provide our customers with timely credit decisions. At least two individuals approve a large majority of the loans that are originated, and our relationship managers do not have individual loan approval authority.


 

5


Table of Contents

While we strive to respond quickly based on our deep understanding of our customers’ needs, we remain consistent in our disciplined approach to underwriting diligence, as evidenced by our annual net charge-offs to average loans since 2016 illustrated in the chart below:

 

LOGO

 

Note: Reflects six months ended June 30, 2021 financial information for Third Coast and Texas Commercial Banks

(1)

Texas Commercial Banks industry aggregate data per S&P Global Market Intelligence

Enterprising Approach. We believe our management team is agile in its approach to capturing new customers and is able to recognize opportunities to expand our suite of financial products and services and execute on those opportunities. We believe this opportunistic nature has been demonstrated not only by our offering of specialty lending verticals, such as our SBA, commercial finance, auto finance and builder finance products discussed below, but also by our lending activities during the COVID-19 pandemic.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 27, 2020 the President of the United States signed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act into law. The CARES Act provides assistance for American workers, families and small businesses. The PPP, established by the CARES Act and implemented by the SBA with support from the Department of the Treasury, provides small businesses with funds to pay certain operating costs, including salary, benefits and rent. In an effort to support our communities, we quickly began participating in the PPP and have been an active PPP lender. As of June 30, 2021, we had originated 5,774 PPP loans totaling approximately $827.5 million, with an average credit size of approximately $143 thousand, and generated $31.5 million in fees through the PPP, of which $8.5 million was deferred as of June 30, 2021. We were a top 10 PPP lender in the Houston area for loans over $150,000, according to the Houston Business Journal, and we believe our PPP lending has enhanced our brand awareness in our markets of operation. We gained new customers through the PPP who we hope to transition in to conventional commercial banking products in the future. We also believe our flexible approach to serving customers and our increased brand awareness has made us an attractive institution for experienced bankers to join, as demonstrated by our recent new hiring initiatives.

Diversified Loan Portfolio. We are committed to generating and growing loans with businesses and individuals who want to have full relationships with us and which are broadly diversified by type and location. Our current conventional loan offerings include commercial and industrial, owner occupied commercial real estate, non-owner occupied commercial real estate, residential real estate, construction and development, and consumer loans. Although we operate in the Greater Houston market, we maintain a relatively low exposure to the energy industry. As of June 30, 2021, we had direct energy exposure of $49.7 million in energy loans, or 3.2% of gross loans, and an additional $10.5 million in unfunded commitments, consisting of loans totaling $4.4 million, or 0.3% of gross loans, and an additional $0.1 million in unfunded commitments to upstream oil and gas


 

6


Table of Contents

companies, $8.9 million, or 0.6% of gross loans, and an additional $2.8 million in unfunded commitments to midstream oil and gas companies, and $36.5 million, or 2.4% of gross loans, and an additional $7.6 million in unfunded commitments to companies that provide support services to the oil and gas industry, such as oil and gas consulting, equipment rental, staffing and other services. Additionally, as of June 30, 2021, we had loans totaling $51.2 million, or 3.3% of gross loans, and an additional $4.4 million in unfunded commitments to gas stations and convenience stores, which we do not consider direct energy exposure. As illustrated below, our commercial loan book is well balanced between commercial and industrial, owner occupied commercial real estate, and non-owner occupied commercial real estate, representing 39.4%, 23.3% and 18.5% of total loans, respectively, as of June 30, 2021.

 

 

LOGO

In addition to our conventional commercial and consumer loan offerings, we offer SBA, commercial finance, auto finance and builder finance products, which we believe enhance our product offerings and diversify our revenue stream while still maintaining high asset quality. A brief description of these products is below:

SBA Lending. Our SBA loan program began in 2012 and is a key element in our ability to serve the small- to medium-sized business community in our markets of operation. Customers are able to use these loans to finance permanent working capital, equipment, facilities, land and buildings, business acquisitions and start-up business expenses. As a participant in the SBA’s Preferred Lenders Program, we are able to expedite the SBA loan approval process for our customers. We maintain strict underwriting guidelines in our SBA program and, as a result, have incurred minimal losses from this portfolio, with losses of less than $168 thousand through June 30, 2021.

Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc. (Commercial Finance). TCCC was formed in 2015 as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and provides working capital solutions for small- to medium-sized businesses. Through the purchase and management of accounts receivables, we are able to help customers take advantage of


 

7


Table of Contents

new business opportunities and continue to grow and be successful. As a result of our disciplined credit process and robust internal controls and procedures, losses from our commercial finance portfolio have been approximately $158 thousand through June 30, 2021. Our commercial finance portfolio included $3.9 million of factored receivables with companies in the oil and gas services industry as of June 30, 2021, which represented 13.7% of our total commercial finance portfolio.

Auto Finance. Our auto finance group was formed in 2014 to provide for indirect auto lending with local dealerships. We offer both recourse auto loans and nonrecourse auto loan and lease financing. Loans with recourse to the dealership are structured as commercial lines of credit with the dealership and are approved with the same underwriting criteria as other commercial credits. Nonrecourse loans are structured as consumer loans and are approved with the same underwriting criteria as other consumer loans. The auto finance group also offers floor plan loans and real estate loans to dealerships. Floor plan loans are offered on both new and used automobiles, motorsport, recreation vehicles and boats. Floor plan loan requirements include mandatory periodic curtailments and inspections. Real estate loans to dealerships are underwritten in the same manner as other owner-occupied real estate loans. As a result of our experienced team members and strict underwriting guidelines, the total net losses related to this portfolio since inception have been approximately $34 thousand through June 30, 2021.

Builder Finance. Our builder finance group was formed in 2021 and provides traditional homebuilder lines secured by lots and single-family homes, and land acquisition and development loans. The group also finances bond anticipation notes, or BANs, and lines of credit to large national institutional tier-one funds that invest equity in various real estate assets. The group also offers, to a limited extent, parent level build-to-rent loans. The homebuilder finance platform provides lending solutions for private and publicly traded homebuilding companies. Land acquisition and development loans focus on master planned communities with lots being presold with meaningful earnest money upfront, and mandatory periodic curtailments. BANs are short-term notes issued by a special district to provide liquidity to a developer approximately 9-12 months prior to bond issuance, and are secured by the proceeds of the bond. Lines of credit to institutional funds who invest equity in various real estate assets are structured as a typical commercial and industrial loan. Underwriting of these lines include financial and cash flow covenants. On a limited basis the group may lend to homebuilders for the purpose of building and then renting single-family homes.

As illustrated below, our SBA, commercial finance, and auto finance business lines do not individually make up a material portion of the total loan portfolio, or any single loan classification, but are illustrative of our efforts to broaden our product offerings and customer base and enhance our loan yield and net interest margin. Our SBA and commercial finance business lines also allow us to partner with companies early on in their life cycle. As our SBA and commercial finance customers grow, our goal is to transition them in to conventional commercial banking products.


 

8


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Balances as of June 30, 2021

(1)

Includes $0.5 million of loans that are part of our auto finance portfolio

Transformation of Deposit Base. We have enhanced our funding base through organic sourcing of core deposits, active participation in the PPP, and the strategic acquisition of Heritage. We believe that our team-based, relationship oriented approach to banking, coupled with our recent enhancement of our treasury management products and services, will allow us to continue to build on the recent successes that we have had in transforming our deposit mix. Additionally, we recently hired a Chief Retail Officer to augment our retail deposit operations, which we believe will foster new sources of low-cost, core deposits. We will continue to seek out acquisition targets with a strong deposit franchise and high-quality funding profiles. Evidence of our recent success is demonstrated by our growth in noninterest-bearing deposits from $128.3 million as of December 31, 2019 to $374.9 million as of June 30, 2021, a growth rate of 192%. We have also significantly improved the composition of our deposits by increasing noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits from 15.9% as of December 31, 2019 to 21.0% as of June 30, 2021. A depiction of our recent deposit transformation is represented below:

 

 

LOGO


 

9


Table of Contents

Empowering Workplace Culture. We believe that our workplace culture fosters teamwork, promotes exemplary customer service, and gives our employees the tools necessary to succeed. Our culture is centered on training, mentoring, and support, which allows us to attract and retain the talent needed to succeed in today’s competitive banking environment. In addition to hiring experienced senior bankers as relationship managers, we have implemented an in-house training program to facilitate growth and professional development for our junior bankers. Our trainees begin their careers as credit analysts to instill a solid understanding of our underwriting discipline and expectations for credit. Next, they are promoted to account relationship managers and are assigned to an account where they work with the lead relationship manager to develop their customer-facing skillset, while continuing to assist in the underwriting process. Once account relationship managers have developed the skills necessary to be successful lenders, they are promoted to relationship manager and develop their own book of business.

Our culture is such that our more senior relationship managers often share business with recently promoted relationship managers, which incentivizes our junior account relationship managers and relationship managers to stay with us and allows our tenured lenders to focus on prospecting for new customer relationships. We have had great success with our development program, with many of our relationship managers having been promoted through our system. Our culture instills a sense of empowerment in our employees that we believe turns bosses into coaches, with structures and systems that we believe nurture and support the development of our team members. In addition, the interests of our employees are aligned with our shareholders through meaningful ownership, as more than 90% of our employees own shares of our common stock either directly or through our ESOP. We believe our workplace culture and significant employee-shareholder ownership helps us acquire and retain customers and has been critical to our substantial and consistent organic growth.

Our Banking Strategy

We believe we have built a differentiated, high-touch commercial bank with a uniquely collaborative culture and a diverse array of attractive financial products and services. We intend to leverage our strengths and our robust operational platform with the multi-faceted approach described below, which we believe will allow us to successfully grow our franchise and enhance shareholder returns.

Continue Robust Organic Growth. The results of our 13-year operating history demonstrate that organic growth has been a primary focus of the Company. Since 2016, we have grown the loan portfolio by approximately $1.10 billion, or 244.4%, for a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 31.6% and, from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2019 (the day before the consummation of our merger with Heritage), we grew the loan portfolio entirely organically by approximately $464.3 million, or 134.8%, for a CAGR of 23.8%. We attribute our historical organic growth to our strengths described above. Additionally, we intend to continue to take advantage of recent competitive disruptions in our operating markets, which has created opportunities to hire experienced and talented bankers who we believe can thrive in our team-oriented culture. During 2021, we have hired 70 new bankers, including a team of 22 bankers to form our new builder finance group, 23 commercial lenders, four wealth management professionals, four treasury sales professionals, and 17 support personnel. We expect these professionals will generate and maintain meaningful portfolios, while also continuing our focus on increasing core deposits to fund loan growth. We believe having a publicly traded stock will make us an attractive employer for experienced bankers who may feel dislocated as a result of continued market consolidation.

In addition to leveraging our current platform and hiring key personnel to drive organic growth, we also continue to evaluate future de novo branching opportunities in existing and new markets. We believe that we can leverage our experienced management team, board of directors and relationship managers, as well as our position in our markets of operation to achieve these goals.


 

10


Table of Contents

Emphasize Core Deposit Growth. We believe that core deposit growth is a key component to our long-term strategy and have designed products and services to attract these deposits and maintain a sustainable, stable and low-cost funding base. We will remain focused on generating core deposits from our business customers and encourage and incentivize our relationship managers to attract and maintain those deposits. We have also recently enhanced our treasury management services by adding additional personnel, investing in technology, and offering more products to enable us to more effectively attract and service the operating accounts of larger, more sophisticated businesses.

Thoughtfully Expand our Suite of Financial Products and Services. We continually strive to build upon our diverse suite of financial products and services in ways that help us capture more customers from our peers and larger financial institutions. We have developed specialty lending programs in the past, such as our SBA, commercial finance and auto finance business lines, and more recently, commenced a builder finance group as a result of hiring an experienced team from a large regional bank. We also recently entered into an agreement with Ameriprise Financial to offer investment advisory services , including financial and retirement planning, mutual funds, insurance and annuities, brokerage accounts, and strategies to help pay for college, and we hired four wealth management professionals in connection with that agreement who we believe will be able to generate noninterest income and attract low-cost, core deposits. We will continue to evaluate opportunities, through new organic programs, new hires, and lift-outs of teams, in the future that we believe will allow us to diversify our financial products and services, reach new customers and broaden our brand. In addition, we seek to offer the latest, state-of-the-art technology and sophisticated banking tools and products, including a high-tech suite of treasury management solutions. Our online and mobile banking services include a full suite of convenient online processes, including remote deposit anywhere, text banking, and deposit monitoring and processing. We also recently expanded our treasury management services, which are designed to provide secure and easy ways to manage our customers’ bank accounts and offer essential services to help with everyday cash flows. By providing a full suite of value-added services, we are able to lower our customer acquisition costs, gather low-cost, core deposit relationships, make high credit quality loans, generate fee income, and help our customers’ businesses grow and profit.

Continue to Capitalize on Strategic Acquisition Opportunities. We completed our merger with Heritage on January 1, 2020, which expanded our footprint south of Houston and facilitated our entrance into the vibrant and fast-growing Austin-San Antonio market, as well as provided us with a new location in Detroit, Texas. We are actively evaluating, and will continue to evaluate, additional strategic acquisition opportunities going forward to leverage our operational platform and create additional scale, with an emphasis on enhancing our net interest margin through low-cost, core deposits. Because we primarily compete for acquisition opportunities with smaller banks, which are typically not publicly traded, we believe having a publicly traded stock, adequate capital and ready access to public capital will give us a competitive advantage relative to peer institutions in our markets of operation. At this time, we expect our most likely potential acquisition targets to have total assets between $200 million and $1 billion. The following illustration depicts the number of banks that are within our expected target asset size in our markets of operations as of June 30, 2021.


 

11


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

We intend to take a disciplined approach to acquisitions, and our efforts will be focused on transactions that will be accretive to our earnings per share, enhance our existing market presence, expand our markets of operation or strengthen our balance sheet, with an emphasis on the acquisition of banks with a strong deposit franchise and high-quality funding profiles to augment our core deposit base. Acquisitions within our current footprint would offer an opportunity to leverage our existing branch network and operations, while acquisitions outside our current footprint would potentially broaden our customer base and diversify our assets and operations.

Our Markets of Operation

We currently operate primarily in three distinct but complementary metropolitan markets, the Greater Houston market, the Dallas-Fort Worth market, and the Austin-San Antonio market. We have seven branches located throughout the Greater Houston market, two branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth market, two branches in the Austin-San Antonio market, and one branch in Detroit, Texas, located approximately 120 miles northeast of Dallas, Texas.

Greater Houston Market. We operate seven branches in the Greater Houston market, including five branches located in the Houston MSA and two branches in the neighboring Beaumont MSA. Houston is the nation’s fourth most populous city and fifth most populous metro area, with approximately 2.4 million and 7.2 million residents, respectively, according to the U.S. Census Bureau and S&P Global. The Houston MSA is projected to grow approximately 7.6% over the next five years, ranking first among the nation’s 10 largest MSAs and more than double the nationwide projected growth, according to S&P Global. Houston is a center for global trade, with the Houston Port ranking first among U.S. ports in foreign tonnage, according to the Greater Houston Partnership. This tremendous growth and trade has helped Houston become the “Most Diverse City in America,” according to WalletHub. The Houston MSA is corporate headquarters for 24 Fortune 500 companies and employs approximately 3.1 million workers, according to the Greater Houston Partnership. Some of these


 

12


Table of Contents

companies include ConocoPhillips, Sysco, Waste Management and Phillips 66. Houston is also home to the largest medical complex in the world, the Texas Medical Center, which has approximately $3.0 billion in construction projects underway with 50 million existing square feet, according to the Greater Houston Partnership.

Dallas-Fort Worth Market. We currently operate two branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth market, with one location in the North Dallas area and one in Plano. The Dallas MSA is the largest in Texas and the fourth largest in the U.S., according to S&P Global, and has been growing by approximately 322 residents every day, according to the Dallas Regional Chamber. The Dallas MSA boasts the largest gross domestic product in Texas and the sixth largest in the nation, according to the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis, and is headquarters for 22 Fortune 500 companies, including ExxonMobil, AT&T, American Airlines and Charles Schwab, according to the Dallas Regional Chamber. The Dallas MSA hosts approximately 3.6 million working professionals and ranked first in the nation for total job growth from December 2015 through December 2020, according to the Dallas Regional Chamber. Future population and job growth remains attractive as the Dallas MSA ranks second among the nation’s 10 largest MSAs for projected 5-year population growth, according to S&P Global, and 15 major universities are located in the area, which enroll over 183,000 students.

Austin-San Antonio Market. We currently operate two branches in the Austin-San Antonio market, with one location in Nixon and one in La Vernia, and operate a loan production office in Austin. The San Antonio—New Braunfels MSA is the third most populous MSA in Texas, as measured by both population and number of households. The population in the San Antonio—New Braunfels MSA is projected to grow by approximately 7.6% over the next five years, compared to 6.8% for the state of Texas and 2.9% for the United States. Located at the intersection of two Pan-American highways (IH-10 which runs from coast-to-coast, and IH-35 which runs from Canada to Mexico), San Antonio commerce benefits from a fast-growing, diverse business community, long-standing military establishments, and is home to 160,000 university students. Industry concentrations include: Aerospace, Biosciences/Healthcare, Defense, Energy, Information Technology & Cybersecurity, and Manufacturing according to the San Antonio Economic Development Foundation. The Austin—Round Rock—Georgetown MSA is the fourth most populous MSA in Texas, as measured by both population and number of households. Over the next five years, it is projected to be the fastest growing large MSA in the country (as defined by MSAs with a population over two million), with a forecasted growth rate of 8.5% through 2026. Austin’s unemployment rate of 4.8% compares favorably to the nationwide unemployment rate of 6.1% as of June 2021. Nicknamed “Silicon Hills,” Austin has transformed itself into a hotbed for technology companies, and was recently designated as a top 10 Global Technology Innovation Hub city by KPMG. Large employers in the MSA include Apple, Dell Technologies, and the University of Texas, which enrolls over 50,000 students. Additionally, Tesla has recently announced that it would move its corporate headquarters to Austin, Texas, and made an estimated $1.1 billion infrastructure investment in the construction of an automotive production facility located in the Austin market, which is expected to deliver at least 5,000 jobs to the local economy and is scheduled to begin production in 2021.

Recent Developments

Completion of $70.5 Million Private Placement

On August 27, 2021, we completed the issuance and sale of 2,937,876 shares of our common stock for aggregate proceeds of approximately $70.5 million, consisting of 227,307 shares issued and sold during the six months ended June 30, 2021 for aggregate proceeds of approximately $5.4 million and 2,710,569 shares issued and sold between July 1, 2021 and August 27, 2021 for aggregate proceds of approximately $65.1 million, in a private placement in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the private placement to repay $32.5 million of outstanding indebtedness,


 

13


Table of Contents

consisting of (i) $19.5 million under our senior debt due September 10, 2022 and (ii) $13.0 million under our subordinated debt due July 29, 2022 and subordinated debt due September 27, 2022.

Preliminary Third Quarter Results

Our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not yet available. The following selected preliminary unaudited consolidated financial information regarding our performance and financial condition as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 is based solely on management’s estimates reflecting preliminary financial information, and remains subject to additional procedures and our consideration of subsequent events, particularly as it relates to material estimates and assumptions used in preparing management’s estimates, which we expect to complete following this offering. These additional procedures could result in material changes to our preliminary estimates during the course of our preparation of our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021.

The preliminary information set forth below is not a complete presentation of our financial results as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021. The following estimates constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” See the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” The following preliminary financial information should be read together with the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. There are material limitations with making preliminary estimates of our financial results as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 prior to the completion of our and our auditors’ financial review procedures for such periods. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Whitley Penn LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the preliminary financial information, and as such, does not express an opinion, or any assurance, with respect to this preliminary financial information. The calculations of net interest margin, return on average assets and return on average equity as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 set forth below represent annualized calculations.

 

   

Assets. Total assets were $2.08 billion as of September 30, 2021, representing a $68.9 million, or 3.4%, increase compared to $2.01 billion as of June 30, 2021 and a $305.9 million, or 17.2%, increase compared to $1.78 billion as of September 30, 2020. The increase in total assets during the three months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to loan growth during the period of $60.7 million.

 

   

Loans. Total loans were $1.61 billion as of September 30, 2021, representing a $60.7 million, or 3.9%, increase from June 30, 2021 and a $19.1 million, or 1.2%, increase from September 30, 2020. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, the increase was driven by growth of non-PPP related loans totaling $216.1 million, primarily commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans, offset by forgiveness payments received from the SBA for $155.4 million of PPP loans.

 

   

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses was $15.6 million at September 30, 2021 as compared to $13.4 million at June 30, 2021 and $10.1 million at September 30, 2020. The increase in allowance for loan losses in the quarter ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to growth of non-PPP related loans totaling $216.1 million.

 

   

Deposits. Total deposits were $1.82 billion as of September 30, 2021, representing a $32.7 million, or 1.8%, increase from June 30, 2021 and a $258.0 million, or 16.6%, increase from September 30, 2020.

 

   

Shareholders’ Equity. Total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, was $206.2 million as of September 30, 2021, compared to $137.8 million as of June 30, 2021 and $118.5 million as of September 30, 2020, due primarily to the private placement of our common stock during the third


 

14


Table of Contents
 

quarter of 2021, which resulted in aggregate proceeds of approximately $70.5 million, $5.4 million of which was subscribed for during the three months ended June 30, 2021.

 

   

Book Value and Tangible Book Value per Share. Our book value per share was $22.14 as of September 30, 2021, representing a $1.17 per share, or 5.6%, increase from June 30, 2021 and a $2.75 per share, or 14.2%, increase from December 31, 2020. Our tangible book value per share was $20.06 as of September 30, 2021, representing a $2.05 per share, or 11.4%, increase from June 30, 2021 and a $3.77 per share, or 23.2%, increase from December 31, 2020. Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible book value per share is book value per share. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a description and reconciliation of tangible book value per share.

 

   

Net Income. Net income was $2.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to $4.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease in net income for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to September 30, 2020 was primarily due to a provision for loan loss expense of $2.3 million in the three month period ended September 30, 2021 and an increase in salary and benefit expense from the addition of 70 bankers in 2021, offset by a $4.9 million increase in interest and fees on loans.

 

   

Net Interest Income. Net interest income was $22.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $6.3 million, or 40.1%, compared to $15.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Net interest income was $65.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $17.7 million, or 36.7%, compared to $48.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

   

Net Interest Margin. Net interest margin was 4.41% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to 3.61% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in net interest margin was driven primarily by the reduction in fixed 1% interest rate PPP loans from $496.0 million at September 30, 2020 to $171.3 million at September 30, 2021 due primarily to forgiveness by the SBA of PPP loans.

 

   

Provision for Loan Losses. There was a $2.3 million provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to no provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Provision for loan losses was $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The relatively larger provision for loan losses for the quarter ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to growth of non-PPP related loans totaling $216.1 million.

 

   

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income was approximately $964,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $331,000, or 52.3%, compared to $633,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Noninterest income was $2.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $721,000, or 34.3%, compared to $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

   

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense was $17.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $6.5 million, or 58.6%, compared to $11.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Noninterest expense was $50.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $15.3 million, or 43.0%, compared to $35.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily the result of increased salary and benefit expense related to hiring of employees since September 30, 2020, including the addition of 70 bankers in 2021.


 

15


Table of Contents
   

Return on Average Assets (“ROAA”). ROAA was 0.46% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to 0.91% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease in ROAA was driven primarily by the decrease in net income described above and 14.5% growth in average assets.

 

   

Return on Average Equity (“ROAE”). ROAE was 5.41% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to 14.63% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease in ROAE was driven primarily by the decrease in net income described above, and the increase in average equity due to the private placement of our common stock in the second and third quarter of 2021.

 

   

Efficiency Ratio. Our efficiency ratio was 76.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to 68.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in efficiency ratio was driven primarily by the increase in noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020, offset by the increases in net interest income and noninterest income described above. Efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

 

   

COVID-19 Developments. As of September 30, 2021, we had 576 loans totaling $247.9 million, or 15.4% of total loans, subject to deferral and modification agreements due to COVID-19 whereby certain principal and/or interest payments during a specified period were deferred to the end of each of the loan terms, down from 660 loans totaling $320.3 million, or 20.6% of total loans as of June 30, 2021. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had $176.4 million in CARES Act loans outstanding (including $171.3 million in PPP loans and $5.1 million in MSLP loans) compared to $331.7 million as of June 30, 2021 (including $326.7 million in PPP loans and $5.1 million in MSLP loans). As of September 30, 2021, we had generated $31.5 million in fees through the PPP with $4.5 million in deferred fees yet to be recognized.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190, Humble, Texas 77338, and our telephone number at that address is (281) 446-7000. Our website is www.tcbssb.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with, or furnished to, the SEC available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on or accessible from our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein.


 

16


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                 shares of our common stock, par value $1.00 per share (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                  shares within 30 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Use of proceeds

Assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and payment of estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to support our continued growth, including organic growth and potential future acquisitions, and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 62 of this prospectus.

 

Dividend policy

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not currently anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be retained to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, our financial condition, capital requirements, general economic conditions, regulatory and contractual restrictions, our business strategy, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. For additional information, see “Dividend Policy” on page 63 of this prospectus.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to             shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus for sale to certain of our directors, executive officers, employees, business associates and related persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of the reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. See “Underwriting” on page 185 of this prospectus.

 

17


Table of Contents

Nasdaq Global Select Market listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “TCBX.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves certain risks. See “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 27 of this prospectus, for a discussion of factors that you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase                 additional shares of our common stock;

 

   

does not attribute to any director, executive officer or principal shareholder any purchase of shares of our common stock in the offering, including through the directed share program described in “Underwriting—Directed Share Program;”

 

   

excludes an aggregate of 1,110,174 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2013 Stock Option Plan, or the 2013 Plan, the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Director Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2021), or the 2017 Plan, and the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective April 15, 2021), or the 2019 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $16.59 per share, as of June 30, 2021;

 

   

excludes 6,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, as of June 30, 2021;

 

   

excludes 397,150 shares of common stock reserved for future awards under the 2019 Plan, as of June 30, 2021; and

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.


 

18


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Capitalization” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following tables set forth selected historical consolidated financial data (i) as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and (ii) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The following selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 has been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived selected financial data as of June 30, 2020 from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. Selected financial data as of June 30, 2021 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, has been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and has not been audited but, in the opinion of our management, contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal or recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations for the applicable period in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of any future period. The performance, asset quality and capital ratios are unaudited and derived from our audited and unaudited financial statements as of and for the periods presented. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, average balances have been calculated using daily averages.

 

    As of and for the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except
share and per share data)

  2021     2020     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Balance Sheet Data:

 

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 353,772     $ 186,362     $ 203,560     $ 96,065     $ 134,899     $ 53,099     $ 71,587  

Securities available for sale

    25,991       3,635       25,595       536       841       971       1,130  

Gross loans

    1,551,722       1,577,395       1,556,092       808,606       688,359       600,028       450,623  

Allowance for loan losses

    (13,394     (10,088     (11,979     (8,123     (6,927     (5,460     (4,597

Total assets

    2,013,300       1,829,842       1,867,293       928,337       845,983       672,729       538,435  

Total deposits

    1,783,268       1,626,356       1,633,831       807,258       734,698       576,880       468,628  

Borrowings

    83,500       79,625       103,875       60,375       53,875       45,000       30,000  

Total liabilities

    1,875,479       1,715,809       1,745,576       871,032       791,531       623,901       500,537  

Total shareholders’ equity(1)

    137,821       114,033       121,718       57,304       54,452       48,828       37,898  

Tangible common equity(2)

    118,414       94,835       102,230       57,304       54,452       48,828       37,898  

Income Statement Data:

 

         

Interest income

  $ 49,556     $ 40,145     $ 82,241     $ 49,925     $ 41,757     $ 31,448     $ 22,763  

Interest expense

    5,625       7,634       14,360       15,974       11,302       5,158       2,973  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    43,931       32,551       67,881       33,951       30,455       26,290       19,790  

Provision for loan losses

    1,500       2,550       7,550       1,625       1,500       1,613       1,200  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents
    As of and for the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except
share and per share data)

  2021     2020     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  $ 42,431     $ 29,961     $ 60,331     $ 32,326     $ 28,955     $ 24,677     $ 18,590  

Noninterest income

    1,860       1,470       2,682       1,217       2,159       1,583       3,640  

Noninterest expense

    33,298       24,536       47,403       30,310       26,244       21,489       17,207  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax

    10,993       6,895       15,610       3,233       4,870       4,771       5,023  

Provision for income tax

    2,308       1,448       3,495       852       866       2,322       1,713  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    8,685       5,447       12,115       2,381       4,004       2,449       3,310  

Dividends on preferred stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income allocable to common shareholders

  $ 8,685     $ 5,447     $ 12,115     $ 2,381     $ 4,004     $ 2,449     $ 3,301  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share and Per Share Data:

 

         

Earnings per share—basic

  $ 1.38       0.88     $ 1.94     $ 0.62     $ 1.06     $ 0.75     $ 1.06  

Earnings per share—diluted

    1.35       0.86       1.91       0.60       1.03       0.73       1.04  

Book value per share(3)

    20.97       18.31       19.39       14.88       14.23       13.23       11.98  

Tangible book value per share(4)

    18.01       15.23       16.29       14.88       14.23       13.23       11.98  

Weighted average common shares outstanding— basic

    6,310,515       6,224,530       6,232,115       3,846,727       3,794,397       3,251,622       3,112,904  

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    6,450,428       6,325,662       6,329,760       3,939,288       3,887,308       3,351,520       3,180,068  

Common shares outstanding at period end

    6,573,684       6,228,649       6,276,759       3,852,071       3,827,528       3,690,038       3,163,238  

Performance Ratios:

 

Return on average assets (ROAA)(5)(6)

    0.88     0.73     0.73     0.27     0.52     0.40     0.73

Return on average shareholders’ equity (ROAE)(5)(6)

    14.09     9.97     10.74     4.22     7.67     5.96     8.95

Net interest margin (NIM)(6)

    4.67     4.55     4.24     4.08     4.36     4.81     4.91

 

20


Table of Contents
    As of and for the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except
share and per share data)

  2021     2020     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Efficiency ratio(7)

    72.72     72.21     67.18     86.19     80.47     77.10     73.44

Credit Quality Ratios:

 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

    0.64     0.80     0.84     0.69     0.89     0.96     0.58

Nonperforming loans to total loans plus other real estate owned

    0.73     0.80     0.80     0.57     0.79     0.95     0.42

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

    118.89     79.89     96.57     176.59     126.80     95.74     245.70

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

    0.86     0.64     0.77     1.00     1.01     0.91     1.02

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

    0.01     0.05     0.26     0.06     0.01     0.14     0.11

Capital Ratios (at period end)(8):

 

Company:

             

Total shareholders’ equity to total assets

    6.85     6.23     6.52     6.17     6.44     7.26     7.04

Tangible common equity to tangible assets(9)

    5.94     5.24     5.53     6.17     6.44     7.26     7.04

Bank:

             

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    9.17     7.22     9.70     8.92     9.06     9.39     9.41

Tier 1 common capital ratio

    11.24     11.70     11.51     10.83     11.12     10.36     10.50

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

    11.24     11.70     11.51     10.83     11.12     10.36     10.50

Total risk-based capital ratio

    12.32     12.64     12.54     11.89     12.13     11.26     11.52

 

(1)

Includes $1.9 million and $997 thousand of ESOP-owned shares as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1.3 million, $783 thousand, and $326 thousand of ESOP-owned shares as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. No ESOP-owned shares are included in shareholders’ equity for years prior to 2018.

(2)

Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, less preferred stock (liquidation preference), goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization at the end of the relevant period. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


 

21


Table of Contents
(3)

We calculate book value per share as total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, at the end of the relevant period, less preferred stock (liquidation preference), divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period.

(4)

Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate tangible book value per share as total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, less preferred stock (liquidation preference), goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization at the end of the relevant period, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(5)

Utilizes month-to-date averages for the year ended December 31, 2016 and daily averages for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

(6)

The ratio calculations as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 represent annualized calculations.

(7)

Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

(8)

Capital ratios are calculated in accordance with regulatory guidance and include ESOP-owned shares in common equity.

(9)

Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate tangible common equity to tangible assets as tangible common equity, including ESOP-owned shares, divided by total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


 

22


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to GAAP and the prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, we also evaluate our performance based on certain additional financial measures discussed in this prospectus as being non-GAAP financial measures. We classify a financial measure as a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are not included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time in the United States in our statements of income, balance sheets or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios or statistical measures calculated using exclusively financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

The non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this prospectus should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this prospectus may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. It is important to understand how other banking organizations calculate their financial measures with names similar to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this prospectus when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

Tangible Common Equity. We calculate tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, less preferred stock (liquidation preference), goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization at the end of the relevant period. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity is total shareholders’ equity.

We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period of tangible common equity.

Tangible Book Value Per Share. We calculate tangible book value per share as tangible common equity divided by shares of common stock outstanding at the end of the relevant period. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible book value per share is book value per share.

We believe that the tangible book value per share measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per share exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value.

The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total shareholders’ equity to tangible common equity and presents tangible book value per share compared to book value per share:

 

    As of
September 30,(2)
    As of June 30,     As of December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except
share and per share data)

  2021     2021     2020     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Tangible Common Equity:

               

Total shareholders’ equity(1)

  $ 206,202     $ 137,821     $ 114,033     $ 121,718     $ 57,304     $ 54,452     $ 48,828     $ 37,898  

Less:

               

Preferred stock

    —       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Goodwill

    18,034       18,034       17,664       18,034       —         —         —         —    

Other intangibles

    1,332       1,373       1,534       1,454       —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

  $ 186,836     $ 118,414     $ 94,835     $ 102,230     $ 57,304     $ 54,452     $ 48,828     $ 37,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding at period end

    9,313,929       6,573,684       6,228,649       6,276,759       3,852,071       3,827,528       3,690,038       3,163,238  

Book value per share

  $ 22.14     $ 20.97     $ 18.31     $ 19.39     $ 14.88     $ 14.23     $ 13.23     $ 11.98  

Tangible Book Value Per Share

  $ 20.06     $ 18.01     $ 15.23     $ 16.29     $ 14.88     $ 14.23     $ 13.23     $ 11.98  

 

23


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes $2.1 million, $1.9 million and $997 thousand of ESOP-owned shares as of September 30, 2021 and June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1.3 million, $783 thousand, and $326 thousand of ESOP-owned shares as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. No ESOP-owned shares are included in shareholders’ equity for years prior to 2018.

(2)

Financial information as of September 30, 2021 is preliminary and subject to potential future adjustment. See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Preliminary Third Quarter Results” for more information concerning the preliminary nature of this financial information.

Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets. We calculate (1) tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, less preferred stock (liquidation preference), goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization at the end of the relevant period, and (2) tangible assets as total assets, less goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity is total shareholders’ equity, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible assets is total assets, and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity to tangible assets is total shareholders’ equity to total assets.

We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period of tangible common equity to tangible assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total shareholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total shareholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets, and presents total shareholders’ equity to total assets compared to tangible common equity to tangible assets:

 

    As of June 30,     As of December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

  2021     2020     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Tangible common equity:

             

Total shareholders’ equity(1)

  $ 137,821     $ 114,033     $ 121,718     $ 57,304     $ 54,452     $ 48,828     $ 37,898  

Less:

             

Preferred stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Goodwill

    18,034       17,664       18,034       —         —         —         —    

Other intangibles

    1,373       1,534       1,454       —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

  $ 118,414     $ 94,835     $ 102,230     $ 57,304     $ 54,452     $ 48,828     $ 37,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

             

Total assets

  $ 2,013,300     $ 1,829,842     $ 1,867,293     $ 928,337     $ 845,983     $ 672,729     $ 538,435  

Adjustments

             

Goodwill

    18,034       17,664       18,034       —         —         —         —    

Other intangibles

    1,373       1,534       1,454       —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

  $ 1,993,893     $ 1,810,644     $ 1,847,805     $ 928,337     $ 845,983     $ 672,729     $ 538,435  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity to Total Assets

    6.85     6.23     6.52     6.17     6.44     7.26     7.04

Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets

    5.94     5.24     5.53     6.17     6.44     7.26     7.04

 

(1)

Includes $1.9 million and $997 thousand of ESOP-owned shares as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1.3 million, $783 thousand, and $326 thousand of ESOP-owned shares as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. No ESOP-owned shares are included in shareholders’ equity for years prior to 2018.


 

24


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, revenue and future prospects. These risks are discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

 

   

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to our Business and Operations

 

   

We are subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings.

 

   

The withdrawal of deposits by our largest depositors could force us to fund our business through more expensive and less stable sources.

 

   

We may not be able to grow or maintain our deposit base, which could adversely impact our funding costs.

 

   

We may not be able to implement our expansion strategy, which may adversely affect our ability to maintain our historical earnings trends.

 

   

We may not be able to manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth and expansion through de novo branching.

 

   

The unexpected loss of executive management team and other key employees could adversely affect us.

 

   

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.

 

   

The amount of nonperforming and classified assets may increase significantly, resulting in additional losses and costs and expenses.

 

   

Our largest loan relationships currently make up a material percentage of our total loan portfolio.

 

   

We participate in the small business loan program under the CARES Act, which may further expose us to credit losses from borrowers under such programs.

 

   

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

 

   

The borrowing needs of our clients may increase, especially in a challenging economic environment, which could result in increased borrowing against our contractual obligations to extend credit.

 

   

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services.

 

   

Negative public opinion regarding our company or failure to maintain our reputation in the communities we serve could adversely affect our business and prevent us from growing our business.

 

   

We may not be able to overcome the integration and other risks associated with acquisitions, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

 

   

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected if the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies are inaccurate.


 

25


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Economy and Our Industry

 

   

Adverse economic conditions in our primary geographic markets could negatively impact our operations and customers.

 

   

Our primary markets are susceptible to natural disasters and other catastrophes that could negatively impact the economies of our markets, our operations or our customers.

 

   

We could recognize losses on investment securities held in our securities portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.

Risks Related to Cybersecurity, Third-Parties and Technology

 

   

System failures, interruptions or data breaches involving third party information technology and telecommunication systems we rely on could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

 

   

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security, and cybersecurity attacks could adversely affect our business and operations, as well as cause legal or reputational harm.

 

   

We may face difficulties with respect to the effective availability and implementation of continually necessary technological changes.

Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry

 

   

We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern us, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, could adversely affect us.

 

   

Our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of any federal banking agency examination could adversely affect us.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

 

   

There is currently no regular market for our common stock and an active, liquid market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained upon completion of this offering.

 

   

The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

 

   

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly due to actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock in the future.

 

   

Our use of the net proceeds from this offering based on our wide discretion may not yield a favorable return on your investment.

 

   

We may incur additional debt or issue new debt securities, which may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

   

We are dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted.

 

   

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss.

 

   

We have pledged all of the stock of the Bank as collateral for a loan and if the lender forecloses, you could lose your investment.


 

26


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a significant degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding to invest in our common stock. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, revenue and future prospects. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors section, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and measures intended to prevent its spread could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and such effects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict.

Global health concerns relating to the COVID-19 pandemic and related government actions taken to reduce the spread of the virus have been weighing on the macroeconomic environment, and the pandemic has significantly increased economic uncertainty and reduced economic activity. The pandemic has resulted in authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place or total lock-down orders and business limitations and shutdowns. Such measures have significantly contributed to rising unemployment and negatively impacted consumer and business spending. The United States government has taken steps to attempt to mitigate some of the more severe anticipated economic effects of the virus, including the passage of the CARES Act in 2020, the PPP that was part of the CARES Act, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, and the rollout of vaccinations for the virus. However, there can be no assurance that such steps will be as effective as intended or achieve their desired results in a timely fashion.

The pandemic has adversely impacted, and is likely to further adversely impact, our workforce and operations and the operations of our borrowers, customers and business partners. In particular, we may experience financial losses due to a number of operational factors impacting us or our borrowers, customers or business partners, including but not limited to:

 

   

credit losses resulting from financial stress being experienced by our borrowers as a result of the pandemic and related governmental actions (including risks related to the PPP under the CARES Act and related credit risks resulting from PPP lending due to forbearance or failure of customers to qualify for loan forgiveness);

 

   

increased bankruptcies being experienced by the carrier, freight broker and shipper clients serviced by our commercial finance operations;

 

   

declines in collateral values;

 

   

declines in oil and gas prices and disruptions in the oil and gas industry;

 

   

third-party disruptions, including outages at network providers and other suppliers;

 

   

increased cyber and payment fraud risk, as cybercriminals attempt to profit from the disruption, given increased online and remote activity; and

 

   

operational failures due to changes in our normal business practices necessitated by the pandemic and related governmental actions.

These factors may remain prevalent for a significant period of time and may continue to adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided.

 

27


Table of Contents

The spread of COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices (including restricting employee travel, and developing work from home and social distancing plans for our employees), and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or as we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers and business partners. There is no certainty that such measures will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the virus or will otherwise be satisfactory to government authorities.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, the rollout and effectiveness of vaccination programs for the virus, the impact of COVID-19 variants, the timing and extent of the economic recovery, the permanence of certain operating conditions that emerged during the pandemic and long-term changes in the industries in which our customers operate. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience materially adverse impacts to our business as a result of the virus’s global economic impact, including the availability of credit, adverse impacts on our liquidity and any recession that has occurred or may occur in the future.

There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the effect the spread of COVID-19 as a global pandemic may have, and, as a result, the ultimate impact of the pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of the impacts on our business, our operations or the global economy as a whole. However, the effects could have a material impact on our results of operations and heighten many of our known risks described herein.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

We are subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest income and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Many factors outside our control impact interest rates, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply and international economic conditions and volatility and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

The majority of our banking assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings are significantly dependent on our net interest income. Different types of assets and liabilities may react differently and at different times to market rate changes. We may periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will negatively impact our earnings. The impact on earnings is more adverse when short-term interest rates increase more than long-term interest rates or when long-term interest rates decrease more than short-term interest rates.

Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increase the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. An increase in interest rates can adversely impact the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans, and may lead to an increase in loans on nonaccrual status and a reduction of interest income recognized. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. At the same time, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense.

In a low interest rate environment, loan customers often pursue long-term fixed rate credits, which could adversely affect our earnings and net interest margin if rates increase. If short-term interest rates remain at low

 

28


Table of Contents

levels for a prolonged period and longer-term interest rates fall, we could experience net interest margin compression as our interest-earning assets would continue to reprice downward while our interest-bearing liability rates could fail to decline in tandem.

Interest rate increases may also reduce the demand for loans and increase competition for deposits. Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets.

Our largest deposit relationships currently make up a material percentage of our deposits and the withdrawal of deposits by our largest depositors could force us to fund our business through more expensive and less stable sources.

As of June 30, 2021, our fifteen largest depositors (including related entities, but excluding brokered deposits) accounted for $535.4 million in deposits, or approximately 30.0% of our total deposits. Further, our brokered deposit account balance was $230.0 million, or approximately 12.9% of our total deposits, as of June 30, 2021, and $208.9 million, or 11.7% of our total deposits, was through one brokered deposit relationship as of June 30, 2021. Several of our large depositors have business, family, or other relationships with each other, which creates a risk that any one customer’s withdrawal of its deposits could lead to a loss of other deposits from customers within the relationship.

Withdrawals of deposits by any one of our largest depositors or by one of our related customer groups could force us to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding for our business and withdrawal demands, adversely affecting our net interest margin and results of operations. We may also be forced, as a result of any withdrawal of deposits, to rely more heavily on other, potentially more expensive and less stable funding sources. Consequently, the occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to grow or maintain our deposit base, which could adversely impact our funding costs.

Our principal sources of liquidity include earnings, deposits, repayment by clients of loans we have made to them, and the proceeds from sales by us of our equity securities or from borrowings that we may obtain. In addition, from time to time, we borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, or FHLB. Our future growth will largely depend on our ability to grow and maintain our deposit base, which we may not be able to achieve. As of June 30, 2021, we had a loan to deposit ratio of 87.0%. The account and deposit balances can decrease when clients perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or real estate, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If clients move money out of bank deposits and into investments (or similar deposit products at other institutions that may provide a higher rate of return), we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Additionally, any loss of funds could result in lower loan originations, which could materially negatively impact our growth strategy and results of operations.

We may not be able to implement our expansion strategy, which may adversely affect our ability to maintain our historical earnings trends.

Our expansion strategy focuses on organic growth, supplemented by strategic acquisitions and expansion of the Bank’s banking location network, or de novo branching. We may not be able to execute on aspects of our expansion strategy, which may impair our ability to sustain our historical rate of growth or prevent us from growing at all. More specifically, we may not be able to generate sufficient new loans and deposits within acceptable risk and expense tolerances, obtain the personnel or funding necessary for additional growth or find suitable acquisition candidates. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition with other financial institutions, may impede or prohibit the growth of our operations, the opening of new banking locations and the consummation of acquisitions. Further, we may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could adversely affect our growth. The success of our strategy also depends on our ability to effectively manage growth, which is dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to adapt our credit,

 

29


Table of Contents

operational, technology and governance infrastructure to accommodate expanded operations. If we fail to implement one or more aspects of our strategy, we may be unable to maintain our historical earnings trends, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth and expansion through de novo branching, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business strategy includes evaluating strategic opportunities to grow through de novo branching, and we believe that banking location expansion has been meaningful to our growth since inception. De novo branching carries with it certain potential risks, including significant startup costs and anticipated initial operating losses; an inability to gain regulatory approval; an inability to secure the services of qualified senior management to operate the de novo banking locations and successfully integrate and promote our corporate culture; poor market reception for de novo banking locations established in markets where we do not have a preexisting reputation; challenges posed by local economic conditions; challenges associated with securing attractive locations at a reasonable cost; and the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. Failure to adequately manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth through de novo branching could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely heavily on our executive management team and other key employees, and we could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of their services.

Our success depends in large part on the performance of our executive management team and other key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for qualified employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills, attributes and business relationships required to execute our business plan may be lengthy. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have an adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of and business relationships within our primary markets, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any of our key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We may not be able to adequately measure and limit our credit risk, which could lead to unexpected losses.

The business of lending is inherently risky, including risks that the principal of or interest on any loan will not be repaid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting the loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. These risks may be affected by the strength of the borrower’s business sector and local, regional and national market and economic conditions. Many of our loans are made to small-to medium-sized businesses that may be less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of our loan portfolio. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio could lead to unexpected losses and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s judgment of probable losses and risks inherent in our loan portfolio. As of June 30, 2021, our allowance for loan losses totaled $13.4 million,

 

30


Table of Contents

which represents approximately 0.9% of our total loans. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of general economic conditions, diversification and seasoning of our loan portfolio, historic loss experience, identified credit problems, delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is inherently highly subjective and requires us to make significant estimates of and assumptions regarding current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Inaccurate management assumptions, deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification or deterioration of additional problem loans, acquisition of problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses.

Additional loan losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than we have previously experienced or than we anticipate. We may be required to make additional provisions for loan losses to further supplement our allowance for loan losses, due either to our management’s decision or as a regulatory requirement. In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for loan losses and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to recognize future charge-offs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Finally, the measure of our allowance for loan losses will be subject to new accounting standards. The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for us, as a smaller reporting company, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. This new standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which will likely require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. CECL will also greatly increase the types of data we would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. The CECL model likely will create more volatility in the level of our allowance for loan losses after it becomes applicable to us. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or expenses incurred to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The amount of nonperforming and classified assets may increase significantly, resulting in additional losses and costs and expenses that will negatively affect our operations and financial condition.

Our nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and assets acquired through foreclosure. Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more, and loans renegotiated or restructured because of a debtor’s financial difficulties. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status if any of the following events occur: (a) the classification of a loan as nonaccrual internally or by regulatory examiners; (b) delinquency on principal for 90 days or more unless we are in the process of collection; (c) a balance remains after repossession of collateral; (d) notification of bankruptcy; or (e) we determine that nonaccrual status is appropriate. At June 30, 2021, we had $13.0 million of nonperforming assets, or 0.64% of total assets.

Should the amount of nonperforming assets or classified assets increase in the future, we may incur losses and the costs and expenses to maintain such assets can be expected to increase and potentially negatively affect earnings. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets increases our risk profile and may impact the capital levels regulators believe are appropriate considering the ensuing risk profile. An additional increase in losses due to such assets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Nonperforming assets take significant time and resources to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We generally do not record interest income on other real estate owned, or OREO, or on nonperforming loans, thereby adversely affecting our income

 

31


Table of Contents

and increasing loan administration costs. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related asset to the then fair value of the collateral, which may ultimately result in a loss. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets increases our risk profile and may impact the capital levels regulators believe are appropriate in light of the ensuing risk profile. While we seek to reduce problem assets through loan workouts, restructurings, and otherwise, decreases in the value of the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management, which may materially and adversely impact their ability to perform their other responsibilities. We may not experience future increases in the value of nonperforming assets.

The small- to medium-sized businesses that we lend to may have fewer resources to endure adverse business developments, which may impair our borrowers’ ability to repay loans.

We focus our business development and marketing strategy primarily on small- to medium-sized businesses. Small- to medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial volatility in operating results, any of which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small- and medium-sized business often depends on the management skills, talents and efforts of a small group of people, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these people could have an adverse effect on the business and its ability to repay its loan. If our borrowers are unable to repay their loans, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

A portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans secured by receivables, inventory, equipment or other commercial collateral, which we refer to generally as commercial and industrial loans, and the deterioration in value of which could expose us to credit losses.

As of June 30, 2021, commercial and industrial loans represented approximately $612.3 million, or 39.4%, of our gross loans. In general, these loans are collateralized by general business assets, including, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, and most are backed by a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. These commercial and industrial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individuals and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on a single loan basis. Additionally, the repayment of commercial and industrial loans is subject to the ongoing business operations of the borrower. The collateral securing such loans generally includes moveable property such as equipment and inventory, which may decline in value more rapidly than we anticipate; thus exposing us to increased credit risk. In addition, a portion of our customer base, including customers in the energy and real estate business, may be in industries which are particularly sensitive to commodity prices or market fluctuations, such as energy and real estate prices. Accordingly, negative changes in commodity prices and real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of the collateral securing these loans. Significant adverse changes in the economy or local market conditions or adverse weather events in the markets in which our commercial and industrial lending customers operate could cause rapid declines in loan collectability and the values associated with general business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to credit losses and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our commercial real estate and real estate construction and development loan portfolio exposes us to credit risks that may be greater than the risks related to other types of loans.

As of June 30, 2021, approximately $647.8 million, or 41.8%, of our gross loans were nonresidential real estate loans (including owner-occupied commercial real estate loans) and approximately $80.4 million, or 5.2%, of our total loans were construction and development loans. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. The availability of such income for repayment may be adversely

 

32


Table of Contents

affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. Owner-occupied commercial real estate is generally less dependent upon income generated directly from the property but still carries risks from the successful operation of the underlying business or adverse economic conditions. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by other types of collateral because the collateral securing these loans is typically more difficult to liquidate due to the fluctuation of real estate values. Additionally, non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Construction and development loans also involve risks because loan funds are secured by a project under construction and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. It can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project, and construction and development lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor, if any, to repay the loan. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, we may be unable to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project, incur taxes, maintenance and compliance costs for a foreclosed property and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.

As of June 30, 2021, approximately $902.5 million, or 58.2%, of our gross loans were loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in our primary markets or in Texas generally could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, and could result in losses that adversely affect credit quality, financial condition and results of operations. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in our market areas could significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for loan losses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, adverse weather events, including hurricanes and flooding, can cause damages to the property pledged as collateral on loans, which could result in additional losses upon a foreclosure.

Our largest loan relationships currently make up a material percentage of our total loan portfolio.

As of June 30, 2021, our ten largest loan relationships (including related entities) totaled approximately $140.3 million in loans, or 9.0% of the total loan portfolio. The concentration risk associated with having a small number of large loan relationships is that, if one or more of these relationships were to become delinquent or suffer default, we could be at serious risk of material losses. The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover losses associated with any of these relationships, and any loss or increase in the allowance would negatively affect our earnings and capital. Even if the loans are collateralized, the large increase in classified assets could harm our reputation with our regulators and inhibit our ability to execute our business plan.

 

33


Table of Contents

Appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property, other real estate owned and repossessed personal property may not accurately describe the net value of the asset.

In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values may change significantly in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property. In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of our OREO, and personal property that we acquire through foreclosure proceedings and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our combined and consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of our OREO, and our allowance for loan losses may not reflect accurate loan impairments. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. As of June 30, 2021, we held $1.7 million of OREO and no repossessed property and equipment.

We engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral and own the underlying real estate, subjecting us to the costs and potential risks associated with the ownership of the real property, and consumer protection initiatives or changes in state or federal law may substantially raise the cost of foreclosure or prevent us from foreclosing at all.

Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we would be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. As of June 30, 2021, we held approximately $1.7 million in OREO. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to general or local economic condition, environmental cleanup liability, assessments, interest rates, real estate tax rates, operating expenses of the mortgaged properties, ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties, zoning laws, governmental and regulatory rules, and natural disasters. Our inability to manage the amount of costs or size of the risks associated with the ownership of real estate, or write-downs in the value of other real estate owned, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, consumer protection initiatives or changes in state or federal law, including initiatives or changes implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, may substantially increase the time and expense associated with the foreclosure process or prevent us from foreclosing at all. While Texas foreclosure laws have historically been favorable to lenders, a number of states in recent years have either considered or adopted foreclosure reform laws that make it substantially more difficult and expensive for lenders to foreclose on properties in default, and we cannot be certain that Texas will not adopt similar legislation in the future. Additionally, federal regulators have prosecuted a number of mortgage servicing companies for alleged consumer law violations. If new state or federal laws or regulations are ultimately enacted that significantly raise the cost of foreclosure or raise outright barriers, such cost barriers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

SBA lending is an important part of our business. Our SBA lending program is dependent upon the federal government and our status as a participant in the SBA’s Preferred Lenders Program, and we face specific risks associated with SBA loans.

We participate in the SBA’s Preferred Lenders Program. As an SBA Preferred Lender, we are able to provide our clients with access to SBA loans without being subject to the potentially lengthy SBA approval process necessary for lenders that are not SBA Preferred Lenders. The SBA periodically reviews the lending operations of participating lenders to assess, among other things, whether the lender exhibits prudent risk

 

34


Table of Contents

management. When weaknesses are identified, the SBA may request corrective actions or impose enforcement actions, including revocation of our Preferred Lender status. If we lose our status as a Preferred Lender, we may lose some or all of our customers to lenders who are SBA Preferred Lenders, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have not typically sold the guaranteed portion of our SBA 7(a) loans in the secondary market in recent years. If we sell the guaranteed portion of our SBA 7(a) loans, we will incur credit risk on the unguaranteed portion of the loans, and if a customer defaults on the unguaranteed portion of a loan, we would share any loss and recovery related to the loan pro-rata with the SBA.

The laws, regulations and standard operating procedures that are applicable to SBA loan products may change in the future. We cannot predict the effects of these changes on our business and profitability. Because government regulation greatly affects the business and financial results of all commercial banks and bank holding companies and especially our organization, changes in the laws, regulations and procedures applicable to SBA loans could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably. In addition, the aggregate amount of SBA 7(a) and 504 loan guarantees by the SBA must be approved each fiscal year by the federal government. We cannot predict the amount of SBA 7(a) loan guarantees in any given fiscal year. If the federal government were to reduce the amount of SBA loan guarantees, such reduction could adversely impact our SBA lending program.

The SBA may not honor its guarantees if we do not originate loans in compliance with SBA guidelines.

As of June 30, 2021, SBA 7(a) loans (excluding PPP loans) of $63.2 million comprised 4.1% of our loan portfolio. SBA lending programs typically guarantee 75% of the principal on an underlying loan. If the SBA establishes that a loss on an SBA guaranteed loan is attributable to significant technical deficiencies in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded or serviced by us, the SBA may seek recovery of the principal loss related to the deficiency from us notwithstanding that a portion of the loan was guaranteed by the SBA, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we follow the SBA’s underwriting guidelines, our ability to do so depends on the knowledge and diligence of our employees and the effectiveness of controls we have established. If our employees do not follow the SBA guidelines in originating loans and if our loan review and audit programs fail to identify and rectify such failures, the SBA may reduce or, in some cases, refuse to honor its guarantee obligations and we may incur losses as a result.

We participate in the small business loan program under the CARES Act, which may further expose us to credit losses from borrowers under such programs.

Among other components, the CARES Act provides for payment forbearance on mortgages or loans to borrowers experiencing a hardship during the COVID-19 pandemic. We have offered deferral and forbearance plans and have participated in the PPP under the CARES Act by making loans to small businesses consistent with the CARES Act that are fully guaranteed by the SBA. Various governmental programs such as the PPP are complex and our participation may lead to additional litigation and governmental, regulatory and third-party scrutiny, negative publicity and damage to our reputation. In addition, participation in the PPP as a lender may adversely affect our revenue and results of operations depending on the timing and amount of forgiveness, if any, to which borrowers will be entitled and we are subject to the risk of PPP fraud cases. PPP loans are fixed, low interest rate loans, and if the borrower under the PPP loan fails to qualify for loan forgiveness, we are at the heightened risk of holding these loans at unfavorable interest rates as compared to the loans to clients that we would have otherwise extended credit.

We have additional credit risk with respect to PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded or serviced, such as an issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was

 

35


Table of Contents

originated, funded, or serviced by us, the SBA may deny its liability under the guarantee, reduce the amount of the guarantee or, if it has already paid under the guarantee, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from the Bank.

Our auto finance portfolio exposes us to increased credit risks.

At June 30, 2021, our auto finance portfolio (excluding floor plan loans and indirect auto loans included in commercial and industrial loans) consisted of $32.1 million, or 2.0% of our loans held for investment. We originate these auto loans and leases through our indirect lending department to individuals who live in our market areas. The leases are made through well-known third party leasing companies and underwriting and approval is performed by the indirect lending department in accordance with our policies. We serve customers that cover a range of creditworthiness and the required terms and rates are reflective of those risk profiles. Auto loans are inherently risky as they are often secured by assets that may be difficult to locate and can depreciate rapidly. In some cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted auto loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency may not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Auto loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Additional risk elements associated with indirect lending include the limited personal contact with the borrower as a result of indirect lending through non-bank channels, namely automobile dealers.

We also originate automobile dealer floor plan loans for both new and used automobiles. Floor plan loans are inherently risky as they are collateralized by the automobiles that are being sold, and can depreciate rapidly. We monitor floor plan loans closely to ensure that funds are received to paydown the loan as automobiles are sold, and require periodic curtailments if the automobiles stay on the line for an extended period of time. Periodic independent third party inspections are required to ensure that the automobiles securing the loan are maintained on the lot and in saleable condition. At June 30, 2021, outstanding floor plan loans were $787 thousand which are included in commercial and industrial loans.

Our commercial finance clients, particularly with respect to our commercial finance and asset-based lending product lines, may lack the operating history, cash flows or balance sheet necessary to support other financing options and may expose us to additional credit risk, especially if our additional controls for such products are ineffective in mitigating such additional risks.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial finance products. Some of these commercial finance products, particularly asset-based loans and our factored receivables (which totaled $28.4 million, or 1.8% of loans, as of June 30, 2021), arise out of relationships with clients who lack the operating history, cash flows or balance sheet necessary to qualify for more traditional bank financing options. We attempt to control for the additional credit risk in these relationships through credit management processes employed in connection with these transactions. However, if such controls are ineffective in controlling this additional risk or if we fail to follow the procedures we have established for managing this additional risk, we could be exposed to additional losses with respect to such product lines that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our asset-based lending and commercial finance products may expose us to an increased risk of fraud.

We rely on the structural features embedded in our asset-based lending and commercial finance products to mitigate the credit risk associated with such products. With respect to our asset-based loans, we limit our lending to a percentage of the customer’s borrowing base assets that we believe can be readily liquidated in the event of financial distress of the borrower. With respect to our commercial finance products, we purchase the underlying invoices of our customers and become the direct payee under such invoices, thus transferring the credit risk in such transactions from our customers to the underlying account debtors on such invoices. In the event one or more of our customers fraudulently represents the existence or valuation of borrowing base assets in the case of

 

36


Table of Contents

an asset-based loan, or the existence or validity of an invoice we purchase in the case of a commercial finance transaction, we may advance more funds to such customer than we otherwise would and lose the benefit of the structural protections of our products with respect to such advances. In such event we could be exposed to material additional losses with respect to such loans or commercial finance products. Although we believe we have controls in place to monitor and detect fraud with respect to our asset-based lending and commercial finance products, there is no guarantee such controls will be effective. Losses from such fraudulent activity could have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we may implement or may acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. We may not achieve target timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and new products or services and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as regulatory compliance obligations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely, in which case our business may be harmed, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, we could be subject to regulatory penalties and the price of our common stock may decline.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. As a public company, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules that govern public companies. In particular, we will be required to certify our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, which will require us to furnish annually a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, unless we remain an emerging growth company and elect additional transitional relief available to emerging growth companies, our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

We will continue to periodically test and update, as necessary, our internal control systems, including our financial reporting controls. Our actions, however, may not be sufficient to result in an effective internal control environment, and any future failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could impair the reliability of our financial statements which in turn could harm our business, impair investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, impair our access to the capital markets, and cause the price of our common stock to decline and subject us to regulatory penalties.    

 

37


Table of Contents

We are dependent on the use of data and modeling in our management’s decision-making, and faulty data or modeling approaches could negatively impact our decision-making ability or possibly subject us to regulatory scrutiny in the future.

The use of statistical and quantitative models and other quantitative analyses is endemic to bank decision-making, and the employment of such analyses is becoming increasingly widespread in our operations. Liquidity stress testing, interest rate sensitivity analysis, and the identification of possible violations of anti-money laundering regulations are all examples of areas in which we are dependent on models and the data that underlies them. The use of statistical and quantitative models is also becoming more prevalent in regulatory compliance. While we are not currently subject to annual Dodd-Frank Act stress testing (DFAST) and the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) submissions, we anticipate that model-derived testing may become more extensively implemented by regulators in the future.

We anticipate data-based modeling will penetrate further into bank decision-making, particularly risk management efforts, as the capacities developed to meet rigorous stress testing requirements can be employed more widely and in differing applications. While we believe these quantitative techniques and approaches improve our decision-making, they also create the possibility that faulty data or flawed quantitative approaches could negatively impact our decision-making ability or, if we become subject to regulatory stress testing in the future, adverse regulatory scrutiny. Further, because of the complexity inherent in these approaches, misunderstanding or misuse of their outputs could similarly result in suboptimal decision-making.

We have pledged all of the stock of the Bank as collateral for a loan and if the lender forecloses, you could lose your investment.

We have pledged all of the stock of the Bank as collateral for our senior debt. As of June 30, 2021, the loan had a balance of approximately $20.5 million, which was subsequently paid down to $1.0 million through a portion of the proceeds of our private placement. If we were to default, the lender could foreclose on the Bank’s stock and we would lose our principal asset. In that event, if the value of the Bank’s stock is less than the amount of the indebtedness, you could lose the entire amount of your investment.

A lack of liquidity could impair our ability to fund operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity is essential to our business. Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they become due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding. We require sufficient liquidity to meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, payments on our debt obligations as they come due and other cash commitments under both normal operating conditions and other unpredictable circumstances, including events causing industry or general financial market stress. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of our investment securities, the sale of loans, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds is deposits. As of June 30, 2021, approximately $1.44 billion, or 80.7%, of our total deposits were noninterest-bearing deposits, negotiable order of withdrawal, or NOW, savings and money market accounts. Historically our savings, money market deposit accounts, NOW and demand accounts have been stable sources of funds. However, these deposits are subject to potentially dramatic fluctuations in availability or price due to factors that may be outside of our control, such as a loss of confidence by customers in us or the banking sector generally, customer perceptions of our financial health and general reputation, increasing competitive pressures from other financial services firms for consumer or corporate customer deposits, changes in interest rates and returns on other investment classes. As a result, there could be significant outflows of deposits within short periods of time or significant changes in pricing necessary to maintain current customer deposits or attract additional deposits, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

As of June 30, 2021, the $344.6 million remaining balance of deposits consisted of certificates of deposit, of which $318.9 million, or 17.9% of our total deposits, were due to mature within one year. Historically, a majority

 

38


Table of Contents

of our certificates of deposit are renewed upon maturity as long as we pay competitive interest rates. These customers are, however, interest-rate conscious and may move funds into higher-yielding investment alternatives. If customers transfer money out of the Bank’s deposits and into other investments such as money market funds, we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of our equity and debt securities to investors. Additional liquidity is provided by our ability to borrow from the FHLB. We also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities, or on terms that are acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Our access to funding sources could also be affected by a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the Texas economy or by one or more adverse regulatory actions against us.

Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to raise additional capital, in the form of additional debt or equity, in the future to have sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and fund our business needs and future growth, particularly if the quality of our assets or earnings were to deteriorate significantly. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and our financial condition. Economic conditions and a loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funding and limit access to certain customary sources of capital or make such capital only available on unfavorable terms, including interbank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount window of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. We may not be able to obtain capital on acceptable terms—or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of our Bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets or other disruption in capital markets, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Further, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The borrowing needs of our clients may increase, especially in a challenging economic environment, which could result in increased borrowing against our contractual obligations to extend credit.

A commitment to extend credit is a formal agreement to lend funds to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition established under the agreement. The actual borrowing needs of our clients under these credit commitments have historically been lower than the contractual amount of the commitments. A significant portion of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. Because of the credit profile of our clients, we typically have a substantial amount of total unfunded credit commitments, which is not reflected on our balance sheet. As of June 30, 2021, we had $209.8 million in unfunded credit commitments and standby letters of credit to our clients. Actual borrowing needs of our clients may exceed our expectations, especially in a challenging economic environment when our clients’ companies may be more dependent on our credit commitments due to the lack of available credit elsewhere, the increasing costs of credit, or the limited availability of financings from

 

39


Table of Contents

venture firms. This could adversely affect our liquidity, which could impair our ability to fund operations and meet obligations as they become due and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—A lack of liquidity could impair our ability to fund operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services.

We operate in the highly competitive financial services industry and face significant competition for customers from financial institutions located both within and beyond our principal markets. We compete with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, nonbank financial services companies and other financial institutions operating within or near the areas we serve. Additionally, certain large banks headquartered outside of our markets and large community banking institutions target the same customers we do. In addition, as customer preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the internet and mobile devices and for nonbanks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. The banking industry has experienced rapid changes in technology, and, as a result, our future success may depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs by using technology. Customer loyalty can be influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that could provide cost savings or a higher return to the customer. Increased lending activity of competing banks can also lead to increased competitive pressures on loan rates and terms for high-quality credits. We may not be able to compete successfully with other financial institutions in our markets, and we may have to pay higher interest rates to attract deposits, accept lower yields to attract loans and pay higher wages for new employees, resulting in lower net interest margins and reduced profitability.

Many of our nonbank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our activities and may have greater flexibility in competing for business. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. In addition, some of our current commercial banking customers may seek alternative banking sources as they develop needs for credit facilities larger than we may be able to accommodate. Our inability to compete successfully in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when our collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Any such losses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Negative public opinion regarding our company or failure to maintain our reputation in the communities we serve could adversely affect our business and prevent us from growing our business.

Our reputation within the communities we serve is critical to our success. We believe we have set ourselves apart from our competitors by building strong personal and professional relationships with our customers and being active members of the communities we serve. As such, we strive to enhance our reputation by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve

 

40


Table of Contents

and delivering superior service to our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees or otherwise, we may be less successful in attracting new talent and customers or may lose existing customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Further, negative public opinion can expose us to litigation and regulatory action and delay and impede our efforts to implement our expansion strategy, which could further adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to overcome the integration and other risks associated with acquisitions, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

Although we plan to continue to grow our business organically and through de novo branching, we also intend to pursue acquisition opportunities that we believe will be accretive to our earnings per share, enhance our existing market presence, expand our markets of operation or strengthen our balance sheet, with an emphasis on the acquisition of banks with a strong deposit franchise and high-quality funding profiles to augment our core deposit base. Our acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of risks, including the following:

 

   

intense competition from other banking organizations and other acquirers for potential target companies;

 

   

market pricing for desirable acquisitions resulting in returns that are less attractive than we have traditionally sought to achieve;

 

   

incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in our attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

 

   

using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

 

   

failure to achieve expected revenues, earnings or synergies from an acquisition;

 

   

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire, including compliance and regulatory issues;

 

   

the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

 

   

experiencing higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations and the failure to achieve expected cost savings;

 

   

losing key employees and customers;

 

   

reputational issues if the target’s management does not align with our culture and values;

 

   

significant problems relating to the conversion of the financial and customer data of the target;

 

   

integration of acquired customers into our financial and customer product systems;

 

   

risks of impairment to goodwill and other acquired assets; or

 

   

regulatory timeframes for review of applications, which may limit the number and frequency of transactions we may be able to consummate.

Depending on the condition of any institution or assets or liabilities that we may acquire, that acquisition may, at least in the near term, adversely affect our capital and earnings and, if not successfully integrated with our organization, may continue to have such effects over a longer period. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with pending or potential acquisitions, and any acquisition we may consider will be subject to prior regulatory approval. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

41


Table of Contents

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected if the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies are inaccurate.

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, which are included in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in this prospectus, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that we consider “critical” because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events or regulatory views concerning such analysis differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, those events or assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements, cause damage to our reputation and the price of our common stock, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There could be material changes to our financial statements and disclosures if there are changes in accounting standards or regulatory interpretations of existing standards.

From time to time the FASB or the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new accounting and reporting standards or change existing accounting and reporting standards. For example, in June 2016, the FASB issued revised guidance for impairments on financial instruments which requires the use of CECL models which might increase our allowance for loan losses for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.” In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators or outside auditors) may change their interpretations or positions on how new or existing standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new standard, revise an existing standard or change the application of an existing standard in such a way that financial statements for periods previously reported are revised. Such changes could materially change our financial statements and related disclosures and, depending on the nature of the revision, could cause damage to our reputation and the price of our common stock and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer, employee or third-party fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

Because we are a financial institution, employee errors and employee or customer misconduct could subject us in particular to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information each of which can be particularly damaging for financial institutions. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud, as well as insurance coverage designed to protect us from material losses associated with these risks, including losses resulting from any associated business interruption. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information provided to us by our borrowers and counterparties and any misrepresented or fraudulent information could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In deciding whether to approve loans or to enter into other transactions with borrowers and counterparties, we rely on information furnished to us by, or on behalf of, borrowers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We also rely on representations of borrowers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. If any of this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented or fraudulent and such misrepresentation or fraud is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected and we may be subject to regulatory action. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, another third party, or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation or fraud. Our controls and processes may not have detected, or may not detect all, misrepresented or fraudulent information in our loan originations or from our business clients. Any such misrepresented or fraudulent information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to environmental liabilities in connection with the real properties we own and the foreclosure on real estate assets securing our loan portfolio.

In the course of our business, we may purchase real estate in connection with our acquisition and expansion efforts, or we may foreclose on and take title to real estate or otherwise be deemed to be in control of property that serves as collateral on loans we make. As a result, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to those properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or we may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property.

The cost of removal or abatement may substantially exceed the value of the affected properties or the loans secured by those properties, we may not have adequate remedies against the prior owners or other responsible parties and we may not be able to resell the affected properties either before or after completion of any such removal or abatement procedures. If material environmental problems are discovered before foreclosure, we generally will not foreclose on the related collateral or will transfer ownership of the loan to a subsidiary formed for such purpose. It should be noted, however, that the transfer of the property or loans to a subsidiary may not protect us from environmental liability. Furthermore, despite these actions on our part, the value of the property as collateral will generally be substantially reduced or we may elect not to foreclose on the property and, as a result, we may suffer a loss upon collection of the loan. Any significant environmental liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to intellectual property in addition to other litigation in the ordinary course of business.

Banking and other financial services companies, such as our Company, rely on technology companies to provide information technology products and services necessary to support their day-to-day operations. Technology companies frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, patent holding companies seek to monetize patents they have purchased or otherwise obtained. Competitors of our vendors, or other individuals or companies, may from time to time claim to hold intellectual property sold to us by our vendors. Such claims may increase in the future as the financial services sector becomes more reliant on information technology vendors. The plaintiffs in these actions frequently seek injunctions and substantial damages.

 

43


Table of Contents

Regardless of the scope or validity of such patents or other intellectual property rights, or the merits of any claims by potential or actual litigants, we may have to engage in protracted litigation. Such litigation is often expensive, time-consuming, disruptive to our operations and distracting to management. If we are found to infringe one or more patents or other intellectual property rights, we may be required to pay substantial damages or royalties to a third party. In certain cases, we may consider entering into licensing agreements for disputed intellectual property, although no assurance can be given that such licenses can be obtained on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur. These licenses may also significantly increase our operating expenses. If legal matters related to intellectual property claims were resolved against us or settled, we could be required to make payments in amounts that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to litigation relating to intellectual property, we are regularly involved in litigation matters in the ordinary course of business. While we believe that these litigation matters should not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or future prospects, we may be unable to successfully defend or resolve any current or future litigation matters, in which case those litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Economy and Our Industry

Our business is concentrated in, and largely dependent upon, the continued growth and welfare of our primary markets of the Greater Houston market, Dallas-Fort Worth market, and Austin-San Antonio market, and adverse economic conditions in these markets could negatively impact our operations and customers.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are affected by changes in the economic conditions of our primary markets of the Greater Houston market, Dallas-Fort Worth market, and Austin-San Antonio market. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, employment trends, deposits and real estate activity in our primary markets. Economic conditions within our primary markets, and the state of Texas in general, are influenced by, among other things, real estate prices and commodity prices, including the price of oil and gas specifically. Although our customers’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond our primary markets, adverse conditions that affect our primary markets could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans, affect the value of collateral underlying our loans, affect our ability to attract deposits and generally affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Due to our geographic concentration within our primary markets, we may be less able than other larger regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets.

Our primary markets are susceptible to natural disasters and other catastrophes that could negatively impact the economies of our markets, our operations or our customers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our business is generated from the Greater Houston market, which is susceptible to damage by hurricanes, such as Hurricane Harvey, which struck the Greater Houston market in 2017, and Hurricane Laura, which struck the Greater Houston market in 2020. We are also subject to tornadoes, floods, droughts and other natural disasters and adverse weather. In addition to natural disasters, man-made events, such as acts of terror and governmental response to acts of terror, malfunction of the electronic grid and other infrastructure breakdowns, could adversely affect economic conditions in our primary markets. These catastrophic events can disrupt our operations, cause widespread property damage, and severely depress the local economies in which we operate. If the economies in our primary markets experience an overall decline as a result of a catastrophic event, demand for loans and our other products and services could be reduced. In addition, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses on loan portfolios may increase substantially after events such as hurricanes, as uninsured property losses or sustained job interruption or loss may materially impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. Moreover, the value of real estate or other collateral that

 

44


Table of Contents

secures the loans could be materially and adversely affected by a catastrophic event. A natural disaster or other catastrophic event could, therefore, result in decreased revenue and loan losses that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could recognize losses on investment securities held in our securities portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.

While we invest a significant majority of our total assets in loans and currently invest a small portion of our total assets in investment securities, we may in the future invest a larger portion of our assets in investment securities with the objective of providing a source of liquidity, providing an appropriate return on funds invested, managing interest rate risk, meeting pledging requirements and meeting regulatory capital requirements. Factors beyond our control can significantly and adversely influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio. For example, fixed-rate securities are generally subject to decreases in market value when interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual borrowers with respect to the underlying securities, and instability in the credit markets. Any of the foregoing factors could cause other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Although we have not recognized other-than-temporary impairment related to our investment portfolio as of June 30, 2021, changing economic and market conditions affecting interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the underlying collateral, among other factors, may cause us to recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Market conditions and economic trends may adversely affect the banking industry and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future.

Market conditions and economic trends nationally and locally, such as uncertain regulatory conditions, real estate and commodity prices, and changing interest rates could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have direct exposure to the real estate markets in Texas and thus are impacted by declines in real estate values. In addition, while we have limited direct exposure to the oil and gas industry, the economy of the state of Texas is influenced by and financial institutions may be negatively affected by, among other things, volatility in the real estate and oil and gas industries. Our markets are also susceptible to hurricanes and other natural disasters and adverse weather conditions.

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our loan portfolio is made more complex by market and economic conditions. A national economic downturn or deterioration of conditions in our markets could adversely affect our borrowers and cause losses beyond those that are provided for in our allowance for loan losses and lead to the following consequences:

 

   

increases in loan delinquencies;

 

   

increases in nonperforming assets and foreclosures;

 

   

decreases in demand for our products and services, which could adversely affect our liquidity position; and

 

   

decreases in the value of the collateral securing our loans, especially real estate, which could reduce customers’ borrowing power and repayment ability.

 

45


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Cybersecurity, Third-Parties and Technology

We depend on our information technology and telecommunications systems of third parties, and any systems failures, interruptions or data breaches involving these systems could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

Our business depends on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems including with third-party servicers and financial intermediaries. We outsource many of our major systems. Specifically, we rely on third parties for certain services, including, but not limited to, core systems processing, website hosting, internet services, monitoring our network and other processing services. The failure of these systems, a cyber security breach involving any of our third-party service providers, or the termination or change in terms of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. Replacing vendors or addressing other issues with our third-party service providers could entail significant delay, expense and disruption of service.

As a result, if these third-party service providers experience difficulties, are subject to cyber security breaches, or terminate their services, and we are unable to replace them with other service providers, particularly on a timely basis, our operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Even if we are able to replace third-party service providers, it may be at a higher cost to us, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, has issued guidance outlining the expectations for third-party service provider oversight and monitoring by financial institutions. The federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have recently issued enforcement actions against financial institutions for failure in oversight of third-party providers and violations of federal banking law by such providers when performing services for financial institutions. Accordingly, our operations could be interrupted if any of our third-party service providers experience difficulty, are subject to cyber security breaches, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking regulations, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our failure to adequately oversee the actions of our third-party service providers could result in regulatory actions against the Bank, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security, and cybersecurity attacks could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, manage our exposure to risk or expand our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, increase our costs to maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure, and adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause legal or reputational harm.

As a financial institution, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents that may be committed against us, our clients, or third parties with whom we interact and that may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our clients, disclosure or misuse of confidential information belonging to us or personal or confidential information belonging to our clients, misappropriation of assets, litigation, or damage to our reputation. Our industry has seen increases in electronic fraudulent activity, hacking, security breaches, sophisticated social engineering and cyber-attacks within the financial services industry, including in the commercial banking sector, as cyber-criminals have been targeting commercial bank and brokerage accounts on an increasing basis.

Our business is highly dependent on the security and efficacy of our infrastructure, computer and data management systems, as well as those of third parties with whom we interact or on whom we rely. Our business

 

46


Table of Contents

relies on the secure processing, transmission, storage and retrieval of confidential, proprietary and other information in our computer and data management systems and networks, and in the computer and data management systems and networks of third parties. In addition, to access our network, products and services, our customers and other third parties may use personal mobile devices or computing devices that are outside of our network environment and are subject to their own cybersecurity risks. All of these factors increase our risks related to cyber-threats and electronic disruptions.

In addition to well-known risks related to fraudulent activity, which take many forms, such as check “kiting” or fraud, wire fraud, and other dishonest acts, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents have become a material risk in the financial services industry. These threats may include fraudulent or unauthorized access to data processing or data storage systems used by us or by our clients, electronic identity theft, “phishing”, account takeover, denial or degradation of service attacks, and malware or other cyber-attacks. These electronic viruses or malicious code are typically designed to, among other things:

 

   

obtain unauthorized access to confidential information belonging to us or our clients and customers;

 

   

manipulate or destroy data;

 

   

disrupt, sabotage or degrade service on a financial institution’s systems; and

 

   

steal money.

In recent periods, several governmental agencies and large corporations, including financial service organizations and retail companies, have suffered major data breaches, in some cases exposing not only their confidential and proprietary corporate information, but also sensitive financial and other personal information of their clients and their employees or other third-parties, and subjecting those agencies and corporations to potential fraudulent activity and their clients and other third-parties to identity theft and fraudulent activity in their credit card and banking accounts. Therefore, security breaches and cyber-attacks can cause significant increases in operating costs, including the costs of compensating clients and customers for any resulting losses they may incur and the costs and capital expenditures required to correct the deficiencies in and strengthen the security of data processing and storage systems.

Unfortunately, it is not always possible to anticipate, detect or recognize these threats to our systems, or to implement effective preventative measures against all breaches, whether those breaches are malicious or accidental. Cybersecurity risks for banking organizations have significantly increased in recent years and have been difficult to detect before they occur because of the following, among other reasons:

 

   

the proliferation of new technologies, and the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions;

 

   

these threats arise from numerous sources, not all of which are in our control, including among others human error, fraud or malice on the part of employees or third parties, accidental technological failure, electrical or telecommunication outages, failures of computer servers or other damage to our property or assets, natural disasters or severe weather conditions, health emergencies or pandemics, or outbreaks of hostilities or terrorist acts;

 

   

the techniques used in cyber-attacks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched or until well after the breach has occurred;

 

   

the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime groups, hackers, terrorist organizations, hostile foreign governments, disgruntled employees or vendors, activists and other external parties, including those involved in corporate espionage;

 

   

the vulnerability of systems to third parties seeking to gain access to such systems either directly or using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers or other users of our systems; and

 

47


Table of Contents
   

our frequent transmission of sensitive information to, and storage of such information by, third parties, including our vendors and regulators, and possible weaknesses that go undetected in our data systems notwithstanding the testing we conduct of those systems.

While we invest in systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks and we conduct periodic tests of our security systems and processes, we may not succeed in anticipating or adequately protecting against or preventing all security breaches and cyber-attacks from occurring. Even the most advanced internal control environment may be vulnerable to compromise. Targeted social engineering attacks are becoming more sophisticated and are extremely difficult to prevent. Additionally, the existence of cyber-attacks or security breaches at third parties with access to our data, such as vendors, may not be disclosed to us in a timely manner. As cyber-threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities or incidents.

As is the case with non-electronic fraudulent activity, cyber-attacks or other information or security breaches, whether directed at us or third parties, may result in a material loss or have material consequences. Furthermore, the public perception that a cyber-attack on our systems has been successful, whether or not this perception is correct, may damage our reputation with customers and third parties with whom we do business. Although we have not experienced any material fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security or cybersecurity attacks, a successful penetration or circumvention of system security could cause us negative consequences, including loss of customers and business opportunities, disruption to our operations and business, misappropriation or destruction of our confidential information and/or that of our customers, or damage to our customers’ and/or third parties’ computers or systems, and could expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny and result in a violation of applicable privacy laws and other laws, litigation exposure, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, loss of confidence in our security measures, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, additional compliance costs, and could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

We have a continuing need for technological change and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology or we may experience operational challenges when implementing new technology or technology needed to compete effectively with larger institutions may not be available to us on a cost effective basis.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, at least in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our products and service offerings. We may experience operational challenges as we implement these new technology enhancements or products, which could impair our ability to realize the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require us to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.

Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Third parties upon which we rely for our technology needs may not be able to develop on a cost effective basis systems that will enable us to keep pace with such developments. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products compared to those that we will be able to provide, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may lose customers seeking new technology-driven products and services to the extent we are unable to provide such products and services. Accordingly, the ability to keep pace with technological change is important and the failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

48


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry

We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, could adversely affect us.

Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. As such, we are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and legal requirements that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect our shareholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the overall financial stability of the United States. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividends or distributions that the Bank can pay to us, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt and impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than GAAP would require. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional operating costs. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, enforcement actions and fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, regulatory capital levels and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The ongoing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, and the process of implementation is ongoing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant regulatory and compliance changes on many industries, including ours. There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will ultimately be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and the full extent of the impact of the requirements on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, require the development of new compliance infrastructure, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements or with any future changes in laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations could adversely affect us.

As part of the bank regulatory process, the Texas Department of Savings and Mortgage Lending, or the TDSML, and the Federal Reserve periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, one of these banking agencies were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, asset sensitivity, risk management or other aspects of any of our operations have become unsatisfactory, or that our Company, the Bank or their respective management were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital levels, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against us, the Bank or their respective officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be adversely affected.

 

49


Table of Contents

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and associated rulemaking, we have become subject to more stringent capital requirements.

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve, and on July 9, 2013, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the OCC, adopted a final rule that implements the Basel III changes to the international regulatory capital framework and revises the U.S. risk-based and leverage capital requirements for U.S. banking organizations to strengthen identified areas of weakness in capital rules and to address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule established a stricter regulatory capital framework that requires banking organizations to hold more and higher-quality capital to act as a financial cushion to absorb losses and help banking organizations better withstand periods of financial stress. The final rule increased capital ratios for all banking organizations and introduced a “capital conservation buffer” which is in addition to each capital ratio. If a banking organization fails to exceed its capital conservation buffer, it may be restricted in its ability to pay dividends and discretionary bonus payments to its executive officers. The final rule assigned a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also required unrealized gains and losses on certain “available for sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. We exercised this opt-out right in our March 31, 2015 quarterly financial filing. As of June 30, 2021, we met all of these new requirements, including the full capital conservation buffer.

Although we currently cannot predict the specific impact and long-term effects that the Dodd-Frank Act, Basel III and associated rulemaking will have on our Company and the banking industry more generally, the Company will be required to maintain higher regulatory capital levels which could impact our operations, net income and ability to grow. Furthermore, the Company’s failure to comply with current or future minimum capital requirements could result in our regulators taking formal or informal actions against us which could restrict our future growth or operations.

Many of our new activities and expansion plans require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict our growth.

We intend to complement and expand our business by pursuing strategic acquisitions of financial institutions and other complementary businesses, and expansion of the Bank’s banking location network, or de novo branching. Generally, we must receive federal and state regulatory approvals before we can acquire a depository institution or related business insured by the FDIC, or before we open a de novo branch. In determining whether to approve a proposed acquisition, banking regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, our financial condition, our future prospects, and the impact of the proposal on U.S. financial stability. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We may also be required to sell banking locations as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

We are subject to laws regarding the privacy, information security and protection of personal information and any violation of these laws or another incident involving personal, confidential or proprietary information of individuals could damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

Our business requires the collection and retention of large volumes of customer data, including personally identifiable information in various information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by third parties

 

50


Table of Contents

with whom we contract to provide data services. We also maintain important internal company data such as personally identifiable information about our employees and information relating to our operations. We are subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations governing the privacy and protection of personal information of individuals (including customers, employees, suppliers and other third parties). For example, our business is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on our ability to share nonpublic personal information about our customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to customers about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions); and (iii) requires that we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing appropriate safeguards based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of customer information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various state and federal banking regulators and states have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Ensuring that our collection, use, transfer and storage of personal information complies with all applicable laws and regulations can increase our costs.

Furthermore, we may not be able to ensure that all of our clients, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information that they exchange with us, particularly where such information is transmitted by electronic means. If personal, confidential or proprietary information of customers or others were to be mishandled or misused (in situations where, for example, such information was erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, or where such information was intercepted or otherwise compromised by third parties), we could be exposed to litigation or regulatory sanctions under personal information laws and regulations. Concerns regarding the effectiveness of our measures to safeguard personal information, or even the perception that such measures are inadequate, could cause us to lose customers or potential customers for our products and services and thereby reduce our revenues. Accordingly, any failure or perceived failure to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws and regulations may subject us to inquiries, examinations and investigations that could result in requirements to modify or cease certain operations or practices or in significant liabilities, fines or penalties, and could damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

Financial institutions, such as the Bank, face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Department, to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and the Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the sanctions programs and rules administered and enforced by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC.

In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, we have dedicated significant resources to our anti-money laundering program. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we could be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the inability to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plans, including acquisitions and de novo branching.

 

51


Table of Contents

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, the U.S. Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. The CFPB was created under the Dodd-Frank Act to centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection with broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of federal consumer financial laws with respect to all financial institutions that offer financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB is also authorized to prescribe rules applicable to any covered person or service provider, identifying and prohibiting acts or practices that are “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. In recent years there has been an increase in the frequency of enforcement actions brought by federal banking regulators, such as the CFPB, dealing with consumer compliance matters such as indirect auto lending, fair lending, account fees, loan servicing and other products and services provided to customers. The ongoing broad rulemaking and enforcement powers of the CFPB have the potential to have a significant impact on the operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services. The CFPB has indicated that it may propose new rules on overdrafts and other consumer financial products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations if any such rules limit our ability to provide such financial products or services.

A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA, fair lending laws or regulations, or consumer lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with economic and trade sanctions or with applicable anti-corruption laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. We are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such persons and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Through our Company and the Bank, and our agents and employees, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, which prohibits offering, promising, giving, or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a non-U.S. government official in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage. The Company is also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which it may operate. The Company has implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with economic and trade sanctions or with applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Failure to comply with economic and trade sanctions or with applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for us.

Federal, state and local consumer lending laws may restrict our ability to originate certain mortgage loans or increase our risk of liability with respect to such loans and could increase our cost of doing business.

Federal, state and local laws have been adopted that are intended to eliminate certain lending practices considered “predatory.” These laws prohibit practices such as steering borrowers away from more affordable products, selling unnecessary insurance to borrowers, repeatedly refinancing loans and making loans without a reasonable expectation that the borrowers will be able to repay the loans irrespective of the value of the underlying property. It is our policy not to make predatory loans, but these laws create the potential for liability

 

52


Table of Contents

with respect to our lending and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business and, ultimately, may prevent us from making certain loans and cause us to reduce the average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make.

The expanding body of federal, state and local regulations and/or the licensing of loan servicing, collections or other aspects of our business and our sales of loans to third parties may increase the cost of compliance and the risks of noncompliance and subject us to litigation.

We service most of our own loans, and loan servicing is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities, as well as various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on those activities. The volume of new or modified laws and regulations has increased in recent years and, in addition, some individual municipalities have begun to enact laws that restrict loan servicing activities, including delaying or temporarily preventing foreclosures or forcing the modification of certain mortgages. If regulators impose new or more restrictive requirements, we may incur additional significant costs to comply with such requirements, which may further adversely affect us. In addition, were we to be subject to regulatory investigation or regulatory action regarding our loan modification and foreclosure practices, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, we have sold loans to third parties. In connection with these sales, we make or have made various representations and warranties, breaches of which may result in a requirement that we repurchase the loans, or otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to counterparties. These aspects of our business or our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could possibly lead to: civil and criminal liability; loss of licensure; damage to our reputation in the industry; fines and penalties and litigation, including class action lawsuits; and administrative enforcement actions. Any of these outcomes could materially and adversely affect us.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

As a matter of policy, the Federal Reserve expects a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the Federal Reserve’s policy on serving as a source of financial strength. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide and therefore may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the institution’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing by us in order to make the required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and will adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, or future prospects.

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the U.S. money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of securities by the Federal Reserve, adjustments of both the discount rate and the federal funds rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used

 

53


Table of Contents

in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. Although we cannot determine the effects of such policies on us at this time, such policies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

There is currently no regular market for our common stock. An active, liquid market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained upon completion of this offering, which may impair your ability to sell your shares.

Our common stock is not currently traded on an established public trading market. As a result, there is no regular market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, but an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace and independent decisions of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock, over which we have no control. Without an active, liquid trading market for our common stock, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volume, prices and times desired. Moreover, the lack of an established market could materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for you to resell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may affect the market price and trading volume of our common stock, including, without limitation:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition or asset quality;

 

   

changes in economic or business conditions;

 

   

the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

   

publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;

 

   

operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us;

 

   

additional or anticipated sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing shareholders;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors or us, including the perception that investment in Texas is unattractive or less attractive during periods of low oil prices;

 

   

significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us;

 

   

other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and

 

   

other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our primary markets or the financial services industry.

 

54


Table of Contents

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks have experienced substantial fluctuations in recent years, which in many cases have been unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly due to actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock in the future.

Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock following this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future also would, and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by shareholders prior to such issuance. Our first amended and restated certificate of formation authorizes us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of our common stock,                  of which will be outstanding following the completion of this offering (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option). All                  of the shares of common stock sold in this offering (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock) will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by our “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may be resold only in compliance with the limitations described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” The remaining                  outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed to be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold in the United States only if they are registered for resale under the Securities Act or an exemption, such as Rule 144, is available. We also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of approximately                  shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our shareholders, and these shares, once issued (including upon exercise of outstanding options), will be available for sale into the public market, subject to the restrictions described above, if applicable, for affiliate holders.

Further, in connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and certain shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements that restrict the sale of their holdings of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of the underwriting agreement, subject to an extension in certain circumstances. The underwriters, in their discretion, may release any of the shares of our common stock subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions. In addition, after this offering, approximately                  shares of our common stock will not be subject to lock-up. Further, we issued 2,937,876 shares of our common stock in the private placement completed on August 27, 2021 that was exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Pursuant to the requirements of those exemptions from registration, those shares are subject to trading restrictions. In general, such trading restrictions will expire, and such shares may be resold, upon the later of (a) 90 days after we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (b) six months after the date that such shares were acquired. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” The resale of such shares could cause the market price of our stock to drop significantly, and concerns that those sales may occur could cause the trading price of our common stock to decrease or to be lower than it should be.

In addition, we may issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments and pursuant to compensation and incentive plans. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

 

55


Table of Contents

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or under a compensation or incentive plan), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which will increase our costs of operations and may divert focus from our business operations.

As a public company, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, particularly after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and proxy and other information statements, and the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the PCAOB and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, compliance with these reporting requirements and other SEC and Nasdaq rules will make certain operating activities more time-consuming, and we will also incur significant new legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our operating strategy, which could prevent us from successfully implementing our strategic initiatives and improving our results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses and such increases will reduce our profitability.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is expected to be substantially higher than the tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in tangible book value per share in relation to the price that you paid for your shares. We expect the dilution as a result of this offering to be $                 per share, based on an assumed initial offering price of $                 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our pro forma tangible book value of $                 per share as of June 30, 2021. Accordingly, if we were liquidated at our pro forma tangible book value, you would not receive the full amount of your investment. See “Dilution.”

Our management and board of directors have significant control over our business.

As of September 30, 2021, our directors and executive officers beneficially owned an aggregate of 940,808 shares, or approximately 9.8%, of our common stock. Consequently, our management and board of directors may be able to significantly affect our affairs and policies, including the outcome of the election of directors and the potential outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, such as mergers, the sale of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary corporate matters. This influence may also have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our Company. The interests of these insiders could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders, including you.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and our use of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return on your investment.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to support our continued growth, including organic growth and potential future acquisitions, and for general corporate purposes. We have not specifically allocated

 

56


Table of Contents

the amount of net proceeds to us that will be used for these purposes and our management will have broad discretion over how these proceeds are used and could spend these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree. In addition, we may not use the net proceeds to us from this offering effectively or in a manner that increases our market value or enhances our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the net proceeds to us, and we cannot predict how long it will take to deploy these proceeds. Investing the net proceeds to us in securities until we are able to deploy these proceeds will provide lower yields than we generally earn on loans, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability. Although we may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that we believe provide attractive risk-adjusted returns, we do not have any definitive agreements in place to make any such acquisitions at this time.

We may incur additional debt or issue new debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock and may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

At June 30, 2021, we had $83.5 million of debt that ranked senior to our common stock. In the future, we may increase our capital resources by incurring additional borrowings or making offerings of debt or equity securities, which may include senior or additional subordinated notes, classes of preferred shares or common shares. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution. Preferred shares and debt, if issued, have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend or interest payments that could limit our ability to make a distribution to the holders of our common stock. Future issuances and sales of parity preferred stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales could occur, may also cause prevailing market prices for the series of preferred stock and our common stock to decline and may adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital in the financial markets at times and prices favorable to us. Further issuances of our common stock could be dilutive to holders of our common stock.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our first amended and restated certificate of formation authorizes us to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock. Our board of directors has the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

We are dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted.

Our primary tangible asset is the stock of the Bank. As such, we depend upon the Bank for cash distributions (through dividends on the Bank’s common stock) that we use to pay our operating expenses, satisfy our obligations and, if determined by our board of directors, to pay dividends on our common stock. Federal statutes, regulations and policies restrict the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions to us. These statutes and regulations require, among other things, that the Bank maintain certain levels of capital in order to pay a dividend. Further, bank regulatory agencies have the ability to restrict the Bank’s payment of dividends by supervisory action. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we will not be able to satisfy our obligations or pay dividends on our common stock.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our corporate organizational documents and provisions of federal and state law to which we are subject contain certain provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, make more difficult or prevent an attempted acquisition that you may favor or an attempted replacement of our incumbent board of directors or management.

Our first amended and restated certificate of formation and our first amended and restated bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control or a replacement of our board of directors or management. Our governing documents include provisions that:

 

   

empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue our preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are to be set by our board of directors;

 

   

include a classified board of directors, with directors of each class serving a three-year term;

 

   

eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors;

 

   

provide our board of directors with the exclusive right to alter, amend or repeal our first amended and restated bylaws or to adopt new bylaws;

 

   

require the request of holders of at least 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders’ meeting;

 

   

require any shareholder derivative suit or shareholder claim against an officer or director of breach of fiduciary duty or violation of the Texas Business Organizations Code, or the TBOC, certificate of formation, or bylaws to be brought in Harris County in the State of Texas, subject to certain exceptions as described below;

 

   

require shareholders that wish to bring business before annual or special meetings of shareholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at annual or special meetings of shareholders, to provide timely advanced notice of their intent in writing; and

 

   

enable our board of directors to increase, at any annual, regular or special meetings of directors, the number of persons serving as directors and to fill up to two vacancies created as a result of the increase by a majority vote of the directors between two successive annual shareholder meetings.

In addition, certain provisions of Texas law, including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control. Furthermore, banking laws impose notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company. These laws include the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the Change in Bank Control Act. These laws could delay or prevent an acquisition.

Our first amended and restated bylaws include an exclusive forum provision, which could limit a shareholder’s ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

Our first amended and restated bylaws require that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, any state court located in Harris County in the state of Texas, or a Harris County State Court, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any shareholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or its shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the TBOC, our first amended and restated certificate of formation or our first amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, and, if brought outside of Texas, the shareholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such shareholder’s counsel, except for, as to

 

58


Table of Contents

each of (i) through (iv) above, any action (A) as to which the Harris County State Court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Harris County State Court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Harris County State Court within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Harris County State Court, (C) for which the Harris County State Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) arising under the Securities Act as to which the Harris County State Court and the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division shall have concurrent jurisdiction.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and the exclusive forum provision of our first amended and restated bylaws will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such an exclusive forum provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act, and our shareholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the exclusive forum provision of our first amended and restated bylaws.

The exclusive forum provision in our first amended and restated bylaws may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. In addition, shareholders who do bring a claim in a Harris County State Court could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Harris County, Texas. Furthermore, if a court were to find the exclusive forum provision contained in our first amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

The return on your investment in our common stock is uncertain.

An investor in our common stock may not realize a substantial return on his or her investment, or may not realize any return at all. Further, as a result of the uncertainty and risks associated with our operations, many of which are described in this “Risk Factors” section, it is possible that an investor could lose his or her entire investment.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss.

Any shares of our common stock you purchase in this offering will not be savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any of our bank or nonbank subsidiaries and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment will be subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment.

 

59


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

There are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

the impact of COVID-19 on our business, including the impact of the actions taken by governmental authorities to try and contain the virus or address the impact of the virus on the United States economy (including, without limitation, the CARES Act), and the resulting effect of all of such items on our operations, liquidity and capital position, and on the financial condition of our borrowers and other customers;

 

   

geographic concentration in the Greater Houston market, Dallas-Fort Worth market, and Austin-San Antonio market;

 

   

interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates;

 

   

our ability to maintain our largest deposit relationships;

 

   

our ability to grow or maintain our deposit base;

 

   

our ability to implement our expansion strategy;

 

   

changes in key management personnel;

 

   

credit risk associated with our business;

 

   

the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses;

 

   

the amount of nonperforming and classified assets that we hold;

 

   

market conditions and economic trends generally and in the banking industry;

 

   

our borrowers’ ability to repay loans;

 

   

changes in value of the collateral securing our loans;

 

   

credit risks associated with our real estate and construction lending;

 

   

changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity;

 

   

the accuracy of the valuation techniques we use in evaluating collateral;

 

   

systems failures, fraudulent activity, interruptions or data breaches involving our information technology and communications systems of third parties;

 

   

the risk of fraud related to our asset-based lending and commerical finance products;

 

   

our ability to raise additional capital in the future;

 

60


Table of Contents
   

competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services;

 

   

natural disasters and other catastrophes;

 

   

changes in the laws, rules, regulations, interpretations or policies relating to financial institution, accounting, tax, trade, monetary and fiscal matters;

 

   

monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve;

 

   

the development of an active, liquid market for our common stock;

 

   

fluctuations in the market price of our common stock;

 

   

additional debt or future issuances of new debt securities or preferred stock; and

 

   

other factors that are discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 27.

The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this prospectus. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $                 million, or approximately $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares from us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 million, or approximately $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares from us in each case, assuming the number of shares set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to support our organic growth and for general corporate purposes, including maintenance of our required regulatory capital and potential future acquisition opportunities. From time to time, we evaluate and conduct due diligence with respect to potential acquisitions. We do not have any definitive agreements in place to make any such acquisitions at this time. Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering and we may elect to contribute a portion of the net proceeds to the Bank as regulatory capital. The precise amounts and timing of our use of the proceeds will depend upon market conditions and other factors.

 

62


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not currently anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be retained to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, general economic conditions, regulatory and contractual restrictions, our business strategy, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock and are subject to restrictions on paying dividends on our common stock.

As a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is affected by the policies and enforcement powers of the Federal Reserve. See “Supervision and Regulation—The Company—Dividend Payments, Stock Redemptions and Repurchases.” In addition, because we are a holding company, we are dependent upon the payment of dividends by the Bank to us as our principal source of funds to pay dividends in the future, if any, and to make other payments. The Bank is also subject to various legal, regulatory and other restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and make other distributions and payments to us. See “Supervision and Regulation—The Bank—Dividend Payments.” The present and future dividend policy of the Bank is subject to the discretion of the board of directors. The Bank is not obligated to pay us dividends.

As a Texas corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on distributions under the TBOC. Generally, a Texas corporation may not make a distribution to its shareholders if, after giving it effect, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. In addition, if required payments on our outstanding debt obligations are not made or suspended, we may be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock. We are also subject to certain restrictions on our right to pay dividends to our shareholders in the event we default under the terms of our senior debt due September 10, 2022.

 

63


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization, including regulatory capital ratios, on a consolidated basis, as of June 30, 2021 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis, after giving effect to (i) the termination of the repurchase liability under our ESOP; (ii) the issuance of 2,710,569 shares of our common stock between July 1, 2021 and August 27, 2021 in a private placement, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $65.1 million (does not include 227,307 shares issued and sold during the six months ended June 30, 2021 in the private placement for aggregate proceeds of approximately $5.4 million, which are included in our capitalization on an actual basis set forth below); and (iii) the use of a portion of the net proceeds from such private placement to repay $32.5 million of outstanding indebtedness, consisting of (a) $19.5 million under our senior debt due September 10, 2022 and (b) $13.0 million under our subordinated debt due July 29, 2022 and subordinated debt due September 27, 2022; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis after giving effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments set forth above; and (2) the net proceeds from the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares) at the initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

This table should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Description of Capital Stock,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

64


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2021  

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share information)

   Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(5)
 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

   $ 353,772     $ 386,326     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings:

      

Note payable—Senior debt due September 10, 2022

     20,500       1,000    

Note payable—Subordinated debt due July 29, 2022

     11,000       —      

Note payable—Subordinated debt due September 27, 2022

     2,000       —      

Commitments and contingencies:

      

ESOP-owned shares

     1,876       —      

Shareholders’ Equity:

      

Preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share; 1,000,000 authorized; no shares issued or outstanding (actual); no shares issued or outstanding (pro forma); and no shares issued or outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)

     —         —      

Common stock, par value $1.00 per share; 50,000,000 authorized; 6,647,109 issued and 6,573,684 outstanding (actual); 9,357,678 issued and 9,284,253 outstanding (pro forma); and             shares issued and             shares outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)

     6,647       9,358    

Additional paid-in capital

     97,821       160,164    

Retained earnings

     33,290       33,290    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,042       1,042    

Treasury stock (73,425 shares)

     (979     (979  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares

     137,821       202,875    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: ESOP owned shares

     1,876       —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity, net of ESOP-owned shares

     135,945       202,875    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

   $ 171,321     $ 203,875     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital Ratios(1):

      

Company:

      

Total shareholders’ equity to total assets

     6.85     9.92  

Tangible common equity to tangible assets(2)

     5.94     9.05  

Bank:

      

Tier 1 leverage ratio(3)

     9.17     11.08  

Tier 1 common capital ratio(4)

     11.24     13.80  

Tier 1 risk based capital ratio(4)

     11.24     13.80  

Total risk based capital ratio(4)

     12.32     14.88  

 

(1)

Capital ratios are calculated in accordance with regulatory guidance and include ESOP-owned shares in common equity.

(2)

Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate tangible common equity to tangible assets as tangible common equity divided by total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

Pro forma average assets are calculated as the total average assets for the period plus the estimated net proceeds for the private placement, less the amount used to repay the long-term borrowings described above. Pro forma as adjusted average assets are calculated as the pro forma average assets plus the estimated net proceeds of this offering.

(4)

Assumes the net proceeds of this offering are invested in 20.0% risk-weighted assets.

(5)

Excludes 45,750 shares of restricted stock to be granted to our directors and executive officers in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock awarded to our executive officers will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a three-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The shares of restricted stock awarded to our directors, other than Mr. Caraway, will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

65


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase or (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or (decrease), respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and payment of estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

66


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock exceeds the tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering. Tangible book value per share is equal to our total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, less goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization at the end of the relevant period, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. At June 30, 2021, the tangible book value of our common stock, including ESOP-owned shares, was $118.4 million, or $18.01 per share.

After giving effect to (i) our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares) at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the termination of the repurchase liability under our ESOP, (iii) the issuance of 2,710,569 shares of our common stock between July 1, 2021 and August 27, 2021 in a private placement, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $65.1 million (does not include 227,307 shares issued and sold during the six months ended June 30, 2021 in the private placement for aggregate proceeds of approximately $5.4 million, as such shares are reflected in the June 30, 2021 financial statements), and (iv) the use of a portion of the net proceeds from such private placement to repay $32.5 million of outstanding indebtedness, the pro forma tangible book value of our common stock at June 30, 2021 would have been approximately $                 million, or $                 per share. Therefore, this offering will result in an immediate increase of $                 in the tangible book value per share of our common stock of existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $                in the tangible book value per share of our common stock to investors purchasing shares in this offering, or approximately                 % of the initial public offering price of $                per share.

The following table illustrates the calculation of the amount of dilution per share that a purchaser of our common stock in this offering will incur given the assumptions discussed above:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2021

   $ 18.01     

Pro forma increase in tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2021 after giving effect to transactions described above

   $ 1.75     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2021,

   $ 19.76     

Increase in tangible book value per share of common stock attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

   $                   
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted tangible book value per share upon completion of this offering and after giving effect to transactions described above

      $                

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), the tangible book value of our common stock by $                million, or $                 per share, and the dilution to new investors would increase to $                 per share, assuming no change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the pro forma tangible book value after giving effect to this offering would be $                 per share. This represents an increase in tangible

 

67


Table of Contents

book value of $                 per share to existing shareholders and dilution of $                 per share to new investors.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2021, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing shareholders and investors purchasing common stock in this offering. This information is presented on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares) at the initial public offering price of $                 per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares
Purchased/Issued
    Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing shareholders as of September 30, 2021

     9,313,929        %     $ 169,133,320        %     $ 18.16  

New investors in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100.0        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing shareholders will be further reduced to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to                 shares, or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 9,313,929 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and excludes 1,110,174 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2013 Plan, 2017 Plan and 2019 Plan, as of September 30, 2021, 4,285 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, as of September 30, 2021, 397,150 shares of common stock reserved for future awards under the 2019 Plan, as of September 30, 2021, and 45,750 shares of restricted stock to be granted to our directors and executive officers in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. To the extent that the outstanding but unexercised options under our equity compensation plans or outstanding warrants are exercised or other equity awards are issued under our equity compensation plans, investors participating in this offering will experience further dilution. We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

68


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Prior to this offering, our common stock has not been traded on an established public trading market and quotations for our common stock were not reported on any market. As a result, there has been no regular market for our common stock. Although our shares may have been sporadically traded in private transactions, the prices at which such transactions occurred may not necessarily reflect the price that would be paid for our common stock in an active market. As of June 30, 2021, there were 658 holders of record of our common stock.

We anticipate that this offering and the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market will result in a more active trading market for our common stock. However, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active. See “Underwriting” for more information regarding our arrangements with the underwriters and the factors considered in setting the initial public offering price.

 

69


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a commercially-focused, Texas-based bank holding company operating primarily in the Greater Houston, Dallas-Fort Worth, and Austin-San Antonio markets through our wholly owned subsidiary, Third Coast Bank, SSB, or the Bank, a Texas state savings bank, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc., or TCCC, a Texas corporation and commercial finance company. Since the Bank’s founding in 2008, we have been able to successfully execute our organically-focused strategic plan by attracting talented professionals and providing superior banking services through our relationship managers. We currently operate twelve branch locations, with seven branches in the Greater Houston market, two branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth market, two branches in the Austin-San Antonio market, and one branch in Detroit, Texas. As of June 30, 2021, we had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $2.01 billion, total loans of $1.55 billion, total deposits of $1.78 billion and total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, of $137.8 million.

Our management team and board of directors are led by our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Bart O. Caraway. Under Mr. Caraway’s leadership, we have experienced substantial and consistent growth. We believe our team-oriented culture, combined with a diverse suite of financial products and services, delivers the sophistication of a larger financial institution and allows our relationship managers to attract and retain customers and drive growth. We strive to know our customers better than our competition and believe our greatest opportunities for organic growth stem from the ability of our relationship managers to provide a greater level of attentiveness to customers and prospects than larger banks and our peers. As a result of consolidation among Texas metropolitan banks, we believe we are one of the few remaining locally-based banks in our markets that are dedicated to providing personalized service to small and medium-sized businesses with sophisticated banking needs. We intend to focus on continued quality organic growth, profitability enhancement through the leveraging of our current staff and infrastructure, engaging in strategic hiring of experienced bankers, expanding our markets through de novo branching and strategic whole-bank and branch acquisitions to increase shareholder value.

Our History and Growth

We were incorporated on January 16, 2013 to serve as the holding company for the Bank, which was chartered on February 25, 2008. We were founded by Mr. Caraway, along with other experienced Texas business professionals, to serve the banking needs of small and medium-sized businesses and individuals who we believe are often underserved by larger banks but demand sophisticated banking products and services. We began operations in Humble, Texas and opened four de novo locations in the Greater Houston market from 2009 to 2018. In 2014, we expanded into the Dallas-Fort Worth market through a de novo location and opened an additional branch in 2015. Our entrance into the Dallas-Fort Worth market provided us with enhanced economic diversification and increased opportunities for organic growth, as well as a broader target market for future strategic hiring of experienced bankers and acquisition opportunities. The Bank began providing commercial finance services in 2012 for companies that typically have credit needs outside of traditional commercial bank underwriting guidelines, and TCCC was formed in 2015 as a subsidiary of the Bank dedicated to our commercial finance business line.

Since the Bank’s inception, we have successfully completed six rounds of common equity funding totaling $112.9 million, through board members, management, employees, friends, family and local investors. On January 1, 2020, we completed a merger with Heritage Bancorp, Inc., or Heritage, and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank, a commercial bank headquartered in the Greater Houston market. At the time of its acquisition, Heritage had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $315.9 million, total loans of $259.6 million, and total deposits of $260.2 million.

 

70


Table of Contents

Our merger with Heritage provided us with five new branch locations, including two in the Greater Houston market, two in the Austin-San Antonio market, and one in Detroit, Texas. We believe that this combined footprint has enhanced our geographic diversity and positioned us for continued organic growth in and around the markets we serve. In addition, we believe that the Company and Heritage had complementary cultures, which facilitated the successful integration of the two companies and helped us opportunistically grow our institution following the merger, as further described in “Our Competitive Strengths” below. We have also experienced greater efficiency and enhanced profitability since consummating our merger with Heritage through added scale, realization of cost savings, and improvement in our deposit base, as demonstrated by improvements in our return on average assets (ROAA), net interest margin (NIM), and efficiency ratio from 0.27%, 4.08%, and 86.19%, respectively, as of December 31, 2019, to 0.88%, 4.67%, and 72.72%, respectively, as of June 30, 2021.

The following timeline illustrates how we developed our current footprint since opening our first office in 2008:

 

 

LOGO

We have experienced substantial and consistent organic growth, supplemented by acquisition growth from our merger with Heritage and participation in the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, and Main Street Lending Program, or MSLP, as shown in the chart below. We believe our team-oriented culture, relationship-based approach, and commitment to retaining and hiring talented relationship managers, paired with our diverse suite of financial products and services drives our history of successful organic growth. The following chart reflects our total assets since the Bank’s formation:

 

LOGO

 

(1)

As of December 31 of each year, unless otherwise specified

 

71


Table of Contents
(2)

Consists of PPP loans and MSLP loans

(3)

Reflects Heritage Bancorp, Inc. total assets as of December 31, 2019

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us from other financial institutions and are key to the execution of our strategy:

Highly Experienced Management Team. Our executive team has over 100 years of combined financial services experience and a demonstrated track record of managing profitable organic growth through customer acquisition and opportunistic strategic hiring, maintaining a disciplined credit culture, implementing a high-touch, relationship driven approach to banking, and successfully executing and integrating acquisitions. Certain biographical information for our executive officers is as follows:

Bart O. Caraway, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Caraway was our principal founder and organizer and is the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. He is also Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of TCCC. Mr. Caraway has over 29 years of banking and public accounting experience and is a Texas licensed attorney and Certified Public Accountant. Prior to founding the Bank, he served in executive roles at several other community banks, including as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer for a Houston, Texas bank wherein Mr. Caraway consulted on the de novo formation, managed the acquisition of two banks, ran all of the operations and helped grow the bank to over $600 million in total assets. Mr. Caraway also created and developed the role of Director of Financial Institution Services for Briggs & Veselka Co., one of the largest independent accounting firms in Texas, and was responsible for developing the firm’s financial institution and consulting practice, including bank audit and attestation services; internal audit services; loan reviews; risk assessments; de novo bank chartering; and consulting for mergers and acquisitions, strategic planning, compliance, and management.

R. John McWhorter, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McWhorter has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since April 2015 and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From April 2015 to January 2021, Mr. McWhorter served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. Mr. McWhorter brings over 34 years of banking, bank auditing and public accounting experience to the Company and is a Certified Public Accountant. Prior to joining the Company and the Bank, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Bank of Houston, a $1 billion in assets bank headquartered in the Greater Houston market, until it was acquired by Independent Bank. Prior to his role with Bank of Houston, Mr. McWhorter was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cadence Bancorp LLC from March 2010 to June 2012. He also served as Senior Vice President and Controller of Amegy Bank from April 1990 to June 2003 and helped take the bank public and grow to over $5 billion in assets. During his career, Mr. McWhorter has helped complete nine acquisitions and several capital offerings and has led numerous cost saving initiatives.

Donald C. Legato, Chief Lending Officer. Mr. Legato has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From March 2014 to January 2021, Mr. Legato served as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. Mr. Legato brings over 27 years of banking experience and has served in numerous positions with the Bank since joining in 2009, including Senior Vice President Commercial Lending, Beaumont Market President and Southeast Texas Regional President. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Legato served as Senior Vice President Commercial Lending of Wachovia Bank from 2004 to 2009.

Audrey A. Duncan, Chief Credit Officer. Ms. Duncan has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From June 2015 to January 2021, Ms. Duncan served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. Ms. Duncan brings over 34 years of banking and bank regulatory experience to the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, she was employed at LegacyTexas Bank, a bank headquartered in the Dallas-Fort Worth market that had $6.5 billion in assets at the time of Ms. Duncan’s departure. During her tenure there, Ms. Duncan served as Senior Vice President and Credit Officer for four years,

 

72


Table of Contents

and then Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for nine years, before being named the Director of Credit Risk Management. Prior to her role with LegacyTexas Bank, Ms. Duncan was a Senior and Commissioned Bank Examiner with the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas from 1989 to 2000.

Dynamic Banking Markets. As further described in “Our Markets of Operation” below, we believe that the markets in which we operate provide us with a strategic advantage relative to other financial institutions in Texas and nationwide. The Houston—The Woodlands—Sugar Land, Texas MSA, or the Houston MSA, and the Dallas—Fort Worth—Arlington, Texas MSA, or the Dallas MSA, are both among the largest MSAs in the nation, and both outpace growth in population at the state and national levels as illustrated by the chart below:

Nationwide Top 10 Largest MSAs—Ranked by 5 Year Projected Population Growth

 

#

    

MSA

   2021
Population
(Ms)
     Population Growth  
   Hist. 5 Yr.
(%)
     Proj. 5 Yr.
(%)
 
  1      Houston-The Woodlands-Sugar Land, TX      7.2        8.3        7.6  
  2      Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX      7.7        8.6        7.5  
  3      Phoenix-Mesa-Chandler, AZ      5.1        10.3        6.9  
  4      Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Alpharetta, GA      6.1        7.0        5.7  
  5      Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano Beach, FL      6.3        4.1        5.4  
  6      Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV      6.3        3.3        4.1  
  7      Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim, CA      13.3        (1.2      1.7  
  8      Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington, PA-NJ-DE-MD      6.1        0.7        1.0  
  9      New York-Newark-Jersey City, NY-NJ-PA      19.2        (5.2      0.2  
  10      Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, IL-IN-WI      9.4        (1.6      (0.3
   Texas      29.6        7.1        6.8  
   Nationwide      330.9        2.6        2.9  

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

In addition, in connection with our merger with Heritage we entered the Austin-San Antonio market with two locations and added a location in Detroit, Texas. Over the next five years, the populations in the San AntonioNew Braunfels MSA and the Austin—Round Rock—Georgetown MSA are projected to grow by approximately 7.6% and 8.5%, respectively, compared to 6.8% for the state of Texas and 2.9% for the United States, according to S&P Global. We believe our exposure to these large, economically diverse urban communities provides ample opportunity for our business to enhance its scale.

Diverse Offering of Sophisticated Financial Products and Services. We believe that the products and services we offer, coupled with our high-touch, relationship driven approach to business, allow us to compete and succeed in winning business from peers and larger financial institutions. Our customers consist primarily of small and medium-sized businesses across a wide array of industries and individuals. We offer conventional commercial and industrial loans (including equipment loans, working capital lines of credit, auto finance, and commercial finance), commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, construction and development loans (including builder finance loans), United States Small Business Administration, or SBA, loans, and consumer loans. As of June 30, 2021, our average loan balance outstanding was approximately $504 thousand, excluding our auto finance portfolio, PPP loans, and an intercompany loan to TCCC. In addition, we offer a full range of commercial and consumer deposit products and treasury management services and hired four treasury sales professionals in 2021. These products and services include checking and savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts, debit cards, electronic banking (including online and mobile banking), ACH origination service, positive pay service, remote deposit capture service, sweep service, and online wire transfer service. We also recently initiated a builder finance group and began providing wealth management services. We utilize these products and services to not only augment our revenue and expand our core deposit customer base, but also to increase conventional commercial loan customer retention.

 

73


Table of Contents

Scalable Infrastructure. We believe that we have established a scalable operating platform that will allow us to effectively manage growth from our anticipated organic growth and potential acquisitions. We have invested heavily in our technology, infrastructure, management team and operations personnel in an effort to position our Company for continued future success. We believe that these efforts have enhanced our value proposition to customers and allowed us to provide products, services and technological sophistication generally offered by larger financial institutions.

Responsive and Disciplined Underwriting. We believe that our efficient credit approval process differentiates us from our competition. Our credit analysts and account relationship managers are located in-market and accompany relationship managers to client meetings to get firsthand exposure to customers and prospects. As credit analysts, our trainees learn how to underwrite real estate, commercial and industrial, consumer, and other more specialized loans, using models developed specifically for each type of credit. Our underwriting focuses on the borrower’s financial condition and cash flow, as well as the global cash flow of the relationship, and the quality, marketability and value of the collateral. For commercial finance, in particular, our underwriting focuses on the creditworthiness of the account debtors, the experience of the management and principals of the business, the customer’s billing and reporting process, and, depending upon the type and size of the credit facility, an independent field exam.

We have independent Officers’ Loan Committees that meet separately for the loan officers under each Regional Market President’s authority for efficient, timely review of credits associated with aggregate relationship exposure of less than $5 million. The Officers’ Loan Committees include our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Regional Credit Officers and Regional Market Presidents. Relationships above $5 million are approved by our Directors’ Loan Committee. These committees meet at least weekly, or on an as-needed basis, to provide our customers with timely credit decisions. At least two individuals approve a large majority of the loans that are originated, and our relationship managers do not have individual loan approval authority.

While we strive to respond quickly based on our deep understanding of our customers’ needs, we remain consistent in our disciplined approach to underwriting diligence, as evidenced by our annual net charge-offs to average loans since 2016 illustrated in the chart below:

 

LOGO

 

Note: Reflects six months ended June 30, 2021 financial information for Third Coast and Texas Commercial Banks

(1)

Texas Commercial Banks industry aggregate data per S&P Global Market Intelligence

Enterprising Approach. We believe our management team is agile in its approach to capturing new customers and is able to recognize opportunities to expand our suite of financial products and services and execute on those opportunities. We believe this opportunistic nature has been demonstrated not only by our offering of specialty lending verticals, such as our SBA, commercial finance, auto finance and builder finance products discussed below, but also by our lending activities during the COVID-19 pandemic.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 27, 2020 the President of the United States signed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act into law. The CARES Act provides assistance for

 

74


Table of Contents

American workers, families and small businesses. The PPP, established by the CARES Act and implemented by the SBA with support from the Department of the Treasury, provides small businesses with funds to pay certain operating costs, including salary, benefits and rent. In an effort to support our communities, we quickly began participating in the PPP and have been an active PPP lender. As of June 30, 2021, we had originated 5,774 PPP loans totaling approximately $827.5 million, with an average credit size of approximately $143 thousand, and generated $31.5 million in fees through the PPP, of which $8.5 million was deferred as of June 30, 2021. We were a top 10 PPP lender in the Houston area for loans over $150,000, according to the Houston Business Journal, and we believe our PPP lending has enhanced our brand awareness in our markets of operation. We gained new customers through the PPP who we hope to transition in to conventional commercial banking products in the future. We also believe our flexible approach to serving customers and our increased brand awareness has made us an attractive institution for experienced bankers to join, as demonstrated by our recent new hiring initiatives.

 

75


Table of Contents

Diversified Loan Portfolio. We are committed to generating and growing loans with businesses and individuals who want to have full relationships with us and which are broadly diversified by type and location. Our current conventional loan offerings include commercial and industrial, owner occupied commercial real estate, non-owner occupied commercial real estate, residential real estate, construction and development, and consumer loans. Although we operate in the Greater Houston market, we maintain a relatively low exposure to the energy industry. As of June 30, 2021, we had direct energy exposure of $49.7 million in energy loans, or 3.2% of gross loans, and an additional $10.5 million in unfunded commitments, consisting of loans totaling $4.4 million, or 0.3% of gross loans, and an additional $0.1 million in unfunded commitments to upstream oil and gas companies, $8.9 million, or 0.6% of gross loans, and an additional $2.8 million in unfunded commitments to midstream oil and gas companies, and $36.5 million, or 2.4% of gross loans, and an additional $7.6 million in unfunded commitments to companies that provide support services to the oil and gas industry, such as oil and gas consulting, equipment rental, staffing and other services. Additionally, as of June 30, 2021, we had loans totaling $51.2 million, or 3.3% of gross loans, and an additional $4.4 million in unfunded commitments to gas stations and convenience stores, which we do not consider direct energy exposure. As illustrated below, our commercial loan book is well balanced between commercial and industrial, owner occupied commercial real estate, and non-owner occupied commercial real estate, representing 39.4%, 23.3% and 18.5% of total loans, respectively, as of June 30, 2021.

 

 

LOGO

In addition to our conventional commercial and consumer loan offerings, we offer SBA, commercial finance, auto finance and builder finance products, which we believe enhance our product offerings and diversify our revenue stream while still maintaining high asset quality. A brief description of these products is below:

SBA Lending. Our SBA loan program began in 2012 and is a key element in our ability to serve the small- to medium-sized business community in our markets of operation. Customers are able to use these loans to finance permanent working capital, equipment, facilities, land and buildings, business acquisitions and start-up business expenses. As a participant in the SBA’s Preferred Lenders Program, we are able to expedite the SBA loan

 

76


Table of Contents

approval process for our customers. We maintain strict underwriting guidelines in our SBA program and, as a result, have incurred minimal losses from this portfolio, with losses of less than $168 thousand through June 30, 2021.

Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc. (Commercial Finance). TCCC was formed in 2015 as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and provides working capital solutions for small- to medium-sized businesses. Through the purchase and management of accounts receivables, we are able to help customers take advantage of new business opportunities and continue to grow and be successful. As a result of our disciplined credit process and robust internal controls and procedures, losses from our commercial finance portfolio have been approximately $158 thousand through June 30, 2021. Our commercial finance portfolio included $3.9 million of factored receivables with companies in the oil and gas services industry as of June 30, 2021, which represented 13.7% of our total commercial finance portfolio.

Auto Finance. Our auto finance group was formed in 2014 to provide for indirect auto lending with local dealerships. We offer both recourse auto loans and nonrecourse auto loan and lease financing. Loans with recourse to the dealership are structured as commercial lines of credit with the dealership and are approved with the same underwriting criteria as other commercial credits. Nonrecourse loans are structured as consumer loans and are approved with the same underwriting criteria as other consumer loans. The auto finance group also offers floor plan loans and real estate loans to dealerships. Floor plan loans are offered on both new and used automobiles, motorsport, recreation vehicles and boats. Floor plan loan requirements include mandatory periodic curtailments and inspections. Real estate loans to dealerships are underwritten in the same manner as other owner-occupied real estate loans. As a result of our experienced team members and strict underwriting guidelines, the total net losses related to this portfolio since inception have been approximately $34 thousand through June 30, 2021.

Builder Finance. Our builder finance group was formed in 2021 and provides traditional homebuilder lines secured by lots and single-family homes, and land acquisition and development loans. The group also finances bond anticipation notes, or BANs, and lines of credit to large national institutional tier-one funds that invest equity in various real estate assets. The group also offers, to a limited extent, parent level build-to-rent loans. The homebuilder finance platform provides lending solutions for private and publicly traded homebuilding companies. Land acquisition and development loans focus on master planned communities with lots being presold with meaningful earnest money upfront, and mandatory periodic curtailments. BANs are short-term notes issued by a special district to provide liquidity to a developer approximately 9-12 months prior to bond issuance, and are secured by the proceeds of the bond. Lines of credit to institutional funds who invest equity in various real estate assets are structured as a typical commercial and industrial loan. Underwriting of these lines include financial and cash flow covenants. On a limited basis the group may lend to homebuilders for the purpose of building and then renting single-family homes.

As illustrated below, our SBA, commercial finance, and auto finance business lines do not individually make up a material portion of the total loan portfolio, or any single loan classification, but are illustrative of our efforts to broaden our product offerings and customer base and enhance our loan yield and net interest margin. Our SBA and commercial finance business lines also allow us to partner with companies early on in their life cycle. As our SBA and commercial finance customers grow, our goal is to transition them in to conventional commercial banking products.

 

77


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Balances as of June 30, 2021

(1)

Includes $0.5 million of loans that are part of our auto finance portfolio

Transformation of Deposit Base. We have enhanced our funding base through organic sourcing of core deposits, active participation in the PPP, and the strategic acquisition of Heritage. We believe that our team-based, relationship oriented approach to banking, coupled with our recent enhancement of our treasury management products and services, will allow us to continue to build on the recent successes that we have had in transforming our deposit mix. Additionally, we recently hired a Chief Retail Officer to augment our retail deposit operations, which we believe will foster new sources of low-cost, core deposits. We will continue to seek out acquisition targets with a strong deposit franchise and high-quality funding profiles. Evidence of our recent success is demonstrated by our growth in noninterest-bearing deposits from $128.3 million as of December 31, 2019 to $374.9 million as of June 30, 2021, a growth rate of 192%. We have also significantly improved the composition of our deposits by increasing noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits from 15.9% as of December 31, 2019 to 21.0% as of June 30, 2021. A depiction of our recent deposit transformation is represented below:

 

 

LOGO

 

78


Table of Contents

Empowering Workplace Culture. We believe that our workplace culture fosters teamwork, promotes exemplary customer service, and gives our employees the tools necessary to succeed. Our culture is centered on training, mentoring, and support, which allows us to attract and retain the talent needed to succeed in today’s competitive banking environment. In addition to hiring experienced senior bankers as relationship managers, we have implemented an in-house training program to facilitate growth and professional development for our junior bankers. Our trainees begin their careers as credit analysts to instill a solid understanding of our underwriting discipline and expectations for credit. Next, they are promoted to account relationship managers and are assigned to an account where they work with the lead relationship manager to develop their customer-facing skillset, while continuing to assist in the underwriting process. Once account relationship managers have developed the skills necessary to be successful lenders, they are promoted to relationship manager and develop their own book of business.

Our culture is such that our more senior relationship managers often share business with recently promoted relationship managers, which incentivizes our junior account relationship managers and relationship managers to stay with us and allows our tenured lenders to focus on prospecting for new customer relationships. We have had great success with our development program, with many of our relationship managers having been promoted through our system. Our culture instills a sense of empowerment in our employees that we believe turns bosses into coaches, with structures and systems that we believe nurture and support the development of our team members. In addition, the interests of our employees are aligned with our shareholders through meaningful ownership, as more than 90% of our employees own shares of our common stock either directly or through our ESOP. We believe our workplace culture and significant employee-shareholder ownership helps us acquire and retain customers and has been critical to our substantial and consistent organic growth.

Our Banking Strategy

We believe we have built a differentiated, high-touch commercial bank with a uniquely collaborative culture and a diverse array of attractive financial products and services. We intend to leverage our strengths and our robust operational platform with the multi-faceted approach described below, which we believe will allow us to successfully grow our franchise and enhance shareholder returns.

Continue Robust Organic Growth. The results of our 13-year operating history demonstrate that organic growth has been a primary focus of the Company. Since 2016, we have grown the loan portfolio by approximately $1.10 billion, or 244.4%, for a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 31.6% and, from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2019 (the day before the consummation of our merger with Heritage), we grew the loan portfolio entirely organically by approximately $464.3 million, or 134.8%, for a CAGR of 23.8%. We attribute our historical organic growth to our strengths described above. Additionally, we intend to continue to take advantage of recent competitive disruptions in our operating markets, which has created opportunities to hire experienced and talented bankers who we believe can thrive in our team-oriented culture. During 2021, we have hired 70 new bankers, including a team of 22 bankers to form our new builder finance group, 23 commercial lenders, four wealth management professionals, four treasury sales professionals, and 17 support personnel. We expect these professionals will generate and maintain meaningful portfolios, while also continuing our focus on increasing core deposits to fund loan growth. We believe having a publicly traded stock will make us an attractive employer for experienced bankers who may feel dislocated as a result of continued market consolidation.

In addition to leveraging our current platform and hiring key personnel to drive organic growth, we also continue to evaluate future de novo branching opportunities in existing and new markets. We believe that we can leverage our experienced management team, board of directors and relationship managers, as well as our position in our markets of operation to achieve these goals.

Emphasize Core Deposit Growth. We believe that core deposit growth is a key component to our long-term strategy and have designed products and services to attract these deposits and maintain a sustainable, stable and low-cost funding base. We will remain focused on generating core deposits from our business customers and encourage and incentivize our relationship managers to attract and maintain those deposits. We have also recently enhanced our treasury management services by adding additional personnel, investing in technology, and offering more products to enable us to more effectively attract and service the operating accounts of larger, more sophisticated businesses.

 

79


Table of Contents

Thoughtfully Expand our Suite of Financial Products and Services. We continually strive to build upon our diverse suite of financial products and services in ways that help us capture more customers from our peers and larger financial institutions. We have developed specialty lending programs in the past, such as our SBA, commercial finance and auto finance business lines, and more recently, commenced a builder finance group as a result of hiring an experienced team from a large regional bank. We also recently entered into an agreement with Ameriprise Financial to offer investment advisory services, including financial and retirement planning, mutual funds, insurance and annuities, brokerage accounts, and strategies to help pay for college, and we hired four wealth management professionals in connection with that agreement who we believe will be able to generate noninterest income and attract low-cost, core deposits. We will continue to evaluate opportunities, through new organic programs, new hires, and lift-outs of teams, in the future that we believe will allow us to diversify our financial products and services, reach new customers and broaden our brand. In addition, we seek to offer the latest, state-of-the-art technology and sophisticated banking tools and products, including a high-tech suite of treasury management solutions. Our online and mobile banking services include a full suite of convenient online processes, including remote deposit anywhere, text banking, and deposit monitoring and processing. We also recently expanded our treasury management services, which are designed to provide secure and easy ways to manage our customers’ bank accounts and offer essential services to help with everyday cash flows. By providing a full suite of value-added services, we are able to lower our customer acquisition costs, gather low-cost, core deposit relationships, make high credit quality loans, generate fee income, and help our customers’ businesses grow and profit.

Continue to Capitalize on Strategic Acquisition Opportunities. We completed our merger with Heritage on January 1, 2020, which expanded our footprint south of Houston and facilitated our entrance into the vibrant and fast-growing Austin-San Antonio market, as well as provided us with a new location in Detroit, Texas. We are actively evaluating, and will continue to evaluate, additional strategic acquisition opportunities going forward to leverage our operational platform and create additional scale, with an emphasis on enhancing our net interest margin through low-cost, core deposits. Because we primarily compete for acquisition opportunities with smaller banks, which are typically not publicly traded, we believe having a publicly traded stock, adequate capital and ready access to public capital will give us a competitive advantage relative to peer institutions in our markets of operation. At this time, we expect our most likely potential acquisition targets to have total assets between $200 million and $1 billion. The following illustration depicts the number of banks that are within our expected target asset size in our markets of operations as of June 30, 2021.

 

 

LOGO

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

 

80


Table of Contents

We intend to take a disciplined approach to acquisitions, and our efforts will be focused on transactions that will be accretive to our earnings per share, enhance our existing market presence, expand our markets of operation or strengthen our balance sheet, with an emphasis on the acquisition of banks with a strong deposit franchise and high-quality funding profiles to augment our core deposit base. Acquisitions within our current footprint would offer an opportunity to leverage our existing branch network and operations, while acquisitions outside our current footprint would potentially broaden our customer base and diversify our assets and operations.

Our Banking Products and Services

We strive to offer quality products and personalized services while providing our customers with the financial sophistication and array of products typically offered by a larger bank. Our lending services include commercial loans to small-to medium-sized businesses and professional practices, real estate-related loans, and consumer loans. Additionally, we offer a broad range of competitively priced deposit services including demand deposits, regular savings accounts, money market deposits, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. To complement our lending and deposit services, we also offer direct deposit, wire transfers, night depository, treasury management services, safe-deposit boxes, debit cards and automatic drafts.

Lending Activities

We offer a variety of loans, including commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans (owner occupied and non-owner occupied), construction, land and development real estate loans, and 1-4 single family investment property loans. We also offer various loans and leases to individuals and professionals including 1-4 family real estate loans, installment loans and personal lines of credit. Our specialty lending verticals include SBA, commercial finance, auto finance, and builder finance.

Our target customers are creditworthy small-to medium-sized businesses and individuals in our markets of operation. Deposits sourced from these customers serve as our primary source of liquidity to fund loan growth. Additionally, we maintain a federal funds borrowing line of credit with one or more correspondent banks and we are a member of the FHLB, which permits us to borrow against our loan portfolio at preferred rates.

As of June 30, 2021, we had total loans of $1.55 billion, representing 77.1% of our total assets. As of June 30, 2020, we had total loans of $1.58 billion, representing 86.2% of our total assets. Our loan portfolio consisted of the following loan categories as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of June 30,  
     2021     2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Real estate:

          

Commercial real estate:

          

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 361,217        23.3   $ 334,615        21.2

Non-farm non-residential non-owner
occupied

     286,533        18.5     249,391        15.8

Residential

     165,890        10.7     131,456        8.3

Construction, development and other

     80,400        5.2     118,115        7.5

Farmland

     6,011        0.4     4,625        0.3

Commercial and industrial

     612,306        39.4     706,698        44.8

Consumer

     4,499        0.3     4,327        0.3

Other

     34,866        2.2     28,168        1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 1,551,722        100.0   $ 1,577,395        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Loan Types. The following is a description of the types of loans we offer to our customers:

Commercial Real Estate Loans

Commercial real estate loans are underwritten primarily based on cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, the value of the underlying collateral. These loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the portfolio are located primarily throughout our markets and are generally diverse in terms of type. This diversity helps reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single industry.

Our commercial real estate loan terms are generally limited to five to ten years although amortization may occur over a longer period of time. Interest rates may be fixed or adjustable, with an origination fee generally being charged on each loan funded. We attempt to reduce credit risk on our commercial real estate loans by emphasizing loans on owner-occupied office and retail buildings where the ratio of the loan principal to the value of the collateral as established by independent appraisal does not exceed 80%. For some types of loans, we require a minimum debt service covenant. In addition, we generally require personal guarantees from the principal owners of the property supported by a review by our management of the principal owners’ personal financial statements. As of June 30, 2021, commercial real estate loans totaled $647.8 million, or 41.8% of our total loans.

Owner-occupied Commercial Real Estate Loans

Owner-occupied commercial real estate is a key component of the Bank’s lending strategy to owner-operated businesses, representing a large percentage of its total commercial real estate loans. We believe that owner-occupied property loans are desirable since we are lending directly to the commercial and industrial business residing and operating on the property. Because of this, we are usually able to monitor the borrower’s financial results on a regular basis. We believe that the material risks associated with owner-occupied commercial real estate loans include a decline in the financial condition of the owner-occupant which impacts its ability to service the debt. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $361.2 million, or 55.8% of total commercial real estate loans as of June 30, 2021.

Non-owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate Loans

We believe that the Bank possesses the experience, expertise and on-going monitoring capabilities to originate loans for income producing properties. Generally, these loans are for retail strip centers, office buildings, self-storage facilities, and multi and single tenant office warehouses, all within our markets. Generally, our income producing property loans require experienced and deep management, premium locations, proven debt service ability, strong equity positions, alternative repayment sources, and the personal guarantee of the principals. We monitor our exposures to these loan types to maintain adequate concentration levels in relation to our capital position, our market geographies and as a percentage of the entire loan portfolio. We believe that the material risks associated with non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans include potential changes in market conditions, such as vacancy rates, construction and absorption rates, rental rates, and property values. Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $286.6 million, or 44.2% of total commercial real estate loans as of June 30, 2021.

Residential Real Estate Loans

Residential real estate loans consists of 1-4 family residential loans and multi-family residential loans. Our 1-4 family residential loan portfolio is predominately comprised of loans secured by 1-4 family homes, which are investor-owned. While we do have some owner-occupied 1-4 family residential loans, we have not historically pursued this product line; however, in the second quarter of 2019, we began offering limited mortgage products through our newly established mortgage department. Our multi-family residential loan portfolio is comprised of

 

82


Table of Contents

loans secured by properties deemed multi-family, which includes apartment buildings. We believe that the material risks associated with residential real estate loans include a decline in the borrower’s ability to repay the debt and a decline in the value of the underlying real estate collateral. The Bank’s current multifamily loans are to seasoned and successful operators who possess quality alternative repayment sources. As of June 30, 2021, 1-4 single family residential real estate loans totaled $122.8 million, or 7.9% of our total loans, of which $87.6 million, or 5.6% of our total loans, was for investment/rental purposes. As of June 30, 2021, multifamily loans totaled $43.1 million, or 2.8% of our total loans.

Construction and Development Loans

Construction and development loans are comprised of loans used to fund construction, land acquisition and land development. The properties securing the portfolio are primarily located in the Greater Houston and Dallas markets and are generally diverse in terms of type. Our construction and development loans are made both on a pre-sold and speculative basis. If the borrower has entered into an agreement to sell the property prior to beginning construction, then the loan is considered to be on a pre-sold basis. If the borrower has not entered into an agreement to sell the property prior to beginning construction, then the loan is considered to be on a speculative basis. Construction and development loans are generally made with a term of twelve months and interest is paid periodically. The ratio of the loan principal to the value of the collateral, as established by independent appraisal, does not generally exceed 80% for speculative and 85% for pre-sold 1-4 family properties. For commercial construction loans, the ratio of the loan principal to the value of the collateral, as established by independent appraisal, does not generally exceed 80%. For land acquisition and land development loans, the ratio of the loan principal to the value of the collateral, as established by independent appraisal, does not generally exceed 75%. Additionally, speculative loans are based on the borrower’s financial strength and cash flow position. Loan proceeds are disbursed based on the percentage of completion and only after the project has been inspected by an experienced construction lender or third-party inspector.

During 2021, we expanded our construction and development portfolio through the formation of our builder finance group, which provides traditional homebuilder lines secured by lots and single-family homes, and land acquisition and development loans. The group also finances BANs and lines of credit to large national institutional tier-one funds that invest equity in various real estate assets. The group also offers, to a limited extent, parent level build-to-rent loans. The homebuilder finance platform provides lending solutions for private and publicly traded homebuilding companies. Land acquisition and development loans focus on master planned communities with lots being presold with meaningful earnest money upfront, and mandatory periodic curtailments. BANs are short-term notes issued by a special district to provide liquidity to a developer approximately 9-12 months prior to bond issuance, and are secured by the proceeds of the bond. Lines of credit to institutional funds who invest equity in various real estate assets are structured as a typical commercial and industrial loan. Underwriting of these lines include financial and cash flow covenants. On a limited basis the group may lend to homebuilders for the purpose of building and then renting single-family homes.

Construction and development loans generally carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of existing properties because of the risks associated with completion of the construction such as delays in construction and cost overruns, as well as slow leasing or sales activity. We attempt to reduce risk by generally requiring personal guarantees on loans for the construction of commercial properties and by keeping the loan-to-value ratio of the completed project below specified percentages. While loans originated under our builder finance group generally do not have personal guarantees, we believe the borrowers financed by this group are well-capitalized companies that demonstrate strong operations and have experienced management. We may also reduce risk associated with these loans by selling participations to other institutions when we deem it advisable. As of June 30, 2021, construction and development loans totaled $80.4 million, or 5.2% of our total loans.

Commercial and Industrial Loans

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. These loans are primarily made based on the borrower’s ability to service

 

83


Table of Contents

the debt from income. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and generally include personal guarantees.

A primary component of our loan portfolio is loans for commercial purposes. Our commercial and industrial loan portfolio consists of loans principally to retail trade, service, and manufacturing firms located in our market areas. The terms of these loans vary by purpose and by type of underlying collateral. We typically make equipment loans for a term of seven years or less at fixed or variable rates, with the loan fully amortized over the term. Equipment loans are generally secured by the financed equipment, and the ratio of the loan principal to the value of the financed equipment or other collateral is generally 100% or less on new equipment financing and 90% or less for used equipment financing. Loans to support working capital typically have terms not exceeding one year and are usually secured by accounts receivable, inventory, or other collateral, as well as personal guarantees of the principals of the business. For loans secured by accounts receivable or inventory, principal will typically be repaid as the assets securing the loan are converted into cash. The primary risk for commercial loans is the failure of the business due to economic and financial factors. As a result, the quality of the commercial borrower’s management and its ability both to properly evaluate changes in the supply and demand characteristics affecting its markets for products and services and to effectively respond to such changes are significant factors in a commercial borrower’s creditworthiness and our decision to make a commercial loan. Commercial and industrial loans totaled $612.3 million as of June 30, 2021, or 39.4% of our total loans.

In addition, the commercial and industrial loan category includes factored receivables. TCCC provides working capital solutions for small- to medium-sized businesses throughout the United States. TCCC provides working capital financing through the purchase of accounts receivables, and it has a disciplined credit process and robust internal controls and procedures for our factored receivables customers. TCCC monitors its factored receivables customers closely by verifying invoices, analyzing the adequacy of funds in the cash collateral reserve accounts and reviewing detailed reports required from these customers. We believe that the material risks associated with factored receivables include collection risk associated with the factored receivables. At June 30, 2021, outstanding factored receivables were $28.4 million, or 4.6% of total commercial and industrial loans and 1.8% of total loans. Our factored receivables portfolio consists primarily of customers in the transportation, energy services and services industries representing approximately 35.9%, 14.4% and 45.4% of net funds employed, respectively, as of June 30, 2021.

The commercial and industrial loan category also includes indirect auto loans with local dealerships that are funded through our indirect lending department. The loans are with recourse to the dealership and are structured as commercial lines of credit with the dealerships. The loans are approved with the same underwriting criteria as other commercial credits. Any loans under these lines of credit that are past due in excess of 90 days are required to be paid in full by the dealership. At June 30, 2021, outstanding indirect auto loans included in the commercial and industrial category were $6.9 million, or 1.1% of total commercial and industrial loans.

Consumer Loans

We make a variety of loans to individuals for personal, family and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment and term loans. Consumer loans are generally made at a fixed rate of interest. While we believe our policies help minimize losses in the consumer loan category, because of the nature of the collateral, if any, it may be more difficult to recover any loan losses. We believe that the material risks associated with consumer loans include collection risk associated with the receivables.

The majority of our consumer loans are related to the financing of vehicles to individuals. We limit our exposure to individuals living within our defined local markets. Underwriting for each loan is performed by our indirect lending department within our policies. Consumer loans totaled $4.5 million, or 0.3% of our loans held for investment as of June 30, 2021.

 

84


Table of Contents

SBA Loans

Our SBA loan program is a key element in our ability to serve the small- to medium-sized business community in our markets. Generally, these loans have a more flexible structure than conventional loans including, but not limited to, lower down payment requirements (up to 90% financing), longer loan terms (up to 25 years on real estate loans and 10 years on equipment and working capital loans), fixed and variable rate options and fully amortizing notes. We are able to use our Preferred Lender status with the SBA to expedite the loan approval process for our customers. Customers are able to use these loans to finance permanent working capital, equipment, facilities, land and buildings, business acquisitions and start-up business expenses. We primarily lend through the SBA 7(a) program, and we have a dedicated team focused on origination, documentation and closing of SBA loans. We maintain strict underwriting guidelines in our SBA program. We believe that the material risks associated with SBA loans include a decline in the borrower’s ability to service the debt, a decline in the value of or lack of collateral, and the risk of non-payment of an SBA guaranty. At June 30, 2021, outstanding SBA loans (excluding PPP loans) were $63.2 million, or 4.1% of our total loans. These loans are included in commercial and industrial, commercial real estate or construction and development based on the loan purpose and collateral.

CARES Act Loans

In April 2020, we began originating loans to qualified small businesses under the provisions of the CARES Act. Loans covered by the PPP administered by the SBA may be eligible for loan forgiveness for certain costs incurred related to payroll, group health care benefit costs and qualifying mortgage, rent and utility payments. The remaining loan balance after forgiveness of any amounts is still fully guaranteed by the SBA. Terms of the PPP loans include the following (i) maximum amount limited to the lesser of $10 million (or $2 million depending on the date of origination) or an amount calculated using a payroll-based formula, (ii) maximum loan term of two or five years, depending on the date of origination, (iii) interest rate of 1.00%, (iv) no collateral or personal guarantees are required, (v) no payments are required until the date on which the forgiveness amount relating to the loan is remitted to the lender and (vi) loan forgiveness up to the full principal amount of the loan and any accrued interest, subject to certain requirements including that no more than 40% of the loan forgiveness amount may be attributable to non-payroll costs. In return for processing and booking the loan, the SBA will pay the lender a processing fee tiered by the size of the loan. At June 30, 2021, outstanding PPP loans, net of deferred loan fees of $8.5 million, were $326.7 million which are included in commercial and industrial loans.

In addition to PPP loans, we also originated loans to small and medium-sized business that were too large for the PPP under the MSLP created by the Federal Reserve. Loans covered by the MSLP are not eligible for loan forgiveness. Terms of the MSLP loans include the following (i) maximum amount limited to the lesser of $300 million or an amount based on the borrower’s outstanding and available debt and the borrower’s 2019 EBITDA, (ii) five year loan term, (iii) interest rate based on adjustable LIBOR (1 or 3 month) plus 300 basis points, (iv) deferral of principal payments for two years, (v) deferral of interest for one year, and (vii) no prepayment penalties. Under the guidelines of the program, we sold a 95% participation in the MSLP loans to the Main Street special purpose vehicle at par value. At June 30, 2021, outstanding MSLP loans, net of deferred loan fees of $1.1 million, were $5.1 million which are included in commercial and industrial loans.

Farmland and Other Loans

Farmland and other loans outstanding were $40.9 million, or 2.6% of our total loans at June 30, 2021. Included in other loans are vehicle leases and agricultural loans. We believe that the material risks associated with farmland and other loans include a decline in land values or agricultural commodity prices, increases in production costs, and adverse weather. We believe that the material risks associated with our other loans include a decline in the borrower’s financial condition, which impacts the ability to service the debt, and a decline in the value of the underlying collateral.

 

85


Table of Contents

Through our indirect lending department, we provide financing of vehicle leases to individuals who live in our market areas. The leases are made through well-known third party leasing companies and underwriting and approval is performed by the indirect lending department in accordance with our policies. Outstanding leases were $31.5 million, or 2.0% of our total loans at June 30, 2021.

We provide loans for agricultural purposes. While this line of business is not a focus of our Bank’s lending strategy, we continue to provide and service agricultural production loans for customers in our market areas. Outstanding agricultural loans were $3.3 million at June 30, 2021.

Credit Administration, Lending Limits and Loan Review

Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans and managing these risks is a company-wide process. These include repayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. We attempt to mitigate repayment risks by adhering to strong internal credit policies and procedures.

We have procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. Our strategy for credit risk management includes a conservative underwriting process. Our board of directors has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our officers, and we monitor delinquency levels for adverse trends.

We implement our underwriting policy through a tiered system of combined loan authority for our loan officers with the Chief Credit Officer and a loan committee approval structure. Generally, our loan officers do not have single signature loan authority and must have the additional approval of one or both of the Regional Market Presidents or the Chief Lending Officer or the Chief Credit Officer depending upon the size of the loan and whether or not it is secured. Approval of loans with relationships over the combined lending authority of the Chief Credit Officer and Chief Executive Officer must be approved by the Officers’ Loan Committee, based on the loan relationship size, or by the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee, comprised of executive management and at least two outside directors of the Bank. The Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee meets weekly, or more frequently if required, to evaluate applications for new and renewed loans, or modifications to loans, in which the loan relationship total exposure exceeds predefined limits. Our strategy in considering a loan is to follow conservative and consistent underwriting practices, which include:

 

   

knowing our customers to ensure a complete understanding of their financial condition and ability to repay the loan;

 

   

verifying that primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount of the loan;

 

   

developing and maintaining targeted levels of diversification for our loan portfolio as a whole and for loans within each category; and

 

   

ensuring that each loan is properly documented with perfected liens on collateral, and that any insurance coverage requirements are satisfied.

As part of the underwriting process, we seek to minimize risk in a variety of ways, including the following:

 

   

analyzing the borrower’s financial condition, cash flow, liquidity, and leverage;

 

   

assessing the borrower’s operating history, operating projections, location and condition;

 

   

reviewing appraisals, title commitment and environmental reports;

 

   

considering the management experience and financial strength of the principals of the borrower; and

 

   

evaluating economic trends and industry conditions.

 

86


Table of Contents

Lending Limits

Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by state and federal law. In general, we are subject to a legal limit on loans to a single borrower equal to 25% of the Bank’s Tier 1 capital. This limit increases or decreases as the Bank’s capital increases or decreases. As of June 30, 2021, our legal lending limit was $34.7 million, and our largest relationship was $17.7 million. In order to ensure compliance with legal lending limits and in accordance with our strong risk management culture, we maintain internal lending limits that are significantly less than the legal lending limits. We are able to sell participations in our larger loans to other financial institutions, which allows us to manage the risk involved in these loans and to meet the lending needs of our customers requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits.

Credit

The Bank’s credit department is overseen by the Bank’s Chief Credit Officer. The credit department prepares and provides in-depth credit administration reporting to the Bank’s board of directors on a monthly and quarterly basis to aid the Bank’s board of directors in monitoring and adjusting the Bank’s loan focus as it grows. In addition, credit analysts provide analytical and underwriting services in support of the loan officers developing their respective loan portfolios. The Bank’s credit analysts support our most senior loan officers as they are further trained to be our future lending officers.

Loan Review

The Bank has developed an internal loan risk rating system which utilizes risk rating worksheets based upon the type of loan and collateral. Currently, the Bank has risk rating worksheets for commercial and industrial loans, individual loans, non-owner occupied real estate loans, owner-occupied real estate loans, and 1-4 family construction loans. Risk rating worksheets are completed for all new loan and renewal requests. In addition, an annual loan review form is completed on real estate loans of $1 million or greater, given that these loans tend to have longer terms than loans that are not secured by real estate. The loan officer will prepare the annual loan review form that updates the credit file with new financials, review of the collateral status, and provide any meaningful commentary that documents changes in the borrower’s overall condition. Upon completion of the annual loan review form, the loan officer must present the memo to the Chief Credit Officer for final review, appropriate grade change if needed and then approval to place in the credit file for future reference. We believe this process gives the Chief Credit Officer and executive management strong insight into the underlying performance of the Bank’s loan portfolio, allowing for accurate and proper real-time grading of the loan portfolio.

The Bank also has a Special Assets Committee, which generally meets monthly to review loans graded substandard or worse, past due loans, overdrafts, and other real estate owned, and considers and approves other loan grade changes. On a quarterly basis, the meeting includes the review of loans graded special mention. For all loans graded special mention or worse, the loan officer is required to complete a problem asset report, which is submitted to the Special Assets Committee.

Additionally, we employ, from time to time, an external third party loan review team to review up to a 30% penetration of the Bank’s entire loan portfolio. This review will generally include all large loan relationships, insider loans, and criticized loans.

Deposits

Our core deposits include checking accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, a variety of certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. To attract deposits, we employ an aggressive marketing plan in our primary service areas and feature a broad product line and competitive offerings. The primary sources of deposits are residents and businesses located in the markets we serve. We obtain these deposits through personal solicitation by our lenders, officers and directors.

 

87


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of our total deposits and percentage of total deposits based on balances as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of June 30,  
     2021     2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 374,942        21.0   $ 373,714        23.0

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     1,036,820        58.2     802,992        49.4

Savings

     26,898        1.5     20,428        1.2

Time deposits

     344,608        19.3     429,222        26.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,783,268        100.0   $ 1,626,356        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Banking Services

We offer banking products and services that we believe are attractively priced and easily understood by our customers. In addition to traditional bank accounts such as checking, savings, money markets, and CDs, we offer a full range of ancillary banking services, including a full suite of treasury management services, consumer and commercial online banking services, mobile applications, safe deposit boxes, wire transfer services and debit cards. Merchant services (credit card processing) and co-branded credit card services are offered through a correspondent bank relationship.

Investments

As of June 30, 2021, our investment portfolio consisted of state and municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities, and corporate bonds classified as available for sale. In the future, we may invest in, among other things, U.S. Treasury bills and notes, as well as in securities of federally sponsored agencies, such as Federal Home Loan Bank bonds. We may also invest in federal funds, negotiable certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and municipal or other tax-free bonds. No investment in any of those instruments will exceed any applicable limitation imposed by law or regulation. The Bank’s Asset Liability and Investment Committee (ALCO) reviews the investment portfolio on an ongoing basis in order to ensure that the investments conform to our internal policy set by our board of directors.

Our Markets

We currently operate primarily in three distinct but complementary metropolitan markets, the Greater Houston market, the Dallas-Fort Worth market, and the Austin-San Antonio market. We have seven branches located throughout the Greater Houston market, two branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth market, two branches in the Austin-San Antonio market, and one branch in Detroit, Texas, located approximately 120 miles northeast of Dallas, Texas. We expect to continue to grow within our current markets, as well as expand into new markets. We believe that the markets we serve are an important factor in our growth and success, and offer stability and steady growth potential.

Greater Houston Market. We operate seven branches in the Greater Houston market, including five branches located in the Houston MSA and two branches in the neighboring Beaumont MSA. Houston is the nation’s fourth most populous city and fifth most populous metro area, with approximately 2.4 million and 7.2 million residents, respectively, according to the U.S. Census Bureau and S&P Global. The Houston MSA is projected to grow approximately 7.6% over the next five years, ranking first among the nation’s 10 largest MSAs and more than double the nationwide projected growth, according to S&P Global. Houston is a center for global trade, with the Houston Port ranking first among U.S. ports in foreign tonnage, according to the Greater Houston Partnership. This tremendous growth and trade has helped Houston become the “Most Diverse City in America,” according to WalletHub. The Houston MSA is corporate headquarters for 24 Fortune 500 companies and

 

88


Table of Contents

employs approximately 3.1 million workers, according to the Greater Houston Partnership. Some of these companies include ConocoPhillips, Sysco, Waste Management and Phillips 66. Houston is also home to the largest medical complex in the world, the Texas Medical Center, which has approximately $3.0 billion in construction projects underway with 50 million existing square feet, according to the Greater Houston Partnership.

Dallas-Fort Worth Market. We currently operate two branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth market, with one location in the North Dallas area and one in Plano. The Dallas MSA is the largest in Texas and the fourth largest in the U.S., according to S&P Global, and has been growing by approximately 322 residents every day, according to the Dallas Regional Chamber. The Dallas MSA boasts the largest gross domestic product in Texas and the sixth largest in the nation, according to the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis, and is headquarters for 24 Fortune 500 companies, including ExxonMobil, AT&T, American Airlines and Charles Schwab, according to the Dallas Regional Chamber. The Dallas MSA hosts approximately 3.6 million working professionals and ranked first in the nation for total job growth from December 2015 through December 2020, according to the Dallas Regional Chamber. Future population and job growth remains attractive as the Dallas MSA ranks second among the nation’s 10 largest MSAs for projected 5-year population growth, according to S&P Global, and 15 major universities are located in the area, which enroll over 183,000 students.

Austin-San Antonio Market. We currently operate two branches in the Austin-San Antonio market, with one location in Nixon and one in La Vernia, and operate a loan production office in Austin. The San Antonio—New Braunfels MSA is the third most populous MSA in Texas, as measured by both population and number of households. The population in the San Antonio—New Braunfels MSA is projected to grow by approximately 7.6% over the next five years, compared to 6.8% for the state of Texas and 2.9% for the United States. Located at the intersection of two Pan-American highways (IH-10 which runs from coast-to-coast, and IH-35 which runs from Canada to Mexico), San Antonio commerce benefits from a fast-growing, diverse business community, long-standing military establishments, and is home to 160,000 university students. Industry concentrations include: Aerospace, Biosciences/Healthcare, Defense, Energy, Information Technology & Cybersecurity, and Manufacturing according to the San Antonio Economic Development Foundation. The Austin—Round Rock—Georgetown MSA is the fourth most populous MSA in Texas, as measured by both population and number of households. Over the next five years, it is projected to be the fastest growing large MSA in the country (as defined by MSAs with a population over two million), with a forecasted growth rate of 8.5% through 2026. Austin’s unemployment rate of 4.8% compares favorably to the nationwide unemployment rate of 6.1% as of June 2021. Nicknamed “Silicon Hills,” Austin has transformed itself into a hotbed for technology companies, and was recently designated as a top 10 Global Technology Innovation Hub city by KPMG. Large employers in the MSA include Apple, Dell Technologies, and the University of Texas, which enrolls over 50,000 students. Additionally, Tesla has recently announced that it would move its corporate headquarters to Austin, Texas, and made an estimated $1.1 billion infrastructure investment in the construction of an automotive production facility located in the Austin market, which is expected to deliver at least 5,000 jobs to the local economy and is scheduled to begin production in 2021.

Information Technology Systems

We have made significant investments in our information technology systems for our banking and lending operations and treasury management activities. We believe information technology system investments are important to enhance our capabilities to offer new products and overall customer experience, to provide scale for future growth and acquisitions, and to increase controls and efficiencies in our back office operations. We outsource our core data processing services to a nationally recognized bank software vendor providing us with capabilities to support the continued growth of the Bank. Our internal network and e-mail systems are maintained in-house. We leverage the capabilities of a third party service provider to provide the technical expertise around network design and architecture that is required for us to operate as an effective and efficient organization. We actively manage our business continuity plan, and we follow recommendations outlined by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council to ensure that we have effectively identified our risks and documented

 

89


Table of Contents

contingency plans for key functions and systems including providing for back up sites for all critical applications. We also perform tests to ensure the adequacy of these contingency plans.

The majority of our other systems, including our electronic funds transfer, transaction processing and online banking services, are also hosted by the vendor to whom we outsource our core data processing services. The scalability of this infrastructure is designed to support our growth strategy. These critical business applications and processes are included in the business continuity plans referenced above.

Enterprise Risk Management

We place significant emphasis on risk mitigation as an integral component of our organizational culture. We believe that our emphasis on risk management is manifested in our asset quality statistics and in our history of low charge-offs and losses on deposit-related services due to debit card, ACH or wire fraud. With respect to our lending philosophy, our risk management focuses on structuring credits to provide for multiple sources of repayment, coupled with strong underwriting and monitoring undertaken by the Bank’s experienced officers and credit policy personnel.

Our risk mitigation techniques include weekly Directors’ Loan Committee meetings where loan pricing, allowance for loan losses methodology and level, and loan concentrations are reviewed and discussed. In addition, the Bank’s board of directors reviews portfolio composition reports on a monthly basis. The Bank’s Special Assets Committee also meets monthly to discuss criticized assets and set action plans for those borrowers who display deteriorating financial condition, to monitor those relationships and to implement corrective measures on a timely basis to minimize losses. We also perform an annual stress test on our loan portfolio, in which we evaluate the impact on the portfolio of declining economic conditions.

We also focus on risk management in numerous other areas throughout our organization, including asset/liability management, regulatory compliance and strategic and operational risk. We have implemented an extensive asset/liability management process, and utilize a well-known and experienced third party to run our interest rate risk model on a quarterly basis.

We also annually engage an experienced third party to review and assess our controls with respect to technology, as well as to perform penetration and vulnerability testing to assist us in managing the risks associated with information security.

Competition

The banking business is highly competitive, and our profitability depends upon our ability to compete with other banks and non-bank financial institutions located in each of our markets for lending opportunities, deposit funds, bankers and acquisition candidates. Our banking competitors in our target markets include various community banks and national and regional banks. We compete with other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, finance companies and money market mutual funds operating in our markets.

We are subject to vigorous competition in all aspects of our business from banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, finance companies, credit unions and other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, asset-based non-bank lenders, insurance companies and certain other non-financial entities, including retail stores which may maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental organizations which may offer more favorable financing than we can. Many of the banks and other financial institutions with which we compete have significantly greater financial resources, marketing capability and name recognition than us and operate on a local, statewide, regional or nationwide basis.

Our business has capitalized on our team-oriented culture and diverse product and service offerings to successfully execute our high-touch, relationship driven approach to banking. We strive to know our customers

 

90


Table of Contents

better than our competition and believe our greatest opportunities for organic growth stem from the ability of our relationship managers to provide a greater level of attentiveness to customers and prospects than larger banks and our peers. As a result of consolidation among Texas metropolitan banks, we believe we are one of the few remaining locally-based banks in our markets that are dedicated to providing personalized service to small and medium-sized businesses with sophisticated banking needs.

Employees

As of June 30, 2021, we had 265 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are represented by a union. Management believes that our relationship with our employees is good.

Properties

Our principal offices and headquarters are located at 20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190, Humble, Texas 77338. All of our branches are located in Texas. We own our headquarters and our branch locations in Pearland, Lake Jackson, Nixon, La Vernia, and Detroit, and we lease the remaining locations. We believe that the leases to which we are subject are generally on terms consistent with prevailing market terms. We also believe that our facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet our operating needs for the foreseeable future. The following table sets forth a list of our branches and our loan production office, or LPO, as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Location

  

Address

  

Owned/Leased

Humble

  

20202 Highway 59 North, Humble, Texas 77338

  

Owned

Galleria

  

1800 West Loop South, Suite 100, Houston, Texas 77027

  

Leased

Conroe

  

1336 League Line Road, Suite 100, Conroe, Texas 77304

  

Leased

Pearland

  

1850 Pearland Parkway, Pearland, Texas, 77581

  

Owned

Beaumont

  

229 Dowlen Road, Suite C, Beaumont, Texas 77706

  

Leased

Lake Jackson

  

85 Oak Drive, Lake Jackson, Texas 77566

  

Owned

Mid County

  

2901 Turtle Creek Drive, Suite 115, Port Arthur, Texas 77642

  

Leased

Nixon

  

200 North Nixon Avenue, Nixon, Texas 78140

  

Owned

La Vernia

  

13809 West Highway 87, La Vernia, Texas 78121

  

Owned

Plano

  

1201 W. 15th Street, Suite 100, Plano, Texas 75075

  

Leased

Dallas

  

8235 Douglas Avenue, Suite 100, Dallas, Texas 75225

  

Leased

Detroit

  

12038 US Highway 82 West, Detroit, Texas 75436

  

Owned

Austin (LPO)

  

5508 Highway 290 West, Austin, Texas 78375

  

Leased

In addition, we lease non-branch offices in Copperfield, Dallas, Fort Worth, Friendswood, Georgetown, Katy, Kingwood, Plano, San Antonio and The Woodlands, Texas.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These claims and litigation may include, among other things, allegations of violation of banking and other applicable regulations, competition law, labor laws and consumer protection laws, as well as claims or litigation relating to intellectual property, securities, breach of contract and tort. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against any pending or future claims and litigation.

At this time, in the opinion of management, the likelihood is remote that the impact of such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which they are resolved. In addition, regardless of their merits or their ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention and may materially and adversely affect our reputation, even if resolved in our favor.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and are based on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable but may prove to be inaccurate. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected results discussed in the forward-looking statements appearing in this discussion and analysis. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a bank holding company with headquarters in Humble, Texas that operates through our wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, TCCC. We focus on providing commercial banking solutions to small and medium-sized businesses and professionals with operations in our markets. Our market expertise, coupled with a deep understanding of our customers’ needs, allows us to deliver tailored financial products and services. We currently operate twelve branches, with seven branches in the Greater Houston market, two branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth market, two branches in the Austin-San Antonio market, and one branch in Detroit, Texas. We have experienced significant organic growth since commencing banking operations in 2008 as well as growth through our merger with Heritage. As of June 30, 2021, we had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $2.01 billion, total loans of $1.55 billion, total deposits of $1.78 billion and total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, of $137.8 million.

On January 1, 2020, we acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Heritage and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank, with five branches located in Texas, and merged Heritage with and into the Company and Heritage Bank with and into the Bank. The estimated values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of January 1, 2020 were total assets of $315.9 million, total loans of $259.6 million, and total deposits of $260.2 million. Pursuant to the merger, we issued $50.9 million in common stock and $103,627 in cash and recognized total goodwill of $18.0 million.    

As a bank holding company that operates through one segment, community banking, we generate most of our revenue from interest on loans, and customer service and loan fees. We incur interest expense on deposits and other borrowed funds, as well as noninterest expense, such as salaries and employee benefits and occupancy expenses. We analyze our ability to maximize income generated from interest-earning assets and control the interest expenses of our liabilities, measured as net interest income, through our net interest margin and net interest spread. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and interest-bearing time deposits in other banks, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, which are used to fund those assets. Net interest margin is a ratio calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Net interest spread is the difference between average rates earned on interest-earning assets and average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

Changes in market interest rates and the interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as in the volume and types of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and noninterest-bearing liabilities, are usually the largest drivers of periodic changes in net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. Fluctuations in market interest rates are driven by many factors, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, deflation, macroeconomic developments, changes in unemployment, the money supply, political and international conditions and conditions in domestic and foreign financial markets. Periodic changes in the volume and types of loans in our loan portfolio are affected by, among other factors, economic and competitive conditions in Texas, as well as developments affecting the real estate,

 

92


Table of Contents

technology, financial services, insurance, transportation, manufacturing and energy sectors within our target markets and throughout the state of Texas.

COVID-19 Update

The Company has been, and may continue to be, impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. In recent months, vaccination rates have been increasing and restrictive measures have eased in certain areas. However, uncertainty remains about the duration of the pandemic and the timing and strength of the global economy’s recovery. To address the economic impact of the pandemic in the U.S., multiple stimulus packages have been enacted to provide economic relief to individuals and businesses, including the CARES Act, which established the PPP, and the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, enacted in March 2021.

As the pandemic evolves, we continue to evaluate protocols and processes in place to execute our business continuity plans while promoting the health and safety of our employees and continuing to support our customers and communities.

We have been an active participant in all phases of the PPP, administered by the SBA, and have helped many of our customers obtain loans through the program. PPP loans have a two or five-year term and earn interest at 1.0%. At June 30, 2021, outstanding PPP loans, net of deferred loan fees of $8.5 million, were $326.7 million which are included in commercial and industrial loans. Assuming compliance with PPP origination and documentation requirements, loans funded through the PPP program are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government.

The Company also participated in the MSLP, created by the Federal Reserve to support lending to small and medium-sized businesses and nonprofit organizations that were in sound financial condition before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. At June 30, 2021, outstanding MSLP loans, excluding the 95% portion sold to the Federal Reserve and net of deferred loan fees of $1.1 million, were $5.1 million which are included in commercial and industrial loans.

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Our operating results depend primarily on our net interest income, calculated as the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Fluctuations in market interest rates impact the yield and rates paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, respectively. Changes in the amount and type of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities also impact our net interest income. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (1) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (2) the costs of our deposits and other funding sources, (3) our net interest spread and (4) our net interest margin. Because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity, also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these noninterest-bearing sources.

Six months ended June 30, 2021 vs. Six months ended June 30, 2020. Net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $43.9 million compared to $32.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $11.4 million, or 35.1%. The increase in net interest income was comprised of a $9.4 million, or 23.4%, increase in interest income, and a $2.0 million, or 26.3%, decrease in interest expense. The increase in interest income was primarily attributable to loan fees related to PPP loans of $12.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, offset by a 21 basis point decrease in yield on total loans. The $2.0 million decrease in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was primarily attributable to a 65 basis point decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing deposits over the same period in 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net interest margin and net interest spread were 4.67% and 4.50%, respectively, compared to 4.55% and 4.21%, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

 

93


Table of Contents

The following table presents an analysis of net interest income and net interest spread for the periods indicated, including average outstanding balances for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the interest earned or paid on such amounts, and the average rate earned or paid on such assets or liabilities, respectively. The table also sets forth the net interest margin on average total interest-earning assets for the same periods. Interest earned on loans that are classified as nonaccrual is not recognized in income; however, the balances are reflected in average outstanding balances for the period. For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the amount of interest income not recognized on nonaccrual loans was not material. Any nonaccrual loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
   2021     2020  
   Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid(3)
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid(3)
     Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Assets

              

Interest-earnings assets:

              

Investment securities

   $ 25,271     $ 513        4.09   $ 3,026     $ 32        2.13

Loans, gross

     1,628,988       48,721        6.03     1,274,477       39,553        6.24

Federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets

     242,084       322        0.27     159,762       560        0.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     1,896,343       49,556        5.27     1,437,265       40,145        5.62
    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

     (13,081          (8,742     
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total interest-earning assets, net of allowance

     1,883,262            1,428,523       

Noninterest-earning assets

     101,921            71,454       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 1,985,183          $ 1,499,977       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

              

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,388,737     $ 4,590        0.67   $ 1,015,304     $ 6,680        1.32

Notes payable

     33,641       819        4.91     30,299       743        4.93

FHLB advances

     51,945       216        0.84     44,918       211        0.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     1,474,323       5,625        0.77     1,090,521       7,634        1.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     377,553            292,439       

Other liabilities

     8,978            7,102       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     1,860,854            1,390,062       

Shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares

     124,329            109,915       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,985,183          $ 1,499,977       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 43,931          $ 32,511     
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Net interest spread(1)

          4.50          4.21
       

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net interest margin(2)

          4.67          4.55
       

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

(1)

Net interest spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)

Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

94


Table of Contents
(3)

Interest earned/paid includes accretion of deferred loan fees, premiums and discounts. Interest income on loans includes loan fees and discount accretion of $17.2 million and $9.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the changes attributable to changes in volume and changes attributable to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021 compared to 2020
 
   Increase (Decrease)
due to
     Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Volume      Rate  

Interest-earning assets:

        

Investment securities

   $ 235      $ 246      $ 481  

Loans, gross

     10,862        (1,694      9,168  

Federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets

     286        (524      (238
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

   $ 11,383      $ (1,972    $ 9,411  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

        

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,431      $ (4,521    $ (2,090

Notes payable

     80        (4      76  

FHLB advances

     32        (27      5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense

   $ 2,543      $ (4,552    $ (2,009
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income

   $ 8,840      $ 2,580      $ 11,420  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2020 vs. Year ended December 31, 2019. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $67.9 million compared to $34.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $33.9 million, or 99.9%. The increase in net interest income was comprised of a $32.3 million, or 64.7%, increase in interest income and a $1.6 million, or 10.1%, decrease in interest expense. The growth in interest income was primarily attributable to a $404.8 million, or 54.7%, increase in average loans outstanding (excluding average loans outstanding under the CARES Act of $289.1 million) for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019, offset by a 79 basis point decrease in the yield on total loans. The increase in average loans outstanding (excluding average PPP loans) was primarily due to the acquisition of Heritage on January 1, 2020. The $1.6 million decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to a 114 basis point decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing deposits over the same period in 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, net interest margin and net interest spread were 4.24% and 3.98%, respectively, compared to 4.08% and 3.67%, respectively, for the same period in 2019, which reflects the increases in interest income discussed above relative to the decreases in interest expense.

 

95


Table of Contents

The following table presents an analysis of net interest income, net interest spread and net interest margin for the periods indicated in the manner presented for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 above. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amount of interest income not recognized on nonaccrual loans was not material. Any nonaccrual loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   For the Years Ended December 31,  
   2020     2019  
   Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid(3)
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid(3)
     Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Assets

  

Interest-earnings assets:

              

Investment securities

   $ 14,709     $ 297        2.02   $ 2,422     $ 24        0.99

Loans, gross

     1,433,412       80,791        5.64     739,525       47,570        6.43

Federal fund sold and other interest-earning assets

     152,066       1,153        0.76     90,356       2,331        2.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     1,600,187       82,241        5.14     832,303       49,925        6.00
    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

     (10,506          (7,360     
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total interest-earning assets, net of allowance

     1,589,681            824,943       

Noninterest-earning assets

     80,686            44,220       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 1,670,367          $ 869,163       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

              

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,150,723     $ 12,302        1.07   $ 625,040     $ 13,787        2.21

Notes payable

     39,793       1,615        4.06     24,335       1,436        5.90

FHLB advances

     50,000       443        0.89     36,995       751        2.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     1,240,516       14,360        1.16     686,370       15,974        2.33
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     310,357            122,961       

Other liabilities

     6,661            3,442       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     1,557,534            812,773       

Shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares

     112,833            56,390       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 1,670,367          $ 869,163       
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 67,881          $ 33,951     
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Net interest spread(1)

          3.98          3.67

Net interest margin(2)

          4.24          4.08

 

(1)

Net interest spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)

Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(3)

Interest earned/paid includes accretion of deferred loan fees, premiums and discounts. Interest income on loans includes loan fees and discount accretion of $18.5 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the changes attributable to changes in volume and changes

 

96


Table of Contents

attributable to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31, 2020 compared to
2019
 
     Increase (Decrease)
Due to Changes in
     Total
Increase
(decrease)
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Volume      Rate  

Interest-earning assets:

        

Investment securities

   $ 122    $ 151      $ 273  

Loans, gross

     44,598        (11,377      33,221  

Federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets

     1,592        (2,770      (1,178
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

   $ 46,312      $ (13,996    $ 32,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

        

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 11,644      $ (13,129    $ (1,485

Notes payable

     912        (733      179  

FHLB advances

     264        (572      (308
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense

   $ 12,820      $ (14,434    $ (1,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income

   $ 33,492      $ 438      $ 33,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is an expense we use to maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level which is deemed appropriate by management to absorb inherent losses on existing loans. For a description of the factors taken into account by our management in determining the allowance for loan losses see “—Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses.”

The provision for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $1.5 million compared to $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease in the provision for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the same period in 2020 was primarily due to additional provisions made in 2020 due to the continuing uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as $585,000 in net charge offs during the six months ended June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2021, the allowance for loan losses totaled $13.4 million, or 0.86% of total loans, compared to $12.0 million, or 0.77% of total loans, as of December 31, 2020 .

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $7.6 million compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $6.0 million was primarily due to the increase in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019, loan growth for the year ended December 31, 2020 and an increase in qualitative factors used in our analysis. As of December 31, 2020, the allowance for loan losses totaled $12.0 million, or 0.77% of total loans, compared to $8.1 million, or 1.00% of total loans, as of December 31, 2019.    

Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $3.7 million, or 0.26% of total average loans, as compared to net charge-offs of $429,000, or 0.06% of total average loans, for the same period in 2019. Loans increased to $1.56 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $808.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $747.5 million, or 92.4%. Loans under the CARES Act loan programs accounted for $395.7 million, or 52.9%, of the loan growth.

 

97


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

Our primary sources of recurring noninterest income are service charges and fees on deposit accounts, earnings credits on correspondent bank balances, and earnings from bank-owned life insurance. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees, which are recognized in interest income.

Six months ended June 30, 2021 vs. Six months ended June 30, 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, noninterest income totaled $1.9 million, an increase of $389,000, or 26.5%, compared to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020      Increase
(Decrease)
 

Noninterest Income:

           

Service charges and fees on deposit accounts

   $ 1,242      $ 760      $ 482        63.4

Gain on Sale of SBA loans

     —          266        (266      (100.0 )% 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

     276        178        98        55.1

Other

     341        266        75        28.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 1,859      $ 1,470      $ 389        26.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2020 vs. Year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, noninterest income totaled $2.7 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 120.4%, compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019      Increase
(Decrease)
 

Noninterest Income:

           

Service charges and fees on deposit accounts

   $ 1,709      $ 547      $ 1,162        212.4

Gain on Sale of SBA loans

     266        —          266        100.0

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

     354        258        96        37.2

Other

     353        412        (59      (14.3 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 2,682      $ 1,217      $ 1,465        120.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Service Charges and Fees on Deposit Accounts. We earn fees from our customers for deposit-related services, which are a component of our noninterest income. Service charges on deposit accounts were $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $482,000, or 63.4%, over the same period in 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase in ATM income and mortgage secondary market fee income. Service charges on deposit accounts were $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $1.2 million, or 212.4%, over the same period in 2019. The increase in this period was primarily due to increases in ATM income, commercial account analysis fees and non-sufficient funds fees as a result of growth in retail services. In addition, mortgage secondary market fee income for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $438,000.

Gain on Sale of SBA loans. The Company sold the guaranteed portion of one (non-PPP) SBA loan in the six month period ended June 30, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2020 and recorded a gain on the sale of the loan of $266,000. There were no SBA loans (including PPP loans) sold in the six month period ended June 30, 2021 or year ended December 31, 2019.

Earnings on Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI). The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. Income from the policies and changes in the cash surrender values are recorded as noninterest

 

98


Table of Contents

income. Earnings on BOLI were $276,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $98,000, or 55.1%, over the same period in 2020. Earnings on BOLI were $354,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $96,000, or 37.2%, over the same period in 2019.

Other. This category includes a variety of other income-producing activities, including partnership and investment fund income, foreclosed asset rental income, tenant lease income, dividends from the FHLB, and other fee income.

Other noninterest income increased $75,000, or 28.2%, from $266,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $341,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The increase in other noninterest income was primarily due to an increase in lease income on other real estate owned. Other noninterest income decreased $59,000, or 14.3%, from $412,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $353,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in income recognized on our investments in partnerships and funds associated with the Small Business Investment Company program of the SBA. Our investments in these partnerships and funds aid the Company in meeting the requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act. The partnerships and funds are licensed small business investment companies whose income is primarily derived from investment in small businesses and ultimate liquidation of these investments at a future date for profit.

Noninterest Expense

Generally, noninterest expense is composed of all employee expenses and costs associated with operating our facilities, obtaining and retaining customer relationships and providing bank services. The largest component of noninterest expense is salaries and employee benefits. Noninterest expense also includes operational expenses, such as occupancy expenses, depreciation and amortization of our facilities and our furniture, fixtures and office equipment, legal and professional fees, data processing and network expenses, regulatory fees, including FDIC assessments, marketing expenses, and loan operations and repossessed asset related expenses.

Six months ended June 30, 2021 vs. Six months ended June 30, 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, noninterest expense totaled $33.3 million, an increase of $8.8 million, or 35.7%, compared to $24.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020      Increase
(Decrease)
 

Noninterest Expense:

           

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 22,475      $ 15,172      $ 7,303        48.1

Net occupancy and equipment expenses

     2,391        1,924        467        24.3

Other:

           

Legal and professional fees

     2,679        2,689        (10      (0.4)

Data processing

     843        1,033        (190      (18.4)

Network expenses

     587        398        189        47.5

Regulatory assessments

     343        478        (135      (28.2 )% 

Marketing expenses

     810        555        255        45.9

Loan operations and other real estate owned expenses

     1,193        955        238        24.9

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     344        —          344        100.0

Other expenses

     1,633        1,332        301        22.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 33,298      $ 24,536      $ 8,762        35.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2020 vs. Year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, noninterest expense totaled $47.4 million, an increase of $17.1 million, or 56.4%, compared to $30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019      Increase
(Decrease)
 

Noninterest Expense:

           

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 29,262      $ 19,983      $ 9,279        46.4

Net occupancy and equipment expenses

     4,127        2,612        1,515        58.0

Other:

           

Legal and professional fees

     3,962        2,415        1,547        64.1

Data processing

     2,299        1,108        1,191        107.5

Network expenses

     885        630        255        40.5

Regulatory assessments

     1,303        434        869        200.2

Marketing expenses

     1,326        699        627        89.7

Loan operations and other real estate owned expenses

     1,368        819        549        57.1

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     —          38        (38      (100.0 )% 

Other expenses

     2,871        1,572        1,299        82.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 47,403      $ 30,310      $ 17,093        56.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits are the largest component of noninterest expense and include payroll expense, the cost of incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance and payroll taxes.

Salaries and employee benefits were $22.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $7.3 million, or 48.1%, compared to $15.2 million for the same period in 2020. The increase was due to our investment in additional personnel, which we expect will foster future growth and allow us to accommodate that growth, and increased commissions related to our loan and deposit growth. As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the number of employees was 265 and 212, respectively.

Salaries and employee benefits were $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $9.3 million, or 46.4%, compared to $20.0 million for the same period in 2019. The increase was primarily due to the addition of approximately 60 employees from the acquisition of Heritage on January 1, 2020 and increased commissions related to our loan and deposit growth. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had 213 and 147 employees, respectively.

Net Occupancy and Equipment Expenses. Net occupancy expenses were $2.4 million and $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. This category includes building, leasehold, furniture, fixtures and equipment depreciation and software amortization totaling $1.2 million and $908,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In addition, we have had increases in lease expense and in building maintenance, landscaping services and janitorial services related to the five branches acquired in the Heritage acquisition.

Net occupancy expenses were $4.1 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This category includes building, leasehold, furniture, fixtures and equipment depreciation and software amortization totaling $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $1.1 million for the same

 

100


Table of Contents

period in 2019. The increase of $1.5 million, or 58.0%, in occupancy expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019 was due primarily to the addition of five branches acquired in the Heritage acquisition.

Legal and Professional Fees. Legal and professional fees were $2.7 million for each of the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. Legal and professional fees were $4.0 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to higher audit, consulting, legal, and recruitment costs. Higher costs primarily resulted from expenses related to the acquisition of Heritage, the PPP loan program, and additional personnel.

Data Processing. Data processing costs were $843,000 and $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Data processing costs were $2.3 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to: (i) higher transaction volumes related to the increased number of loan and deposit accounts, (ii) data conversion costs related to the Heritage acquisition, and (iii) data processing costs for Heritage prior to core system conversion on July 1, 2020.

Network Expenses. Network expenses were $587,000 and $398,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Network expenses were $885,000 and $630,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increases were primarily due to an increase in the number of branches from seven to twelve as a result of the Heritage acquisition and an increase in the number of employees from 147 at December 31, 2019 to 265 at June 30, 2021.

Regulatory Assessments. Regulatory assessment expenses were $343,000 and $478,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Regulatory assessment expenses were $1.3 million and $434,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Marketing Expenses. Advertising and marketing-related expenses were $810,000 and $555,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Advertising and marketing-related expenses were $1.3 million and $699,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increases were primarily due to new digital marketing campaigns for TCCC and new deposit campaigns as part of the Heritage acquisition.

Loan Operations and Other Real Estate Owned Expenses. Loan operations and other real estate owned expenses were $1.2 million and $955,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Loan operations and other real estate owned expenses were $1.4 million and $819,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increases were primarily due to processing costs and agent fees related to the PPP loan program.

Loss on Sale of Other Real Estate Owned. The Company recorded a loss of $344,000 on the sale of one OREO property in the six month period ended June 30, 2021. There were no OREO properties sold in the six month period ended June 30, 2020. The Company recorded a loss of $38,100 on the sale of three OREO properties sold during the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no OREO properties sold during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Other. This category includes operating and administrative expenses, such as operational losses (debit cards, check fraud, etc.), software licenses, insurance, director fees, publications and subscription expenses, postage and mail expenses, correspondent bank fees, office supplies and communication expenses. Other noninterest expense was $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $301,000, or 22.6%, compared to the same period in 2020, primarily due to an increase in telephone expenses and software maintenance expense. Other noninterest expense increased to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $1.6 million for the same period in 2019, an increase of $1.3 million, or 82.6%. The increase was primarily due

 

101


Table of Contents

to (i) increases in telephone, mobile phone, software maintenance, print and office supplies, and insurance related to the increase in employees from 147 employees to 213 employees at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and the increase in branch locations from seven to twelve as a result of the Heritage acquisition, (ii) amortization of core deposit intangible, or CDI, of $161,500 related to the Heritage acquisition, (iii) increase in printed check expense related to the growth in deposit accounts and new checks for accounts acquired from Heritage, and (iv) increase in board of directors costs related to additional board and committee positions.

Income Tax Expense

The amount of income tax expense we incur is impacted by the amounts of our pre-tax income, tax-exempt income and other nondeductible expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at current income tax rates in effect for the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Six months ended June 30, 2021 vs. Six months ended June 30, 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, income tax expense totaled $2.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively, and our effective tax rate was 21.0% for the periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

Year ended December 31, 2020 vs. Year ended December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, income tax expense totaled $3.5 million and $852,000, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were 22.4% and 26.3%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate was due to an increase in non-deductible capital offering expenses and merger costs.

Financial Condition

Total assets were $2.01 billion as of June 30, 2021 compared to $1.87 billion as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $146.0 million, or 7.8%, due primarily to an increase in cash and cash equivalents as a result of organic deposit growth of $149.4 million. Our total assets increased $939.0 million, or 101.1%, from $928.3 million as of December 31, 2019, to $1.87 billion as of December 31, 2020. Our asset growth in 2020 was primarily the result of (i) the acquisition of Heritage, (ii) PPP loans related to the CARES Act, and (iii) organic loan growth.

Loan Portfolio

Our primary source of income is derived through interest earned on loans to small-to medium-sized businesses, commercial companies, professionals and individuals located in our primary market areas. A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial and industrial loans and real estate loans secured by commercial real estate properties located in our primary market areas. Our loan portfolio represents the highest yielding component of our earning assets.

As of June 30, 2021, total loans were $1.55 billion, a decrease of $4.3 million, or 0.3%, compared to $1.56 billion as of December 31, 2020. The decrease in loans was primarily due to $382.6 million in PPP loan payoffs and forgiveness by the SBA offset by an additional $320.5 million in PPP loans as a result of our continued participation in the PPP loan program under the CARES Act. As of December 31, 2020, total loans were $1.56 billion, an increase of $747.5 million, or 92.4%, compared to $808.6 million as of December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily a result of the acquisition of Heritage, our participation in the loan programs under the CARES Act and continued organic growth in our primary market areas. Loans acquired as part of the Heritage acquisition totaled $263.3 million and outstanding loans under the CARES Act as of December 31, 2020 were $395.7 million.

 

102


Table of Contents

Total loans as a percentage of deposits were 87.0%, 95.2% and 100.2% as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Total loans as a percentage of assets were 77.1%, 83.3% and 87.1% as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

        For the Year Ended December 31,  
  June 30, 2021     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
  Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Real estate:

                       

Commercial real estate:

                       

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 361,217       23.3   $ 353,273       22.7   $ 219,920       27.2   $ 190,954       27.7   $ 169,947       28.3   $ 131,842       29.3

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    286,533       18.5     277,804       17.9     191,036       23.6     155,850       22.7     116,169       19.4     67,959       15.0

Residential

    165,890       10.7     140,622       9.0     87,064       10.7     60,048       8.7     47,125       7.9     34,687       7.7

Construction, development and other

    80,400       5.2     98,207       6.3     60,445       7.5     57,026       8.3     57,874       9.6     35,470       7.9

Farmland

    6,011       0.4     4,653       0.3     7,359       0.9     8,955       1.3     5,952       1.0     7,574       1.7

Commercial and industrial

    612,306       39.4     645,928       41.5     214,935       26.6     191,487       27.8     178,663       29.8     149,585       33.2

Consumer

    4,499       0.3     4,157       0.3     3,781       0.5     4,184       0.6     5,473       0.9     5,346       1.2

Other

    34,866       2.2     31,448       2.0     24,066       3.0     19,855       2.9     18,825       3.1     18,160       4.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 1,551,722       100   $ 1,556,092       100.0   $ 808,606       100.0   $ 688,359       100.0   $ 600,028       100.0   $ 450,623       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans increased $7.9 million, or 2.3%, to $361.2 million as of June 30, 2021 from $353.3 million as of December 31, 2020. The increase was due to the addition of several lenders during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and increased productivity of existing lenders in response to market demand. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans increased $133.4 million, or 60.6%, to $353.3 million as of December 31, 2020 from $219.9 million as of December 31, 2019. We acquired $102.1 million in owner-occupied commercial real estate loans on January 1, 2020 as part of the Heritage acquisition. The remaining increase was due to increased productivity of existing lenders in response to an increase in market demand.

Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans increased $8.7 million, or 3.1%, to $286.5 million as of June 30, 2021 from $277.8 million as of December 31, 2020. Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans increased $86.8 million, or 45.4%, to $277.8 million as of December 31, 2020 from $191.0 million as of December 31, 2019. We acquired $46.0 million in non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans on January 1, 2020 as part of the Heritage acquisition. The remaining increase was due to increased productivity and portfolio size of existing lenders in response to an increase in market demand.

 

103


Table of Contents

The following tables present the commercial real estate loan balances, associated percentage of commercial real estate concentrations, and maximum loan-to-value, or LTV, ratio allowed per our loan policy, by collateral type as of the dates indicated. Management prepares for the Bank’s board of directors a quarterly report of LTV policy exceptions for loans that were approved during the immediately preceding quarter. Generally, there are very few policy exceptions identified in the quarterly reports.

 

     As of June 30, 2021  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Loan
Balance
     Percentage of
Commercial
Real Estate
Portfolio
    Maximum LTV
per Policy
 

Industrial

   $ 180,247        27.8     80%  

Office/Medical Office

     97,850        15.1     80%  

Retail

     64,711        10.0     80%  

Gas station/Convenience Store

     49,738        7.7     70%  

Restaurants

     39,405        6.1     70%  

Sports/Entertainment Facility(1)

     33,303        5.1     70%  

Medical Facility(2)

     32,792        5.1     70%  

All other types(3)

     149,704        23.1    

Up to 75%,

depending on type

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total commercial real estate loans

   $ 647,750        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

     As of December 31, 2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Loan
Balance
     Percentage of
Commercial
Real Estate
Portfolio
    Maximum LTV
per Policy
 

Industrial

   $ 161,666        25.6     80%  

Office/Medical Office

     88,416        14.0     80%  

Retail

     65,936        10.4     80%  

Gas station/Convenience Store

     50,760        8.0     70%  

Restaurants

     40,721        6.5     70%  

Sports/Entertainment Facility(1)

     33,484        5.3     70%  

Medical Facilities(2)

     31,818        5.0     70%  

Hotels/Motels

     28,959        4.6     70%  

All other types(4)

     129,317        20.6    

Up to 75%,

depending on type

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total commercial real estate loans

   $ 631,077        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

     As of December 31, 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

   Loan
Balance
     Percentage of
Commercial
Real Estate
Portfolio
    Maximum LTV
per Policy

Industrial

   $ 119,641        29.1   80%

Office/Medical Office

     66,186        16.1   80%

Retail

     58,303        14.2   80%

Medical Facilities(2)

     28,349        6.9   70%

Gas station/Convenience Store

     25,387        6.2   70%

Restaurant

     21,800        5.3   70%

 

104


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Loan
Balance
     Percentage of
Commercial
Real Estate
Portfolio
    Maximum LTV
per Policy
 

All other types(5)

     91,290        22.2    

Up to 75%,

depending on type

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total commercial real estate loans

   $ 410,956        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)

Sports/Entertainment includes country clubs, event centers, recreational sports complexes, a dance studio, and a gun range.

(2)

Medical includes hospital, urgent care, assisted living, hospice and inpatient rehab.

(3)

All other types are those that individually make up less than 5.0% commercial real estate concentrations and as of June 30, 2021 include car washes, hotels/motels, religious, schools and day cares, RV and mobile home parks, self storage, auto dealerships, and other types that individually count for less than 1.0% of the commercial real estate portfolio.

(4)

All other types are those that individually make up less than 5.0% commercial real estate concentrations and as of December 31, 2020 include RV and mobile home parks, car washes, religious facilities, schools and daycares, self storage, auto dealerships, and other types that individually count for less than 1.0% of the commercial real estate portfolio.

(5)

All other types are those that individually make up less than 5.0% commercial real estate concentrations and as of December 31, 2019 include sports/entertainment, self storage, auto dealership, car wash, RV and mobile home parks, oil change/auto repair facilities, hotels/motels, and other types that individually count for less than 1.0% of the commercial real estate portfolio.

Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential real estate loans increased $25.3 million, or 18.0%, to $165.9 million as of June 30, 2021 from $140.6 million as of December 31, 2020. Residential real estate loans increased $53.6 million, or 61.5%, to $140.6 million as of December 31, 2020 from $87.1 million as of December 31, 2019. We acquired $45.2 million in residential real estate loans on January 1, 2020 as part of the Heritage acquisition. The remaining increase was primarily a result of continued organic growth.

Construction and Development Loans. Construction and development loans decreased $17.8 million, or 18.1%, to $80.4 million as of June 30, 2021 from $98.2 million as of December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to loans moving to commercial and residential real estate as construction was completed. Construction and development loans increased $37.8 million, or 62.5%, to $98.2 million as of December 31, 2020 from $60.4 million as of December 31, 2019. We acquired $50.0 million in construction and development real estate loans on January 1, 2020 as part of the Heritage acquisition.

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Commercial and industrial loans decreased $33.6 million, or 5.2%, to $612.3 million as of June 30, 2021 from $645.9 million as of December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily a result of $382.6 million in PPP loan payoffs and forgiveness by the SBA offset by our continued participation in the PPP loan program with an additional $320.5 million in PPP loans booked in the six months ended June 30, 2021. Commercial and industrial loans increased $431.0 million, or 200.5%, to $645.9 million as of December 31, 2020 from $214.9 million as of December 31, 2019. CARES Act loans represented $395.7 million of the increase. We acquired $17.1 million in commercial and industrial loans on January 1, 2020 as part of the Heritage acquisition. In addition, the commercial and industrial loan category includes factored receivables. We provide working capital financing through the purchase of accounts receivable at a discount to face value, which we refer to as commercial finance. Our factored receivables are acquired by TCCC. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, outstanding factored receivables were $28.4 million and $23.1 million, respectively. The remaining increase was due to organic growth in our markets.

Other Loan Categories. Other categories of loans included in our loan portfolio include farmland loans, consumer loans, agricultural loans made to farmers and ranchers relating to their operations and lease financing. None of these categories of loans represents a material portion of our total loan portfolio.

 

105


Table of Contents

The contractual maturity ranges of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and floating interest rates in each maturity range as of the dates indicated are summarized in the following tables:

 

    As of June 30, 2021  

(Dollars in thousands)

  One Year
or Less
    One
Through
Five Years
    After
Five Years
    Total  

Real estate:

       

Commercial real estate:

       

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 31,125     $ 124,278     $ 205,814     $ 361,217  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    18,019       135,090       133,424       286,533  

Residential

    29,105       61,171       75,614       165,890  

Construction, development and other

    25,408       16,903       38,089       80,400  

Farmland

    918       2,958       2,135       6,011  

Commercial and industrial

    161,975       373,971       76,360       612,306  

Consumer

    1,317       2,448       734       4,499  

Other

    2,739       32,127       —         34,866  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 270,606     $ 748,946     $ 532,170     $ 1,551,722  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed rates

  $ 122,121     $ 667,674     $ 47,420     $ 837,215  

Amounts with floating rates

  $ 148,485     $ 81,272     $ 484,750     $ 714,507  

 

    As of December 31, 2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

  One Year
or Less
    One
through
Five Years
    After
Five Years
    Total  

Real estate:

       

Commercial real estate:

       

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 40,554     $ 109,789     $ 202,930     $ 353,273  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    8,006       130,823       138,975       277,804  

Residential

    18,715       49,443       72,464       140,622  

Construction, development and other

    34,989       21,514       41,704       98,207  

Farmland

    551       2,346       1,756       4,653  

Commercial and industrial

    487,123       103,381       55,424       645,928  

Consumer

    1,465       2,177       515       4,157  

Other

    3,076       28,372       —         31,448  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 594,479     $ 447,845     $ 513,768     $ 1,556,092  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed rates

  $ 455,032     $ 392,694     $ 57,627     $ 875,353  

Amounts with floating rates

  $ 139,447     $ 85,151     $ 456,141     $ 680,739  

 

106


Table of Contents
    As of December 31, 2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

  One Year
or Less
    One
through
Five Years
    After
Five Years
    Total  

Real estate:

       

Commercial real estate:

       

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 16,387     $ 96,807     $ 106,726     $ 219,920  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    32,766       81,894       76,376       191,036  

Residential

    15,615       44,311       27,138       87,064  

Construction, development and other

    31,778       14,054       14,613       60,445  

Farmland

    2,379       4,253       727       7,359  

Commercial and industrial

    104,414       75,824       34,697       214,935  

Consumer

    1,616       1,866       299       3,781  

Other

    4,063       20,003       —         24,066  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 209,018     $ 339,012     $ 260,576     $ 808,606  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed rates

  $ 72,918     $ 263,950     $ 17,368     $ 354,236  

Amounts with floating rates

  $ 136,100     $ 75,062     $ 243,208     $ 454,370  

Nonperforming Assets

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. In general, we place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. We also place loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed from income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are, in management’s opinion, reasonably assured.

We believe our conservative lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our bankers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

We had $13.0 million in nonperforming assets as of June 30, 2021, compared to $15.8 million as of December 31, 2020, and $6.4 million as of December 31, 2019, and we had $11.3 million in nonperforming loans as of June 30, 2021, compared to $12.4 million as of December 31, 2020, and $4.6 million as of December 31, 2019. The increase in nonperforming assets from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to the foreclosure of one commercial real estate property, the restructure of several loans during 2020, and the placement of several commercial and real estate loans on nonaccrual during 2020 as a result of continued deteriorating financial performance for the identified loans. We believe that the value recorded for each of the properties held in other real estate owned is adequately supported by recent appraisals.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:

 

     As of
June 30,
2021
    As of December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

  2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Nonaccrual loans(1)

   $ 5,158     $ 7,257     $ 4,078     $ 5,044     $ 4,549     $ 955  

Loans > 90 days and still accruing

     184       752       194       —         694       221  

Restructured loan—accruing

     5,924       4,395       328       419       460       695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

   $ 11,266     $ 12,404     $ 4,600     $ 5,463     $ 5,703     $ 1,871  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

     1,686       3,367       1,767       2,052       727       1,256  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 12,952     $ 15,771     $ 6,367     $ 7,515     $ 6,430     $ 3,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans

     0.73     0.80     0.57     0.79     0.95     0.42

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total assets

     0.56     0.66     0.50     0.65     0.85     0.35

 

(1)

Restructured loans-nonaccrual are included in nonaccrual loans.

The following table summarizes our nonaccrual loans by category as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of
June 30,
2021
     As of December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019      2018      2017      2016  

Nonaccrual loans by category:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,227      $ 4,155      $ 3,342      $ 3,681      $ 2,992      $ 955  

Real estate:

                 

Commercial real estate owner occupied

     1,058        1,944        57      —          —          —    

Commercial real estate non-owner

     365        385        —          1,310        —          —    

Construction and development

     257        264        —          53        —          —    

Residential

     76        85        630        —          1,557        —    

Consumer

     —          —          15      —          —          —    

Other

     —          —          34      —          —          —    

Purchase credit impaired

     175        424      —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans

   $ 5,158      $ 7,257      $ 4,078      $ 5,044      $ 4,549      $ 955  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

COVID-19 Loan Deferments

During March of 2020 and to help mitigate the anticipated effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on certain borrowers, we began offering deferral modifications of principal and/or interest payments for varying periods, but typically no more than 90 days. After 90 days, customers were able to apply for an additional deferral, and a small portion of our customers requested such an additional deferral. At June 30, 2021, we had approximately 660 loans totaling $320.3 million subject to deferral and modification agreements due to COVID-19 whereby certain principal and/or interest payments during a specified period were deferred to the end of each of the loan terms. The CARES Act provides banks an option to elect to not account for certain loan modifications related to COVID-19 as troubled debt restructurings if the borrowers were not more than 30 days past due at December 31, 2019. In the absence of other intervening factors, such short-term modifications made on a good faith basis are not categorized as troubled debt restructurings, nor are loans granted payment deferrals related to COVID-19 reported as past due or placed on non-accrual status. At June 30, 2021, $5.9 million in interest has been recognized by the Company related to these loans which will not be received until the end of each of the loan terms.

Potential Problem Loans

From a credit risk standpoint, we classify loans in one of six categories: pass, special mention, substandard, purchase credit impaired, doubtful or loss. Within the pass category, we classify loans into one of the following

 

108


Table of Contents

five subcategories based on perceived credit risk, including repayment capacity and collateral security: excellent, very good, high pass, pass and watch. The classifications of loans reflect a judgment about the risks of default and loss associated with the loan. We review the ratings of our substandard credits on a monthly basis. Ratings are adjusted to reflect the degree of risk and loss that is believed to be inherent in each credit as of each monthly reporting period. Our methodology is structured so that specific reserve allocations are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality (and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a corresponding decrease in risk and loss).

Credits rated special mention show clear signs of financial weaknesses or deterioration in creditworthiness; however, such concerns are not so pronounced that we generally expect to experience significant loss within the short-term. Such credits typically maintain the ability to perform within standard credit terms and credit exposure is not as prominent as credits with a lower rating.

Credits rated substandard are those in which the normal repayment of principal and interest may be, or has been, jeopardized by reason of adverse trends or developments of a financial, managerial, economic or political nature, or important weaknesses in the collateral for the loan. A protracted workout on these credits is a distinct possibility. Prompt corrective action is therefore required to reduce exposure and to assure that adequate remedial measures are taken by the borrower. Credit exposure becomes more likely in such credits and a serious evaluation of the secondary support to the credit is performed.

Credits purchased from third parties are recorded at their estimated fair value at the acquisition date and are classified as purchase credit impaired (PCI) loans if the loans reflect credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at acquisition that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. For PCI loans after acquisition, cash flows expected to be collected are recast for each loan periodically as determined appropriate by management. If the present value of expected cash flows for a loan is less than its carrying value, impairment is reflected by an increase in the allowance for loan losses and a charge to the provision for loan losses. If the present value of the expected cash flows for a loan is greater than its carrying value, any previously established allowance for loan losses is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield, which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan. Loan dispositions may include sales of loans, receipt of payments in full from the borrower, or foreclosure. Write-downs are not recorded on the PCI loan until actual losses exceed the remaining non-accretable difference. Through June 30, 2021, no write-downs have been recorded for the PCI loans held by the Company.

Credits rated as doubtful have weaknesses of substandard assets that are sufficient to make collection or liquidation in full questionable and there is a high probability of loss based on currently existing facts, conditions and values.

Credits rated as loss are charged-off. We have no expectation of the recovery of any payments in respect of credits rated as loss.

 

109


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the internal ratings of our loans as of the dates indicated:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

  June 30, 2021  
  Pass     % of
Total
    Special
Mention
    % of
Total
    Substandard     % of
Total
    Purchase
Credit
Impaired
    % of
Total
    Doubtful     % of
Total
    Total  

Real estate:

                     

Commercial real estate:

                     

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 348,124       96.4   $ 8,618       2.4   $ 4,475       1.2   $ —         —       $ —         —       $ 361,217  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    263,507       92.0     12,213       4.2     7,400       2.6     3,413       1.2     —         —         286,533  

Residential

    164,785       99.3     —         —         1,025       0.6     80       0.1     —         —         165,890  

Construction, development and other

    75,999       94.5     —         —         257       0.3     4,144       5.2     —         —         80,400  

Farmland

    6,011       100.0     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         6,011  

Commercial and industrial

    598,150       97.7     4,635       0.8     9,283       1.5     238       0.0     —         —         612,306  

Consumer

    4,499       100.0     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         4,499  

Other

    34,866       100.0     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         34,866  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans

  $ 1,495,941       96.4   $ 25,466       1.6   $ 22,440       1.5   $ 7,875       0.5   $ —         —       $ 1,551,722  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

  December 31, 2020  
  Pass     % of
Total
    Special
Mention
    % of
Total
    Substandard     % of
Total
    Purchase
Credit
Impaired
    % of
Total
    Doubtful     % of
Total
    Total  

Real estate:

                     

Commercial real estate:

                     

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 335,442       95.0   $ 12,189       3.4   $ 5,642       1.6   $ —         —       $ —         —       $ 353,273  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    255,468       91.9     12,706       4.6     5,730       2.1     3,900       1.4     —         —         277,804  

Residential

    139,743       99.4     —         —         861       0.6     18       0.0     —         —         140,622  

Construction, development and other

    93,817       95.5     —         —         267       0.3     4,123       4.2     —         —         98,207  

Farmland

    4,653       100.0     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         4,653  

Commercial and industrial

    629,093       97.4     6,144       1.0     9,847       1.5     270       0.0     574       0.1     645,928  

Consumer

    4,157       100.0     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         4,157  

Other

    31,448       100.0     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         31,448  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans

  $ 1,493,821       96.0   $ 31,039       2.0   $ 22,347       1.4   $ 8,311       0.5   $ 574       0.1   $ 1,556,092  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

  December 31, 2019  
  Pass     % of
Total
    Special
Mention
    % of
Total
    Substandard     % of
Total
    Purchase
Credit
Impaired
    % of
Total
    Doubtful     % of
Total
    Total  

Real estate:

                     

Commercial real estate:

                     

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 209,566       95.3   $ 8,059       3.7   $ 1,968       0.9   $ 327       0.1   $ —         —       $ 219,920  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    186,894       97.8     —         —         3,699       2.0     443       0.2     —         —         191,036  

Residential

    86,030       98.8     —         —         459       0.5     575       0.7     —         —         87,064  

Construction, development and other

    60,337       99.8     —         —         108       0.2     —         —         —         —         60,445  

Farmland

    7,359       100.0     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         7,359  

Commercial and industrial

    210,621       98.0     1,283       0.6     2,139       1.0     —         —         892       0.4     214,935  

Consumer

    3,745       99.0     —         —         36       1.0 %     —         —         —         —         3,781  

Other

    24,032       99.9     —         —         34       0.1 %     —         —         —         —         24,066  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans

  $ 788,584       97.5   $ 9,342       1.2   $ 8,443       1.0   $ 1,345       0.2   $ 892       0.1   $ 808,606  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of the loan losses and risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance for loan losses should not be interpreted as an indication that

 

110


Table of Contents

charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in those amounts. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we estimate losses on specific loans, or groups of loans, where the probable loss can be identified and reasonably determined. The balance of the allowance for loan losses is based on internally assigned risk classifications of loans, historical loan loss rates, changes in the nature and volume of our loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, industry or borrower concentrations, delinquency trends, current economic factors and the estimated impact of current economic conditions on certain historical loan loss rates, among other factors. Please see “—Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for Loan Losses.”

In connection with the review of our loan portfolio, we consider risk elements applicable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements we consider include:

 

   

for commercial and industrial loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the business in excess of operating expenses compared to loan repayment requirements), the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral;

 

   

for commercial real estate loans and multi-family residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio, operating results of the owner in the case of owner-occupied properties, the loan-to-value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type;

 

   

for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt-to-income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan-to-value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of the collateral; and

 

   

for construction and development loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan-to-value ratio.

As of June 30, 2021, the allowance for loan losses totaled $13.4 million, or 0.9% of total loans. As of December 31, 2020, the allowance for loan losses totaled $12.0 million, or 0.8% of total loans. Our allowance for loan losses as of June 30, 2021 increased by $1.4 million, or 11.8%, compared to December 31, 2020 primarily due to loan growth and an increase in reserve due to the continuing uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic effects. As of December 31, 2019, the allowance for loan losses totaled $8.1 million, or 1.0% of total loans. Our allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2020 increased $3.9 million, or 47.5%, compared to December 31, 2019, primarily due to the increase in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019, loan growth, and an increase in the reserve due to the continuing uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic effects.

 

111


Table of Contents

The following tables present, as of and for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and other related data:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

  June 30,
2021
    December 31,  
  2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Average loans outstanding

  $ 1,628,988     $ 1,433,412     $ 739,525     $ 649,671     $ 522,918     $ 387,269  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans outstanding at end of period

  $ 1,551,722     $ 1,556,092     $ 808,606     $ 688,359     $ 600,028     $ 450,623  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan loss at beginning of period

  $ 11,979     $ 8,123     $ 6,927     $ 5,460     $ 4,597     $ 3,806  

Provision for loan loss

    1,500       7,550       1,625       1,500       1,613       1,200  

Charge-offs:

           

Real estate:

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    —         (2,336     —         —         —         (450

Commercial and industrial

    (170     (1,389     (506     (108     (750     —    

Consumer

    (18     (7     (2     (14     —         —    

Other

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Charge-offs

    (188     (3,732     (508     (122     (750     (450
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries

           

Real estate:

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

    —         —         50       —         —         —    

Residential

    —         —         —         —         —         41  

Commercial and industrial

    99       33       29     89       —         —    

Consumer

    2       5       —         —         —         —    

Other

    2       —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

    103       38       79       89       —         41  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

    (85     (3,694     (429     (33     (750     (409
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

  $ 13,394     $ 11,979     $ 8,123     $ 6,927     $ 5,460     $ 4,597  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of allowance to end of period loans

    0.86     0.77     1.00     1.01     0.91     1.02

Ratio of net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans

    (0.01 )%      (0.26 )%      (0.06 )%      (0.01 )%      (0.14 )%      (0.11 )% 

Total loans increased from $450.6 million as of December 31, 2016, to $1.56 billion as of December 31, 2020. Net charge-offs were minimal, representing on average 0.12% of average loan balances during the same period. Total loans decreased $4.4 million from December 31, 2020, to $1.55 billion as of June 30, 2021. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, charge-offs and recoveries were minimal, representing a net charge-off of approximately $85,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Although we believe that we have established our allowance for loan losses in accordance with GAAP and that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to provide for known and inherent losses in the portfolio at all times shown above, future provisions for loan losses will be subject to ongoing evaluations of the risks in our loan portfolio. If our primary market areas experience economic declines, if asset quality deteriorates or if we are successful in growing the size of our loan portfolio, our allowance could become inadequate and material additional provisions for loan losses could be required.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses among loan categories and certain other information as of the dates indicated. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses as shown in the table should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

  As of
June 30, 2021
    As of December 31,  
  2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
  Amount     % to
Total
    Amount     % to
Total
    Amount     % to
Total
    Amount     % to
Total
    Amount     % to
Total
    Amount     % to
Total
 

Real estate:

                       

Commercial real estate:

                       

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 3,936       29.4   $ 2,608       21.8   $ 2,158       26.6   $ 1,559       22.5   $ 1,119       20.5   $ 973       21.2

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    4,330       32.3     3,107       25.9     1,627       20.0     1,669       24.1     1,094       20.0     601       13.1

Residential

    1,050       7.8     1,218       10.2     373       4.6     219       3.2     137       2.5     129       2.8

Construction, development and other

    682       5.1     932       7.8     330       4.1     306       4.4     260       4.8     141       3.1

Farmland

    34       0.3     32       0.2     29       0.4     28       0.4     14       0.3     24       0.5

Commercial and industrial

    3,192       23.8     3,858       32.2     3,504       43.1     3,063       44.2     2,731       50.0     2,575       56.0

Consumer

    10       0.1     35       0.3     16       0.2     14       0.2     12       0.2     27       0.6

Other

    160       1.2     189       1.6     86       1.0     69       1.0     93       1.7     127       2.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 13,394       100.0   $ 11,979       100.00   $ 8,123       100.00   $ 6,927       100.00   $ 5,460       100.00   $ 4,597       100.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities

Our investment portfolio consists of state and municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities, and corporate bonds classified as available for sale. The carrying value of such securities is adjusted for unrealized gain or loss, and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

As of June 30, 2021, the carrying amount of the security portfolio was $26.0 million compared to $25.6 million as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $396,000, or 1.5%. As of December 31, 2020, the carrying amount of the security portfolio was $25.6 million, an increase of $25.1 million, compared to $536,000 as of December 31, 2019. Investment securities represented 1.3%, 1.4%, and 0.1% of total assets as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities as of the dates shown:

 

     June 30, 2021  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Investment securities available for sale:

           

State and municipal securities

   $ 1,091      $ 11      $ —      $ 1,102  

Mortgage-backed securities

     887        27        —          914  

Corporate bonds

     23,564        650        (239      23,975  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,542      $ 688      $ (239    $ 25,991  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Investment securities available for sale:

           

State and municipal securities

   $ 1,881      $ 14      $ (1    $ 1,894  

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,005        23        —          1,028  

Corporate bonds

     22,571        321        (219      22,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,457      $ 358      $ (220    $ 25,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Investment securities available for sale:

           

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 535      $ 1      $ —      $ 536  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The mortgage-backed securities held include Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae securities. We do not hold any preferred stock, corporate equity, collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, structured investment vehicles, private label collateralized mortgage obligations, subprime, Alt-A or second lien elements in our investment portfolio. As of June 30, 2021, our investment portfolio did not contain any securities that are directly backed by subprime or Alt-A mortgages.

Our management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date at which the last underlying mortgage matures. The contractual maturities of the mortgage-backed securities held range from 2021 to 2046 and are not a reliable indicator of the expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage-backed securities are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are backed by pools of mortgage loans and other loans with varying maturities. The terms of the underlying mortgages and loans may vary significantly due to the ability of a borrower to prepay. Monthly pay downs on mortgage-backed securities tend to cause the average life of the securities to be much different than the stated contractual maturity. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal, and, consequently, the average life of the security is typically lengthened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments may increase, thereby shortening the estimated life of the security. Therefore, schedules of maturities have been excluded from this disclosure. The weighted average life of our investment portfolio was 7.68 years with an estimated modified duration of 6.34 years as of June 30, 2021. The weighted average life of our investment portfolio was 7.97 years with an estimated modified duration of 6.49 years as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average life of our investment portfolio was 5.11 years with an estimated modified duration of 4.44 years as of December 31, 2019.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale at June 30, 2021, by contractual maturity, are shown below:

 

     June 30, 2021  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 260      $ 261  

Due from one year to five years

     831        841  

Due from five years to ten years

     23,564        23,975  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,655        25,077  

Mortgage-backed securities

     887        914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,542      $ 25,991  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Deposits

We offer a variety of deposit products, which have a wide range of interest rates and terms, including demand, savings, money market and time accounts. We rely primarily on competitive pricing policies and personalized service to attract and retain these deposits.

Total deposits as of June 30, 2021 were $1.78 billion, an increase of $149.4 million, or 9.1%, compared to $1.63 billion as of December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to continued growth in our primary market areas and the increase in commercial lending relationships for which we also seek deposit balances. Total deposits as of December 31, 2020 increased $826.5 million, or 102.4%, compared to $807.3 million as of December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily related to the deposits acquired in the Heritage acquisition and related premium on the acquired deposits, continued growth in our primary market areas and specifically in interest-bearing demand deposit categories (i.e., NOW and money market accounts). We also had an increase in brokered certificates of deposit to supplement our growth during 2020.

As of June 30, 2021, our 15 largest deposit relationships, excluding brokered deposits, accounted for $535.4 million, or 30.0%, of our total deposits. As of December 31, 2020, our 15 largest deposit relationships, excluding brokered deposits, accounted for $487.4 million, or 29.8%, of our total deposits. As of December 31, 2019, our 15 largest deposit relationships, excluding brokered deposits, accounted for $341.4 million, or 42.3%, of our total deposits. Overall, our large deposit relationships have been relatively consistent over time and have helped to continue to grow our deposit base. Our 15 largest deposit relationships, excluding brokered deposits, consisted of demand deposits and time deposits and were comprised of the following entity types as of the periods indicated:

 

     As of
June 30,
     As of December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020      2019  

Trust

   $ 270,832      $ 270,437      $ 176,346  

Business

     116,453        73,423        22,035  

Public Funds

     61,295        64,103        63,304  

Not for Profit

     51,418        51,237        55,682  

Individual

     35,381        28,196        24,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 535,379      $ 487,396      $ 341,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and 2019, none of our 15 largest deposit relationships, excluding brokered deposits, individually represented 10% or more of our total deposits. Our brokered deposit account balance was $230.0 million, or 12.9% of our total deposits, as of June 30, 2021, $230.0 million, or 14.1% of our total deposits, as of December 31, 2020, and $11.3 million, or 1.4% of our total deposits, as of December 31, 2019. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, one brokered deposit relationship represented 11.7% and 12.8%, respectively, of our total deposits. As of December 31, 2019, none of our brokered deposit relationships individually represented 10% or more of our total deposits.

Noninterest-bearing deposits as of June 30, 2021 were $374.9 million, an increase of $47.6 million, or 14.5%, compared to $327.4 million as of December 31, 2020. The December 31, 2020 balance represented an increase of $199.1 million, or 155.2%, compared to $128.3 million as of December 31, 2019, which can be attributed to deposits acquired in the Heritage acquisition, an increase in commercial lending relationships for which we also seek deposit balances and organic growth in our locations.

Total interest-bearing account balances as of June 30, 2021 were $1.41 billion, an increase of $101.9 million, or 7.8%, from $1.31 billion as of December 31, 2020. The December 31, 2020 balance represented an increase of $627.5 million, or 92.4%, from $679.0 million as of December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of Heritage and organic deposit growth.

 

115


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,     As of December 31,  
     2021     2020     2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,036,820        73.6   $ 909,992        69.7   $ 388,430        57.2

Savings

     26,898        1.9     22,261        1.7     5,178        0.8

Time deposits $100,000 and over

     327,419        23.3     356,803        27.3     277,280        40.8

Time deposits less than $100,000

     17,189        1.2     17,414        1.3     8,073        1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,408,326        79.0   $ 1,306,470        80.0   $ 678,961        84.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 374,942        21.0   $ 327,361        20.0   $ 128,297        15.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,783,268        100.0   $ 1,633,831        100.00   $ 807,258        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total time deposit balances as of June 30, 2021 were $344.6 million, a decrease of $29.6 million, or 7.9%, from the total time deposit balances of $374.2 million as of December 31, 2020. The decrease in total time deposit balances was primarily due to a decrease in personal time deposits $100,000 and over resulting from a reduction in interest rates paid. Total time deposit balances as of December 31, 2020 increased $88.9 million, or 31.1%, from the total deposit balances of $285.4 million as of December 31, 2019. The increase in our total time deposit balances was primarily attributable to the Heritage acquisition, our organic growth in our locations, and an increase in brokered certificates of deposit to supplement our growth.

The following table sets forth the Company’s time deposits by time remaining until maturity as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of
June 30,
     As of December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021      2020      2019  

Three months or less

   $ 122,117      $ 110,703      $ 66,089  

Over three months through six months

     87,894        80,384        37,941  

Over six months through twelve months

     108,877        157,972        143,053  

Over twelve months

     25,720        25,158        38,270  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 344,608      $ 374,217      $ 285,353  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average deposits for the six months ended June 30, 2021 were $1.77 billion, compared to average deposits as of December 31, 2020 of $1.46 billion, an increase of $305.2 million. The increase was primarily due to continued growth in our primary market areas and the increase in commercial lending relationships for which we also seek deposit balances. Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $1.46 billion, an increase of $713.1 million, or 95.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in average deposits was primarily due to the Heritage acquisition, continued growth in our primary market areas, the increase in commercial lending relationships for which we also seek deposit balances, and the increase in brokered certificates of deposit.

 

116


Table of Contents

The average rate paid on total interest-bearing deposits was 0.67%, 1.07% and 2.21% for the six months ended June 30, 2021, and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The following table presents the average balances and average rates paid on deposits for the periods indicated:

 

     As of June 30,     As of December 31,  
     2021     2020     2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 377,553        —       $ 310,357        —       $ 122,961        —    

Interest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 1,002,393        0.66   $ 734,638        0.82   $ 353,066        2.07

Savings

     24,843        0.28     19,877        0.21     4,114        0.53

Time deposits $100,000 and over

     344,171        0.71     382,232        1.58     258,315        2.44

Time deposits less than $100,000

     17,330        0.61     13,976        1.45     9,545        1.76
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,388,737        0.67   $ 1,150,723        1.07   $ 625,040        2.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,766,290        0.52   $ 1,461,080        0.84   $ 748,001        1.84
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was 21.4% and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 21.2% and 16.4%, respectively.

Factors affecting the cost of funding interest-bearing assets include the volume of noninterest- and interest-bearing deposits, changes in market interest rates and economic conditions in our primary market areas and their impact on interest paid on deposits, as well as the ongoing execution of our balance sheet management strategy. Cost of total interest-bearing liabilities is calculated as total interest expense divided by average total interest-bearing deposits plus average total borrowings. Our cost of total interest-bearing liabilities was 0.77% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 1.16% and 2.33% for the years ended 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in our cost of funds for the year ended December 31, 2020 from the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to a decrease in our average rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, which were 1.07% in 2020 and 2.21% in 2019.

Borrowings

We have the ability to utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits used to fund our lending and investment activities, each of which is discussed below.

Notes Payable – Senior Debt. On August 30, 2019, the Company renewed a $5.0 million promissory note with a third party lender and extended the maturity date to August 30, 2020. On December 24, 2019, the Company modified the terms of the agreement whereby the note was increased to $10.0 million, and the interest rate was reduced from a floating rate of Wall Street Journal US Prime Rate, plus 0.50%, to a fixed rate of 4.75%. At maturity, the note was renewed and extended to August 31, 2021, in the amount of $10.0 million. The note bore interest at a fixed rate of 4.25%. Interest was payable quarterly on the 30th day of February, May, August and November. All principal and unpaid interest was due upon maturity. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal balance was $10.0 million. The note was secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and was senior in rights to the $13.0 million in subordinated debt described below.

On March 21, 2018, the Company renewed a $15.0 million promissory note to the same third party lender and extended the maturity date to March 10, 2021. On December 24, 2019, the Company modified the terms of the note whereby the fixed interest rate was reduced from 6.00% to 4.75%. Quarterly principal payments of $375,000 plus interest were due and payable on the 10th day of March, June, September, and December through maturity date of March 10, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal balance was $10.9 million. The note was secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and was senior in rights to the $13.0 million in subordinated debt described below.

 

117


Table of Contents

On March 10, 2021, the two aforementioned notes totaling $20.9 million were consolidated into a new revolving line of credit loan with the same third party lender with new funds of $10.0 million for a total facility of $30.9 million. The note bears interest at the Wall Street Journal US Prime Rate, as such changes from time to time, with a floor rate of 4.00% per annum. Interest is payable quarterly on the 10th day of March, June, September and December through maturity date of September 10, 2022. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding principal balance was $20.5 million. The note is secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and is senior in rights to the $13.0 million in subordinated debt described below.

Notes Payable – Subordinated Debt. On September 27, 2018, the Company entered into subordinated note purchase agreements providing for the issuance of a $3.0 million and a $2.0 million subordinated promissory note to two shareholders of the Company. Quarterly interest payments were due on the 27th day of March, June, September, and December. The notes bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% and 6.00%, respectively.

On July 29, 2019, the aforementioned $3.0 million note scheduled to mature on September 27, 2019 was retired and replaced with a new subordinated promissory note to the same shareholder in the amount of $4.0 million. The note bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% through maturity of July 29, 2020. Upon maturity, the note was renewed and increased to $11.0 million with a fixed rate of 6.00%. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity on July 29, 2022. On September 27, 2020, the aforementioned $2.0 million note scheduled to mature on September 27, 2020 was renewed and extended to September 27, 2022 at a fixed rate of 6.00%. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity. The notes are subordinate and junior in rights to the senior indebtedness described above.

Also on July 29, 2019, the Company entered into a subordinated note purchase agreement providing for the issuance of a $2.0 million subordinated promissory note to a shareholder of the Company. Quarterly interest payments were due on the 29th day of January, April, July, and October. The note bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% and matured on July 29, 2020. All principal and unpaid interest was paid at maturity.

Our cost of notes payables was 4.91% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 4.06% and 5.90% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Advances. The FHLB allows us to borrow on a blanket floating lien status collateralized by FHLB stocks, real estate loans and investment securities. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and 2019, total borrowing capacity under this arrangement was $499.7 million, $474.8 million and $295.7 million, respectively.

FHLB advances of $50.0 million were outstanding at June 30, 2021 and $70.0 million and $30.0 million were outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our cost of FHLB advances was 0.84% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 0.89% and 2.03% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In addition, letters of credit with the FHLB in the amount of $119.7 million, $109.5 million, and $98.4 million were outstanding at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The letters of credit are used to collateralize public fund deposit accounts in excess of FDIC insurance limits.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Liquidity involves our ability to raise funds to support asset growth and acquisitions or reduce assets to meet deposit withdrawals and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate on an ongoing basis and manage unexpected events.

For each of the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, liquidity needs were primarily met by core deposits, loan maturities, amortizing loan portfolios, brokered deposits and borrowings.

 

118


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, we maintained federal funds lines of credit with commercial banks that provide for the availability to borrow up to an aggregate of $20.5 million in federal funds. The Company had no advances outstanding under these lines of credit at June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The following table illustrates, during the periods presented, the composition of our funding sources and the average assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of average total assets for the periods indicated. Average assets were $1.99 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2021, $1.67 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $869.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

     For the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years
Ended
December 31,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2021     2020     2019  

Sources of Funds:

      

Deposits:

      

Noninterest-bearing

     19.0     18.6     14.1

Interest-bearing

     70.0     68.9     71.9

FHLB advances

     2.6     3.0     4.3

Notes payable

     1.7     2.4     2.8

Other liabilities

     0.4     0.4     0.4

Shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares

     6.3     6.7     6.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Uses of Funds:

      

Loans, net

     81.4     85.1     84.2

Securities (available for sale and held to maturity)

     1.3     1.0     0.3

Federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets

     12.2     9.1     10.4

Other noninterest-earning assets

     5.1     4.8     5.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average noninterest-bearing deposits to average deposits

     21.4     21.3     16.4

Average gross loans to average deposits

     92.2     98.1     98.9

Our primary source of funds is deposits, and our primary use of funds is loans. We do not expect a change in the primary source or use of our funds in the foreseeable future.

Our average loans increased 13.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020. Our average loans increased 93.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. Our securities portfolio had a weighted average life of 7.68 years and a modified duration of 6.34 years as of June 30, 2021, a weighted average life of 7.97 years and a modified duration of 6.49 years as of December 31, 2020, and a weighted average life of 5.11 years and a modified duration of 4.44 years as of December 31, 2019. We predominantly invest excess deposits in overnight deposits with our correspondent banks, federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits at other banks or other short-term liquid investments until needed to fund loan growth.

As of June 30, 2021, we had $201.0 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and $8.8 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit. As of December 31, 2020, we had $162.4 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and $1.7 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit. As of December 31, 2019, we had $125.6 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and $2.5 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the total outstanding may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

 

119


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, we had no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or capital expenditure of a material nature. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $353.8 million, compared to $186.4 million as of June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due an increase in deposits of $156.9 million and an increase in borrowings of $3.9 million offset by an increase in securities of $22.4 million.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or capital expenditures of a material nature. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $203.6 million, compared to $96.1 million as of December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in deposits of $826.6 million and an increase in borrowings of $43.5 million offset by an increase in loans of $747.5 million and an increase in securities of $25.1 million.

Capital Resources

Total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, increased to $137.8 million as of June 30, 2021, compared to $121.7 million as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $16.1 million, or 13.2%. This increase was primarily the result of $8.7 million in net income for the six months ending June 30, 2021 as well as the issuance of 282,354 shares of our common stock, consisting of 55,047 shares issued in connection with the exercise of stock options and 227,307 shares issued in our private placement offering.

Total shareholders’ equity, including ESOP-owned shares, increased to $121.7 million as of December 31, 2020, compared to $57.3 million as of December 31, 2019, an increase of $64.4 million, or 112.4%. This increase was primarily the result of $12.1 million in net income for the period as well as the issuance of 2,362,555 shares of common stock for $50.9 million in conjunction with the acquisition of Heritage.

Capital management consists of providing equity and other instruments that qualify as regulatory capital to support current and future operations. Banking regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a general matter, FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. We are subject to regulatory capital requirements at the bank holding company and bank levels. See “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Capital Requirements and Capital Adequacy” for additional discussion regarding the regulatory capital requirements applicable to us and the Bank.

As of each of June 30, 2021 and 2020, and December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank was in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank was classified as “well capitalized” for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. As we deploy our capital and continue to grow our operations, our regulatory capital levels may decrease depending on our level of earnings. However, we expect to monitor and control our growth in order to remain in compliance with all regulatory capital standards applicable to us.

 

120


Table of Contents

The following table presents the regulatory capital ratios for the Bank as of the dates indicated.

 

Capital Adequacy Analysis
As of June 30, 2021

 
     Actual     Minimum Capital
Required – Basel III
Fully Phased-In
    To be Categorized
as Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Third Coast Bank, SSB

               

Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 138,954        11.24   $ 86,546        7.00   $ 80,364        6.50

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     138,954        11.24     105,092        8.50     98,910        8.00

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

     152,348        12.32     129,819        10.50     123,637        10.00

Tier 1 leverage capital (to average assets)

     138,954        9.17     60,593        4.00     75,741        5.00

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk

As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Our asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the guidelines for effective funds management, and we have established a measurement system for monitoring our net interest rate sensitivity position. We have historically managed our sensitivity position within our established guidelines.

Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a decrease in current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.

We manage our exposure to interest rates by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not enter into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, financial options, financial future contracts or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. We do not own any trading assets.

Our exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the ALCO, in accordance with policies approved by the Bank’s board of directors. The committee formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the committee considers the impact on earnings and capital on the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes in interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the committee reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management employs methodologies to manage interest rate risk, which include an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and an interest rate shock simulation model.

We use interest rate risk simulation models and shock analyses to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and fair value of equity, and the impact of changes in interest rates on other financial metrics. Contractual maturities and re-pricing opportunities of loans are incorporated in the model, as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the investment portfolio. The average life of our non-maturity deposit accounts are updated annually and are incorporated into the model. The assumptions used are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the

 

121


Table of Contents

impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies.

On a monthly basis, we run simulation models including a static balance sheet. The models test the impact on net interest income and fair value of equity from changes in market interest rates under various scenarios. Under the static model, rates are shocked instantaneously and ramped rate changes over a 12-month horizon based upon parallel and non-parallel yield curve shifts. Parallel shock scenarios assume instantaneous parallel movements in the yield curve compared to a flat yield curve scenario. In addition to the monthly reports, we also run various scenarios based on market trends and management analysis needs. These special reports include stress test reports, reports to test the deposit decay rates and growth reports based on budget. Our internal policy regarding internal rate risk simulations currently specifies that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated net income at risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than 25.0% for a 200 basis point shift and 35.0% for a 300 basis point shift.

The following tables summarize the simulated change in net interest income and fair value of equity over a 12-month horizon as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of June 30,  
     2021     2020  
Change in Interest Rates
(Basis Points)
   Percent Change in
Net Interest
Income
    Percent Change in
Fair Value of
Equity
    Percent Change in
Net Interest
Income
    Percent Change in
Fair Value of
Equity
 

+ 300

     2.10     24.19     7.29     29.15

+ 200

     0.66     16.24     3.98     19.31

+ 100

     (0.19 )%      8.41     1.50     9.97

Base

     —         —         —         —    

–100

     5.04     (3.88 )%      4.99     (2.97 )% 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020     2019  
Change in Interest Rates
(Basis Points)
   Percent Change in
Net Interest
Income
    Percent Change in
Fair Value of
Equity
    Percent Change in
Net Interest
Income
    Percent Change in
Fair Value of
Equity
 

+ 300

     (1.68 )%      20.30     6.59     10.83

+ 200

     (1.91 )%      13.36     4.20     7.40

+ 100

     (1.48 )%      6.82     1.83     3.54

Base

     —         —         —         —    

–100

     5.20     (2.77 )%      0.17     (2.42 )% 

The results are primarily due to behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits during such rate fluctuations. We have found that, historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount and federal funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a gap analysis. The assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various strategies.

Impact of Inflation

Our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or recession.

 

122


Table of Contents

Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, other operating expenses do reflect general levels of inflation.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding our results of operations. Our accounting policies are described in greater detail in Note 1 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that of our accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity:

Loans Held for Investment. Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is recognized using the simple-interest method on the daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Deferred fees and costs associated with originating loans are recognized in income and expense generally in the period in which the fees were received and/or costs were incurred. Under GAAP, such fees and costs generally are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield. Management believes that not deferring such fees and costs and amortizing them over the life of the related loans does not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

During 2021 and 2020, the Bank participated in the PPP. Origination fees related to this program and in excess of $5,000 were deferred and amortized over the life of the loan, either two or five years, on a straight-line basis. The unamortized balance of fees is fully accreted into income when the loan is paid off. Management believes that this method of accretion does not materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement. Reserves on impaired loans are primarily measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining book balance of the asset is deemed collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. A loan is placed back on accrual status when both principal and interest are current and it is probable that the Company will be able to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable and reasonably estimable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. In determining the allowance, the Company estimates losses on individual impaired loans, or groups of loans which are not impaired, where the probable loss can be identified and reasonably estimated. On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses the risk inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio based on qualitative and quantitative trends in the portfolio, including the internal risk classification of loans, historical loss rates, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, industry or borrower concentrations, delinquency trends, detailed reviews of significant loans with identified weaknesses and the impacts of local, regional and national economic factors on the quality of the loan portfolio. Based on this analysis, the Company records a provision for loan losses to maintain the allowance at appropriate levels.

Determining the amount of the allowance is considered a critical accounting estimate, as it requires significant judgment and the use of subjective measurements, including management’s assessment of overall portfolio quality. The Company maintains the allowance at an amount the Company believes is sufficient to provide for estimated losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio at each balance sheet date, and fluctuations

 

123


Table of Contents

in the provision for loan losses may result from management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance. Changes in these estimates and assumptions are possible and may have a material impact on the Company’s allowance, and therefore the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

Transfers of Financial Assets. Management accounts for the transfers of financial assets as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control is surrendered when the assets have been isolated, a transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and there is no agreement to repurchase the assets before their maturity. Management believes the loan participations sold subject to this guidance met the condition to be treated as a sale.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding the impact of recently issued accounting pronouncements which we have adopted.

 

124


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

General

We have a seasoned executive management team and board of directors. Our board of directors is composed of ten directors. In accordance with the Company’s first amended and restated certificate of formation, the Company’s board is divided into three classes: Class A, Class B and Class C. Each class of directors serves staggered three-year terms as follows:

 

   

our Class A directors are Bart O. Caraway, Shelton J. McDonald and W. Donald Brunson and their term will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2023;

 

   

our Class B directors are Carolyn Bailey, Dennis Bonnen, Troy A. Glander and Joseph L. Stunja and their term will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2024; and

 

   

our Class C directors are Reagan Swinbank, Dr. Martin Basaldua and Norma J. Galloway and their term will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2022.

Each of our directors hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders for the year in which their respective term expires and until his or her respective successor is elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until their successors are duly appointed and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

The board of directors of the Bank consists of eleven directors, each of whom also serve on our board of directors except for Dr. Greg Bonnen. As the sole shareholder of the Bank, we elect the directors of the Bank annually for a term of one year. Directors of the Bank hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders following their election and thereafter until their successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Our Directors and Executive Officers

The following table states our directors’ names, positions with the Company and the Bank, their ages as of June 30, 2021, and the years that they began serving as directors of the Company.

 

Name

  

Position(s)

   Age at
June 30, 2021
     Director
Since
     Class  

Bart O. Caraway

   Chairman, President,
Chief Executive Officer
     50        2013        A  

Carolyn Bailey

   Director      60        2020        B  

Dr. Martin Basaldua

   Director      70        2013        C  

Dennis Bonnen

   Director      49        2020        B  

W. Donald Brunson

   Director      76        2019        A  

Norma J. Galloway

   Director      80        2019        C  

Troy A. Glander

   Director      50        2013        B  

Shelton J. McDonald

   Director      41        2019        A  

Joseph L. Stunja

   Director      68        2013        B  

Reagan Swinbank

   Director      40        2020        C  

 

125


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and their ages as of June 30, 2021.

 

Name

  

Position(s)

  Age at
June 30, 2021
 

Bart O. Caraway

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank     50  

Audrey A. Duncan

   Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank     56  

Donald C. Legato

   Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank     53  

R. John McWhorter

   Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank     56  

In addition to our executive officers, our business is managed by other highly qualified and experienced bankers, who oversee various aspects of our organization including lending, credit administration, treasury services, finance, operations, information technology, regulatory compliance and risk management. We believe our team has a demonstrated track record of achieving profitable growth, maintaining a strong credit culture, implementing a relationship-driven approach to banking and successfully executing acquisitions. We believe that the depth of our team’s experience, market knowledge and long-term relationships in our markets help provide us with a steady source of referral business.

Business Background and Experience of Our Directors and Executive Officers

The following is a brief discussion of the business and banking background and experience of our directors and executive officers. With respect to our directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that the person should serve as a director. Unless otherwise indicated, directors have held their positions for the past five years. No director or executive officer has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other director or with any of our executive officers, except that Mr. Dennis Bonnen, a director of the Company and the Bank, is the brother of Dr. Greg Bonnen, a director of the Bank.

Our Directors

Carolyn Bailey. Ms. Bailey has been a director of the Company and the Bank since 2020. Ms. Bailey’s career spans over 30 years and includes combined industry and consulting experience in assisting large multinational companies with complex federal, state and international income tax compliance, accounting and tax department operational and technology issues. She was a partner in tax services at Ernst & Young from 2007 until her retirement in 2019, and has served in various roles including America’s Digital Tax Administration Services Leader and the US Business Tax Compliance Leader. Prior to Ernst & Young, she was the Director of Income Tax Reporting and Accounting for Continental Airlines and Director of Income Tax Reporting and Accounting for GE Capital. Ms. Bailey holds a Certified Public Accountant certification in the State of Texas and a Bachelor of Science in Accountancy from Wright State University in Fairborn, Ohio. Ms. Bailey’s accounting and management experience qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Dr. Martin Basaldua. Dr. Basaldua has been a director of the Company since 2013 and a director of the Bank since 2008. He has been a licensed medical doctor since 1981. Dr. Basaldua is an active leader in numerous medical related endeavors. He is the founder and president of Basaldua & Heller, P.A., a physician group in Kingwood, Texas. He was the co-founder of Kingwood Plaza Hospital (now Kingwood Medical Center Hospital). Dr. Basaldua organized and led the creation of Methodist Medical Group, PLLC (in partnership with the Methodist Hospital at the Texas Medical Center) and served as Chief Executive Officer of Methodist Health Services, LLC. He is also the President of several other organizations, including: Diagnostic Affiliates of Northeast Houston, PLLC; Optimal Health & Wellness, PLLC; PES dba Optimal Skin & Laser; Merit IPA,

 

126


Table of Contents

PLLC; and Pinnacle Executive Services, LLC. Moreover, Dr. Basaldua serves as Chairman of the Board of Merit IPA, PLLC, as well as a board member of Renaissance Physicians Organization, the North Houston Association, Lake Houston Redevelopment Authority, and TIRZ #10. Dr. Basaldua is also an active civic leader. He has served on the Board of Trustees of the North Harris Montgomery Community College District. He has also served on the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board and the Texas Strategic Economic Planning Commission. Dr. Basaldua was the founder of the Northeast Harris County Division of the American Heart Association and has also served on or been a member of numerous other civic organizations. Dr. Basaldua holds a medical degree from the University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio. He also holds a Bachelor of Arts in Biology from Trinity University and an Associate’s Degree from San Antonio College. Dr. Basaldua’s extensive business experience, community involvement, as wells as years of experience as a director of the Company and the Bank, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Dennis Bonnen. Mr. Bonnen has been a director of the Company and the Bank since 2020. Mr. Bonnen has many years of experience as a proven successful banker and founded Heritage Bank in 2008 where he served as President, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to founding Heritage Bank, he held executive positions with First Community Bank, Wells Fargo Bank, and Moody National Bank. In addition, Mr. Bonnen served in the Texas Legislature from 1997 to 2021 and served as the Speaker of the Texas House of Representatives from January 2019 to January 2021. Prior to becoming Speaker of the House, Mr. Bonnen served for the past three legislative sessions as Speaker Pro Tempore and chaired a number of committees focused on economic development, tax policy, insurance, education and many others. He dedicates his time to several business and charitable organization boards in Brazoria County. In 2009, he was named one of the top 40 Houston business leaders under the age of 40 by the Houston Business Journal. Mr. Bonnen is a graduate of St. Edwards University. Mr. Bonnen’s leadership experience and extensive market knowledge qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

W. Donald Brunson. Mr. Brunson has been a director of the Company and the Bank since 2019. Mr. Brunson has more than 46 years of commercial banking and asset-based lending experience, specializing in lending to privately owned businesses in the Greater Houston market. Prior to starting his career in banking, Mr. Brunson spent three years in public accounting with Price Waterhouse & Co. (now known as PricewaterhouseCoopers) as a Certified Public Accountant. He started his banking career with Allied Bank of Texas in 1969 and was a Vice President in commercial lending for seven years. Mr. Brunson joined Northwest Crossing National Bank in 1982 as its first CEO and President. He grew the bank to over $500 million in assets, and the bank was the predecessor to Amegy Bank. After departing Amegy, Mr. Brunson joined American Prudential Capital, specializing in asset based and accounts receivable lending. He was the co-founder and Chairman of the Board of Bank of Houston. In 2016, Mr. Brunson joined Fortiter Wealth Management as Senior Relationship Manager working in Marketing and Sales. Mr. Brunson graduated with a Bachelor of Science in Accountancy from Louisiana Tech University. Mr. Brunson’s extensive banking and financial experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Bart O. Caraway. Mr. Caraway serves as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Caraway has been a director of the Company since formation in 2013 and a director of the Bank since organization in 2008. He is also Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Third Coast Commercial Capital. Mr. Caraway has over 29 years of banking and public accounting experience and is a Texas licensed attorney and Certified Public Accountant. Prior to founding the Bank, he served in executive roles at several other community banks, including as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer for a Houston, Texas bank wherein Mr. Caraway consulted on the de novo formation, managed the acquisition of two banks, ran all of the operations and helped grow the bank to over $600 million in total assets. Mr. Caraway also created and developed the role of Director of Financial Institution Services for Briggs & Veselka Co., one of the largest independent accounting firms in Texas, and was responsible for developing the firm’s financial institution and consulting practice, including bank audit and attestation services; internal audit services; loan reviews; risk assessments; de novo bank chartering; and consulting for mergers and acquisitions, strategic planning, compliance, and management. He is involved in a variety of community

 

127


Table of Contents

activities and charities including Family Connections, an education and support group for families in distress. Mr. Caraway graduated from the University of Texas at Austin with a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting in 1992 and has been a Certified Public Accountant since 1996. Thereafter, he earned a law degree from the University of Houston Law School and has been licensed to practice law since 1999. Mr. Caraway’s deep institutional knowledge and extensive banking and accounting experience, long-standing business and banking relationships in our markets, as well as years of experience as a director of the Company and the Bank, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Norma J. Galloway. Ms. Galloway has been a director of the Company since 2019 and a director of the Bank since November 2018. Most recently, Ms. Galloway served as Executive Vice President and Houston Market President of the Bank. She retired from this position in July 2018 after more than six years with the Bank. Ms. Galloway also served as President of Third Coast Commercial Capital from October 2015 until July 2018. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Galloway had nearly 50 years of banking experience, including 27 years of lending and management with First City Bank, Houston, Texas, where she served as Chairman of the Board and President of First City Bank, North Belt. After joining Compass Bank in 1993, Ms. Galloway worked in several management positions, including President of Compass Bank, Airtex and Commercial Loan Manager of two other locations, Senior Vice President in Commercial Lending and Group Manager in Commercial Lending. Ms. Galloway retired from Compass Bank after 17 years. Ms. Galloway has served as President of the North Houston Chamber of Commerce, President of Risk Management Association (RMA), Houston Chapter, and was named Outstanding Woman of the Year in 1970 by Houston Chapter of American Bankers’ Association. She served for two years in a Bank Advisor role representing the American Bankers’ Association throughout the country. Ms. Galloway holds a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Houston, a degree from the Southwest Graduate School of Banking at Southern Methodist University, a Commercial Lending Graduate Degree from ABA Commercial Lending School at University of Oklahoma, Graduate of Bank Administration Institute Program at University of Wisconsin, Advanced Management from Yale Management School and Executive Management at Wharton University. Ms. Galloway’s substantial banking and management experience, established banking relationships in our markets and community involvement qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Troy A. Glander. Mr. Glander has been a director of the Company since 2013 and a director of the Bank since 2008. He is a partner with Nava & Glander, PLLC and practices primarily in the area of business litigation. He has been a member of the law firm since 2013 and has also served as President of the firm since that time. Mr. Glander has been recognized as a Texas Monthly Magazine “Rising Star”, the SA Longhorns Club and Texas Exes’ “Longhorn of the Year”, and a Texas Monthly Magazine “Super Lawyer.” He has also been recognized as a “Top Attorney in Texas” by Texas Monthly and a “Top Lawyer” by S.A. Scene and is a recipient of AT&T’s “In the Trenches” award, Brown & Brown’s “Peacemaker” award, and the Longhorn Foundation’s “Excellence in Leadership” award. Mr. Glander obtained a Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Texas at Austin and a Doctor of Jurisprudence (J.D.) from St. Mary’s University School of Law. Mr. Glander is a member of the Million Dollar Advocates Forum, Association of Trial Lawyers of America, State Bar of Texas, Texas Association of Defense Counsel, and San Antonio Bar Association. He is a Fellow of the Texas Bar Foundation. He has served on the board of directors for the Texas Association of Defense Counsel and Texas Exes and chaired their Chapter Advisory Board. He is a director of the San Antonio Texas Exes and is a Past-President of the Chapter. He is a director of the San Antonio Longhorn Foundation and is the Past-President of that organization. Mr. Glander’s significant business and legal experience and community involvement, as well as his years of experience as a director of the Company and the Bank, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Shelton J. McDonald. Mr. McDonald has been a director of the Company and the Bank since 2019. Mr. McDonald is an attorney and has served since April 2020 as the Chief Strategy Officer and General Counsel for Joslin Construction Company, Inc. and affiliated companies, which oversees a portfolio of companies that specialize in civil construction, precast concrete manufacturing and heavy equipment rental. From November 2015 to April 2020, Mr. McDonald served as the Chief Operations Officer and General Counsel for Joslin

 

128


Table of Contents

Construction Texas, LLC and affiliated companies, which specializes in civil construction, precast concrete manufacturing and heavy equipment rental. He is also a Principal and Chief Operations Officer for Kopis Capital Management, LLC. Prior to Joslin, he spent eleven years in the practice of law at several local law firms and has been licensed to practice law by the State Bar of Texas since 2005. Mr. McDonald earned his law degree from South Texas College of Law and a Bachelor of Business Administration in finance and real estate from Baylor University. He also has a Series 3 and Series 65 license. Mr. McDonald’s extensive business and legal experience and investment knowledge qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Joseph L. Stunja. Mr. Stunja has served as a director of the Company since 2013 and a director of the Bank since 2008. From August 2016 to December 2019, Mr. Stunja served as Business Development Officer of the Bank. From June 2010 to January 2016, Mr. Stunja also served as director and Treasurer of the San Jacinto River Authority. He retired from Friendswood Development Company in 2012 after 34 years of service and numerous assignments leading up to his role as past president of Friendswood Development Company. Friendswood Development Company, a Lennar Company, was previously a subsidiary of Exxon and developed the Kingwood community. Mr. Stunja and his wife, Tracy, co-owned and operated RE/MAX Associates Northeast, one of the largest real estate agencies in Houston, from 1998 to 2010. He has also been intimately involved in the community. He has served on: the Lake Houston Area (formerly, Humble Area) Chamber of Commerce Board from 1993 to 2012, the Board of the Lake Houston YMCA from 1996 to 2002, Director of the Kingwood Super Neighborhood Council from 2002 to 2012, and The Clubs of Kingwood Board of Governors from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Stunja is also the co-founder and former chairman of the Lake Houston Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone. He has also participated in numerous community advisory committees and philanthropic initiatives. Mr. Stunja earned a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering, as well as a Master’s of Business Administration, from Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Stunja’s broad business and real estate experience and community involvement, as well as his years of experience as a director of the Company and the Bank, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Reagan Swinbank. Mr. Swinbank has been a director of the Company and the Bank since 2020. Prior to becoming a director of the Company and the Bank, Mr. Swinbank served as a board member of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and Heritage Bank from 2017 until the consummation of our merger with Heritage. Mr. Swinbank is a partner at Sprint Waste Services, and has actively managed Sprint Waste since its start in April 2006. Sprint Waste is a leading construction and industrial waste hauling company operating 11 branches along the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast. In addition to Sprint Waste, Mr. Swinbank is a partner with sister companies, Sprint Transport and the Sprint Landfills. Mr. Swinbank is a 2003 graduate of Texas A&M University with a degree in Finance, and lifelong Houstonian. Mr. Swinbank’s broad business experience and banking experience serving as a director of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and Heritage Bank, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Our Non-Director Executive Officers

Audrey A. Duncan. Ms. Duncan has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From June 2015 to January 2021, Ms. Duncan served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. Ms. Duncan is responsible for the Credit Administration Department, which includes loan operations, problem loan workout, loan monitoring, loan analytics and credit underwriting. She is also responsible for the loan loss reserve analysis and Credit Policy. Ms. Duncan is Chairperson of the Officers’ Loan Committee and the Special Assets Committee, as well as a voting member of the Directors’ Loan Committee and Risk Management Committee. Ms. Duncan brings over 34 years of banking and bank regulatory experience to the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, she was employed at LegacyTexas Bank, a bank headquartered in the Dallas market that had $6.5 billion in assets at the time of Ms. Duncan’s departure. During her tenure there, Ms. Duncan served as Senior Vice President and Credit Officer for four years, and then Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for nine years, before being named the Director of Credit Risk Management. Prior to her role with LegacyTexas Bank, Ms. Duncan was a Senior and Commissioned Bank Examiner with the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas from 1989 to 2000. Ms. Duncan graduated from Texas Tech University in 1986 with a Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance.

 

129


Table of Contents

Donald C. Legato. Mr. Legato has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From March 2014 to January 2021, Mr. Legato served as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. Mr. Legato brings over 27 years of banking experience and has served in numerous positions with the Bank since joining in 2009, including Senior Vice President Commercial Lending, Beaumont Market President and Southeast Texas Regional President. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Legato served as Senior Vice President Commercial Lending of Wachovia Bank from 2004 to 2009. Mr. Legato earned his Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice from Lamar University in 1992 and a Bachelor of Business Administration in Economics from Sam Houston State University in 1994.

R. John McWhorter. Mr. McWhorter has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since April 2015 and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since January 2021. From April 2015 to January 2021, Mr. McWhorter served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. Mr. McWhorter brings over 34 years of banking, bank auditing and public accounting experience to the Company and is a Certified Public Accountant. Prior to joining the Company and the Bank, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Bank of Houston, a $1 billion bank headquartered in the Greater Houston market, until it was acquired by Independent Bank. Prior to his role with Bank of Houston, Mr. McWhorter was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cadence Bancorp LLC from March 2010 to June 2012. He also served as Senior Vice President and Controller of Amegy Bank from April 1990 to June 2003 and helped take the bank public and grow to over $5 billion in assets. During his career, Mr. McWhorter has helped complete nine acquisitions and several capital offerings and has led numerous cost saving initiatives. Mr. McWhorter graduated from the University of Texas at Austin with a Bachelor of Business Administration in accounting in 1987 and is a Certified Public Accountant. He has served on the Finance Council at Duchesne Academy and Saint Cecilia Catholic Church and has served in other civic organizations.

Director Independence

Under the rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within a specified period of time of this offering. The rules of Nasdaq, as well as those of the SEC, also impose several other requirements with respect to the independence of our directors.

Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members based upon the rules of Nasdaq and the SEC. Applying these standards, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that, with the exception of Mr. Dennis Bonnen, Mr. Caraway, and Mr. Stunja, each of our directors is an “independent director” under the applicable rules.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon completion of the offering, none of the members of our Compensation Committee will be or will have been an officer or employee of the Company or the Bank. In addition, none of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our Compensation Committee.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. These committees include the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Our directors may also serve on various committees of the board of directors of the Bank, including the Bank’s ALCO, Directors’ Loan Committee and Director Information Technology Committee. Our board of directors also may establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and our corporate governance documents.

 

130


Table of Contents

Audit Committee. The members of our Audit Committee are Ms. Bailey, Mr. Basaldua, Mr. Brunson, Mr. Glander and Mr. McDonald with Ms. Bailey serving as chair of our Audit Committee. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of each of the members of our Audit Committee and has affirmatively determined that each of the members of our Audit Committee (1) is an “independent director” under Nasdaq rules, (2) satisfies the additional independence standards under applicable SEC rules for audit committee service, and (3) has the ability to read and understand fundamental financial statements. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Bailey is a financial expert and has the financial sophistication required of at least one member of the Audit Committee by the rules of Nasdaq due to her experience and background. Our board of directors has also determined that Ms. Bailey qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

The Audit Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements and, in that regard, assists our board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, financial reporting process and systems of internal accounting and financial controls, the selection, engagement, management and performance of our independent auditor that audits and reports on our consolidated financial statements, the performance of our internal audit function, the review of reports of bank regulatory agencies and monitoring management’s compliance with the recommendations contained in those reports and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements related to our financial statements and reporting. Among other things, our Audit Committee has responsibility for:

 

   

compensating and overseeing our independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and our independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

 

   

appointing, retaining, evaluating, and where appropriate, replacing our independent auditor and advising the board of directors on such matters;

 

   

obtaining from our independent auditor, at least annually, a report regarding our independent auditor’s internal quality control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control or peer review or by any inquiry or investigations by governmental or professional authorities, and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing each inspection report issued by the PCAOB;

 

   

obtaining from our independent auditor, at least annually, a formal written statement delineating all relationships between us and our independent auditor, and discussing whether any disclosed relationships or services, or any other factors, have affected or may affect the independence of our independent auditor;

 

   

approving all fees and terms of engagement of our independent auditor, and approving in advance all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditor and any other registered public accounting firm;

 

   

setting policies for hiring employees or former employees of our independent auditor and for audit partner rotation and independent auditor rotation in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

discussing and resolving any disagreements regarding financial reporting between management and our independent auditor, and reviewing with our independent auditor any audit problems, disagreements or difficulties and management’s response thereto;

 

   

overseeing our internal audit function;

 

   

reviewing at least annually our risk areas, assessing the extent of auditing involvement needed over each area, and determining what type of auditing program will best meet our needs;

 

   

reviewing operating and control issues identified in internal audit reports, management letters, examination reports of regulatory agencies and any communications regarding the initiation and status of significant special investigations;

 

131


Table of Contents
   

meeting with management and our independent auditor regarding the identification and resolution status of material weaknesses and reportable conditions in the internal control environment;

 

   

reviewing management’s periodic assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and our independent auditor’s report as to management’s assessments, as well as the periodic certifications of management as to the internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and related matters, each as required by applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

monitoring management’s compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

reviewing regulatory authorities’ examination reports pertaining to the Company, our subsidiaries and associated companies;

 

   

reviewing management reports issued in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Part 363 and the corresponding independent auditor’s attestation and agreed-upon procedures reports;

 

   

reviewing and overseeing all related person transactions in accordance with our policies and procedures;

 

   

establishing and overseeing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

   

reviewing and discussing the scope of the audit of our consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year, at least annually, with management and our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing with management and our independent auditor, prior to filing, our interim consolidated financial statements and the disclosures in the related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q;

 

   

reviewing the results of the quarterly review and any other matters required to be communicated to the Audit Committee by our independent auditor under GAAP and PCAOB auditing standards;

 

   

reviewing with management and our independent auditor, prior to filing, our annual consolidated financial statements and the disclosures in the related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to be included in that Annual Report on Form 10-K, and recommending to the board of directors whether the audited consolidated financial statements should be included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditor our representations that the consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present our consolidated results of operations and consolidated financial condition;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management communications with governmental officials and generally reliable reports raising material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditor periodic reports from the independent auditor including items under Auditing Standards Nos. 1301, 2410 and 3101 and other applicable auditing standards, as adopted by the PCAOB, applicable law or listing standards;

 

   

reviewing internal accounting control reports (management letters) and monitoring testing of the internal accounting control reports, and reviewing our independent auditor’s reports on the effectiveness of disclosures controls and procedures and the certifications of our officers with respect thereto;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management our earnings press releases, the substance of any earnings calls, and any earnings guidance provided to the investment community, as well as financial and other information provided to analysts and rating agencies;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

preparing the Audit Committee report required by SEC rules to be included in the proxy statement relating to our annual meeting of shareholders;

 

   

discussing with our independent auditor the matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the PCAOB and the SEC;

 

   

conducting an annual evaluation of the performance of the Audit Committee and the adequacy of its charter and recommending to our board of directors any changes that it deems necessary; and

 

   

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Audit Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee’s duties and responsibilities. The charter of the Audit Committee will be available on our website at www.tcbssb.com upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee. The members of our Compensation Committee are Ms. Bailey, Mr. Basaldua, Mr. Brunson, Mr. Glander and Mr. McDonald with Mr. Glander serving as chair of our Compensation Committee. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of each of the members of our Compensation Committee and has affirmatively determined that each of the members of our Compensation Committee meets the definition of an “independent director” under Nasdaq rules.

Our board of directors has also determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee qualifies as a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

The Compensation Committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our overall compensation structure, policies and programs and assessing whether such structure establishes appropriate incentives and meets our corporate objectives, the compensation of our executive officers and the administration of our compensation and benefit plans.

Among other things, our Compensation Committee has responsibility for:

 

   

reviewing and determining, and recommending to our board of directors for its confirmation, the annual compensation, annual incentive opportunities and any other matter relating to the compensation of our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer; all employment agreements, severance or termination agreements, change in control agreements or similar agreements proposed to be entered into between any executive officer and us;

 

   

reviewing and determining, and recommending to our board of directors for its confirmation, modifications to our philosophy and practices relating to compensation of our directors, executive officers, and other members of management;

 

   

reviewing and determining, and recommending to our board of directors for its confirmation, the establishment of performance measures and the applicable performance targets for each performance-based cash and equity incentive award to be made under any benefit plan;

 

   

taking all actions required or permitted under the terms of our benefit plans, with separate but concurrent authority, and reviewing at least annually the overall performance, operation, and administration of our benefit plans;

 

   

reviewing and recommending action by our board of directors with respect to various other matters in connection with each of our benefit plans;

 

   

reviewing with our Chief Executive Officer the compensation payable to employees other than our executive officers, including equity and non-equity incentive compensation and other benefits and our total incentive compensation program envisioned for each fiscal year;

 

133


Table of Contents
   

consulting with our Chief Executive Officer regarding a succession plan for our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, reviewing our leadership development process for senior management positions, and reviewing compensation, incentive and other programs to promote such development;

 

   

reviewing the performance of our executive officers for each fiscal year;

 

   

reviewing annually and recommending to our board of directors for its approval the non-employee director compensation program for each year;

 

   

administering our compensation and benefit plans with respect to employees and consultants who are subject to the short-swing profit restrictions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act to ensure the exemption provided under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act is available to our directors and those officers subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act;

 

   

retaining, or obtaining the advice of, such compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisers as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate for it to carry out its duties, with direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of such consultant, counsel or adviser;

 

   

overseeing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the Company’s compliance with SEC rules and regulations regarding shareholder approval of certain executive compensation matters, including advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute compensation and approval of equity compensation plans, and reviewing any proxy statement disclosures related to any of the foregoing;

 

   

conducting an annual evaluation of the performance of the Compensation Committee and the adequacy of its charter and recommending to our board of directors any changes that it deems necessary; and

 

   

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Compensation Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee’s duties and responsibilities. The charter of the Compensation Committee will be available on our website at www.tcbssb.com upon completion of this offering.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The members of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are Ms. Bailey, Mr. Basaldua, Mr. Brunson, Mr. Glander and Mr. McDonald with Mr. Basaldua serving as chair of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of each of the members of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and has affirmatively determined that each of the members of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee meets the definition of an “independent director” under Nasdaq rules.

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of identifying and recommending persons to be nominated for election as directors and to fill any vacancies on our board of directors, monitoring the composition and functioning of the standing committees of our board of directors, developing, reviewing and monitoring our corporate governance policies and practices, monitoring and reviewing our policies and programs that relate to public issues of significance to us and the public at large, including but not limited to Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance, or ESG, matters, and otherwise taking a leadership role in shaping the corporate governance of the Company.

Among other things, our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for:

 

   

reviewing the performance of our board of directors and each of its committees;

 

   

identifying, assessing and determining the qualification, attributes and skills of, and recommending for approval by our board of directors, persons to be nominated by our board of directors for election as directors and to fill any vacancies on our board of directors;

 

134


Table of Contents
   

reviewing the background, qualifications and independence of individuals being considered as director candidates, including persons proposed by our shareholders;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors each director’s suitability for continued service as a director upon the expiration of his or her term and upon any material change in his or her status;

 

   

reviewing the size and composition of our board of directors as a whole, and recommending any appropriate changes to reflect the appropriate balance of required independence, knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and diversity;

 

   

monitoring the function of our standing committees and recommending any changes, including the director assignments and the creation or elimination of any committee;

 

   

overseeing, receiving reports from and advising management on ESG matters, including but not limited to, our policies and programs pertaining to environmental sustainability, climate change, human rights, and community investment;

 

   

developing, reviewing and monitoring compliance with our corporate governance guidelines and policies and the corporate governance provisions of the federal securities laws and the listing rules applicable to us and/or our subsidiaries;

 

   

investigating any alleged violations of such guidelines and the applicable corporate governance provisions of federal securities laws and listing rules, and reporting such violations to our board of directors with recommended corrective actions;

 

   

reviewing our and our subsidiaries’ corporate governance practices in light of best corporate governance practices among our peers, determining whether any changes in such corporate governance practices are necessary and recommending any proposed changes in such corporate governance policies;

 

   

considering any resignation tendered to our board of directors by a director and recommending the acceptance of such resignation if appropriate;

 

   

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest involving directors, including operations that could be considered competitive with our operations or that otherwise present a conflict of interest;

 

   

developing and recommending to our board of directors for approval standards for determining whether a director has a relationship with the Company that would impair his or her independence;

 

   

overseeing our director orientation and continuing education programs for our board of directors;

 

   

conducting an annual evaluation of the performance of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the adequacy of its charter and recommending to our board of directors any changes that it deems necessary; and

 

   

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee’s duties and responsibilities. The charter of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will be available on our website at www.tcbssb.com upon completion of this offering.

In carrying out its functions, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will develop qualification criteria for all potential nominees for election, including incumbent directors, board nominees and shareholder nominees to be included in the Company’s future proxy statements. These criteria may include the following attributes:

 

   

adherence to high ethical standards and high standards of integrity;

 

135


Table of Contents
   

sufficient educational background, professional experience, business experience, service on other boards of directors and other experience, qualifications, diversity of viewpoints, backgrounds, experiences, demographics, attributes and skills that will allow the candidate to serve effectively on our board of directors and the specific committee for which he or she is being considered;

 

   

evidence of leadership, sound professional judgment and professional acumen;

 

   

evidence the nominee is well recognized in the community and has a demonstrated record of service to the community;

 

   

a willingness to abide by each published code of conduct or ethics for the Company and to objectively appraise management performance;

 

   

the ability and willingness to devote sufficient time to carrying out the duties and responsibilities required of a director;

 

   

any related person transaction in which the candidate has or may have a material direct or indirect interest and in which we participate; and

 

   

the fit of the individual’s skills and personality with those of other directors and potential directors in building a board of directors that is effective, collegial and responsive to the needs of the Company and the interests of our shareholders.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that sets forth the standard of conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website at www.tcbssb.com upon completion of this offering. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website, as well as by any other means required by Nasdaq rules or the SEC.

Board’s Role in Cybersecurity Risk Oversight

Cybersecurity risk is a key consideration in our management of operational risk. We maintain a formal information security program, which is approved annually by the Bank’s board of directors. Regular board oversight is accomplished primarily through the Director Information Technology Committee of the Bank’s board of directors, which receives quarterly reports on significant matters of actual, threatened or potential breaches of cybersecurity. Additionally, on an annual basis, the Director Information Technology Committee and the Audit Committee receive a full report on our information security program, including review of an annual cybersecurity risk assessment and relevant cybersecurity training. We also maintain specific cyber insurance through our corporate insurance program, the adequacy of which is subject to review and oversight by the Bank’s board of directors.

 

136


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

As an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, permitting us to limit reporting of executive compensation to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2020, which are referred to as our “named executive officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation paid, awarded to, or earned by each of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

     Year      Salary ($)      Bonus ($)      Option
Awards ($)(1)
     All other
compensation ($)(2)
     Total ($)  

Bart O. Caraway,
Chief Executive Officer and President

     2020        525,000        575,000        100,691        88,355        1,289,046  

Donald C. Legato,
Chief Lending Officer

     2020        294,993        150,000        30,057        65,549        540,599  

R. John McWhorter,
Chief Financial Officer

     2020        299,998        150,000        6,011        94,906        550,915  

 

(1)

The amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair values of the option awards granted during 2020.

(2)

All other compensation for 2020 includes: $11,400 of matching contributions to Mr. Caraway’s 401(k) account, $165 of life insurance premiums for Mr. Caraway, and an accrual of $76,790 in connection with Mr. Caraway’s salary continuation agreement; $11,000 of matching contributions to Mr. Legato’s 401(k) account, $195 of life insurance premiums for Mr. Legato, and an accrual of $54,354 in connection with Mr. Legato’s salary continuation agreement; and $11,000 of matching contributions to Mr. McWhorter’s 401(k) account, $263 of life insurance premiums for Mr. McWhorter, and an accrual of $83,643 in connection with Mr. McWhorter’s salary continuation agreement.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

The compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers in the future. We will continue to review, evaluate and modify our compensation framework in an effort to maintain a competitive total compensation package. As such, and as a result of our becoming a publicly traded company, the compensation program following this offering could vary from our historical practices.

Base Salary

Each named executive officer’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation for each year for performing specific job duties and functions. Historically, we have established annual base salary rates for Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato and Mr. McWhorter at a level necessary to retain the individual’s services and we have reviewed base salaries on an annual basis at the end of each year. We have historically made adjustments to the base salary rates of the named executive officers upon consideration of any factors that our board of directors deems relevant, including but not limited to (i) any increase or decrease in the executive’s responsibilities, (ii) the executive’s job performance, and (iii) the level of compensation paid to executives of other companies with which we compete for executive talent, as estimated based on publicly available information and the experience of members of the board of directors and management.

Bonus

Historically, the compensation committee has provided discretionary cash bonuses each year. The amount of these discretionary awards, if any, has been based on an overall assessment of the Company’s and the executive’s

 

137


Table of Contents

performance, while taking into consideration other factors such as market conditions, regulatory changes, accounting changes, tax law changes and other items that may impact our strategic direction.

Stock-Based Compensation Awards

Stock-based compensation awards may consist of options to acquire shares of our common stock, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or performance stock units issued pursuant to the 2019 Plan, which, as described more fully below, allows the Compensation Committee to establish the terms and conditions of the awards, subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan. We believe that stock-based compensation will help us attract, retain and motivate our key employees. Our board of directors believes that equity incentive awards play a key role in these programs as they help align the interests of our employees with those of our shareholders. The 2019 Plan allows us to provide equity and equity-based incentives to select officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants to strengthen their commitment and motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities. We believe that the 2019 Plan provides us a tool to attract and retain competent and dedicated persons who are essential to our growth and success and whose efforts will impact our long-term growth and profitability.

Benefits

Health and Welfare Benefits. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits program, which offers medical, dental, vision, life, accident and disability coverage, on the same terms and conditions generally available to our other employees.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI). The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain officers, including the named executive officers, and directors. Only those who consented to the purchase of the life insurance were insured. The Bank placed reasonable amounts of insurances on each officer’s life. The policies are structured as modified endorsement contracts, which limit the death benefits in relation to cash value.

401(k) Plan. Our named executive officers may elect to participate in the Bank’s 401(k) plan, which is designed to provide retirement benefits to all eligible employees. The Bank’s 401(k) plan provides our and our subsidiaries’ employees the opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-deferred basis by allowing them to defer a portion of their eligible compensation to the 401(k) plan, subject to applicable statutory limits. We match 100% of each participating employee’s salary deferral contributions up to 3% of his or her eligible compensation and 50% of each participating employee’s salary deferral contributions from 3% to 5% of his or her eligible compensation. These matching contributions are made to the ESOP in the form of cash or shares of our common stock.

Employment Agreements.

In June 2020, the Company and the Bank entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Caraway and the Bank entered into employment agreements with Mr. Legato and Mr. McWhorter. Pursuant to the employment agreements, Mr. Caraway serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Bank, Mr. Legato serves as the Chief Lending Officer of the Bank, and Mr. McWhorter serves as the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. Each employment agreement has an initial term through the third anniversary of the effective date of such agreement, and automatic one-year renewals thereafter unless either party provides written notice of its intent to not renew at least 90 days prior to the renewal date. Under the employment agreements, Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato, and Mr. McWhorter are entitled to an annual base salary of $475,000, $265,000, and $275,000, respectively, subject to annual review by the Bank’s board of directors. The Bank’s board of directors may increase (but not decrease) the named executive officer’s salary during the employment term. Each named executive officer also has the opportunity to earn an annual bonus at the discretion of the Bank’s board of directors or the Compensation Committee of the Bank’s board of directors. Each named executive officer is also eligible to receive employee benefits, fringe benefits and perquisites in

 

138


Table of Contents

accordance with the Bank’s established policies, and to be considered to receive grants of equity-based awards commensurate with such named executive officer’s position and responsibilities with the Bank at the discretion of the Bank’s board of directors or the Compensation Committee of the Bank’s board of directors in accordance with the Company’s equity plan in effect from time to time. In addition, each employment agreement provides for certain severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment and certain payments in connection with a “Change of Control.” See “—Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change of Control.” Pursuant to the employment agreements, each named executive officer is subject to a confidentiality covenant, a non-competition covenant during employment and for one year following termination, and a non-solicitation covenant during employment and for one year following termination.

Salary Continuation Agreements.

In July 2020, the Bank entered into salary continuation agreements with Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato and Mr. McWhorter. The salary continuation agreements generally provide for an annual benefit for Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato and Mr. McWhorter of $311,453, $155,665, and $143,525, respectively, payable in equal monthly installments for a period of 10 years (the “Normal Retirement Benefit”) following the named executive officer attaining age 62 (the “Normal Retirement Age”). If such named executive officer dies before receiving all benefit payments, the payments will instead be made to his beneficiary on the same schedule. Additionally, if the named executive officer dies while in active service and before any payments commence, his beneficiary will be entitled to receive the Normal Retirement Benefit, notwithstanding his age at the time of his death.

In the event of an involuntary termination of employment (other than for “Cause” (as such term is defined in the applicable salary continuation agreement)) or voluntary termination of employment prior to attaining the Normal Retirement Age, the named executive officer is entitled, instead, to a lump sum payment equal to a percentage of the liability accrual balance reflected on the Bank’s financial statements, with such percentage determined in accordance with a vesting schedule specified for each such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a “Change in Control” or the named executive officer’s “Disability” (as each of those terms is defined in the applicable salary continuation agreement) prior to attaining the Normal Retirement Age, the named executive officer will be entitled to 100% of the liability accrual balance reflected on the Bank’s financial statements as of the date of the Change in Control or Disability, as applicable. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had accrued $76,790, $54,354 and $83,643, for Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato and Mr. McWhorter, respectively, for future payments under the salary continuation agreements. Pursuant to the salary continuation agreements, each named executive officer is subject to a confidentiality covenant and a non-solicitation covenant during employment and for two years following termination. The salary continuation agreements are more fully described in “—Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change of Control” below.

Long-Term Incentive Plans

At our 2019 Annual Meeting, our shareholders approved the 2019 Plan, which was previously approved by our board of directors. Following the approval of the 2019 Plan, we may not make further awards under the 2013 Plan and all shares remaining available for future awards under the 2013 Plan became available for award under the 2019 Plan. Any existing awards that are forfeited or otherwise terminate or are canceled without the delivery of shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan will become available for issuance under the 2019 Plan; however, any previously outstanding award granted under the 2013 Plan will remain subject to the terms of such plan until such award is no longer outstanding. In addition to our 2019 Plan, we also maintain the 2017 Plan, which we utilized to incentivize members of our board of directors by facilitating increased ownership of our common stock through awards of options to acquire our common stock under the 2017 Plan.

Summary of 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Eligibility. The officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2019 Plan.

 

139


Table of Contents

Types of Awards. The 2019 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses, other stock-based awards, cash awards, and dividend equivalents.

Shares Available; Certain Limitations. As of June 30, 2021, 397,150 shares of our common stock were reserved for future awards under the 2019 Plan, subject to equitable adjustment upon the occurrence of any extraordinary dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event. At our 2021 Annual Meeting, our shareholders approved an amendment to the 2019 Plan to increase by 500,000 the number of shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under the 2019 Plan.

To the extent that an award under the 2019 Plan terminates, expires, lapses for any reason, or is settled in cash, any shares of common stock subject to the award will again be available for the grant of an award pursuant to the 2019 Plan. Further, any shares of common stock tendered by a participant or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award, or any shares of common stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding award, will again be available for the grant of an award pursuant to the 2019 Plan.

Notwithstanding any provision in any policy of the Company regarding compensation payable to a non-employee director, the sum of the grant date fair value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of all awards payable in shares of common stock and the maximum amount that may become payable pursuant to all cash-based awards that may be granted under the 2019 Plan to an individual as compensation for services as a non-employee director, together with cash compensation paid to the non-employee director in the form of retainers, meeting or similar fees, during any calendar year shall not exceed $500,000.

Administration. The 2019 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee, except to the extent our board of directors elects to administer the 2019 Plan. The Compensation Committee has the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to: (a) designate eligible persons as 2019 Plan participants; (b) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to an eligible person; (c) determine the number of shares of common stock or amount of cash to be covered by awards; (d) determine the terms and conditions of any award, consistent with the terms of the 2019 Plan, as well as the modification of such terms, which may include the acceleration of vesting, waiver of forfeiture restrictions, modification of the form of settlement of the award (for example, from cash to common stock or vice versa), or modification of any other condition or limitation regarding an award, based on such factors as the Compensation Committee may determine, in its sole discretion; (e) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be vested, settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (f) interpret and administer the 2019 Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an award made under the 2019 Plan; (g) establish, amend, suspend, or waive rules and regulations used to administer the 2019 Plan; and (h) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2019 Plan.

Exercisability and Vesting. Awards under the 2019 Plan are subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture, exercisability (in the case of stock options and stock appreciation rights), and other restrictions, if any, as the Compensation Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Compensation Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter.

Stock Options. Options entitle the participant to purchase shares during a specified period at a purchase price specified by the Compensation Committee (at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the day the option is granted). Each option will have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, or such lesser period as the Compensation Committee may determine. Each option will be identified in the

 

140


Table of Contents

applicable award agreement as either a non-qualified stock option or an option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Incentive stock options are required to have specific terms contained in Section 422 of the Code and which will be set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right may be granted in connection with an option, either at the time of grant or at any time thereafter during the term of the option, or may be granted unrelated to an option. Stock appreciation rights generally permit the participant to receive cash or shares equal to the difference between the exercise price of the stock appreciation right (which must equal or exceed the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant) and the fair market value of the related shares on the date of exercise for a period of no more than ten years.

Restricted Stock. The Compensation Committee may grant restricted shares to such persons, in such amounts, and subject to such terms and conditions (including the attainment of performance goals) as it may determine in its discretion. Except for restrictions on transfer and such other restrictions as the Compensation Committee may impose, participants will have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the restricted stock.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit award is an award of the right to receive an amount of cash or shares at a future date based upon the value of the shares at the time of vesting of the award, or if the award is denominated in cash, the right to receive an amount of cash per unit that is determined by the Compensation Committee.

Other Stock-Based Awards. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant to eligible persons such other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, shares of common stock, as deemed by the Compensation Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the 2019 Plan, including without limitation convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock, purchase rights for shares of common stock, awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Compensation Committee, and awards valued by reference to the book value of a share of common stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified subsidiaries of the Company.

Performance Awards. The right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any award subject to performance conditions.

Stock Awards. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant a stock award under the 2019 Plan to any eligible person as a bonus, as additional compensation, or in lieu of cash compensation the individual is otherwise entitled to receive, in such amounts and subject to such other terms as the Compensation Committee in its discretion determines to be appropriate.

Cash Awards. The Compensation Committee may grant awards that are payable solely in cash, as deemed by the Compensation Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the 2019 Plan, and such cash awards will be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations determined by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, from time to time. Cash awards may be granted with value and payment contingent upon the achievement of performance criteria.

Dividend Equivalents. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant dividend equivalents to an eligible person, entitling the eligible person to receive cash, common stock, other awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of common stock, or other periodic payments. Dividend equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than an award of restricted stock or a stock award). The Compensation Committee may provide that

 

141


Table of Contents

dividend equivalents will be paid or distributed when accrued or at a later specified date, and if distributed at a later date may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of common stock, awards, or other investment vehicles or accrued in a bookkeeping account without interest, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Compensation Committee may specify. With respect to dividend equivalents granted in connection with another award, absent a contrary provision in the award agreement, such dividend equivalents will be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the award with respect to which the dividends accrue and will not be paid unless and until such award has vested and been earned.

Change of Control. Unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement or otherwise, following a “change of control” of the Company (as defined in the 2019 Plan), with respect to each outstanding award that is not assumed or substituted in connection with a change of control, immediately upon the occurrence of the change of control, such award will become fully vested and exercisable, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such award will be deemed to be achieved at target performance levels.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2019 Plan or an award agreement to the contrary, upon a “change of control” of the Company or change in the Company’s outstanding common stock by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any award, the Compensation Committee, acting in its sole discretion, may effect one or more of the following alternatives: (a) remove any applicable forfeiture restrictions on any award; (b) accelerate the time of exercisability of an award so that such award may be exercised in full or in part for a limited period of time on or before a date specified by the Compensation Committee; (c) provide for a cash payment with respect to outstanding awards in exchange for the mandatory surrender and cancellation of some or all of the outstanding awards held by such holders (irrespective of whether such awards are then vested or exercisable pursuant to the 2019 Plan); (d) cancel awards that are unexercisable or remain subject to a restricted period as of the date of a change of control without payment of any consideration to the participant for such awards; or (e) make such adjustments to awards then outstanding as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate to reflect such change of control (including, but not limited to, the substitution, assumption, or continuation of awards by the successor company or a parent or subsidiary thereof for new awards, and the adjustment as to the number and price of shares of common stock or other consideration subject to such awards).

Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements. Notwithstanding any provision of the 2019 Plan or any agreement to the contrary, awards granted under the 2019 Plan will expire or be forfeited, to the extent not exercised or settled, within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of notice from the Company’s primary federal or state regulator that (a) the Company has not maintained its minimum capital requirements (as determined by the regulator) and (b) the regulator is requiring termination or forfeiture of the awards. Upon receipt of such notice from the applicable regulator, the Company will promptly notify each participant that such awards have become fully exercisable and vested to the full extent of the grant and that the participant must exercise the award or the award must be settled, as applicable, prior to the end of the 45-day period or such earlier period as may be specified by the regulator or the participant will forfeit such awards. In case of forfeiture, no participant will have a cause of action, of any kind or nature, with respect to the forfeiture against the Company or any parent or subsidiary.

Amendment and Termination of the 2019 Plan. The board of directors may amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2019 Plan or the Compensation Committee’s authority to grant awards under the 2019 Plan without the consent of shareholders or participants, except that any amendment, including any increase in any share limitation, is subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders not later than the annual meeting next following such action if such shareholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our common stock may then be listed or quoted. Without the consent of an affected participant, no such amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of such participant under any previously granted and outstanding award.

 

142


Table of Contents

Summary of 2017 Director Stock Option Plan.

Eligibility. The members of the board of directors of the Company are eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan.

Types of Awards. The 2017 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options.

Shares Available; Certain Limitations. Subject to provisions of the 2017 Plan relating to capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to options under the 2017 Plan may not exceed 187,000 shares. As of June 30, 2021, there were no shares of our common stock reserved for future awards under the 2017 Plan. The stock issuable under the 2017 Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued common stock, or reacquired common stock (including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise).

If any (a) option for any reason expires or is otherwise terminated, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, or (b) shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an option are not delivered to a director because such shares are withheld for the payment of all or any portion of the aggregate exercise price therefor, then the shares of common stock issuable but not issued and delivered under such option will remain available for issuance under the 2017 Plan and such expiration, termination, cancellation, settlement, withholding, forfeiture or repurchase will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the 2017 Plan. If the exercise price of any option is satisfied by tendering shares of common stock held by the director (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered will be treated as having been withheld from the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the option pursuant to clause (b) of the preceding sentence and the number of shares deemed to have been so withheld will remain available for issuance under the 2017 Plan and such withholding will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the 2017 Plan. If any shares of common stock delivered to a director upon the exercise of an option shall for any reason be repurchased by the Company under a repurchase option provided under the 2017 Plan or any award agreement, the shares of common stock repurchased by the Company under such repurchase option will not revert to or otherwise become available for issuance again under the 2017 Plan.

Administration. The 2017 Plan is administered by the board of directors. The board of directors has the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to: (a) construe and interpret the 2017 Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to the 2017 Plan’s administration and take any other actions necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2017 Plan; (b) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency or ambiguity in the 2017 Plan; (c) determine, from time to time, (i) which of the eligible directors will be granted options, (ii) when and how each option will be granted, (iii) what type of option will be granted, (iv) the provisions of each option granted, including the time or times when a person will be permitted to exercise such option, and (v) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which an option will be granted to each such director; (d) settle all controversies regarding the 2017 Plan or any award agreement, or any option granted thereunder; (e) accelerate the time at which an option may first be exercised or the time during which any option or any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of an option will vest in accordance with the 2017 Plan; (f) suspend or terminate the 2017 Plan at any time; (g) amend the 2017 Plan in any respect the board of directors deems necessary or advisable; (h) approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2017 Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more option or award agreement; (i) effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected director, the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding option under the 2017 Plan, the cancellation of any outstanding option under the 2017 Plan and the grant in substitution thereof of a new option under the 2017 Plan (or another equity plan of the Company) covering the same or a different number of shares of common stock, cash and/or any other valuable consideration (as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion) or any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; and (j) exercise such powers and perform such acts as the board of directors deems necessary or expedient to promote the Company’s best interests and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the 2017 Plan or any options.

 

143


Table of Contents

Exercisability and Vesting. Awards under the 2017 Plan are subject to such restrictions on exercisability and transferability, including special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, bring-along rights and other restrictions, if any, as the board of directors may determine. Such restrictions will be set forth in the applicable award agreement and apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of shares of common stock generally. The total number of shares of common stock subject to an option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The option may be subject to other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the board of directors deems appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual options may vary.

Stock Options. Options entitle the participant to purchase shares during a specified period at a purchase price specified by the board of directors (at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the day the option is granted, though an option may be granted with an exercise price lower than 100% of fair value if such option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code). Each option will have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, or such lesser period as the board of directors may determine. All options granted under the 2017 Plan shall be nonstatutory stock options within the meaning of Section 421 of the Code.

The 2017 Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a director pursuant to an award, nothing contained in the 2017 Plan or any award agreement shall give the director any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or an affiliate.

Shareholder Rights; Service Rights; Investment Assurances. No director will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to an option unless and until such director has duly exercised such option pursuant to its terms and the Company has duly and validly issued to the director the shares of common stock issuable upon such exercise.

Neither the 2017 Plan nor any options awarded under the 2017 Plan confer on any director the right to continue to serve as a member of the board of directors or in any other capacity.

The Company may require a director, as a condition of being granted any option or exercising an option, to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company that the director is acquiring the option and the common stock issued or issuable pursuant thereto for the director’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the option or any such common stock. This requirement, and any assurances given pursuant to this requirement, will be inoperative if the issuance of common stock upon the grant of an option or the exercise of an option has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or as to any particular requirement, to the extent that a determination is made by counsel to the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the securities laws then applicable.

Change in Control. In connection with any “change in control” of the Company (as defined in the 2017 Plan), the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume any options outstanding under the 2017 Plan or substitute similar options (including options to acquire the consideration that would have been received by the holders of options had they exercised their options immediately prior to the consummation of such change in control transaction) for those outstanding under the 2017 Plan. If such surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume such options or substitute similar options for those outstanding under the 2017 Plan, then (a) the vesting of options held by directors whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the change in control shall be accelerated in full and any or all of such options may be exercised in connection with the change in control transaction and (b) all options not exercised prior to or in connection with the change in control transaction shall terminate. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of Section 9(c) of the 2017 Plan and the provisions of any award agreement, the provisions of such award agreement will control and govern with respect to the options granted thereunder and the common stock issued or issuable pursuant thereto.

 

144


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination of the 2017 Plan. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2017 Plan subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. Except as provided by the terms of the 2017 Plan relating to capitalization adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the Company’s shareholders, to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of any applicable law or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirement.

Summary of 2013 Stock Option Plan.

Prior to the approval of the 2019 Plan, we made grants of stock options under our 2013 Plan. The 2013 Plan was adopted with the intent to encourage ownership of common stock by key employees, directors, advisory directors and other service providers of the Company and its affiliates and to provide increased incentive for such key employees and directors to render services and to exert maximum effort for the success of the Company. The 2013 Plan was frozen on May 29, 2019 in connection with the adoption of the 2019 Plan and no new awards may be granted under the 2013 Plan.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

On January 1, 2018, the Bank established an employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, for the benefit of its employees. The ESOP is designed to qualify as an employee stock ownership plan which is intended to be a stock bonus plan under the Code and Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Generally, each employee becomes a participant in the ESOP on the date of his or her hire. For each ESOP participant, the Bank will make an annual contribution to the participant’s ESOP account in an amount equal to 100% of his or her elective deferrals to the Bank’s 401(k) plan, up to 3% of eligible compensation, plus 50% of his or her elective deferrals to the Bank’s 401(k) Plan between 3% and 5% of eligible compensation. These matching contributions may be made in cash (which the trustee of the ESOP will use to purchase shares of Company common stock) or in the form of Company common stock. ESOP participants are always 100% vested in their ESOP accounts.

Any cash dividends received by the trustee of the ESOP from shares of our common stock held in the ESOP are applied, in the discretion of the trustee of the ESOP, to the purchase of additional shares of our common stock. The trustee of the ESOP is authorized to purchase our common stock from us directly or from any shareholder, and such stock may be outstanding, newly issued or treasury stock. All such purchases must be at a price not in excess of fair market value, as determined by an independent appraiser, in accordance with the Code.

As of June 30, 2021, the ESOP held 102,997 shares of our common stock.

 

145


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information for each of our named executive officers regarding outstanding equity awards held by the named executive officers at December 31, 2020.

 

     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
     Option
exercise
price
     Option
expiration
date
 

Bart O. Caraway

     857        —         —        $ 11.00        7/1/23  
     93,700        —         —        $ 11.00        12/31/24  
     8,400        5,600 (1)      —        $ 13.00        2/23/27  
     60,000        40,000 (2)      —        $ 16.30        7/19/28  
     —          33,500 (3)      —        $ 16.78        1/1/30  

Donald C. Legato

     500        —         —        $ 11.00        3/1/22  
     2,000        —         —        $ 11.00        3/31/24  
     500        —         —        $ 11.00        5/1/24  
     10,000        —         —        $ 11.00        12/31/24  
     2,400        1,600 (4)      —        $ 13.00        1/31/27  
     1,600        2,400 (5)      —        $ 16.00        4/1/28  
     3,000        12,000 (6)      —        $ 16.30        1/1/29  
     600        2,400 (7)      —        $ 16.30        1/1/29  
     —          10,000 (8)      —        $ 16.78        1/1/30  

R. John McWhorter

     8,000          (9)      —        $ 11.00        4/27/25  
     1,600        400 (10)       —        $ 13.00        11/10/26  
     800        1,200 (11)      —        $ 16.00        2/1/28  
     4,000        16,000 (12)      —        $ 16.30        1/1/29  
     —          2,000 (13)      —        $ 16.78        1/1/30  

 

(1)

Stock options to acquire 2,800 shares vested on February 23, 2021 and stock options to acquire 2,800 shares will vest on February 23, 2022.

(2)

Stock options to acquire 20,000 shares vested on January 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 20,000 shares will vest on January 1, 2022.

(3)

Stock options to acquire 6,700 shares vested on January 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 6,700 shares will vest on January 1, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025.

(4)

Stock options to acquire 800 shares vested on January 31, 2021 and stock options to acquire 800 shares will vest on January 31, 2022.

(5)

Stock options to acquire 800 shares vested on April 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 800 shares will vest on April 1, 2022 and 2023.

(6)

Stock options to acquire 3,000 shares vested on January 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 3,000 shares will vest on January 1, 2022, 2023, and 2024.

(7)

Stock options to acquire 600 shares vested on January 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 600 shares will vest on January 1, 2022, 2023, and 2024.

(8)

Stock options to acquire 2,000 shares vested on January 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 2,000 shares will vest on January 1, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025.

(9)

Stock options to acquire 8,000 shares were exercised on March 25, 2021.

(10)

Stock options to acquire 400 shares will vest on November 10, 2021 and stock options to acquire 1,600 shares were exercised on March 25, 2021.

(11)

Stock options to acquire 400 shares vested on February 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 400 shares will vest on February 1, 2022 and 2023. Stock options to acquire 1,200 shares were exercised on March 25, 2021.

(12)

Stock options to acquire 4,000 shares vested on January 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 4,000 shares will vest on January 1, 2022, 2023, and 2024. Stock options to acquire 8,000 shares were exercised on March 25, 2021.

(13)

Stock options to acquire 400 shares vested on January 1, 2021 and stock options to acquire 400 shares will vest on January 1, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025. Stock options to acquire 400 shares were exercised on March 25, 2021.

 

146


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change of Control

Below we have described the expected severance and other change of control benefits to which our named executive officers would be entitled pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements and salary continuation agreements in connection with certain terminations of their employment or a change of control.

Termination of Employment without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. The employment agreements with Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato, and Mr. McWhorter provide for severance benefits if the named executive officer is terminated without “Cause” or the named executive officer resigns with “Good Reason” (as each of those terms is defined in the applicable employment agreement). In such circumstances, the named executive officer will be entitled to the following payments and benefits under his employment agreement:

 

   

all accrued compensation and benefits;

 

   

for Mr. Caraway, a payment that totals 150% of his annual base salary; for Mr. Legato, a payment that totals 100% of his annual base salary; and for Mr. McWhorter, a payment that totals 100% of his annual base salary, with each payment payable in substantially equal installments over a period of one year in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices;

 

   

for Mr. Caraway, a payment that totals 150% of the average of his annual bonus earned for the three full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or, if less than three years, the greater of (i) the average of his annual bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or (ii) if less than one year, his target annual bonus in effect for the year in which the termination date occurs; and for each of Mr. Legato and Mr. McWhorter, a payment that totals the average of his respective annual bonus earned for the three full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or, if less than three years, the greater of (i) the average of his annual bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or (ii) if less than one year, his target annual bonus in effect for the year in which the termination date occurs, with each payment payable in substantially equal installments over a period of one year in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices;

 

   

if timely and properly elected, reimbursement of monthly premiums paid under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985, or COBRA, until the earliest of (i) for Mr. Caraway, 18 months following the termination date, and for each of Mr. Legato and Mr. McWhorter, 12 months following the termination date, (ii) the date the named executive officer is no longer eligible to receive COBRA benefits, and (iii) the date on which the named executive officer either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer; and

 

   

the vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by the named executive officer immediately prior to the termination date accelerated by one year.

The salary continuation agreements with Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato, and Mr. McWhorter provide that, in the event of the termination of the named executive officer’s employment with the Bank or the Company prior to attaining the Normal Retirement Age, for any reason other than death, “Cause,” “Disability,” or a “Change in Control,” (as each of those terms is defined in the applicable salary continuation agreement) by the Bank or the Company or by the named executive officer for “Good Reason” (as such term is defined in the named executive officer’s employment agreement), the named executive officer will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to the vested liability accrual balance reflected on the Bank’s financial statements as of the date of such termination. For purposes of this provision, (i) Mr. Caraway’s liability accrual balance vested 100% on December 31, 2020, (ii) Mr. Legato’s liability accrual balance vested 60% on December 31, 2020 and vests at a rate of 20% per year thereafter, and (iii) Mr. McWhorter’s liability accrual balance vested 40% on December 31, 2020 and vests at a rate of 20% per year thereafter.

In the event of the termination of the named executive officer’s employment with the Bank or the Company prior to attaining the Normal Retirement Age by the named executive officer for any reason other than death,

 

147


Table of Contents

Cause, Disability, or a Change in Control, the named executive officer will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to the vested liability accrual balance reflected on the Bank’s financial statements as of the date of such termination. For purposes of this provision, (i) Mr. Caraway’s liability accrual balance vested 100% on December 31, 2020, (ii) Mr. Legato’s liability accrual balance vested 50% on December 31, 2020 and vests at a rate of 10% per year thereafter, and (iii) Mr. McWhorter’s liability accrual balance vested 30% on December 31, 2020 and vests at a rate of 10% per year thereafter.

The named executive officers are not entitled to any benefit under the salary continuation agreements if the named executive officer’s termination of employment by the Bank is due to “Cause” (as such term is defined in the applicable salary continuation agreement) or the Bank discovers after termination for any reason that the named executive officer committed acts while employed with the Bank that would have constituted Cause.

Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability. The employment agreements with Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato, and Mr. McWhorter provide for severance benefits if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated on account of his death or “Disability” (as such term is defined in the applicable employment agreement). In such circumstances, the named executive officer will be entitled to the following payments and benefits under his employment agreement:

 

   

all accrued compensation and benefits;

 

   

a lump sum payment that totals 100% of the named executive officer’s annual base salary, paid on the date that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives in the current calendar year, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the end of the calendar year in which the termination date occurs;

 

   

a lump sum payment that totals the average of the named executive officer’s annual bonuses earned for the three full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or, if less than three years, the greater of (i) the average of his annual bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or (ii) if less than one year, his target annual bonus in effect for the year in which the termination date occurs, paid on the date that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives in the current calendar year, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the end of the calendar year in which the termination date occurs; and

 

   

the vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by the named executive officer immediately prior to the termination date accelerated by one year.

The salary continuation agreements with Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato, and Mr. McWhorter provide that, in the event the named executive officer dies while in the active service of the Bank and prior to receiving any payments under the salary continuation agreement, the named executive officer’s beneficiary will receive the Normal Retirement Benefit. The salary continuation agreements also provide that if the named executive officer dies after benefit payments have commenced under the salary continuation agreement, or after the named executive officer is entitled to begin receiving benefits, but before receiving all such payments, the Bank will pay the remaining benefits to the named executive officer’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have paid to the named executive officer had he survived.

The salary continuation agreements also provide that, in the event of the named executive officer’s “Disability” (as such term is defined in the applicable salary continuation agreement) prior to attaining the Normal Retirement Age, the named executive officer will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to 100% of the liability accrual balance reflected on the Bank’s financial statements as of the date of the Disability.

Change of Control. The employment agreements with Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato, and Mr. McWhorter provide for severance benefits if a “Change of Control” (as such term is defined in the applicable employment agreement) occurs, and within six months prior to, or twelve months following, such Change of Control the executive is terminated without “Cause” or resigns for “Good Reason” (as each of those terms is defined in the applicable employment agreement), other than on account of the named executive officer’s death or “Disability”

 

148


Table of Contents

(as such term is defined in the applicable employment agreement). In such circumstances, notwithstanding any other provision of the employment agreement, the named executive officer will be entitled to the following payments and benefits under his employment agreement:

 

   

all accrued compensation and benefits;

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to any earned but unpaid annual bonus for the most recently completed calendar year and, in the case of Mr. Caraway 2.99 times, in the case of Mr. Legato 1.5 times, and in the case of Mr. McWhorter 2.0 times, the sum of (i) the named executive officer’s annual base salary and (ii) the average of the named executive officer’s annual bonuses earned for the three full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or, if less than three years, the greater of (A) the average of his annual bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the termination date occurs, or (B) if less than one year, his target annual bonus in effect for the year in which the termination date occurs;

 

   

if timely and properly elected, reimbursement of monthly COBRA premiums, until the earliest of (i) for each of Mr. Caraway and Mr. McWhorter, 24 months following the termination date, and for Mr. Legato, 12 months following the termination date, (ii) the date the named executive officer is no longer eligible to receive COBRA benefits, and (iii) the date on which the named executive officer either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer; and

 

   

immediate vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by the named executive officer immediately prior to the termination date, in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

The salary continuation agreements with Mr. Caraway, Mr. Legato, and Mr. McWhorter provide that, in the event of a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined in the applicable salary continuation agreement), the named executive officer will receive a single lump-sum payment equal to 100% of the liability accrual balance reflected on the Bank’s financial statements as of the date of the Change in Control.

Under the employment agreements, each named executed officer will bear the expense of, and be solely responsible for, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. However, any payment or benefit received or to be received by the named executive officer (whether payable under the terms of his employment agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company or an affiliate of the Company) that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, will be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to such an excise tax but only if, by reason of such reduction, the “net after-tax benefit” (as such term is defined in the applicable employment agreement) received by the named executive officer shall exceed the “net after-tax benefit” that would be received by the named executive officer if no such reduction was made.

Under the salary continuation agreements, the Bank is not required to pay any benefits under such agreements if, upon the advice of counsel, the Bank determines that the payment of such benefit would be prohibited by 12 C.F.R. Part 359 or any successor regulations regarding employee compensation promulgated by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Bank or its affiliates or to the extent the benefit would be a non-deductible excess parachute payment under Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. To the extent possible, such benefit payment will be proportionately reduced to allow payment within the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, and the named executive officer will forfeit any amount over and above such reduced amount.

Director Compensation

The Company pays its non-executive officer directors based on the directors’ participation in board of directors meetings held throughout the year, TCCC pays its non-executive officer directors in the same manner, and the Bank pays its non-executive officer directors based on the director’s participation in board of directors

 

149


Table of Contents

and committee meetings held throughout the year. During 2020, non-executive officer directors received $200 per board meeting attended for the Company’s board of directors, $300 per Bank board meeting attended, and $200 per TCCC board meeting attended. The Bank’s non-executive officer directors also received a quarterly stipend of $1,062.50 and a fee per committee meeting attended, which varied based on the particular committee.

The committees of the Bank’s board of directors are the Directors’ Loan Committee, the ALCO, and the Director Information Technology Committee, and the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are joint committees of the Company’s board of directors and the Bank’s board of directors. During 2020, the members of the Executive Committee did not receive any compensation for service on the Executive Committee. The members of the Directors’ Loan Committee received a fee of $300 per meeting attended, and the Chairperson of the Directors’ Loan Committee also received a quarterly fee of $875. The members of the Audit Committee received a fee of $400 per meeting attended, and the Chairperson of the Audit Committee also received a quarterly fee of $1,250. The members of the ALCO received a fee of $300 per meeting attended, and the Chairperson of the ALCO also received a quarterly fee of $812.50. The members of the Compensation Committee received a fee of $250 per meeting attended, and the Chairperson of the Compensation Committee also received a quarterly fee of $625. The members of the Director Information Technology Committee received a fee of $300 per meeting attended, and the Chairperson of the Director Information Technology Committee also received a quarterly fee of $625. The members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee received a fee of $300 per meeting attended, and the Chairperson of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee also received a quarterly fee of $1,250.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation paid, awarded to or earned by each of our non-executive officer directors in 2020. The table also includes compensation earned by each non-executive officer director that is attributable to his or her service as a director of the Bank and TCCC.

 

     Director fees
earned or
paid in cash ($)
     All other
compensation ($)(1)
     Total ($)  

Carolyn Bailey

     44,100        —          44,100  

Dr. Martin Basaldua

     25,100        900        26,000  

Dennis Bonnen

     25,650        333,333        358,983  

W. Donald Brunson

     34,850        —          34,850  

Norma J. Galloway

     33,350        33,450        66,800  

Troy A. Glander

     21,800        178        21,978  

Shelton J. McDonald

     33,800        —          33,800  

Joseph L. Stunja

     29,850        798        30,648  

Reagan Swinbank

     25,550        —          25,550  

 

(1)

All other compensation for 2020 includes: $900 of life insurance premiums for Dr. Basaldua; $333,333 paid to Mr. Bonnen pursuant to his separation agreement; $33,450 of consulting fees paid to Ms. Galloway; $178 of life insurance premiums for Mr. Glander; and $798 of life insurance premiums for Mr. Stunja.

 

150


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, we will pay each of our non-employee directors an annual retainer of $4,250 for service on our board of directors, an annual retainer of $4,250 for service on the Bank’s board of directors, and the following other fees:

 

     Committee
Chairperson
Annual
Retainer
     Meeting Fees  

Company board of directors

     —        $ 200  

Bank board of directors

     —        $ 300  

TCCC board of directors

     —        $ 200  

Executive Committee

     —        $ 150  

Audit Committee

   $ 5,000      $ 400  

Compensation Committee

   $ 5,000      $ 250  

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

   $ 5,000      $ 300  

ALCO (Bank board of directors)

   $ 3,250      $ 300  

Directors’ Loan Committee (Bank board of directors)

   $ 3,500      $ 300  

Director Information Technology Committee (Bank board of directors)

   $ 2,500      $ 300  

Members of our board of directors that are also employees of the Company or the Bank do not receive compensation for their attendance at board meetings.

Annual board compensation is recommended by the Compensation Committee and approved by the board of directors. Directors are also entitled to the protection provided by the indemnification provisions in our first amended and restated certificate of formation and first amended and restated bylaws, and, to the extent that they are also directors of the Bank and TCCC, the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Bank and the certificate of formation and bylaws of TCCC.

IPO Awards

In connection with this offering, our board of directors approved the award of a special one-time grant of an aggregate of 45,750 shares of restricted stock under the 2019 Plan to our executive officers and directors, to be effective when the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. Mr. Caraway will receive an award of 11,500 restricted shares (valued at $             based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering), Mr. Legato will receive an award of 5,000 restricted shares (valued at $             based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering), Mr. McWhorter will receive an award of 6,750 restricted shares (valued at $             based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering), and our directors, other than Mr. Caraway, will each receive an award of 2,000 restricted shares (valued at $             based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering). The shares of restricted stock awarded to our executive officers, including Messrs. Caraway, Legato, and McWhorter, will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a three-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The shares of restricted stock awarded to our directors, other than Mr. Caraway, will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

151


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock, both immediately prior to and immediately after the completion of this offering by:

 

   

each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our directors and named executive officers; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers, as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting and/or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options or warrants but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the beneficial ownership of any other person. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. The address for each shareholder listed on the table below is: c/o Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., 20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190, Humble, Texas 77338.

The table below calculates the percentage of beneficial ownership based on 9,313,929 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and                 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and                 shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering, assuming exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The table below does not reflect shares that may be purchased in this offering by the shareholders listed in the table through the directed share program described under “Underwriting.”

 

                  Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering  
     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering
    Assuming No Exercise
of the
Underwriters’ Option
     Assuming Full Exercise
of the
Underwriters’ Option
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percentage     Number      Percentage      Number      Percentage  

5% Shareholders:

                

D.A. LaBove II(1)

     472,968        5.1           

Travis Fox(2)

     505,680        5.4           

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

                

Carolyn Bailey(3)

     1,000        *             

Dr. Martin Basaldua(4)

     82,117        *             

Dennis Bonnen(5)

     138,503        1.5           

W. Donald Brunson(6)

     45,792        *             

Bart O. Caraway(7)

     205,910        2.2           

Norma J. Galloway(8)

     2,000        *             

Troy A. Glander(9)

     33,670        *             

Donald C. Legato(10)

     40,300        *             

Shelton J. McDonald

     —          *             

R. John McWhorter(11)

     189,828        2.0           

Joseph L. Stunja(12)

     130,774        1.4           

Reagan Swinbank(13)

     55,914        *             

All directors and executive officers, as a group (13 persons)(14)

     940,808        9.8           

 

152


Table of Contents

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Based on the Company’s books and records. Includes (i) 246,179 shares held by Avant Global Holdings LLC over which Mr. LaBove has shared voting and investment control with Mr. Fox and may be deemed beneficially owned by Mr. LaBove, (ii) 167,745 shares held by Mr. LaBove individually, and (iii) 59,044 shares held by Mr. LaBove’s individual retirement account. Mr. LaBove disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Avant Global Holdings LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(2)

Based on the Company’s books and records. Includes (i) 246,179 shares held by Avant Global Holdings LLC over which Mr. Fox has shared voting and investment control with Mr. LaBove and may be deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Fox, (ii) 174,305 shares held by Mr. Fox individually, (iii) 46,306 shares held by Mr. Fox’s individual retirement account, and (iv) 38,890 shares held by Mr. Fox’s spouse. Mr. Fox disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Avant Global Holdings LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(3)

Includes 1,000 shares held by Ms. Bailey individually. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Ms. Bailey in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(4)

Includes (i) 36,248 shares held by Pinnacle Executive Services LLC over which Dr. Basaldua has shared voting and investment control and may be deemed beneficially owned by Dr. Basaldua, (ii) 2,500 shares held by Dr. Basaldua individually, (iii) 29,905 shares held by Dr. Basaldua’s individual retirement account, (iv) options to purchase 12,607 shares of common stock, and (v) organizer warrants to purchase 857 shares of common stock. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Dr. Basaldua in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(5)

Includes (i) 128,283 shares held by Mr. Bonnen individually, (ii) 5,675 shares held by Mr. Bonnen’s individual retirement account, and (iii) 4,545 shares held by the individual retirement account of Mr. Bonnen’s spouse. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. Bonnen in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(6)

Includes (i) 33,292 shares held by Mr Brunson individually, and (ii) 12,500 shares held by Mr. Brunson’s individual retirement account. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. Brunson in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(7)

Includes (i) 9,850 shares held by Mr. Caraway individually, (ii) 2,746 shares held by Mr. Caraway’s individual retirement account, (iii) options to purchase 192,457 shares of common stock, and (iv) organizer warrants to purchase 857 shares of common stock. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,552 shares held by the Company’s ESOP and allocated to Mr. Caraway’s account. Following the completion of this offering, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders and as a ESOP participant, Mr. Caraway may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 11,500 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. Caraway in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a three-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(8)

Includes 2,000 shares held by Ms. Galloway individually. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Ms. Galloway in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(9)

Includes (i) 20,206 shares held by Mr. Glander individually, (ii) options to purchase 12,607 shares of common stock, and (iii) organizer warrants to purchase 857 shares of common stock. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. Glander in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(10)

Includes (i) 12,500 shares held by Mr. Legato’s individual retirement account, and (ii) options to purchase 27,800 shares of common stock. Share beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,206 shares held by the Company’s ESOP and allocated to Mr. Legato’s account. Following the completion of this offering, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders and as a ESOP participant, Mr. Legato may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 5,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. Legato in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a three-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(11)

Includes (i) 72,547 shares held by Mr. McWhorter individually, (ii) 55,538 shares held by Mr. McWhorter’s individual retirement account, (iii) 61,343 shares held by Richard and Amy McWhorter Management Trust of which Mr. McWhorter serves as the trustee, and (iv) options to purchase 400 shares of common stock. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,143

 

153


Table of Contents
  shares held by the Company’s ESOP and allocated to Mr. McWhorter’s account. Following the completion of this offering, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders and as a ESOP participant, Mr. McWhorter may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 6,750 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. McWhorter in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a three-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
(12)

Includes (i) 118,167 shares of common stock held by The Stunja Family Trust of which Mr. Stunja serves as the trustee, (ii) organizer warrants to purchase 857 shares of common stock held by The Stunja Family Trust of which Mr. Stunja serves as the trustee, and (iii) options to purchase 11,750 shares of common stock. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. Stunja in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(13)

Includes (i) 35,081 shares held by Mr. Swinbank individually, and (ii) 20,833 shares held by RTS Family LP of which Mr. Swinbank is a partner. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 2,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to Mr. Swinbank in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(14)

Includes (i) options held by a director or executive officer to purchase 270,621 shares of common stock, and (ii) warrants held by a director, executive officer, or entity in which a director is a principal to purchase 3,428 shares of common stock. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 8,553 shares held by the Company’s ESOP and allocated to our directors’ and executive officers’ accounts. Following the completion of this offering, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders and as a ESOP participant, our directors and executive officers may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares. Shares beneficially owned after the completion of this offering include 45,750 shares of restricted stock to be granted to the directors and executive officers in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. The shares of restricted stock awarded to our executive officers will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a three-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The shares of restricted stock awarded to our directors, other than Mr. Caraway, will vest in equal increments on an annual basis over a two-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

154


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSONS TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described in “Executive Compensation” above, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2018, and each proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals (other than tenants or employees), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Lease of Beaumont Branch

We lease our branch at 229 Dowlen Road, Suite C, Beaumont, Texas, from Oaks Shopping Center Venture, LP. Michael A. Phelan II was a director when we leased this branch and is a partner in Oaks Shopping Center Venture, LP. Mr. Phelan resigned from our board of directors in April 2019. The amounts incurred by us under the lease were $42,002 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and $83,083, $81,868 and $80,157 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We believe the amounts paid and the terms of the lease are reasonable, customary and consistent with prevailing market rates and terms.

Other Related Person Transactions

In August 2018, we engaged Ms. Norma Galloway, one of our directors, pursuant to a Consulting Agreement, to manage the Bank’s building, including a remodel of our corporate location and buildouts and design of several leased offices. The original Consulting Agreement expired in February 2019 and we entered into a new Consulting Agreement with substantially the same terms with Ms. Galloway in March 2019. We paid Ms. Galloway $33,450, $68,150 and $26,300 for such services in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Prior to and in connection with the closing of our merger with Heritage, Mr. Dennis Bonnen entered into a separation agreement with Heritage Bank on December 31, 2019. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Heritage Bank agreed to pay Mr. Bonnen an aggregate cash payment in an amount equal to $1.0 million to be paid over three consecutive years, with the first two installments of $333,333 to be paid on January 15, 2020 and January 15, 2021, and the third installment of $334,000 to be paid in quarterly amounts of $83,500 on January 15, 2022, April 15, 2022, July 15, 2022 and October 15, 2022. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Bonnen is subject to a confidentiality covenant, a non-competition covenant for three years following December 31, 2019, and a non-solicitation covenant for three years following December 31, 2019. Mr. Bonnen was appointed to our board of directors in connection with the consummation of our merger with Heritage, and we assumed the separation agreement pursuant to the merger. We paid Mr. Bonnen $333,333 pursuant to the separation agreement in the year ended December 31, 2020.

Ordinary Banking Relationships

Certain of our officers, directors and principal shareholders, as well as their immediate family members and affiliates, are customers of, or have or have had transactions with, the Bank or us in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include deposits, loans, and other financial services related transactions. Related person transactions are made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral (where applicable), as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us, and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other features unfavorable to us. Our loans and deposits with these parties have been made and accepted in compliance with

 

155


Table of Contents

applicable regulations and our written policies. As of June 30, 2021, we had approximately $439,000 of loans outstanding to our directors and officers and those of the Bank and we had $408,000 of unfunded loan commitments to related parties. As of June 30, 2021, no related person loans were categorized as nonaccrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans. We expect to continue to enter into transactions in the ordinary course of business on similar terms with our officers, directors and principal shareholders, as well as their immediate family members and affiliates.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                 shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain of our directors, executive officers, employees, business associates and related persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States through a directed share program. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Person Transactions

Transactions by the Bank or us with related persons are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W (which govern certain transactions by the Bank with its affiliates) and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O (which governs certain loans by the Bank to its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders). We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions.

In addition, our board of directors has adopted a written policy governing the approval of related person transactions that complies with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Select Market concerning related person transactions. Related person transactions are transactions in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Related persons of the Company include directors (including nominees for election as directors), executive officers, beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock and the immediate family members of these persons. Our executive management team, in consultation with outside counsel, as appropriate, will review potential related person transactions to determine if they are subject to the policy. If so, the transaction will be referred to the Audit Committee of the board of directors for approval. The committee of the board of directors shall review the related person transaction in accordance with the criteria set forth in the policy, taking into account all of the relevant facts and circumstances available to the committee of the board of directors. Based on the conclusions reached, the committee of the board of directors shall evaluate all options, including, without limitation, approval, ratification, amendment or termination of the related person transaction or, with respect to any related person transaction that is no longer pending or ongoing, rescission and/or disciplinary action. Approval of such transactions shall be given only if it is determined by the committee of the board of directors that such transaction is in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company and our shareholders.

 

156


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions include summaries of the material terms of our first amended and restated certificate of formation and our first amended and restated bylaws. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our first amended and restated certificate of formation and our first amended and restated bylaws, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

General

We are incorporated in the state of Texas. The rights of our shareholders are generally covered by Texas law and our first amended and restated certificate of formation and first amended and restated bylaws. The terms of our capital stock are therefore subject to Texas law, including the TBOC, and the common and constitutional law of Texas.

Our first amended and restated certificate of formation authorizes us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share. The authorized but unissued shares of our capital stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval, unless otherwise required by applicable law or the rules of any applicable securities exchange.

Common Stock

Shares Outstanding.    As of June 30, 2021, 6,573,684 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held by 658 shareholders of record.

As of June 30, 2021, 1,110,174 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and 6,000 shares were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. At June 30, 2021, 397,150 shares of our common stock were reserved for future awards under the 2019 Plan and as of June 30, 2021, no shares of our common stock were reserved for future awards under the 2017 Plan.

Voting.    Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which shareholders generally are entitled to vote, except as otherwise required by law. Rights of common stock to vote on certain matters may be subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any outstanding shares of any preferred stock that we may issue. Our first amended and restated certificate of formation expressly prohibits cumulative voting.

Dividends and Other Distributions.    Subject to certain regulatory restrictions and to the rights of any holders of our preferred stock that may be outstanding and any other class or series of stock having a preference as to dividends over the common shares then outstanding, dividends may be paid on the shares of common stock out of assets legally available for dividends, but only at such times and in such amounts as our board of directors shall determine and declare. Subject to applicable law, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, all shares of our common stock would be entitled to share, ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, in all of our remaining assets available for distribution to our shareholders after payment of creditors and subject to any prior distribution rights related to our preferred stock and any other class or series of stock having a preference over the common shares then outstanding. See “Supervision and Regulation—The Company—Dividend Payments, Stock Redemptions and Repurchases” and “Supervision and Regulation—The Bank—Dividend Payments.”

Preemptive Rights.    Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive or subscription rights to acquire any authorized but unissued shares of our capital stock upon any future issuance of shares.

Other.    Our holders of common stock have no conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no other redemption or sinking fund provisions that are applicable to our common stock.

 

157


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Upon authorization of our board of directors and without any action by the holders of our common stock, we may issue shares of one or more series of our preferred stock from time to time. Upon establishing such a series of preferred stock, the board will determine the number of shares of preferred stock of that series that may be issued and the rights and preferences of that series of preferred stock. Our board of directors has not designated or established any series of preferred stock. The rights of any series of preferred stock may include, among others:

 

   

the designation of such series, and the number of shares to constitute such series;

 

   

whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be full or limited;

 

   

the dividends, if any, payable on such series, and at what rates, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class;

 

   

whether the shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by us, and, if so, the times, prices and other terms and conditions of such redemption;

 

   

the amount or amounts payable upon shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company;

 

   

whether the shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

   

whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class or any other class or classes of securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

 

   

the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the common stock or shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class;

 

   

the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issue of any additional stock, including additional shares of such series or of any other series of this class or of any other class; and

 

   

any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

We may issue shares of, or rights to purchase shares of, one or more series of our preferred stock that have been designated from time to time, the terms of which might:

 

   

adversely affect voting or other rights evidenced by, or amounts otherwise payable with respect to, the common stock or other series of preferred stock by providing superior rights;

 

   

dilute the ownership of the holders of our common stock;

 

   

discourage unsolicited proposals to acquire us; or

 

   

facilitate a particular business combination involving us.

 

158


Table of Contents

Any of these actions could have an anti-takeover effect and discourage a transaction that some or a majority of our shareholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which our shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over our then market price.

Business Combinations under Texas Law

A number of provisions of Texas law, our first amended and restated certificate of formation and our first amended and restated bylaws could have an anti-takeover effect and make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the removal of our directors or management. These provisions are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to negotiate first with our board of directors.

We are subject to the provisions of Title 2, Chapter 21, Subchapter M of the TBOC, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Texas Business Combination Law. This law provides that a Texas corporation that qualifies as an “issuing public corporation” (as defined in the Texas Business Combination Law) may not engage in specified types of business combinations, including mergers, consolidations and asset sales, with a person, or an affiliate or associate of that person, who is an “affiliated shareholder.” For purposes of this law, an “affiliated shareholder” is a shareholder who is, or was, during the prior three years, the beneficial owner of 20.0% or more of the corporation’s voting shares. The prohibition on certain transactions with such affiliated shareholders extends for a three-year period from the date such shareholder first becomes an affiliated shareholder. These prohibitions do not apply if:

 

   

the business combination or the acquisition of shares by the affiliated shareholder was approved by the board of directors of the corporation before the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder; or

 

   

the business combination was approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation not beneficially owned by the affiliated shareholder or an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder, at a meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, not less than six months after the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder.

As we currently have more than 100 shareholders, we are considered an “issuing public corporation” for purposes of this law. The Texas Business Combination Law does not apply to the following:

 

   

the business combination of an issuing public corporation where the corporation’s original certificate of formation or bylaws contain a provision expressly electing not to be governed by the Texas Business Combination Law, or its certificate of formation or bylaws have been amended by the affirmative vote of the holders, other than affiliated shareholders, of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation, expressly electing not to be governed by the Texas Business Combination Law and so long as the amendment does not take effect for 18 months following the date of the vote and does not apply to a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became affiliated on or before the effective date of the amendment;

 

   

a business combination of an issuing public corporation with an affiliated shareholder that became an affiliated shareholder inadvertently, if the affiliated shareholder divests itself, as soon as possible, of enough shares to no longer be an affiliated shareholder and would not at any time within the three-year period preceding the announcement of the business combination have been an affiliated shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition;

 

   

a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became an affiliated shareholder through a transfer of shares by will or intestacy and continuously was an affiliated shareholder until the announcement date of the business combination; or

 

159


Table of Contents
   

a business combination of an issuing public corporation with its wholly owned subsidiary, if the subsidiary is a Texas entity and not an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder other than by reason of the affiliated shareholder’s beneficial ownership of voting shares of the issuing public corporation.

Neither our first amended and restated certificate of formation nor our first amended and restated bylaws contain any provision expressly providing that we will not be subject to the Texas Business Combination Law. As a result, the Texas Business Combination Law may prevent a non-negotiated merger or other business combination involving us, even if such a merger or combination would be beneficial to our shareholders.

Certain Certificate of Formation and Bylaw Provisions Potentially Having an Anti-takeover Effect

Our first amended and restated certificate of formation and our first amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that may have the effect of deterring or discouraging, among other things, a non-negotiated tender or exchange offer for our common stock, a proxy contest for control of the Company, the assumption of control of the Company by a holder of a large block of our common stock and the removal of our incumbent board of directors or management. These provisions:

 

   

empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue our preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are set by our board of directors;

 

   

include a classified board of directors, with directors of each class serving a three-year term;

 

   

eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors;

 

   

provide our board of directors with the exclusive right to alter, amend or repeal our first amended and restated bylaws or to adopt new bylaws;

 

   

require the request of holders of at least 50.0% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders’ meeting;

 

   

require any shareholder derivative suit or shareholder claim against an officer or director of breach of fiduciary duty or violation of the TBOC, certificate of formation, or bylaws to be brought in Harris County in the State of Texas, subject to certain exceptions as described below in “—Exclusive Forum”;

 

   

require shareholders that wish to bring business before annual or special meetings of shareholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at annual or special meetings of shareholders, to provide timely advanced notice of their intent in writing; and

 

   

enable our board of directors to increase, at any annual, regular or special meetings of directors, the number of persons serving as directors and to fill up to two vacancies created as a result of the increase by a majority vote of the directors between two successive annual shareholder meetings.

Our first amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of shareholder proposals if the established procedures for advance notice are not followed, or of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its proposal without regard to whether consideration of the nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

Classified Board of Directors

Our board of directors is currently composed of ten directors. Pursuant to our first amended and restated certificate of formation, our board of directors is classified into three classes, Class A, Class B and Class C, with members of each class serving a three-year term. The classification of our board of directors promotes continuity and stability of our business strategies and management; however, it also makes it more difficult for our shareholders to change a majority of our directors given that it will generally take a minimum of two annual elections for this to occur.

 

160


Table of Contents

Exclusive Forum

Our first amended and restated bylaws will require that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, any state court located in Harris County in the State of Texas, or a Harris County State Court, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any shareholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or its shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the TBOC, our first amended and restated certificate of formation or our first amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, and, if brought outside of Texas, the shareholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such shareholder’s counsel, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any action (A) as to which the Harris County State Court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Harris County State Court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Harris County State Court within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Harris County State Court, (C) for which the Harris County State Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) arising under the Securities Act as to which the Harris County State Court and the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division shall have concurrent jurisdiction.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and the exclusive forum provision of our first amended and restated bylaws will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such an exclusive forum provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act, and our shareholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the exclusive forum provision of our first amended and restated bylaws. The exclusive forum provision in our first amended and restated bylaws may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.    

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Under the TBOC, the certificate of formation of a corporation may provide that a director of the corporation is not liable, or is liable only to the extent provided by the certificate of formation to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission by the person in the person’s capacity as a director.

Our first amended and restated certificate of formation provides that our directors are not liable to the Company or our shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in their capacity as a director to the fullest extent provided by applicable Texas law. A director may, however, be found liable for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or our shareholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith that constitute a breach of duty of the director to the Company or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any transaction from which the director receives an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s duties; and

 

   

acts or omissions for which the liability of the director is expressly provided by an applicable statute.

The TBOC provides that a corporation must indemnify a director for his service at the corporation and for service at the corporation as a representative of another entity against reasonable expenses actually incurred by

 

161


Table of Contents

the director in connection with a proceeding because of such service if the director is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of the proceeding. If a court determines that a director, former director or representative is entitled to indemnification, the court will order indemnification by the corporation and award the person expenses incurred in securing the indemnification. The TBOC also permits corporations to indemnify present or former directors and representatives of other entities serving as such directors in certain situations where indemnification is not mandated by law; however, such permissive indemnification is subject to various limitations. Section 8.105 of the TBOC provides that a court may also order indemnification under various circumstances, and officers must be indemnified to the same extent as directors.

Our first amended and restated certificate of formation and first amended and restated bylaws also provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers and delegates (those serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, or representative of another company) and may indemnify our employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Texas law from any expenses, liabilities or other matters , including the advancement of expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition. To the extent that indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. Finally, our ability to provide indemnification to our directors and officers is limited by federal banking laws and regulations.

The TBOC permits us to purchase insurance on behalf of an existing or former officers, employees, directors or agents against any liability asserted against and incurred by that person in such capacity, or arising out of that person’s status in such capacity. Pursuant to this authority, we maintain such insurance for the officers, employees, directors and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as our transfer agent and registrar.

Listing and Trading

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “TCBX.”    

 

162


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after the offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for shares of our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  shares of our common stock issued and outstanding (                shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional                 shares). In addition,                 shares of our common stock will be issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding equity awards.

Of these                  shares (or                 shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without further restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates may generally only be sold in compliance with Rule 144, which is described below. The remaining outstanding shares, including the 2,937,876 shares that we issued in our private placement completed on August 27, 2021, will be deemed “restricted securities” under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers and certain other shareholders, who own in the aggregate approximately                  shares of our outstanding common stock, have agreed not to sell any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of the underwriting agreement, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions. For a description of additional shares subject to restrictions on sale, see “—Rule 144” below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible shareholder is entitled to sell shares of our common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible shareholder under Rule 144, such shareholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell on expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such shareholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

163


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Certain of our recently issued shares, including the 2,937,876 shares issued in our private placement, will be subject to holding periods under Rule 144 before they may be resold following the offering.

Stock Issued under Incentive Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock that are issuable under our incentive plans. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, an employee, consultant or advisor who purchases shares of our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period restriction, contained in Rule 144.

 

164


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The following is a general summary of the material aspects of certain statutes and regulations that are applicable to us. These summary descriptions are not complete, and you should refer to the full text of the statutes, regulations, and corresponding guidance for more information. These statutes and regulations are subject to change, and additional statutes, regulations, and corresponding guidance may be adopted. We are unable to predict these future changes or the effects, if any, that these changes could have on our business or our revenues.

General

We are extensively regulated under U.S. federal and state law. As a result, our growth and earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory agencies, including the TDSML, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB. Furthermore, tax laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and state taxing authorities, accounting rules developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, securities laws administered by the SEC and state securities authorities and anti-money laundering, or AML, laws enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury, also impact our business. The effect of these statutes, regulations, regulatory policies and rules are significant to our financial condition and results of operations. Further, the nature and extent of future legislative, regulatory or other changes affecting financial institutions are impossible to predict with any certainty.

Federal and state banking laws impose a comprehensive system of supervision, regulation and enforcement on the operations of banks, their holding companies and their affiliates. These laws are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, customers and the Deposit Insurance Fund, or the DIF, rather than for shareholders. Federal and state laws, and the related regulations of the bank regulatory agencies, affect, among other things, the scope of business, the kinds and amounts of investments banks may make, reserve requirements, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, the ability to merge, consolidate and acquire, dealings with insiders and affiliates and the payment of dividends.

This supervisory and regulatory framework subjects banks and bank holding companies to regular examination by their respective regulatory agencies, which results in examination reports and ratings that, while not publicly available, can affect the conduct and growth of their businesses. These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but also capital levels, asset quality and risk, management’s ability and performance, earnings, liquidity and various other factors. These regulatory agencies have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity where the agencies determine, among other things, that such operations are unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable law or are otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies of these agencies.

The following is a summary of the material elements of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the Bank. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provision.

Financial Services Industry Reform

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed significant regulatory and compliance requirements, including the changing roles of credit rating agencies, the imposition of increased capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector.

 

165


Table of Contents

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established a new framework of authority to conduct systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC.

On May 24, 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act, or the EGRRCPA, was enacted. The EGRRCPA repealed or modified several provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and included a number of burden reduction measures for community banks, including, among other things: (i) designating mortgages held in portfolio as “qualified mortgages” for banks with less than $10 billion in assets, subject to certain documentation and product limitations; (ii) exempting banks with less than $10 billion in assets (and total trading assets and trading liabilities of 5% or less of total assets) from Volcker Rule requirements relating to proprietary trading; (iii) simplifying capital calculations for banks with less than $10 billion in assets by requiring federal banking agencies to establish a community bank leverage ratio of tangible equity to average consolidated assets of not less than 8% or more than 10%, and provide that banks that maintain tangible equity in excess of such ratio will be deemed to be in compliance with risk-based capital and leverage requirements; (iv) assisting smaller banks with obtaining stable funding by providing an exception for reciprocal deposits from FDIC restrictions on acceptance of brokered deposits; (v) raising the eligibility for use of short-form Call Reports from $1 billion to $5 billion in assets; (vi) clarifying definitions pertaining to high-volatility commercial real estate, or HVCRE, which require higher capital allocations, so that only loans with increased risk are subject to higher risk weightings; and (vii) directing the Federal Reserve to raise the asset threshold under the Small Bank Holding Company and Savings and Loan Holding Company Policy Statement, or the SBHC Policy Statement, from $1 billion to $3 billion.

Regulatory Capital Requirements and Capital Adequacy

The federal banking agencies require that banking organizations meet several risk-based capital adequacy requirements. These risk-based capital adequacy requirements are intended to provide a measure of capital adequacy that reflects the perceived degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations, both for transactions reported on the banking organization’s balance sheet as assets and for transactions that are recorded as off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements. In 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued final rules, or the Basel III Capital Rules, establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for banking organizations. The Basel III Capital Rules implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s December 2010 framework for strengthening international capital standards and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective on January 1, 2015.

The Basel III Capital Rules require the Bank to comply with four minimum capital standards: (1) a tier 1 capital to total consolidated assets ratio of at least 4.0%; (2) a common equity tier 1, or CET1, capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4.5%; (3) a tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 6.0%; and (4) a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 8.0%. CET1 capital is generally comprised of common shareholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally comprised of CET1 capital and “additional tier 1 capital,” which generally includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes tier 1 capital (CET1 capital plus additional tier 1 capital) and tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is generally comprised of capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in tier 2 capital is the allowance limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, or AOCI, up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into CET1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities). We determined to opt-out of this requirement. The calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

 

166


Table of Contents

The Basel III Capital Rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the regulatory minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement was phased in beginning in January 2016 and, as of January 2019, is now fully implemented. An institution is subject to limitations on certain activities, including payment of dividends, share repurchases and discretionary bonuses to executive officers, if its capital level is below the buffered ratio.

The minimum capital ratios under the Basel III Capital Rules as applicable to the Bank after the full phase-in period of the capital conservation buffer are summarized in the table below.

 

     Minimum Ratio
for Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
    Additional
Capital
Conservation
Buffer
    Minimum Ratio
with Capital
Conservation
Buffer
 

Total risk-based capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted assets)

     8.00     2.50     10.50

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets)

     6.00     2.50     8.50

CET1 risk-based capital ratio (CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets)

     4.50     2.50     7.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio (tier 1 capital to total consolidated assets)

     4.00     —         4.00

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, a banking organization’s assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests), are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on perceived risks inherent in the type of asset. As a result, higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien 1-4 family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors. The Basel III Capital Rules increased the risk weights for a variety of asset classes, including certain commercial real estate mortgages. Additional aspects of the Basel III Capital Rules’ risk-weighting requirements include:

 

   

assigning exposures secured by single-family residential properties to either a 50% risk weight for first-lien mortgages that meet prudent underwriting standards or a 100% risk weight category for all other mortgages;

 

   

providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (increased from 0% under the previous risk-based capital rules);

 

   

assigning a 150% risk weight to all exposures that are nonaccrual or 90 days or more past due (increased from 100% under the previous risk-based capital rules), except for those secured by single-family residential properties, which will be assigned a 100% risk weight, consistent with the previous risk-based capital rules;

 

   

applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain HVCRE acquisition, development, and construction loans; and

 

   

applying a 250% risk weight to the portion of mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks that are not deducted from CET1 capital (increased from 100% under the previous risk-based capital rules).

As of June 30, 2021, the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the minimum capital ratio requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis. At this time, the Company is not required to comply with the Basel III Capital Rules because the Company is subject to the SBHC Policy Statement.

 

167


Table of Contents

On September 17, 2019, the FDIC finalized a rule that provides certain banking organizations with the option to elect out of complying with the Basel III Capital Rules. Under the rule, a qualifying community banking organization, or a QCBO, would be eligible to elect the community bank leverage ratio, or CBLR, framework. A QCBO is defined as a banking organization that is not an advanced approaches banking organization and that has:

 

   

a leverage ratio of greater than 9%;

 

   

total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion;

 

   

total off-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives other than sold credit derivatives and unconditionally cancelable commitments) of 25% or less of total consolidated assets; and

 

   

total trading assets and trading liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets.

A QCBO that elects to use the CBLR framework and that maintains a leverage ratio of greater than 9% is considered to have satisfied the risk-based and leverage capital requirements in the Basel III Capital Rules and to have met the well-capitalized ratio requirements under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, described below. The final rule became effective as of January 1, 2020. The Company did not elect to opt in to the CBLR framework.

Prompt Corrective Action

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For purposes of prompt corrective action, the law establishes five capital tiers: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier depends on its capital levels and certain other factors established by regulation. The applicable FDIC regulations have been amended to incorporate the increased capital requirements required by the Basel III Capital Rules that became effective on January 1, 2015. Under the amended regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well-capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.

At each successively lower capital category, a bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a bank is generally prohibited from making capital distributions and paying management fees to its holding company if doing so would make the bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory restrictions, including among other things, capital directives, forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and prohibitions on paying bonuses or increasing compensation to senior executive officers without FDIC approval. “Critically undercapitalized” are subject to even more severe restrictions, including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a conservator or receiver within 90 days after becoming critically undercapitalized.

The appropriate federal banking agency may determine (after notice and opportunity for a hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution.

The capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of regulatory examinations, the bank’s ability to engage in certain activities and the deposit insurance premium paid by the bank. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt correct action regulations and the capital category may not accurately reflect the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects.

 

168


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2021, the Bank met the requirements for being deemed “well-capitalized” for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations.

Enforcement Powers of Federal and State Banking Agencies

The federal bank regulatory agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver for financial institutions. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us and our officers and directors to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil money penalties. In addition to the grounds discussed above under “—Prompt Corrective Actions,” the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for a depository institution (or the FDIC may appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the fact that the depository institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect of becoming adequately capitalized, fails to become adequately capitalized when required to do so, fails to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan or materially fails to implement an accepted capital restoration plan. The TDSML also has broad enforcement powers over us, including the power to impose orders, remove officers and directors, impose fines and appoint supervisors and conservators.

The Company

General. As a registered bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA. Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve. The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of its operations and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require.

Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control. The BHCA generally requires the prior approval by the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or a bank holding company’s acquisition of more than 5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any additional bank or bank holding company. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the Federal Reserve considers, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position and managerial resources of the combined organization, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record under the CRA and the effectiveness of all organizations involved in the merger or acquisition in combating money laundering activities. In addition, failure to implement or maintain adequate compliance programs could cause bank regulators not to approve an acquisition where regulatory approval is required or to prohibit an acquisition even if approval is not required.

Subject to certain conditions (including deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA and the Dodd-Frank Act), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company. Furthermore, in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies must be well-capitalized and well-managed in order to complete interstate mergers or acquisitions. For a discussion of the capital requirements, see “Regulatory Capital Requirements and Capital Adequacy” above.

Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is

 

169


Table of Contents

conclusively presumed to exist upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain circumstances between 5.00% and 24.99% ownership.

Permitted Activities. The BHCA generally prohibits the Company from controlling or engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve prior to November 11, 1999 to be “so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto.” This authority would permit the Company to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the ownership and operation of a savings association, or any entity engaged in consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development) and mortgage banking and brokerage. The BHCA generally does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuing such activity, ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of non-banking activities, including securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity or that the Federal Reserve determines by order to be complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. The Company has not elected to be a financial holding company, and we have not engaged in any activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature.

If the Company should elect to become a financial holding company, the Company and the Bank must be well-capitalized, well-managed, and have a least a satisfactory CRA rating. If the Company were to become a financial holding company and the Federal Reserve subsequently determined that the Company, as a financial holding company, is not well-capitalized or well-managed, the Company would have a period of time during which to achieve compliance, but during the period of noncompliance, the Federal Reserve may place any limitations on the Company that the Federal Reserve believed to be appropriate. Furthermore, if the Company became a financial holding company and the Federal Reserve subsequently determined that the Bank, as a financial holding company subsidiary, had not received a satisfactory CRA rating, the Company would not be able to commence any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities.

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve policy historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this requirement the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide it. The Company must stand ready to use its available resources to provide adequate capital to the Bank during periods of financial stress or adversity. The Company must also maintain the financial flexibility and capital raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting the Bank. The Company’s failure to meet its source of strength obligations may constitute an unsafe and unsound practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve’s regulations or both. The source of strength obligation most directly affects bank holding companies where a bank holding company’s subsidiary bank fails to maintain adequate capital levels. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to the subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. The BHCA provides that in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy any commitment by a bank holding

 

170


Table of Contents

company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of its subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in activities that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute a violation of law or regulations. Under certain conditions the Federal Reserve may conclude that certain actions of a bank holding company, such as a payment of a cash dividend, would constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve also has the authority to regulate the debt of bank holding companies, including the authority to impose interest rate ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to file written notice and obtain its approval prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities, unless certain conditions are met.

Anti-tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other nonbanking services offered by the bank holding company or its affiliates.

Dividend Payments, Stock Redemptions and Repurchases. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is affected by both general corporate law considerations and the regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies, including the Basel III Capital Rules. Generally, a Texas corporation may not make distributions to its shareholders if (i) after giving effect to the dividend, the corporation would be insolvent, or (ii) the amount of the dividend exceeds the surplus of the corporation. Dividends may be declared and paid in a corporation’s own treasury shares that have been reacquired by the corporation out of surplus. Dividends may be declared and paid in a corporation’s own authorized but unissued shares out of the surplus of the corporation upon the satisfaction of certain conditions.

It is the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. The Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.

Bank holding companies must consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming any equity or other capital instrument included in tier 1 or tier 2 capital prior to stated maturity, if such redemption could have a material effect on the level or composition of the organization’s capital base. In addition, bank holding companies are unable to repurchase shares equal to 10% or more of its net worth if it would not be well-capitalized (as defined by the Federal Reserve) after giving effect to such repurchase. Bank holding companies experiencing financial weaknesses, or that are at significant risk of developing financial weaknesses, must consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or other regulatory capital instruments.

The Bank

General. The Bank is a Texas state savings bank and state member bank of the Federal Reserve. As such, the Bank is subject to examination, supervision and regulation by the TDSML and the Federal Reserve. The TDSML, which is the chartering authority for Texas state savings banks, supervises and regulates all areas of the Bank’s operations including, without limitation, the making of loans, the issuance of securities, the conduct of the Bank’s corporate affairs, the satisfaction of capital adequacy requirements, the payment of dividends and the establishment or closing of banking offices. The Federal Reserve, as the Bank’s primary federal regulator, also

 

171


Table of Contents

supervises and regulates the Bank’s operations and periodically examines the Bank’s operational safety and soundness and compliance with federal law. The TDSML and the Federal Reserve have the power to enforce compliance with applicable banking statutes and regulations. Those regulations include requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the nature and amount of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged on loans, and restrictions relating to investments and other activities of the Bank. In addition, the Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. This gives the FDIC additional enforcement authority over the Bank, such as the ability to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance under certain circumstances.

As a Texas state savings bank, the Bank is empowered by statute, subject to the limitations contained in those statutes, to take and pay interest on savings and time deposits, to accept demand deposits, to make loans on residential and other real estate, to make consumer and commercial loans, to invest, with certain limitations, in equity securities and in debt obligations of banks and corporations, and to provide various other banking services for the benefit of the Bank’s clients. Various state consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of the Bank, including state usury laws and consumer credit laws.

The Texas Finance Code further provides that, subject to the limitations established by rule of the Texas Finance Commission, a Texas state savings bank may make any loan or investment or engage in any activity permitted under state law for a bank or savings and loan association or under federal law for a federal savings and loan association, savings bank or national bank if such institution’s principal office is located in Texas. This provision is commonly referred to as the “Expansion of Powers” provision of the Texas Finance Code applicable to Texas state savings banks.

Under federal law, a Texas state savings bank is treated as a state bank. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as a principal in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the DIF.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a Texas state savings bank, the Bank is required to meet a Qualified Thrift Lender test to avoid certain restrictions on its activities. Specifically, Texas state savings banks are required to maintain at least 50% of their portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments as defined by 12 U.S.C. § 1467a(m)(4)(C) and other assets determined by the commissioner of the TDSML under rules adopted by the Finance Commission, to be substantially equivalent to qualified thrift investments or which further residential lending or community development.

Depositor Preference. In the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors including the parent bank holding company with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to that insured depository institution.

Brokered Deposit Restrictions. Well-capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while adequately capitalized institutions are able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are generally not permitted to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. As of June 30, 2021, the Bank was eligible to accept brokered deposits without a waiver from the FDIC.

Deposit Insurance. FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC to fund the DIF. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. The FDIC’s method for

 

172


Table of Contents

determining the assessment rate for a bank with less than $10 billion in assets is generally based on a formula using financial data and assigned Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System ratings. While in the past an insured depository institution’s assessment base was determined by its deposit base, amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act revised the assessment base so that it is calculated using average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity.

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act raised the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminated the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The DIF reserve ratio reached 1.36 percent on September 30, 2018, exceeding the statutorily required minimum reserve ratio of 1.35 percent ahead of the September 30, 2020, deadline under the Dodd-Frank Act.

At least semi-annually, the FDIC updates its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, may increase or decrease the assessment rates following notice and comment on proposed rulemaking. As a result, the Bank’s FDIC deposit insurance premiums could increase. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank paid $914,927 in FDIC deposit insurance premiums.

Audits. For insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or more, financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as management’s certifications concerning management’s responsibility for the financial statements, must be submitted to the FDIC. If the insured institution has consolidated total assets of more than $1 billion, it must additionally submit an attestation by the auditors regarding the institution’s internal controls. Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or more must also have an audit committee consisting exclusively of outside directors (the majority of whom must be independent of management), and insured institutions with total assets of $1 billion or more must have an audit committee that is entirely independent. The committees of institutions with total assets of more than $3 billion must include members with experience in banking or financial management, must have access to outside counsel and must not include representatives of large customers.

FICO Assessments. In addition to paying basic deposit insurance assessments, insured depository institutions must pay Financing Corporation, or FICO, assessments. FICO is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former Federal Home Loan Bank Board to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FICO issued 30-year non-callable bonds of approximately $8.1 billion. The last of the remaining FICO bonds matured in September 2019. Since 1996, federal legislation requires that all FDIC-insured depository institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO’s outstanding obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank paid no FICO assessments.

Examination Assessments. Texas state savings banks are required to pay assessments to the TDSML to fund its operations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank paid examination assessments to the TDSML totaling $101,583.

Capital Requirements. Banks are generally required to maintain minimum capital ratios. For a discussion of the capital requirements applicable to the Bank, see “Regulatory Capital Requirements and Capital Adequacy” above.

Bank Reserves. The Federal Reserve requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves against some transaction accounts (primarily NOW and Super NOW checking accounts). The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements. An institution may borrow from the Federal Reserve “discount window” as a secondary source of funds if the institution meets the Federal Reserve’s credit standards.

Liquidity Requirements. Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III liquidity

 

173


Table of Contents

framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. The federal banking agencies adopted final Liquidity Coverage Ratio rules in September 2014 and proposed Net Stable Funding Ratio rules in May 2016. These rules introduced two liquidity related metrics: Liquidity Coverage Ratio is intended to require financial institutions to maintain sufficient high-quality liquid resources to survive an acute stress scenario that lasts for one month; and Net Stable Funding Ratio is intended to require financial institutions to maintain a minimum amount of stable sources relative to the liquidity profiles of the institution’s assets and contingent liquidity needs over a one-year period.

While the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and the proposed Net Stable Funding Ratio rules apply only to the largest banking organizations in the country, certain elements may filter down and become applicable to or expected of all insured depository institutions and bank holding companies.

Dividend Payments. The primary source of funds for the Company is dividends from the Bank. The ability of the Bank, as a Texas state savings bank, to pay dividends is restricted under the Texas Finance Code. Pursuant to the Texas Finance Code, a Texas state savings bank may declare and pay a dividend out of current or retained earnings, in cash or additional stock, to the holders of record of the stock outstanding on the date the dividend is declared. However, without the prior approval of the TDSML, a cash dividend may not be declared by the board of a Texas state savings bank that the TDSML considers to be in an unsafe condition or to have less than zero total retained earnings on the date of the dividend declaration.

The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on the payment of dividends as a result of the requirement that the Bank maintain an adequate level of capital in accordance with federal laws and regulations and with guidelines promulgated from time to time by the federal banking agencies.

The present and future dividend policy of the Bank is subject to the discretion of its board of directors. In determining whether to pay dividends to the Company and, if made, the amount of the dividends, the board of directors of the Bank considers many of the same factors discussed above. The Bank cannot guarantee that it will have the financial ability to pay dividends to the Company, or if dividends are paid, that they will be sufficient for the Company to make distributions to shareholders. The Bank is not obligated to pay dividends.

Transactions with Affiliates. The Bank is subject to sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, or the Affiliates Act, and the Federal Reserve’s implementing Regulation W. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. Accordingly, transactions between the Company, the Bank and any non-bank subsidiaries will be subject to a number of restrictions. The Affiliates Act imposes restrictions and limitations on the Bank from making extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on behalf of, the Company or other affiliates, the purchase of, or investment in, stock or other securities thereof, the taking of such securities as collateral for loans and the purchase of assets of the Company or other affiliates. Such restrictions and limitations prevent the Company or other affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by marketable obligations of designated amounts. Furthermore, such secured loans and investments by the Bank to or in the Company or to or in any other non-banking affiliate are limited, individually, to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus, and such transactions are limited in the aggregate to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. All such transactions, as well as contracts entered into between the Bank and affiliates, must be on terms that are no less favorable to the Bank than those that would be available from non-affiliated third parties. Federal Reserve policies also forbid the payment by bank subsidiaries of management fees which are unreasonable in amount or exceed the fair market value of the services rendered or, if no market exists, actual costs plus a reasonable profit.

Financial Subsidiaries. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or the GLBA, subject to certain conditions imposed by their respective banking regulators, national and state-chartered banks are permitted to form “financial subsidiaries” that may conduct financial activities or activities incidental thereto, thereby permitting bank subsidiaries to engage in certain activities that previously were impermissible. The GLBA imposes several safeguards and restrictions on financial subsidiaries, including that the parent bank’s equity investment in the

 

174


Table of Contents

financial subsidiary be deducted from the bank’s assets and tangible equity for purposes of calculating the bank’s capital adequacy. In addition, the GLBA imposed new restrictions on transactions between a bank and its financial subsidiaries similar to restrictions applicable to transactions between banks and non-bank affiliates.

Loans to Directors, Executive Officers and Principal Shareholders. The authority of the Bank to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and principal shareholders, including their immediate family members and corporations and other entities that they control, is subject to substantial restrictions and requirements under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O, as well as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These statutes and regulations impose limits on the amount of loans the Bank may make to directors and other insiders and require that the loans must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not affiliated with the Company or the Bank, that the Bank must follow credit underwriting procedures at least as stringent as those applicable to comparable transactions with persons who are not affiliated with the Company or the Bank, and that the loans must not involve a greater than normal risk of non-payment or include other features not favorable to the Bank. Furthermore, the Bank must periodically report all loans made to directors and other insiders to the bank regulators.

Limits on Loans to One Borrower. The Bank is subject to limits on the amount of loans it can make to one borrower. With certain limited exceptions, loans and extensions of credit from the Bank to any borrower (including certain related entities of the borrower) at any one time may not exceed 25% of the tier 1 capital of the Bank. The Bank may lend an additional amount if the loan is fully secured by certain types of collateral, like bonds or notes of the United States. Certain types of loans are exempted from the lending limits, including loans secured by segregated deposits held by the Bank.

Safety and Soundness Standards / Risk Management. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines establishing operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.

In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the financial institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If a financial institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the financial institution’s rate of growth, require the financial institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal bank regulatory agencies, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

During the past decade, the bank regulatory agencies have increasingly emphasized the importance of sound risk management processes and strong internal controls when evaluating the activities of the financial institutions they supervise. Properly managing risks has been identified as critical to the conduct of safe and sound banking activities and has become even more important as new technologies, product innovation and the size and speed of financial transactions have changed the nature of banking markets. The agencies have identified a spectrum of risks facing a banking institution including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal and reputational risk. In particular, recent regulatory pronouncements have focused on operational risk, which arises from the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. New products and services, third party risk management and cybersecurity are critical sources of operational risk that financial institutions are expected to

 

175


Table of Contents

address in the current environment. The Bank is expected to have active board and senior management oversight; adequate policies, procedures and limits; adequate risk measurement, monitoring and management information systems; and comprehensive internal controls.

Branching Authority. Deposit-taking banking offices of the Bank must be approved by the Federal Reserve and the TDSML, which consider a number of factors including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate power. The Dodd-Frank Act permits insured state banks to engage in interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new banking office is to be established would permit the establishment of the banking office if it were chartered by a bank in such state. Finally, the Company may also establish banking offices in other states by merging with banks or by purchasing banking offices of other banks in other states, subject to certain restrictions.

Interstate Deposit Restrictions. The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, or the Riegle-Neal Act, together with the Dodd-Frank Act, relaxed prior branching restrictions under federal law by permitting, subject to regulatory approval, banks to establish branches in states where the laws permit banks chartered in such states to establish branches.

Section 109 of the Riegle-Neal Act prohibits a bank from establishing or acquiring a branch or branches outside of its home state primarily for the purpose of deposit production. To determine compliance with Section 109, the appropriate federal banking agency first compares a bank’s estimated statewide loan-to-deposit ratio to the estimated host state loan-to-deposit ratio. If a bank’s statewide loan-to-deposit ratio is at least one-half of the published host state loan-to-deposit ratio, the bank has complied with Section 109. A second step is conducted if a bank’s estimated statewide loan-to-deposit ratio is less than one-half of the published ratio for that state. The second step requires the appropriate agency to determine whether the bank is reasonably helping to meet the credit needs of the communities served by the bank’s interstate branches. A bank that fails both steps is in violation of Section 109 and subject to sanctions by the appropriate agency. Those sanctions may include requiring the bank’s interstate branches in the non-compliant state be closed or not permitting the bank to open new branches in the non-compliant state.

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The CRA specifically directs the federal bank regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess their record of helping to meet the credit needs of their entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions or holding company formations.

The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations which measure a bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations on a performance based evaluation system. This system bases CRA ratings on an institution’s actual lending service and investment performance rather than the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach or complies with other procedural requirements. The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.” The Bank had a CRA rating of “satisfactory” as of its most recent CRA assessment.

Anti-Money Laundering and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation. The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the U.S. financial system and has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The USA PATRIOT Act substantially broadened the scope of United States AML laws and regulations by imposing significant compliance and due diligence obligations, created new crimes and penalties and expanded the extra territorial jurisdiction of the United States. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships, must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high risk customers and must implement a written customer

 

176


Table of Contents

identification program. Financial institutions must take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these obligations and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act or its regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be in violation of these obligations.

Among other requirements, the USA PATRIOT Act and implementing regulations require banks to establish AML programs that include, at a minimum:

 

   

internal policies, procedures and controls designed to implement and maintain the bank’s compliance with all of the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, the BSA and related laws and regulations;

 

   

systems and procedures for monitoring and reporting suspicious transactions and activities;

 

   

a designated compliance officer;

 

   

employee training;

 

   

an independent audit function to test the AML program;

 

   

procedures to verify the identity of each customer upon the opening of accounts; and

 

   

heightened due diligence policies, procedures and controls applicable to certain foreign accounts and relationships.

Additionally, the USA PATRIOT Act requires each financial institution to develop a customer identification program, or the CIP, as part of its AML program. The key components of the CIP are identification, verification, government list comparison, notice and record retention. The purpose of the CIP is to enable the financial institution to determine the true identity and anticipated account activity of each customer. To make this determination, among other things, the financial institution must collect certain information from customers at the time they enter into the customer relationship with the financial institution. This information must be verified within a reasonable time through documentary and non-documentary methods. Furthermore, all customers must be screened against any CIP-related government lists of known or suspected terrorists. Financial institutions are also required to comply with various reporting and recordkeeping requirements. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC consider an applicant’s effectiveness in combating money laundering, among other factors, in connection with an application to approve a bank merger or acquisition of control of a bank or bank holding company.

Likewise, OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. Financial institutions are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence.

Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate AML and OFAC programs, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate. The federal banking agencies have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by

 

177


Table of Contents

multifamily and non-farm nonresidential properties (excluding loans secured by owner-occupied properties) and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. On December 18, 2015, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a “statement on prudent risk management for commercial real estate lending.”

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations. The Bank is subject to numerous federal laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with the Bank, including but not limited to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Military Lending Act, the Real Estate Procedures Act of 1974, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act and laws prohibiting unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices in connection with consumer financial products and services. Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those enacted under federal law. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans and conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission and registration rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability.

Rulemaking authority for most federal consumer protection laws was transferred from the federal banking regulators to the CFPB on July 21, 2011. The CFPB also has broad authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices and to investigate and penalize financial institutions that violate this prohibition. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The creation of the CFPB by the Dodd-Frank Act has led to enhanced enforcement of consumer financial protection laws.

Incentive Compensation Guidance

The federal bank regulatory agencies have issued comprehensive guidance intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk-management, control and governance processes. The incentive compensation guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon three primary principles: (1) balanced risk-taking incentives; (2) compatibility with effective controls and risk management; and (3) strong corporate governance. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or take other actions. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s federal supervisor may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, the Basel III Capital Rules limit discretionary bonus payments to bank executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. Although the federal bank regulatory agencies proposed additional rules in 2016 related to incentive compensation for all banks with more than $1 billion in assets, those rules have not yet been finalized. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the near future.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires public companies to include, at least once every three years, a separate non-binding “say-on-pay” vote in their proxy statement by which shareholders may vote on the compensation of

 

178


Table of Contents

the public company’s named executive officers. In addition, if such public companies are involved in a merger, acquisition, or consolidation, or if they propose to sell or dispose of all or substantially all of their assets, shareholders have a right to an advisory vote on any golden parachute arrangements in connection with such transaction (frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” vote). Although we will be exempt from these requirements while we are an emerging growth company, other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may impact our corporate governance. For instance, the SEC adopted rules prohibiting the listing of any equity security of a company that does not have a compensation committee consisting solely of independent directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to adopt rules requiring all exchange-traded companies to adopt claw-back policies for incentive compensation paid to executive officers in the event of accounting restatements based on material non-compliance with financial reporting requirements. Those rules, however, have not yet been finalized. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the near future.

Financial Privacy

The federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.

Impact of Monetary Policy

The monetary policy of the Federal Reserve has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the tools available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These tools are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

Impact of Current Laws and Regulations

The cumulative effect of these laws and regulations, while providing certain benefits, adds significantly to the cost of our operations and thus may have a negative impact on our profitability. There has also been a notable expansion in recent years of financial service providers that are not subject to the examination, oversight and other rules and regulations to which we are subject. Those providers, because they are not so highly regulated, may have a competitive advantage over us and may continue to draw large amounts of funds away from traditional banking institutions, with a continuing adverse effect on the banking industry in general.

Future Legislation and Regulatory Reform

In recent years, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of financial institutions. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute. Future legislation, regulation and policies and the

 

179


Table of Contents

effects of such legislation, regulation and policies, may have a significant influence on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects and the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits. Such legislation, regulation and policies have had a significant effect on the operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so.

 

180


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below) that purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and hold such common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and rulings and pronouncements of the IRS, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or subject to different interpretation. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and conclusions reached in the following discussion, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to such statements and conclusions discussed below and that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained by a court.

This summary does not address all tax consequences that may be relevant to specific holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation: banks or other financial institutions, grantor trusts, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, foreign personal holding companies, pension plans or funds, retirement plans, qualified foreign pension funds as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein), dealers or brokers in securities or currency, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S., hybrid entities, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who are subject to the U.S. anti-inversion rules, persons who have acquired our common stock as compensation in connection with the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, persons who have acquired our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction and persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account on an applicable financial statement. In addition, this discussion addresses only U.S. federal income tax consequences and does not address any other U.S. federal tax consequences (such as the Medicare contribution tax or U.S. federal estate or gift tax) or any aspects of state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws.

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership that holds our common stock and any partner who owns an interest in such a partnership should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF OUR COMMON STOCK. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

181


Table of Contents

As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” or “you” refers to a beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is neither a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for such purposes) nor a “United States person” which term refers to any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States (including certain former citizens and former long-term residents of the United States);

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust which (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Dividends and Distributions

In the event that we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock) in respect of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, they will first constitute a nontaxable return of capital and will first reduce your adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain realized from the disposition of the common stock, which is subject to the tax treatment discussed below under “Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition.” A non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a share of our common stock is generally such holder’s purchase price for such share, reduced (but not below zero) by the amount, if any, of prior tax-free return of capital.

Subject to the discussions below and under the headings, “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” distributions that constitute dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not “effectively connected” with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30.0% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty withholding rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 (or any successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s U.S. taxpayer identification number, status as a non-U.S. person and such holder’s entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation in accordance with Treasury Regulations to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment to the non-U.S. Holder of any dividends and must be updated periodically, including upon a change in circumstances that makes any information on such certificate incorrect. A non-U.S. holder that fails to provide the required documentation but that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States), are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or other applicable IRS

 

182


Table of Contents

Form W-8 (or successor form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are generally taxed on a net income basis at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30.0% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and as provided by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

   

you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale, exchange or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, gain derived from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition will be subject to tax on a net income basis under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons. Also, a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30.0% rate of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30.0% tax, or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on the gain derived from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition which tax may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year (provided that you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses).

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code), such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5.0% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed annually with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends regardless of whether withholding was required. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person in order to avoid backup withholding tax. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty generally should satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid backup withholding tax as well.

 

183


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, information reporting and backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person. Even if a non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption from withholding, we or our paying agent may still be required to report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

U.S. backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes a 30% withholding tax on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and other non-financial foreign entities (including in some cases, when such foreign financial entity or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary) unless certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification requirements are satisfied.

As a general matter, FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and, except as noted below, the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless:

 

   

the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution” that has entered into an agreement with the United States to implement FATCA, and the entity complies with the diligence and reporting requirements of such an agreement, including to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to U.S. taxing authorities substantial information on U.S. account holders;

 

   

the foreign entity is a “non-financial foreign entity” and certifies that it has no “substantial United States owners” or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners; or

 

   

the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise is exempted under FATCA.

On December 13, 2018, the IRS and the Treasury Department issued proposed regulations that provide certain guidance and relief from the regulatory burden associated with FATCA, or the Proposed Regulations. The Proposed Regulations provide that the gross proceeds from a disposition of stock, such as our stock, is no longer subject to the 30% federal withholding tax. With limited exceptions, the IRS and the Treasury Department provide that taxpayers can generally rely on the Proposed Regulations until final regulations are issued. A withholding agent such as a broker will determine whether or not to implement gross proceeds FATCA withholding.

An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable non-U.S. government may modify these rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail a significant administrative burden).

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect of FATCA on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

184


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus in an underwritten offering in which we and Stephens Inc., Piper Sandler & Co., and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are entering into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered hereby. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, and we have severally agreed to sell, the number of shares of common stock indicated in the following table:

 

     Number of
Shares
 

Stephens Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

                   

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of our common stock subject to a number of conditions, including (among other things) that the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters in the underwriting agreement are true, that there is no material adverse change in the financial markets, that we deliver customary closing documents and legal opinions to the underwriters and receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters. The obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by this prospectus are subject to these conditions. The underwriting agreement further provides that if any underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute offering documents to investors electronically. See “—Electronic Distribution.”

Underwriting Discounts

Shares of our common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares of our common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                per share from the initial public offering price. If all of the shares of our common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares of our common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional                 shares of our common stock, discussed below:

 

    Per Share     No Exercise     Full Exercise  

Public offering price

  $                 $                 $              

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $       $       $    

Proceeds to us, before expenses

  $       $       $    

In addition to the underwriting discount, we will reimburse the underwriters for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their engagement as underwriters, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the underwriters in connection with the directed share program and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering up to $250,000, in each case regardless of whether this offering is consummated. In addition, we have agreed to pay the costs of any chartered or private aircraft utilized by us and the underwriters in connection with the roadshow for this offering, subject to our prior written consent. If we consent to the use of chartered or private aircraft, we

 

185


Table of Contents

expect that the underwriters allocable share of the costs of the aircraft, which we would pay, would be approximately $20,000. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, these reimbursed fees are deemed underwriting compensation for this offering. In addition to the underwriting discount, we estimate the expenses of this offering to be approximately $                 and are payable by us.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to                  additional shares of our common stock, at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts. The underwriters may exercise this option, in whole or in part, from time to time for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to the conditions in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares of our common stock proportionate to the number of shares reflected next to such underwriter’s name in the table above relative to the total number of shares reflected in such table. If any additional shares of our common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers and directors, and certain of our shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters, which generally restrict the sale of an aggregate of                 shares as described below following the offering. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the underwriters and subject to limited exceptions:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, hypothecate, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the foregoing, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith under the Securities Act;

 

   

enter into any swap, hedge, or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the shares of our common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

   

publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, pledge, sale or disposition, or to enter into any such swap, hedge, transaction or other similar arrangement; or

 

   

make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock.

These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. At any time and without public notice, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, waive or release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements. However, as to any of our executive officers or directors, the underwriters have agreed to notify us at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver, and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

These restrictions also apply to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with our common stock to the same extent as they apply to our common stock. They also apply to common stock owned now or later acquired by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

 

186


Table of Contents

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of our common stock will be our historical performance, our business potential and our earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly-traded common stock of comparable companies, the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of comparable companies in related businesses and other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market for the shares of our common stock will develop. It is also possible that the shares of our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price following the completion of this offering.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “TCBX.”

Indemnification and Contribution

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their affiliates, selling agents, and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to the payments the underwriters and their affiliates, selling agents, and controlling persons may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Stabilization

To facilitate this offering and in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, or Regulation M, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

 

   

stabilizing transactions;

 

   

short sales; and

 

   

purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

 

187


Table of Contents

As an additional means of facilitating our initial public offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in the open market. The underwriting syndicate also may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing shares of our common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed shares of our common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of our common stock.

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time without notice. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution of this offering. A passive market maker must generally display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, the passive market maker may continue to bid and effect purchases at a price exceeding the then highest independent bid until specified purchase limits are exceeded, at which time such bid must be lowered to an amount no higher than the then highest independent bid. Passive market making may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriters engaged in passive market making are not required to engage in passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the websites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites and any information contained on any other website maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by the underwriters or us, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                  shares of our common stock which represents                % of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees, business associates, and related persons or entities. Reserved shares purchased by our directors and executive officers will be subject to the lock-up provisions described above. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares. Any reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.

Affiliations

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory,

 

188


Table of Contents

investment management, investment advisory, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, loan referrals, valuation and brokerage activities. From time to time, the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates have directly and indirectly engaged, and may in the future engage, in various financial advisory, investment banking loan referrals and commercial banking services with us and our affiliates, for which they received or paid, or may receive or pay, customary compensation, fees and expense reimbursement. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and those investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of those securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in those securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of shares to the public has been or will be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our common stock offered hereby that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of shares to the public may be made in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors, as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “an offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

The prospectus has only been communicated or caused to have been communicated and will only be communicated or caused to have been communicated as an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock offered hereby in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us. All applicable provisions of the FSMA have been or will be complied with in respect of anything done in relation to the shares of our common stock offered hereby in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of

 

189


Table of Contents

the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

190


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP, Dallas, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Fenimore Kay Harrison LLP, Austin, Texas.

EXPERTS

Our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of Whitley Penn LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits or schedules filed therewith. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the shares of common stock that we propose to sell in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements or summaries in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement or summary is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. Our filings with the SEC, including the registration statement, are also available to you for free on that site.

Following the offering, we will become subject to the informational and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with those requirements, will file reports and proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and proxy and information statements and other information at the internet site set forth above. We intend to furnish to our shareholders our annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm.

We also maintain an internet site at www.tcbssb.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

191


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and December  31, 2019

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December  31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.

  

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and December  31, 2020

     F-52  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

     F-53  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

     F-54  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

     F-55  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

     F-56  

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-57  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiary

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

/s/ Whitley Penn LLP

Austin, Texas

April 7, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31,

 

ASSETS

   2020     2019  

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 201,269,687     $ 95,718,791  

Federal funds sold

     2,290,626       346,525  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     203,560,313       96,065,316  

Interest bearing time deposits in other banks

     129,402       129,402  

Investment securities available for sale

     25,595,317       536,326  

Loans held for sale

     2,345,550       —    

Loans, net of allowance for loan and lease loss of $11,979,492 and $8,123,362 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     1,544,112,396       800,482,708  

Accrued interest receivable

     13,675,906       3,254,347  

Premises and equipment, net

     15,155,699       7,704,708  

Other real estate owned

     3,367,207       1,766,833  

Bank-owned life insurance

     25,960,632       10,605,737  

Non-marketable securities

     4,406,654       1,989,200  

Deferred tax asset, net

     4,039,009       1,296,917  

Core Deposit Intangible, net

     1,453,502       —    

Goodwill

     18,033,880       —    

Other assets

     5,457,795       4,505,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,867,293,262     $ 928,336,640  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest bearing

   $ 327,360,814     $ 128,296,965  

Interest bearing

     1,306,470,103       678,961,323  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,633,830,917       807,258,288  

Accrued interest payable

     1,215,170       1,746,178  

Other liabilities

     6,654,470       1,652,864  

FHLB advances

     70,000,000       30,000,000  

Note payable - Senior Debt

     20,875,000       22,375,000  

Note payable - Subordinated Debt

     13,000,000       8,000,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,745,575,557       871,032,330  

Commitments and contingencies - ESOP-owned shares

     1,301,502       783,290  

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $1 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,350,184 and 3,923,224 issued; and 6,276,759 and 3,852,071 outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     6,350,184       3,923,224  

Additional paid-in capital

     91,461,923       41,831,567  

Retained earnings

     24,605,020       12,489,767  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     279,440       490  

Treasury stock: at cost; 73,425 and 71,153 shares December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     (978,862     (940,738
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     121,717,705       57,304,310  

Less: ESOP-owned shares

     1,301,502       783,290  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     120,416,203       56,521,020  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,867,293,262     $ 928,336,640  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Income

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

     2020      2019  

Interest income:

     

Loans, including fees

   $ 80,790,612      $ 47,569,879  

Fees on derivative instruments

     333,385        —    

Investment securities available-for-sale

     296,996        24,219  

Federal funds sold and deposits in other banks

     819,540        2,330,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     82,240,533        49,924,696  

Interest expense:

     

Deposit accounts

     12,301,774        13,787,105  

FHLB advances and notes payable

     2,057,982        2,186,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     14,359,756        15,973,521  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     67,880,777        33,951,175  

Provision for loan losses

     7,550,000        1,625,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     60,330,777        32,326,175  

Noninterest income:

     

Services charges and fees

     1,709,274        547,298  

Gain on sales of SBA loans

     266,422        —    

Other

     706,079        670,165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     2,681,775        1,217,463  

Noninterest expense:

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     29,261,508        19,982,675  

Data processing and network expense

     3,183,704        1,738,480  

Occupancy and equipment expense

     4,127,289        2,611,503  

Legal and professional

     3,961,672        2,415,426  

Loan operations and other real estate owned expense

     1,368,655        819,442  

Regulatory assessments

     1,302,734        434,458  

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     —          38,104  

Other

     4,197,422        2,270,437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     47,402,984        30,310,525  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income before income tax expense

     15,609,568        3,233,113  

Income tax expense

     3,494,315        851,830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 12,115,253      $ 2,381,283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.94      $ 0.62  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.91      $ 0.60  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY    

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income     

For the Years Ended December 31,     

 

     2020      2019  

Net Income

   $ 12,115,253      $ 2,381,283  

Other compreshensive income

     

Unrealized gain on investments available-for-sale arising during the period, net of deferred income tax expense of $28,866 and $6,035

     108,590        22,703  

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments arising during the period, net of deferred income tax expense of $45,285 and $0

     170,360        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     278,950        22,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 12,394,203      $ 2,403,986  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Less:
ESOP-
Owned
Shares
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2018

  $ 3,867,284     $ 40,911,427     $ 10,108,484     $ (22,213   $ (413,316   $ (325,837   $ 54,125,829  

Net income

    —         —         2,381,283       —         —         —         2,381,283  

Share-based compensation

    —         230,308       —         —         —         —         230,308  

Stock options exercised

    29,250       271,750       —         —         —         —         301,000  

Issuance of common stock to ESOP

    26,690       418,082       —         —         —         (444,772     —    

Net change in fair value of ESOP shares

    —         —         —         —         —         (12,681     (12,681

Net redemption of treasury stock

    —         —         —         —         (527,422     —         (527,422

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —         —         —         22,703       —         —         22,703  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

  $ 3,923,224     $ 41,831,567     $ 12,489,767     $ 490     ($ 940,738   $ (783,290   $ 56,521,020  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

  $ 3,923,224     $ 41,831,567     $ 12,489,767     $ 490     $ (940,738   $ (783,290   $ 56,521,020  

Net income

    —         —         12,115,253       —         —         —         12,115,253  

Share-based compensation

    —         274,932       —         —         —         —         274,932  

Stock options exercised

    31,870       352,903       —         —         —         —         384,773  

Common stock issued for acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

    2,362,555       48,498,514       —         —         —         —         50,861,069  

Issuance of common stock to ESOP

    32,535       504,007       —         —         —         (536,542     —    

Net change in fair value of ESOP shares

    —         —         —         —         —         18,330       18,330  

Net redemption of treasury stock

    —         —         —         —         (38,124     —         (38,124

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —         —         —         278,950       —         —         278,950  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

  $ 6,350,184     $ 91,461,923     $ 24,605,020     $ 279,440     $ (978,862   $ (1,301,502   $ 120,416,203  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

     2020     2019  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 12,115,253     $ 2,381,283  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     7,550,000       1,625,000  

Changes in deferred tax asset, net

     (1,707,544     (418,075

Share based compensation expense

     274,932       230,308  

Gain on sale of SBA loans

     (266,422     —    

Writedown of other real estate owned

     10,084       —    

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     —         38,104  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     6,804       —    

Amortization of premium on securities, net

     60,146       1,681  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     (10,145,220     869,354  

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

     (353,972     (258,457

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Originations of loans held for sale

     (5,002,895     —    

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

     3,839,636       —    

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (9,699,205     (1,324,185

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     (336,004     441,300  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (3,654,407     3,586,313  

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Net increase in interest bearing deposits in other banks

     —         (2,112

Decrease (increase) in non-marketable equity securities

     (986,800     1,374,700  

Investment securities available-for-sale activity:

    

Purchases

     (1,923,756,261     (599,987,933

Maturities, calls and principal paydowns

     1,902,559,554       600,320,034  

Net loans held for investment originated

     (482,412,820     (120,707,834

Net additions to bank premises and equipment

     (1,352,711     (2,975,081

Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets

     59,071       —    

Construction additions on foreclosed assets

     (230,457     (395,447

Proceeds from partial settlement on foreclosed asset

     —         215,521  

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets

     —         459,288  

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

     (10,000,000     —    

Net cash acquired from acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

     16,111,821       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (500,008,603     (121,698,864

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in deposits

     566,774,816       72,560,111  

Proceeds from issuance of other borrowings

     51,000,000       8,000,000  

Repayment of notes payable

     (7,500,000     (1,500,000

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     536,542       444,772  

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     384,773       301,000  

Net redemption of treasury stock

     (38,124     (527,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     611,158,007       79,278,461  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     107,494,997       (38,834,090

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     96,065,316       134,899,406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 203,560,313     $ 96,065,316  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 14,890,764     $ 15,790,548  

Cash paid for income taxes, net of $144,431 refund in 2020

   $ 2,655,569     $ 990,000  

Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

    

Loans transferred to other real estate owned, net

   $ 1,380,000     $ 31,913  

Net change in fair value of ESOP-owned shares

   $ 18,330     $ (12,681

Common stock issued for acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

   $ 50,861,069     $ —    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. through its subsidiary, Third Coast Bank, a Texas state banking corporation (“Bank”) and the Bank’s subsidiary, Third Coast Commercial Capital (collectively known as the “Company”) provide general consumer and commercial banking services through twelve branch offices located in the North, Central and Southeast regions of Texas. Branch locations include: Humble, Beaumont, Port Arthur, Houston, Conroe, Pearland, Lake Jackson, Dallas, Plano, Detroit, La Vernia and Nixon. The Bank is engaged in traditional community banking activities, which include commercial and retail lending, deposit gathering, and investment and liquidity management activities. The Bank’s primary deposit products are demand deposits, money market accounts and certificates of deposit; its primary lending products are commercial business and real estate, real estate mortgage and consumer loans. Third Coast Commercial Capital engages in accounts receivable factoring activities. The Company is subject to the regulations of certain government agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and the methods of applying those policies that materially affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and prevailing banking industry practices. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses for the periods shown. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements including, the allowance for loan losses, the fair values of financial instruments and the status of contingencies.

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through April 7, 2021 the date of which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. (“Bancshares”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Third Coast Bank, SSB (the “Bank”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

On January 1, 2020, the Company acquired Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Heritage Bank (collectively known as Heritage). The Company merged Heritage into the Bank and subsequently dissolved Heritage (see Note 19, Business Combinations).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions that have initial maturities of less than 90 days when acquired by the Company and federal funds sold.

Interest Bearing Time Deposits in Other Banks

Interest bearing time deposits in other banks are carried at cost and generally mature between 90 days to one year from purchase date.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Investment Securities Available-For-Sale

Investment securities available-for-sale consists of bonds, notes, and debentures that are not classified as trading securities or held-to-maturity securities. Investment securities available-for-sale are held for indefinite periods of time and carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. Management determines the appropriate classification of investment securities at the time of purchase.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is recognized using the simple-interest method on the daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Fees and costs associated with originating loans (excluding PPP loans) are generally recognized in income and expense in the period in which the fees were received and/or costs were incurred. Under GAAP, such fees and costs generally are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, management believes that not deferring such fees and costs and amortizing them over the life of the related loans does not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

During 2020, the Bank participated in the federally guaranteed SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). Origination fees related to this program and in excess of $5,000 were deferred and amortized over the life of the loan, either two or five years, on a straight-line basis. The unamortized balance of fees is fully accreted into income when the loan is paid off. Management believes that this method of accretion does not materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement. Reserves on impaired loans are primarily measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining book balance of the asset is deemed to be collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. A loan is placed back on accrual status when both principal and interest are current, and it is probable that the Company will be able to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged against income. The allowance for loan losses includes specific reserves for impaired loans and an estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date, but not yet identified with specific loans. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an assessment of the current loan portfolio, including known inherent risks, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

From time to time, the Company modifies its loan agreement with a borrower. A modified loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring when two conditions are met: (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (ii) concessions are made by the Company that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower with similar credit risk characteristics. Modifications to loan terms may include a lower interest rate, a reduction of principal, or a longer term to maturity. At the time of restructuring, the Company evaluates the economic and business conditions and collection efforts, and should the collection of interest be doubtful, the loan is placed on non-accrual. Each of these loans is evaluated for impairment and a specific reserve is recorded, as necessary, based on probable losses, taking into consideration the related collateral and modified loan terms and cash flow.

At December 31, 2020, the Company had $390,803,748 in outstanding loan balances related to the guaranteed SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), and are included within the commercial and industrial loan balances throughout the footnotes. These loans are net of $6,936,325 in deferred loan fees as of December 31, 2020. There were no outstanding PPP loans at December 31, 2019.

The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income with an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis and makes changes as appropriate. Management receives frequent reports related to loan originations, quality, concentrations, delinquencies, non-performing, and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions, both by type of loan and geography.

Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. Underwriting standards are designed to determine whether the borrower possesses sound business ethics and practices and to evaluate current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and include personal guarantees.

Agricultural loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans. Agricultural loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most agricultural loans are secured by the agriculture related assets being financed, such as farmland, cattle, or equipment, and include personal guarantees.

Real estate loans are also subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and agricultural loans. These loans are underwritten primarily based on projected cash flows and, secondarily, as loans secured by real estate. The repayment of real estate loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loans or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s real estate portfolio are generally diverse in terms of type and geographic location throughout the Houston, Dallas, and Beaumont-Port Arthur metropolitan areas. This diversity helps reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Generally, real estate loans are owner occupied which further reduces the Company’s risk.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

The Company utilizes methodical credit standards and analysis to supplement its policies and procedures in underwriting consumer loans. The Company’s loan policy addresses types of consumer loans that may

be originated and the collateral, if secured, which must be perfected. The relatively smaller individual dollar amounts of consumer loans that are spread over numerous individual borrowers also minimizes the Company’s risk.

Certain Acquired Loans

Acquired loans purchased from third parties are recorded at their estimated fair value at the acquisition date, and are initially classified as either purchase credit impaired (“PCI”) loans (i.e. loans that reflect credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at acquisition that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments) or purchased non-impaired loans (“acquired performing loans”).

Acquired performing loans are accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310-20. Performance of certain loans may be monitored and based on management’s assessment of the cash flows and other facts available, portions of the accretable difference may be delayed or suspended if management deems appropriate. The Company’s policy for determining when to discontinue accruing interest on acquired performing loans and the subsequent accounting for such loans is essentially the same as the policy for originated loans described above.

An ALLL is calculated using a methodology similar to that described for originated loans. Acquired performing loans are subsequently evaluated for any required allowance at each reporting date. Such required allowance for each loan is compared to the remaining fair value discount for that loan. If greater, the excess is recognized as an addition to the allowance through a provision for loan losses. If less than the discount, no additional allowance is recorded. Charge-offs and losses first reduce any remaining fair value discount for the loan and once the discount is depleted, losses are applied against the allowance established for that loan.

PCI loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each loan meeting the criteria above and determines the excess of the loan’s scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted. These credit discounts (“nonaccretable marks”) are included in the determination of the initial fair value for acquired loans; therefore, an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. Differences between the estimated fair values and expected cash flows of acquired loans at the acquisition date that are not credit-based (“accretable marks”) are subsequently accreted to interest income over the estimated life of the loans using a method that approximates a level yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the acquisition date for PCI loans, increases in cash flows over those expected at the acquisition date result in a move of the discount from nonaccretable to accretable. Decreases in expected cash flows after the acquisition date are recognized through the provision for loan losses.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Certain Acquired Loans - continued

 

For PCI loans after acquisition, cash flows expected to be collected are recast for each loan periodically as determined appropriate by management. If the present value of expected cash flows for a loan is less than its carrying value, impairment is reflected by an increase in the ALLL and a charge to the provision for loan losses. If the present value of the expected cash flows for a loan is greater than its carrying value, any previously established ALLL is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield, which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan. Loan dispositions may include sales of loans,

receipt of payments in full from the borrower, or foreclosure. Write-downs are not recorded on the PCI loan until actual losses exceed the remaining non-accretable difference. To date, no write-downs have been recorded for the PCI loans held by the Company. Loans that were considered troubled debt restructurings by the third party prior to the acquisition date are not required to be classified as troubled debt restructurings in the Company’s consolidated financial statements unless or until such loans would subsequently meet criteria to be classified as such, since acquired loans were recorded at their estimated fair values at the time of the acquisition.

Loans Held for Sale and Servicing Assets

Loans held for sale include mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell on the secondary market. Mortgage loans held for sale are held for an interim period of usually less than 30 days. Accordingly, these loans are carried at aggregate cost and deemed to be the equivalent of fair value based on the short-term nature of the loans.

Certain Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market. They are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are determined on a specific identification basis and are included in non-interest income. SBA loan transfers are accounted for as sales when control over the loan has been surrendered. Control over such loans is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

The Company has adopted guidance issued by the FASB that clarifies the accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities, in which, after a transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished. To calculate the gain or loss on sale of loans, the Company’s investment in the loan is allocated among the retained portion of the loan, the servicing retained, the interest-only strip and the sold portion of the loan, based on the relative fair value of each portion. The gain or loss on the sold portion of the loan is recognized based on the difference between the sale proceeds and the allocated investment. As a result of the relative fair value allocation, the carrying value of the retained portion is discounted, with the discount accreted to interest income over the life of the loan.

Servicing assets are amortized over an estimated life using a method that is in proportion to the estimated future servicing income. In the event future prepayments exceed management’s estimates and future cash flows are inadequate to cover the servicing asset, additional amortization would be recognized. The portion of servicing

 

F-12


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Loans Held for Sale and Servicing Assets - continued

 

fees in excess of the contracted servicing fees is reflected as interest-only strips receivable, which are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company was servicing loans previously sold of approximately $6,009,774 and $6,559,103, respectively. The related servicing assets receivable were not material to the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Premises and Equipment

Buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation, computed principally by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related asset. Land is not depreciated. Major replacements and betterments are capitalized while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in income as incurred. A small portion of the building’s floor space is currently leased out to tenants and recognized in income when earned.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned represents properties acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any write-down to fair value at the time of transfer to other real estate owned is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Costs of improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding other real estate owned and subsequent adjustments to the value are expensed. Operating and holding expenses of such properties, net of related income, are included in loan operations and other real estate owned expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in income as incurred.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender values. Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender values are reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Non-marketable securities

The Company has restricted non-marketable securities which represent investments in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock and Texas Independent Bank (“TIB”) stock. These investments are not readily marketable and carried at cost, which approximates fair value. As a member of the FHLB and TIB systems, the Company is required to maintain minimum level of investments in stock, based on the level of borrowings and other factors. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized and is evaluated for impairment at least annually as of December 31 and on an interim basis if an event triggering impairment may have occurred.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles - continued

 

Core deposit intangibles are acquired customer relationships arising from bank acquisitions and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of ten years. Core deposit intangibles are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company enters into certain derivative financial instruments as part of its hedging strategy. Certain interest rate swap instruments are used for asset and liability management related to the Company’s commercial customers’ financing needs. These instruments are not designated as accounting hedges and changes in the net fair value are recognized in noninterest income or expense. Other interest rate swap instruments are used to mitigate overall interest rate risk and are designated as cash flow hedges. Changes in the net fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income. All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities (see Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments).

Business Combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under the acquisition method, the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Management utilizes valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over amounts allocated to assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Adjustments identified during the measurement period are recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustments amounts are determined. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred (see Note 19 – Business Combinations).

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with shareholders. Other than net income, comprehensive income includes the net effect of changes in the fair value of securities available-for-sale and certain derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges.

Revenues from Contracts with Customers

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and all subsequent amendments to the ASU (collectively, “ASC 606”), which (i) creates a single framework for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers that fall within its scope and (ii) revises when it is appropriate to recognize a gain (loss) from the transfer of nonfinancial assets, such as OREO. Most revenue associated with financial instruments, including interest income, loan origination fees, and credit card fees, fall outside the scope of ASC 606. Gains and losses on investment securities, derivatives, financial guarantees, sales of financial instruments, and lease income are similarly excluded from the scope. The guidance is applicable to non-interest revenue streams such as deposit related fees, wire transfer fees; interchange fees, ATM fees, and merchant fee income.    

 

F-14


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Revenues from Contracts with Customers - continued

 

The Company’s services that fall within the scope of ASC 606 are presented within Non-Interest Income and are recognized as revenue as the Company satisfies its obligation to the customer. Upon review of the Company’s revenue streams that fall within the scope of the standard, the Company concluded that ASC 606 did not materially change the method in which the Company currently recognizes income for these revenue streams.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising consists of the Company’s advertising in its local market area and is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $1,326,360 and $698,882 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and is included in other noninterest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated income tax return with its subsidiary. Federal income tax expense or benefit is allocated on a separate return basis.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Share-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for stock options is based on the fair value of the award on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of the grant and is recognized ratably over the service period of the award. The fair value of stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

Earnings per common share is computed in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock compensation using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and the weighted average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for the reported periods is provided in Note 16 – Earnings Per Common Share.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in prior period consolidated financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications are immaterial and have no effect on net income, total assets or shareholders’ equity.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Recently-Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not yet evaluated the potential effects of adopting ASU 2016- 13 on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 - “Leases” (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the effects of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures and does not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

2.

Investment Securities Available for Sale

Investment securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent. The carrying amount of securities and their approximate fair values as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

           

State and municipal securities

   $ 1,880,955      $ 14,204      $ 1,054      $ 1,894,105  

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,004,842        22,851        —          1,027,693  

Corporate Bonds

     22,571,444        321,256        219,181        22,673,519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,457,241      $ 358,311      $ 220,235      $ 25,595,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

           

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 535,706      $ 620      $ —        $ 536,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 535,706      $ 620      $ —        $ 536,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with varying maturities. The characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages, such as prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holder. Accordingly, the term of mortgage-backed securities approximates the term of the underlying mortgages and can vary significantly due to prepayments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

2.

Investment Securities Available for Sale - continued

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, are shown below.

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Securities Available for Sale  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 541,789      $ 543,184  

Due from one year to five years

     1,339,166        1,350,921  

Due from five to ten years

     22,571,444        22,673,519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,452,399        24,567,624  

Mortage-backed securities

     1,004,842        1,027,693  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,457,241      $ 25,595,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2020, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Less Than 12
Months in a Loss
Position
     Greater Than 12
Months in a
Loss Position
     Total
Unrealized
Loss
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

           

State and municipal securities

   $ 1,054      $ —        $ 1,054      $ 502,949  

Corporate Bonds

     219,181        —          219,181        12,102,263  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 220,235      $ —        $ 220,235      $ 12,605,212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were nine investments in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020. No securities were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2019. The Company does not consider any securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, the Company considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (iii) that the Company does not intend to sell these securities, and (iv) it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell before a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The Company has reviewed the ratings of the issuers and have not identified any issues related to the ultimate repayment of principal because of credit concerns on these securities.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Real estate loans:

     

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 353,273,098      $ 219,920,263  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     277,804,173        191,035,437  

Residential

     140,621,495        87,064,308  

Construction, development & other

     98,207,147        60,445,086  

Farmland

     4,653,344        7,358,541  

Commercial & industrial

     645,927,775        214,935,106  

Consumer

     4,157,339        3,781,231  

Other

     31,447,517        24,066,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,556,091,888        808,606,070  

Allowance for loan losses

     (11,979,492      (8,123,362
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 1,544,112,396      $ 800,482,708  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans are presented net of unaccreted discounts and deferred fees totaling $10,424,219 and $664,947 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. As mentioned in Note 1, the accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. Non-accrual loans and accruing loans past due more than 90 days segregated by class of loans were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     Non-accrual      Accruing loans
past due more
than 90 days
     Non-accrual      Accruing loans
past due more
than 90 days
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 1,943,744      $ 568,591      $ 57,173      $ —    

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     384,581        —          —          —    

Residential

     85,538        183,535        630,062        —    

Construction, development & other

     264,038        —          —          —    

Farmland

     —          —          —          —    

 

F-18


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans - continued

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     Non-accrual      Accruing loans
past due more
than 90 days
     Non-accrual      Accruing loans
past due more
than 90 days
 

Commercial & industrial

     4,155,064        —          3,342,299        194,219  

Consumer

     —          —          14,370        —    

Other

           33,624        —    

Purchased credit impaired

     423,680        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,256,645      $ 752,126      $ 4,077,528      $ 194,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

An age analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2020  
    30-59
days
    60-89
days
    Over 90
days
    Total
past due
    Total
current
    Total
loans
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 286,624     $ —       $ 2,512,335     $ 2,798,959     $ 350,474,139     $ 353,273,098  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    1,733,940       —         384,581       2,118,521       271,785,063       273,903,584  

Residential

    286,977       —         269,073       556,050       140,047,638       140,603,688  

Construction, development & other

    —         —         264,038       264,038       93,819,610       94,083,648  

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         4,653,344       4,653,344  

Commercial & industrial

    842,059       255,907       4,155,064       5,253,030       640,404,991       645,658,021  

Consumer

    49,645       —         —         49,645       4,107,694       4,157,339  

Other

    21,991       —         —         21,991       31,425,526       31,447,517  

Purchased credit impaired

    —         —         423,680       423,680       7,887,969       8,311,649  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 3,221,236     $ 255,907     $ 8,008,771     $ 11,485,914     $ 1,544,605,974     $ 1,556,091,888  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans - continued

 

    December 31, 2019  
    30-59
days
    60-89
days
    Over 90
days
    Total
past due
    Total
current
    Total
loans
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ —       $ 145,619     $ 57,173     $ 202,792     $ 219,389,958     $ 219,592,750  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    3,698,857       —         —         3,698,857       186,893,939       190,592,796  

Residential

    815,025       —         512,880       1,327,905       85,161,211       86,489,116  

Construction, development & other

    —         —         —         —         60,445,086       60,445,086  

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         7,358,541       7,358,541  

Commercial & industrial

    1,028,081       425,731       3,536,518       4,990,330       209,944,776       214,935,106  

Consumer

    41,433       —         14,370       55,803       3,725,428       3,781,231  

Other

    —         —         33,624       33,624       24,032,474       24,066,098  

Purchased credit impaired

    —         —         171,182       171,182       1,174,164       1,345,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 5,583,396     $ 571,350     $ 4,325,747     $ 10,480,493     $ 798,125,577     $ 808,606,070  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

The following tables present impaired loans by class of loans:

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Unpaid
contractual
principal
balance
    Recorded
investment
with no
allowance
    Recorded
investment
with
allowance
    Total
recorded
investment
    Related
allowance
    Average
recorded
investment
during year
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 1,943,744     $ 1,943,744     $ —       $ 1,943,744     $ —       $ 1,754,100  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    384,581       384,581       —         384,581       —         406,069  

Residential

    85,539       82,699       —         82,699       —         70,163  

Construction, development & other

    264,038       266,708       —         266,708       —         187,446  

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Commercial & industrial

    4,737,100       3,706,167       1,030,933       4,737,100       136,309       4,904,295  

Consumer

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other

           

Purchased credit impaired

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 7,415,002     $ 6,383,899     $ 1,030,933     $ 7,414,832     $ 136,309     $ 7,322,073  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Impaired Loans - continued

 

    December 31, 2019  
    Unpaid
contractual
principal
balance
    Recorded
investment
with no
allowance
    Recorded
investment
with
allowance
    Total
recorded
investment
    Related
allowance
    Average
recorded
investment
during year
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 57,173     $ 57,173     $ —       $ 57,173     $ —       $ 58,507  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Residential

    458,880       458,880       —         458,880       —         462,185  

Construction, development & other

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Commercial & industrial

    3,342,299       993,602       2,348,697       3,342,299       1,177,469       4,179,698  

Consumer

    14,370       14,370       —         14,370       —         17,417  

Other

    33,624       —         33,624       33,624       8,458       35,279  

Purchased credit impaired

    294,999       171,182       —         171,182       —         182,372  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 4,201,345     $ 1,695,207     $ 2,382,321     $ 4,077,528     $ 1,185,927     $ 4,935,458  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest payments received on impaired loans are recorded as interest income unless collections of the remaining recorded investment are doubtful, at which time payments received are recorded as reductions of principal. Interest income collected on impaired loans was approximately $26,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructuring

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). There were no loans modified as TDRs for the year ended December 31, 2019. The following table presents modifications of loans the Company considers to be troubled debt restructured loans:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Loan modifications  
     Number of
loans
     Pre-
restructuring
recorded
investment
     Post-
restructuring
recorded
investment
     Adjusted
interest
rate
     Payment
deferral
     Combined
rate and
payment
deferral
 

Real estate loans:

                 

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

     3      $ 927,205      $ 927,205         $ 927,205     

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

                 

Residential

                 

Construction, development & other

                 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring - continued

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Loan modifications  
     Number of
loans
     Pre-
restructuring
recorded
investment
     Post-
restructuring
recorded
investment
     Adjusted
interest
rate
     Payment
deferral
     Combined
rate and
payment
deferral
 

Farmland

                 

Commercial & industrial

     2        757,786        757,786           757,786     

Consumer

                 

Other

                              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5      $ 1,684,991      $ 1,684,991      $ —        $ 1,684,991      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2020, one loan modified under a troubled debt restructuring during the previous twelve month period was in default. During the year ended December 31, 2019, no troubled debt restructuring loans were in default. A default for purposes of this disclosure is a troubled debt restructured loan in which the borrower is 90 days past due or results in the foreclosure and repossession of the applicable collateral. At December 31, 2020, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers with loans whose terms had been modified under troubled debt restructurings.

COVID-19 Loan Deferments

Certain borrowers are currently unable to meet their contractual payment obligations because of the adverse effects of COVID-19. During March of 2020 and to help mitigate these effects, the Company began offering deferral modifications of principal and/or interest payments for varying periods, but typically no more than 90 days. After 90 days, customers may apply for an additional deferral, and a small portion of our customers have requested such an additional deferral. At December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately 800 loans totaling $488.2 million in outstanding loans subject to deferral and modification agreements due to COVID. The CARES Act provides banks an option to elect to not account for certain loan modifications related to COVID as troubled debt restructurings if the borrowers were not more than 30 days past due at December 31, 2019. In the absence of other intervening factors, such short-term modifications made on a good faith basis are not categorized as troubled debt restructurings, nor are loans granted payment deferrals related to COVID-19 reported as past due or placed on non-accrual status.

Credit Quality Indicators

Credit Quality Indicators. From a credit risk standpoint, the Company classifies its loans in one of five categories: (i) pass, (ii) special mention, (iii) substandard, (iv) doubtful, or (v) loss.

The classifications of loans reflect a judgment about the risks of default and loss associated with the loan. The Company reviews the ratings on credits monthly. Ratings are adjusted to reflect the degree of risk and loss that is felt to be inherent in each credit as of each monthly reporting period. The Company’s methodology is structured so that specific allocations are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality (and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a corresponding decrease in risk and loss).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Credit Quality Indicators - continued

 

(i) The Company has several pass credit grades that are assigned to loans based on varying levels of credits, ranging from credits that are secured by cash or marketable securities, to watch credits that have all the characteristics of an acceptable credit risk but warrant more than the normal level of supervision.

(ii) Special mention loans are loans that still show sufficient cash flow to service their debt but show a declining financial trend with potential cash flow shortages if trends continue. This category should be treated as a temporary grade. If cash flow deteriorates further to become negative, then a substandard grade should be given. If cash flow trends begin to improve then an upgrade back to Pass would be justified. Nonfinancial reasons for rating a credit special mention include management problems, pending litigation, an ineffective loan agreement or other material structure weakness.

(iii) A substandard loan has material weakness in the primary repayment source such as insufficient cash flow from operations to service the debt. However, other weaknesses such as limited paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged could justify a substandard grade. Substandard loans must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.

(iv) A loan classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses of a substandard loan with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. A doubtful loan has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification as loss is deferred. Doubtful borrowers are usually in default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Because of high probability of loss, non-accrual status is required on doubtful loans.

(v) Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as banking assets are not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. With loans classified as loss, the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have formally suspended debt repayments, or have otherwise ceased normal business operations. Once an asset is classified as loss, there is little prospect of collecting either its principal or interest. When access to collateral, rather than the value of the collateral, is a problem, a less severe classification may be appropriate. However, the Company does not maintain an asset on the balance sheet if realizing its value would require long-term litigation or other lengthy recovery efforts. Losses are to be recorded in the period an obligation becomes uncollectible.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Credit Quality Indicators - continued

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s internal ratings of its loans:

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Purchased
Credit
Impaired
    Doubtful     Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 335,441,780     $ 12,189,268     $ 5,642,050     $ —       $ —       $ 353,273,098  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    255,467,635       12,705,637       5,730,312       3,900,589       —         277,804,173  

Residential

    139,742,887       —         860,801       17,807       —         140,621,495  

Construction, development & other

    93,816,941       —         266,707       4,123,499       —         98,207,147  

Farmland

    4,653,344       —         —         —         —         4,653,344  

Commercial & industrial

    629,093,318       6,143,686       9,847,172       269,754       573,845       645,927,775  

Consumer

    4,157,339       —         —         —         —         4,157,339  

Other

    31,447,517       —         —         —         —         31,447,517  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,493,820,761     $ 31,038,591     $ 22,347,042     $ 8,311,649     $ 573,845     $ 1,556,091,888  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2019  
    Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Purchased
Credit
Impaired
    Doubtful     Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 209,565,993     $ 8,058,291     $ 1,968,466     $ 327,513     $ —       $ 219,920,263  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    186,893,939       —         3,698,857       442,641       —         191,035,437  

Residential

    86,030,236       —         458,880       575,192       —         87,064,308  

Construction, development & other

    60,336,903       —         108,183       —         —         60,445,086  

Farmland

    7,358,541       —         —         —         —         7,358,541  

Commercial & industrial

    210,620,562       1,283,599       2,138,698       —         892,247       214,935,106  

Consumer

    3,745,443       —         35,788       —         —         3,781,231  

Other

    24,032,474       —         33,624       —         —         24,066,098  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 788,584,091     $ 9,341,890     $ 8,442,496     $ 1,345,346     $ 892,247     $ 808,606,070  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The majority of the loan portfolio is comprised of loans to businesses and individuals in the Greater Houston and Dallas markets. This geographic concentration subjects the loan portfolio to the general economic conditions within this area. The risks created by this concentration has been considered by management in the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover estimated losses on loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The following tables detail the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Beginning
balance
     Provision for
loan loss
     Charge-offs     Recoveries      Ending
balance
 

Real estate loans:

             

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 2,158,228      $ 449,266      $ —       $ —        $ 2,607,494  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     1,626,882        3,816,218        (2,335,914     —          3,107,186  

Residential

     373,226        844,906        —         —          1,218,132  

Construction, development & vacant

     330,326        601,504        —         —          931,830  

Farmland

     28,817        2,983        —         —          31,800  

Commercial & industrial

     3,503,848        1,709,970        (1,388,713     33,179        3,858,284  

Consumer

     15,761        22,015        (7,042     4,620        35,354  

Other

     86,274        103,138        —         —          189,412  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,123,362      $ 7,550,000      $ (3,731,669   $ 37,799      $ 11,979,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Beginning
balance
     Provision for
loan loss
    Charge-offs     Recoveries      Ending
balance
 

Real estate loans:

            

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 1,558,574      $ 549,654     $ —       $ 50,000      $ 2,158,228  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     1,669,138        (42,256     —         —          1,626,882  

Residential

     219,367        153,859       —         —          373,226  

Construction, development & vacant

     305,986        24,340       —         —          330,326  

Farmland

     28,318        499       —         —          28,817  

Commercial & industrial

     3,062,632        918,292       (506,269     29,193        3,503,848  

Consumer

     14,100        3,649       (1,988     —          15,761  

Other

     69,311        16,963       —         —          86,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,927,426      $ 1,625,000     $ (508,257   $ 79,193      $ 8,123,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

The following tables summarize the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, by portfolio segment, for loans evaluated for impairment individually and collectively:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Period end amounts of ALLL
allocated to loans evaluated
for impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ —        $ 2,607,494      $ —        $ 2,607,494  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     —          3,107,186        —          3,107,186  

Residential

     —          1,218,132        —          1,218,132  

Construction, development & vacant

     —          931,830        —          931,830  

Farmland

     —          31,800        —          31,800  

Commercial & industrial

     136,309        3,721,975        —          3,858,284  

Consumer

     —          35,354        —          35,354  

Other

     —          189,412        —          189,412  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 136,309      $ 11,843,183      $ —        $ 11,979,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Period end amounts of ALLL
allocated to loans evaluated
for impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ —        $ 2,158,228      $ —        $ 2,158,228  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     —          1,626,882        —          1,626,882  

Residential

     —          373,226        —          373,226  

Construction, development & other

     —          330,326        —          330,326  

Farmland

     —          28,817        —          28,817  

Commercial & industrial

     1,177,469        2,326,379        —          3,503,848  

Consumer

     —          15,761        —          15,761  

Other

     8,458        77,816        —          86,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,185,927      $ 6,937,435      $ —        $ 8,123,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

The Company’s recorded investment in loans related to the balance in the allowance for loan losses based on the Company’s impairment methodology is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Loans evaluated for
impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 1,943,744      $ 351,329,354      $ —        $ 353,273,098  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     384,581        273,519,003        3,900,589        277,804,173  

Residential

     82,699        140,520,989        17,807        140,621,495  

Construction, development & other

     266,708        93,816,940        4,123,499        98,207,147  

Farmland

     —          4,653,344        —          4,653,344  

Commercial & industrial

     4,737,100        640,920,921        269,754        645,927,775  

Consumer

     —          4,157,339        —          4,157,339  

Other

     —          31,447,517        —          31,447,517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,414,832      $ 1,540,365,407      $ 8,311,649      $ 1,556,091,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Loans evaluated for
impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 57,173      $ 219,535,577      $ 327,513      $ 219,920,263  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     —          190,592,796        442,641        191,035,437  

Residential

     458,879        86,030,237        575,192        87,064,308  

Construction, development & other

     —          60,445,086        —          60,445,086  

Farmland

     —          7,358,541        —          7,358,541  

Commercial & industrial

     3,342,299        211,592,807        —          214,935,106  

Consumer

     14,370        3,766,861        —          3,781,231  

Other

     33,624        24,032,474        —          24,066,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,906,345      $ 803,354,379      $ 1,345,346      $ 808,606,070  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Certain Acquired Loans

During 2013, the Company purchased certain loans from a third party with gross contractual balances of $8,207,194 for a purchase price of $6,303,095, resulting in a discount of $1,904,099. Upon acquisition, the acquired loans were initially segregated and classified in one of two categories: 1) PCI loans and 2) acquired performing loans. At acquisition date, estimated fair values of PCI loans and acquired performing loans were $3,215,504 and $3,087,591, respectively. The gross contractual amounts receivable for PCI loans and acquired performing loans were $4,502,097 and $3,705,097, respectively, as of the acquisition date.

As discussed in Note 19, the Company acquired loans with fair values of $259,605,933 as part of the acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank. Of the total $263,314,602 of loans acquired, $250,659,720 were determined to have no evidence of deteriorated credit quality and are accounted for under ASC Topics 310-10 and 310-20. The remaining $12,654,882 were determined to exhibit deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30.

In connection with the acquisition of loans from Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank on January 1, 2020, the PCI loan portfolio was accounted for at fair value as follows:

 

Contractual required payments

   $ 26,626,779  

Non-accretable difference (expected loss)

     15,026,950  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition

     11,599,829  

Accretable yield

     1,850,260  
  

 

 

 

Basis in acquired Heritage PCI loans

   $ 9,749,569  
  

 

 

 

The following table presents the gross contractual amounts receivable balances, by portfolio segment, and the carrying amount of PCI loans:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Real estate loans:

     

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ —        $ 437,451  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     5,426,265        571,575  

Residential

     200,144        818,756  

Construction, development & other

     5,104,868        —    

Farmland

     —          —    

Commercial & industrial

     383,146        —    

Consumer

     —          —    

Other

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding balances

   $ 11,114,423      $ 1,827,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

   $ 8,311,649      $ 1,345,346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Certain Acquired Loans - continued

 

The accretable discount is accreted into income using the interest method over the life of the loans. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, unaccreted discounts on loans totaled $2,379,944 and $461,501, respectively, and were included in net loans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

There was no allowance for loan losses related to the purchased credit impaired loans disclosed above at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Determining the fair value of PCI loans at acquisition required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those loans and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. For such loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans and is called the accretable yield. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit losses and is called the nonaccretable difference. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carry-over of previously established allowance for credit losses from the acquired loans.

Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected on PCI loans was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 82,566      $ 82,566  

New loans acquired from Heritage acquisition

     2,725,993        —    

Accretion of income

     (807,552      —    

Reclassifications from non-accretable difference

     259,752        —    

Disposals

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of peiod

   $ 2,260,759      $ 82,566  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Building

     30 years      $ 7,712,313      $ 2,079,695  

Building improvements

     3 - 10 years        3,287,713        1,257,520  

Land

        2,426,593        910,211  

Equipment

     3 - 5 years        3,457,690        2,618,819  

Leasehold improvements

     3 - 10 years        2,222,132        2,222,132  

Furniture and fixtures

     3 - 5 years        1,916,622        1,666,129  

Construction in process

        317,730        1,627,715  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
            21,340,793      12,382,221  

Accumulated depreciation

        (6,185,094      (4,677,513
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 15,155,699      $ 7,704,708  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

4.

Premises and Equipment - continued

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 amounted to $1,507,596 and $869,354, respectively, and is included in occupancy and equipment expense in the accompanying statements of income.

 

5.

Deposits

Deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Transaction accounts:

     

Noninterest bearing demand accounts

   $ 327,360,814      $ 128,296,965  

Interest bearing demand accounts

     909,991,762        388,430,371  

Savings

     22,261,441        5,177,873  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total transaction accounts

     1,259,614,017        521,905,209  

Time deposits

     374,216,900        285,353,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,633,830,917      $ 807,258,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more totaled $150,788,365 and $141,916,650 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

2021

   $ 349,595,347  

2022

     18,694,656  

2023

     2,555,786  

2024

     2,099,100  

2025 and thereafter

     1,272,011  
  

 

 

 
   $ 374,216,900  
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the aggregate amount of demand deposit overdrafts that were reclassified as loans was $137,733 and $48,085, respectively.

Deposits received from related parties at December 31, 2020 and 2019, totaled approximately $13,718,000 and $4,807,000, respectively.

 

6.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Current income tax expense

   $ 6,310,558      $ 1,269,905  

Deferred income tax benefit

     (2,816,243      (418,075
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense as reported

   $ 3,494,315      $ 851,830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

6.

Income Taxes - continued

 

A reconciliation of reported income tax expense to the amount computed by the Company’s statutory income tax rate of 21% to income before income taxes is presented below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Income tax expense computed at the statutory rate

   $ 3,278,009      $ 678,954  

Stock-based compensation

     33,095        23,241  

Bank-owned life insurance

     (74,334      (54,276

Non-deductible meals,entertainment, and dues

     46,783        44,757  

Tax exempt income

     (1,768      —    

Non-deductible capital offering expenses

     215,413        154,783  

Non-deductible merger costs

     35,595        —    

Other, net

     (38,478      4,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense as reported

   $ 3,494,315      $ 851,830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of deferred taxes is presented below:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 2,498,906      $ 1,578,861  

Organizational and start-up costs

     29,980        42,116  

Accrued expenses

     626,345        225,839  

Stock options

     86,554        22,072  

Loan purchase mark-to-mark

     522,356        —    

Deposit purchase premium

     112,616        —    

Deferred loan origination fees

     1,343,228        —    

Other

     120,406        118,724  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     5,340,391        1,987,612  

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Premises and equipment

     702,150        544,755  

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles

     305,235        —    

Investments

     57,895        —    

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     74,281        130  

Prepaid expenses and other

     161,821        145,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     1,301,382        690,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 4,039,009      $ 1,296,917  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will

 

F-31


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

6.

Income Taxes - continued

 

be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of cumulative benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. GAAP also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.

 

7.

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings

Senior Debt

On August 30, 2019, the Company renewed a $5,000,000 promissory note and extended the maturity date to August 30, 2020. On December 24, 2019, the Company modified the terms of the agreement whereby the note was increased to $10,000,000, and the interest rate was reduced from a floating rate of Wall Street Journal prime, plus 0.50%, to a fixed rate of 4.75%. At maturity, the note was renewed and extended to August 31, 2021, in the amount of $10,000,000. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 4.25%. Interest is payable quarterly on the 30th day of February, May, August and November. All principal and unpaid interest is due upon maturity. The note is secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and is senior in rights to the $13 million in subordinated debt described below.

On March 21, 2018, the Company renewed a $15,000,000 promissory note to a third party and extended the maturity date to March 10, 2021. On December 24, 2019, the Company modified the terms of the note whereby the fixed interest rate was reduced from 6.00% to 4.75%. Quarterly principal payments of $375,000 plus interest are due and payable on the 10th day of March, June, September, and December through maturity date of March 10, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal balance was $10,875,000. The note is secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and is senior in rights to the $13 million in subordinated debt described below.

On March 10, 2021, the two aforementioned notes totaling $20,875,000 were consolidated into a new revolving line of credit loan with new funds of $10,000,000 for a total facility of $30,875,000. The note bears interest at the Wall Street Journal US Prime Rate, as such changes from time to time, with a floor rate of 4.00% per annum. Interest is payable quarterly on the 10th day of March, June, September and December through maturity date of September 10, 2022. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity. The note is secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and is senior in rights to the $13 million in subordinated debt described below.

Subordinated Debt

On September 27, 2018, the Company entered into a $3,000,000 and $2,000,000 subordinated promissory note agreement with two shareholders of the Company. Quarterly interest payments are due on the 27th day of March, June, September, and December. Each note bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% and 6.00%, respectively. The $3,000,000 note was retired on July 29, 2019 and replaced with a $4,000,000 note (see note below). The $2,000,000 note scheduled to mature on September 27, 2020 was renewed and extended to September 27, 2022 at a fixed rate of 6.00%. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity. The notes are subordinate and junior in rights to the senior indebtedness described above.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

7.

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings - continued

 

Subordinated Debt - continued

 

On July 29, 2019, the aforementioned $3,000,000 promissory note scheduled to mature on September 27, 2019 was retired and replaced with a new subordinated note to the same shareholder in the amount of $4,000,000. The note bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% though maturity of July 29, 2020. Upon maturity, the note renewed and was increased to $11,000,000 with a fixed rate of 6.00%. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity on July 29, 2022.

On July 29, 2019, the Company entered into a subordinated note agreement for $2,000,000 with a shareholder of the Company. Quarterly interest payments were due on the 29th day of January, April, July, and October. The note bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% and matured on July 29, 2020. All principal and unpaid interest was paid at maturity.

FHLB Borrowings

At December 31, 2020, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances represent $20,000,000 in borrowings with an interest rate of 0.100% maturing on January 4, 2021; $12,000,000 in FHLB Owns the Option (“FOTO”) borrowings with a floating rate of 1.100% maturing on June 19, 2029; $18,000,000 in FOTO borrowings with a floating rate of 1.020% maturing on August 2, 2029; and $20,000,000 in FOTO borrowings with a floating rate of 0.570% maturing on February 26, 2035. The FOTO borrowings have quarterly call options that begin on September 19, 2019, November 4, 2019, and February 25, 2022, respectively. The call feature allows the FHLB to terminate the entire outstanding balance at each option date and, in the event the option is exercised, replacement funding will be made available at then prevailing interest rates. FHLB advances are collateralized by FHLB stock, real estate loans and investment securities. The approximate amount of loans and investment securities that collateralize borrowings at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $295,381,700 and $295,687,200, respectively. At December 31, 2020, letters of credit with FHLB for $109,459,913 were outstanding with expirations ranging from January 2021 through January 2022.

Contractual maturities of FHLB advances and other borrowings at December 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

     FHLB
Advances
     Other
Borrowings
 

2021

   $ 20,000,000      $ 20,875,000  

2022

     —          13,000,000  

2023

     —          —    

2024

     —          —    

2025 and thereafter

     50,000,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 70,000,000      $ 33,875,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had federal funds lines of credit with commercial banks that provide for availability to borrow up to an aggregate of $20.5 million in federal funds. The Company had no advances outstanding under these lines at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

8.

Stock Options and Warrants

In 2008 upon shareholder approval, the Bank adopted the 2008 Stock Option Plan. In 2013 upon formation of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., the Company adopted the 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “2013 Stock Plan”). All outstanding options from the 2008 Stock Option Plan were grandfathered into the 2013 Stock Plan. The 2013 Stock Plan permits the grant of stock options for up to 500,000 shares of common stock from time to time during the term of the plan, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization. Under the 2013 Stock Plan, the Bank may grant either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options to eligible directors, executive officers, key employees and non-employee shareholders of the Bank. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares remaining available for grant for future awards as all outstanding options under the 2013 Stock Plan were grandfathered into the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (see 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan). Awards outstanding under the 2013 Stock Plan remain in full force and effect, according to their respective terms.

On May 29, 2019, the Company’s shareholders approved the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”), which was previously approved by the Company’s board of directors. The Company may issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses, other stock-based awards, cash awards, and dividend equivalents under the 2019 Plan. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2019 Plan is equal to the sum of (i) 300,000 shares of common stock, (ii) the total number of shares remaining available for new awards under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “2013 Plan”) as of immediately prior to the date the Company’s shareholders approve the Plan, which was 152,750 shares of common stock, and (iii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options issued under the 2013 Plan to the extent that (A) any such award is forfeited or otherwise terminates or is cancelled without the delivery of shares of common stock, or (B) shares of common stock that are withheld from any such award to satisfy any tax or withholding obligation, then the shares of common stock covered by such forfeited, terminated or cancelled award or which are equal to the number of shares of common stock withheld, will become available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. At December 31, 2020, there were 316,900 shares remaining available for grant for future awards.

In December 2017, the Bank adopted the 2017 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. The plan authorizes the grant of 100,000 options to non-employee directors of the Company pursuant to the terms of the plan. During July 2018, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 50,000 additional options under the plan. The plan permits the grant of stock options for up to 150,000 shares of common stock. At December 31, 2020, there were 35,000 shares remaining available for grant for future awards under the plan. Options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Bank’s stock at the date of the grant. Option awards generally vest based on 5 years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms for non-controlling participants as defined by the Stock Plan. Other grant terms can vary for controlling participants as defined by the Stock Plan.

On January 1, 2020, the Company acquired a stock option plan which originated under Heritage Bancorp, Inc. as part of a merger of the two companies. The options granted to employees must be exercised within 10 years from the date of grant and vesting schedules are determined on an individual basis. At merger date, 109,908 outstanding options became fully vested and were converted to 97,821 options of the Company’s common stock at an exchange ratio of 0.89, which was equal to the acquisition exchange rate for common shares. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares remaining available for grant for future awards.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company granted stock options to certain directors, executive officers and other key employees of the Company. These stock options vest ratably over 5 years and

 

F-34


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

8.

Stock Options and Warrants - continued

 

have a 10-year contractual term. Options granted during the year ended December 31, 2020 were granted with an exercise price of $16.43 or $16.78. Options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 were granted with an exercise price of $16.30 or $16.78.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for the options granted during the year ended December 31, 2020: risk-free interest rate ranging from 0.47% to 1.85%, dividend yield of 0.00%; estimated volatility of 10.00%, and expected lives of options of 7.5 years. The following assumptions were used for options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019: risk-free interest rate ranging from 1.46% to 2.64%, dividend yield of 0.00%; estimated volatility of 10.00%, and expected lives of options of 7.5 years. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock and similar peer group averages.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $274,932 and $230,308 associated with stock options. As of December 31, 2020, there was approximately $634,500 of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options that is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

A summary of stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is presented below:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     Shares
Underlying
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares
Underlying
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

     499,700      $ 13.84        460,300      $ 13.21  

Granted during the period

     114,600        16.64        73,650        16.49  

Acquired and converted options from acquisition

     97,821        13.68        —          —    

Forfeited during the period

     (20,000      14.24        (5,000      16.00  

Exercised during the period

     (31,870      12.07        (29,250      10.29  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Outstanding at the end of period

     660,251      $ 14.37        499,700      $ 13.84  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Options exercisable at end of period

     397,581      $ 13.14        278,450      $ 12.29  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the period

      $ 2.65         $ 3.26  

A summary of weighted average remaining life is presented below:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Exercise Price

   Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining Life

(years)
     Options
Exercisable
     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
(years)
     Options
Exercisable
 

$10.00 - $12.99

     260,523        4.14        242,823        198,300        4.54        194,300  

$13.00 - $16.78

     399,728        8.05        154,758        301,400        8.37        84,150  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     660,251        6.51        397,581        499,700        6.85        278,450  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

8.

Stock Options and Warrants - continued

 

Shares issued in connection with stock compensation awards are issued from available authorized shares.

The total intrinsic value of outstanding in-the-money stock options and outstanding in-the-money exercisable stock options was $1,261,016 and $1,179,197 at December 31, 2020, respectively.

The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $138,851.

A summary of the activity in the Company’s nonvested shares is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     Shares      Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Shares      Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at January 1,

     221,250      $ 2.87        207,600      $ 2.99  

Granted during the period

     114,600        2.65        73,650        3.26  

Acquired and converted options from acquisition

     97,821        4.62        —          —    

Vested during the period

     (151,001      4.67        (55,000      3.84  

Forfeited during the period

     (20,000      —          (5,000      —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Nonvested at end of period

     262,670      $ 2.42        221,250      $ 2.87  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As consideration for the financial risks undertaken by certain organizers of the Company, the Company has outstanding stock warrants that are initially exercisable to purchase one share of common stock for each warrant held.

A summary of the Company’s stock warrant activity is presented below:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

     6,000      $ 11.00        6,000      $ 11.00  

Granted

     —          —          —          —    

Exercised

     —          —          —          —    

Expired or forfeited

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Outstanding at end of period

     6,000      $ 11.00        6,000      $ 11.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of period

     6,000      $ 11.00        6,000      $ 11.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of stock warrants outstanding at December 31, 2020, was 2.5 years.    The warrants are exercisable over a ten-year period that expires on July 1, 2023.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company has non-cancelable operating leases for branches, loan production offices, and non-branch offices. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $1,154,000 $1,010,000, respectively. The 12 operating leases have various commencement dates and original terms varying from six months to one hundred sixty months.

As of December 31, 2020, future minimum rental payments under non-cancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year for each year through 2026 and thereafter are as follows:

 

2021

   $ 699,397  

2022

     552,552  

2023

     374,666  

2024

     268,780  

2025

     239,352  

2026 and thereafter

     60,186  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,194,933  
  

 

 

 

Litigation

In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

10.

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for unfunded lines of credit, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of these instruments. The Company generally uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 162,445,433      $ 125,568,313  

Standby letters of credit

     1,692,795        2,535,465  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 164,138,228      $ 128,103,778  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

10.

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk - continued

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Management evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the subsidiary banks to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The subsidiary banks’ policy for obtaining collateral and the nature of such collateral is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit.

Although the maximum exposure to loss is the amount of such commitments, management currently anticipates no material losses from such activities.

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.

GAAP requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement costs). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, the authoritative guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

   

Level 2 Inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1 that are observable for the asset and liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Level 2 investments consist primarily of obligations of U.S. government sponsored enterprises and agencies, obligations of state and municipal subdivisions, corporate bonds and mortgage backed securities.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis include the following:

Investment Securities Available-for-sale. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayments speeds, credit information, and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.

Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale are reported at aggregate cost which has been deemed to be the equivalent of fair value using Level 3 inputs.

Impaired Loans. Impaired loans are reported at the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. Collateral values are estimated using Level 2 inputs based on observable market data or independent appraisals using Level 3 inputs.

Derivative Instruments. The estimated fair value of interest rate derivative positions are obtained from a pricing service that provides the swaps’ unwind value using Level 2 inputs.

There were no transfers between levels during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - continued

 

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using     Total Fair
Value
 
    Level 1 Inputs     Level 2 Inputs     Level 3 Inputs  

At December 31, 2020:

       

Securities available for sale:

       

State and municipal securities

  $ —       $ 1,894,105     $ —       $ 1,894,105  

Mortgage-backed securities

    —         1,027,693       —         1,027,693  

Corporate bonds

    —         22,673,519       —         22,673,519  

Total investment securities available for sale

  $ —       $ 25,595,317     $ —       $ 25,595,317  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale:

  $ —       $ —       $ 2,844,441     $ 2,844,441  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asset derivatives:

       

Interest rate swaps

  $ —       $ 271,477     $ —       $ 271,477  

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps

    —         215,645       —         215,645  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ —       $ 487,122     $ —       $ 487,122  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability derivatives:

       

Interest rate swaps

  $ —       $ 271,477     $ —       $ 271,477  

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps

    —         8,232       —         8,232  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ —       $ 279,709     $ —       $ 279,709  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using      Total Fair
Value
 
     Level 1 Inputs      Level 2 Inputs      Level 3 Inputs  

At December 31, 2019:

           

Securities available for sale:

           

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ —        $ 536,326      $ —        $ 536,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ —        $ 536,326      $ —        $ 536,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include the following at December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Impaired loans. At December 31, 2020, impaired loans with carrying values of $7,414,832 were reduced by specific valuation allowances totaling $136,309 resulting in a net fair value of $7,278,523 based on Level 3 inputs. At December 31, 2019, impaired loans with carrying values of $4,077,528 were reduced by specific valuation allowances totaling $1,185,927 resulting in a net fair value of $2,891,601 based on Level 3 inputs.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - continued

 

Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, include certain foreclosed assets which, upon initial recognition, were remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses and certain foreclosed assets which, subsequent to their initial recognition, were remeasured at fair value through a write-down included in current earnings. The fair value of a foreclosed asset is estimated using Level 2 inputs based on observable market data or Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria.

The following table presents foreclosed assets that were remeasured and recorded at fair value:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Foreclosed assets remeasured at initial recognition:

     

Carrying value of foreclosed assets prior to remeasurement

   $ 3,715,914      $ 1,766,833  

Charge-offs recognized in the allowance for loan losses

     2,335,914        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of foreclosed assets remeasured at initial recognition

   $ 1,380,000      $ 1,766,833  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets remeasured subsequent to initial recognition:

     

Carrying value of foreclosed assets prior to remeasurement

   $ 1,997,291      $ —    

Write downs included in other non-interest expense

     10,084        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of foreclosed assets remeasured subsequent to initial recognition

   $ 1,987,207      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Company, as for most financial institutions, substantially all of its assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments as defined. Many of the Company’s financial instruments, however, lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction.

The estimated fair value amounts of financial instruments have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. In addition, reasonable comparability between financial institutions may not be likely due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates that must be made given the absence of active secondary markets for many of the financial instruments. This lack of uniform valuation methodologies also introduces a greater degree of subjectivity to these estimated fair values.

Financial instruments with stated maturities have been valued using a present value discounted cash flow with a discount rate approximating current market rates for similar assets and liabilities. Financial instruments assets with variable rates and financial instrument liabilities with no stated maturities have an estimated fair value equal to both the amount payable on demand and the carrying value.

The carrying value and the estimated fair value of the Company’s contractual off-balance sheet unfunded lines of credit, loan commitments and letters of credit, which are generally priced at market at the time of funding, are not material.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - continued

 

The estimated fair values and carrying values of all financial instruments under current authoritative guidance, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     Carrying Value      Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying Value      Estimated
Fair Value
 

Financial assets

           

Level 2 inputs:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 203,560,313      $ 203,560,313      $ 96,065,316      $ 96,065,316  

Interest bearing time deposits in other banks

     129,402        129,402        129,402        129,402  

Investment securities available for sale

     25,595,317        25,595,317        536,326        536,326  

Non-marketable securities

     4,406,654        4,406,654        1,989,200        1,989,200  

Accrued interest receivable

     13,675,906        13,675,906        3,254,347        3,254,347  

Bank-owned life insurance

     25,960,632        25,960,632        10,605,737        10,605,737  

Derivative instrument assets

     487,122        487,122        —          —    

Level 3 inputs:

           

Loans, including held for sale, net

     1,546,457,946        1,551,623,815        800,482,708        794,046,894  

Financial liabilities

           

Level 2 inputs:

           

Deposits

     1,633,830,917        1,636,966,853        807,258,288        812,475,727  

Accrued interest payable

     1,215,170        1,215,170        1,746,178        1,746,178  

FHLB advances

     70,000,000        70,000,000        30,000,000        30,000,000  

Notes payable

     33,875,000        33,875,000        30,375,000        30,375,000  

Derivative instrument liabilities

     279,709        279,709        —          —    

 

12.

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers primarily located within Texas. Such customers are normally also depositors of the Company.

The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. The contractual amounts of credit related financial instruments such as commitments to extend credit and credit card arrangements represent the amounts of potential accounting loss should the contract be fully drawn upon, the customer default, and the value of any existing collateral become worthless.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had federal funds sold aggregating $2,290,626 and $346,525, respectively, which represents concentrations of credit risk. The Company had uninsured deposits of $172,885,523 and $68,323,497 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

13.

Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

In 2009, the Company adopted the Third Coast Bank, SSB 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Employees may elect to defer a percentage of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company may make a discretionary match of employees’ contributions based on a percentage of salary contributed by participants.

Effective January 1, 2018, the discretionary contributions made by the Company were invested in the common stock of the Company in accordance with the Third Coast Bank, SSB Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). The ESOP became effective on January 1, 2018 for the exclusive benefit of the participants and their beneficiaries. Benefits under the ESOP generally are distributed in the form of cash. In addition, until the Company’s common stock is actively traded on an established securities market, the participant may demand (in accordance with the terms of the ESOP and applicable laws) that the Company repurchase shares of common stock distributed to the participant at the estimated fair value.

The fair value of shares of common stock, held by the ESOP, are deducted from permanent shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets, and are reflected in a line item below liabilities and above shareholders’ equity. This presentation is necessary in order to recognize the put option within the ESOP, consistent with SEC guidelines, that is present as long as the Company is not publicly traded. The Company uses an external third party to determine the maximum possible cash obligation related to those securities. The valuation is the same that is used for the stock option plan. Increases or decreases in the value of the cash obligation are included in a separate line item in the statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. At December 31, 2020, the estimated fair value of the cash obligation for stock allocated under the ESOP plan was $1,301,502. An increase of $18,330 in the fair value of the cash obligation was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2020, the number of shares held by the ESOP was 79,215 and there were no shares unallocated to plan participants. At December 31, 2020, shares committed to be released to the plan were 9,703 shares for a fair value of $159,420. During 2020, the Company repurchased 2,556 shares for $42,082 from ESOP participants that received distributions and exercised the put option described above. All shares held by the ESOP were treated as outstanding at December 31, 2020.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Company contributions to the ESOP were approximately $536,542 and $474,000, respectively. Administrative expense related to the ESOP and the Plan totaled approximately $16,000 and $24,000, respectively. The costs were included in Salaries and Employee Benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

14.

Related Party Transactions

During the normal course of business, the Company may enter into transactions with significant stockholders, directors and principal officers and their affiliates. It is the Company’s policy that all such transactions are on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the aggregate amounts of loans were $382,439 and $233,334, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, loan originations totaled $520,000 and repayments totaled $370,895. Related party unfunded commitments at December 31, 2020 and 2019, were $233,334 and $425,000, respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

15.

Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Matters

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory (and possibly additional discretionary) actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

Financial institutions are categorized as well capitalized or adequately capitalized, based on minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the tables below. As shown below, the Bank’s capital ratios exceed the regulatory definition of well capitalized as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Based upon the information in its most recently filed call report, the Bank continues to meet the capital ratios necessary to be well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules for the adoption of the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1”, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of Common Equity

Tier 1 and “Additional Tier 1 Capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define Common Equity Tier 1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to Common Equity Tier 1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the

deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with certain transition provisions fully phased in on January 1, 2019. Based on management’s initial assessment of the Basel III Capital Rules, management does not believe it will have a material impact on the Company or the Bank.

There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2020, that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

15.

Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters - continued

 

Regulatory Matters - continued

 

A comparison of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios to required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2020:

                           

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 145,319        12.5   ³      $ 92,678      ³        8.0   ³      $ 115,847      ³        10.0

Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 133,340        11.5   ³      $ 69,508      ³        6.0   ³      $ 92,678      ³        8.0

Tier I capital (to average assets)

   $ 133,340        9.7   ³      $ 54,969      ³        4.0   ³      $ 68,711      ³        5.0

Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 133,340        11.5   ³      $ 52,131      ³        4.5   ³      $ 75,301      ³        6.5

As of December 31, 2019:

                           

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 91,230        11.9   ³      $ 61,397      ³        8.0   ³      $ 76,746      ³        10.0

Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 83,107        10.8   ³      $ 46,048      ³        6.0   ³      $ 61,397      ³        8.0

Tier I capital (to average assets)

   $ 83,107        8.9   ³      $ 37,268      ³        4.0   ³      $ 46,585      ³        5.0

Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 83,107        10.8   ³      $ 34,536      ³        4.5   ³      $ 49,885      ³        6.5

 

16.

Earnings Per Common Share

Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock compensation using the treasury stock method.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income available to common shareholders and the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 12,115,253      $ 2,381,283  

Weighted-average shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share

     6,232,115        3,846,727  

Dilutive effect of stock compensation

     97,645        92,561  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding for diluted earnings per share

   $ 6,329,760      $ 3,939,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

17.

Derivative Financial Instruments

As part of its hedging strategy, the Company entered into a $100 million pay-fixed interest rate swap facility with another financial institution. The instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, and changes in fair values are recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company also offers certain interest rate swap products directly to its qualified commercial banking customers. These financial instruments are not designated as hedging instruments. The interest rate swap derivative positions relate to transactions in which the Company enters into an interest rate swap with a customer, while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. An interest rate swap transaction allows customers to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. In connection with each swap, the Company agrees to pay interest on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, the Company agrees to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount.

Because the Bank acts as an intermediary for its customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts are designed to offset each other and would not significantly impact the Company’s operating results except in certain situations where there is a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit worthiness or that of the counterparties. At December 31, 2020, no such deterioration was determined by management.

All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities.                

The following table provides the outstanding notional balances and fair values of outstanding derivative positions at December 31, 2020. There were no outstanding derivative positions at December 31, 2019.

 

    Outstanding
Notional
Balance
    Asset
Derivative
Fair Value
    Liability
Derivative
Fair Value
    Pay Rate     Receive Rate     Maturity
Date
 

December 31, 2020

           

Pay-fixed interest rate swap

  $ 100,000,000     $ 215,645     $ 8,232       0.20%      
USD Fed Funds-
H.15
 
 
    9/4/2025  

Commercial loan interest rate swaps:

           

Loan customer counterparty

    11,304,638       162,063        
USD Prime +
0.5%
 
 
    4.48%       10/15/2030  

Loan customer counterparty

    4,000,000       109,414        
USD Prime +
0.0%
 
 
    4.13%       12/22/2030  

Financial institution counterparty

    11,304,638         162,063       4.48%      
USD Prime +
0.5%
 
 
    10/15/2030  

Financial institution counterparty

    4,000,000         109,414       4.13%       USD Prime       12/22/2030  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  $ 130,609,276     $ 487,122     $ 279,709        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

F-46


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

17.

Derivative Financial Instruments - continued

 

As of December 31, 2020, cash of $330,000 was pledged as collateral for the $100 million notional pay-fixed interest rate swap.

 

18.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible, Net

In 2020, the Company recorded goodwill and core deposit intangible of $18,033,880 and $1,615,002, respectively, relating to the Heritage Bancorp, Inc. acquisition (see Note 19 – Business Combinations).

Amortization of the core deposit intangible (“CDI”) was $161,500 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The remaining weighted average life is 9 years at December 31, 2020.

Scheduled amortization of CDI at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

     CDI
Amortization
 

2021

   $ 161,500  

2022

     161,500  

2023

     161,500  

2024

     161,500  

2025

     161,500  

2026 and thereafter

     646,002  

 

19.

Business Combinations

On January 1, 2020 the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank, Houston, Texas (Heritage) with five branches located in Texas. The Company issued 2,362,555 shares of Company stock and paid $103,627 in cash for the outstanding shares and options of Heritage common stock.

The Company recognized total goodwill of $18,033,880, which is calculated as the excess of both the consideration exchanged and liabilities assumed compared to the fair market value of identifiable assets acquired. The fair value of consideration exchanged related to the Company’s stock was calculated based upon the price of the Company’s stock as of December 31, 2019. The goodwill in this acquisition resulted from a combination of expected synergies and expansion in the Texas market. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company has incurred expenses related to the acquisition of approximately $874,900 during the year ended December 31, 2020. These expenses are included in the legal and professional, and data processing expense line items in the consolidated statements of income. Results of the acquired company were included in the Company’s results of operations beginning January 1, 2020.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

19.

Business Combinations - continued

 

Estimated values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows:

 

Assets of acquired bank:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,215,449  

Securities available for sale

     3,784,974  

Loans

     259,605,933  

Premises and equipment

     7,671,751  

Goodwill

     18,033,880  

Core deposit intangible

     1,615,002  

Bank owned life insurance

     5,000,923  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     1,430,654  

Other assets

     2,511,986  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 315,870,552  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities of acquired bank:

  

Deposits

   $ 260,155,325  

Other liabilities

     4,750,531  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 264,905,856  
  

 

 

 

Common stock issued @ $21.53 per share

   $ 50,861,069  
  

 

 

 

Cash paid

   $ 103,627  
  

 

 

 

The loan portfolio had a fair value of $259,605,933 at acquisition date and a contractual balance of $263,314,602.    

 

F-48


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

20.

Parent Company Only Financial Statements

The following balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,234,163     $ 3,170,868  

Investment in subsidiary bank

     149,014,036       82,952,365  

Other assets

     1,497,435       2,028,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 155,745,634     $ 88,151,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Notes payable

   $ 33,875,000     $ 30,375,000  

Other liabilities

     152,929       472,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     34,027,929       30,847,585  

Commitments and contingencies - ESOP-owned shares

     1,301,502       783,290  

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $1 par value:

    

Authorized — 50,000,000 shares

    

Issued — 6,350,184 and 3,923,224 shares

    

Outstanding — 6,276,759 and 3,852,071 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     6,350,184       3,923,224  

Additional paid-in capital

     91,461,923       41,831,567  

Retained earnings

     24,605,020       12,489,767  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     279,440       490  

Treasury stock: at cost; 73,425 and 71,153 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     (978,862     (940,738
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     121,717,705       57,304,310  

Less: ESOP-owned shares

     1,301,502       783,290  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     120,416,203       56,521,020  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 155,745,634     $ 88,151,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

20.

Parent Company Only Financial Statements - continued

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Interest expense:

    

Interest on notes payable

   $ 1,614,786     $ 1,435,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,614,786       1,435,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

    

Legal and professional

     1,232,617       936,700  

Other

     37,177       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     1,269,794       936,700  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (2,884,580     (2,372,270

Income tax benefit

     383,602       498,177  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (2,500,978     (1,874,093

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     14,616,231       4,255,376  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 12,115,253     $ 2,381,283  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

20.

Parent Company Only Financial Statements - continued

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 12,115,253     $ 2,381,283  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (14,616,231     (4,255,376

Net change in other assets

     500,738       (1,486,145

Net change in other liabilities

     (319,656     393,465  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,319,896     (2,966,773
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital investment in subsidiaries

     —         (2,500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         (2,500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from other borrowings

     11,000,000       8,000,000  

Repayment of notes payable

     (7,500,000     (1,500,000

Proceeds from issuance of common stock to ESOP

     536,542       444,772  

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     384,773       301,000  

Net redemption of treasury stock

     (38,124     (527,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,383,191       6,718,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,063,295       1,251,577  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     3,170,868       1,919,291  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 5,234,163     $ 3,170,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(unaudited)

 

ASSETS

   June 30,
2021
    December 31,
2020
 

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 352,544,230     $ 201,269,687  

Federal funds sold

     1,228,269       2,290,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     353,772,499       203,560,313  

Interest bearing time deposits in other banks

     131,461       129,402  

Investment securities available for sale

     25,991,314       25,595,317  

Loans held for sale

     —         2,345,550  

Loans, net of allowance for loan and lease loss of $13,393,871 and $11,979,492 at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

     1,538,328,247       1,544,112,396  

Accrued interest receivable

     11,349,621       13,675,906  

Premises and equipment, net

     15,859,269       15,155,699  

Other real estate owned

     1,686,250       3,367,207  

Bank-owned life insurance

     26,236,780       25,960,632  

Non-marketable equity securities

     8,032,311       4,406,654  

Deferred tax asset, net

     3,836,293       4,039,009  

Core Deposit Intangible, net

     1,372,752       1,453,502  

Goodwill

     18,033,880       18,033,880  

Other assets

     8,669,110       5,457,795  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,013,299,787     $ 1,867,293,262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest bearing

   $ 374,942,079     $ 327,360,814  

Interest bearing

     1,408,326,205       1,306,470,103  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,783,268,284       1,633,830,917  

Accrued interest payable

     866,472       1,215,170  

Other liabilities

     7,844,245       6,654,470  

FHLB advances

     50,000,000       70,000,000  

Note payable - Senior Debt

     20,500,000       20,875,000  

Note payable - Subordinated Debt

     13,000,000       13,000,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,875,479,001       1,745,575,557  

Commitments and contingencies - ESOP-owned shares

     1,875,720       1,301,502  

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $1 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,647,109 and 6,350,184 issued; and 6,573,684 and 6,276,759 outstanding at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

     6,647,109       6,350,184  

Additional paid-in capital

     97,820,972       91,461,923  

Retained earnings

     33,289,529       24,605,020  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,042,038       279,440  

Treasury stock: at cost; 73,425 shares at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

     (978,862     (978,862
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     137,820,786       121,717,705  

Less: ESOP-owned shares

     1,875,720       1,301,502  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     135,945,066       120,416,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity

   $ 2,013,299,787     $ 1,867,293,262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Income

(unaudited)

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2021      2020  

Interest income:

     

Loans, including fees

   $ 48,720,606      $ 39,552,981  

Investment securities available-for-sale

     513,082        32,191  

Federal funds sold and deposits in other banks

     322,246        559,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     49,555,934        40,144,630  

Interest expense:

     

Deposit accounts

     4,589,739        6,680,205  

FHLB advances and notes payable

     1,034,820        953,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     5,624,559        7,633,628  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     43,931,375        32,511,002  

Provision for loan losses

     1,500,000        2,550,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     42,431,375        29,961,002  

Noninterest income:

     

Services charges and fees

     1,242,307        759,533  

Gain on sales of SBA loans

     —          266,422  

Gain on disposal of fixed assets

     —          8,890  

Other

     617,209        434,873  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     1,859,516        1,469,718  

Noninterest expense:

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     22,474,886        15,171,503  

Data processing and network expense

     1,430,194        1,430,966  

Occupancy and equipment expense

     2,390,676        1,924,251  

Legal and professional

     2,679,172        2,688,796  

Loan operations and other real estate owned expense

     1,193,101        955,448  

Advertising and marketing

     809,892        555,475  

Telephone and communications

     360,704        277,029  

Software purchases and maintenance

     342,811        174,477  

Regulatory assessments

     342,655        477,748  

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     344,049        —    

Other

     929,702        880,581  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     33,297,842        24,536,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income before income tax expense

     10,993,049        6,894,446  

Income tax expense

     2,308,540        1,447,834  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,684,509      $ 5,446,612  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.38      $ 0.88  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.35      $ 0.86  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(unaudited)

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2021      2020  

Net Income

   $ 8,684,509      $ 5,446,612  

Other comprehensive income

     

Unrealized gain on investments available-for-sale arising during the period, net of deferred income tax expense of $65,341 and $9,998

     245,808        37,612  

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments arising during the period, net of deferred income tax expense of $137,374 and $0

     516,790        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     762,598        37,612  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 9,447,107      $ 5,484,224  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(unaudited)

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Less:
ESOP-
Owned
Shares
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2019

  $ 3,923,224     $ 41,831,567     $ 12,489,767     $ 490     $ (940,738   $ (783,290   $ 56,521,020  

Net income

    —         —         5,446,612       —         —         —         5,446,612  

Share-based compensation

    —         128,240       —         —         —         —         128,240  

Stock options exercised

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Common stock issued for acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

    2,367,148       48,592,804       —         —         —         —         50,959,952  

Issuance of common stock to ESOP

    13,975       217,627       —         —         —         (231,602     —    

Net change in fair value of ESOP shares

    —         —         —         —         —         18,330       18,330  

Net redemption of treasury stock

    —         —         —         —         (75,469     —         (75,469

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —         —         —         37,612       —         —         37,612  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2020

  $ 6,304,347     $ 90,770,238     $ 17,936,379     $ 38,102     ($ 1,016,207   $ (996,562   $ 113,036,297  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

  $ 6,350,184     $ 91,461,923     $ 24,605,020     $ 279,440     $ (978,862   $ (1,301,502   $ 120,416,203  

Net income

    —         —         8,684,509       —         —         —         8,684,509  

Share-based compensation

    —         184,136       —         —         —         —         184,136  

Stock options exercised

    55,047       704,643       —         —         —         —         759,690  

Common stock issued during 2021 Offering

    227,307       5,228,061       —         —         —         —         5,455,368  

Issuance of common stock to ESOP

    14,571       242,209       —         —         —         (256,780     —    

Net change in fair value of ESOP shares

    —         —         —         —         —         (317,438     (317,438

Net redemption of treasury stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —         —         —         762,598       —         —         762,598  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2021

  $ 6,647,109     $ 97,820,972     $ 33,289,529     $ 1,042,038     $ (978,862   $ (1,875,720   $ 135,945,066  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2021     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 8,684,509     $ 5,446,612  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     1,500,000       2,550,000  

Changes in deferred tax asset, net

     —         330,877  

Share based compensation expense

     184,136       128,240  

Gain on sale of SBA loans

     —         (266,422

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     344,049       —    

Gain (loss) on disposal of fixed assets

     —         (8,890

Amortization of premium on securities, net

     20,542       29,902  

Accretion of fees on derivative instruments

     (75,190     —    

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     (12,295,991     (5,395,761

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

     (276,148     (178,293

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Originations of loans held for sale

     —         (678,096

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

     2,345,550       1,182,291  

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (1,100,676     (5,867,625

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     841,077       2,028,616  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     171,858       (698,549

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Net increase in interest bearing deposits in other banks

     (2,059     —    

(Increase) decrease in non-marketable equity securities

     (3,625,657     317,000  

Investment securities available-for-sale activity:

    

Purchases

     (1,000,000     —    

Maturities, calls and principal paydowns

     894,611       685,465  

Termination fee proceeds from derivative instruments

     945,000       —    

Net loans held for investment repayments (originations)

     17,289,692       (503,991,872

Net additions to bank premises and equipment

     (1,511,128     (549,099

Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets

     —         25,613  

Construction additions on foreclosed assets

     —         (230,458

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets

     1,336,908       —    

Net cash acquired from acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

     —         16,210,705  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     14,327,367       (487,532,646

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in deposits

     149,616,123       559,121,637  

Proceeds from issuance (repayment) of FHLB Advances

     (20,000,000     20,000,000  

Repayment of notes payable

     (375,000     (750,000

Proceeds from issuance of common stock - 2021 Offering

     5,455,368       —    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock - ESOP Contributions

     256,780       231,601  

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     759,690       —    

Net redemption of treasury stock

     —         (75,469
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     135,712,961       578,527,769  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     150,212,186       90,296,574  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     203,560,313       96,065,316  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 353,772,499     $ 186,361,890  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 5,973,257     $ 7,699,579  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 6,500,000     $ —    

Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

    

Net (increase) decrease in fair value of ESOP-owned shares

   $ (317,438   $ 18,330  

Common stock issued for acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

   $ —       $ 50,959,952  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. through its subsidiary, Third Coast Bank, a Texas state banking corporation (“Bank”) and the Bank’s subsidiary, Third Coast Commercial Capital (collectively known as the “Company”) provide general consumer and commercial banking services through twelve branch offices located in the North, Central and Southeast regions of Texas. Branch locations include: Humble, Beaumont, Port Arthur, Houston, Conroe, Pearland, Lake Jackson, Dallas, Plano, Detroit, La Vernia and Nixon. The Bank is engaged in traditional community banking activities, which include commercial and retail lending, deposit gathering, and investment and liquidity management activities. The Bank’s primary deposit products are demand deposits, money market accounts and certificates of deposit; its primary lending products are commercial business and real estate, real estate mortgage and consumer loans. Third Coast Commercial Capital engages in accounts receivable factoring activities. The Company is subject to the regulations of certain government agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information, and reporting practices prescribed by the banking industry. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. The December 31, 2020 consolidated balance sheet has been derived from the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments that were recurring in nature and considered necessary have been included for fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2021. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

These consolidated financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. (“Bancshares”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Third Coast Bank, SSB (the “Bank”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc., collectively referred to as the Company. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

On January 1, 2020, the Company acquired Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Heritage Bank (collectively known as Heritage). The Company merged Heritage into the Bank and subsequently dissolved Heritage (see Note 19, Business Combinations).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions that have initial maturities of less than 90 days when acquired by the Company and federal funds sold.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Interest Bearing Time Deposits in Other Banks

Interest bearing time deposits in other banks are carried at cost and generally mature between 90 days to one year from purchase date.

Investment Securities Available-For-Sale

Investment securities available-for-sale consists of bonds, notes, and debentures that are not classified as trading securities or held-to-maturity securities. Investment securities available-for-sale are held for indefinite periods of time and carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. Management determines the appropriate classification of investment securities at the time of purchase.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is recognized using the simple-interest method on the daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Deferred fees and costs associated with originating loans are recognized in income and expense generally in the period in which the fees were received and/or costs were incurred. Under GAAP, such fees and costs generally are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield. For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, management believes that not deferring such fees and costs and amortizing them over the life of the related loans does not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

During 2021 and 2020, the Bank participated in the federally guaranteed SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). Origination fees related to this program and in excess of $5,000 were deferred and amortized over the life of the loan, either two or five years, on a straight-line basis. The unamortized balance of fees is fully accreted into income when the loan is paid off. Management believes that this method of accretion does not materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement. Reserves on impaired loans are primarily measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining book balance of the asset is deemed to be collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. A loan is placed back on accrual status when both principal and interest are current and it is probable that the Company will be able to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged against income. The allowance for loan losses includes specific reserves for impaired loans and an estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date, but not yet identified with specific loans. Loans deemed to be

 

F-58


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

uncollectible are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an assessment of the current loan portfolio, including known inherent risks, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions.

From time to time, the Company modifies its loan agreement with a borrower. A modified loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring when two conditions are met: (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (ii) concessions are made by the Company that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower with similar credit risk characteristics. Modifications to loan terms may include a lower interest rate, a reduction of principal, or a longer term to maturity. At the time of restructuring, the Company evaluates the economic and business conditions and collection efforts, and should the collection of interest be doubtful, the loan is placed on non-accrual. Each of these loans is evaluated for impairment and a specific reserve is recorded, as necessary, based on probable losses, taking into consideration the related collateral and modified loan terms and cash flow.

The Company had $326,672,590 and $390,803,748 in outstanding loan balances related to the guaranteed SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) at of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. These loans are included within the commercial and industrial loan balances throughout the footnotes and are net of $8,522,414 and $6,396,325 in deferred loan fees as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income with an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis and makes changes as appropriate. Management receives frequent reports related to loan originations, quality, concentrations, delinquencies, non-performing, and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions, both by type of loan and geography.

Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. Underwriting standards are designed to determine whether the borrower possesses sound business ethics and practices and to evaluate current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and include personal guarantees.

Agricultural loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans. Agricultural loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most agricultural loans are secured by the agriculture related assets being financed, such as farmland, cattle, or equipment, and include personal guarantees.

Real estate loans are also subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and agricultural loans. These loans are underwritten primarily based on projected cash flows and, secondarily, as loans secured by real estate. The repayment of real estate loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the

 

F-59


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

property securing the loans or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s real estate portfolio are generally diverse in terms of type and geographic location primarily throughout the Houston, Dallas, and Beaumont-Port Arthur metropolitan areas. This diversity helps reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Generally, real estate loans are owner occupied which further reduces the Company’s risk.

The Company utilizes methodical credit standards and analysis to supplement its policies and procedures in underwriting consumer loans. The Company’s loan policy addresses types of consumer loans that may be originated and the collateral, if secured, which must be perfected. The relatively smaller individual dollar amounts of consumer loans that are spread over numerous individual borrowers also minimizes the Company’s risk.

Certain Acquired Loans

Acquired loans purchased from third parties are recorded at their estimated fair value at the acquisition date, and are initially classified as either purchase credit impaired (“PCI”) loans (i.e. loans that reflect credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at acquisition that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments) or purchased non-impaired loans (“acquired performing loans”).

Acquired performing loans are accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310-20. Performance of certain loans may be monitored and based on management’s assessment of the cash flows and other facts available, portions of the accretable difference may be delayed or suspended if management deems appropriate. The Company’s policy for determining when to discontinue accruing interest on acquired performing loans and the subsequent accounting for such loans is essentially the same as the policy for originated loans described above.

An ALLL is calculated using a methodology similar to that described for originated loans. Acquired performing loans are subsequently evaluated for any required allowance at each reporting date. Such required allowance for each loan is compared to the remaining fair value discount for that loan. If greater, the excess is recognized as an addition to the allowance through a provision for loan losses. If less than the discount, no additional allowance is recorded. Charge-offs and losses first reduce any remaining fair value discount for the loan and once the discount is depleted, losses are applied against the allowance established for that loan.

PCI loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each loan meeting the criteria above and determines the excess of the loan’s scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted. These credit discounts (“nonaccretable marks”) are included in the determination of the initial fair value for acquired loans; therefore, an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. Differences between the estimated fair values and expected cash flows of acquired loans at the acquisition date that are not credit-based (“accretable marks”) are subsequently accreted to interest income over the estimated life of the loans using a method that approximates a level yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the acquisition date for PCI loans,

 

F-60


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Certain Acquired Loans - continued

 

increases in cash flows over those expected at the acquisition date result in a move of the discount from nonaccretable to accretable. Decreases in expected cash flows after the acquisition date are recognized through the provision for loan losses.

For PCI loans after acquisition, cash flows expected to be collected are recast for each loan periodically as determined appropriate by management. If the present value of expected cash flows for a loan is less than its carrying value, impairment is reflected by an increase in the ALLL and a charge to the provision for loan losses. If the present value of the expected cash flows for a loan is greater than its carrying value, any previously established ALLL is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield, which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan. Loan dispositions may include sales of loans, receipt of payments in full from the borrower, or foreclosure. Write-downs are not recorded on the PCI loan until actual losses exceed the remaining non-accretable difference. To date, no write-downs have been recorded for the PCI loans held by the Company. Loans that were considered troubled debt restructurings by the third party prior to the acquisition date are not required to be classified as troubled debt restructurings in the Company’s consolidated financial statements unless or until such loans would subsequently meet criteria to be classified as such, since acquired loans were recorded at their estimated fair values at the time of the acquisition.

Loans Held for Sale and Servicing Assets

Loans held for sale include mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell on the secondary market. Mortgage loans held for sale are held for an interim period of usually less than 30 days. Accordingly, these loans are carried at aggregate cost and deemed to be the equivalent of fair value based on the short-term nature of the loans.

Certain Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market. They are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are determined on a specific identification basis and are included in non-interest income. SBA loan transfers are accounted for as sales when control over the loan has been surrendered. Control over such loans is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

The Company has adopted guidance issued by the FASB that clarifies the accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities, in which, after a transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished. To calculate the gain or loss on sale of loans, the Company’s investment in the loan is allocated among the retained portion of the loan, the servicing retained, the interest-only strip and the sold portion of the loan, based on the relative fair value of each portion. The gain or loss on the sold portion of the loan is recognized based on the difference between the sale proceeds and the allocated investment. As a result of the relative fair value allocation, the carrying value of the retained portion is discounted, with the discount accreted to interest income over the life of the loan.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Loans Held for Sale and Servicing Assets - continued

 

Servicing assets are amortized over an estimated life using a method that is in proportion to the estimated future servicing income. In the event future prepayments exceed management’s estimates and future cash flows are inadequate to cover the servicing asset, additional amortization would be recognized. The portion of servicing fees in excess of the contracted servicing fees is reflected as interest-only strips receivable, which are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. At June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company was servicing loans previously sold of approximately $5,781,433 and $6,009,774, respectively. The related servicing assets receivable were not material to the consolidated financial statements at June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

Premises and Equipment

Buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation, computed principally by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related asset. Land is not depreciated. Major replacements and betterments are capitalized while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in income as incurred. A small portion of the building’s floor space is currently leased out to tenants and recognized in income when earned.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned represents properties acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any write-down to fair value at the time of transfer to other real estate owned is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Costs of improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding other real estate owned and subsequent adjustments to the value are expensed. Operating and holding expenses of such properties, net of related income, are included in loan operations and other real estate owned expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in income as incurred.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender values. Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender values are reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Non-marketable securities

The Company has restricted non-marketable securities which represent investments in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, Federal Reserve (“FED”) stock and Texas Independent Bank (“TIB”) stock. These investments are not readily marketable and carried at cost, which approximates fair value. As a member of the FHLB, FED and TIB systems, the Company is required to maintain minimum level of investments in stock, based on the level of borrowings and other factors. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized and is evaluated for impairment at least annually as of December 31 and on an interim basis if an event triggering impairment may have occurred.

Core deposit intangibles are acquired customer relationships arising from bank acquisitions and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of ten years. Core deposit intangibles are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company enters into certain derivative financial instruments as part of its hedging strategy. Certain interest rate swap instruments are used for asset and liability management related to the Company’s commercial customers’ financing needs. These instruments are not designated as accounting hedges and changes in the net fair value are recognized in noninterest income or expense. Other interest rate swap instruments are used to mitigate overall interest rate risk and are designated as cash flow hedges. Changes in the net fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income. All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities (see Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments).

Business Combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under the acquisition method, the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Management utilizes valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over amounts allocated to assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Adjustments identified during the measurement period are recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustments amounts are determined. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred (see Note 19 – Business Combinations).

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with shareholders. Other than net income, comprehensive income includes the net effect of changes in the fair value of securities available-for-sale and certain derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges.

Revenues from Contracts with Customers

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and all subsequent amendments to the ASU (collectively, “ASC 606”), which (i) creates a single framework for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers that fall within its scope and (ii) revises when it is appropriate to recognize a gain (loss) from the transfer of nonfinancial assets, such as OREO. Most revenue

 

F-63


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Revenues from Contracts with Customers - continued

 

associated with financial instruments, including interest income, loan origination fees, and credit card fees, fall outside the scope of ASC 606. Gains and losses on investment securities, derivatives, financial guarantees, sales of financial instruments, and lease income are similarly excluded from the scope. The guidance is applicable to non-interest revenue streams such as deposit related fees, wire transfer fees, interchange fees, ATM fees, and merchant fee income.    

The Company’s services that fall within the scope of ASC 606 are presented within Non-Interest Income and are recognized as revenue as the Company satisfies its obligation to the customer. Upon review of the Company’s revenue streams that fall within the scope of the standard, the Company concluded that ASC 606 did not materially change the method in which the Company currently recognizes income for these revenue streams.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising consists of the Company’s advertising in its local market area and is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $809,892 and $555,475 for the six months ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively, and is included in other noninterest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated income tax return with its subsidiary. Federal income tax expense or benefit is allocated on a separate return basis.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Share-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for stock options is based on the fair value of the award on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of the grant and is recognized ratably over the service period of the award. The fair value of stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

Earnings per common share is computed in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock compensation using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and the weighted average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for the reported periods is provided in Note 16 – Earnings Per Common Share.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

1.

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - continued

 

Reclassification

Certain amounts in prior period consolidated financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications are immaterial and have no effect on net income, total assets or shareholders’ equity.

Recently-Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not yet evaluated the potential effects of adopting ASU 2016-13 on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 - “Leases” (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the effects of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures and does not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements

 

2.

Investment Securities Available for Sale

Investment securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent. The carrying amount of securities and their approximate fair values as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

     June 30, 2021  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

           

State and Municipal Securities

   $ 1,091,009      $ 11,261      $ —        $ 1,102,270  

Mortgage-backed securities

     887,611        26,751        —          914,362  

Corporate Bond

     23,563,469        649,736        238,523        23,974,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,542,089      $ 687,748      $ 238,523      $ 25,991,314  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Securities Available-for-sale:

           

State and Municipal Securities

   $ 1,880,955      $ 14,204      $ 1,054      $ 1,894,105  

Mortgage-backed Securities

     1,004,842        22,851        —          1,027,693  

Corporate Bonds

     22,571,444        321,256        219,181        22,673,519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,457,241      $ 358,311      $ 220,235      $ 25,595,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

2.

Investment Securities Available for Sale - continued

 

Mortgage-backed securities are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with varying maturities. The characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages, such as prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holder. Accordingly, the term of mortgage-backed securities approximates the term of the underlying mortgages and can vary significantly due to prepayments.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale at June 30, 2021, by contractual maturity, are shown below.

 

     Securities Available for Sale  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 260,000      $ 261,063  

Due from one year to five years

     831,009        841,207  

Due from five to ten years

     23,563,469        23,974,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,654,478        25,076,952  

Mortage-backed securities

     887,611        914,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,542,089      $ 25,991,314  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

    June 30, 2021  
    Less Than 12
Months in a Loss
Position
    Greater Than 12
Months in a
Loss Position
    Total
Unrealized
Loss
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

       

Corporate Bonds

  $ 238,523     $ —       $ 238,523     $ 11,030,645  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 238,523     $ —       $ 238,523     $ 11,030,645  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Less Than 12
Months in a Loss
Position
    Greater Than 12
Months in a
Loss Position
    Total
Unrealized
Loss
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

       

State and municipal securities

  $ 1,054     $ —       $ 1,054     $ 502,949  

Corporate Bonds

    219,181       —         219,181       12,102,263  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 220,235     $ —       $ 220,235     $ 12,605,212  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were seven investments in an unrealized loss position at June 30, 2021, and nine investments in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020. The Company does not consider any securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, the Company considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (iii) that the

 

F-66


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

2.

Investment Securities Available for Sale - continued

 

Company does not intend to sell these securities, and (iv) it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell before a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The Company has reviewed the ratings of the issuers and have not identified any issues related to the ultimate repayment of principal because of credit concerns on these securities.

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Real estate loans:

     

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 361,217,527      $ 353,273,098  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     286,532,719        277,804,173  

Residential

     165,889,664        140,621,495  

Construction, development & other

     80,400,526        98,207,147  

Farmland

     6,010,682        4,653,344  

Commercial & industrial

     612,305,645        645,927,775  

Consumer

     4,498,931        4,157,339  

Other

     34,866,424        31,447,517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,551,722,118        1,556,091,888  

Allowance for loan losses

     (13,393,871      (11,979,492
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 1,538,328,247      $ 1,544,112,396  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans are presented net of unaccreted discounts and deferred fees totaling $12,144,634 and $10,424,219 at June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. As mentioned in Note 1, the accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. Non-accrual loans and accruing loans past due more than 90 days segregated by class of loans were as follows:

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020  
     Non-accrual      Accruing loans
past due more
than 90 days
     Non-accrual      Accruing loans
past due more
than 90 days
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 1,058,101      $ —        $ 1,943,744      $ 568,591  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     365,488        —          384,581        —    

Residential

     75,820        183,535        85,538        183,535  

Construction, development & other

     257,044        —          264,038        —    

Farmland

     —          —          —          —    

Commercial & industrial

     3,226,952        —          4,155,064        —    

Consumer

     —          —          —          —    

Other

     —          —          —          —    

Purchased credit impaired

     174,599        —          423,680        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,158,004      $ 183,535      $ 7,256,645      $ 752,126  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans - continued

 

An age analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:

 

    June 30, 2021  
    30-59
days
    60-89
days
    Over 90
days
    Total
past due
    Total
current
    Total
loans
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ —       $ —       $ 1,058,101     $ 1,058,101     $ 360,159,426     $ 361,217,527  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    158,152       —         365,488       523,640       282,595,602       283,119,242  

Residential

    138,476       65,372       259,355       463,203       165,346,345       165,809,548  

Construction, development & other

    —         —         257,044       257,044       75,999,339       76,256,383  

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         6,010,682       6,010,682  

Commercial & industrial

    1,646,692       1,799,369       3,226,952       6,673,013       605,394,844       612,067,857  

Consumer

    30,756       —         —         30,756       4,468,175       4,498,931  

Other

    16,595       —         —         16,595       34,849,829       34,866,424  

Purchase credit impaired

    —         —         174,599       174,599       7,700,925       7,875,524  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,990,671     $ 1,864,741     $ 5,341,539     $ 9,196,951     $ 1,542,525,167     $ 1,551,722,118  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2020  
    30-59
days
    60-89
days
    Over 90
days
    Total
past due
    Total
current
    Total
loans
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 286,624     $ —       $ 2,512,335     $ 2,798,959     $ 350,474,139     $ 353,273,098  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    1,733,940       —         384,581       2,118,521       271,785,063       273,903,584  

Residential

    286,977       —         269,073       556,050       140,047,638       140,603,688  

Construction, development & other

    —         —         264,038       264,038       93,819,610       94,083,648  

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         4,653,344       4,653,344  

Commercial & industrial

    842,059       255,907       4,155,064       5,253,030       640,404,991       645,658,021  

Consumer

    49,645       —         —         49,645       4,107,694       4,157,339  

Other

    21,991         —         21,991       31,425,526       31,447,517  

Purchase credit impaired

    —         —         423,680       423,680       7,887,969       8,311,649  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 3,221,236     $ 255,907     $ 8,008,771     $ 11,485,914     $ 1,544,605,974     $ 1,556,091,888  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Impaired Loans

The following tables present impaired loans by class of loans:

 

    June 30, 2021  
    Unpaid
contractual
principal
balance
    Recorded
investment
with no
allowance
    Recorded
investment
with
allowance
    Total
recorded
investment
    Related
allowance
    Average
recorded
investment
during year
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 1,058,100     $ 1,058,100     $ —       $ 1,058,100     $ —       $ 1,075,932  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    5,692,035       5,560,943       131,092       5,692,035       2,752       5,711,174  

Residential

    75,819       75,819       —         75,819       —         79,259  

Construction, development & other

    257,044       257,044       —         257,044       —         261,875  

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Commercial & industrial

    3,808,991       3,551,280       257,711       3,808,991       64,428       4,180,675  

Consumer

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Purchase credit impaired

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 10,891,989     $ 10,503,186     $ 388,803     $ 10,891,989     $ 67,180     $ 11,308,915  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Unpaid
contractual
principal
balance
    Recorded
investment
with no
allowance
    Recorded
investment
with
allowance
    Total
recorded
investment
    Related
allowance
    Average
recorded
investment
during year
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 1,943,744     $ 1,943,744     $ —       $ 1,943,744     $ —       $ 1,754,100  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    384,581       384,581       —         384,581       —         406,069  

Residential

    85,539       82,699       —         82,699       —         70,163  

Construction, development & other

    264,038       266,708       —         266,708       —         187,446  

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Commercial & industrial

    4,737,100       3,706,167       1,030,933       4,737,100       136,309       4,904,295  

Consumer

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other

    —         —         —         —         —      

Purchased credit impaired

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 7,415,002     $ 6,383,899     $ 1,030,933     $ 7,414,832     $ 136,309     $ 7,322,073  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest payments received on impaired loans are recorded as interest income unless collections of the remaining recorded investment are doubtful, at which time payments received are recorded as reductions of principal.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Impaired Loans - continued

 

Interest income collected on impaired loans was approximately $98,800 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. No interest income was collected on impaired loans for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Troubled Debt Restructuring

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the terms of one loan were modified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). The following table presents modifications of loans the Company considers to be TDR loans:

 

    June 30, 2021  
    Loan modifications  
    Number of
loans
    Pre-
restructuring
recorded
investment
    Post-
restructuring
recorded
investment
    Adjusted
interest
rate
    Payment
deferral
    Combined
rate and
payment
deferral
 

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

    —       $ —       $ —         —       $ —         —    

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    1       5,326,547       5,326,547       —         5,326,547       —    

Residential

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Construction, development & other

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Farmland

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Commercial & industrial

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Consumer

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1     $ 5,326,547     $ 5,326,547     $ —       $ 5,326,547     $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Loan modifications  
     Number of
loans
    Pre-
restructuring
recorded
investment
    Post-
restructuring
recorded
investment
    Adjusted
interest
rate
    Payment
deferral
    Combined
rate and
payment
deferral
 

Real estate loans:

            

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

     3     $ 927,205     $ 927,205       —       $ 927,205       —    

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Residential

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Construction, development & other

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Farmland

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Commercial & industrial

     2       757,786       757,786         757,786    

Consumer

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other

     —         —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5     $ 1,684,991     $ 1,684,991     $ —       $ 1,684,991     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring - continued

 

No loans modified under a troubled debt restructuring during the previous twelve-month period were in default. A default for purposes of this disclosure is a troubled debt restructured loan in which the borrower is 90 days past due or results in the foreclosure and repossession of the applicable collateral. At June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers with loans whose terms had been modified under troubled debt restructurings.

COVID-19 Loan Deferments

Certain borrowers were unable to meet their contractual payment obligations because of the adverse effects of COVID-19. During March of 2020 and to help mitigate these effects, the Company began offering deferral modifications of principal and/or interest payments for varying periods, but typically no more than 90 days. After 90 days, customers may apply for an additional deferral, and a small portion of our customers have requested such an additional deferral. At June 30, 2021, the Company had approximately 660 loans totaling $320.3 million in outstanding loan balances subject to deferral and modification agreements due to COVID whereby principal and/or interest payments were deferred to the end of each loan term. The CARES Act provides banks an option to elect to not account for certain loan modifications related to COVID as troubled debt restructurings if the borrowers were not more than 30 days past due at December 31, 2019. In the absence of other intervening factors, such short-term modifications made on a good faith basis are not categorized as troubled debt restructurings, nor are loans granted payment deferrals related to COVID-19 reported as past due or placed on non-accrual status. At June 30, 2021, $5.9 million in interest income has been recognized by the Company related to these loans which will not be collected until the end of each loan term.

Credit Quality Indicators

Credit Quality Indicators. From a credit risk standpoint, the Company classifies its loans in one of five categories: (i) pass, (ii) special mention, (iii) substandard, (iv) doubtful, or (v) loss.

The classifications of loans reflect a judgment about the risks of default and loss associated with the loan. The Company reviews the ratings on credits monthly. Ratings are adjusted to reflect the degree of risk and loss that is felt to be inherent in each credit as of each monthly reporting period. The Company’s methodology is structured so that specific allocations are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality (and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a corresponding decrease in risk and loss).

(i) The Company has several pass credit grades that are assigned to loans based on varying levels of credits, ranging from credits that are secured by cash or marketable securities, to watch credits that have all the characteristics of an acceptable credit risk but warrant more than the normal level of supervision.

(ii) Special mention loans are loans that still show sufficient cash flow to service their debt but show a declining financial trend with potential cash flow shortages if trends continue. This category should be treated as a temporary grade. If cash flow deteriorates further to become negative, then a substandard grade should be given. If cash flow trends begin to improve then an upgrade back to Pass would be justified. Nonfinancial reasons for rating a credit special mention include management problems, pending litigation, an ineffective loan agreement or other material structure weakness.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Credit Quality Indicators - continued

 

(iii) A substandard loan has material weakness in the primary repayment source such as insufficient cash flow from operations to service the debt. However, other weaknesses such as limited paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged could justify a substandard grade. Substandard loans must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.

(iv) A loan classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses of a substandard loan with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. A doubtful loan has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification as loss is deferred. Doubtful borrowers are usually in default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Because of high probability of loss, non-accrual status is required on doubtful loans.

(v) Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as banking assets are not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. With loans classified as loss, the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have formally suspended debt repayments, or have otherwise ceased normal business operations. Once an asset is classified as loss, there is little prospect of collecting either its principal or interest. When access to collateral, rather than the value of the collateral, is a problem, a less severe classification may be appropriate. However, the Company does not maintain an asset on the balance sheet if realizing its value would require long-term litigation or other lengthy recovery efforts. Losses are to be recorded in the period an obligation becomes uncollectible.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Credit Quality Indicators - continued

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s internal ratings of its loans:

 

    June 30, 2021  
    Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Purchased
Credit
Impaired
    Doubtful     Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 348,124,744     $ 8,617,836     $ 4,474,947     $ —       $ —       $ 361,217,527  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    263,506,686       12,212,869       7,399,687       3,413,477       —         286,532,719  

Residential

    164,784,497       —         1,025,051       80,116       —         165,889,664  

Construction, development & other

    75,999,339       —         257,044       4,144,143       —         80,400,526  

Farmland

    6,010,682       —         —         —         —         6,010,682  

Commercial & industrial

    598,149,831       4,635,069       9,282,957       237,788       —         612,305,645  

Consumer

    4,498,931       —         —         —         —         4,498,931  

Other

    34,866,424       —         —         —         —         34,866,424  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,495,941,134     $ 25,465,774     $ 22,439,686     $ 7,875,524     $ —       $ 1,551,722,118  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Purchased
Credit
Impaired
    Doubtful     Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

  $ 335,441,780     $ 12,189,268     $ 5,642,050     $ —       $ —       $ 353,273,098  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

    255,467,635       12,705,637       5,730,312       3,900,589       —         277,804,173  

Residential

    139,742,887       —         860,801       17,807       —         140,621,495  

Construction, development & other

    93,816,941       —         266,707       4,123,499       —         98,207,147  

Farmland

    4,653,344       —         —         —         —         4,653,344  

Commercial & industrial

    629,093,318       6,143,686       9,847,172       269,754       573,845       645,927,775  

Consumer

    4,157,339       —         —         —         —         4,157,339  

Other

    31,447,517       —         —         —         —         31,447,517  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,493,820,761     $ 31,038,591     $ 22,347,042     $ 8,311,649     $ 573,845     $ 1,556,091,888  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The majority of the loan portfolio is comprised of loans to businesses and individuals in the Greater Houston and Dallas markets. This geographic concentration subjects the loan portfolio to the general economic conditions within this area. The risks created by this concentration has been considered by management in the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover estimated losses on loans at June 30, 2021 and 2020.

The following tables detail the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment:

 

     June 30, 2021  
     Beginning
balance
     Provision for
loan loss
    Charge-offs     Recoveries      Ending
balance
 

Real estate loans:

            

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 2,607,494      $ 1,327,953     $ —       $ —        $ 3,935,447  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     3,107,186        1,223,064       —         —          4,330,250  

Residential

     1,218,132        (167,805     —         —          1,050,327  

Construction, development & vacant

     931,830        (250,358     —         —          681,472  

Farmland

     31,800        2,402       —         —          34,202  

Commercial & industrial

     3,858,284        (594,767     (169,649     98,498        3,192,366  

Consumer

     35,354        (27,043     —         1,650        9,961  

Other

     189,412        (13,446     (18,565     2,445        159,846  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 11,979,492      $ 1,500,000     $ (188,214   $ 102,593      $ 13,393,871  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     June 30, 2020  
     Beginning
balance
     Provision for
loan loss
    Charge-offs     Recoveries      Ending
balance
 

Real estate loans:

            

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 2,158,228      $ 1,632,933     $ —       $ 4,022      $ 3,795,183  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     1,626,882        843,225       —         —          2,470,107  

Residential

     373,226        238,230       —         —          611,456  

Construction, development & vacant

     330,326        500,843       —         —          831,169  

Farmland

     28,817        (8,750     —         —          20,067  

Commercial & industrial

     3,503,848        (676,697     (616,020     30,623        2,241,754  

Consumer

     15,761        6,492       (7,042     2,989        18,200  

Other

     86,274        13,724       —         —          99,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,123,362      $ 2,550,000     $ (623,062   $ 37,634      $ 10,087,934  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Beginning
balance
     Provision for
loan loss
     Charge-offs     Recoveries      Ending
balance
 

Real estate loans:

             

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 2,158,228      $ 449,266      $ —       $ —        $ 2,607,494  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     1,626,882        3,816,218        (2,335,914     —          3,107,186  

Residential

     373,226        844,906        —         —          1,218,132  

Construction, development & vacant

     330,326        601,504        —         —          931,830  

Farmland

     28,817        2,983        —         —          31,800  

Commercial & industrial

     3,503,848        1,709,970        (1,388,713     33,179        3,858,284  

Consumer

     15,761        22,015        (7,042     4,620        35,354  

Other

     86,274        103,138        —         —          189,412  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,123,362      $ 7,550,000      $ (3,731,669   $ 37,799      $ 11,979,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables summarize the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, by portfolio segment, for loans evaluated for impairment individually and collectively:

 

     June 30, 2021  
     Period end amounts of ALLL
allocated to loans evaluated
for impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ —        $ 3,935,447      $ —        $ 3,935,447  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     2,752        4,327,498        —          4,330,250  

Residential

     —          1,050,327        —          1,050,327  

Construction, development & vacant

     —          681,472        —          681,472  

Farmland

     —          34,202        —          34,202  

Commercial & industrial

     64,428        3,127,938        —          3,192,366  

Consumer

     —          9,961        —          9,961  

Other

     —          159,846        —          159,846  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 67,180      $ 13,326,691      $ —        $ 13,393,871  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Period end amounts of ALLL
allocated to loans evaluated
for impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ —        $ 2,607,494      $ —        $ 2,607,494  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     —          3,107,186        —          3,107,186  

Residential

     —          1,218,132        —          1,218,132  

Construction, development & vacant

     —          931,830        —          931,830  

Farmland

     —          31,800        —          31,800  

Commercial & industrial

     136,309        3,721,975        —          3,858,284  

Consumer

     —          35,354        —          35,354  

Other

     —          189,412        —          189,412  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 136,309      $ 11,843,183      $ —        $ 11,979,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s recorded investment in loans related to the balance in the allowance for loan losses on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology is as follows:

 

     June 30, 2021  
     Loans evaluated for
impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 1,058,100      $ 360,159,427      $ —        $ 361,217,527  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     5,692,035        280,840,684        —          286,532,719  

Residential

     75,819        165,813,845        —          165,889,664  

Construction, development & other

     257,044        80,143,482        —          80,400,526  

Farmland

     —          6,010,682        —          6,010,682  

Commercial & industrial

     3,808,991        608,496,654        —          612,305,645  

Consumer

     —          4,498,931        —          4,498,931  

Other

     —          34,866,424        —          34,866,424  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,891,989      $ 1,540,830,129      $ —        $ 1,551,722,118  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Loans evaluated for
impairment:
        
     Individually      Collectively      PCI      Total  

Real estate loans:

           

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ 1,943,744      $ 351,329,354      $ —        $ 353,273,098  

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     384,581        273,519,003        3,900,589        277,804,173  

Residential

     82,699        140,520,989        17,807        140,621,495  

Construction, development & other

     266,708        93,816,940        4,123,499        98,207,147  

Farmland

     —          4,653,344        —          4,653,344  

Commercial & industrial

     4,737,100        640,920,921        269,754        645,927,775  

Consumer

     —          4,157,339        —          4,157,339  

Other

     —          31,447,517        —          31,447,517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,414,832      $ 1,540,365,407      $ 8,311,649      $ 1,556,091,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain Acquired Loans

During 2013, the Company purchased certain loans from a third party with gross contractual balances of $8,207,194 for a purchase price of $6,303,095, resulting in a discount of $1,904,099. Upon acquisition, the acquired loans were initially segregated and classified in one of two categories: 1) PCI loans and 2) acquired performing loans. At acquisition date, estimated fair values of PCI loans and acquired performing loans were $3,215,504 and $3,087,591, respectively. The gross contractual amounts receivable for PCI loans and acquired performing loans were $4,502,097 and $3,705,097, respectively, as of the acquisition date.

As discussed in Note 19, the Company acquired loans with fair values of $259,605,933 as part of the acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank. Of the total $263,314,602 of loans acquired, $250,659,720 were determined to have no evidence of deteriorated credit quality and are accounted for under ASC Topics 310-10 and 310-20. The remaining $12,654,882 were determined to exhibit deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30.

In connection with the acquisition of loans from Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank on January 1, 2020, the PCI loan portfolio was accounted for at fair value as follows:

 

Contractual required payments

   $ 26,626,779  

Non-accretable difference (expected loss)

     15,026,950  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition

     11,599,829  

Accretable yield

     1,850,260  
  

 

 

 

Basis in acquired Heritage PCI loans

   $ 9,749,569  
  

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - continued

 

Certain Acquired Loans - continued

 

The following table presents the gross contractual amounts receivable balances, by portfolio segment, and the carrying amount of PCI loans:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Real estate loans:

     

Non-farm non-residential owner occupied

   $ —        $ —    

Non-farm non-residential non-owner occupied

     4,647,947        5,426,265  

Residential

     191,087        200,144  

Construction, development & other

     5,220,258        5,104,868  

Farmland

     —          —    

Commercial & industrial

     351,728        383,146  

Consumer

     —          —    

Other

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding balances

   $ 10,411,020      $ 11,114,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

   $ 7,875,524      $ 8,311,649  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accretable discount is accreted into income using the interest method over the life of the loans. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, unaccreted discounts on PCI loans totaled $2,129,544 and $2,379,944, respectively, and were included in net loans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

There was no allowance for loan losses related to the purchased credit impaired loans disclosed above at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Determining the fair value of PCI loans at acquisition required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those loans and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. For such loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans and is called the accretable yield. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit losses and is called the nonaccretable difference. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carry-over of previously established allowance for credit losses from the acquired loans.

Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected on PCI loans was as follows:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 2,260,759      $ 82,566  

New loans acquired from Heritage acquisition

     —          2,725,993  

Accretion of income

     (131,215      (807,552

Reclassifications from non-accretable difference

     —          259,752  

Disposals

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 2,129,544      $ 2,260,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

4.

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
     June 30
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Building

     30 years      $ 8,118,263      $ 7,712,313  

Building improvements

     3 - 10 years        3,405,282        3,287,713  

Land

        2,426,593        2,426,593  

Equipment

     3 - 5 years        3,685,933        3,457,690  

Leasehold improvements

     3 - 10 years        2,244,488        2,222,132  

Furniture and fixtures

     3 - 5 years        2,118,587        1,916,622  

Construction in process

        852,674        317,730  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        22,851,820        21,340,793  

Accumulated depreciation

        (6,992,551 )       (6,185,094
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 15,859,269      $ 15,155,699  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 amounted to $807,457 and $716,686 respectively and is included in occupancy and equipment expense in the accompanying statements of income.

 

5.

Deposits

Deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Transaction accounts:

     

Noninterest bearing demand accounts

   $ 374,942,079      $ 327,360,814  

Interest bearing demand accounts

     1,036,819,842        909,991,762  

Savings

     26,898,460        22,261,441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total transaction accounts

     1,438,660,381        1,259,614,017  

Time deposits

     344,607,903        374,216,900  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,783,268,284      $ 1,633,830,917  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more totaled $164,513,633 and $150,788,365 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits at June 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

2021

   $ 210,010,302  

2022

     124,462,282  

2023

     5,859,123  

2024

     2,296,932  

2025 and thereafter

     1,979,264  
  

 

 

 
   $ 344,607,903  
  

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

5.

Deposits - continued

 

At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of demand deposit overdrafts that were reclassified as loans was $92,829 and $137,733, respectively.

Deposits received from related parties at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, totaled approximately $18,264,000 and $13,718,000, respectively.

 

6.

Income Taxes

During the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded income tax provision expense of $2,308,540 and $1,447,834 respectively, reflecting an effective tax rate of 21%.

GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of cumulative benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. GAAP also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.

 

7.

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings

Senior Debt

On December 24, 2019, the Company modified the terms of a $5,000,000 promissory note maturing on August 30, 2020, whereby the revolving line of credit facility was increased to $10,000,000, and the interest rate was reduced from a floating rate of Wall Street Journal prime, plus 0.50%, to a fixed rate of 4.75%. Upon maturity, the note was renewed and extended to August 31, 2021, in the amount of $10,000,000. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 4.25%. Interest is payable quarterly on the 30th day of February, May, August and November. All principal and unpaid interest is due upon maturity. The note is secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and is senior in rights to the $13 million in subordinated debt described below. On March 10, 2021, the note was combined with the outstanding balance of the $15.0 million note below and consolidated into a new revolving line of credit facility totaling $30,875,000 (see March 10, 2021 note below).

On December 24, 2019, the Company modified the terms of a $15,000,000 promissory note maturing on March 10, 2021, whereby the fixed interest rate of 6.00% was reduced to 4.75%. Quarterly principal payments of $375,000 plus interest are due and payable on the 10th day of March, June, September, and December through maturity date. The note is secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and is senior in rights to the $13 million in subordinated debt described below. At December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal balance was $10,875,000. On March 10, 2021, the remaining balance of the note was combined with the remaining balance of the revolving note above and consolidated into a new revolving line of credit facility totaling $30,875,000 (see March 10, 2021 note below).

 

F-81


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

7.

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings - continued

 

Senior Debt - continued

 

On March 10, 2021, the remaining balance of the two aforementioned notes totaling $20,875,000 was consolidated into a new revolving line of credit loan with new funds of $10,000,000 for a total facility of $30,875,000. The note bears interest at the Wall Street Journal US Prime Rate, as such changes from time to time, with a floor rate of 4.00% per annum. Interest is payable quarterly on the 10th day of March, June, September and December through maturity date of September 10, 2022. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity. The note is secured by 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and is senior in rights to the $13 million in subordinated debt described below. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding balance was $20,500,000.

Subordinated Debt

On September 27, 2018, the Company entered into a $3,000,000 and $2,000,000 subordinated promissory note agreement with two shareholders of the Company. Quarterly interest payments are due on the 27th day of March, June, September, and December. Each note bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% and 6.00%, respectively. The $3,000,000 note was retired on July 29, 2019 and replaced with a $4,000,000 note (see note below). The $2,000,000 note scheduled to mature on September 27, 2020 was renewed and extended to September 27, 2022 at a fixed rate of 6.00%. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity. The notes are subordinate and junior in rights to the senior indebtedness described above.

On July 29, 2019, the aforementioned $3,000,000 promissory note scheduled to mature on September 27, 2019 was retired and replaced with a new subordinated note to the same shareholder in the amount of $4,000,000. The note bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% though maturity of July 29, 2020. Upon maturity, the note renewed and was increased to $11,000,000 with a fixed rate of 6.00%. All principal and unpaid interest is due at maturity on July 29, 2022.

On July 29, 2019, the Company entered into a subordinated note agreement for $2,000,000 with a shareholder of the Company. Quarterly interest payments were due on the 29th day of January, April, July, and October. The note bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% and matured on July 29, 2020. All principal and unpaid interest was paid at maturity.

FHLB Borrowings

At June 30, 2021, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances represent $12,000,000 in FHLB Owns the Option (“FOTO”) borrowings with a floating rate of 1.100% maturing on June 19, 2029; $18,000,000 in FOTO borrowings with a floating rate of 1.020% maturing on August 2, 2029; and $20,000,000 in FOTO borrowings with a floating rate of 0.570% maturing on February 26, 2035. The FOTO borrowings have quarterly call options that begin on September 19, 2019, November 4, 2019, and February 25, 2022, respectively. The call feature allows the FHLB to terminate the entire outstanding balance at each option date and, in the event the option is exercised, replacement funding will be made available at then prevailing interest rates. FHLB advances are collateralized by FHLB stock, real estate loans and investment securities. The approximate amount of loans and investment securities that collateralize borrowings at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $329,972,200 and $295,381,700, respectively. At June 30, 2021, letters of credit with FHLB for $119,715,418 were outstanding with expirations ranging from July 2021 through March 2023.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

7.

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings - continued

 

FHLB Borrowings - continued

 

Contractual maturities of FHLB advances and other borrowings at June 31, 2021 were as follows:

 

     FHLB
Advances
     Other
Borrowings
 

2021 (six months remaining)

   $ —        $ —    

2022

     —          33,500,000  

2023

     —          —    

2024

     —          —    

2025 and thereafter

     50,000,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 50,000,000      $ 33,500,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had federal funds lines of credit with commercial banks that provide for availability to borrow up to an aggregate of $20.5 million in federal funds. The Company had no advances outstanding under these lines at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

8.

Stock Options and Warrants

In 2008 upon shareholder approval, the Bank adopted the 2008 Stock Option Plan. In 2013 upon formation of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., the Company adopted the 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “2013 Stock Plan”). All outstanding options from the 2008 Stock Option Plan were grandfathered into the 2013 Stock Plan. The 2013 Stock Plan permits the grant of stock options for up to 500,000 shares of common stock from time to time during the term of the plan, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization. Under the 2013 Stock Plan, the Bank may grant either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options to eligible directors, executive officers, key employees and non-employee shareholders of the Bank. At June 30, 2021, there were no shares remaining available for grant for future awards as all outstanding options under the 2013 Stock Plan were grandfathered into the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (see 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan). Awards outstanding under the 2013 Stock Plan remain in full force and effect, according to their respective terms.

On May 29, 2019, the Company’s shareholders approved the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”), which was previously approved by the Company’s board of directors. Under the 2019 Plan, the Company may issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses, other stock-based awards, cash awards, and dividend equivalents. On May 20, 2021, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the plan such that the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan was increased by an additional 500,000 shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2019 Plan is equal to the sum of (i) 800,000 shares of common stock, (ii) the total number of shares remaining available for new awards under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “2013 Plan”) as of May 29, 2019, which was 152,750 shares of common stock, and (iii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options issued under the 2013 Plan to the extent that (A) any such award is forfeited or otherwise terminates or is cancelled without the delivery of shares of common stock, or (B) shares of common stock that are withheld from any such award to satisfy any tax or withholding obligation, then the shares of common stock covered by such forfeited, terminated or cancelled award or which are equal to the number of shares of common stock withheld, will become available for issuance

 

F-83


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

8.

Stock Options and Warrants - continued

 

under the 2019 Plan. At June 30, 2021, there were 397,150 shares remaining available for grant for future awards under the plan.

In December 2017, the Bank adopted the 2017 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the “Director Plan”). The plan authorizes the grant of 100,000 options to non-employee directors of the Company pursuant to the terms of the plan. During July 2018, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 50,000 additional options under the plan. The plan permits the grant of stock options for up to 150,000 shares of common stock. On January 1, 2021, the Director Plan was amended and subsequently approved by the Company’s board of directors such that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Options shall not exceed 187,000 shares. Options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Bank’s stock at the date of the grant. Option awards generally vest based on 5 years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms for non-controlling participants as defined by the Stock Plan. Other grant terms can vary for controlling participants as defined by the Stock Plan. At June 30, 2021, there were no shares remaining available for grant for future awards.

On January 1, 2020, the Company acquired a stock option plan which originated under Heritage Bancorp, Inc. as part of a merger of the two companies. The options granted to employees must be exercised within 10 years from the date of grant and vesting schedules are determined on an individual basis. At merger date, 109,908 outstanding options became fully vested and were converted to 97,821 options of the Company’s common stock at an exchange ratio of 0.89, which was equal to the acquisition exchange rate for common shares. At June 30, 2021, there were no shares remaining available for grant for future awards.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company granted stock options to certain directors, executive officers and other key employees of the Company. These stock options vest ratably over 5 years and have a 10 year contractual term. Options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2021 were granted with an exercise price of $16.43 or $20.00. Options granted during the year ended December 31, 2020 were granted with an exercise price of $16.43 or $16.78.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for the options granted in the six months ended June 30, 2021: risk-free interest rate ranging from 0.70% to 1.42%, dividend yield of 0.00%; estimated volatility of 10.00%, and expected lives of options of 7.5 years. The following assumptions were used for options granted in the six months ended June 30, 2020: risk-free interest rate ranging from .53% to 1.85%, dividend yield of 0.00%; estimated volatility of 10.00%, and expected lives of options of 7.5 years. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock and similar peer group averages.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $184,136 and $128,240 associated with stock options. As of June 30, 2021, there was approximately $1,958,600 of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options that is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

8.

Stock Options and Warrants - continued

 

A summary of stock option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 is presented below:

 

     June 30, 2021      December 31, 2020  
     Shares
Underlying
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares
Underlying
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

     660,251      $ 14.37        499,700      $ 13.84  

Granted during the period

     538,250        18.98        114,600        16.64  

Acquired and converted options from acquisition

     —          —          97,821        13.68  

Forfeited during the period

     (33,280      15.83        (20,000      14.24  

Exercised during the period

     (55,047      13.80        (31,870      12.07  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Outstanding at the end of period

     1,110,174      $ 16.59        660,251      $ 14.37  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Options exercisable at end of period

     390,004      $ 13.43        397,581      $ 13.14  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the period

      $ 2.93         $ 2.65  

A summary of weighted average remaining life is presented below:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Exercise Price

   Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average

Remaining Life
(years)
     Options
Exercisable
     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
(years)
     Options
Exercisable
 

$10.00 - $12.99

     186,316        3.31        186,316        260,523        4.14        242,823  

$13.00 - $16.99

     539,358        7.96        203,688        399,728        8.05        154,758  

$17.00 - $24.00

     384,500        9.92        —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     1,110,174        7.86        390,004        660,251        6.51        397,581  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with stock compensation awards are issued from available authorized shares.

The total intrinsic value of outstanding in-the-money stock options and outstanding in-the-money exercisable stock options was $2,584,128 and $1,941,934 at June 30, 2021.

The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was $190,096 and $0, respectively. There were no stock options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2020.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

8.

Stock Options and Warrants - continued

 

A summary of the activity in the Company’s nonvested shares is as follows:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 
     Shares      Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Shares      Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at January 1,

     262,670      $ 2.42        221,250      $ 2.87  

Granted during the period

     538,250        2.93        114,600        2.65  

Acquired and converted options from acquisition

     —          —          97,821        4.62  

Vested during the period

     (47,470      3.42        (151,001      4.67  

Forfeited during the period

     (33,280      —          (20,000      —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Nonvested at end of period

     720,170      $ 2.72        262,670      $ 2.42  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As consideration for the financial risks undertaken by certain organizers of the Company, the Company has outstanding stock warrants that are initially exercisable to purchase one share of common stock for each warrant held.

A summary of the Company’s stock warrant activity is presented below:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 
     Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

     6,000      $ 11.00        6,000      $ 11.00  

Granted

     —          —          —          —    

Exercised

     —          —          —          —    

Expired or forfeited

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Outstanding at end of period

     6,000      $ 11.00        6,000      $ 11.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of period

     6,000      $ 11.00        6,000      $ 11.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of stock warrants outstanding at June 30, 2021, was 2.0 years. The warrants are exercisable over a ten-year period that expires on July 1, 2023.

 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company has non-cancelable operating leases for branches, loan production offices, and non-branch offices. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was approximately $630,000 and $571,000, respectively. The 15 operating leases have various commencement dates and original terms varying from six months to one hundred twenty months.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies - continued

 

Operating Leases - continued

 

As of June 30, 2021, future minimum rental payments under non-cancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year for each year through 2026 and thereafter are as follows:

 

2021 (six months remaining)

   $ 451,955  

2022

     780,523  

2023

     543,690  

2024

     423,368  

2025

     360,453  

2026 and thereafter

     131,717  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,691,706  
  

 

 

 

Litigation

In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

10.

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for unfunded lines of credit, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of these instruments. The Company generally uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 200,939,452      $ 162,445,433  

Standby letters of credit

     8,826,888        1,692,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 209,766,340      $ 164,138,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Management evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

10.

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk - continued

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the subsidiary banks to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The subsidiary banks’ policy for obtaining collateral and the nature of such collateral is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit.

Although the maximum exposure to loss is the amount of such commitments, management currently anticipates no material losses from such activities.

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.

GAAP requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement costs). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, the authoritative guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1 that are observable for the asset and liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Level 2

 

F-88


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

 

investments consist primarily of obligations of U.S. government sponsored enterprises and agencies, obligations of state and municipal subdivisions, corporate bonds and mortgage backed securities.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis include the following:

Investment Securities Available-for-sale. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayments speeds, credit information, and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.

Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale are reported at aggregate cost which has been deemed to be the equivalent of fair value using Level 3 inputs.

Impaired Loans. Impaired loans are reported at the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. Collateral values are estimated using Level 2 inputs based on observable market data or independent appraisals using Level 3 inputs.

Derivative Instruments. The estimated fair value of interest rate derivative positions are obtained from a pricing service that provides the swaps’ unwind value using Level 2 inputs.

There were no transfers between levels during the six-month period ending June 30, 2021 or during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - continued

 

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using     Total Fair
Value
 
    Level 1 Inputs     Level 2 Inputs     Level 3 Inputs  

At June 30, 2021:

       

Securities available for sale:

       

State and municipal securities

  $ —       $ 1,102,270     $ —       $ 1,102,270  

Mortgage-backed securities

    —         914,362       —         914,362  

Corporate bonds

    —         23,974,682       —         23,974,682  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

  $ —       $ 25,991,314     $ —       $ 25,991,314  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale:

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asset derivatives:

       

Interest rate swaps

  $ —       $ 265,334     $ —       $ 265,334  

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ —       $ 265,334     $ —       $ 265,334  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability derivatives:

       

Interest rate swaps

  $ —       $ 265,334     $ —       $ 265,334  

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ —       $ 265,334     $ —       $ 265,334  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - continued

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using      Total Fair
Value
 
     Level 1 Inputs      Level 2 Inputs      Level 3 Inputs  

At December 31, 2020:

     

Securities available for sale:

           

State and municipal securities

   $ —        $ 1,894,105      $ —        $ 1,894,105  

Mortgage-backed securities

     —          1,027,693               1,027,693  

Corporate bonds

     —          22,673,519               22,673,519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ —        $ 25,595,317      $ —        $ 25,595,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held for sale:

   $ —        $ —        $ 2,844,441      $ 2,844,441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Asset derivatives:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —        $ 271,477      $ —        $ 271,477  

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps

     —          215,645        —          215,645  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ 487,122      $ —        $ 487,122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability derivatives:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —        $ 271,477      $ —        $ 271,477  

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps

     —          8,232        —          8,232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ 279,709      $ —        $ 279,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include the following at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

Impaired loans. At June 30, 2021, impaired loans with carrying values of $10,891,989 were reduced by specific valuation allowances totaling $67,180 resulting in a net fair value of $10,824,809 based on Level 3 inputs. At December 31, 2020, impaired loans with carrying values of $7,414,832 were reduced by specific valuation allowances totaling $136,309 resulting in a net fair value of $7,278,523, based on Level 3 inputs.

Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, include certain foreclosed assets which, upon initial recognition, were remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses and certain foreclosed assets which, subsequent to their initial recognition, were remeasured at fair value through a write-down included in current earnings. The fair value of a foreclosed asset is estimated using Level 2 inputs based on observable market data or Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - continued

 

The following table presents foreclosed assets that were remeasured and recorded at fair value:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Foreclosed assets remeasured at initial recognition:

     

Carrying value of foreclosed assets prior to remeasurement

   $ —        $ 3,715,914  

Charge-offs recognized in the allowance for loan losses

     —          2,335,914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of foreclosed assets remeasured at initial recognition

   $ —        $ 1,380,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets remeasured subsequent to initial recognition:

     

Carrying value of foreclosed assets prior to remeasurement

   $ 1,686,250      $ 1,997,291  

Write downs included in other non-interest expense

     —          10,084  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of foreclosed assets remeasured subsequent to initial recognition

   $ 1,686,250      $ 1,987,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Company, as for most financial institutions, substantially all its assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments as defined. Many of the Company’s financial instruments, however, lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction.

The estimated fair value amounts of financial instruments have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. In addition, reasonable comparability between financial institutions may not be likely due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates that must be made given the absence of active secondary markets for many of the financial instruments. This lack of uniform valuation methodologies also introduces a greater degree of subjectivity to these estimated fair values.

Financial instruments with stated maturities have been valued using a present value discounted cash flow with a discount rate approximating current market rates for similar assets and liabilities. Financial instruments assets with variable rates and financial instrument liabilities with no stated maturities have an estimated fair value equal to both the amount payable on demand and the carrying value.

The carrying value and the estimated fair value of the Company’s contractual off-balance sheet unfunded lines of credit, loan commitments and letters of credit, which are generally priced at market at the time of funding, are not material.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements - continued

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - continued

 

The estimated fair values and carrying values of all financial instruments under current authoritative guidance, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value are as follows:

 

     June 30, 2021      December 31, 2020  
     Carrying Value      Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying Value      Estimated
Fair Value
 

Financial assets

           

Level 2 inputs

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 353,772,499      $ 353,772,499      $ 203,560,313      $ 203,560,313  

Interest bearing time deposits in other banks

     131,461        131,461        129,402        129,402  

Investment securities available for sale

     25,991,314        25,991,314        25,595,317        25,595,317  

Non-marketable securities

     8,032,311        8,032,311        4,406,654        4,406,654  

Accrued interest receivable

     11,349,621        11,349,621        13,675,906        13,675,906  

Bank-owned life insurance

     26,236,780        26,236,780        25,960,632        25,960,632  

Derivative instruments assets

     265,334        265,334        487,122        487,122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 425,779,320      $ 425,779,320      $ 273,815,346      $ 273,815,346  

Level 3 inputs

           

Loans, including held for sale, net

   $ 1,538,328,247      $ 1,501,710,986      $ 1,546,457,946      $ 1,551,623,815  

Financial liabilities

           

Level 2 inputs

           

Deposits

   $ 1,783,268,284      $ 1,784,634,939      $ 1,633,830,917      $ 1,636,966,853  

Accrued interest payable

     866,472        866,472        1,215,170        1,215,170  

FHLB advances

     50,000,000        50,000,000        70,000,000        70,000,000  

Notes payable

     33,500,000        33,500,000        33,875,000        33,875,000  

Derivative instrument liabilities

     265,334        265,334        279,709        279,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,867,900,090      $ 1,869,266,745      $ 1,739,200,796      $ 1,742,336,732  

 

12.

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

All of the Company’s business activity is with customers primarily located within Texas. Such customers are normally also depositors of the Company.

The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. The contractual amounts of credit related financial instruments such as commitments to extend credit and credit card arrangements represent the amounts of potential accounting loss should the contract be fully drawn upon, the customer default, and the value of any existing collateral become worthless.

At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had federal funds sold aggregating $1,228,269 and $2,290,626, respectively, which represents concentrations of credit risk. The Company had uninsured deposits of $326,161,028 and $172,885,523 as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

13.

Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

In 2009, the Company adopted the Third Coast Bank, SSB 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Employees may elect to defer a percentage of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company may make a discretionary match of employees’ contributions based on a percentage of salary contributed by participants.

Effective January 1, 2018, the discretionary contributions made by the Company were invested in the common stock of the Company in accordance with the Third Coast Bank, SSB Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). The ESOP became effective on January 1, 2018 for the exclusive benefit of the participants and their beneficiaries. Benefits under the ESOP generally are distributed in the form of cash. In addition, until the Company’s common stock is actively traded on an established securities market, the participant may demand (in accordance with the terms of the ESOP and applicable laws) that the Company repurchase shares of common stock distributed to the participant at the estimated fair value.

The fair value of shares of common stock, held by the ESOP, are deducted from permanent shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets, and are reflected in a line item below liabilities and above shareholders’ equity. This presentation is necessary in order to recognize the put option within the ESOP, consistent with SEC guidelines, that is present as long as the Company is not publicly traded. The Company uses an external third party to determine the maximum possible cash obligation related to those securities. The valuation is the same that is used for the stock option plan. Increases or decreases in the value of the cash obligation are included in a separate line item in the statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. At June 30, 2021, the estimated fair value of the cash obligation for stock allocated under the ESOP plan was $1,875,720. An increase of $317,437 in the fair value of the cash obligation was recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

As of June 30, 2021, the number of shares held by the ESOP was 93,786 and there were no shares unallocated to plan participants. At June 30, 2021, shares committed to be released to the plan were 9,211 shares for a fair value of $184,220. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company repurchased 3,941 shares for $80,229 from ESOP participants that received distributions and exercised the put option described above. All shares held by the ESOP were treated as outstanding at June 30, 2021.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, Company contributions to the ESOP were approximately $385,200 and $326,700, respectively. Administrative expense related to the ESOP and the Plan totaled approximately $6,700 and $10,200, respectively. The costs were included in Salaries and Employee Benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

14.

Related Party Transactions

During the normal course of business, the Company may enter into transactions with significant stockholders, directors and principal officers and their affiliates. It is the Company’s policy that all such transactions are on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the aggregate amounts of loans were $438,736 and $382,439, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, loan originations totaled $243,219 and repayments totaled $186,922. Related party unfunded commitments at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, were $408,334 and $233,334, respectively.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

15.

Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Matters

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory (and possibly additional discretionary) actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

Financial institutions are categorized as well capitalized or adequately capitalized, based on minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the tables below. As shown below, the Bank’s capital ratios exceed the regulatory definition of well capitalized as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Based upon the information in its most recently filed call report, the Bank continues to meet the capital ratios necessary to be well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules for the adoption of the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1”, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of Common Equity

Tier 1 and “Additional Tier 1 Capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define Common Equity Tier 1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to Common Equity Tier 1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with certain transition provisions fully phased in on January 1, 2019. Based on management’s initial assessment of the Basel III Capital Rules, management does not believe it will have a material impact on the Company or the Bank.

There are no conditions or events since June 30, 2021, that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

15.

Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters - continued

 

Regulatory Matters - continued

 

A comparison of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios to required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of June 30, 2021:

                          

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 152,348        12.3   ³      $ 98,910     ³        8.0   ³      $ 123,637      ³        10.0

Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 138,954        11.2   ³      $ 74,182     ³        6.0   ³      $ 98,910      ³        8.0

Tier I capital (to average assets)

   $ 138,954        9.2   ³      $ 60,593     ³        4.0   ³      $ 75,741      ³        5.0

Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 138,954        11.2   ³      $ 55,637     ³        4.5   ³      $ 80,364      ³        6.5

As of December 31, 2020:

                          

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 145,319        12.5   ³      $ 92,678     ³        8.0   ³      $ 115,847      ³        10.0

Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 133,340        11.5   ³      $ 69,508     ³        6.0   ³      $ 92,678      ³        8.0

Tier I capital (to average assets)

   $ 133,340        9.7   ³      $ 54,969     ³        4.0   ³      $ 68,711      ³        5.0

Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 133,340        11.5   ³      $ 52,131     ³        4.5   ³      $ 75,301      ³        6.5

 

16.

Earnings Per Common Share

Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock compensation using the treasury stock method.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income available to common shareholders and the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2021      2020  

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 8,684,509      $ 5,446,612  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share

     6,310,515        6,224,530  

Dilutive effect of stock compensation

     139,913        101,132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding for diluted earnings per common share

   $ 6,450,428      $ 6,325,662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-96


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

17.

Derivative Financial Instruments

As part of its hedging strategy, the Company entered into a $100 million pay-fixed interest rate swap facility with another financial institution. The instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, and changes in fair values are recognized in other comprehensive income. On February 18, 2021, the facility was discontinued and a termination fee of $945,000 was received by the Company. The fee is being accreted from other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes, into interest expense through September 4, 2025, which is the maturity date of the contract. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, approximately $75,200 has been recognized as a reduction of interest expense.

The Company also offers certain interest rate swap products directly to its qualified commercial banking customers. These financial instruments are not designated as hedging instruments. The interest rate swap derivative positions relate to transactions in which the Company enters into an interest rate swap with a customer, while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. An interest rate swap transaction allows customers to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. In connection with each swap, the Company agrees to pay interest on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, the Company agrees to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount.

Because the Bank acts as an intermediary for its customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts are designed to offset each other and would not significantly impact the Company’s operating results except in certain situations where there is a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit worthiness or that of the counterparties. At June 30, 2021, no such deterioration was determined by management.

All derivatives are carried at fair value in either other assets or other liabilities.

As of June 30, 2021, cash was not required to be pledged as collateral for the interest rate swap facilities.

The following tables provide the outstanding notional balances and fair values of outstanding derivative positions at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

    Outstanding
Notional
Balance
    Asset
Derivative
Fair Value
    Liability
Derivative
Fair Value
    Pay Rate     Receive Rate     Maturity
Date
 

June 30, 2021

           

Pay-fixed interest rate swap (*)

  $ —       $ —       $ —         0.20%      
USD Fed Funds-
H.15

 
    9/4/2025  

Commercial loan interest rate swaps:

           

Loan customer counterparty

    11,213,891         252,226      
USD Prime +
0.5%
 
 
    4.48%       10/15/2030  

Loan customer counterparty

    3,902,419         13,108      
USD Prime +
0.0%
 
 
    4.13%       12/22/2030  

Financial institution counterparty

    11,213,891       252,226         4.48%      
USD Prime +
0.5%
 
 
    10/15/2030  

Financial institution counterparty

    3,902,419       13,108         4.13%       USD Prime       12/22/2030  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  $ 30,232,620     $ 265,334     $ 265,334        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

(*)

Facility terminated on February 18, 2021 (see disclosure narrative on cash flow hedge above).

 

F-97


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

17.

Derivative Financial Instruments - continued

 

    Outstanding
Notional
Balance
    Asset
Derivative
Fair Value
    Liability
Derivative
Fair Value
    Pay Rate     Receive Rate     Maturity
Date
 

December 31, 2020

           

Pay-fixed interest rate swap

  $ 100,000,000     $ 215,645     $ 8,232       0.20%      
USD Fed Funds-
H.15

 
    9/4/2025  

Commercial loan interest rate swaps:

           

Loan customer counterparty

    11,304,638       162,063        
USD Prime +
0.5%
 
 
    4.48%       10/15/2030  

Loan customer counterparty

    4,000,000       109,414        
USD Prime +
0.0%
 
 
    4.13%       12/22/2030  

Financial institution counterparty

    11,304,638         162,063       4.48%      
USD Prime +
0.5%
 
 
    10/15/2030  

Financial institution counterparty

    4,000,000         109,414       4.13%       USD Prime       12/22/2030  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  $ 130,609,276     $ 487,122     $ 279,709        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

18.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible, Net

In 2020, the Company recorded goodwill and core deposit intangible of $18,033,880 and $1,615,002, respectively, relating to the Heritage Bancorp, Inc. acquisition (see Note 19 – Business Combinations).

Amortization expense of the core deposit intangible (“CDI”) was $80,750 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. The remaining weighted average life is 8.5 years at June 30, 2021.

Scheduled amortization of CDI at June 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

     CDI
Amortization
 

2021 (six months remaining)

   $ 80,750  

2022

     161,500  

2023

     161,500  

2024

     161,500  

2025

     161,500  

2026 and thereafter

     646,002  

 

19.

Business Combinations

On January 1, 2020 the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank, Houston, Texas (Heritage) with five branches located in Texas. At June 30, 2020, the Company estimated 2,367,148 shares of Company stock would be issued for the outstanding shares and options of Heritage common stock. Upon finalizing the conversion of Heritage Bancorp, Inc, the Company issued 2,362,555 shares of Company stock and paid $103,627 in cash for the outstanding shares and options of Heritage common stock.

The Company recognized total goodwill of $18,033,880, which is calculated as the excess of both the consideration exchanged and liabilities assumed compared to the fair market value of identifiable assets acquired. The fair value of consideration exchanged related to the Company’s stock was calculated based upon the price of

 

F-98


Table of Contents

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

19.

Business Combinations - continued

 

the Company’s stock as of December 31, 2019. The goodwill in this acquisition resulted from a combination of expected synergies and expansion in the Texas market. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $874,900 related to the acquisition. These expenses are included in the legal and professional, and data processing expense line items in the consolidated statements of income. Results of the acquired company were included in the Company’s results of operations beginning January 1, 2020.

Estimated values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows:

 

Assets of acquired bank:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,215,449  

Securities available for sale

     3,784,974  

Loans

     259,605,933  

Premises and equipment

     7,671,751  

Goodwill

     18,033,880  

Core deposit intangible

     1,615,002  

Bank owned life insurance

     5,000,923  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     1,430,654  

Other assets

     2,511,986  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 315,870,552  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities of acquired bank:

  

Deposits

   $ 260,155,325  

Other liabilities

     4,750,531  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 264,905,856  
  

 

 

 

Common stock issued @ $21.53 per share

   $ 50,861,069  
  

 

 

 

Cash paid

   $ 103,627  
  

 

 

 

The loan portfolio had a fair value of $259,605,933 at acquisition date and a contractual balance of $263,314,602.

 

20.

Subsequent Events

On or about June 11, 2021, the Company commenced a private placement offering of up to 2,000,000 shares of its common stock, par value $1.00 per share, at a price of $24.00 per share, with the right to issue, in its sole discretion, up to an additional 400,000 shares, in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. The private placement had an initial expiration date of July 31, 2021, which was subsequently extended to August 27, 2021. On August 5, 2021, the Company’s board of directors approved the increase of the number of shares available for sale to 2,708,334 from 2,000,000, with the right, in the Company’s sole discretion, to issue up to an additional 541,666 shares.

As of August 27, 2021, a total of $70,509,024 in offering proceeds was received for 2,937,876 shares of common stock, of which 227,307 shares were issued and sold during the six months ended June 30, 2021 for aggregate proceeds of $5,455,368. Approximately $32,500,000 of the proceeds were used to pay down a portion of the Company’s senior debt and to pay off the outstanding balance of its subordinated debt.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

 

Stephens Inc.

  Piper Sandler & Co.   

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

 

The date of this prospectus is            , 2021

Through and including             , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the sale of our common stock, are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $              

FINRA filing fee

                 

Listing fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

                 

Printing fees and expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting expenses

                 

Miscellaneous expenses

                 

Total

   $              

 

*

To be furnished by amendment.

 

ITEM 14.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The TBOC permits a corporation to indemnify a director who was, is or is threatened to be a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding as a result of the performance of his duties if such person acted in good faith and, in the case of conduct in the person’s official capacity as a director, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in all other cases, that the person’s conduct was not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The TBOC further permits a corporation to eliminate in its charter all monetary liability of the corporation’s directors to the corporation or its shareholders for conduct in performance of such director’s duties. Our first amended and restated certificate of formation provides that our directors are not liable to the Company or our shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in their capacity as a director, except that there will be no limitation of liability to the extent the director has been found liable under applicable law for: (i) breach of the director’s duty of loyalty owed to the Company or our shareholders; (ii) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of the director to the Company or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (iii) a transaction from which the director received an improper benefit, regardless of whether the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s duties; or (iv) an act or omission for which the liability of the director is expressly provided for by an applicable statute.

Sections 8.101 and 8.103 of the TBOC provide that a corporation may indemnify a person who was, is or is threatened to be a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because the person is or was a director only if a determination is made that such indemnification is permissible under the TBOC: (i) by a majority vote of the directors who at the time of the vote are disinterested and independent, regardless of whether such directors constitute a quorum; (ii) by a majority vote of a board committee designated by a majority of disinterested and independent directors and consisting solely of disinterested and independent directors; (iii) by special legal counsel selected by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors as set forth in (i) or (ii); (iv) by the shareholders in a vote that excludes the shares held by directors who are not disinterested and independent; or (v) by a unanimous vote of the shareholders.

Section 8.104 of the TBOC provides that the corporation may pay or reimburse, in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, reasonable expenses incurred by a present director who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding after the corporation receives a written affirmation by the director of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Section 8.101 and a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if

 

II-1


Table of Contents

it is ultimately determined that he has not met that standard or if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of the director is not otherwise permitted under the TBOC. Section 8.105 also provides that reasonable expenses incurred by a former director or officer, or a present or former employee or agent of the corporation, who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the corporation, in advance of the final disposition of the action, as the corporation considers appropriate.

Section 8.105 of the TBOC provides that a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to a person who is not a director, including an officer, employee or agent of the corporation as provided by: (i) the corporation’s governing documents; (ii) an action by the corporation’s governing authority; (iii) resolution by the shareholders; (iv) contract; or (v) common law. As consistent with Section 8.105, a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to persons who are not directors to the same extent that a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to directors.

Further, our first amended and restated certificate of formation and first amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly required to advance certain expenses to our directors and officers. We may also purchase insurance on behalf of an existing or former officer, employee, director or agent against any liability asserted against and incurred by that person in such capacity, or arising out of that person’s status in such capacity. We believe that these indemnification provisions and the directors’ and officers’ insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

We will enter into, prior to the completion of this offering, indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. The indemnification agreements will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our first amended and restated certificate of formation and first amended and restated bylaws against (i) any and all direct and indirect liabilities and reasonable expenses, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guarantee, or otherwise, for any of our indebtedness and (iii) any liabilities incurred as a result of acting on behalf of us (as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with an employee benefit plan. The indemnification agreements will provide for, the advancement or payment of expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our first amended and restated certificate of formation and first amended and restated bylaws.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under any of the foregoing provisions, in the opinion of the SEC, that indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. Finally, our ability to provide indemnification to our directors and officers is limited by federal banking laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, 12 U.S.C. 1828(k).

 

ITEM 15.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2018, the Company has sold the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act:

Plan-Related Issuances

From January 1, 2018 through June 30, 2021, we granted to our employees, officers and directors options to purchase 888,750 shares of our common stock with per-share exercise prices ranging from $16.00 to $20.00 under our 2013, 2017 and 2019 Plans.

Notes

On September 27, 2018, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of $5.0 million of subordinated promissory notes to two shareholders of the Company who were accredited investors, consisting of a $3.0 million

 

II-2


Table of Contents

subordinated promissory note and a $2.0 million subordinated promissory note. On July 29, 2019, the $3.0 million subordinated promissory note was retired and replaced with a new subordinated note to the same shareholder for $4.0 million. On July 29, 2020, the $4.0 million subordinated promissory note was retired and replaced with a new subordinated note to the same shareholder for $11.0 million. The $2.0 million subordinated promissory note was scheduled to mature on September 27, 2020 and was renewed and extended to September 27, 2022.

Also on July 29, 2019, the Company issued and sold a $2.0 million subordinated promissory note to a shareholder of the Company who was an accredited investor, which subordinated note matured on July 29, 2020.

Other Issuances

On January 1, 2020, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,362,555 shares of common stock to 310 former shareholders of Heritage in connection with the consummation of the merger with Heritage.

From June 23, 2021 to August 27, 2021, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,937,876 shares of common stock to 304 accredited investors and 13 non-accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $70.5 million.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, we believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

ITEM 16.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

 

NUMBER    DESCRIPTION
1.1    Underwriting Agreement*
2.1    Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated August  27, 2019, by and among Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., Lawmaker Merger Sub, Inc., and Heritage Bancorp, Inc. (schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Third Coast agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule upon request.)
3.1    First Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation
3.2    First Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2    Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the registrant and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to furnish to the SEC, upon request, copies of any such instruments.
5.1    Opinion of Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP*
10.1†    Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2013 Stock Option Plan
10.2†    Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Director Stock Option Plan

 

II-3


Table of Contents
NUMBER    DESCRIPTION
10.3†    Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.4†    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. and its directors and certain officers
10.5    Loan Agreement, dated March 10, 2021, by and between American National Bank & Trust and Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.
10.6    Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated July 29, 2020, for $11.0 Million Subordinated Promissory Note
10.7    Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 27, 2020, for $2.0 Million Subordinated Promissory Note
10.8    Lease of 229 Dowlen Road, as amended
10.9†    Consulting Agreement with Norma Galloway
10.10†    Employment Agreement between Third Coast Bank, SSB and Donald Legato
10.11†    Employment Agreement between Third Coast Bank, SSB and John McWhorter
10.12†    Employment Agreement between Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., Third Coast Bank, SSB and Bart Caraway
10.13†    Employment Agreement between Third Coast Bank, SSB and Audrey Duncan
10.14†    Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB and Donald Legato
10.15†    Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB and John McWhorter
10.16†    Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB and Bart Caraway
10.17†    Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB and Audrey Duncan
10.18†    Separation Agreement by and between Heritage Bank and Dennis Bonnen
10.19†    Form of Capital Warrant Agreement
10.20†    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Director Stock Option Plan
10.21†    Form of Stock Option Award Grant Notice and Stock Option Award Agreement under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.22†    Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.23†    Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Officers under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
21.1    Subsidiaries of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.2    Consent of Whitley Penn LLP
24.1    Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement)

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
ITEM 17.

UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Humble, Texas, on the 15th day of October, 2021.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

  Bart O. Caraway
 

Chairman, President and Chief

Executive Officer

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. hereby severally constitutes and appoints Bart O. Caraway and R. John McWhorter, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, in his or her name, place and stead and on his or her behalf, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, and any other registration statement for the same offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing which said attorney-in-fact and agent may deem necessary or advisable to be done or performed in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the dates set forth below.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

By:  

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

  

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

   October 15, 2021
  Bart O. Caraway      
By:  

/s/ R. John McWhorter

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   October 15, 2021
  R. John McWhorter      
By:  

/s/ Carolyn Bailey

   Director    October 15, 2021
  Carolyn Bailey      
By:  

/s/ Martin Basaldua

   Director    October 15, 2021
  Martin Basaldua      
By:  

/s/ Dennis Bonnen

   Director    October 15, 2021
  Dennis Bonnen      
By:  

/s/ W. Donald Brunson

   Director    October 15, 2021
  W. Donald Brunson      

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

By:  

/s/ Norma J. Galloway

   Director    October 15, 2021
  Norma J. Galloway      
By:  

/s/ Troy A. Glander

   Director    October 15, 2021
  Troy A. Glander      

By:

 

/s/ Shelton J. McDonald

   Director    October 15, 2021
 

Shelton J. McDonald

     

By:

 

/s/ Joseph L. Stunja

   Director    October 15, 2021
 

Joseph L. Stunja

     

By:

 

/s/ Reagan Swinbank

   Director    October 15, 2021
 

Reagan Swinbank

     

 

II-7

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION VERSION

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

BY AND AMONG

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

LAWMAKER MERGER SUB, INC.

AND

HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

Dated as of August 27, 2019


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I THE MERGER

     2  

Section 1.01

  Merger of Merger Sub with and into HBI      2  

Section 1.02

  Effects of the Merger      2  

Section 1.03

  Certificate of Formation and Bylaws      2  

Section 1.04

  Directors and Officers      2  

Section 1.05

  Effect on Capital Stock      2  

Section 1.06

  Exchange Procedures      3  

Section 1.07

  Tax Treatment      5  

Section 1.08

  Modification of Structure      5  

Section 1.09

  Dissenting Shareholders      5  

Section 1.10

  Second Step Merger      6  

Section 1.11

  Treatment of Equity Awards      6  

Section 1.12

  Bank Merger      6  

ARTICLE II THE CLOSING AND THE CLOSING DATE

     7  

Section 2.01

  Time and Place of the Closing and Closing Date      7  

Section 2.02

  Actions to be Taken at the Closing by HBI      7  

Section 2.03

  Actions to be Taken at the Closing by TCB      8  

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HBI

     9  

Section 3.01

  Organization and Qualification      10  

Section 3.02

  Authority; Execution and Delivery      10  

Section 3.03

  Capitalization      11  

Section 3.04

  Compliance with Laws, Permits and Instruments      12  

Section 3.05

  Financial Statements      12  

Section 3.06

  Undisclosed Liabilities      13  

Section 3.07

  Litigation      13  

Section 3.08

  Consents and Approvals      13  

Section 3.09

  Title to Assets      13  

Section 3.10

  Absence of Certain Changes or Events      14  

Section 3.11

  Leases, Contracts and Agreements      16  

Section 3.12

  Taxes      18  

Section 3.13

  Insurance      19  

Section 3.14

  No Material Adverse Change      20  

Section 3.15

  Proprietary Rights      20  

Section 3.16

  Transactions with Certain Persons and Entities      20  

Section 3.17

  Evidences of Indebtedness      20  

Section 3.18

  Condition of Assets      21  

Section 3.19

  Environmental Compliance      21  

Section 3.20

  Regulatory Compliance      22  

Section 3.21

  Absence of Certain Business Practices      23  

Section 3.22

  Books and Records      23  

Section 3.23

  Forms of Instruments, Etc      23  

Section 3.24

  Fiduciary Responsibilities      23  

Section 3.25

  Guaranties      23  

Section 3.26

  Voting Trust, Voting Agreements or Shareholders’ Agreements      23  

Section 3.27

  Employee Relationships      23  

Section 3.28

  Employee Benefit Plans      24  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 3.29

  Obligations to Employees      27  

Section 3.30

  Interest Rate Risk Management Instruments      27  

Section 3.31

  Internal Controls      27  

Section 3.32

  Community Reinvestment Act      28  

Section 3.33

  Fair Housing Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Equal Credit Opportunity Act      28  

Section 3.34

  Usury Laws and Other Consumer Compliance Laws      28  

Section 3.35

  Bank Secrecy Act, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.S.A      28  

Section 3.36

  Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices      28  

Section 3.37

  Proxy Statement/PPM      29  

Section 3.38

  Agreements Between HBI and its Subsidiaries; Claims      29  

Section 3.39

  Representations Not Misleading      29  

Section 3.40

  State Takeover Laws      29  

Section 3.41

  Opinion of Financial Advisor      29  

Section 3.42

  Private Placement      29  

Section 3.43

  No Representations or Warranties of Initial Public Offering      30  

Section 3.44

  No Other Representations or Warranties      30  

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TCB

     30  

Section 4.01

  Organization and Qualification      31  

Section 4.02

  Execution and Delivery      31  

Section 4.03

  Capitalization      32  

Section 4.04

  Compliance with Laws, Permits and Instruments      32  

Section 4.05

  Financial Statements      33  

Section 4.06

  Undisclosed Liabilities      33  

Section 4.07

  Litigation      34  

Section 4.08

  Consents and Approvals      34  

Section 4.09

  Absence of Certain Changes      34  

Section 4.10

  Taxes      34  

Section 4.11

  No Material Adverse Change      36  

Section 4.12

  Proprietary Rights      36  

Section 4.13

  Regulatory Compliance      37  

Section 4.14

  Absence of Certain Business Practices      37  

Section 4.15

  Books and Records      37  

Section 4.16

  Employee Benefit Plans      37  

Section 4.17

  Internal Controls      40  

Section 4.18

  Proxy Statement/PPM      40  

Section 4.19

  Representations Not Misleading      41  

Section 4.20

  No Other Representations or Warranties      41  

ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF HBI

     41  

Section 5.01

  Commercially Reasonable Efforts      41  

Section 5.02

  Shareholders’ Meeting      41  

Section 5.03

  Information Furnished by HBI      42  

Section 5.04

  Required Acts      42  

Section 5.05

  Prohibited Acts      43  

Section 5.06

  Access; Pre-Closing Investigation      45  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 5.07

  Additional Financial Statements and Tax Returns      46  

Section 5.08

  Untrue Representations      46  

Section 5.09

  Litigation and Claims      46  

Section 5.10

  Material Adverse Changes      46  

Section 5.11

  Consents and Approvals      46  

Section 5.12

  Environmental Investigation; Right to Terminate Agreement      47  

Section 5.13

  Benefit Plans      48  

Section 5.14

  Termination of Contracts      48  

Section 5.15

  Conforming Accounting Adjustments      48  

Section 5.16

  Tail D&O Policy      48  

Section 5.17

  Regulatory and Other Approvals      49  

Section 5.18

  Tax Matters      49  

Section 5.19

  Tax-free Reorganization      49  

Section 5.20

  Disclosure Schedules      50  

Section 5.21

  Transition      50  

Section 5.22

  Voting Agreement      50  

Section 5.23

  Director Support Agreements      50  

Section 5.24

  Employment Agreements      50  

Section 5.25

  Execution of Releases      51  

Section 5.26

  No Solicitation      51  

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS OF TCB

     51  

Section 6.01

  Commercially Reasonable Efforts      51  

Section 6.02

  Regulatory Filings      51  

Section 6.03

  Untrue Representations      51  

Section 6.04

  Litigation and Claims      52  

Section 6.05

  Material Adverse Changes      52  

Section 6.06

  Consents and Approvals      52  

Section 6.07

  Employee Matters      52  

Section 6.08

  Conduct of Business in the Ordinary Course      52  

Section 6.09

  Disclosure Schedules      52  

Section 6.10

  No Control of Other Party’s Business      53  

Section 6.11

  Indemnification      53  

Section 6.12

  Tax Matters      53  

Section 6.13

  Appointment of Directors      54  

Section 6.14

  Tax-free Reorganization      54  

ARTICLE VII

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF HBI      54  

Section 7.01

  Representations and Warranties      54  

Section 7.02

  Performance of Obligations      55  

Section 7.03

  Shareholder Approvals      55  

Section 7.04

  Government and Other Approvals      55  

Section 7.05

  No Litigation      55  

Section 7.06

  Delivery of Closing Documents      55  

Section 7.07

  No Material Adverse Change      55  

ARTICLE VIII

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF TCB AND MERGER SUB      55  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 8.01

  Representations and Warranties      56  

Section 8.02

  Performance of Obligations      56  

Section 8.03

  Shareholder Approval      56  

Section 8.04

  Government and Other Approvals      56  

Section 8.05

  No Litigation      56  

Section 8.06

  Releases      56  

Section 8.07

  No Material Adverse Change      57  

Section 8.08

  Termination of Employee Plans      57  

Section 8.09

  Voting Agreements      57  

Section 8.10

  Director Support Agreements      57  

Section 8.11

  Employment Agreements      57  

Section 8.12

  Dissenting Shareholders      57  

Section 8.13

  Delivery of Closing Documents      57  

Section 8.14

  FIRPTA Certificate      57  

Section 8.15

  Exemption from Registration      57  

Section 8.16

  Accredited Investors      57  

Section 8.17

  Aggregate Cash Consideration      57  

Section 8.18

  Federal Tax Opinion      58  

ARTICLE IX

  TERMINATION      58  

Section 9.01

  Right of Termination      58  

Section 9.02

  Notice of Termination      59  

Section 9.03

  Effect of Termination      59  

ARTICLE X

  MISCELLANEOUS      60  

Section 10.01

  Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements      60  

Section 10.02

  Expenses      60  

Section 10.03

  Brokerage Fees and Commissions      60  

Section 10.04

  Entire Agreement      60  

Section 10.05

  Binding Effect; Assignment      60  

Section 10.06

  Further Cooperation      60  

Section 10.07

  Severability      61  

Section 10.08

  Notices      61  

Section 10.09

  GOVERNING LAW      62  

Section 10.10

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      62  

Section 10.11

  Multiple Counterparts      62  

Section 10.12

  Definitions      62  

Section 10.13

  Specific Performance      68  

Section 10.14

  Attorneys’ Fees and Costs      69  

Section 10.15

  Rules of Construction      69  

Section 10.16

  Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules      69  

Section 10.17

  Public Disclosure      69  

Section 10.18

  Extension; Waiver      69  

Section 10.19

  Amendment      69  

Section 10.20

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      70  

 

-iv-


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (this “Agreement”) is effective as of August 27, 2019, by and among Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), with its principal offices in Humble, Texas (“TCB”), Lawmaker Merger Sub, Inc., a Texas corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of TCB (“Merger Sub”), and Heritage Bancorp, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company under the BHCA (“HBI”). An index of defined terms is included in Section 10.12.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, HBI owns all of the capital stock of Heritage Bank, a Texas banking association with its principal office in Pearland, Texas (the “Bank”);

WHEREAS, TCB owns all of the capital stock of Third Coast Bank, SSB, a Texas state savings bank with its principal offices in Humble, Texas (“Third Coast Bank”);

WHEREAS, the board of directors of TCB (the “TCB Board”) and the board of directors of HBI (the “HBI Board”) have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of their respective companies and their shareholders to consummate the business combination transaction provided for in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into HBI, with HBI surviving the merger (the “Merger”) as a wholly owned subsidiary of TCB;

WHEREAS, immediately following, and in connection with, the Merger, TCB will cause HBI to be merged with and into TCB, with TCB surviving the merger (the “Second Step Merger” and together with the Merger, the “Integrated Mergers”), and immediately following the Second Step Merger, or at such later time as TCB may determine, TCB will cause the Bank to be merged with and into Third Coast Bank, with Third Coast Bank surviving the merger (the “Bank Merger”);

WHEREAS, it is intended that the Integrated Mergers together will be treated as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and that this Agreement and the merger agreement for the Second Step Merger, taken together, constitute and are hereby adopted as a plan of reorganization for the purposes of Sections 354 and 361 of the Code and the applicable regulations; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to set forth certain representations, warranties and covenants made by each to the other as an inducement to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and certain additional agreements related to the transactions contemplated hereby:

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the conditions set forth below, the parties, intending to be legally bound, undertake, promise, covenant and agree with each other as follows:


ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

Section 1.01 Merger of Merger Sub with and into HBI. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, Merger Sub will merge with and into HBI in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 10 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”). HBI will be the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”) and will continue its corporate existence under the TBOC as a wholly owned subsidiary of TCB. Upon consummation of the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall terminate.

Section 1.02 Effects of the Merger. The Merger will have the effects set forth in Section 10.008 of the TBOC. The name of the Surviving Corporation will be “Heritage Bancorp, Inc.”

Section 1.03 Certificate of Formation and Bylaws. The certificate of formation and bylaws of HBI, as in effect immediately before the Effective Time, will be the certificate of formation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended as provided by applicable Law.

Section 1.04 Directors and Officers. The directors and officers, respectively, of Merger Sub at the Effective Time will become the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation and will hold office from the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in the manner provided in the certificate of formation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation or as otherwise provided by Law.

Section 1.05 Effect on Capital Stock. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of TCB, HBI, Merger Sub or any holder of record of the following securities:

(a) Each share of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of TCB (“TCB Stock”), outstanding prior to the Effective Time shall remain one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of TCB Stock after the Effective Time.

(b) Except for the Cancelled Shares and Dissenting Shares, each share of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of HBI (the “HBI Stock”) that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (“HBI Stock Outstanding”) (i) that is held by a Qualified Shareholder shall cease to be outstanding and shall automatically be converted into and become the right to receive, without interest, a number of shares of TCB Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Stock Consideration by the HBI Stock Outstanding (the “Exchange Ratio”), and (ii) that is held by a Non-Qualified Shareholder shall cease to be outstanding and shall automatically be converted into and become the right to receive, without interest, an amount in cash equal to the product of $21.53 multiplied by the Exchange Ratio (the “Cash Consideration” and together with the Stock Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”).

(c) No certificates representing a fractional share shall be issued by TCB. In lieu of any fractional share, each holder of HBI Stock entitled to a fractional share, upon surrender of such shares of HBI Stock, shall be entitled to receive from TCB an amount in cash (without interest), payable in accordance with Section 1.06, rounded to the nearest cent, determined by multiplying the fractional share by $21.53.

 

2


(d) All shares of HBI Stock to be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to this Section 1.05 shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented any such shares of HBI Stock shall thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to such shares of HBI Stock, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration.

(e) Any shares of HBI Stock that are owned immediately prior to the Effective Time by HBI, TCB or their respective Subsidiaries (other than (i) shares of HBI Stock held, directly or indirectly, in trust accounts, managed accounts and the like or otherwise held in a fiduciary capacity that are beneficially owned by third parties, and (ii) shares of HBI Stock held in respect of a debt previously contracted) shall be canceled and extinguished without any conversion thereof or consideration therefor (the “Cancelled Shares”).

(f) Each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Merger Sub Stock”), of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted automatically into and become one newly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(g) If, prior to the Effective Time, the outstanding shares of TCB Stock or HBI Stock shall have been increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or securities as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar change in capitalization, or there shall be any extraordinary dividend or distribution, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made to the Exchange Ratio.

Section 1.06 Exchange Procedures.

(a) Prior to the Effective Time, TCB shall appoint an exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”) to act as the exchange agent hereunder.

(b) At or promptly after the Effective Time, TCB shall deposit with or make available to the Exchange Agent for exchange in accordance with this Section 1.06, the certificates or, at TCB’s option, evidence of shares in book entry form, representing the Stock Consideration, Cash Consideration and any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares (collectively, the “Exchange Fund”).

(c) No later than ten (10) Business Days after the Effective Time and subject to TCB’s receipt of a list of HBI’s shareholders in a format that is acceptable to the TCB, TCB shall, or shall cause the Exchange Agent to, mail to each holder of record immediately prior to the Effective Time of certificates (other than with respect to Cancelled Shares and Dissenting Shares) representing shares of HBI Stock (each, a “Certificate,” it being understood that any reference herein to a “Certificate” shall be deemed to include reference to book-entry account statements relating to the ownership of shares of HBI Stock), (i) a letter of transmittal, which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to each Certificate shall pass, only upon delivery of such Certificate (or an affidavit of loss in lieu of such Certificate and, if reasonably required by TCB or the Exchange Agent, the posting by such holder of HBI Stock of a bond in such amount as TCB may determine is reasonably necessary as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate; provided, that the amount of such bond shall not exceed the amount of Merger Consideration to be received with respect to such Certificate) to the Exchange Agent and shall be substantially in such form and have such other provisions as shall be prescribed by the Exchange Agent (the “Letter of Transmittal”), and (ii) instructions for use in surrendering each Certificate in exchange for the Merger Consideration, any cash in lieu of a fractional share of TCB Stock to be issued or paid in consideration therefor and any dividends or distributions to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 1.06. The HBI shareholders will be entitled to receive the Merger

 

3


Consideration only after receipt by the Exchange Agent of a properly completed Letter of Transmittal and Accredited Investor Questionnaire. If a Letter of Transmittal contains an error, is incomplete or is not accompanied by all appropriate Certificates, then the Exchange Agent will notify that HBI shareholder promptly of the need for further information or documentation. No HBI shareholder shall be entitled to receive any of the Merger Consideration until such shareholder properly completes an Accredited Investor Questionnaire that is true, correct and complete in all respects. Any shareholders that indicates that they that are a Non-Qualified Shareholder in an Accredited Investor Questionnaire, shall provide the Exchange Agent and/or TCB such additional information as reasonably requested in an order to enable TCB to make a determination as to whether such HBI shareholder is a Qualified Shareholder or Non-Qualified Shareholder.

(d) Within seven (7) Business Days after surrender to the Exchange Agent of its Certificate or Certificates, accompanied by a properly completed Letter of Transmittal, or within ten (10) Business Days after the Effective Time for any uncertificated shares of HBI Stock held of record in book-entry form (subject to receipt of any customary tax documentation that may be reasonably requested by the Exchange Agent), the Exchange Agent shall deliver to such holder of HBI Stock the Merger Consideration and any cash in lieu of a fractional share of TCB Stock to be issued or paid in consideration therefor in respect of the shares of HBI Stock represented by such holder’s Certificate or Certificates, and each Certificate surrendered will be canceled. TCB may, at its option, deliver any shares of TCB Stock in book-entry form. Until so surrendered, each Certificate shall represent after the Effective Time, for all purposes, only the right to receive, without interest, the Merger Consideration and any cash in lieu of a fractional share of TCB Stock to be issued or paid in consideration therefor upon surrender of such Certificate in accordance with this Section 1.06, and any dividends or distributions to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 1.06. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Certificate or Certificates shall be deemed surrendered to the Exchange Agent prior to the Effective Time.

(e) No dividends or other distributions with respect to TCB Stock shall be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered Certificate with respect to the shares of TCB Stock represented thereby, in each case unless and until the surrender of such Certificate in accordance with this Section 1.06. However, upon surrender of such Certificate, the Merger Consideration, together with all such undelivered dividends or other distributions without interest, shall be delivered and paid with respect to each share represented by such Certificate. Subject to the effect of applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Laws, following surrender of any such Certificate in accordance with this Section 1.06, the record holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, without interest, (i) the amount of dividends or other distributions, if any, with a record date at or after the Effective Time that are payable with respect to the whole shares of TCB Stock issuable with respect to such Certificate and not paid and/or (ii) at the appropriate payment date, the amount of dividends or other distributions payable with respect to shares of TCB Stock issuable with respect to such Certificate with a record date after the Effective Time (but before such surrender date) and with a payment date subsequent to the issuance of the TCB Stock issuable with respect to such Certificate.

(f) In the event of a transfer of ownership of a Certificate representing HBI Stock prior to the Effective Time that is not registered in the stock transfer records of HBI, the Merger Consideration and any cash in lieu of a fractional share of TCB Stock to be issued or paid in consideration therefor shall be issued or paid in exchange therefor to a Person other than the Person in whose name the Certificate so surrendered is registered if the Certificate formerly representing such HBI Stock shall be properly endorsed or otherwise be in proper form for transfer and the Person requesting such payment or issuance shall pay any transfer or other similar Taxes required by reason of the payment or issuance to a Person other than the registered holder of the Certificate or establish to the satisfaction of TCB and the Exchange Agent that the Tax has been paid or is not applicable.

 

4


(g) TCB and the Exchange Agent, as the case may be, shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, if necessary, from any consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any Person such amounts as TCB or the Exchange Agent, as the case may be, is required to deduct and withhold under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law, with respect to the making of such payment. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by TCB or the Exchange Agent, as the case may be, and remitted to the appropriate Governmental Entity, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by TCB or the Exchange Agent, as the case may be.

(h) Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains unclaimed by the shareholders of HBI at the expiration of six (6) months after the Effective Time shall be paid to TCB. In such event, any former shareholders of HBI who have not theretofore complied with this Section 1.06 shall thereafter look only to TCB with respect to the Merger Consideration, any cash in lieu of any fractional shares and any unpaid dividends and distributions on the TCB Stock deliverable in respect of each share represented by a Certificate such shareholder holds as determined pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, without any interest thereon.

(i) Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, none of TCB, the Surviving Corporation or the Exchange Agent shall be liable to a holder of HBI Stock for any amounts paid or property delivered in good faith to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

Section 1.07 Tax Treatment. For U.S. federal income Tax purposes, it is intended that the Integrated Mergers together be treated as a single integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, and that this Agreement and the merger agreement for the Second Step Merger, shall constitute, and are hereby adopted as, a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-2(g). From and after the date of this Agreement and until the Closing Date, each party hereto shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Integrated Mergers to so qualify, and will not knowingly take any action, cause any action to be taken, fail to take any action or cause any action not to be taken, which action or failure to act could reasonably be expected to prevent the Integrated Mergers from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

Section 1.08 Modification of Structure. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, TCB may elect, subject to the filing of all necessary applications and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, to modify the structure of the transactions contemplated hereby so long as (i) there are no material adverse federal or state income tax consequences to the holders of HBI Stock as a result of such modification (taken as a whole and not with respect to any individual holder), (ii) the after tax consideration to be paid to the holders of HBI Stock is not changed in kind or reduced in amount, and (iii) such modification will not be likely to materially delay or jeopardize receipt of any required regulatory approvals or the Closing.

Section 1.09 Dissenting Shareholders. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each share of HBI Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that is held by shareholders (“Dissenting Shares”) who have not voted such shares in favor of this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby and who will have otherwise complied with the terms and provisions of Chapter 10, Subchapter H of the TBOC will be entitled to those rights and remedies set forth in Chapter 10, Subchapter H of the TBOC; but if a shareholder fails to perfect, withdraws or otherwise loses any such right or remedy granted by the TBOC, each such Dissenting Shares shall be deemed to have been converted into and to have become exchangeable for, the right to receive the Merger Consideration without any interest thereon in accordance with the provisions of this Article I.

 

5


Section 1.10 Second Step Merger. As soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time, in accordance with the TBOC, TCB shall cause the Surviving Corporation to be merged with and into TCB in the Second Step Merger, with TCB surviving the Second Step Merger and continuing its existence under the Laws of the State of Texas, and the separate corporate existence of the Surviving Corporation ceasing as of the Second Effective Time. In furtherance of the foregoing, TCB shall cause to be filed with each of the Texas Secretary of State, in accordance with the TBOC, a certificate of merger relating to the Second Step Merger (the “Second Certificate of Merger”). The Second Step Merger shall become effective as of the date and time specified in the Second Certificate of Merger (such date and time, the “Second Effective Time”). At and after the Second Effective Time, the Second Step Merger shall have the effects set forth in the applicable provisions of the TBOC.

Section 1.11 Treatment of Equity Awards. As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of any HBI Option, each HBI Option, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding and unexercised immediately before the Effective Time (after giving effect to any HBI Options exercised immediately prior to the Effective Time) will cease, at the Effective Time, to represent a right to acquire shares of HBI Stock and will be converted at the Effective Time, without any action on the part of the holder of such HBI Option, into an option to purchase TCB Stock (a “Converted Stock Option”), on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such HBI Option (but subject to and taking into account any required acceleration of vesting of such HBI Option pursuant to the terms of the applicable HBI Stock Plan as in effect on the date hereof without any further action by HBI). The number of shares of TCB Stock subject to each such Converted Stock Option will be equal to (a) the product (rounded up to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying (w) the number of shares of HBI Stock subject to the HBI Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (x) the Exchange Ratio, and (b) such product, shall be rounded, as applicable, to the nearest whole share (with 0.50 being rounded upward). The exercise price of each such Converted Stock Option will be equal to the quotient (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) obtained by dividing (y) the exercise price per share of the HBI Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (z) the Exchange Ratio. For the avoidance of doubt, the intent of this Section 1.11 is to convert an HBI Option into an option to acquire at an exercise price adjusted for the Exchange Ratio the same number of shares of TCB Stock that such holder of HBI Options would have received if such HBI Options had been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger.

Section 1.12 Bank Merger. Following the Second Step Merger, or at such later time as TCB may determine in its sole discretion, TCB will cause the Bank Merger on the terms and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Bank Merger Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Bank Merger Agreement”). Third Coast Bank shall be the surviving entity in the Bank Merger and, following the Bank Merger, the separate corporate existence of the Bank shall cease. The parties agree that the Bank Merger will become effective immediately after the Second Effective Time or at such later time as TCB may determine. Prior to or on the date of this Agreement, the board of directors each of Third Coast Bank and the Bank have approved the Bank Merger Agreement and Third Coast Bank and the Bank entered into the Bank Merger Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties shall execute and cause to be filed applicable articles or certificates of merger and such other documents as are necessary to effectuate the Bank Merger.

 

6


ARTICLE II

THE CLOSING AND THE CLOSING DATE

Section 2.01 Time and Place of the Closing and Closing Date.

(a) On a date mutually acceptable to TCB and HBI within thirty (30) days after the receipt of all necessary regulatory, corporate and other approvals and the expiration of any mandatory waiting periods (the “Closing Date”), as may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties for a reasonable period to facilitate a closing on month-end in the event the parties so agree, a meeting will take place at which the parties to this Agreement will exchange certificates, letters and other documents in order to determine whether all of the conditions set forth in Article VII and Article VIII have been satisfied or waived or whether any condition exists that would permit a party to this Agreement to terminate this Agreement. If none of the foregoing conditions then exists or if no party elects to exercise any right it may have to terminate this Agreement, then the parties will execute such documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effect the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”).

(b) The Merger and other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall become effective on the date and at the time specified in the certificate of merger (the “Certificate of Merger”), reflecting the Merger, filed with the Texas Secretary of State in accordance with the TBOC (the “Effective Time”). The parties will use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Effective Time to occur on the same date as the Closing Date, but in no event will the Effective Time occur more than one (1) day after the Closing Date.

(c) The Closing will take place at the offices of Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP, 2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 3600, Dallas, Texas 75201 at 10:00 a.m. on the Closing Date, or at such other time and place to which the parties may agree.

Section 2.02 Actions to be Taken at the Closing by HBI. At the Closing, HBI will execute and acknowledge, or cause to be executed and acknowledged, and deliver to TCB such documents and certificates contemplated to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement or reasonably necessary to evidence the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the following (all of such actions constituting conditions precedent to the obligations of TCB to close hereunder):

(a) True, correct and complete copies of HBI’s certificate of formation and all amendments thereto, duly certified as of a recent date by the Texas Secretary of State;

(b) True, correct and complete copies of the Bank’s certificate of formation and all amendments thereto, duly certified as of a recent date by the TDB;

(c) A certificate of account status, dated as of a recent date, issued by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts (the “TCPA”), duly certifying as to the good standing of HBI under the Laws of the State of Texas;

(d) A certificate of existence of the Bank, dated as of a recent date, issued by the TDB;

(e) A certificate, dated as of a recent date, issued by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), duly certifying that the deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”);

(f) A letter, dated as of a recent date, from the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, to the effect that HBI is a registered bank holding company under the BHCA;

(g) A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by the secretary or other appropriate executive officer of HBI, pursuant to which such officer will certify: (i) the due adoption by the HBI Board of corporate resolutions attached to such certificate authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby and the taking of all actions contemplated hereby and thereby; (ii) the due adoption and approval by the

 

7


shareholders of HBI of this Agreement; (iii) the incumbency and true signatures of those officers of HBI duly authorized to act on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to execute and deliver this Agreement and other agreements and documents contemplated hereby and thereby; (iv) that the copy of the bylaws of HBI attached to such certificate is true and correct and such bylaws have not been amended except as reflected in such copy; and (v) a true and correct copy of the list of the holders of HBI Stock as of the Closing Date;

(h) A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by the secretary or other appropriate executive officer of the Bank, pursuant to which such officer will certify: (i) the due adoption by the board of directors of the Bank of corporate resolutions attached to such certificate authorizing the execution and delivery of the Bank Merger Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated thereby and the taking of all actions contemplated thereby; (ii) the due adoption by the sole shareholder of the Bank of resolutions authorizing the Bank Merger, the Bank Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Bank Merger Agreement, (iii) the incumbency and true signatures of those officers of the Bank duly authorized to act on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Bank Merger Agreement and to execute and deliver the Bank Merger Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby and thereby; and (iv) that the copy of the bylaws of the Bank attached to such certificate is true and correct and such bylaws have not been amended except as reflected in such copy;

(i) A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by the chief executive officer of HBI, pursuant to which HBI will certify that (i) HBI has satisfied the conditions set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02; and (ii) except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, there has been no Material Adverse Change with respect to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate since the date of this Agreement;

(j) All consents required from third parties to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including those listed on Confidential Schedule 2.02(j);

(k) All releases as required under Section 8.06;

(l) HBI shall have delivered to TCB a duly executed certificate in form and substance as prescribed by Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 1445 of the Code, stating that HBI is not, and has not been, during the relevant period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code, a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code; and

(m) All other documents required to be delivered to TCB under this Agreement, and all other documents, certificates and instruments as are reasonably requested by TCB or its counsel.

Section 2.03 Actions to be Taken at the Closing by TCB. At the Closing, TCB will execute and acknowledge, or cause to be executed and acknowledged, and deliver to HBI such documents and certificates contemplated to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement or reasonably necessary to evidence the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the following (all of such actions constituting conditions precedent to the obligations of HBI to close hereunder):

(a) True, correct and complete copies of TCB’s certificate of formation and all amendments thereto, duly certified as of a recent date by the Texas Secretary of State;

(b) A certificate of account status, dated as of a recent date, issued by the TCPA, duly certifying as to the good standing of TCB under the Laws of the State of Texas;

 

8


(c) A letter, dated as of a recent date, from the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, to the effect that TCB is a registered bank holding company under the BHCA;

(d) A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by the Corporate Secretary or other appropriate executive officer of TCB, pursuant to which such officer will certify: (i) the due adoption by the TCB Board of corporate resolutions attached to such certificate authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby, and the taking of all actions contemplated hereby and thereby; (ii) the incumbency and true signatures of those officers of TCB duly authorized to act on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to execute and deliver this Agreement and other agreements and documents contemplated hereby and thereby; and (iii) that the copy of the bylaws of TCB attached to such certificate is true and correct and such bylaws have not been amended except as reflected in such copy;

(e) A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by the secretary or other appropriate executive officer of Third Coast Bank, pursuant to which such officer will certify: (i) the due adoption by the board of directors of Third Coast Bank of corporate resolutions attached to such certificate authorizing the execution and delivery of the Bank Merger Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated thereby and the taking of all actions contemplated thereby; (ii) the incumbency and true signatures of those officers of Third Coast Bank duly authorized to act on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Bank Merger Agreement and to execute and deliver the Bank Merger Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated thereby; and (iii) that the copy of the bylaws of Third Coast Bank attached to such certificate is true and correct and such bylaws have not been amended except as reflected in such copy;

(f) A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by the chief executive officer of TCB, pursuant to which TCB will certify that (i) TCB has satisfied the conditions set forth in Sections 7.01 and 7.02; and (ii) except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, there has been no Material Adverse Change with respect to TCB since the date of this Agreement;

(g) All consents required from third parties to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including those listed on Confidential Schedule 2.03(g); and

(h) All other documents required to be delivered to HBI by TCB or Merger Sub under this Agreement, and all other documents, certificates and instruments as are reasonably requested by HBI or its counsel.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HBI

Except as disclosed in the disclosure schedules delivered by HBI to TCB prior to the execution hereof; provided, that (a) no such item is required to be set forth as an exception to a representation or warranty if its absence would not result in the related representation or warranty being deemed untrue or incorrect, (b) the mere inclusion of an item in the disclosure schedules as an exception to a representation or warranty shall not be deemed an admission by HBI that such item represents a material exception or fact, event or circumstance or that such item is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, and (c) any disclosures made with respect to a section of this Article III shall be deemed to qualify (1) any other section of this Article III specifically referenced or cross-referenced, and (2) other sections of this Article III to the extent it is reasonably apparent on its face (notwithstanding the absence of a specific cross reference) from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure applies to such other sections, HBI hereby represents and warrants to TCB as follows:

 

9


Section 3.01 Organization and Qualification.

(a) HBI is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Texas and is a bank holding company registered under the BHCA. HBI has the corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations as are legally required) to carry on its business as now being conducted, to own, lease and operate its properties and assets as now owned, leased or operated and to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Agreement. True and complete copies of the certificate of formation and bylaws of HBI, as amended to date, have been made available to TCB. Except as set forth in Confidential Schedule 3.01(a), HBI does not own or control any Affiliate or Subsidiary, other than the Bank. The nature of the business of HBI and its activities do not require it to be qualified to do business in any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas. Except as set forth in Confidential Schedule 3.01(a), HBI has no equity interest, direct or indirect, in any other bank or corporation or in any partnership, joint venture or other business enterprise or entity, other than the Bank or as acquired through settlement of indebtedness, foreclosure, the exercise of creditors’ remedies or in a fiduciary capacity, and the business carried on by HBI has not been conducted through any other direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate of HBI other than the Bank.

(b) The Bank is a Texas banking association, duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Texas and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Texas. The Bank has the corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations as are legally required) to carry on its business as now being conducted, to own, lease and operate its properties and assets as now owned, leased or operated and to enter into and to carry on the business and activities now conducted by it. True and complete copies of the articles of association and bylaws of the Bank, as amended to date, have been made available to TCB. The Bank is an insured depository institution as defined in the FDIA and is a member of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Except as set forth in Confidential Schedule 3.01(b), the Bank does not own or control any Affiliate or Subsidiary. The nature of the business of the Bank does not require it to be qualified to do business in any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas. Except as set forth in Confidential Schedule 3.01(b), the Bank has no equity interest, direct or indirect, in any other bank or corporation or in any partnership, joint venture or other business enterprise or entity, except as acquired through settlement of indebtedness, foreclosure, the exercise of creditors’ remedies or in a fiduciary capacity, and the business carried on by the Bank has not been conducted through any other direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Bank.

Section 3.02 Authority; Execution and Delivery. HBI has the full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger have been duly and validly approved by the HBI Board. The HBI Board has determined that the Merger, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, is in the best interests of HBI and its shareholders, has directed that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby be submitted to HBI’s shareholders for adoption at a meeting of such shareholders with a recommendation from the HBI Board in favor of adoption and has adopted a resolution to the foregoing effect. HBI has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and (provided the required regulatory and shareholder approvals are obtained) performance of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby to which it is a party. This Agreement has been, and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby, have been or at Closing will be, duly executed by HBI, and each constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of HBI, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms and conditions, except as enforceability may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception.

 

10


Section 3.03 Capitalization.

(a) The entire authorized capital stock of HBI consists solely of 10,000,000 shares of HBI Stock, of which 2,660,084 shares are issued and outstanding and no shares are held as treasury stock. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.03, there are no (i) outstanding equity securities of any kind or character or (ii) outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, rights, warrants, calls or other agreements or commitments of any kind issued or granted by, or binding upon, HBI to purchase or otherwise acquire any security of or equity interest in HBI, obligating HBI to issue any shares of, restricting the transfer of or otherwise relating to shares of its capital stock of any class. All of the issued and outstanding shares of HBI Stock have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person. Such shares of HBI Stock have been issued in compliance with the securities Laws of the United States and the states in which such shares of HBI Stock were issued. There are no restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends on the shares of HBI Stock except pursuant to applicable Laws, and all dividends declared before the date of this Agreement have been paid.

(b) The entire authorized capital stock of the Bank consists solely of 110,000 shares of common stock, par value $5.00 per share, of the Bank (“Bank Stock”) of which 110,000 shares are issued and outstanding and no shares are held as treasury stock. There are no (i) outstanding equity securities of any kind or character or (ii) outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, rights, warrants, calls or other agreements or commitments of any kind issued or granted by, or binding upon, the Bank to purchase or otherwise acquire any security of or equity interest in the Bank, obligating the Bank to issue any shares of, restricting the transfer of or otherwise relating to shares of its capital stock of any class. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Stock have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person. Such shares of Bank Stock have been issued in compliance with the securities Laws of the United States and the State of Texas. There are no restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends on the shares of Bank Stock except pursuant to applicable Laws, and all dividends declared before the date of this Agreement have been paid.

(c) HBI owns, directly or indirectly, all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity ownership interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of any Liens whatsoever, and all such shares or equity ownership interests are duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable (except, with respect to any Subsidiary of HBI that is an insured depository institutions, as provided under 12 U.S.C. § 55 or any comparable provision of applicable state Law) and free of preemptive rights, with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof. No Subsidiary of HBI has or is bound by any outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character calling for the purchase or issuance of any shares of capital stock or any other equity security of such Subsidiary or any securities representing the right to purchase or otherwise receive any shares of capital stock or any other equity security of such Subsidiary.

 

11


Section 3.04 Compliance with Laws, Permits and Instruments.

(a) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.04(a), HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have in all material respects performed and abided by all obligations required to be performed by it to the date hereof, and have complied with, and is in compliance with, and is not in default (and with the giving of notice or the passage of time will not be in default) under, or in violation of, (i) any provision of the certificate of formation of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, the bylaws or other governing documents of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable (collectively, the “HBI Constituent Documents”), (ii) any material provision of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument applicable to HBI, the Bank or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses, or (iii) any Law or Order of any Governmental Entity applicable to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses.

(b) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.04(b), the execution, delivery and performance (provided the required regulatory and shareholder approvals are obtained) of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby, and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with, or result, by itself or with the giving of notice or the passage of time, in any violation of or default or loss of a benefit under, (i) the HBI Constituent Documents, (ii) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument applicable to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses, or (iii) any Law or Order of any Governmental Entity applicable to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses.

Section 3.05 Financial Statements.

(a) HBI has furnished to TCB true and complete copies of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of HBI as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the audited consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of HBI for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of HBI as of June 30, 2019, the unaudited consolidated statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity of HBI for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, and (ii) the audited balance sheets of the Bank as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the audited statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Bank for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the unaudited balance sheet of the Bank as of June 30, 2019, and the unaudited statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Bank for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019 (collectively, such financial statements listed in clause (i) and (ii) the “HBI Financial Statements”). The HBI Financial Statements (including the related notes) complied as to form, as of their respective dates, in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements, have been prepared according to generally accepted accounting principles of the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods and at the dates involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of HBI and the Bank at the dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to notes and normal year-end adjustments that were not material in amount or effect), and the accounting records underlying the HBI Financial Statements accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions of HBI. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.05(a), the HBI Financial Statements do not contain any items of extraordinary or nonrecurring income or any other income not earned in the ordinary course of business except as expressly specified therein.

(b) HBI has furnished TCB with true and complete copies of Call Report of the Bank as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and June 30, 2019 (the “Bank Call Reports”), for the Bank. The Bank Call Reports fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank and the results of its operations at the date and for the period indicated in that Bank Call Report in conformity with the instructions to the Bank Call Report. The Bank Call Reports do not contain any items of special or nonrecurring income or any other income not earned in the ordinary course of business except as expressly specified therein. The Bank has calculated its allowance for loan losses in accordance

 

12


with GAAP and regulatory accounting principles (“RAP”) as applied to banking institutions and in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations. The allowance for loan losses account for the Bank is, and as of the Closing Date will be, adequate in all material respects to provide for all losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on all outstanding loans of the Bank.

Section 3.06 Undisclosed Liabilities. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have liability or obligation, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due (including, without limitation, unfunded obligations under any employee benefit plan maintained by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or liabilities for federal, state or local taxes or assessments) that would be required to be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (a) as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.06, (b) that are reflected in or disclosed in the appropriate HBI Financial Statements or Bank Call Reports, and (c) those liabilities and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent business practices since the date of the latest balance sheets included in the HBI Financial Statements or the Bank Call Reports, respectively, and that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to HBI and its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.07 Litigation.

(a) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.07, neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any, and there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of HBI, threatened, legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations of any nature against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Knowledge of HBI, is there any basis for any proceeding, claim or any action against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in Confidential Schedule 3.07, the amounts in controversy in each matter described on Confidential Schedule 3.07, and the costs and expenses of defense thereof (including attorneys’ fees) are fully covered by insurance, subject to the deductible set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.07 with respect to each matter and subject to the policy limits set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.07. There is no Order imposed upon HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or the assets or Property of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries that has resulted in, or is reasonably likely to result in, a Material Adverse Change as to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) No legal action, suit or proceeding or judicial, administrative or governmental investigation is pending or, to the Knowledge of HBI, threatened against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries that questions or might question the validity of this Agreement or the agreements contemplated hereby or any actions taken or to be taken by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or thereto or seeks to enjoin or otherwise restrain the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

Section 3.08 Consents and Approvals. Except for prior approval of the Merger by each Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over HBI and its Subsidiaries, the requisite approval of the shareholders to be obtained by HBI and the consents of the third parties set forth in Confidential Schedule 3.04(b), no prior consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registrations with, any person or Governmental Entity is required of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by HBI of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the resulting change in control of HBI and its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.09 Title to Assets. Confidential Schedule 3.09 sets forth a list of all existing deeds, leases and title insurance policies for all real property owned or leased by HBI or the Bank, including all other real estate, and all mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements and other documents describing encumbrances to which such real property is subject, true and complete copies of which have been made available to TCB. Each of HBI and the Bank has good and marketable title to all of its assets and Properties,

 

13


including all personal and intangible properties as reflected in the HBI Financial Statements or the Bank Call Reports or acquired subsequent thereto, subject to no liens, mortgages, security interests, encumbrances or charges of any kind except (a) as described in Confidential Schedule 3.09, (b) as noted in the HBI Financial Statements or the Bank Call Reports, (c) statutory liens not yet delinquent, (d) consensual landlord liens, (e) encumbrances that do not materially impair the use thereof for the purpose for which they are held, (f) pledges of assets in the ordinary course of business to secure public funds deposits, and (g) those assets and properties disposed of for fair value in the ordinary course of business since the applicable dates of the HBI Financial Statements or the Bank Call Reports. At the time of Closing, each Property shall have full, free and uninterrupted access to and from all streets and rights of way adjacent to any Property, and HBI has no Knowledge of any fact or condition which would result in the termination or impairment of such access.

Section 3.10 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.10, since December 31, 2018, each of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries has conducted its business only in the ordinary course and has not:

(a) incurred any obligation or liability, absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to become due, except deposits taken and federal funds purchased and current liabilities for trade or business obligations, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and safe and sound banking practices;

(b) discharged or satisfied any Lien or paid any obligation or liability, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and safe and sound banking practices;

(c) increased the shares of HBI Stock or Bank Stock outstanding (other than as the result of the exercise of any stock option award (a “HBI Option”) that is outstanding as of the date of this Agreement under the Heritage Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the “HBI Stock Plans”)) or its surplus (as calculated in accordance with the instructions to the Call Report), or declared or made any payment of dividends or other distribution to its shareholders, or purchased, retired or redeemed, or obligated itself to purchase, retire or redeem, any of its shares of capital stock or other securities;

(d) issued, reserved for issuance, granted, sold or authorized the issuance of any shares of its capital stock or other securities or subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or commitments of any kind relating to the issuance thereto;

(e) acquired any capital stock or other equity securities or acquired any ownership interest in any bank, corporation, partnership or other entity (except (i) through settlement of indebtedness, foreclosure, or the exercise of creditors’ remedies or (ii) in a fiduciary capacity, the ownership of which does not expose it to any liability from the business, operations or liabilities of such Person);

(f) mortgaged, pledged or subjected to Lien any of its material property, business or assets, tangible or intangible, except (i) Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) pledges of assets to secure public fund deposits, and (iii) those assets and properties disposed of for fair value since the applicable dates of the HBI Financial Statements or the Bank Call Reports;

(g) sold, transferred, leased to others or otherwise disposed of any of its assets (except for assets disposed of for fair value) or canceled or compromised any debt or claim, or waived or released any right or claim, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices and prudent banking practices;

 

14


(h) terminated, canceled or surrendered, or received any notice of or threat of termination or cancellation of any contract, lease or other agreement or suffered any damage, destruction or loss which, individually or in the aggregate, may reasonably constitute a Material Adverse Change;

(i) disposed of, permitted to lapse, transferred or granted any rights under, or entered into any settlement regarding the breach or infringement of, any license or Proprietary Right or modified any existing rights with respect thereto;

(j) other than annual increases in compensation consistent with past practices, made any change in the rate of compensation, commission, bonus, vesting or other direct or indirect remuneration payable, or paid or agreed or orally promised to pay any bonus, extra compensation, pension or severance or vacation pay, to or for the benefit of any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees or agents, or entered into any employment or consulting contract or other agreement with any director, officer or employee or adopted, amended or terminated any pension, employee welfare, retirement, stock purchase, stock option, stock appreciation rights, termination, severance, income protection, golden parachute, savings or profit-sharing plan (including trust agreements and insurance contracts embodying such plans), any deferred compensation, or collective bargaining agreement, any group insurance contract or any other incentive, welfare or employee benefit plan or agreement maintained by it for the benefit of its directors, employees or former employees, except to the extent required by applicable Law;

(k) except for improvements or betterments relating to Properties, made any capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments in excess of an aggregate of $50,000;

(l) instituted, had instituted against it, settled or agreed to settle any litigation, action or proceeding prior to any court or Governmental Entity relating to its property;

(m) except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or as otherwise permitted hereunder, entered into any transaction, or entered into, modified or amended any contract or commitment, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices and prudent banking practices;

(n) entered into or given any promise, assurance or guarantee of the payment, discharge or fulfillment of any undertaking or promise made by any Person, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices and prudent banking practices;

(o) sold, or disposed of, or otherwise divested itself of the ownership, possession, custody or control, of any corporate books or records of any nature that, in accordance with sound business practice, normally are retained for a period of time after their use, creation or receipt, except at the end of the normal retention period;

(p) made any, or acquiesced with any, change in any accounting methods, principles or practices except as required by GAAP or RAP;

(q) sold (provided, however, that payment at maturity is not deemed a sale) or purchased any investment securities in an aggregate amount of $100,000 or more;

(r) made, renewed, extended the maturity of, or altered any of the material terms of any loan to any single borrower and his related interests in excess of the principal amount of $500,000;

 

15


(s) renewed, extended the maturity of, or altered any of the terms of any loan classified by HBI as “special mention,” “substandard,” or “impaired” or other words of similar import;

(t) charged-off any loans or other evidences of indebtedness in excess of the principal amount of $10,000; or

(u) entered into any agreement or made any commitment whether in writing or otherwise to take any of the types of action described in subsections (a) through (s) above.

Section 3.11 Leases, Contracts and Agreements.

(a) Confidential Schedule 3.11(a) sets forth a complete listing, as of June 30, 2019, of all contracts to which HBI or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (collectively, the “Listed Contracts”) that:

(i) relate to real property used by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries in its operations (such contracts being referred to herein as the “Leases”);

(ii) relate in any way to the assets or operations of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries and involves payments to or by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries of $50,000 or more during the term thereof;

(iii) contain any right of first refusal or option to purchase in favor of a third party;

(iv) limits the ability of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or that upon consummation of the Merger will restrict the ability of TCB or any of its Affiliates to engage in any line of business in which a bank holding company may lawfully engage;

(v) obligates HBI or its Subsidiaries (or, following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, TCB and its Subsidiaries) to conduct business with any third party on an exclusive or preferential basis, or that grants any Person other than HBI or any of its Subsidiaries “most favored nation” status or similar rights;

(vi) relates to the formation, creation or operation, management or control of any partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other similar arrangement with any third parties;

(vii) relates to indebtedness of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries;

(viii) provides for potential indemnification payments by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or the potential obligation of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase loans;

(ix) is material to HBI’s and its Subsidiaries’ balance sheets or their financial conditions or results of operations;

(x) provides any rights to investors in HBI, including registration, preemptive or antidilution rights or rights to designate members of or observers to HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ board of directors;

 

16


(xi) is a data processing/technology contract, software programming or licensing contract;

(xii) requires a consent to, waiver of or otherwise contains a provision relating to a “change of control,” or that would or would reasonably be expected to prevent, delay or impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xiii) limits the payment of dividends by the Bank or any other Subsidiary of HBI; or

(xiv) was otherwise not entered into in the ordinary course of business or that is material to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or its financial condition or results of operations.

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Listed Contracts” does not include (i) loans made by, (ii) unfunded loan commitments made by, (iii) letters of credit issued by, (iv) loan participations of, (v) Federal funds sold or purchased by, (vi) repurchase agreements made by, (vii) bankers acceptances of, or (viii) deposit liabilities of, HBI or the Bank.

(c) No participations or loans have been sold that have buy back, recourse or guaranty provisions that create contingent or direct liability to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries.

(d) True and correct copies of all such Listed Contracts, and all amendments thereto, have been furnished to TCB.

(e) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.11(e), all rent and other payments by HBI and each of its Subsidiaries under the Listed Contracts are current, there are no existing defaults by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries under the Listed Contracts and no termination, condition or other event has occurred that (whether with or without notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event) would constitute a default by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder.

(f) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.11(f), since December 31, 2018, neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any contracts of the type described under Sections 3.11(a)(i) – (xiv).

(g) (i) Each Listed Contract is valid and binding on HBI or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and in full force and effect, except as, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change on HBI, (ii) HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have in all material respects complied with and performed all obligations required to be complied with or performed by any of them to date under each Listed Contract, (iii) to the Knowledge of HBI, each third-party counterparty to each Listed Contract has in all material respects complied with and performed all obligations required to be complied with and performed by it to date under such Listed Contract, except where such noncompliance or nonperformance, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change on HBI, (iv) neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has Knowledge of, or has received notice of, any violation of any Listed Contract by any of the other parties thereto, and (v) no event or condition exists which constitutes or, after notice or lapse of time or both, will constitute, a material breach or default on the part of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of HBI, any other party thereto, of or under any such Listed Contract.

 

17


Section 3.12 Taxes.

(a) HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have duly and timely filed all Tax Returns that they were required to file under applicable Laws with the appropriate Governmental Entity. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects and have been prepared in compliance with all applicable Laws and all Taxes due and owing by HBI and each of its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been timely and properly paid. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No claim has been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where HBI or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. Other than Permitted Encumbrances, there are no Liens for Taxes upon any of the assets of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have collected or withheld and duly paid to the appropriate Governmental Entity all Taxes required to have been collected or withheld and so paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or other third party.

(c) There is no action, suit, proceeding, audit, assessment, dispute or claim concerning any Tax liability of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries either (i) claimed or raised by any Governmental Entity in writing, or (ii) as to which HBI or any of its Subsidiaries has Knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such authority. To the Knowledge of HBI, no taxing authority has threatened to assess additional Taxes for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed.

(d) True and complete copies of the federal, state and local income Tax Returns of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries, as filed with the taxing authority for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 have been furnished to TCB. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency, which waiver or extension remains in effect.

(e) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(l)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(f) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any tax allocation or sharing agreement, other than (i) those to which only HBI and its Subsidiaries are parties, or (ii) commercial business agreements, the principal purpose of which is not the allocation of Taxes.

(g) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have (i) been a member of any group filing a consolidated federal income tax return (other than a group the common parent of which was HBI), nor (ii) any liability for the Taxes of any Person other than HBI and its Subsidiaries under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign Law), or as a transferee or successor, by contract or under Law.

(h) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has participated in any reportable transaction or a transaction that is substantially similar to a listed transaction as defined under Sections 6707A, 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(i) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has been required to disclose on its federal income Tax Returns any position that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

18


(j) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries received or sought a private letter ruling or gain recognition agreement with respect to Taxes.

(k) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, nor will HBI or any of its Subsidiaries be required to exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date under Section 481 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law); (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law); (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries; (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) election under Section 108(i) of the Code; or (vii) use of an improper method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

(l) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have distributed stock of another Person or had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code.

(m) Confidential Schedule 3.12(m) lists and contains an accurate and complete description as to the United States federal and each state net operating and capital loss carryforwards for HBI and each of its Subsidiaries, that exist as of June 30, 2019, and no such net operating or capital loss carryforwards are subject to limitation under Sections 382, 383 or 384 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations, as of the Closing Date.

(n) Within the past three (3) years, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has not challenged the interest deduction on any of HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ debt on the basis that such debt constitutes equity for federal income tax purposes.

(o) The unpaid Taxes of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries (i) did not, as of June 30, 2019, exceed the current liability accruals for Taxes (excluding any reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the HBI Financial Statements, and (ii) do not exceed such current liability accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of HBI and its Subsidiaries in filing their respective Tax Returns.

(p) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action or has Knowledge of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to prevent or impede the Integrated Mergers, taken together, from being treated as an integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

Section 3.13 Insurance. Confidential Schedule 3.13 sets forth an accurate and complete list of all policies of insurance, including fidelity and bond insurance, relating to HBI and each of its Subsidiaries. All such policies (a) are valid, outstanding and enforceable according to their terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exception, and (b) are presently in full force and effect, no notice has been received of the cancellation, or threatened or proposed cancellation, of any such policy and there are no unpaid premiums

 

19


due thereon. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default with respect to any such policy nor has HBI or any of its Subsidiaries failed to give any notice or present any claim thereunder in a due and timely fashion. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.13, neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have been refused any insurance with respect to its assets or operations, nor has its insurance been limited by any insurance carrier to which HBI or any of its Subsidiaries have applied for any such insurance within the last two (2) years. Each property of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries is insured for an amount deemed adequate by HBI’s management, as applicable, against risks customarily insured against. There have been no claims under any fidelity bonds of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries within the last three (3) years, and HBI has no Knowledge of any facts that would form the basis of a claim under such bonds.

Section 3.14 No Material Adverse Change. There has not been any Material Adverse Change with regard to or affecting HBI or any of its Subsidiaries since December 31, 2018, nor has any event or condition occurred that has resulted, or is reasonably likely to result, in a Material Adverse Change on HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or that could materially affect HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ ability to perform the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other agreements contemplated hereby.

Section 3.15 Proprietary Rights. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.15, each of HBI and its Subsidiaries has the unrestricted right and authority, and the Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries will have the unrestricted right and authority from and after the Effective Time, to use all patents, trademarks, copyrights, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (“Proprietary Rights”) owned by them as is necessary to enable them to conduct and to continue to conduct all material phases of the businesses of HBI and its Subsidiaries in the manner presently conducted by them, and, to the Knowledge of HBI, such use does not, and will not, conflict with, infringe on or violate any patent, trademark, copyright, service mark, trade name or any other intellectual property right of any Person. There is no claim or action by any such Person pending, or to HBI’s Knowledge, threatened, with respect thereto. No third party has ever gained unauthorized access to any information technology networks controlled by and material to the operation of the business of HBI and its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.16 Transactions with Certain Persons and Entities. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.16 and excluding deposit liabilities, there are no outstanding amounts payable to or receivable from, or advances by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to, and neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is otherwise a creditor to, any director or executive officer of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries nor is HBI or any of its Subsidiaries a debtor to any such Person other than as part of the normal and customary terms of such person’s employment or service as a director of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.16, neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries uses any asset owned by any shareholder or any present or former director or officer of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Affiliate thereof, in its operations (other than personal belongings of such officers and directors located in HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ premises and not used in the operations of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries), nor to the Knowledge of HBI do any of such Persons own or have the right to use real property that is adjacent to property on which HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ facilities are located. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.16 or Confidential Schedule 3.28(a), and excluding deposit liabilities, neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any transaction or contract with any director or executive officer of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.17 Evidences of Indebtedness. All evidences of indebtedness and Leases included in the HBI Financial Statements are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective obligors thereof, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exception, and are not subject to any known or threatened defenses, offsets or counterclaims that may be asserted against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or the present holder thereof. The credit files of HBI and the Bank contain all material information (excluding general, local or national industry, economic or similar conditions) known to HBI that is reasonably required to evaluate in accordance with generally prevailing practices in the banking

 

20


industry the collectability of the loan portfolio of HBI or the Bank (including loans that will be outstanding if any of them advances funds they are obligated to advance). HBI and the Bank have disclosed all of the special mention, substandard, impaired, doubtful, loss, nonperforming or problem loans of HBI and the Bank on the internal watch list of HBI or the Bank, a copy of which as of June 30, 2019, has been provided to TCB. Neither HBI nor the Bank is aware of, nor has HBI or the Bank received notice of, any past or present conditions, events, activities, practices or incidents that may result in a violation of any Environmental Law with respect to any real property securing any indebtedness reflected as an asset of HBI. With respect to any loan or other evidence of indebtedness all or a portion of which has been sold to or guaranteed by any Governmental Entity, including the Small Business Administration, each of such loans was made in compliance and conformity with all relevant Laws such that such Governmental Entity’s guaranty of such loan is effective during the term of such loan in all material respects. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.17, no representation or warranty is being made as to the sufficiency of collateral securing, or the collectability of, the loans of the Bank; provided, however, that to Knowledge of HBI, except as disclosed in the HBI Financial Statements, no loan of the Bank is impaired and there is no impairment of the fair value of any collateral securing any loan of the Bank.

Section 3.18 Condition of Assets. All tangible assets used by HBI and each of its Subsidiaries are in good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and conform in all material respects with all applicable ordinances, regulations, zoning and other Laws, whether federal, state or local. None of HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ premises or equipment is in need of maintenance or repairs other than ordinary routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost.

Section 3.19 Environmental Compliance.

(a) HBI and each of its Subsidiaries, operations and Properties are in material compliance with all Environmental Laws. HBI is not aware of, nor has HBI or any of its Subsidiaries received notice of, any past, present, or future conditions, events, activities, practices or incidents that may interfere with or prevent the material compliance of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries with all Environmental Laws.

(b) HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all permits, licenses and authorizations that are required by it under all Environmental Laws, all such permits are in full force and effect, there exists no basis for revocation or suspension of the permits, and the permits will not be affected by the transactions contemplated herein.

(c) No Hazardous Materials exist on, about or within any of the Properties, nor to the Knowledge of HBI has any Hazardous Materials previously existed on, under, about or within or have been used, generated, stored, transported, disposed of, on or released from any of the Properties, except in normal quantities used in the normal course of business as office or cleaning supplies without release to the environment. The use that HBI and each of its Subsidiaries makes and intends to make of the Properties will not result in the use, generation, storage, transportation, accumulation, disposal or release of any Hazardous Material on, in or from any of the Properties, except in normal quantities used in the normal course of business as office or cleaning supplies without release to the environment.

(d) There is no action, suit, proceeding, investigation, or inquiry by any Governmental Entity pending, or to HBI’s Knowledge threatened, against HBI, any of its Subsidiaries or, to HBI’s Knowledge, pending or threatened against any other Person in connection with any Property, arising in any way under any Environmental Law. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have any liability for remedial action under any Environmental Law. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries received any request for information by any Governmental Entity with respect to the condition, use or operation of any of the Properties nor has HBI or any of its Subsidiaries received any notice of any kind from any Governmental Entity or other Person with respect to any violation of or claimed or potential liability of any kind under any Environmental Law.

 

21


(e) No Hazardous Materials have been disposed of on, or released to, or from, any of the Properties, and no Hazardous Materials are present in or on the soil, sediments, surface water or ground water on, under, or migrating from any of the Properties in concentrations that would give rise to an obligation to conduct a remedial action pursuant to Environmental Laws.

(f) Except as listed on Confidential Schedule 3.19, none of the following exists at any property or facility owned or operated by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries: (i) under or above-ground storage tanks, (ii) asbestos containing material in any form or condition, (iii) materials or equipment containing polychlorinated biphenyls or urea formaldehyde, or (iv) landfills, surface impoundments, or disposal areas.

(g) None of the properties currently owned or operated by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries is encumbered by a Lien arising or imposed under any Environmental Law.

(h) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any liabilities for site investigation or cleanup, or require the consent of any Person, pursuant to any of the so-called “transaction-triggered” or “responsible property transfer” Environmental Laws.

(i) Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries, either expressly or by operation of law, has assumed or undertaken any obligation, including any obligation for remedial action, of any other Person under any Environmental Law.

(j) HBI has provided TCB with copies of reports in its possession discussing the environmental condition of any Property and any violations of Environmental Law relating to any Property.

Section 3.20 Regulatory Compliance. All reports, records, registrations, statements, notices and other documents or information required to be filed by HBI and any of its Subsidiaries with any Regulatory Agency, including, but not limited to, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and the TDB, have been duly and timely filed and all information and data contained in such reports, records or other documents are true, accurate, correct and complete in all material respects. None of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries is or has been within the last five (5) years subject to any commitment letter, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist Order, written agreement or other formal or informal administrative action with any such regulatory bodies, and HBI and each of its Subsidiaries are in full compliance with the requirements of any such commitment letter, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist Order, written agreement or other formal or informal administrative action, and there are no actions or proceedings pending, or to HBI’s Knowledge, threatened against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries by or before any such regulatory bodies or any other nation, state or subdivision thereof, or any other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. Except for examinations conducted by bank regulatory agencies in the ordinary course of business, no Regulatory Agency has initiated any proceeding or, to HBI’s Knowledge, investigation into the business or operations of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries. There is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Regulatory Agency with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations of HBI or the Bank. HBI is “well-capitalized” (as that term is defined in 12 C.F.R. § 225.2(r)) and “well managed” (as that term is defined is 12 C.F.R. § 225.2(s)). The Bank is an “eligible depository institution” (as that term is defined in 12 C.F.R. § 303.2(r)).

 

22


Section 3.21 Absence of Certain Business Practices. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries or any officer, employee or agent of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person acting on their behalf, has, directly or indirectly, within the past ten (10) years, given or agreed to give any gift or similar benefit to any customer, supplier, governmental employee or other Person who is or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries (or assist HBI or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (a) could reasonably be expected to subject HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (b) if not given in the past, could reasonably be expected to have resulted in a Material Adverse Change, or (c) if not continued in the future could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or subject HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to suit or penalty in any private or governmental litigation or proceeding.

Section 3.22 Books and Records. The minute books, stock certificate books and stock transfer ledgers of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries (a) have been kept accurately in the ordinary course of business, (b) are complete and correct in all material respects, (c) the transactions entered therein represent bona fide transactions, and (d) do not fail to reflect transactions involving the business of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries that properly should have been set forth therein and that have not been accurately so set forth.

Section 3.23 Forms of Instruments, Etc. HBI has made, and will make, available to TCB copies of all standard forms of notes, mortgages, deeds of trust and other routine documents of a like nature used on a regular and recurring basis by HBI and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business.

Section 3.24 Fiduciary Responsibilities. HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have performed in all material respects all of its duties as a trustee, custodian, guardian or as an escrow agent in a manner that complies in all material respects with all applicable Laws, regulations, Orders, agreements, instruments and common law standards.

Section 3.25 Guaranties. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.25, according to prudent business practices and in compliance with applicable Law, neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations or liabilities of any other Person.

Section 3.26 Voting Trust, Voting Agreements or Shareholders Agreements. There is no existing voting trust, voting agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar arrangement relating to a right of first refusal with respect to the purchase, sale or voting of any shares of HBI Stock or Bank Stock.

Section 3.27 Employee Relationships.

(a) HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws relating to its relationships with their employees, and HBI believes that the relationships between HBI’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ employees are good. To the Knowledge of HBI, no executive officer or manager of any of the operations of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or of any group of employees of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries have any present plans to terminate their employment with HBI or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.27(a), HBI is not a party to any oral or written contracts or agreements granting benefits or rights to employees or any collective bargaining agreement or to any conciliation agreement with the Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any federal, state or local agency that requires equal employment opportunities or affirmative action in employment. There are no unfair labor practice complaints pending against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries before the National Labor Relations Board and no similar claims pending before any similar state or local or foreign agency. There is no activity or proceeding of any labor organization (or representative thereof) or employee group to organize any employees of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, nor of any strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, lockouts or threats thereof, by or with respect to any such employees. HBI and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, and neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice.

 

23


(b) Set forth on Confidential Schedules 3.27(b) is a complete and correct list of all employment agreements between HBI or any of its Subsidiaries and any employee of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries. True and correct copies of all employment agreements and all amendments thereto, have been furnished to TCB.

Section 3.28 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Set forth on Confidential Schedules 3.27(a) and 3.28(a) is a complete and correct list of all “employee benefit plans” (as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)), all multiple employer and “multiemployer plans” (as defined in the Code or ERISA), all specified fringe benefit plans as defined in Code § 6039D, and all other bonus, incentive, compensation, deferred compensation, profit sharing, stock option, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, stock bonus, stock purchase, employee stock ownership, savings, severance, supplemental unemployment, layoff, salary continuation, retirement, pension, health, life insurance, disability, group insurance, vacation, holiday, sick leave, fringe benefit or welfare plan or any other similar plan, agreement, policy or understanding (written or oral, qualified or nonqualified, currently effective or terminated), and any trust, escrow or other agreement related thereto (the “Employee Plans”), which (i) are sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, by HBI and any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to which HBI and any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have any liability thereunder, and (ii) provide benefits, or describe policies or procedures applicable to, or for the welfare of, any current of former officer, director, independent contractor, employee, or service provider of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, or the dependents or spouses of any such Person, regardless of whether funded. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.28(a), true, accurate and complete copies of the documents comprising each Employee Plan, or, in the case of each unwritten Employee Plan, a written description thereof, including, to the extent applicable each award agreement, trust, funding arrangements (including all annuity contracts, insurance contracts, and other funding instruments), the most current determination letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service, Form 5500 Annual Reports (including all schedules and attachments) for the three most recent plan years, documents, records, policies, procedures or other materials related thereto, have been delivered to TCB and are included and specifically identified in Confidential Schedule 3.28(a). No unwritten amendment exists with respect to any written Employee Plan.

(b) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.28(b), no Employee Plan is a defined benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA §3(35) or is otherwise subject to ERISA Title IV, and neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has ever sponsored or otherwise maintained such a plan.

(c) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.28(c), there have been no prohibited transactions (as defined in Code §4975(c)(1)), breaches of fiduciary duty or any other breaches or violations of any Law applicable to the Employee Plans that would directly or indirectly subject HBI, any of its Subsidiaries or any Employee Plan to any taxes, penalties, or other liabilities (any liability arising from any indemnification agreement or policy), except to the extent that HBI, any of its Subsidiaries or any Employee Plan sponsored by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries is involved in such transaction or breach. Each Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under Code §401(a) has a current favorable determination or opinion letter that covers all existing amendments up to and including all changes required by the most recent IRS Cumulative List of Changes

 

24


applicable to the Employee Plan and has no obligation to adopt any amendments for which the remedial amendment period under Code §401(b) has expired and HBI is not aware of any circumstances likely to result in revocation of any such favorable determination or opinion letter. Each such Employee Plan is so qualified and has been operated in compliance with applicable Law and its terms, any related trust is exempt from federal income tax under Code §501(a) and no event has occurred that will or reasonably could result in the loss of such tax exemption or to liability for any tax under Code §511. There are no pending claims, lawsuits or actions relating to any Employee Plan (other than ordinary course claims for benefits) and, to HBI’s Knowledge, none are threatened, except to the extent that HBI, any of its Subsidiaries, or any Employee Plan sponsored by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries is involved in such transaction. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries provides benefits to any employee or dependent of such employee of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries after the employee terminates employment other than as disclosed in this Agreement or any schedule hereto or as required by Law. No written or oral representations have been made by or on behalf of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to any employee or former employee of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries promising or guaranteeing any employer payment or funding for the continuation of medical, dental, life or disability coverage or any other welfare benefit (as defined in ERISA §3(1)) for any period of time beyond the end of the current plan year (except to the extent of coverage required under Code §4980B). Compliance with FAS 106 would not create any material change to the HBI Financial Statements. The completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not cause a termination or partial termination, or otherwise accelerate the time of payment, exercise, or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due to any current or former employee, officer or director of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries except (i) as required by the terms of any Employee Plan provided to TCB or by applicable Law in connection with a qualified plan, (ii) as contemplated by this Agreement, or (iii) except as identified on Confidential Schedule 3.28(c). There are no surrender charges, penalties, or other costs or fees that would be imposed by any Person against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, an Employee Plan, or any other Person, including an Employee Plan participant or beneficiary, as a result of the hypothetical liquidation as of the Closing Date of any insurance, annuity, or investment contracts or any other similar investment held by any Employee Plan.

(d) The execution, delivery and performance by HBI of its obligations under the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or the approval of HBI’s shareholders of the Merger (whether alone or in connection with any subsequent event(s)), will not result in any payments or benefits which would not be deductible pursuant to Code §280G.

(e) All contributions to any Employee Plan (including, without limitation, all employer contributions, employee salary reduction contributions and all premiums or other payments (other than claims)) that are due and payable by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries on or before the Closing Date have been timely paid to or made with respect to each Employee Plan and, to the extent not presently payable, appropriate reserves have been established for the payment and properly accrued in accordance with GAAP.

(f) No participant, beneficiary or non-participating employee has been denied any benefit due or to become due under any Employee Plan. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has misled any person as to his or her rights under any Employee Plan. All obligations required to be performed by HBI and any of its Subsidiaries under any Employee Plan have been performed in all material respects and neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or in violation of any provision of any Employee Plan. No event has occurred that would constitute grounds for an enforcement action by any party against HBI, any of its Subsidiaries or any fiduciary of any Employee Plan under part 5 of Title I of ERISA under any Employee Plan.

 

25


(g) With respect to each “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to, currently or within the last six years, by any corporation or trade or business, the employees of which, together with the employees of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries, are required to be treated as employed by a single employer under any of the rules contained in ERISA or Code §414 (the “Controlled Group Plans”):

(i) All Controlled Group Plans that are “group health plans” (as defined in Code §5000(b)(1) and ERISA §733(a)) have been operated up to the Closing in a manner so as to not subject HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability under Code §4980B or §4980D;

(ii) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.28(g), there is no Controlled Group Plan that is a “multiple employer plan” or “multiemployer plan” (as either such term is defined in ERISA), nor has there been any such plan under which HBI or any of its Subsidiaries had any liability in the last 5 years (or would have had liability if notice had been given); and

(iii) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.27(a) or Confidential Schedule 3.28(g), each Employee Plan that provides (or has provided within the past 5 years) for health, dental, vision, life, disability or similar coverage is covered by one or more third-party insurance policies and neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is liable for self-insuring any such claims.

Each such Controlled Group Plan is included in the listing of Employee Plans on Confidential Schedule 3.28(a).

(h) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.28(h), all Employee Plan documents, annual reports or returns, audited, compiled or unaudited financial statements, actuarial valuations, summary annual reports, and summary plan descriptions issued with respect to the Employee Plans are correct, complete, and current in all material respects, have been timely filed or distributed to the extent required by Law.

(i) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.28(i), no Employee Plan holds any stock or other securities of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or provides the opportunity for the grant, purchase or contribution of any such security.

(j) Except as provided in Confidential Schedule 3.28(j), HBI or any of its Subsidiaries may, at any time amend or terminate any Employee Plan that it sponsors or maintains and may withdraw from any Employee Plan to which it contributes (but does not sponsor or maintain), without obtaining the consent of any third party, other than an insurance company in the case of any benefit underwritten by an insurance company, and without incurring liability except for unpaid premiums or contributions due for the pay period that includes the effective date of such amendment, withdrawal or termination.

(k) Each Employee Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Code §409A(d)(1) (a “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan”) subject to Code §409A has (i) been maintained and operated since January 1, 2005 (or, if later, from its inception) in good faith compliance with Code §409A of the Code and all applicable IRS regulations promulgated thereunder and, as to any such plan in existence prior to January 1, 2005, has not been “materially modified” (within the meaning of IRS Notice 2005-1) at any time after October 3, 2004, or has been amended in a manner that conforms with the requirements of Code §409A, and (ii) since

 

26


January 1, 2011, been materially in documentary and operational compliance with Code §409A and all applicable IRS guidance promulgated thereunder. No additional tax under Code §409A(a)(1)(B) has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by a participant in any such Employee Plan or other contract, plan, program, agreement, or arrangement. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise obligated under, any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement that provides for the gross-up of taxes imposed by Code §409A(a)(1)(B). No currently outstanding stock option or other right to acquire HBI Stock or other equity security of HBI or any of its any of its Subsidiaries under any Employee Plan, or the payment of cash based on the value thereof, (A) has, as to any employee of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, an exercise price that was less than the fair market value of the underlying equity security as of the date such stock option or right was granted, as determined by HBI in good faith and in compliance with the relevant IRS guidance in effect on the date of grant (including, IRS Notice 2005-1 and § 1.409A-1 (b)(5)(iv) of the Treasury regulations), (B) has any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of exercise or disposition of such option or right, or (C) has been granted after December 31, 2004, with respect to any class of stock of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries that is not “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of applicable regulations under Code §409A).

Section 3.29 Obligations to Employees. All accrued obligations and liabilities of HBI, each of its Subsidiaries and all Employee Plans, for payments to trusts (including grantor trusts) or other funds, to any government agency or authority, or to any present or former director, officer, employee or agent (or his or her heirs, legatees or legal representatives) with respect to any of the matters listed below have been timely paid to the extent required by applicable Law or the terms of such plan, contract program, policy, or other governing instruments: (a) withholding Taxes, unemployment compensation or social security benefits; (b) all pension, profit-sharing, savings, stock purchase, stock bonus, stock ownership, stock option, phantom stock and stock appreciation rights plans and agreements; (c) all employment, deferred compensation (whether funded or unfunded), salary continuation, consulting, retirement, early retirement, severance, reimbursement, bonus or collective bargaining plans and agreements; (d) all executive and other incentive compensation plans, programs, or agreements; (e) all group insurance and health contracts, policies and plans; and (f) all other incentive, welfare (including vacation and sick pay), retirement or employee benefit plans or agreements maintained or sponsored, participated in, or contributed to, by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries for its current or former directors, officers, employees and agents. To the extent that payment of any obligation or liability under any of the foregoing is not currently required, adequate actuarial accruals and reserves for such payments have been and are being made by HBI or its Subsidiaries according to GAAP. All obligations and liabilities of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries for all other forms of compensation that are or may be payable to their current or former directors, officers, employees or agents, or pursuant to any Employee Plan, have been and are being paid to the extent required by applicable Law or by the plan or contract, and adequate actuarial accruals and reserves for payment therefor have been and are being made by HBI and each of its Subsidiaries according to GAAP. All accruals and reserves referred to in this Section are correctly and accurately reflected and accounted for in the HBI Financial Statements and the books, statements and records of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.30 Interest Rate Risk Management Instruments. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.30, neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has any interest rate swaps, caps, floors and option agreements and other interest rate risk management arrangements, whether entered into for the account of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or for the account of a customer of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.31 Internal Controls. HBI and each of its Subsidiaries maintains accurate books and records reflecting its assets and liabilities and maintains adequate internal accounting controls that are designed to provide assurance that (a) transactions are executed with management’s authorization; (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements of HBI

 

27


and to maintain accountability for HBI’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets; (c) access to HBI’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization; (d) the reporting of HBI’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets is compared with existing assets at regular intervals; and (e) extensions of credit and other receivables are recorded accurately, and proper and adequate procedures are implemented to effect the collection thereof on a current and timely basis. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.31, none of HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ systems, controls, data or information are recorded, stored, maintained, operated or otherwise wholly or partly dependent on or held by any means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) which (including all means of access thereto and therefrom) are not under the exclusive ownership and direct control of HBI, any of its Subsidiaries or their accountants.

Section 3.32 Community Reinvestment Act. The Bank is in compliance in all material respects with the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) and all regulations issued thereunder. The Bank has a rating of not less than “satisfactory” as of its most recent CRA compliance examination and HBI has no Knowledge of any reason why the Bank would not receive a rating of “satisfactory” or better in its next CRA compliance examination or why the FDIC or any other Governmental Entity may seek to restrain, delay or prohibit the transactions contemplated hereby as a result of any act or omission of the Bank under the CRA.

Section 3.33 Fair Housing Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Bank is in compliance in all material respects with the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and all regulations issued thereunder. The Bank has not received any notice of any violation of those acts or any of the regulations issued thereunder, and the Bank has not received any notice of, nor does HBI have any Knowledge of, any threatened administrative inquiry, proceeding or investigation with respect to the Bank’s non-compliance with such acts.

Section 3.34 Usury Laws and Other Consumer Compliance Laws. All loans of the Bank have been made in accordance with all applicable statutes and regulatory requirements at the time of such loan or any renewal thereof, including without limitation, the Texas usury statutes as they are currently interpreted, Regulation Z issued by the Federal Reserve, the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act and all statutes and regulations governing the operation of banks chartered under the Laws of the State of Texas. Each loan on the books of the Bank was made in the ordinary course of business.

Section 3.35 Bank Secrecy Act, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.S.A. Patriot Act. HBI and the Bank are in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act, otherwise known as the U.S.A. Patriot Act, and all regulations issued thereunder, and the Bank has properly certified all foreign deposit accounts and has made all necessary tax withholdings on all of its deposit accounts; furthermore, the Bank has timely and properly filed and maintained all requisite Currency Transaction Reports and other related forms, including any requisite Custom Reports required by any agency of the United States Treasury Department, including the IRS. The Bank has timely filed all Suspicious Activity Reports with the Financial Institutions—Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (U.S. Department of the Treasury) required to be filed by it under the Laws referenced in this Section.

Section 3.36 Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices, as such terms are defined under §1031 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). There are no allegations, claims or disputes to which HBI or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that allege, or to the Knowledge of HBI, no Person has threatened to allege, that HBI or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices.

 

28


Section 3.37 Proxy Statement/PPM. None of the information included in the Proxy Statement/PPM shall, at the date the Proxy Statement/PPM is mailed to the shareholders of HBI and, as the Proxy Statement/PPM may be amended or supplemented, at the time of the Shareholders’ Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact with respect to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries necessary in order to make the statements therein with respect to HBI and any of its Subsidiaries, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the solicitation of any proxy for the Shareholders’ Meeting. All documents that HBI is responsible for filing with any Regulatory Agency in connection with the Merger shall comply with respect to HBI and each of its Subsidiaries with the provisions of applicable Law.

Section 3.38 Agreements Between HBI and its Subsidiaries; Claims. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.38, there are no written or oral agreements or understandings between HBI and any of its Subsidiaries. All past courses of dealings between HBI and each of its Subsidiaries have been conducted in the ordinary course of business, on arms-length terms consistent with applicable Law and prudent business practices. HBI has no Knowledge of any claims that HBI has against any of its Subsidiaries or of any facts or circumstances that would give rise to any such claim.

Section 3.39 Representations Not Misleading. No representation or warranty by HBI contained in this Agreement, nor any written statement, exhibit or schedule furnished to TCB by HBI under and pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, not misleading and such representations and warranties would continue to be true and correct following disclosure to any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over HBI or its properties of the facts and circumstances upon which they were based.

Section 3.40 State Takeover Laws. The HBI Board has approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby as required to render inapplicable to such agreements and transactions any applicable provisions of the takeover Laws of any state, including any “moratorium,” “control share,” “fair price,” “takeover” or “interested shareholder” Law.

Section 3.41 Opinion of Financial Advisor. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, the HBI Board has received an opinion (which, if initially rendered orally, has been or will be confirmed by a written opinion, dated the same date) from the advisor set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.41, to the effect that, as of the date thereof, and based upon and subject to the factors, assumptions and limitations set forth therein, the Merger Consideration payable pursuant to this Agreement is fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of HBI Stock. Such opinion has not been amended or rescinded in any material respect as of the date of this Agreement.

Section 3.42 Private Placement.

(a) To the Knowledge of HBI, as of the date of this Agreement, thirty-five (35) or less holders of HBI Stock are not an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (“Accredited Investor”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, to the best of HBI’s knowledge, all of the holders of HBI Stock have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the receipt of the Merger Consideration.

(b) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 3.42, to the Knowledge of HBI, all holders of HBI Stock are residents of the state of Texas as of the date of this Agreement.

 

29


(c) HBI acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to conduct due diligence with respect to TCB and its Subsidiaries and has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of TCB concerning any matter; (ii) access to information about TCB and its financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate the Merger; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that TCB possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the Merger. HBI has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the Merger.

(d) HBI acknowledges that shares of TCB Stock issued as Merger Consideration will be issued in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act and/or the Texas Securities Act, including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, will be subject to the restrictions and limitations on transfer set forth under such laws and will bear appropriate restrictive legends, in the form determined by TCB, to reflect that the shares are not registered under the Securities Act or the Texas Securities Act.

Section 3.43 No Representations or Warranties of Initial Public Offering. HBI acknowledges that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement have been negotiated at arm’s length among sophisticated business entities and that, as of the date of this Agreement, none of TCB or any its respective Affiliates or any Person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing has made any express or implied representation or warranty to HBI or its shareholders as to the pricing, timing, completion or success of any public offering of the TCB Stock or any return on an investment in the TCB Stock, and neither HBI nor its shareholders are relying on any such representation or warranty.

Section 3.44 No Other Representations or Warranties. Except as expressly set forth in Article III of this Agreement, none of HBI, its Subsidiaries or any other Person is making or has made, and none of them shall have liability in respect of, any written or oral representation or warranty, express or implied, at Law, in equity or otherwise, with respect to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise, and whether express or implied, at Law, in equity or otherwise, in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, or in respect of any other matter whatsoever. HBI acknowledges and agrees that neither TCB nor any other person has made or is making any express or implied representation or warranty other than those contained in Article IV.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TCB

Except as disclosed in the disclosure schedules delivered by TCB to HBI prior to the execution hereof; provided, that (a) no such item is required to be set forth as an exception to a representation or warranty if its absence would not result in the related representation or warranty being deemed untrue or incorrect, (b) the mere inclusion of an item in the disclosure schedules as an exception to a representation or warranty shall not be deemed an admission by TCB that such item represents a material exception or fact, event or circumstance or that such item is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, and (c) any disclosures made with respect to a section of this Article IV shall be deemed to qualify (1) any other section of this Article IV specifically referenced or cross-referenced, and (2) other sections of this Article IV to the extent it is reasonably apparent on its face (notwithstanding the absence of a specific cross reference) from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure applies to such other sections, TCB hereby represents and warrants to HBI as follows:

 

30


Section 4.01 Organization and Qualification.

(a) TCB is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Texas and is a bank holding company registered under the BHCA. TCB has the corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations as are legally required) to carry on its business as now being conducted, to own, lease and operate its properties and assets as now owned, leased or operated and to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Agreement. True and complete copies of the certificate of formation and bylaws of TCB, as amended to date, have been made available to HBI.

(b) Third Coast Bank is a Texas state savings bank, duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Texas and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Texas. Third Coast Bank has the full corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations as are legally required) to carry on its business as now being conducted, to own, lease and operate its properties and assets as now owned, leased or operated and to enter into and to carry on the business and activities now conducted by it. True and complete copies of the articles of association and bylaws of Third Coast Bank, as amended to date, have been made available to HBI. Third Coast Bank is an insured depository institution as defined in the FDIA.

(c) Merger Sub is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Texas. Merger Sub has the corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations as are legally required) to carry on its business as now being conducted, to own, lease and operate its properties and assets as now owned, leased or operated and to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Agreement. True and complete copies of the certificate of formation and bylaws of Merger Sub, as amended to date, have been made available to HBI.

Section 4.02 Execution and Delivery.

(a) TCB has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger have been duly and validly approved by the TCB Board. TCB has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and (provided the required regulatory approvals are obtained) performance of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby to which it is a party. This Agreement has been, and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby, have been or at Closing will be, duly executed by TCB, and each constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of TCB, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms and conditions, except as enforceability may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception.

(b) Merger Sub has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. Merger Sub has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and (provided the required regulatory approvals are obtained) performance of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby to which it is a party. This Agreement has been, and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby, have been or at Closing will be, duly executed by Merger Sub, and each constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Merger Sub, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms and conditions, except as enforceability may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception.

 

31


Section 4.03 Capitalization.

(a) The entire authorized capital stock of TCB consists solely of (i) 50,000,000 shares of TCB Stock, of which 3,862,539 shares are issued and outstanding, as of June 30, 2019, and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.03, there are no (i) outstanding equity securities of any kind or character or (ii) outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, rights, warrants, calls or other agreements or commitments of any kind issued or granted by, or binding upon, TCB to purchase or otherwise acquire any security of or equity interest in TCB, obligating TCB to issue any shares of, restricting the transfer of or otherwise relating to shares of its capital stock of any class. All of the issued and outstanding shares of TCB Stock have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person. Such shares of TCB Stock have been issued in compliance with the securities Laws of the United States and the states in which such shares of TCB Stock were issued. There are no restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends on the shares of TCB Stock except pursuant to applicable Laws, and all dividends declared before the date of this Agreement, if any, have been paid.

(b) The entire authorized capital stock of the Merger Sub consists solely of 1,000 shares of Merger Sub Stock of which 10 shares are issued and outstanding and no shares are held as treasury stock. There are no (i) outstanding equity securities of any kind or character or (ii) outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, rights, warrants, calls or other agreements or commitments of any kind issued or granted by, or binding upon, Merger Sub to purchase or otherwise acquire any security of or equity interest in Merger Sub, obligating Merger Sub to issue any shares of, restricting the transfer of or otherwise relating to shares of its capital stock of any class. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Merger Sub Stock have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person. Such shares of Merger Sub Stock have been issued in compliance with the securities Laws of the United States and the State of Texas.

(c) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.03(c), TCB owns, directly or indirectly, all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity ownership interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of any Liens whatsoever, and all such shares or equity ownership interests are duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights, with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof. No Subsidiary of TCB has or is bound by any outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character calling for the purchase or issuance of any shares of capital stock or any other equity security of such Subsidiary or any securities representing the right to purchase or otherwise receive any shares of capital stock or any other equity security of such Subsidiary.

(d) At the Effective Time, the shares of TCB Stock issued pursuant to the Merger will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights or any applicable federal or state securities Laws.

Section 4.04 Compliance with Laws, Permits and Instruments.

(a) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.04(a), TCB and each of its Subsidiaries have in all material respects performed and abided by all obligations required to be performed by it to the date hereof, and have complied with, and is in compliance with, and is not in default (and with the giving of notice or the passage of time will not be in default) under, or in violation of, (i) any

 

32


provision of the certificate of formation of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries, the bylaws or other governing documents of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable (collectively, the “TCB Constituent Documents”), (ii) any material provision of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument applicable to TCB, Third Coast Bank or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses, or (iii) any Law or Order of any Governmental Entity applicable to TCB or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses.

(b) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.04(b), the execution, delivery and performance (provided the required regulatory approvals are obtained) of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby, and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with, or result, by itself or with the giving of notice or the passage of time, in any violation of or default or loss of a benefit under, (i) the TCB Constituent Documents, (ii) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument applicable to TCB or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses or (iii) any Law or Order of any Governmental Entity applicable to TCB or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets, operations, properties or businesses.

Section 4.05 Financial Statements.

(a) TCB has furnished to HBI true and complete copies of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of TCB as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the audited consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of TCB for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of TCB as of June 30, 2019, the unaudited consolidated statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity of TCB for the six-month period ended June 30, 2019 (collectively, such financial statements listed in clause (i) and (ii) the “TCB Financial Statements”). The TCB Financial Statements (including the related notes) complied as to form, as of their respective dates, in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements, have been prepared according to GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods and at the dates involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of TCB at the dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to notes and normal year-end adjustments that were not material in amount or effect), and the accounting records underlying the TCB Financial Statements accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions of TCB. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.05(a), the TCB Financial Statements do not contain any items of extraordinary or nonrecurring income or any other income not earned in the ordinary course of business except as expressly specified therein.

(b) TCB has sufficient capital and readily available funds to enable it to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to deliver the Merger Consideration as provided for in this Agreement. TCB’s ability to carry out its obligations under this Agreement is not contingent on additional financing.

Section 4.06 Undisclosed Liabilities. TCB does not have liability or obligation, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due (including, without limitation, unfunded obligations under any employee benefit plan maintained by TCB or any of its Subsidiaries or liabilities for federal, state or local taxes or assessments) that would be required to be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (a) as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.06, (b) that are reflected in or disclosed in the appropriate TCB Financial Statements, and (c) those liabilities and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent business practices since the date of the latest balance sheets included in the TCB Financial Statements, respectively, and that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to TCB.

 

33


Section 4.07 Litigation.

(a) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.07, TCB is not a party to any, and there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of TCB, threatened, legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations of any nature against TCB that are reasonably likely, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change as to TCB, nor, to the Knowledge of TCB, is there any basis for any proceeding, claim or any action against TCB that would be reasonably likely, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change as to TCB. There is no Order, imposed upon TCB or the assets or Property of TCB that has resulted in, or is reasonably likely to result in, a Material Adverse Change as to TCB.

(b) No legal action, suit or proceeding or judicial, administrative or governmental investigation is pending or, to the Knowledge of TCB, threatened against TCB that questions or might question the validity of this Agreement or the agreements contemplated hereby or any actions taken or to be taken by TCB pursuant hereto or thereto or seeks to enjoin or otherwise restrain the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

Section 4.08 Consents and Approvals. Except for prior approval of the Merger by each Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over TCB and the consents of the third parties set forth in Confidential Schedule 4.04(b), no prior consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registrations with, any Person or Governmental Entity is required of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by TCB or Merger Sub of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. To TCB’s Knowledge, there exists no fact or circumstance, whether relating to TCB or any its Subsidiaries or otherwise, that would materially impede or delay receipt of any required regulatory approval of the Merger or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor does TCB have any reason to believe that it will not be able to obtain all requisite regulatory and other approvals or consents which it is required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger.

Section 4.09 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.09, since December 31, 2018, TCB and each of its Subsidiaries has conducted its business in the ordinary course (excluding the incurrence of expenses related to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby).

Section 4.10 Taxes.

(a) TCB and each of its Subsidiaries have duly and timely filed all Tax Returns that they were required to file under applicable Laws with the appropriate Governmental Entity. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects and have been prepared in compliance with all applicable Laws and all Taxes due and owing by TCB and each of its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been timely and properly paid. Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No claim has been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where TCB or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. Other than Permitted Encumbrances, there are no Liens for Taxes upon any of the assets of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

34


(b) TCB and each of its Subsidiaries have collected or withheld and duly paid to the appropriate Governmental Entity all Taxes required to have been collected or withheld and so paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or other third party.

(c) There is no action, suit, proceeding, audit, assessment, dispute or claim concerning any Tax liability of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries either (i) claimed or raised by any Governmental Entity in writing, or (ii) as to which TCB or any of its Subsidiaries has Knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such authority. To the Knowledge of TCB, no taxing authority has threatened to assess additional Taxes for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed.

(d) True and complete copies of the federal, state and local income Tax Returns of TCB and each of its Subsidiaries, as filed with the taxing authority for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 have been furnished to TCB. Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries have waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency, which waiver or extension remains in effect.

(e) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries have been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(l)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(f) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any tax allocation or sharing agreement, other than (i) those to which only TCB and its Subsidiaries are parties, or (ii) commercial business agreements, the principal purpose of which is not the allocation of Taxes.

(g) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries have (i) been a member of any group filing a consolidated federal income tax return (other than a group the common parent of which was TCB), nor (ii) any liability for the Taxes of any Person other than TCB and its Subsidiaries under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign Law), or as a transferee or successor, by contract or under Law.

(h) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has participated in any reportable transaction or a transaction that is substantially similar to a listed transaction as defined under Sections 6707A, 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(i) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has been required to disclose on its federal income Tax Returns any position that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(j) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries received or sought a private letter ruling or gain recognition agreement with respect to Taxes.

(k) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, nor will TCB or any of its Subsidiaries be required to exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in TCB’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date under Section 481 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law); (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date by TCB or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries described in the

 

35


Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law); (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date by TCB or any of its Subsidiaries; (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date by TCB or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) election under Section 108(i) of the Code; or (vii) use of an improper method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

(l) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries have distributed stock of another Person or had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code.

(m) Confidential Schedule 4.10(m) lists and contains an accurate and complete description as to the United States federal and each state net operating and capital loss carryforwards for TCB and each of its Subsidiaries, that exist as of June 30, 2019, and no such net operating or capital loss carryforwards are subject to limitation under Sections 382, 383 or 384 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations, as of the Closing Date.

(n) Within the past three (3) years, the IRS has not challenged the interest deduction on any of TCB’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ debt on the basis that such debt constitutes equity for federal income tax purposes.

(o) The unpaid Taxes of TCB and each of its Subsidiaries (i) did not, as of June 30, 2019, exceed the current liability accruals for Taxes (excluding any reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the TCB Financial Statements, and (ii) do not exceed such current liability accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of TCB and its Subsidiaries in filing their respective Tax Returns.

(p) Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action or has Knowledge of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to prevent or impede the Integrated Mergers, taken together, from being treated as an integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

Section 4.11 No Material Adverse Change. There has not been any Material Adverse Change with regard to or affecting TCB or any of its Subsidiaries since December 31, 2018, nor has any event or condition occurred that has resulted, or is reasonably likely to result, in a Material Adverse Change on TCB or any of its Subsidiaries or that could materially affect TCB’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ ability to perform the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other agreements contemplated hereby.

Section 4.12 Proprietary Rights. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.12, neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or requires the use of any Proprietary Rights for its business or operations. Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is infringing upon or otherwise acting adversely to, and have not infringed upon or otherwise acted adversely to, any Proprietary Right owned by any other Person or Persons. There is no claim or action by any such Person pending, or to TCB’s Knowledge, threatened, with respect thereto. No third party has ever gained unauthorized access to any information technology networks controlled by and material to the operation of the business of TCB and its Subsidiaries.

 

36


Section 4.13 Regulatory Compliance. All reports, records, registrations, statements, notices and other documents or information required to be filed by TCB and any of its Subsidiaries with any Regulatory Agency, including, but not limited to, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and the TDSML, have been duly and timely filed and all information and data contained in such reports, records or other documents are true, accurate, correct and complete in all material respects. None of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries is or has been within the last five (5) years subject to any commitment letter, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist Order, written agreement or other formal or informal administrative action with any such regulatory bodies, and TCB and each of its Subsidiaries are in full compliance with the requirements of any such commitment letter, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist Order, written agreement or other formal or informal administrative action, and there are no actions or proceedings pending, or to TCB’s Knowledge, threatened against TCB or any of its Subsidiaries by or before any such regulatory bodies or any other nation, state or subdivision thereof, or any other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. Except for examinations conducted by bank regulatory agencies in the ordinary course of business, no Regulatory Agency has initiated any proceeding or, to TCB’s Knowledge, investigation into the business or operations of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries. There is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Regulatory Agency with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations of TCB or the Bank. TCB is “well-capitalized” (as that term is defined in 12 C.F.R. § 225.2(r)) and “well managed” (as that term is defined is 12 C.F.R. § 225.2(s)). The Bank is an “eligible depository institution” (as that term is defined in 12 C.F.R. § 303.2(r)).

Section 4.14 Absence of Certain Business Practices. Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries or any officer, employee or agent of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person acting on their behalf, has, directly or indirectly, within the past ten (10) years, given or agreed to give any gift or similar benefit to any customer, supplier, governmental employee or other Person who is or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries (or assist TCB or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (a) could reasonably be expected to subject TCB or any of its Subsidiaries to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (b) if not given in the past, could reasonably be expected to have resulted in a Material Adverse Change, or (c) if not continued in the future could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or subject TCB or any of its Subsidiaries to suit or penalty in any private or governmental litigation or proceeding.

Section 4.15 Books and Records. The minute books, stock certificate books and stock transfer ledgers of TCB and each of its Subsidiaries (a) have been kept accurately in the ordinary course of business, (b) are complete and correct in all material respects, (c) the transactions entered therein represent bona fide transactions, and (d) do not fail to reflect transactions involving the business of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries that properly should have been set forth therein and that have not been accurately so set forth.

Section 4.16 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Set forth on Confidential Schedules 4.16(a) is a complete and correct list of all Employee Plans, which (i) are sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, by TCB and any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to which TCB and any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have any liability thereunder, and (ii) provide benefits, or describe policies or procedures applicable to, or for the welfare of, any current of former officer, director, independent contractor, employee, or service provider of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries, or the dependents or spouses of any such Person, regardless of whether funded. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.16(a), true, accurate and complete copies of the documents comprising each Employee Plan, or, in the case of each unwritten Employee Plan, a written description thereof, including, to the extent applicable each award agreement, trust, funding arrangements (including all annuity contracts, insurance contracts, and other funding instruments), the most current determination letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service, Form 5500 Annual Reports (including all schedules and attachments) for the three most recent plan years, documents, records, policies, procedures or other materials related thereto, have been delivered to TCB and are included and specifically identified in Confidential Schedule 4.16(a). No unwritten amendment exists with respect to any written Employee Plan.

 

37


(b) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.16(b), no Employee Plan is a defined benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA §3(35) or is otherwise subject to ERISA Title IV, and neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has ever sponsored or otherwise maintained such a plan.

(c) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.16(c), there have been no prohibited transactions (as defined in Code §4975(c)(1)), breaches of fiduciary duty or any other breaches or violations of any Law applicable to the Employee Plans that would directly or indirectly subject TCB, any of its Subsidiaries or any Employee Plan to any taxes, penalties, or other liabilities (any liability arising from any indemnification agreement or policy), except to the extent that TCB, any of its Subsidiaries or any Employee Plan sponsored by TCB or any of its Subsidiaries is involved in such transaction or breach. Each Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under Code §401(a) has a current favorable determination or opinion letter that covers all existing amendments up to and including all changes required by the most recent IRS Cumulative List of Changes applicable to the Employee Plan and has no obligation to adopt any amendments for which the remedial amendment period under Code §401(b) has expired and TCB is not aware of any circumstances likely to result in revocation of any such favorable determination or opinion letter. Each such Employee Plan is so qualified and has been operated in compliance with applicable Law and its terms, any related trust is exempt from federal income tax under Code §501(a) and no event has occurred that will or reasonably could result in the loss of such tax exemption or to liability for any tax under Code §511. There are no pending claims, lawsuits or actions relating to any Employee Plan (other than ordinary course claims for benefits) and, to TCB’s Knowledge, none are threatened, except to the extent that TCB, any of its Subsidiaries, or any Employee Plan sponsored by TCB or any of its Subsidiaries is involved in such transaction. Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries provides benefits to any employee or dependent of such employee of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries after the employee terminates employment other than as disclosed in this Agreement or any schedule hereto or as required by Law. No written or oral representations have been made by or on behalf of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries to any employee or former employee of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries promising or guaranteeing any employer payment or funding for the continuation of medical, dental, life or disability coverage or any other welfare benefit (as defined in ERISA §3(1)) for any period of time beyond the end of the current plan year (except to the extent of coverage required under Code §4980B). Compliance with FAS 106 would not create any material change to the TCB Financial Statements. The completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not cause a termination or partial termination, or otherwise accelerate the time of payment, exercise, or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due to any current or former employee, officer or director of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries except (i) as required by the terms of any Employee Plan provided to TCB or by applicable Law in connection with a qualified plan, (ii) as contemplated by this Agreement, or (iii) except as identified on Confidential Schedule 4.16(c). There are no surrender charges, penalties, or other costs or fees that would be imposed by any Person against TCB or any of its Subsidiaries, an Employee Plan, or any other Person, including an Employee Plan participant or beneficiary, as a result of the hypothetical liquidation as of the Closing Date of any insurance, annuity, or investment contracts or any other similar investment held by any Employee Plan.

(d) The execution, delivery and performance by TCB of its obligations under the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or the approval of TCB’s shareholders of the Merger (whether alone or in connection with any subsequent event(s)), will not result in any payments or benefits which would not be deductible pursuant to Code §280G.

 

38


(e) All contributions to any Employee Plan (including, without limitation, all employer contributions, employee salary reduction contributions and all premiums or other payments (other than claims)) that are due and payable by TCB or any of its Subsidiaries on or before the Closing Date have been timely paid to or made with respect to each Employee Plan and, to the extent not presently payable, appropriate reserves have been established for the payment and properly accrued in accordance with GAAP.

(f) No participant, beneficiary or non-participating employee has been denied any benefit due or to become due under any Employee Plan. Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has misled any person as to his or her rights under any Employee Plan. All obligations required to be performed by TCB and any of its Subsidiaries under any Employee Plan have been performed in all material respects and neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or in violation of any provision of any Employee Plan. No event has occurred that would constitute grounds for an enforcement action by any party against TCB, any of its Subsidiaries or any fiduciary of any Employee Plan under part 5 of Title I of ERISA under any Employee Plan.

(g) With respect to each “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to, currently or within the last six years, by any corporation or trade or business, the employees of which, together with the employees of TCB and each of its Subsidiaries, are required to be treated as employed by a single employer under any of the rules contained in ERISA or Code §414:

(i) All Controlled Group Plans that are “group health plans” (as defined in Code §5000(b)(1) and ERISA §733(a)) have been operated up to the Closing in a manner so as to not subject TCB or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability under Code §4980B or §4980D;

(ii) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.16(g), there is no Controlled Group Plan that is a “multiple employer plan” or “multiemployer plan” (as either such term is defined in ERISA), nor has there been any such plan under which TCB or any of its Subsidiaries had any liability in the last 5 years (or would have had liability if notice had been given); and

(iii) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.16(a) or Confidential Schedule 4.16(g), each Employee Plan that provides (or has provided within the past 5 years) for health, dental, vision, life, disability or similar coverage is covered by one or more third-party insurance policies and neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is liable for self-insuring any such claims.

Each such Controlled Group Plan is included in the listing of Employee Plans on Confidential Schedule 4.16(a).

(h) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.16(h), all Employee Plan documents, annual reports or returns, audited, compiled or unaudited financial statements, actuarial valuations, summary annual reports, and summary plan descriptions issued with respect to the Employee Plans are correct, complete, and current in all material respects, have been timely filed or distributed to the extent required by Law.

(i) Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.16(i), no Employee Plan holds any stock or other securities of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries or provides the opportunity for the grant, purchase or contribution of any such security.

 

39


(j) Except as provided in Confidential Schedule 4.16(j), TCB or any of its Subsidiaries may, at any time amend or terminate any Employee Plan that it sponsors or maintains and may withdraw from any Employee Plan to which it contributes (but does not sponsor or maintain), without obtaining the consent of any third party, other than an insurance company in the case of any benefit underwritten by an insurance company, and without incurring liability except for unpaid premiums or contributions due for the pay period that includes the effective date of such amendment, withdrawal or termination.

(k) Each Employee Plan that is a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan subject to Code §409A has (i) been maintained and operated since January 1, 2005 (or, if later, from its inception) in good faith compliance with Code §409A of the Code and all applicable IRS regulations promulgated thereunder and, as to any such plan in existence prior to January 1, 2005, has not been “materially modified” (within the meaning of IRS Notice 2005-1) at any time after October 3, 2004, or has been amended in a manner that conforms with the requirements of Code §409A, and (ii) since January 1, 2011, been materially in documentary and operational compliance with Code §409A and all applicable IRS guidance promulgated thereunder. No additional tax under Code §409A(a)(1)(B) has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by a participant in any such Employee Plan or other contract, plan, program, agreement, or arrangement. Neither TCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise obligated under, any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement that provides for the gross-up of taxes imposed by Code §409A(a)(1)(B). No currently outstanding stock option or other right to acquire TCB Stock or other equity security of TCB or any of its any of its Subsidiaries under any Employee Plan, or the payment of cash based on the value thereof, (A) has, as to any employee of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries, an exercise price that was less than the fair market value of the underlying equity security as of the date such stock option or right was granted, as determined by TCB in good faith and in compliance with the relevant IRS guidance in effect on the date of grant (including, IRS Notice 2005-1 and § 1.409A-1 (b)(5)(iv) of the Treasury regulations), (B) has any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of exercise or disposition of such option or right, or (C) has been granted after December 31, 2004, with respect to any class of stock of TCB or any of its Subsidiaries that is not “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of applicable regulations under Code §409A).

Section 4.17 Internal Controls. TCB and each of its Subsidiaries maintains accurate books and records reflecting its assets and liabilities and maintains adequate internal accounting controls that are designed to provide assurance that (a) transactions are executed with management’s authorization; (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements of TCB and to maintain accountability for TCB’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets; (c) access to TCB’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization; (d) the reporting of TCB’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets is compared with existing assets at regular intervals; and (e) extensions of credit and other receivables are recorded accurately, and proper and adequate procedures are implemented to effect the collection thereof on a current and timely basis. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 4.17, none of TCB’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ systems, controls, data or information are recorded, stored, maintained, operated or otherwise wholly or partly dependent on or held by any means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) which (including all means of access thereto and therefrom) are not under the exclusive ownership and direct control of TCB, any of its Subsidiaries or their accountants.

Section 4.18 Proxy Statement/PPM. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by TCB for inclusion in the Proxy Statement/PPM shall, at the date the Proxy Statement/PPM is mailed to the shareholders of TCB and, as the Proxy Statement/PPM may be amended or supplemented, at the time of the Shareholders’ Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact

 

40


with respect to TCB or any of its Subsidiaries necessary in order to make the statements therein with respect to TCB and any of its Subsidiaries, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the solicitation of any proxy for the Shareholders’ Meeting. All documents that TCB is responsible for filing with any Regulatory Agency in connection with the Merger shall comply with respect to TCB and each of its Subsidiaries with the provisions of applicable Law.

Section 4.19 Representations Not Misleading. No representation or warranty by TCB contained in this Agreement, nor any written statement, exhibit or schedule furnished to HBI by TCB under and pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, not misleading and such representations and warranties would continue to be true and correct following disclosure to any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over TCB or its properties of the facts and circumstances upon which they were based.

Section 4.20 No Other Representations or Warranties. Except as expressly set forth in Article IV of this Agreement, none of TCB, its Subsidiaries or any other Person is making or has made, and none of them shall have liability in respect of, any written or oral representation or warranty, express or implied, at Law, in equity or otherwise, with respect to TCB or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise, and whether express or implied, at Law, in equity or otherwise, in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, or in respect of any other matter whatsoever. TCB acknowledges and agrees that neither HBI nor any other person has made or is making any express or implied representation or warranty other than those contained in Article III.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF HBI

Section 5.01 Commercially Reasonable Efforts. HBI will use commercially reasonable efforts to perform and fulfill all conditions and obligations on its part to be performed or fulfilled under this Agreement and to cause the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 5.02 Shareholders Meeting. HBI, acting through the HBI Board, shall, in accordance with applicable Law:

(a) duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a meeting of its shareholders (the “Shareholders’ Meeting”) as soon as practicable after the date that HBI and TCB have mutually determined that the Proxy Statement/PPM is final for (i) the purpose of approving and adopting this Agreement, the Merger, and the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) such other purposes consistent with the complete performance of this Agreement as may be necessary and desirable;

(b) require no greater than the minimum vote of the capital stock of HBI, required by applicable Law in order to approve this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby;

(c) include in the Proxy Statement/PPM the recommendation of the HBI Board that the shareholders of HBI vote in favor of the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

41


(d) cause the Proxy Statement/PPM to be mailed to the shareholders of HBI as soon as practicable after the date referenced in Section 5.02(a) above, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby by shareholders holding at least the minimum number of shares of HBI Stock entitled to vote at the Shareholders’ Meeting necessary to approve the foregoing under applicable Law. The letter to shareholders, notice of meeting, proxy statement of HBI and form of proxy to be distributed to shareholders in connection with this Agreement and the Merger shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to TCB and are collectively referred to herein as the “Proxy Statement/PPM”; and

(e) In connection with the distribution of the Proxy Statement/PPM to its shareholders, HBI shall provide to each of HBI shareholders an investor questionnaire in a form satisfactory to TCB (the “Accredited Investor Questionnaire”), pursuant to which each shareholder of HBI will be asked to certify to HBI and to TCB that such shareholder is an Accredited Investor, and HBI shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) collect a completed Accredited Investor Questionnaire from each of its shareholders, and (ii) determine whether each of its shareholders is an Accredited Investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the receipt of the Merger Consideration. HBI shall promptly provide to TCB copies of the completed Accredited Investor Questionnaires that it receives and any other information reasonably requested by TCB to assist TCB in determining whether an HBI shareholder is an Accredited Investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the receipt of the Merger Consideration.

Section 5.03 Information Furnished by HBI. HBI and the Bank shall promptly following receipt of a written request from TCB furnish or cause to be furnished to, all information concerning HBI, including but not limited to financial statements, required for inclusion in any statement or application made or filed by TCB to any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the Proxy Statement/PPM) or in connection with any unrelated transactions during the pendency of this Agreement. HBI represents and warrants that all information so furnished shall be true and correct in all material respects and shall not omit any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. HBI and the Bank shall otherwise fully cooperate with TCB in the filing of any applications or other documents necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.04 Required Acts. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, HBI will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries including the Bank to, unless otherwise permitted in writing by TCB:

(a) operate (including, without limitation, the making of, or agreeing to make, any loans or other extensions of credit) only in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and safe and sound banking principles;

(b) except as required by prudent business practices, use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve its business organization intact and to retain its present directors, officers, employees, key personnel and customers, depositors and goodwill and to maintain all assets owned, leased or used by it (whether under its control or the control of others), in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

(c) perform all of its obligations under any material contracts, leases and documents relating to or affecting its assets, properties and business, except such obligations as HBI or any of its Subsidiaries may in good faith reasonably dispute;

 

42


(d) maintain in full force and effect all insurance policies now in effect or renewals thereof and give all notices and present all claims under all insurance policies in due and timely fashion;

(e) timely file, subject to extensions, all reports required to be filed with any Governmental Entity and observe and conform, in all material respects, to all applicable Laws, except those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(f) timely file, subject to extensions, all Tax Returns required to be filed by it and timely pay all Taxes assessments, governmental charges, duties, penalties, interest and fines that become due and payable, except those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and properly accrued in accordance with GAAP;

(g) promptly notify TCB of any Tax proceeding or claim pending or threatened against or with respect to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries;

(h) withhold from each payment made to each of its employees, independent contractors, creditors and other third parties the amount of all Taxes required to be withheld therefrom and pay the same to the proper Governmental Entity when due;

(i) account for all transactions and prepare all financial statements in accordance with GAAP (unless otherwise instructed by RAP in which instance account for such transaction in accordance with RAP);

(j) promptly classify and charge off loans and make appropriate adjustments to loss reserves in accordance with GAAP, RAP and the instructions to the Call Report and the Uniform Retail Credit Classification and Account Management Policy;

(k) maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses account in an amount adequate in all material respects to provide for all losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on all outstanding loans and in compliance with GAAP and applicable regulatory requirements;

(l) pay or accrue all costs, expenses and other charges to be incurred in connection with the Merger, including, but not limited to, all legal fees, accounting fees, consulting fees and brokerage fees, prior to the Closing Date; and

(m) ensure that all accruals for Taxes are accounted for in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices and in accordance with its GAAP (unless otherwise instructed by RAP in which case such accrual will be accounted for in accordance with RAP).

Section 5.05 Prohibited Acts. Except as set forth on Confidential Schedule 5.05, HBI will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries including the Bank to, without the prior written consent of TCB; provided, that HBI is not required to obtain such consent with respect to Section 5.05(j), (r), or (s) until TCB’s receipt of the approvals contemplated by Section 8.04:

(a) take or fail to take any action that would cause the representations and warranties made in Article III to be inaccurate at the time of the Closing or preclude HBI from making such representations and warranties at the time of the Closing;

(b) merge into, consolidate with or sell its assets to any other Person or entity, change or amend HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ articles of incorporation or bylaws, increase the number of shares of HBI Stock or any of its Subsidiaries’ stock outstanding or increase the amount of the Bank’s surplus (as calculated in accordance with the instructions to the Call Report);

 

43


(c) except as explicitly permitted hereunder or in accordance with applicable Law or pursuant to a contract existing as of the date of this Agreement, engage in any transaction with any affiliated Person or allow such Persons to acquire any assets from HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, except (i) in the form of wages, salaries, fees for services, reimbursement of expenses and benefits already granted or accrued under the Employee Plans currently in effect, or (ii) any deposit (in any amount) made by an officer, director or employee;

(d) declare, set aside or pay any dividends or make any other distribution to its shareholders (including any share dividend, dividends in kind or other distribution) whether in cash, shares or other property or purchase, retire or redeem, or obligate itself to purchase, retire or redeem, any of its capital shares or other securities;

(e) discharge or satisfy any Lien or pay any obligation or liability, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and except for liabilities incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(f) issue, reserve for issuance, grant, sell or authorize the issuance of any shares of its capital stock or other securities or subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or commitments of any kind relating to the issuance thereto;

(g) accelerate the vesting of pension or other benefits in favor of employees of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries except according to the Employee Plans or as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or as required by applicable Law;

(h) acquire any capital stock or other equity securities or acquire any equity or ownership interest in any bank, corporation, partnership or other entity (except (i) through settlement of indebtedness, foreclosure, or the exercise of creditors’ remedies, or (ii) in a fiduciary capacity, the ownership of which does not expose it to any liability from the business, operations or liabilities of such Person);

(i) mortgage, pledge or subject to Lien any of its property, business or assets, tangible or intangible, except (i) Permitted Encumbrances, and (ii) pledges of assets to secure public funds deposits;

(j) except for sales of investment securities in the ordinary course of business, sell, transfer, lease to others or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, or cancel or compromise any debt or claim, or waive or release any right or claim of a market value in excess of $50,000;

(k) make any change in the rate or timing of payment of compensation, commission, bonus or other direct or indirect remuneration payable, or pay or agree or orally promise to pay, conditionally or otherwise, any bonus, extra compensation, pension or severance or vacation pay, to or for the benefit of any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees or agents, other than annual increases in compensation consistent with past practices, and bonuses, commissions, and incentives consistent with past and normal practices to its employees and officers;

 

44


(l) enter into any employment or consulting contract (other than as contemplated by the terms of the Employee Plans or this Agreement) or other agreement with any current or proposed director, officer or employee or adopt, amend any employment agreement, amend in any material respect or terminate any pension, employee welfare, retirement, stock purchase, stock option, phantom stock, stock appreciation rights, termination, severance, income protection, golden parachute, savings or profit-sharing plan (including trust agreements and insurance contracts embodying such plans), any deferred compensation, or collective bargaining agreement, any group insurance contract or any other incentive, welfare or employee benefit plan or agreement for the benefit of its directors, employees or former employees, except as required by applicable Law or by this Agreement;

(m) make any capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments except for such capital expenditures or capital additions that are set forth in writing in the budget provided to TCB or that are necessary to prevent substantial deterioration of the condition of a property;

(n) sell or dispose of, or otherwise divest itself of the ownership, possession, custody or control, of any corporate books or records of any nature that, in accordance with sound business practice, normally are retained for a period of time after their use, creation or receipt, except at the end of the normal retention period;

(o) make any, or acquiesce with any, change in any (i) credit underwriting standards or practices, including loan loss reserves, (ii) asset liability management techniques, (iii) accounting methods, principles or practices, except as required by changes in GAAP as concurred by HBI’s independent auditors, or as required by any applicable Regulatory Agency, (iv) tax election, change in taxable year, accounting methods for Tax purposes, amendment of a Tax Return, restriction on any assessment period relating to Taxes, settlement of any Tax claim or assessment relating to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, “closing agreement” within the meaning of Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or surrender any claim to a refund, or (v) any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment relating to HBI or its Subsidiaries;

(p) reduce the amount of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses except through charge offs;

(q) sell (but payment at maturity is not a sale) or purchase any investment securities, other than purchases of obligations of the U.S. Treasury (or any agency thereof) with a duration of four (4) years or less and an AA rating by at least one nationally recognized ratings agency;

(r) renew, extend the maturity of, or alter any of the terms of any loan classified by HBI as “special mention,” “substandard,” or “impaired” or other words of similar import; or

(s) enter into any acquisitions or leases of real property, including new leases and lease extensions.

Section 5.06 Access; Pre-Closing Investigation.

(a) Upon reasonable notice and subject to applicable Laws, HBI will afford the officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and authorized representatives of TCB full access (excluding any information that is prohibited from being disclosed by applicable Law) during normal business hours to the properties, books, contracts and records of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries, permit TCB to make such inspections (including with regard to such properties physical inspection of the surface and subsurface thereof and any structure thereon pursuant to Section 5.12) as TCB may reasonably require and furnish to TCB during such period all such information concerning HBI, each of its Subsidiaries and its affairs as TCB may reasonably request, in order that TCB may have full opportunity to make such reasonable investigation as it desires to

 

45


make of the affairs of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries, including access sufficient to verify the value of the assets and the liabilities of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to TCB’s obligations described in Article VIII of this Agreement. TCB will use its commercially reasonable efforts not to disrupt the normal business operations of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries. HBI agrees at any time, and from time to time, to furnish to TCB as soon as practicable, any additional information that TCB may reasonably request. Neither HBI nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to provide access to or to disclose information where such access or disclosure would violate or prejudice the rights of HBI’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ customers, jeopardize the attorney-client privilege of the institution in possession or control of such information (after giving due consideration to the existence of any common interest, joint defense or similar agreement between the parties) or contravene any Law, rule, regulation, Order, judgment, decree, fiduciary duty or binding agreement entered into prior to the date of this Agreement.

(b) No investigation by either party of the business and affairs of the other shall affect or be deemed to modify or waive any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, or the conditions to either party’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.07 Additional Financial Statements and Tax Returns. HBI will promptly furnish TCB with true and complete copies of (a) each Bank Call Report prepared after the date of this Agreement as soon as such reports are made available to the FDIC, (b) each Tax Return for either HBI or the Bank prepared after the date of this Agreement as soon as such returns are made available to the IRS, (c) any the audited financial statements, as soon as each such audited financial statement is made available to HBI, and (d) unaudited month-end financial statements of HBI.

Section 5.08 Untrue Representations. HBI will promptly notify TCB in writing if HBI or the Bank becomes aware of any fact or condition that makes untrue, or shows to have been untrue, in any material respect, any schedule or any other information furnished to TCB or any representation or warranty made in or pursuant to this Agreement or that results in the failure of HBI or any of its Subsidiaries to comply with any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement.

Section 5.09 Litigation and Claims. HBI will promptly notify TCB in writing of any litigation, or of any claim, controversy or contingent liability that might be expected to become the subject of litigation, against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries or affecting any of their properties, and HBI will promptly notify TCB of any legal action, suit or proceeding or judicial, administrative or governmental investigation, pending or, to the Knowledge of HBI, threatened against HBI or any of its Subsidiaries that questions or might question the validity of this Agreement or the agreements contemplated hereby or any actions taken or to be taken by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or thereto or seeks to enjoin or otherwise restrain the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

Section 5.10 Material Adverse Changes. HBI will promptly notify TCB in writing if any change or development has occurred or, to the Knowledge of HBI, been threatened (or any development has occurred or been threatened involving a prospective change) that (a) is reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change on HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) would adversely affect, prevent or delay the obtaining of any regulatory approval for the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (c) would cause the conditions in Article VIII not to be satisfied.

Section 5.11 Consents and Approvals. HBI will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain at the earliest practicable time all consents and approvals from third parties, including those listed on Confidential Schedule 2.02(j).

 

46


Section 5.12 Environmental Investigation; Right to Terminate Agreement.

(a) TCB and its consultants, agents and representatives will have the right, to the same extent that HBI has the right, if any, but not the obligation or responsibility, to inspect any Property, including conducting asbestos surveys and sampling, environmental assessments and investigations, and other environmental surveys and analyses including soil and ground sampling (“Environmental Inspections”) at any time on or prior to the date that is forty-five (45) days after the date of this Agreement. TCB will notify HBI prior to any physical inspections of the Property, and HBI may place reasonable restrictions on the time of such inspections. If, as a result of any such Environmental Inspection, further investigation (“Secondary Investigation”) including, test borings, soil, water and other sampling is deemed desirable by TCB, TCB will (i) notify HBI of any Property for which it intends to conduct such a Secondary Investigation and the reasons for such Secondary Investigation, and (ii) commence such Secondary Investigation, on or prior to the date that is seventy-five (75) days after the date of this Agreement. TCB will give reasonable notice to HBI of such Secondary Investigations, and HBI may place reasonable time and place restrictions on such Secondary Investigations.

(b) TCB will have the right to terminate this Agreement if (i) the factual substance of any warranty or representation set forth in Section 3.19 is not true and accurate in any material respect; (ii) the results of such Environmental Inspection, Secondary Investigation or other environmental survey are disapproved by TCB because the Environmental Inspection, Secondary Investigation or other environmental survey identifies material violations or potential material violations of Environmental Laws; (iii) HBI has refused to allow TCB to conduct an Environmental Inspection or Secondary Investigation in a manner that TCB reasonably considers necessary; (iv) the Environmental Inspection, Secondary Investigation or other environmental survey identifies any past or present event, condition or circumstance that would or potentially would require remedial or cleanup action by HBI; (v) the Environmental Inspection, Secondary Investigation or other environmental survey identifies the presence of any underground or above ground storage tank in, on or under any Property that is not shown to be in compliance with all Environmental Laws applicable to the tank either now or at a future time certain, or that has had a release of petroleum or some other Hazardous Material that has not been cleaned up to the satisfaction of the relevant Governmental Entity or any other party with a legal right to compel cleanup; or (vi) the Environmental Inspection, Secondary Investigation or other environmental survey identifies the presence of any asbestos-containing material in, on or under any Property, the removal of which would result in a Material Adverse Change. On or prior to the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of this Agreement, TCB will advise HBI in writing as to whether TCB intends to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.01 because TCB disapproves of the results of the Environmental Inspection, Secondary Investigation or other environmental survey. HBI will have the opportunity to correct any objected to violations or conditions to TCB’s reasonable satisfaction prior to the date that is one hundred five (105) days after the date of this Agreement. If HBI fails to demonstrate its satisfactory correction of the violations or conditions to TCB, TCB may terminate this Agreement on or prior to the date that is one hundred five (105) days after the date of this Agreement.

(c) HBI agrees to make available to TCB and its consultants, agents and representatives all documents and other material relating to environmental conditions of any Property including the results of other Environmental Inspections and surveys. HBI also agrees that all engineers and consultants who prepared or furnished such reports may discuss such reports and information with TCB and will be entitled to certify the same in favor of TCB and its consultants, agents and representatives and make all other data available to TCB and its consultants, agents and representatives.

 

47


Section 5.13 Benefit Plans.

(a) HBI will take, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take, all action necessary to terminate any Employee Plan that is a Code section 401(a) qualified retirement plan (each a “Retirement Plan”) and related trust sponsored by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, effective no later than the date immediately before the Closing Date. HBI will provide TCB evidence or such other confirmation from HBI which TCB deems appropriate that (i) each such Retirement Plan has been terminated as set forth in this paragraph pursuant to duly authorized corporate action, and (ii) if requested by TCB, HBI has submitted to the IRS an application for determination of the tax-qualified status of any qualified plan relating to its termination. Provided TCB’s request to file an application for determination is given at least ninety (90) days prior to the Closing, such application will be filed on or before the Closing. Any costs incurred prior to the Closing related to the termination of each Retirement Plan shall be paid (including all related legal, administrative and other costs and expenses unless specifically set forth otherwise in this subsection) solely by HBI.

(b) At the direction of TCB, HBI will take, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take, all action necessary to terminate any Employee Plan that is an employee welfare benefit plan, as defined in ERISA § 3(1) (“Welfare Plan”), effective not later than immediately before the Closing. HBI will provide TCB evidence or such other confirmation from HBI which TCB deems appropriate that each such Welfare Plan has been terminated as set forth in this paragraph pursuant to duly authorized corporate action. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of TCB, HBI shall not take, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to take, any action to terminate any Welfare Plan that is a group medical plan.

Section 5.14 Termination of Contracts. Each of HBI and the Bank will use its commercially reasonable efforts, including, but not limited to, notifying appropriate parties and negotiating in good faith a reasonable settlement, to ensure that its current data processing/technology contracts and other contracts listed on Confidential Schedule 5.14(a) will, if the Merger occurs, be terminated after the consummation of the Merger on a date and on terms agreed upon by TCB’s written consent. Such notice and actions by HBI and the Bank will be in accordance with the terms of such data processing or technology contracts.

Section 5.15 Conforming Accounting Adjustments. HBI and each of its Subsidiaries shall, if requested by TCB, consistent with GAAP, immediately prior to Closing, make such accounting entries as TCB may reasonably request in order to conform the accounting records of HBI and each of its Subsidiaries to the accounting policies and practices of TCB; provided, however, that no such adjustment shall (a) constitute or be deemed to be a breach, violation or failure to satisfy any representation, warranty, covenant, condition or other provision or constitute grounds for termination of this Agreement (except to the extent that a certain representation, warranty, covenant or other provision is breached and thus, requires the adjustment), (b) require any prior filing with any governmental agency or regulatory authority, (c) violate any Law, rule or regulation applicable to HBI or any of its Subsidiaries, or (d) be an acknowledgment by HBI or any of its Subsidiaries (i) of any adverse circumstances for purposes of determining whether the conditions to TCB’s obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied, or (ii) that such adjustment is required for purposes of determining satisfaction of the condition to TCB’s obligations under this Agreement set forth in Section 8.07.

Section 5.16 Tail D&O Policy. On or prior to the Closing Date, HBI will obtain an extended reporting period (otherwise known as “Tail Coverage”) policy, with terms and coverage reasonable for such policies, covering directors and officers of HBI and the Bank for a period of not less than three (3) years from the Closing Date.

 

48


Section 5.17 Regulatory and Other Approvals. HBI, at its own expense, will promptly file or cause to be filed applications for all regulatory approvals required to be obtained by HBI in connection with this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby. HBI will promptly furnish TCB with copies of all such regulatory filings and all correspondence for which confidential treatment has not been requested. HBI will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such regulatory approvals and any other approvals from third parties at the earliest practicable time.

Section 5.18 Tax Matters.

(a) All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such Taxes and all conveyance fees, recording charges and other fees and charges (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, if any, shall be paid by the party liable for such Tax under Law when due, and such party will, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Taxes, fees and charges, and, if required by applicable Law, the other party will, and will cause its Affiliates to, join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.

(b) HBI and its Subsidiaries shall comply with the recordkeeping and information reporting requirements imposed on them, including but not limited to those set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-3.

(c) HBI and its Subsidiaries further agree, upon request, to use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Entity or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

(d) HBI and its Subsidiaries will not take any action or omit to take any action that would prevent or impede the Integrated Mergers taken together from qualifying as a reorganization described in Section 368(a) of the Code or satisfying the “continuity of business enterprise” requirement for a “reorganization” as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(d). HBI will comply, to the extent reasonably expected to be necessary to cause the Integrated Mergers taken together to qualify as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a) of the Code, with all representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the HBI Tax Certificate.

(e) In the event of any audit of HBI’s or its Subsidiaries’ federal or state Tax Returns (i) prior to the consummation of the Integrated Mergers, TCB and HBI shall cooperate regarding any such audit and HBI shall not settle the same without the consent of TCB, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; and (ii) after the Effective Time, TCB may settle any such audit in any matter that it determines is appropriate and shall pay all amounts due with respect to any such settlement.

Section 5.19 Tax-free Reorganization. Officers of HBI and its Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP certificates (the “HBI Certificate”) containing appropriate representations and covenants, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such counsel, at such time or times as may be reasonably requested by such counsel, including the Closing Date, in connection with such counsel’s deliveries of an opinion with respect to the Tax treatment of the Integrated Mergers pursuant to Section 8.18, and HBI shall also provide such other information as reasonably requested by such counsel for purposes of rendering the opinions described in Section 8.18.

 

49


Section 5.20 Disclosure Schedules. At least ten (10) days prior to the Closing, HBI agrees to provide TCB with supplemental disclosure schedules to be delivered by HBI pursuant to this Agreement reflecting any material changes thereto between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date. Delivery of such supplemental disclosure schedules shall not cure a breach or modify a representation or warranty of this Agreement.

Section 5.21 Transition.

(a) The senior officers of HBI and the Bank agree to meet with senior officers of TCB as reasonably requested by TCB to review the financial and operational affairs of the Bank, and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, each of HBI and the Bank agrees to give due consideration to TCB’s input on such matters, consistent with this Section 5.21, with the understanding that TCB shall in no event be permitted to exercise control of HBI or the Bank prior to the Effective Time and, except as specifically provided under this Agreement, HBI and the Bank shall have no obligation to act in accordance with TCB’s input. Commencing after the date hereof and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, TCB, HBI and the Bank shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to plan the integration of HBI and the Bank with the businesses of TCB and its Affiliates to be effective as much as practicable as of the Closing Date; provided, however, that in no event shall TCB or its Affiliates be entitled to control HBI or the Bank prior to the Effective Time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date hereof through the Effective Time and consistent with the performance of their day-to-day operations and the continuous operation of HBI and the Bank in the ordinary course of business, HBI’s and the Bank’s employees and officers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to provide support, including support from HBI’s and the Bank’s outside contractors, and to assist TCB in performing all tasks, including, without limitation, equipment installation, reasonably required to result in a successful integration at the Closing. TCB shall provide such assistance of its personnel as HBI and the Bank shall request to permit HBI and the Bank to comply with their obligations under this Section 5.21.

(b) From and after the date hereof, each of HBI and the Bank shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its agents to, permit TCB to take all reasonable actions that TCB deems necessary or appropriate, and to cooperate and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its agents to cooperate in the taking of such actions, to enable TCB, after the Closing, to satisfy the applicable obligations under §§302, 404 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOA”) and the other requirements of the SOA with respect to HBI and the Bank, including establishing and maintaining adequate disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as such terms are defined in the SOA.

Section 5.22 Voting Agreement. Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, each of the executive officers and directors of HBI and the shareholders named on the signature pages thereto shall have executed and delivered to TCB the Voting Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, and HBI acknowledges that pursuant to such agreement the directors of HBI have agreed that they will vote the shares of HBI Stock owned by them in favor of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, subject to required regulatory approvals.

Section 5.23 Director Support Agreements. Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, each of the directors of HBI set forth on Confidential Schedule 5.23 shall have executed and delivered to TCB a Director Support Agreement with TCB (each a “Director Support Agreement”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Section 5.24 Employment Agreements. HBI will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the persons set forth on Confidential Schedule 5.24 to execute and deliver to TCB within fourteen (14) days of the date hereof an employment agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Employment Agreements”) regarding such officers’ employment with the Bank following the consummation of the Merger.

 

50


Section 5.25 Execution of Releases. HBI shall take such action as it is required to, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the other persons set forth on Confidential Schedule 8.06 to take such action as they are required to, in order to execute the releases as described in Section 8.06.

Section 5.26 No Solicitation. So long as this Agreement is in effect, neither HBI, the Bank nor any of their respective directors or officers shall (i) initiate, solicit, encourage or otherwise facilitate any inquiries, provide any information to or negotiate with any other party any proposal or offer that constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead to an Acquisition Proposal, or (ii) enter into or maintain or continue discussions or negotiate with any Person in furtherance of such inquiries or to obtain an Acquisition Proposal, or (iii) agree to, approve, recommend, or endorse any Acquisition Proposal, or authorize or permit any of its or their directors or officers to take any such action and HBI or the Bank shall notify TCB orally (within one (1) Business Day) and in writing (as promptly as practicable) of any such inquiries and proposals received by HBI or the Bank or any of its respective directors or officers, relating to any of such matters.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS OF TCB

Section 6.01 Commercially Reasonable Efforts. TCB shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to perform and fulfill all conditions and obligations on its part to be performed or fulfilled under this Agreement and to cause the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Section 6.02 Regulatory Filings.

(a) TCB, at its own expense, with the cooperation of HBI and the Bank, at their own expense, shall promptly file or cause to be filed applications for all regulatory approvals required to be obtained by TCB in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to the necessary applications for the prior approval of the Merger by the Federal Reserve and the OCC. TCB will promptly provide HBI with copies of all such regulatory filings and all correspondence with regulatory authorities in connection with the Merger for which confidential treatment has not been requested.

(b) TCB shall timely file all documents required to obtain all necessary Blue Sky permits and approvals, if any, required to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall pay all expenses incident thereto and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such permits and approvals on a timely basis.

(c) TCB shall keep HBI reasonably informed as to the status of such applications and filings and shall notify it promptly of any developments that reasonably could significantly delay the completion of the Merger.

Section 6.03 Untrue Representations. TCB shall promptly notify HBI in writing if TCB becomes aware of any fact or condition that makes untrue, or shows to have been untrue, in any material respect, any schedule or any other information furnished to HBI or any representation or warranty made in or pursuant to this Agreement or that results in the failure of TCB to comply with any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement.

 

51


Section 6.04 Litigation and Claims. TCB shall promptly notify HBI of any legal action, suit or proceeding or judicial, administrative or governmental investigation, pending or, to the Knowledge of TCB, threatened against TCB or any Subsidiary of TCB that questions or might question the validity of this Agreement or the agreements contemplated hereby, or any actions taken or to be taken by TCB or any Subsidiary of TCB pursuant hereto or thereto or seeks to enjoin or otherwise restrain the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

Section 6.05 Material Adverse Changes. TCB shall promptly notify HBI in writing if any change or development shall have occurred or, to the Knowledge of TCB, been threatened (or any development shall have occurred or been threatened involving a prospective change) that (a) is reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change on TCB, (b) would adversely affect, prevent or delay the obtaining of any regulatory approval for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (c) would cause the conditions in Article VII not to be satisfied.

Section 6.06 Consents and Approvals. TCB shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain at the earliest practicable time all consents and approvals from third parties, including those listed on Confidential Schedule 2.03(g) necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at the earliest practicable time.

Section 6.07 Employee Matters. TCB shall, with respect to each employee of HBI and the Bank at the Effective Time who continues in employment with TCB or its Subsidiaries (each a “Continued Employee”), provide the benefits described in this Section 6.07. Subject to the right of subsequent amendment, modification, replacement or termination in the sole discretion of TCB, each Continued Employee shall be entitled, as an employee of TCB or its Subsidiaries, to participate in the employee benefit plans of TCB as set forth in Confidential Schedule 6.07 hereto in effect as of the date of this Agreement, if such Continued Employee shall be eligible and, if required, selected for participation therein under the terms thereof and makes any required contributions. All such participation shall be subject to such terms of such plans as may be in effect from time to time and this Section 6.07 is not intended to give any Continued Employee any rights or privileges superior to those of other similarly situated employees of TCB or its Subsidiaries. The provisions of this Section 6.07 shall not be deemed or construed so as to provide duplication of similar benefits but, subject to that qualification, TCB shall, for purposes of vesting and any age or period of service requirements for commencement of participation with respect to any employee benefit plans in which a Continued Employee may participate (excluding any defined benefit pension plan), credit each Continued Employee with his or her term of service with HBI or the Bank to the extent such service was recognized under the analogous HBI Employee Plan.

Section 6.08 Conduct of Business in the Ordinary Course. Except as specifically provided for in this Agreement, TCB shall conduct its business in the ordinary course as heretofore conducted. For purposes of this Section 6.08, the ordinary course of business shall consist of the banking and related business as presently conducted by TCB and its Subsidiaries, and engaging in acquisitions and assisting in the management of its Subsidiaries.

Section 6.09 Disclosure Schedules. At least ten (10) days prior to the Closing, TCB agrees to provide HBI with supplemental disclosure schedules to be delivered by TCB pursuant to this Agreement reflecting any material changes thereto between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date. Delivery of such supplemental disclosure schedules shall not cure a breach or modify a representation or warranty of this Agreement.

 

52


Section 6.10 No Control of Other Party’s Business. Nothing contained in this Agreement (including Sections 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06) shall give TCB, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of HBI prior to the Effective Time or shall give HBI, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of TCB. Prior to the Effective Time, (a) each of HBI and TCB shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its and its Subsidiaries’ respective operations, (b) HBI shall not be under any obligation to act in a manner that could reasonably be deemed to constitute anti-competitive behavior under federal or state antitrust Laws, and (c) HBI shall not be required to agree to any material obligation that is not contingent upon the consummation of the Merger.

Section 6.11 Indemnification.

(a) For a three (3) year period after the Effective Time, and subject to the limitations contained in applicable Federal Reserve, TDSML and FDIC regulations and to any limitations contained in the HBI Constituent Documents, TCB will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each present director and officer of HBI or the Bank, determined as of the Effective Time (the “Indemnified Parties”), against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of matters existing or occurring at or before the Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed before, at or after the Effective Time, arising in whole or in part out of or pertaining to the fact that he or she was acting in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the HBI or the Bank to the fullest extent that the Indemnified Party would be entitled under the HBI Constituent Documents, as applicable, in each case as in effect on the date hereof and to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

(b) Any Indemnified Party wishing to claim indemnification under this Section 6.12, upon learning of any such claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, is to promptly notify TCB, but the failure to so notify will not relieve TCB of any liability it may have to the Indemnified Party to the extent such failure does not prejudice TCB. In any such claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (whether arising before or after the Effective Time), (i) TCB will have the right to assume the defense thereof and TCB will not be liable to an Indemnified Party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred by an Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, except that if TCB elects not to assume such defense or counsel for the Indemnified Party is of the opinion that there are issues which raise conflicts of interest between TCB and the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party may retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to TCB, and TCB will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel for the Indemnified Party (which may not exceed one firm in any jurisdiction), (ii) the Indemnified Party will cooperate in the defense of any such matter, (iii) TCB will not be liable for any settlement effected without its prior written consent, and (iv) TCB will have no obligation hereunder if indemnification of an Indemnified Party in the manner contemplated hereby is prohibited by applicable Laws and regulations.

Section 6.12 Tax Matters. Following the Closing:

(a) TCB shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and file, or caused to be filed, all Tax Returns for HBI that are to be filed after the Closing and shall pay all Taxes with respect to such Tax Returns.

(b) TCB and its counsel shall control any audit of HBI’s federal or state Tax Returns for any taxable period whether before or after the Closing Date, and TCB may settle any such audit in any matter that it determines is appropriate and shall pay all amounts due with respect to any such settlement.

 

53


(c) TCB shall comply with the recordkeeping and information reporting requirements set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-3.

(d) TCB will not take any action or omit to take any action that would prevent or impede the Integrated Mergers taken together from qualifying as a reorganization described in Section 368(a) of the Code or satisfying the “continuity of business enterprise” requirement for a “reorganization” as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(d). TCB will comply, to the extent reasonably expected to be necessary to cause the Integrated Mergers taken together to qualify as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a) of the Code, with all representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the TCB Certificate.

Section 6.13 Appointment of Directors. TCB agrees, at the Effective Time, to (i) increase by two the number of positions on the TCB board of directors, and (ii) cause the two director nominees designated by HBI and reasonably acceptable to TCB set forth on Confidential Schedule 6.13 to fill such vacancies, provided that each such director nominee must be a member of the HBI board of directors immediately prior to the Effective Time and must be willing and eligible to serve as a director of TCB. TCB further agrees that it will cause Third Coast Bank to (i) increase by three the number of positions on the Third Coast Bank board of directors and (ii) cause the three director nominees designated by HBI and reasonably acceptable to TCB set forth on Confidential Schedule 6.13 to fill such vacancies, provided that each director nominee must be a member of the Bank board of directors immediately prior to the Effective Time and must be willing and eligible to serve as a director of Third Coast Bank.

Section 6.14 Tax-free Reorganization. Officers of TCB and Merger Sub shall execute and deliver to Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP certificates (the “TCB Certificate”) containing appropriate representations and covenants, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such counsel, at such time or times as may be reasonably requested by such counsel, including the Closing Date, in connection with such counsel’s delivery of an opinion with respect to the Tax treatment of the Integrated Mergers pursuant to Section 8.18, and TCB shall also provide such other information as reasonably requested by such counsel for purposes of rendering the opinions described in Section 8.18.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF HBI

The obligations of HBI under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of each of the following conditions, which may be waived in whole or in part by HBI:

Section 7.01 Representations and Warranties. (i) Each of the representations and warranties of the TCB set forth in Sections 4.01, 4.02, and 4.03 (other than inaccuracies that are de minimis in amount and effect) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of Closing Date (unless any such representation or warranty is made only as of a specific date, in which case as of such specific date), and (ii) each of the other representations and warranties made by TCB in this Agreement or in any document or schedule delivered to HBI in connection with this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by their terms by reference to “material,” “materiality,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Change,” or the like, in which case such representations and warranties as so qualified are true and correct in all respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of Closing Date (unless any such representation or warranty is made only as of a specific date, in which case as of such specific date); provided, however, that for purposes of clause (ii) of this sentence, such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be true and correct unless the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, either individually or in the aggregate, and without giving effect to any qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Change set forth in such representations or warranties, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change on TCB or the Surviving Corporation.

 

54


Section 7.02 Performance of Obligations. TCB and Merger Sub have, or have caused to be, performed or observed, in all material respects, all obligations and agreements required to be performed or observed by TCB and Merger Sub under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date.

Section 7.03 Shareholder Approvals. Each of this Agreement and the Merger having been approved by the requisite vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of HBI Stock as and to the extent required by the TBOC and the HBI Constituent Documents (the “Requisite HBI Vote”).

Section 7.04 Government and Other Approvals. HBI and TCB having received approvals, acquiescences or consents of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement from all necessary Governmental Entities and from the third parties listed on Confidential Schedules 2.02(j) and 2.03(g), respectively, and all applicable waiting periods having expired. Further, the approvals and the transactions contemplated hereby not having been contested or threatened to be contested by any federal or state Governmental Entity or by any other third party by formal proceedings.

Section 7.05 No Litigation. No action having been taken, and no statute, rule, regulation or Order being promulgated, enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby by any federal, state or foreign government or Governmental Entity or by any court, including the entry of a preliminary or permanent injunction, which, if successful, would (a) make this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (b) impose material limits on the ability of any party to this Agreement to complete this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (c) if this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are completed, subject HBI or any officer, director, shareholder or employee of HBI to criminal or civil liability. Further, no action or proceeding before any court or Governmental Entity, by any government or Governmental Entity or by any other Person is threatened, instituted or pending that would reasonably be expected to result in any of the consequences referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above.

Section 7.06 Delivery of Closing Documents. HBI shall have received all documents required to be received from TCB on or prior to the Closing Date as set forth in Section 2.03 hereof, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to HBI.

Section 7.07 No Material Adverse Change. There having been no Material Adverse Change with respect to TCB since the date of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF TCB AND MERGER SUB

All obligations of TCB and Merger Sub under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of each of the following conditions, which may be waived in whole or in part by such parties.

 

55


Section 8.01 Representations and Warranties. (i) Each of the representations and warranties of the HBI set forth in Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 (other than inaccuracies that are de minimis in amount and effect) and 3.14 and 3.41 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of Closing Date (unless any such representation or warranty is made only as of a specific date, in which case as of such specific date), and (ii) each of the other representations and warranties made by HBI in this Agreement or in any document or schedule delivered to TCB in connection with this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by their terms by reference to “material,” “materiality,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Change,” or the like, in which case such representations and warranties as so qualified are true and correct in all respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of Closing Date (unless any such representation or warranty is made only as of a specific date, in which case as of such specific date); provided, however, that for purposes of clause (ii) of this sentence, such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be true and correct unless the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, either individually or in the aggregate, and without giving effect to any qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Change set forth in such representations or warranties, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change on HBI or the Surviving Corporation.

Section 8.02 Performance of Obligations. HBI has, or has caused to be, performed or observed, in all material respects, all obligations and agreements required to be performed or observed by HBI under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date.

Section 8.03 Shareholder Approval. Each of this Agreement and the Merger having been approved by the Requisite HBI Vote.

Section 8.04 Government and Other Approvals. HBI and TCB having received approvals, acquiescences or consents of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement from all necessary Governmental Entities and from the third parties listed on Confidential Schedules 2.02(j) and 2.03(g), respectively, and all applicable waiting periods having expired. Further, the approvals and the transactions contemplated hereby not having been contested or threatened to be contested by any federal or state Governmental Entity or by any other third party by formal proceedings.

Section 8.05 No Litigation. No action having been taken, and no statute, rule, regulation or Order being promulgated, enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby by any federal, state or foreign government or Governmental Entity or by any court, including the entry of a preliminary or permanent injunction, which, if successful, would (a) make this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (b) require the divestiture of a material portion of the assets of TCB or its Subsidiaries, (c) impose material limits on the ability of any party to this Agreement to complete this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (d) if this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are completed, subject TCB or any officer, director, shareholder or employee of TCB to criminal or civil liability. Further, no action or proceeding before any court or Governmental Entity, by any government or Governmental Entity or by any other Person is threatened, instituted or pending that would reasonably be expected to result in any of the consequences referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above.

Section 8.06 Releases. TCB having received from each of the directors of HBI an instrument dated as of the Closing Date releasing HBI, its Subsidiaries and each of its Affiliates, successors and assigns, from any and all claims of such directors (except to certain matters described therein), the form of which is attached as Exhibit “E”. Further, TCB having received from each of the executive officers of HBI, as listed on Confidential Schedule 8.06, an instrument dated as of the Closing Date releasing HBI, its Subsidiaries and each of its Affiliates, successors and assigns, from any and all claims of such executive officers (except as to certain matters described therein), the form of which is attached as Exhibit F.

 

56


Section 8.07 No Material Adverse Change. There will have been no Material Adverse Change with respect to HBI since the date of this Agreement.

Section 8.08 Termination of Employee Plans. TCB having received evidence reasonably satisfactory to TCB that, as of the Effective Time, all Employee Plans of HBI (other than such plans TCB elects not to terminate) have been terminated in accordance with the terms of such Employee Plans of HBI, the Code, ERISA and all other applicable Laws on a basis satisfactory to TCB in its reasonable discretion and that, to the extent required by the Employee Plans or applicable Law, affected participants have been notified of such terminations and/or integrations.

Section 8.09 Voting Agreements. Each of the Voting Agreements shall be in full force and effect and the shareholder that is party thereto shall not be in material breach of such Voting Agreement.

Section 8.10 Director Support Agreements. Each of the Director Support Agreements shall be in full force and effect and the director that is party thereto shall not be in material breach of such Director Support Agreements.

Section 8.11 Employment Agreements. Each of the Employment Agreements with the persons set forth on Confidential Schedule 5.24 shall have been delivered to TCB by the fourteenth (14th) day after the date hereof, and each of the Employment Agreements shall be in full force and effect and the officer that is party thereto shall not be in material breach of such Employment Agreement.

Section 8.12 Dissenting Shareholders. Holders of not more than 5% of the outstanding shares of HBI Stock having demanded or be entitled to demand payment of the fair value of their shares as dissenting shareholders under applicable provisions of the TBOC.

Section 8.13 Delivery of Closing Documents. TCB shall have received all documents required to be received from HBI on or prior to the Closing Date as set forth in Section 2.02 hereof, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to TCB.

Section 8.14 FIRPTA Certificate. HBI shall have delivered to TCB (i) a notice to the IRS conforming to the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2), in form and substance satisfactory to TCB, dated as of the Closing Date and executed by HBI, and (ii) a Statement of Non-U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation Status Pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(c)(3) and 1.897-2(h) and Certification of Non-Foreign Status, in form and substance satisfactory to TCB, dated as of the Closing Date and executed by HBI.

Section 8.15 Exemption from Registration. The offering and issuance of the shares of TCB Stock to be issued to shareholders of HBI in the Merger shall, in the reasonable judgment of TCB, be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and/or the applicable provisions of the Texas Securities Act.

Section 8.16 Accredited Investors. As of the Closing Date, TCB shall have received a sufficient number of Accredited Investor Questionnaires to determine that thirty-five (35) or less holders of HBI Stock are not an Accredited Investor.

Section 8.17 Aggregate Cash Consideration. The aggregate amount of the Cash Consideration to be paid to holders of HBI Stock shall not exceed $500,000.

 

57


Section 8.18 Federal Tax Opinion. TCB shall have received an opinion of Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to TCB, dated as of the Closing Date, and based on facts, representations and assumptions described in such opinion, to the effect that the Integrated Mergers will together be treated as an integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. In rendering such opinion, Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP may require and rely upon and may incorporate by reference representations and covenants, including those contained in HBI Certificate and TCB Certificate referred to in Section 5.19 and Section 6.14, respectively, and such other information reasonably requested by and provided to it by HBI or TCB for purposes of rendering such opinion.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

Section 9.01 Right of Termination. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby may be terminated at any time, notwithstanding the approval thereof by the shareholders of HBI, prior to or at the Closing as follows, and in no other manner:

(a) By the mutual written consent of TCB and HBI, duly authorized by the board of directors of each of TCB and HBI.

(b) By either HBI or TCB (as long as the terminating party is not in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein) if the conditions precedent to such parties’ obligations to close specified in Article VII and Article VIII, respectively, hereof have not been met or waived by May 31, 2020, or such later date as has been approved by the parties hereto.

(c) By either TCB or HBI if any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are disapproved by any Regulatory Agency whose approval is required to complete such transactions or if any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or other federal or state Governmental Entity has issued an Order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining, invalidating or otherwise prohibiting this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and such disapproval, Order, decree, ruling or other action is final and nonappealable; provided, however, that the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.01(c) shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to contest, appeal and remove such Order, decree, ruling or other action.

(d) By either TCB or HBI if it reasonably determines, in good faith and after consulting with counsel, there is substantial likelihood that any necessary regulatory approval will not be obtained or will be obtained only upon a condition or conditions that could reasonably be expected to be materially burdensome on, or materially impair the anticipated benefits of the Merger to, TCB and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, taken as a whole.

(e) by either TCB or HBI if there has been any Material Adverse Change with respect to the other party;

(f) by TCB, if there shall have been a breach of any of the covenants or agreements or any of the representations or warranties (or any such representation or warranty shall cease to be true and correct) set forth in this Agreement on the part of HBI or any other agreement contemplated hereby, which breach or failure to be true and correct, either individually or in the aggregate with all other breaches (or failures of such representations and warranties to be true and correct), would constitute, if occurring or continuing on the Closing Date, the failure of the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or Section 8.02, as the case may be; provided, that the right to terminate this

 

58


Agreement under this Section 9.01(f) shall not be available to TCB if it or Merger Sub is then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement. If TCB desires to terminate this Agreement because of an alleged breach or failure to be true and correct as provided in this Section 9.01(f), then it must notify HBI in writing of its intent to terminate stating the reason therefor. HBI shall have thirty (30) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the alleged breach or failure to be true and correct, if the breach or failure to be true and correct is capable of being cured;

(g) by HBI, if there shall have been a breach of any of the covenants or agreements or any of the representations or warranties (or any such representation or warranty shall cease to be true and correct) set forth in this Agreement on the part of TCB or Merger Sub or any other agreement contemplated hereby, which breach or failure to be true and correct, either individually or in the aggregate with all other breaches (or failures of such representations and warranties to be true and correct), would constitute, if occurring or continuing on the Closing Date, the failure of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 or Section 7.02, as the case may be; provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.01(g) shall not be available to HBI if it is then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement. If HBI desires to terminate this Agreement because of an alleged breach or failure to be true and correct as provided in this Section 9.01(g), then it must notify TCB in writing of its intent to terminate stating the reason therefor. TCB shall have thirty (30) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the alleged breach or failure to be true and correct, if the breach or failure to be true and correct is capable of being cured;

(h) By TCB or HBI, if this Agreement and the Merger are not approved by the required vote of shareholders of HBI at the Shareholders’ Meeting; provided, that HBI may only terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.01(h) if the HBI Board recommended that the shareholders of HBI vote in favor of the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(i) By TCB in accordance with Section 5.12.

(j) By TCB if HBI or the Bank enter into any formal or informal administrative action with a Governmental Entity or any such action is threatened by a Governmental Entity.

(k) By TCB, if (i) HBI has mailed the Proxy Statement/PPM to its shareholders and HBI does not hold the Shareholders’ Meeting within 60 days thereafter, (ii) the HBI Board fails to recommend that the HBI shareholders vote in favor of approval of this Agreement, or (iii) the individuals that executed a Voting Agreement or a Director Support Agreement pursuant to Section 5.22 and Section 5.23, respectively, hereto have violated the terms thereof.

Section 9.02 Notice of Termination. The power of termination provided for Section 9.01 hereof may be exercised only by a notice given in writing, as provided in Section 10.08 of this Agreement.

Section 9.03 Effect of Termination. Without limiting any other relief to which either party hereto may be entitled for breach of this Agreement or fraud, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.01 hereof, no party to this Agreement will have any further liability or obligation under this Agreement.

 

59


ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01 Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of HBI, TCB, and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement shall terminate at the Closing, other than the covenants that by their terms are to be performed after the Effective Time, which shall survive the Closing.

Section 10.02 Expenses. Each of the parties to this Agreement is obligated to pay all of its expenses and costs (including all counsel fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 10.03 Brokerage Fees and Commissions.

(a) TCB hereby represents to HBI that, except as set forth in Confidential Schedule 10.03(a), no agent, representative or broker has represented TCB in connection with the transactions described in this Agreement. HBI will not have any responsibility or liability for any fees, expenses or commissions payable to any agent, representative or broker of TCB and TCB hereby agrees to indemnify and hold HBI harmless for any amounts owed to any agent, representative or broker of TCB.

(b) HBI hereby represents to TCB that, except as set forth in Confidential Schedule 10.03(b), no agent, representative or broker has represented HBI in connection with the transactions described in this Agreement. TCB will not have any responsibility or liability for any fees, expenses or commissions payable to any agent, representative or broker of HBI or any shareholder of HBI, and HBI hereby agrees to indemnify and hold TCB harmless for any amounts owed to any agent, representative or broker of HBI or any shareholder of HBI.

Section 10.04 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Voting Agreement, the Director Support Agreements, and the other agreements, documents, schedules and instruments signed and delivered by the parties to each other at the Closing are the full understanding of the parties, a complete allocation of risks between them and a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of their agreement relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all prior agreements, whether written or oral, that may exist between the parties with respect thereto. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, no conditions, usage of trade, course of dealing or performance, understanding or agreement purporting to modify, vary, explain or supplement the terms or conditions of this Agreement is binding unless hereafter made in writing and signed by the party to be bound, and no modification will be effected by the acknowledgment or acceptance of documents containing terms or conditions at variance with or in addition to those set forth in this Agreement.

Section 10.05 Binding Effect; Assignment. All of the terms, covenants, representations, warranties and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors, representatives and permitted assigns. No party to this Agreement may assign this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any assignment made or attempted in violation of this Section is void and of no effect.

Section 10.06 Further Cooperation. The parties agree that they will, at any time and from time to time after the Closing, upon request by the other and without further consideration, do, perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further acts, deeds, assignments, assumptions, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney, certificates and assurances as may be reasonably required in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to carry out and perform any undertaking made by the parties hereunder.

 

60


Section 10.07 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future Laws, then the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement; and this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction such that the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

Section 10.08 Notices. Any and all payments (other than payments at the Closing), notices, requests, instructions and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement after the date of this Agreement by any party hereto to any other party may be delivered personally or by nationally recognized overnight courier service or sent by U.S. mail or (except in the case of payments) by facsimile transmission or electronic mail (provided that the electronic mail is promptly confirmed by telephone and is followed up within one Business Day by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein), at the respective addresses or transmission numbers set forth below and is deemed delivered (a) in the case of personal delivery, facsimile transmission or electronic mail, when received; (b) in the case of mail, upon the earlier of actual receipt or five (5) Business Days after deposit in the United States Postal Service, first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; and (c) in the case of an overnight courier service, one (1) Business Day after delivery to such courier service with and instructions for overnight delivery. The parties may change their respective addresses, transmission numbers and electronic mail address by written notice to all other parties, sent as provided in this Section. All communications must be in writing and addressed as follows:

IF TO HBI:

Dennis Bonnen

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

1850 Pearland Parkway

Pearland, Texas 77581

Phone:

Fax:

E-Mail:

WITH A COPY TO:

Larry E. Temple, Esq.

400 W 15th Street, Suite 705

Austin, TX 78701

Phone:

Fax:

E-Mail:

IF TO TCB:

Bart O. Caraway

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Fax:

E-Mail:

 

61


WITH A COPY TO:

Michael G. Keeley, Esq.

Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP

2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 3600

Dallas, Texas 75201

Phone:

Fax:

E-Mail:

Section 10.09 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT IS TO BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, WITHOUT REGARD FOR THE PROVISIONS THEREOF REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW. VENUE FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT WILL LIE IN HARRIS COUNTY, TEXAS.

Section 10.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT: (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (B) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.10.

Section 10.11 Multiple Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties hereto, this Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all counterparts hereof so signed by the parties hereto, whether or not such counterpart will bear the execution of each of the parties hereto, will be deemed to be, and is to be construed as, one and the same Agreement. A facsimile or electronic scan in “PDF” format of a signed counterpart of this Agreement will be sufficient to bind the party or parties whose signature(s) appear thereon.

Section 10.12 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified or referred to in this section:

Accredited Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.42(a).

Accredited Investor Questionnaire” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(e).

 

62


Acquisition Proposal” means any of the following: (a) a merger, consolidation, or any similar transaction of any entity with HBI or any Subsidiary of HBI, (b) a purchase, lease or other acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of HBI or any Subsidiary of HBI, (c) a purchase or other acquisition of “beneficial ownership” by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Section 13(d)(3) of Exchange Act) (including by way of merger, consolidation, share exchange, or otherwise) that would cause such person or group to become the beneficial owner of any securities of HBI or any Subsidiary of HBI after the date of this Agreement, (d) a tender or exchange offer to acquire any securities of HBI or any Subsidiary of HBI, (e) a public proxy or consent solicitation made to the shareholders of HBI or any Subsidiary of HBI seeking proxies in opposition to any proposal relating to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (f) the making of a bona fide offer or proposal to the board of directors or shareholders of HBI or any Subsidiary of HBI to engage in one or more of the transactions referenced in clauses (a) through (e) above.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person or entity, any Person or entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person or entity in question. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any Person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Bank” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Bank Call Reports” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(b).

Bank Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in Recitals.

Bank Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 1.12.

Bank Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(b).

Bankruptcy Exception” means, in respect of any agreement, contract, commitment or obligation, any limitation thereon imposed by any bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar Law affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and, with respect to the enforceability of any agreement, contract, commitment or obligation, by general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at Law or in equity.

BHCA” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Business Day” means a day that the Bank is open to the public for the conduct of banking business.

Call Report” means Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income.

Cancelled Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(e).

Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.06(c).

 

63


Certificate of Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).

Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Code” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Continued Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.07.

Controlled Group Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.28(g).

Converted Stock Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.11.

CRA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.32.

Director Support Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.23.

Dissenting Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.09.

Dodd-Frank Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.36.

Effective Time” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).

Employee Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.28(a).

Environmental Inspections” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

Environmental Laws” means the common law and all federal, state, local and foreign Laws or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered thereunder, now or hereafter in effect, relating to pollution or protection of public or employee health or safety or the environment, including Laws relating to (i) emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials, into the environment (including ambient air, indoor air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata), (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, (iii) underground and above ground storage tanks, and related piping, and emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases therefrom, and (iv) the conservation of open space, ecosystems, wetlands or water of the United States or a state, and (v) the preservation of cultural or historic structures or artifacts.

ERISA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.28(a).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.06(a).

Exchange Fund” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.06(b).

Exchange Ratio” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(b).

FDIA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(e).

 

64


FDIC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(e).

Federal Reserve” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

GAAP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a).

Governmental Entity” means any court, arbitrator, administrative agency or commission, board, bureau or other governmental or Regulatory Agency or instrumentality.

Hazardous Material” means any pollutant, contaminant, chemical, or toxic or hazardous substance, constituent, material or waste, or any other chemical, substances, constituent or waste including, among others, asbestos, lead-based paint, urea-formaldehyde, petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof or any petroleum product.

HBI” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

HBI Board” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

HBI Constituent Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(a).

HBI Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a).

HBI Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c).

HBI Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(b).

HBI Stock Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c).

Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.11(a).

Integrated Mergers” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

IRS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(n).

A person has “Knowledge” of, or acts “Knowingly” with respect to, a particular fact or other matter if any individual who is presently serving as a director or “executive officer” (as such term is defined of 12 C.F.R. Part 215 (Regulation O)) of that person is actually aware of such fact or other matter or should be aware of such fact or other matter based on such individual’s position with that person.

Law” shall mean any federal or state constitution, statute, regulation, rule, or common law applicable to a Person.

Leases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a)(i).

Letter of Transmittal” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.06(c).

Lien(s)” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, charges, encumbrance or lien (statutory or otherwise).

Listed Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).

 

65


Material Adverse Change” with respect to any party means any material adverse change in the business, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, properties, liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) or reserves, taken as a whole, of such party has occurred, but excluding any change with respect to, or effect on, such party resulting from: (i) any changes in Laws or interpretations thereof that are generally applicable to the banking or savings industries; (ii) changes in GAAP or RAP that are generally applicable to the banking or savings industries; (iii) expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) changes in global, national or regional political conditions or general economic or market conditions in the United States or the State of Texas, including changes in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates, and price levels or trading volumes in the United States or foreign securities markets affecting other companies in the financial services industry; (v) general changes in the credit markets or general downgrades in the credit markets; (vi) actions or omissions of a party taken as required by this Agreement or with the prior informed written consent of the other party or parties in contemplation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (vii) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism; provided, that with respect to clause (i) through (vii), such party is not affected to a greater extent than other Persons, bank holding companies or insured depository institutions in the industry in which such party operates.

Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Merger Consideration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(b).

Merger Sub” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Merger Sub Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(f).

Non-Qualified Shareholder” means a record holder of HBI Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time who is not Qualified Shareholder.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.28(k).

Order” shall mean any award, decision, decree, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any court, administrative agency or any other Governmental Entity.

Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean only (i) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and that do not constitute penalties, (ii) Liens for Taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (iii) statutory Liens of landlords, (iv) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and repairmen incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not yet delinquent, (v) zoning, building, or other restrictions, variances, covenants, rights of way, rights of subtenants, encumbrances, easements and other minor irregularities in title, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, interfere in any material respect with the present use of or occupancy of the affected parcel by the Bank, or have a material detrimental effect on the value thereof or its present use.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, any other business entity, or a Governmental Entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

 

66


Property” or “Properties” shall include all real property currently owned or leased by the Bank, including properties that the Bank has foreclosed on as well as the premises and all improvements and fixtures thereon of the Bank.

Proprietary Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.15.

Proxy Statement/PPM” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(d).

Qualified Shareholder” means a record holder of HBI Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (A) who delivers, in accordance with the instructions set forth therein, to HBI a properly completed and executed Accredited Investor Questionnaire indicating that such shareholder is an Accredited Investor and about whom TCB reasonably believes is an Accredited Investor, or (B) who TCB otherwise determines is eligible to receive the Stock Consideration pursuant to an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and/or the applicable provisions of the Texas Securities Act. The final determination of whether a holder of HBI Stock is a Qualified Shareholder shall be made in the sole discretion of TCB.

RAP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(b).

Regulatory Agency” means any self-regulatory organization, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the TDB, the TDSML, the SEC, or any other federal or state governmental or regulatory agency or authority having or claiming jurisdiction over a party to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Retirement Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(a).

Second Certificate of Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.10.

Second Effective Time” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.10.

Second Step Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Secondary Investigation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

Securities Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.42.

Shareholders’ Meeting” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).

SOA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.21(b).

Stock Consideration” means 2,367,363 shares of TCB Stock.

Subsidiary” means, when used with reference to an entity, any corporation, a majority of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned directly or indirectly by such entity or any partnership, joint venture or other enterprise in which any entity has, directly or indirectly, a majority equity interest.

Surviving Corporation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01.

Tail Coverage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.16.

 

67


Tax” or “Taxes” means all (i) United States federal, state or local or non-United States taxes, assessments, charges, duties, levies, interest or other similar governmental charges of any nature, including all income, franchise, profits, capital gains, capital stock, transfer, sales, use, occupation, property, excise, severance, windfall profits, stamp, stamp duty reserve, license, payroll, withholding, ad valorem, value added, alternative minimum, environmental, customs, social security (or similar), unemployment, sick pay, disability, registration and other taxes, assessments, charges, duties, interest, fees, levies or other similar governmental charges of any kind whatsoever, whether disputed or not, together with all estimated taxes, deficiency assessments, additions to tax, charges, duties, levies, penalties and interest; (ii) any liability for the payment of any amount of a type described in clause (i) arising as a result of being or having been a member of any consolidated, combined, unitary or other group or being or having been included or required to be included in any Tax Return related thereto; and (iii) any liability for the payment of any amount of a type described in clause (i) or clause (ii) as a result of any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other Person.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes required to be filed with an Governmental Entity, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

TBOC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01.

TCB” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

TCB Board” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

TCB Constituent Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b).

TCB Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(a).

TCPA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c).

TDB” means the Texas Department of Banking.

TDSML” means the Texas Department of Savings and Mortgage Lending.

Third Coast Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Treasury Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute proposed or final Treasury Regulations.

Section 10.13 Specific Performance. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the other parties would be irreparably damaged and would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages if any of the covenants contained in this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its terms or otherwise were materially breached. Each of the parties hereto therefore agrees that, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting bond or other security, the other party will be entitled to temporary and/or permanent injunction or injunctions which a court of competent jurisdiction concludes is justified to prevent breaches of such performance and to specific enforcement of such covenants in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

68


Section 10.14 Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. If attorneys’ fees or other costs are incurred to secure performance of any of the obligations herein provided for, or to establish damages for the breach thereof, or to obtain any other appropriate relief, the prevailing party is entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred therein and determined by the court to be justified.

Section 10.15 Rules of Construction. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision in this Agreement. Each use herein of the masculine, neuter or feminine gender are deemed to include the other genders. Each use herein of the plural include the singular and vice versa, in each case as the context requires or as is otherwise appropriate. The word “or” is used in the inclusive sense. Any agreement or instrument defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement or instrument as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by waiver or consent. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors or assigns.

Section 10.16 Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules. All articles and sections referred to herein are articles and sections, respectively, of this Agreement and all exhibits and schedules referred to herein are exhibits and schedules, respectively, attached to this Agreement. Descriptive headings as to the contents of particular sections are for convenience only and do not control or affect the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any particular section. Any and all schedules, exhibits, certificates or other documents or instruments referred to herein or attached hereto are and will be incorporated herein by reference hereto as though fully set forth herein.

Section 10.17 Public Disclosure. Neither TCB nor HBI, or Affiliate or Subsidiary of the same, will make any announcement, statement, press release, acknowledgment or other public disclosure of the existence of, or reveal the terms, conditions or the status of, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement; but TCB and HBI are permitted to make any public disclosures or governmental filings as legal counsel may deem necessary to maintain compliance with or to prevent violations of applicable Law, that may be necessary to obtain regulatory approval for the transactions contemplated hereby, or that may be necessary to enforce the obligations under this Agreement.

Section 10.18 Extension; Waiver. At any time prior to the Closing Date, the parties may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document, certificate or writing delivered pursuant hereto, or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements, covenants or conditions contained herein. Such action will be evidenced by a signed written notice given in the manner provided in Section 10.08. No party to this Agreement will by any act (except by a written instrument given pursuant to Section 10.08) be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder by any party hereto will operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder will preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver of any party of any right or remedy on any one occasion will not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that such party would otherwise have on any future occasion or to any right or remedy that any other party may have hereunder. Any party may unilaterally waive a right which is solely applicable to it.

Section 10.19 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by an instrument in writing executed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment, modification or supplement is sought.

 

69


Section 10.20 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Persons, other than the parties hereto or their respective successors, any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

70


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

  Bart O. Caraway
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
LAWMAKER MERGER SUB, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

  Bart O. Caraway
  President
HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dennis Bonnen

  Dennis Bonnen
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization]

Exhibit 3.1

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation shall be Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

The Corporation is a for-profit corporation.

ARTICLE III

The address of the home office of the Corporation shall be 20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190, Humble, Harris County, Texas 77338. The address of the registered office of the Corporation is 206 E 9th Street, Suite 1300, Austin, Texas 78701-4411, and the name of its registered agent at such address is Capitol Corporate Services, Inc.

ARTICLE IV

The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V

The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized are to engage in all lawful acts or activities for which a for-profit corporation may be organized under the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”).

ARTICLE VI

A. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is fifty-one million shares (51,000,000), fifty million shares (50,000,000) of which shall be common stock of par value of $1.00 per share (“Common Shares”) and one million shares (1,000,000) of which shall be preferred stock of par value of $1.00 per share (“Preferred Shares”). The shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time as authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) without the approval of its shareholders, except as otherwise provided by governing law, rule or regulation.

B. The Board is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted, to provide, out of the unissued Preferred Shares, for the issuance of one or more series of Preferred Shares. Before any shares of any such series are issued, the Board shall fix and state, and hereby is expressly empowered to fix, by resolution or resolutions, the relative rights and preferences of the shares of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon, including, but not limited to, determination of any of the following:

 

1


  1.

the designation of such series, and the number of shares to constitute such series;

 

  2.

whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be full or limited;

 

  3.

the dividends, if any, payable on such series, and at what rates, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class;

 

  4.

whether the shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Corporation, and, if so, the times, prices and other terms and conditions of such redemption;

 

  5.

the amount or amounts payable upon shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation;

 

  6.

whether the shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

  7.

whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class or any other class or classes of securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

 

  8.

the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation of, the Common Shares or shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class;

 

  9.

the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or upon the issue of any additional stock, including additional shares of such series or of any other series of this class or of any other class; and

 

2


  10.

any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

The relative rights and preferences of each series of Preferred Shares, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series of Preferred Shares at any time outstanding; provided, that all shares of any one series of Preferred Shares shall be identical in all respects with all other shares of such series. Any of the designations, preferences, limitations, or relative rights, including the voting rights, of any series of shares may be dependent upon facts ascertainable outside the First Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate of Formation”), provided that the manner in which such facts operate upon the designations, preferences, and relative rights, including the voting rights, of such series of shares is clearly set forth in the Certificate of Formation. The Board may increase the number of Preferred Shares designated for any existing series by a resolution adding to such series authorized and unissued Preferred Shares not designated for any other series. The Board may decrease the number of Preferred Shares designated for any existing series by a resolution subtracting from such series unissued Preferred Shares designated for such series, and the shares so subtracted shall become authorized, unissued, and undesignated Preferred Shares.

C. The consideration for the issuance of the shares of capital stock shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value. Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or partial payment for the issuance of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment in such property would be permitted to the Corporation), labor, services actually performed for the Corporation, or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor or services, as determined by the Board, shall be conclusive. Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and non-assessable. In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the surplus of the Corporation which is transferred to stated capital upon the issuance of shares as a share dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

D. The holders of Common Shares shall exclusively possess all voting power, except holders of Preferred Shares shall also possess voting power in the event such voting power is granted to holders of Preferred Shares by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B. Except as fixed by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, each holder of shares of voting stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder. There shall be no cumulative voting. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and payment to the holders of Preferred Shares in the amount fixed by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution in cash or in kind. Each Common Share shall have the same relative rights as, and be identical in all respects with, all other Common Shares.

E. No shareholder of this Corporation, by reason of his holding shares of any class of stock of this Corporation, has any preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of this Corporation, now or hereafter to be authorized, or any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities convertible into or carrying options, warrants or

 

3


rights to purchase shares of any class, now or hereafter to be authorized, whether or not the issuance of any such shares or such notes, debentures, bonds or other securities would adversely affect the dividend or voting rights of any such shareholder, other than such rights, if any, as the Board, at its discretion, from time to time may grant, and at such price as the Board at its discretion may fix; and the Board may issue shares of any class of stock of this Corporation or any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities convertible into or carrying options, or warrants or rights to purchase shares of any class without offering any such shares of any class of such notes, debentures, bonds or other securities, either in whole or in part, to the existing shareholders of any class.

ARTICLE VII

A. General. The property, business and affairs of the Corporation and all corporate powers shall be managed by the Board, subject to any limitation imposed by statute, the Certificate of Formation or the bylaws of the Corporation.

B. Number of Directors. The authorized number of directors shall be neither fewer than five (5) nor more than twenty-one (21). Except as fixed by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, the exact number of directors within such range shall be fixed and determined from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board.

C. Classified Board. Directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Shares established by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, shall be divided into three classes, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, designated Class A, Class B, and Class C. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the full Board. The initial division of the Board following the effective date of the Certificate of Formation shall be as follows:

The Class A directors will initially consist of the following individuals, and their term shall expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2020:

 

Bart Caraway   

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Shelton McDonald   

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

W. Donald Brunson   

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

The Class B directors will initially consist of the following individuals, and their term shall expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2021:

 

Troy Glander   

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Joe Stunja   

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

 

4


The Class C directors will initially consist of the following individuals, and their term shall expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2022:

 

Dr. Martin Basaldua   

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Norma Galloway   

20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

  

A director shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders for the year in which his or her respective term expires and until his or her respective successor shall be elected and shall be qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Except as fixed by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, (i) at each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders beginning in 2020, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a three-year term and (ii) if the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class to as nearly as possible to one-third of the total number of directors, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

D. Election of Directors. Except as provided below with respect to Contested Elections, each director shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast with respect to that director’s election by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this Article VII, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a director must exceed the number of shares voted “against” that director, with “abstentions” and “broker non-votes” not counted as votes cast with respect to that director. If, as of the record date for a meeting of shareholders for which directors are to be elected, the number of nominees for election of directors exceeds the number of directors to be elected (a “Contested Election”), the nominees receiving a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present shall be elected.

E. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect on the date the notice is received by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

F. Vacancies. Except as fixed by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, any vacancy occurring in the Board may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining directors (even if the remaining directors constitute less than a quorum of the Board), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been selected and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. Except as fixed by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, any vacancy to be filled because of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or may be filled by the Board for a term of office continuing only until the next election of one or more directors by the shareholders; provided, that the Board may not fill more than two vacancies created by an increase in the number of directors during the period between two successive annual meetings of the shareholders.

 

5


G. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Shares established by the Board pursuant to Article VI, Section B, any director, or the entire Board, may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

No director shall be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in the director’s capacity as a director, except that this Article VIII does not authorize the elimination or limitation of the liability of a director to the extent the director is found liable for (i) a breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders; (ii) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of the director to the Corporation or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) a transaction from which the director received an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s duties; or (iv) an act or omission for which the liability of the director is expressly provided by an applicable statute.

If the TBOC is amended to authorize action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the TBOC as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right of protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

A. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation, any former director or officer of the Corporation, or any current or former delegate of the Corporation who was, is, or is threatened to be made a respondent in any proceeding because the person is or was a director, officer or delegate of the Corporation from and against all expenses actually incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, or delegate of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that (i) the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board, and (ii) indemnification for any such person in connection with any proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation shall be determined in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article IX shall, to the extent permitted by the TBOC, include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The Corporation may, by action of the Board, provide

 

6


indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors, officers, and delegates. The terms “delegate”, “expenses”, “proceeding” and “respondent” shall have the meaning given to them in Section 8.001 of the TBOC, or any successor provision thereto. Nothing in this Article IX shall be construed as a limitation on any rights of the Corporation to indemnify or insure any person that is otherwise permitted by applicable law.

B. Insurance. The Corporation may, in its discretion, purchase or procure or establish and maintain insurance or another arrangement to indemnify and hold harmless an existing or former director, delegate, officer, employee, or agent against any liability: asserted against and incurred by the person in that capacity, or arising out of the person’s status in that capacity.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The power to indemnify or obtain insurance provided in this Article IX shall be cumulative and non-exclusive of any other power of the Board, the Corporation, or any rights to which such a person or entity may be entitled by law, the Certificate of Formation, the bylaws of the Corporation, contract, other agreement, vote, or otherwise. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right of a person to indemnification by the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

D. Validity. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article IX to the contrary, all indemnification payments must be consistent with the requirements of Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the implementing regulations thereunder. The invalidity of any provision of this Article IX will not affect the validity of the remaining provisions of this Article IX.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Formation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred upon shareholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. No amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of this Certificate of Formation shall be made unless it is first approved by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds (66.67%) of the directors then in office and thereafter is approved by the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Formation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of no less than two-thirds (66.67%) of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, adopt, alter, change or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Formation if the proposal for such amendment, adoption, alteration, change or repeal is initiated by any shareholder of the Corporation.

 

7


ARTICLE XI

The Board shall have the power to alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation or adopt new bylaws. The shareholders of the Corporation shall not have the power to alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation or adopt new bylaws.

ARTICLE XII

Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President or (ii) a majority of the entire Board. In addition, a special meeting of the shareholders shall be called at the request in writing of shareholders owning not less than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting by the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary. Such request for a special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting, which purpose or purposes shall be stated in the notice of the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Formation to the contrary, at a special meeting requested by the shareholders of the Corporation, only the Corporation and the shareholders who participated in the written meeting request may propose any item for consideration or nominate directors for election at such meeting.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this First Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation to be executed by a duly authorized officer this 30th day of May, 2019.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bart Caraway

Name:   Bart Caraway
Title:   Chairman, President and
  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation]

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

A TEXAS CORPORATION

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

     5  

Section 1.1.

   Principal Office and Registered Agent      5  

Section 1.2.

   Other Offices      5  

ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS

     5  

Section 2.1.

   Annual Meeting      5  

Section 2.2.

   Special Meetings      5  

Section 2.3.

   Notice of Meetings      5  

Section 2.4.

   Place of Meetings      6  

Section 2.5.

   Procedure      6  

Section 2.6.

   Record Date      10  

Section 2.7.

   Voting List      11  

Section 2.8.

   Majority Vote      11  

Section 2.9.

   Quorum      12  

Section 2.10.

   Proxies      12  

Section 2.11.

   Waiver of Notice      12  

Section 2.12.

   Voting Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons      12  

Section 2.13.

   Voting of Shares by Certain Holders      13  

Section 2.14.

   Inspectors      13  

Section 2.15.

   Presence at Meetings by Means of Communication Equipment      13  

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     13  

Section 3.1.

   Number and Powers      13  

Section 3.2.

   Classified Board      14  

Section 3.3.

   Election      14  

Section 3.4.

   Qualification      14  

Section 3.5.

   Change in Number      14  

Section 3.6.

   Vacancies      14  

Section 3.7.

   Resignation      14  

Section 3.8.

   Removal of Directors      14  

Section 3.9.

   Regular Meetings      15  

Section 3.10.

   Special Meetings      15  

Section 3.11.

   Quorum      15  

Section 3.12.

   Remuneration      15  

Section 3.13.

   Action by Directors Without a Meeting      15  

Section 3.14.

   Action of Directors by Communications Equipment      15  


ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     16  

Section 4.1.

   Designation Powers      16  

Section 4.2.

   Other Committees      16  

Section 4.3.

   Procedure; Meetings; Quorum      16  

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     17  

Section 5.1.

   Designations      17  

Section 5.2.

   Powers and Duties      17  

Section 5.3.

   Chairman of the Board      17  

Section 5.4.

   Vice Chairman of the Board      17  

Section 5.5.

   Chief Executive Officer      18  

Section 5.6.

   President      18  

Section 5.7.

   Vice Presidents      18  

Section 5.8.

   Secretary      18  

Section 5.9.

   Assistant Secretary      18  

Section 5.10.

   Treasurer      18  

Section 5.11.

   Assistant Treasurer      19  

Section 5.12.

   Vacancies      19  

Section 5.13.

   Other Officers      19  

Section 5.14.

   Term      19  

Section 5.15.

   Removal      19  

ARTICLE VI - CAPITAL STOCK

     19  

Section 6.1.

   Certificates      19  

Section 6.2.

   Transfers      20  

Section 6.3.

   Registered Owner      20  

Section 6.4.

   Mutilated, Lost or Destroyed Certificates      21  

Section 6.5.

   Shares of Another Corporation      21  

ARTICLE VII - AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS

     21  

Section 7.1.

   Validity      21  

Section 7.2.

   Disclosure, Approval; Fairness      21  

Section 7.3.

   Nonexclusive      21  

ARTICLE VIII - CONTRACTS

     22  

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

     22  

Section 9.1.

   Indemnification      22  

Section 9.2.

   Mandatory Advancement of Expenses      23  

Section 9.3.

   Claims      23  

Section 9.4.

   Contract Rights; Amendment and Repeal; Non-exclusivity of Rights      24  


Section 9.5.

   Insurance, Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      24  

Section 9.6.

   Definitions; Notice      24  

Section 9.7.

   Severability      25  

ARTICLE X - FISCAL YEAR

     25  

ARTICLE XI - DIVIDENDS

     25  

ARTICLE XII - NOTICES

     25  

Section 12.1.

   Method      25  

Section 12.2.

   Waiver      25  

ARTICLE XIII - SEAL

     26  

ARTICLE XIV - BOOKS AND RECORDS

     26  

ARTICLE XV - EXCLUSIVE FORUM

     26  

Section 15.1.

   Forum      26  

Section 15.2.

   Consent to Jurisdiction      26  

ARTICLE XVI - AMENDMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION

     27  

Section 16.1.

   Amendment      27  

Section 16.2.

   Severability      27  


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

Section 1.1.    Principal Office and Registered Agent. The principal office of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be located and established at 20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190, Humble, Harris County, Texas 77338. The registered office of the Corporation shall be located in the City of Austin, Travis County, Texas, or such other location as the board of directors may from time to time determine. The registered agent of the Corporation shall be as designated by the board of directors from time to time pursuant to applicable law.

Section 1.2.    Other Offices. The Corporation may have other offices within or outside the State of Texas at such place or places as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1.    Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Failure to hold any annual meeting shall not result in the winding up or termination of the Corporation.

Section 2.2.    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose may be called at any time by: (i) the board of directors pursuant to a written request approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, then in office; (ii) the chairman of the board; (iii) the chief executive officer; or (iv) the president. In addition, a special meeting of the shareholders shall be called at the request in writing of shareholders owning not less than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting by the chairman of the board or the secretary. Such request for a special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting, which purpose or purposes shall be stated in the notice of the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Notwithstanding anything set forth in these Bylaws to the contrary, at a special meeting requested by the shareholders of the Corporation, only the Corporation and the shareholders who participated in the written meeting request may propose any item for consideration or nominate directors for election at such meeting.

Section 2.3.    Notice of Meetings. Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of any shareholders’ meeting, the means of any remote communications by which shareholders may be considered present and may vote at the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, by or at the direction of the chairman, chief executive officer, president, secretary, or other person calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice may be given in person, by any form of electronic transmission permitted under Texas law (upon the consent of the shareholder receiving such electronic transmission), or by mail. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the Corporation, with postage pre-paid. If given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be provided when the notice is (i) transmitted to a facsimile number provided by the shareholder for the purpose of receiving notice; (ii) transmitted to an electronic mail address provided by the shareholder for the purpose of receiving notice; (iii) posted on an electronic network and a message is sent to the shareholder at the address provided by the shareholder for


the purpose of alerting the shareholder of a posting; or (iv) communicated to the shareholder by any other form of electronic transmission permitted under Texas law and consented to by the shareholder.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, notice of a shareholder meeting regarding a fundamental business transaction (as defined in the Texas Business Organizations Code (“TBOC”)) must be given to each shareholder of the Corporation not later than 21 days prior to the meeting, regardless of the shareholder’s right to vote on the matter. Notice of such action shall comply with any other requirements set by law.

Section 2.4.    Place of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at the principal place of business of the Corporation, or at such other place (inside or outside the State of Texas) as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors, and the place at which any such meeting shall be held must be stated in the notice of the meeting. The board of directors may, in its discretion, determine that a meeting may be held solely by means of remote communication, subject to compliance with the conditions imposed by Texas law.

Section 2.5.    Procedure.

(a)    At each meeting of the shareholders, one of the following persons, in the order in which they are listed (and in the absence of the first, the next, and so on), shall serve as chairman of the meeting: chief executive officer, chairman of the board, president, vice presidents (in the order of their seniority if more than one), and secretary. The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the voting polls.

(b)    At an annual meeting of the shareholders, only such business will be conducted or considered as is properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the president, secretary, or other person calling the meeting in accordance with Section 2.3, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by the presiding officer or by or at the direction of a majority of the board of directors, or (iii) otherwise properly requested to be brought before the meeting by a shareholder in accordance with Sections 2.5(c) and (d).

(c)    A shareholder who wishes to submit business, other than nominations of directors, for consideration at an annual meeting must comply with this Section 2.5(c). A shareholder who wishes to include business in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation must also comply with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For business, other than nominations of directors, to be properly requested by a shareholder for consideration at an annual meeting, the shareholder must (i) be a shareholder of record of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice for such meeting provided for in these Bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, (ii) be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (iii) have given timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation, and such business must be a proper matter for shareholder action. To be timely in connection with an annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal office of the Corporation not less than 90 nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the

 

6


annual meeting is advanced more than 30 calendar days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 calendar days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no later than the later of 70 calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the close of business on the 7th calendar day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual meeting is first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation or the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.5(c).

A shareholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation must set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (A) a description in reasonable detail of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; (B) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business and any Shareholder Associated Person (defined below) covered by clauses (C) and (D) below; (C) the class or series and the number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by the shareholder proposing such business and by any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder and Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities; (D) any material interest of the shareholder proposing such business or any Shareholder Associated Person in such business; and (E) any agreements the shareholder proposing such business or any Shareholder Associated Person has with other persons or entities in connection with such business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5(c), a shareholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.5(c). Nothing in this Section 2.5(c) will be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(d)    A shareholder who wishes to nominate a director or directors for election at an annual meeting must comply with this Section 2.5(d). A shareholder who wishes to include business in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation must also comply with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

For nominations of directors to be properly requested by a shareholder for consideration at an annual meeting, the shareholder must (i) be a shareholder of record of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice for such meeting provided for in these Bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, (ii) be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (iii) have given timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely in connection with an annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal office of the Corporation not less than 120 nor more than 150 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 calendar days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 calendar days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no later than the later of 70 calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the close of business on the 7th calendar day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual meeting is first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation or the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any

 

7


adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.5(d).

A shareholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation must set forth: (A) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director the class of director for which such person is nominated and all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director, if elected; (B) as to the shareholder giving the notice the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such shareholder and any Shareholder Associated Person covered by clause (C) below; (C) as to the shareholder giving the notice the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and by any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder and Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities; (D) a description of any material relationships, including financial transactions and compensation, between the shareholder giving the notice and any Shareholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and the proposed nominee or nominees, and such nominee’s affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with the nominee (including, without limitation, the members of any Group of such nominee), on the other hand, including, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the shareholder making the nomination and any Shareholder Associated Person on whose behalf the nomination is made, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; (E) a completed independence questionnaire regarding the proposed nominee or nominees, in a form acceptable to the Corporation, which may be obtained from the secretary of the Corporation; (F) a written representation from such proposed nominee or nominees that they do not have, nor will they have, any undisclosed voting commitments or other arrangements with respect to their actions as a director; (G) a written representation from such proposed nominee or nominees that they comply with all applicable corporate governance policies and eligibility requirements of the Corporation; and (H) any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation. At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary that information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. If a shareholder does not provide the information required by this Section 2.5(d) within 10 business days of the Corporation’s request, then such shareholder’s nomination shall be disregarded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5(d), a shareholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.5(d). Nothing in this Section 2.5(d) will be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(e)    At a special meeting of shareholders, only such business may be conducted or considered as is properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before a special meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given in accordance with Section 2.3, and (ii) if requested to be brought before the meeting by a shareholder, properly requested in accordance with Section 2.2 and this Section 2.5(e).

 

8


For business, other than nominations of directors, to be properly requested by a shareholder for consideration at a special meeting, the shareholder must (i) be a shareholder of record of the Corporation at the time of making the request and at the time of the special meeting, (ii) be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (iii) have given timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely in connection with a special meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal office of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of: (x) the 60th day prior to such special meeting; or (y) the tenth (10th) day following the first date of public announcement of the date of the special meeting. The shareholder’s request for a special meeting shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the special meeting: (A) a description in reasonable detail of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; (B) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business and any Shareholder Associated Person covered by clauses (C) and (D) below; (C) the class or series and the number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by the shareholder proposing such business and by any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder and Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities; (D) any material interest of the shareholder proposing such business or any Shareholder Associated Person in such business; and (E) any agreements the shareholder proposing such business or any Shareholder Associated Person has with other persons or entities in connection with such business.

For nominations of directors to be properly requested by a shareholder for consideration at a special meeting, the shareholder must (i) be a shareholder of record of the Corporation at the time of making the request and at the time of the special meeting, (ii) be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (iii) have given timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely in connection with a special meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal office of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of: (x) the 60th day prior to such special meeting; or (y) the tenth (10th) day following the first date of public announcement of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. A shareholder’s request for a special meeting shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director the class of director for which such person is nominated and all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director, if elected; (B) as to the shareholder giving the notice the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such shareholder and any Shareholder Associated Person covered by clause (C) below; (C) as to the shareholder giving the notice the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and by any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder and Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities; (D) a description of any material relationships, including financial transactions and compensation, between the shareholder giving the notice and any Shareholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and the proposed nominee or nominees, and

 

9


such nominee’s affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with the nominee (including, without limitation, the members of any Group of such nominee), on the other hand, including, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the shareholder making the nomination and any Shareholder Associated Person on whose behalf the nomination is made, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; (E) a completed independence questionnaire regarding the proposed nominee or nominees, in a form acceptable to the Corporation, which may be obtained from the secretary of the Corporation; (F) a written representation from such proposed nominee or nominees that they do not have, nor will they have, any undisclosed voting commitments or other arrangements with respect to their actions as a director; (G) a written representation from such proposed nominee or nominees that they comply with all applicable corporate governance policies and eligibility requirements of the Corporation; and (H) any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation. At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary that information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. If a shareholder does not provide the information required by this Section 2.5(e) within 10 business days of the Corporation’s request, then such shareholder’s nomination shall be disregarded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5(e), a shareholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.5(e). Nothing in this Section 2.5(e) will be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of any notice required by this Section 2.5(e).

(f)    For purposes of this Section 2.5, “Shareholder Associated Person” of any shareholder means (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such shareholder (including, without limitation, the members of any syndicate or group who, along with such shareholder or beneficial owner (as described in clause (ii) below), would be deemed a “person” for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act (“Group”)), (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder, and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such shareholder.

(g)    For purposes of this Section 2.5, “public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or furnished to shareholders.

(h)    The determination of whether any business sought to be brought before any annual or special meeting of the shareholders is properly brought before such meeting in accordance with this Section 2.5 will be made by the presiding officer of such meeting. If the presiding officer determines that any business is not properly brought before such meeting, he will so declare to the meeting and any such business will not be conducted or considered.

Section 2.6.    Record Date.

(a)    For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the Corporation of

 

10


any of its own shares) or share dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose (other than determining shareholders entitled to consent to action by shareholders proposed to be taken without a meeting of shareholders), the board of directors may provide that the share transfer records shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, 60 days. If the share transfer records shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders, such records shall be closed for at least 10 days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the share transfer records, the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than 60 days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than 10 days, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.

(b)    If the share transfer records are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the Corporation of any of its own shares) or share dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors declaring such distribution or share dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders.

(c)    When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof except where the determination has been made through the closing of share transfer records and the stated period of closing has expired.

Section 2.7.    Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least eleven (11) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting or at any adjournment of the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each shareholder, the type of shares held by each shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be kept on file at the registered office or principal office of the Corporation and shall remain open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during regular business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present. If a meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, such list shall be open to examination by the shareholders during the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic data system, and the information required to access the list shall be provided to shareholders in the meeting notice. The original stock transfer books shall constitute prima facie evidence of the shareholders entitled to examine such record or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

Section 2.8.    Majority Vote. When a quorum is present at any meeting of the shareholders, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at the meeting of shareholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied by the Certificate of Formation. If a quorum exists, action on any matter, except the election of directors in a Contested Election, by a voting group shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast, unless the Certificate of Formation, these Bylaws, or applicable law require a greater number of affirmative votes. For purposes of this Section 2.8, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a proposal must exceed the number of shares voted “against” that proposal, with “abstentions” and “broker non-votes” not counted as votes cast with respect to that proposal. If, for any cause, the entire board of directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, any vacancies may be filled in accordance with Section 3.6. The right to accumulate

 

11


votes in the election of directors and the right to cumulative voting by any shareholder in any other matter are hereby expressly denied.

Section 2.9.    Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is determined to be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may transact business until adjournment of such meeting, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.

Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting at any meeting of shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present, shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the holding of the adjourned meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Each proxy shall be revocable unless (i) the proxy form conspicuously states that the proxy is irrevocable, and (ii) the proxy is coupled with an interest, as defined in the TBOC and other Texas law. All proxies shall be filed with the secretary before any meeting, before the same shall become effective. Any shareholder, by written notice to the secretary before any meeting, may withdraw a previously filed proxy and vote the shares thereon in person, unless the proxy is irrevocable.

Section 2.10.    Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing or by electronic signature by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Proxies solicited on behalf of management shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction as determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid for more than eleven (11) months from the date of its execution.

Section 2.11.    Waiver of Notice. Any notice required to be given to any shareholder, may be subject to a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein for the meeting, and such waiver of notice shall be equivalent to giving such notice in a timely manner. The participation or attendance of a shareholder at a meeting constitutes waiver of notice, unless the shareholder participates in or attends the meeting solely to object to the transaction of business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 2.12.    Voting Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons. When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the Corporation to the contrary, at any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock is held, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and present in person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.

 

12


Section 2.13.    Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.

(a)    Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by an officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, without the transfer thereof into his name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed. A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

(b)    Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Corporation, nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the Corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

Section 2.14.    Inspectors. For each meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint one or more inspectors of election. If for any meeting the inspector(s) appointed by the board of directors shall be unable to act or the board of directors shall fail to appoint any inspector, one or more inspectors may be appointed at the meeting by the chairman thereof. Such inspector(s) shall conduct the voting in each election of directors and, as directed by the board of directors or the chairman of the meeting, the voting on the matters to be voted on at such meeting, and after the voting shall make a certificate of the vote taken. Inspectors need not be shareholders.

Section 2.15.    Presence at Meetings by Means of Communication Equipment. Shareholders may participate in and hold a meeting of the shareholders by means of remote communication approved by the board of directors, including conference telephone or similar communications equipment, or another suitable electronic communications system, including videoconferencing technology or the Internet, or any combination thereof, by means of which each person participating in the meeting may communicate with all other persons participating in the meeting. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1.    Number and Powers. The property, business and affairs of the Corporation and all corporate powers shall be managed by the board of directors, subject to any limitation imposed by statute, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws. The board of directors shall consist of at least five (5) persons and no more than twenty-one (21) persons. Except as fixed by the board of directors pursuant to Article VI, Section B of the Certificate of Formation, the exact number of directors within such range shall be fixed and determined by a vote of a majority of the whole board of directors and may be increased or decreased as provided in Section 3.5. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the board of directors by the Certificate of Formation and these Bylaws, the board of directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all lawful acts and things as are not by statute, the Certificate of Formation, or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders. The Directors may add advisory directors at such time and in such number as deemed necessary.

 

13


Section 3.2.    Classified Board. The Corporation shall have a classified board of directors as set forth in the Certificate of Formation.

Section 3.3.    Election. Except as provided below with respect to Contested Elections, each director shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast with respect to that director’s election by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this Section 3.3, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a director must exceed the number of shares voted “against” that director, with “abstentions” and “broker non-votes” not counted as votes cast with respect to that director. If, as of the record date for a meeting of shareholders for which directors are to be elected, the number of nominees for election of directors exceeds the number of directors to be elected (a “Contested Election”), the nominees receiving a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present shall be elected.

Section 3.4.    Qualification. Each director shall have such qualifications as are required by applicable law. To the extent required by law, each director, when appointed or elected, shall take an oath that he will faithfully perform the duties of his office. Any such oath shall be taken before a notary public or justice of the peace, and a record of such oath shall be made a part of the records of the Corporation. The board of directors shall have the exclusive right from time to time to establish criteria and qualifications for directors and all nominees to serve as directors of the Corporation. Directors need not be residents of the State of Texas.

Section 3.5.    Change in Number. The number of directors may at any time be increased or decreased by a vote of a majority of the whole board of directors, provided such increase or decrease remains within the permitted range as identified by Section 3.1 above, provided that no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.

Section 3.6.    Vacancies. Except as fixed by the board of directors pursuant to Article VI, Section B of the Certificate of Formation, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining directors (even if the remaining directors constitute less than a quorum of the board of directors), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been selected and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. Except as fixed by the board of directors pursuant to Article VI, Section B of the Certificate of Formation, any vacancy to be filled because of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or may be filled by the board of directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of one or more directors by the shareholders; provided, that the board of directors may not fill more than two vacancies created by an increase in the number of directors during the period between two successive annual meetings of the shareholders.

Section 3.7.    Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect on the date the notice is received by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

Section 3.8.    Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock, par value of $1.00 per share, of the Corporation established by the Board pursuant to the Certificate of Formation, any director, or the entire board of directors, may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

14


Section 3.9.    Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors or any such committee may be held without notice at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Texas, and at such times as the board of directors or such committee, as the case may be, may from time to time designate. The annual meeting of the board of directors shall be held without notice immediately after the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders or at such other time each year as the board of directors shall determine.

Section 3.10.    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the whole board of directors, to be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place or places as the board of directors or the person or persons calling such meeting may from time to time designate. Notice of all special meetings of the board of directors shall be given to each director at least two days before the date of the meeting. Such notice need not specify the business to be transacted or the purpose of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a special meeting of the board of directors constitutes a waiver of notice of the meeting, unless the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of business at the meeting because the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

Section 3.11.    Quorum. A majority of the whole board of directors shall be necessary at all meetings to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a majority is present at a meeting of the whole board of directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than the announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. The act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by law, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws. Board action resulting in a change of control of the Corporation requires an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (66.67%) of the whole board of directors.

Section 3.12.    Remuneration. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at such regular or special meetings of the board of directors. Members of standing or special committees may, by resolution of the board of directors, be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 3.13.    Action by Directors Without a Meeting. Any action required or which may be taken at a meeting of the directors, or of a committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken or to be taken, shall be signed by all of the directors, or all of the members of the committee, as the case may be. Such consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

Section 3.14.    Action of Directors by Communications Equipment. Any action required or which may be taken at a meeting of directors, or of a committee thereof, may be taken by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment, or another suitable electronic communications system, including videoconferencing technology or the Internet, or any combination, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with all other persons participating in the meeting. Such participation shall constitute presence in person, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, but shall not constitute attendance for the purpose of remuneration pursuant to Section 3.12 hereof unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

15


ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

Section 4.1.    Designation Powers. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board of directors, designate annually one (1) or more of its members to constitute members or alternate members of an executive committee, which committee shall have and may exercise, between meetings of the board of directors, all the powers and authority of the board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including, if such committee is so empowered and authorized by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board of directors, the power and authority to declare a dividend and to authorize the issuance of stock, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, except that the executive committee shall not have such power or authority with reference to:

(a)    amending the Certificate of Formation;

(b)    adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation involving the Corporation;

(c)    recommending to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation;

(d)    recommending to the shareholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution;

(e)    adopting, amending, or repealing any Bylaw;

(f)    filling vacancies on the board of directors or on any committee of the board of directors, including the executive committee;

(g)    fixing the compensation of directors for serving on the board of directors or on any committee of the board of directors, including the executive committee;

(h)    amending or repealing any resolution of the board of directors which by its terms may be amended or repealed only by the board of directors; or

(i)    any other action which a committee is prohibited from taking under the TBOC.

Section 4.2.    Other Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board of directors, designate from among its members one or more other committees, each of which shall, except as otherwise prescribed by law, have such authority of the board of directors as may be specified in the resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. A majority of all the members of such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the board of directors shall otherwise provide. The board of directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of, to increase or decrease the membership of, to fill all vacancies in, and to discharge any such committee, or any member thereof, either with or without cause.

Section 4.3.    Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Regular meetings of the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors, of which no notice shall be necessary, may be held at such times and places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the members thereof. Special meetings of the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors shall be called at the request of any member thereof. Notice of each special meeting of the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors shall be sent to each member thereof personally, by mail, or, with consent of a director, by electronic transmission not later than the day before the day on which

 

16


the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any member who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of such notice to such member. Any special meeting of the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members thereof shall be present thereat, unless a member attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of business at the meeting because the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Notice of any adjourned meeting of any committee of the board of directors need not be given. The executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate of Formation, or these Bylaws for the conduct of its meetings as the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors may deem proper. A majority of the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting, and the vote of a majority of the members thereof present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. The board of directors may fill any vacancy on any committee. The executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors shall keep written minutes of its proceedings, a copy of which is to be filed with the secretary of the Corporation, and shall report on such proceedings to the board of directors.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

Section 5.1.    Designations. The officers of the Corporation shall be a president, secretary, treasurer, and such chairman of the board, vice chairman of the board, chief executive officer, vice presidents, assistant secretaries, and assistant treasurers as the board of directors may designate, who shall be elected by a majority vote of the directors at their first meeting after the annual meeting of shareholders, and who shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualify. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of the chief executive officer and the president may not be a secretary.

Section 5.2.    Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the board of directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as set forth herein.

Section 5.3.    Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board shall, if there be such an officer, preside at meetings of the board of directors and, if present, and, in the absence of the chief executive officer, preside at meetings of the shareholders. The chairman of the board shall generally manage the affairs of the board of directors and have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors. The chairman of the board may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments authorized by the board of directors or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 5.4.    Vice Chairman of the Board. The board of directors may elect one or more vice chairmen of the board. The vice chairmen of the board shall perform all duties incidental to the office of vice chairman of the board which may be required by law and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time. In the absence of the chairman of the board, or in the event the board of directors shall not have designated a chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board (or in the event there be more than one vice chairman of the board, the vice chairmen of the board in the order designated by the board of directors, or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors.

 

17


Section 5.5.    Chief Executive Officer. The chief executive officer of the Corporation, if their be such an officer, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders, have general and active management of the business of the Corporation, see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect, and perform all duties incidental to the office of chief executive officer which may be required by law and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time. Furthermore, the chief executive officer shall be a director. The chief executive officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments authorized by the board of directors or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 5.6.    President. The president shall, at the direction of or in the absence of the chief executive officer of the Corporation, execute the powers of the chief executive officer. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages, and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

Section 5.7.    Vice Presidents. In the absence of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer and the president or, in the event of their inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the directors, or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the chief executive officer and the president may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.8.    Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the secretary’s signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by such officer’s signature.

Section 5.9.    Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of the secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.10.    Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all the treasurer’s transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the board of directors, the

 

18


treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the treasurer’s office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the treasurer’s possession or under the treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 5.11.    Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.12.    Vacancies. Vacancies in any office rising from any cause may be filled by a majority vote of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 5.13.    Other Officers. Directors may elect or appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or expedient, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 5.14.    Term. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify or until such officer’s death, resignation or removal in the manner herein provided. The board of directors may authorize the Corporation to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with applicable law or regulation; but no such contract shall impair the right of the board of directors to remove any officer at any time.

Section 5.15.    Removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the chief executive officer or the affirmative vote of no less than 66.67% of the whole board of directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

ARTICLE VI - CAPITAL STOCK

Section 6.1.    Certificates. Certificates of stock shall be issued in numerical order, and each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by the chief executive officer, the president, or a vice president and the secretary and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation. If an officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate ceases to be an officer before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the person were an officer on the date of issue. Each stock certificate shall state:

(a)    That the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Texas;

(b)    The name of the person to whom issued;

(c)    The number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents; and

 

19


(d)    The par value of each share represented by such certificate, or a statement that such shares are without par value.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the board of directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.

Section 6.2.    Transfers.

(a)    Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the stock transfer books of the Corporation, kept at the registered office of the Corporation or at its principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or register, and before a new certificate is issued the old certificate shall be surrendered for cancellation. The board of directors may, by resolution, open a share register in any state of the United States, and may employ an agent or agents to keep such register, and to record transfers of shares therein.

(b)    Shares of stock shall be transferred by delivery of the certificates therefor, accompanied either by an assignment in writing on the back of the certificate or an assignment separate from the certificate, or by written power of attorney to sell, assign and transfer the same, signed by the holder of said certificate (or, with respect to uncertificated shares, by delivery of duly executed instructions or any other manner permitted by applicable law). No shares of stock shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation until the outstanding certificates therefor have been surrendered to the Corporation.

Section 6.3.    Registered Owner. Registered shareholders shall be treated by the Corporation as the holders in fact of the stock standing in their respective names and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided below or by the laws of the State of Texas. The Corporation may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the Corporation may certify in writing to the Corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. The resolution shall set forth:

(a)    The classification of shareholder who may certify;

(b)    The purpose or purposes for which the certification may be made;

(c)    The form of certification and information to be contained therein;

(d)    If the certification is with respect to a record date or closing of the stock transfer books, the date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and

(e)    Such other provisions with respect to the procedure as are deemed necessary or desirable.

Upon receipt by the Corporation of a certification complying with the above requirements, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the

 

20


certification, to be the holders of record of the number of shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.

Section 6.4.    Mutilated, Lost or Destroyed Certificates. In case of any mutilation, loss or destruction of any certificate of stock, a new certificate or uncertificated shares may be issued in its place upon receipt of proof of such mutilation, loss or destruction. The board of directors may impose conditions on such issuance and may require the giving of satisfactory bond or indemnity to the Corporation in such sum as they might determine or establish such other procedures as they deem necessary.

Section 6.5.    Shares of Another Corporation. Shares owned by the Corporation in another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the board of directors may determine or, in the absence of such determination, by the chief executive officer, or the president of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII - AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS

Section 7.1.    Validity. Except as otherwise provided for in the Certificate of Formation and except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, if Section 7.2 is satisfied, no contract or transaction between the Corporation and any of its directors, officers, or security holders, or any Corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which any of such directors, officers, or security holders are directly or indirectly financially interested, shall be void or voidable solely because of this relationship, or solely because of the presence of the director, officer, or security holder at the meeting authorizing the contract or transaction, or solely because of his or their participation in the authorization of such contract or transaction or vote at the meeting therefore, whether or not such participation or vote was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

Section 7.2.    Disclosure, Approval; Fairness. Section 7.1 shall apply only if:

(a)    the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed to or known by:

 

  i.

the board of directors (or committee thereof) and it nevertheless in good faith authorizes or ratifies the contract or transaction by the approval of a majority of the directors present, each such interested director to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present but not in calculating the majority necessary to carry the vote; or

 

  ii.

the shareholders entitled to vote on the authorization of the contract or transaction and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by a vote of the shareholders, each such interested person (shareholder) to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present and for voting purposes; or

(b)    the contract or transaction is fair to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved, or ratified by the board of directors (or committee thereof) or the shareholders.

Section 7.3.    Nonexclusive. This provision shall not be construed to invalidate a contract or transaction which would be valid in the absence of this provision.

 

21


ARTICLE VIII - CONTRACTS

The board of directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1.    Indemnification.

(a)    Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, including, without limitation, any proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, any appeal of such an action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit, or proceeding (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was, at any time during which this Article IX is in effect (whether or not such person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was a delegate (as defined in Section 8.001 of the TBOC (or any successor provision)) of the Corporation (hereinafter, an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent, or delegate or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent, or delegate, shall be (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to be) indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation (and any successor of the Corporation by merger or otherwise) to the fullest extent permitted by the TBOC as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or modified from time to time (but, in the case of any such amendment or modification, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment or modification permits the Corporation to provide greater indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment or modification), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, court costs, judgments, fines, excise or similar taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent, or delegate and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators, and no determination under Section 8.101(a)(3) of the TBOC will be required; provided, however, that except as provided in paragraph (a) of Section 9.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

(b)    To obtain indemnification under this Article IX, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined) even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee consisting of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of such Disinterested Directors even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or, if, such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) selected by the board of directors, in a written opinion to the board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the

 

22


claimant, or (iv) by a majority vote of the shareholders of the Corporation in a vote that excludes the shares held by each director who is not a Disinterested Director, or (v) a unanimous vote of the shareholders of the Corporation. In the event that there shall have occurred within two years prior to the date of the commencement of the proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a “Change of Control” (as defined in the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time), the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the board of directors. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within 10 days after such determination.

Section 9.2.    Mandatory Advancement of Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by the TBOC as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or modified from time to time (but, in the case of any such amendment or modification, only to the extent that such amendment or modification permits the Corporation to provide greater rights to advancement of expenses than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment or modification), each Indemnitee shall have (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to have) the right, without the need for any action by the board of directors, to be paid by the Corporation (and any successor of the Corporation by merger or otherwise) the expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; provided, however, that if the TBOC requires, the advancement of such expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of a written affirmation (hereinafter, the “affirmation”) by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Chapter 8 of the TBOC and a written undertaking (hereinafter, the “undertaking”) by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal (a “final disposition”) that such Indemnitee has not met that standard or that indemnification is prohibited by Section 8.102 of the TBOC.

Section 9.3.    Claims.

(a)    If a claim for indemnification under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of these Bylaws has been received by the Corporation or if a request for advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within 20 days after a statement pursuant to Section 9.2 of these Bylaws and the required affirmation and undertaking, if any, have been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim for indemnification or request for advancement of expenses and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action that under the TBOC, the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed or that the claimant is not entitled to the requested advancement of expenses, but (except where the required affirmation or undertaking, if any, has not been tendered to the Corporation) the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, Independent Counsel or shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the TBOC, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its board of directors, Independent Counsel or shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable

 

23


standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of these Bylaws that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 9.3.

(c)    The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 9.3 that the procedures and presumptions of this Article IX are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article IX.

Section 9.4.    Contract Rights; Amendment and Repeal; Non-exclusivity of Rights.

(a)    All of the rights conferred in this Article IX, as to indemnification, advancement of expenses and otherwise, shall be contract rights between the Corporation and each Indemnitee to whom such rights are extended that vest at the commencement of such Indemnitee’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and (i) any amendment or modification of this Article IX that in any way diminishes or adversely affects any such rights shall be prospective only and shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect any such rights with respect to such person, and (ii) all of such rights shall continue as to any such Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent, or delegate of the Corporation, and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

(b)    All of the rights conferred in this Article IX, as to indemnification, advancement of expenses and otherwise (i) shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Formation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise, and (ii) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the board of directors or the shareholders of the Corporation with respect to a person’s service prior to the date of such termination.

Section 9.5.    Insurance, Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

(a)    The Corporation may purchase or procure or establish and maintain insurance to indemnify or hold harmless any current or former director, officer, employee, agent, or delegate against any liability asserted against and incurred by the person in that capacity or arising out of the person’s status in that capacity, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against that liability under the provisions of this Article IX or the TBOC.

(b)    The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to advancement of expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of current or former directors and officers of the Corporation.

Section 9.6.    Definitions; Notice.

(a)    For purposes of this Article IX:

 

24


(1)                 “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

(2)                 “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article IX.

(b)    Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this Article IX shall be in writing and delivered in person, by overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by electronic transmission when permitted by, in accordance with the requirements of and with the effect stated in, the TBOC, to the secretary of the Corporation and shall be effective only upon receipt by the secretary.

Section 9.7.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article IX shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article IX containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article IX containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE X - FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st day of December of each year.

ARTICLE XI - DIVIDENDS

Subject to the terms of the Certificate of Formation and applicable law, the board of directors may, from time to time, declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.

ARTICLE XII - NOTICES

Section 12.1.    Method. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Formation, or applicable law, it shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by mailing, postage paid, addressed to the person or persons entitled thereto at their post office addresses appearing on the books or other records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date such notice is deposited in the United States mail, but said notice shall also be deemed to be sufficient and to have been given and received if given in any other manner or by any other means authorized by law or provided for elsewhere in these Bylaws.

Section 12.2.    Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Formation, or applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

25


ARTICLE XIII - SEAL

The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in such form and bear such inscription as may be adopted by resolution of the board of directors, or by usage of the officers on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XIV - BOOKS AND RECORDS

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes and proceedings of its shareholders and board of directors; and it shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of the shares held by each. Any books, records and minutes may be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

ARTICLE XV - EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Section 15.1.    Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, any state court located in Harris County in the State of Texas (each, a “Harris County State Court”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any shareholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the TBOC, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, and, if brought outside of Texas, the shareholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such shareholder’s counsel, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any action (A) as to which the Harris County State Court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Harris County State Court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Harris County State Court within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Harris County State Court, (C) for which the Harris County State Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as to which the Harris County State Court and the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division shall have concurrent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 15.1 will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section  15.1.

Section 15.2.    Consent to Jurisdiction. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of Section 15.1 immediately above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Texas (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any shareholder, such shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Texas in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce Section 15.1 immediately above (an “FSC Enforcement Action”), and (ii) having service of process made upon such shareholder in any such FSC Enforcement Action by service upon such shareholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such shareholder.

 

26


ARTICLE XVI - AMENDMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION

Section 16.1.    Amendment. The board of directors shall have the power to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation or adopt new Bylaws. The shareholders of the Corporation shall not have the power to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation or adopt new Bylaws.

Section 16.2.    Severability. If any portion of the Bylaws shall be invalid or inoperative, then, so far as is reasonable, the remainder of these Bylaws shall be considered valid and operative and effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid and inoperative.

 

27

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

TCB Third coast Bancshares, inc. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS COMMON STOCK SEE REVERSE CUSIP FOR CERTAIN 88422P DEFINITIONS 10 AND RESTRICTIONS 9 The Certifies that Is the owner of FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $1.00 PAR VALUE, OF Third Coast BanCshares, inc. transferable on the books of the Company in Person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Formation, as amended, and the Bylaws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Countersigned and registered: continential stock transfer & Trust Company (New York, N.Y.) Transfer Agent And Registrar Authorized signature By president & chief Executive officer secretary 0000001


LOGO

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF THE CORPORATION, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE CORPORATION A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM— as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor) JT TEN — as joint tenants with right of under Uniform Gifts to Minors survivorship and not as tenants Act in common (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list .
For value received, hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
PLEASE IDENTIFYING INSERT SOCIAL NUMBERS SECURITY OF ASSIGNEES OR OTHER
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAMES AND ADDRESSS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEES.
shares of the common stock represented by this certificate and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
company attorney, to with transfer full power the said of substitution shares of common in the premises stock on. the books of the within-named
DATED:
NOTICE: the face of The the signatures certificate to in this every assignment particular must without correspond alteration with the or name enlargement as written or upon any change whatever .
SIGNATURE GUARANTEED:

Exhibit 10.1

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2013 STOCK OPTION PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2013 Stock Option Plan (“Plan”) is to encourage ownership of common stock, $1.00 par value (“Common Stock”), of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered Company holding company (the “Company”), by key employees, directors, advisory directors and other service providers of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below) and to provide increased incentive for such key employees and directors to render services and to exert maximum effort for the success of the Company. In addition, the Company expects that the Plan will further strengthen the identification of the key employees, directors, advisory directors and other service providers with the stockholders. Certain options to be granted under this Plan are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (“ISOs”) pursuant to Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), while other options granted under this Plan will be nonqualified options which are not intended to qualify as ISOs (“Nonqualified Options”), either or both as provided in the agreements evidencing the options as provided in Section 6 hereof. As used in this Plan, the term “Affiliates” means any entity with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Code Section 414(b) or 414(c); provided, however, that in applying Code Section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(b), the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3), and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Code Section 414(c), the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1.414(c)-2.

SECTION 2. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Composition of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), which shall also designate the Chairman of the Committee. If the Company is governed by Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), the Committee shall consist solely of two or more “Non-Employee Directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Exchange Act.

(b) Committee Action. The Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it may determine. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by not less than a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote of its members at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee may designate the Secretary of the Company or other Company employees to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and may grant authority to such persons to execute award agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee and the Company. Any duly constituted committee of the Board satisfying the qualifications of this Section 2 may be appointed as the Committee.


(c) Committee Expenses. All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Committee in the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons.

SECTION 3. Stock Reserved for the Plan. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan is 500,000, any or all of which may be issued through ISOs. The shares subject to the Plan shall consist of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or previously issued shares of Common Stock reacquired and held by the Company and such number of shares shall be and is hereby reserved for sale for such purpose. Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued under the Plan only to the extent actually issued and delivered pursuant to the exercise of an option. To the extent that an option lapses or is canceled or the rights of its Optionee terminate or the option is cashed-out, any Common Stock subject to such option shall again be available for grant under an option. Any shares of Common Stock which may remain unsold and which are not subject to outstanding options at the termination of the Plan shall cease to be reserved for the purpose of the Plan, but until termination of the Plan or the termination of the last of the options granted under the Plan, whichever last occurs, the Company shall at all times reserve a sufficient number of shares to meet the requirements of the Plan.

SECTION 4. Eligibility. A recipient of an option under the Plan shall be referred to as an “Optionee.” Nonqualified Options may be granted to all key employees, directors, advisory directors and other service providers of the Company or its Affiliates, including Affiliates that become such after adoption of the Plan. ISOs may be granted only to key employees of the Company, a “parent corporation” of the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 424(e)) or a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 424(f)), including an entity that becomes a parent corporation or a subsidiary corporation after adoption of the Plan. An Optionee must be a key employee, director, advisory director, other employee as approved by the Compensation Committee or other service provider at the time the option is granted. A key employee, director, advisory director, other employee as approved by the Compensation Committee or other service provider who has been granted an option hereunder may be granted an additional option or options, if the Committee shall so determine.

SECTION 5. Grant of Options.

(a) Committee Discretion. Except where the Committee has explicitly given the authority to some other individual, the Committee shall have sole and absolute discretionary authority (i) to select the key employees, directors, advisory directors, other employee as approved by the Compensation Committee and other service providers who are to receive options under the Plan, (ii) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by such options and the terms thereof, and (iii) to determine the type of option granted: ISO, Nonqualified Option or a combination of ISOs and Nonqualified Options. If the Company is governed by Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall specifically pre-approve each grant to each Optionee subject to Section 16(b) in accordance with Rule 16b-3 as amended, unless such grant is or will be otherwise exempt from Section 16(b). The Committee shall thereupon grant options in accordance with such determinations as evidenced by a written option agreement. Subject to the express

 

2


provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have discretionary authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to interpret the Plan, to prescribe and amend the terms of the option agreements (which need not be identical) and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Board may exercise the same discretionary authority as the Committee.

(b) Stockholder Approval. All ISOs granted under this Plan are subject to, and may not be exercised before, the approval of this Plan by the stockholders prior to the first anniversary date of the Board meeting held to approve the Plan, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company present, or represented by proxy, and entitled to vote at a meeting at which a quorum is present, or by written consent in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of Texas, as may be applicable; provided that if such approval by the stockholders of the Company is not forthcoming, all ISOs previously granted under this Plan shall be void.

(c) Limitation on Incentive Stock Options. Except as otherwise provided under the Code or applicable regulations, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6(b) of this Plan at the time the option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs (determined without regard to this paragraph) are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as Nonqualified Options.

SECTION 6. Terms and Conditions. Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement, in a form approved by the Committee, which shall be subject to the following express terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(a) Option Period. The Committee shall promptly notify the Optionee of the option grant and a written agreement shall promptly be executed and delivered by and on behalf of the Company and the Optionee, provided that the option grant shall expire if a written agreement is not signed by said Optionee (or his agent or attorney) and returned to the Company within 60 days from date of receipt by the Optionee of such agreement. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive or extend the 60-day requirement for a signed agreement. The date of grant shall be the date the option is actually granted by the Committee, even though the written agreement may be executed and delivered by the Company and the Optionee after that date. Each option agreement shall specify the period for which the option thereunder is granted (which in no event shall exceed ten years from the date of grant) and shall provide that the option shall expire at the end of such period. However, in the case of an ISO granted to an individual who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its Affiliate (“Ten Percent Stockholder”), such period shall not exceed five years from the date of grant.

(b) Option Price. The purchase price of each share of Common Stock subject to each option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be determined by the Committee at the time the option is granted and shall never be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted. In the case of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the option price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

 

3


For all purposes under this Plan, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on a particular date shall be equal to the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the exchange on which the Common Stock is traded on that date, or if no prices are reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such prices of the Common Stock are so reported. In the event the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of its fair market value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate, consistent with Treasury regulations and other formal Internal Revenue Service guidance under Code Section 409A so that options granted under this Plan shall not constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A.

(c) Exercise Period. The Committee may provide in the option agreement that an option may be exercised immediately or over the period of the grant and in whole or in increments. However, no portion of any ISO may be exercisable by an Optionee prior to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company.

(d) Procedure for Exercise. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of written notice to the Secretary of the Company setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the option is being exercised. Such notice shall be accompanied by (i) cash, cashier’s check, Company draft, or postal or express money order payable to the order of the Company, (ii) subject to the approval of the Committee, certificates representing “mature shares” of Common Stock theretofore owned by the Optionee duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, (iii) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with unconditional and irrevocable instructions to a broker, in a form acceptable to the Committee, to promptly sell a sufficient portion of the shares and requiring prompt delivery to the Company of the amount of sale proceeds needed to pay the option purchase price and all applicable withholding taxes resulting from the exercise of the option (a so-called “cashless exercise”), or (iv) any combination of the preceding, equal in value to the full amount of the exercise price. For purposes of this Plan, “mature shares” means shares of Common Stock that an Optionee has held free of any transferability restrictions or risk of forfeiture for at least six (6) months. Notice may also be delivered by fax or telecopy provided that the purchase price of such shares is delivered to the Company via wire transfer on the same day the fax is received by the Company. The notice shall specify the address to which the certificates for such shares are to be mailed. An option to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with this Plan shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date (i) written notice of such exercise and (ii) payment in full of the exercise price for the number of shares for which options are being exercised, are both received by the Company and the Optionee shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. As promptly as practicable after receipt of such written notification and payment, the Company shall deliver to the Optionee certificates for the number of shares with respect to which such option has been so exercised, issued in the Optionee’s name or such other name as Optionee directs; provided, however, that such delivery shall be deemed effected for all purposes when a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have deposited such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Optionee at the address specified pursuant to this Section 6(d).

 

4


(e) Termination of Employment or Service. If an Optionee to whom an option is granted ceases to be employed by the Company or an Affiliate or ceases to serve as a director or advisory director or as a service provider for any reason other than death or disability, any option or portion thereof which is not exercisable on the date of such termination of employment or cessation of service shall immediately expire, and any option or portion thereof which is exercisable on the date of such termination of employment or cessation of service may be exercised during a 90-day period after such date (after which period the option shall expire), but in no event may the option be exercised (i) pursuant to the “cashless exercise” described in Section 6(d)(iii) above, or (ii) after its expiration under the terms of the option agreement, unless the Committee authorizes otherwise; provided, however, that if an Optionee’s employment or service is terminated because of the Optionee’s theft or embezzlement from the Company or an Affiliate, disclosure of trade secrets of the Company or an Affiliate or the commission of a willful, felonious act while in the employment or service of the Company or an Affiliate (such reasons shall hereinafter be collectively referred to as “for cause”), then any option or unexercised portion thereof granted to said Optionee shall immediately expire upon such termination of employment or cessation of service.

(f) Disability or Death of Optionee. In the event of the determination of disability or death of an Optionee under the Plan while the Optionee is employed by the Company or an Affiliate or while the Optionee serves as a director or advisory director or as a service provider, any option or portion thereof which is not exercisable on the date of such determination of disability or death shall immediately expire, and any option or portion thereof which is exercisable on the date of such determination of disability or death may be exercised at any time and from time to time, within a 90-day period after the date of such determination of disability or death, by the Optionee, the guardian of his estate, the executor or administrator of his estate or by the person or persons to whom his rights under the option shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution (after which period the option will expire), but in no event may the option be exercised after its expiration under the terms of the option agreement. An Optionee shall be deemed to be disabled if, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, he or she is incapable of performing services for the Company or an Affiliate of the kind he or she was performing at the time the disability occurred by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long, continued and indefinite duration. The date of determination of disability for purposes hereof shall be the date of such determination by such physician.

(g) Assignability. An option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless notification is given to the Committee in writing. During the lifetime of an Optionee, an option shall be exercisable only by such Optionee or his authorized legal representative. Any heir or legatee of the Optionee shall take rights granted herein and in the option agreement subject to the terms and conditions

 

5


hereof and thereof. No such transfer of any option to heirs or legatees of the Optionee shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions hereof.

(h) Incentive Stock Options. Each option agreement may contain such terms and provisions as the Committee may determine to be necessary or desirable in order to qualify under the Code an option designated as an ISO.

(i) No Rights as Stockholder. No Optionee shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares covered by an option until the option is exercised by the written notice and accompanied by payment as provided in Section 6(d) above.

(j) Extraordinary Corporate Transactions. The existence of outstanding options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, exchanges or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issuance of Common Stock or other securities or subscription rights thereto, or any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise. If (i) the Company shall not be the surviving entity in any merger or consolidation (or survives only as a subsidiary of another entity), (ii) the Company sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary), (iii) any person or entity (including a “group” as contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) acquires or gains ownership or control of (including, without limitation, power to vote) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iv) the Company is to be dissolved and liquidated, or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were directors of the Company before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board (each such event in clauses (i) through (v) above is referred to herein as a “Corporate Change”), then subject to the limitations described below, all options held by an Optionee shall immediately vest and become exercisable, and thereafter upon any exercise of an option theretofore granted the Optionee shall be entitled to purchase under such option, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock as to which option shall then be exercisable, the number and class of shares of stock and securities to which the Optionee would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Change if, immediately prior to such Corporate Change, the Optionee had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock as to which such option is then exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Corporate Change, the Committee, in its discretion, shall act to effect one or more of the following alternatives with respect to outstanding options, which may vary among individual Optionees and which may vary among options held by any individual Optionee: (1) determine a reasonable period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Corporate Change) after which specified date all unexercised options and all rights of Optionees thereunder shall terminate, (2) require the

 

6


mandatory surrender to the Company by selected Optionees of some or all of the outstanding options held by such Optionees (irrespective of whether such options are then exercisable under the provisions of the Plan) as of a date, before or after such Corporate Change, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such options and the Company shall pay to each Optionee an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares subject to such option over the exercise price(s) under such options for such shares, or (3) provide that thereafter upon any exercise of an option theretofore granted, the Optionee shall be entitled to purchase under such option, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such option, the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including, without limitation, cash) to which the Optionee would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of an agreement of merger, consolidation or sale of assets and dissolution if, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or sale of assets and dissolution, the Optionee had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such option. Written notice of the date of such Corporate Change and such action by the Committee shall be given to Optionee at least 20 days and not more than 90 days prior to the date of the Corporate Change; provided that, in the case of (iii) or (v) above, if the Company does not have knowledge of the proposed Corporate change at least 20 days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Change, it shall provide notice of such change as soon as practical. The provisions contained in this section shall not terminate any rights of the Optionee to further payments pursuant to any other agreement with the Company following a Corporate Change.

(k) Changes in Company’s Capital Structure. If the outstanding shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or both, for which the option is then exercisable shall at any time be changed or exchanged by declaration of a stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization, or reorganization, the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities which are subject to the Plan or subject to any options theretofore granted, and the option prices, shall be appropriately and equitably adjusted so as to maintain the proportionate number of shares or other securities without changing the aggregate option price.

(l) No Adjustment. Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, (i) the issuance by the Company of shares of stock or any class of securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, (ii) the payment of a dividend in property other than Common Stock or (iii) the occurrence of any similar transaction, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to options theretofore granted or the purchase price per share, unless the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, than an adjustment is necessary to provide equitable treatment to Optionee.

 

7


(m) Acceleration of Options. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the time at which any option may be exercised, including, but not limited to, upon the occurrence of the events specified in this Section 6.

(n) Restrictions During First Three Years of Plan. Notwithstanding the other terms of the Plan, during the three-year period following adoption of the Plan, (a) options granted under the Plan shall vest over at least a three-year term in approximately equal amounts each year, (b) the vesting of options may not be accelerated without approval of the Company’s primary regulator and (c) options may be exercised only by the payment of cash consideration.

SECTION 7. Amendments or Termination. The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment or alteration shall be made which would impair the rights of any Optionee, without his consent, under any option theretofore granted, or which, without the approval of the stockholders, would: (i) except as is provided in Section 6(k) of the Plan, increase the total number of shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan, (ii) change the class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Section 4 of the Plan, (iii) extend the applicable maximum option period provided for in Section 6(a) of the Plan, (iv) extend the expiration date of this Plan set forth in Section 14 of the Plan, (v) except as provided in Section 6(k) of the Plan, decrease to any extent the option price of any option granted under the Plan or (vi) withdraw the administration of the Plan from the Committee. Further, no amendment shall be made without approval of the stockholders if such approval is required to comply with Rule 16b-3, any rule promulgated by the exchange on which Common Stock is tradeable, or any applicable provision of the Code or any successor provisions.

SECTION 8. Compliance With Other Laws and Regulations. The Plan, the grant and exercise of options thereunder, and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares under such options, shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Common Stock prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law or issuance of any ruling or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. Any adjustments provided for in Sections 6(j), 6(k) and 6(l) shall be subject to any shareholder action required by Texas or federal law.

SECTION 9. Purchase for Investment. Unless the options and shares of Common Stock covered by this Plan have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Company has determined that such registration is unnecessary, each person exercising an option under this Plan may be required by the Company to give a representation in writing that he or she is acquiring such shares for his own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof.

SECTION 10. Taxes.

(a) The Company may make such provisions as it may deem appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which it determines is required in connection with any options granted under this Plan.

 

8


(b) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 10(a), any Optionee may pay all or any portion of the taxes required to be withheld by the Company or paid by him or her in connection with the exercise of a Nonqualified Option by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock, or by delivering previously owned shares of Common Stock, having a fair market value, determined in accordance with Section 6(b), equal to the amount required to be withheld or paid; provided, however, that, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, such tax withholding or delivery right must be specifically pre-approved by the Committee as a feature of the option or otherwise approved in accordance with Rule 16b-3. An Optionee must make the foregoing election on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. All such elections are irrevocable and subject to disapproval by the Committee.

SECTION 11. Replacement of Options. The Committee from time to time may permit an Optionee under the Plan to surrender for cancellation any unexercised outstanding option and receive from the Company in exchange an option for such number of shares of Common Stock as may be designated by the Committee. The Committee may, with the consent of the person entitled to exercise any outstanding option, amend such option.

SECTION 12. No Right to Company Employment or Service. Optionees shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company or its Affiliates or in service on the Board or as a service provider so long as they remain employees, directors, advisory directors or other service providers of the Company or its Affiliates. Any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment or service and the cause of such termination shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final. Nothing contained herein or as a result of any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon the Optionee the right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or its Affiliates, nor shall anything contained herein be construed or interpreted to limit the “employment at will” relationship between the Optionee and the Company or its Affiliates. The option agreements may contain such provisions as the Committee may approve with reference to the effect of approved leaves of absence.

SECTION 13. Liability of Company. The Company and any Affiliate which is in existence or hereafter comes into existence shall not be liable to an Optionee or other persons as to:

(a) Non-Issuance of Shares. The non-issuance or sale of shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder; and

(b) Tax Consequences. Any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by any Optionee or other person due to the exercise of any option granted hereunder.

SECTION 14. Effectiveness and Expiration of Plan. The Plan shall be effective on the date the Board adopts the Plan. If the stockholders of the Company fail to approve the Plan within twelve months of the date the Board adopts the Plan, the Plan shall terminate and all options previously granted under the Plan shall become void and of no effect. The Plan shall expire ten years after the date the Board adopts the Plan and thereafter no option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

9


SECTION 15. Exercise or Forfeit. Pursuant to a directive of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), all options shall be subject to the conditions provided in this paragraph. If the Company’s capital falls below the minimum requirements contained in 12 C.F.R. Part 325, or falls below a higher requirement as determined by the FDIC in connection with a cease and desist order, consent order, formal written agreement or Prompt Corrective Action directive, the FDIC may direct the Company to require the Optionee to exercise or forfeit his or her rights pursuant to the option. The Company will notify the Optionee within 45 days from the date the FDIC notifies the Company in writing that the Optionee must exercise or forfeit his or her rights pursuant to the option. The Company will cancel the option if it is not exercised within 21 days of the Company’s notification. The Company has agreed to comply with any FDIC request that the Company invoke its right to require the Optionee to exercise or forfeit its rights pursuant to the option under the circumstances stated herein.

SECTION 16. Non-Exclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of restricted stock or stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

SECTION 17. Governing Law. This Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and applicable federal law.

 

10

Exhibit 10.2

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2017 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2021)

1.    PURPOSE; BACKGROUND.

The purpose of this Plan is to secure for Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and its shareholders the benefits of the incentive inherent in increased common stock ownership by members of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Plan was originally adopted by the Board on December 21, 2017, and titled the “Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.”

2.    DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the definitions contained in this Section 2 shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)    “Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(b)    “Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Director evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(c)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)    “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events after the Effective Date:

(i)    Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that the following shall be deemed not to be a Change in Control: (A) any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a transaction or series of related transactions undertaken primarily for capital-raising purposes and that is approved by the Board; or (B) a transaction the sole purpose of which is to (y) change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (z) create a holding company that shall be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction; or

(ii)    The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii)    The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred unless such event also constitutes a “change in the ownership of a corporation,” “change in the effective control of a corporation,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets” within the meaning of Section 409A as applied to the Company.

(e)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f)    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, $1.00 par value per share.

(g)    “Continuous Service” means that the Director’s service with the Company or an Affiliate is not interrupted or terminated. A Director’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Director renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an employee, consultant, or Director, or a change in the entity for which the Director renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Director’s service. For example, a change in status from a non-employee Director of the Company to an employee of an Affiliate will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board, in its sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by the Board, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to have terminated upon his or her “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(h)    “Director” means a member of the Board.

(i)    “Disability” mean a Director’s permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Company for purposes of the Plan.

(j)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k)    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any specified date: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock, as reported on the stock exchange composite tape on that date (or if no sales occur on such date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the Common Stock are so reported); (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded over the counter on such date, the average between the reported high and low bid and asked prices of Common Stock on the most recent date on which Common Stock was publicly traded on or preceding the specified date; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made under the Plan, the amount determined by the Board in its discretion in such manner as it deems appropriate, taking into account all factors the Board deems appropriate, including the factors prescribed under Section 409A.

(l)    “Listing Date” means the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

(m)    “Option” means an option granted pursuant to the Plan to acquire shares of Common Stock. All Options shall be nonstatutory stock options within the meaning of Section 421 of the Code.

(n)    “Plan” means this Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Director Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2021).

 

- 2 -


(o)    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date.

(p)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3.    ELIGIBILITY. Each Director shall be eligible to receive awards of Options hereunder.

4.    ADMINISTRATION. The Plan shall be administered by the Board which shall have the authority to:

(a)    Construe and interpret the Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to the Plan’s administration and take any other actions necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan;

(b)    Correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency or ambiguity in the Plan;

(c)    Determine from time to time (i) which of the Directors eligible under the Plan shall be granted Options; (ii) when and how each Option shall be granted; (iii) what type Option shall be granted; (iv) the provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to exercise such Option; and (v) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which an Option shall be granted to each such Director;

(d)    Settle all controversies regarding the Plan or any Award Agreement, or any Option granted thereunder;

(e)    Accelerate the time at which an Option may first be exercised or the time during which any Option or any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of an Option will vest in accordance with the Plan;

(f)    Suspend or terminate the Plan at any time;

(g)    Amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, as provided in Section 10;

(h)    Approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Options or Award Agreements in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, as provided in Section 10;

(i)    Effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Director, (i) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (ii) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution thereof of (A) a new Option under the Plan (or another equity plan of the Company) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) any other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) or (D) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles;

(j)    Exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or any Options.

 

- 3 -


(k)    All determinations, interpretations and constructions of the Plan made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons. No Director shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done by such Director or by any other Director in connection with the Plan, except for such Director’s own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4 to the contrary, no Director shall participate in the Board’s decision of any question relating exclusively to an Option granted to that Director.

5.    SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a)    Limitation on Aggregate Number of Shares Issued Pursuant to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Options shall not exceed 187,000 shares. For clarity, the foregoing limitation does not limit the number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to Options that are granted pursuant to the Plan, but only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued pursuant thereto.

(b)    Reversion of Shares. If any (i) Option shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, or (ii) shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option are not delivered to a Director because such shares are withheld for the payment of all or any portion of the aggregate exercise price therefor (i.e., “net exercised”), then the shares of Common Stock issuable but not issued and delivered under such Option shall remain available for issuance under the Plan and such expiration, termination, cancellation, settlement, withholding, forfeiture or repurchase shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. If the exercise price of any Option is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the Director (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered shall be treated as having been withheld from the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence and the number of shares deemed to have been so withheld shall remain available for issuance under the Plan and such withholding shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock delivered to a Director upon the exercise of an Option shall for any reason be repurchased by the Company under a repurchase option provided under the Plan or any Award Agreement, the shares of Common Stock repurchased by the Company under such repurchase option shall not revert to or otherwise become available for issuance again under the Plan.

(c)    Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock, or reacquired Common Stock (including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise).

6.    OPTION PROVISIONS.

Each Option and Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Award Agreement shall comply with or include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a)    Term. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

(b)    Exercise Price. The exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the

 

- 4 -


foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c)    Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid to the Company in cash (including by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company) or, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any of the alternative methods of payment set forth below, or any combination of the foregoing. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit any or all of the following alternative methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The alternative methods of payment permitted by this Section 6(c) are:

(i)    by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(ii)    by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Director to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; and provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” and/or (B) shares are delivered to the Director as a result of such exercise; or

(iii)    in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(d)    Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability shall apply to each Option:

(i)    Transfers During Lifetime. During the lifetime of the Director, an Option shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable by only the Director; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and/or securities laws upon the Director’s request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

(ii)    Transfers Upon Death. The Director may, by delivering written notice to the Company (in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company), designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Director, shall thereafter have the sole right to exercise an Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the exercise thereof. In the absence of such a designation, the Option shall be transferable upon the Director’s death only by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

(e)    Vesting. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised

 

- 5 -


(which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary.

(f)    Exercisability and Termination.

(i)    Termination of Continuous Service. If a Director’s Continuous Service terminates (other than due to the Director’s death or Disability), the Director may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Director was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of such termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after such termination of Continuous Service, the Director does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

(ii)    Disability of Director. In the event that a Director’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Director’s Disability, the Director may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Director was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of such termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement) or (B) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after such termination of Continuous Service, the Director does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(iii)    Death of Director. In the event that (A) a Director’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Director’s death or (B) the Director dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement after the termination of the Director’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Director was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Director’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or, if applicable, by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Director’s death pursuant to Section 6(d)(ii), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date twelve (12) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement, that, for Options granted prior to the Listing Date, shall not be less than six (6) months) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Director’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(g)    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Any shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, bring-along rights and other transfer restrictions as the Board may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of shares of Common Stock generally.

(h)    Restricted Securities. Prior to a Listing Date, the Common Stock to be issued under this Plan, which may be issued in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Rule 701, shall be deemed to be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Directors. Resales of such Common Stock by the holder thereof shall be in compliance with the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom. Such Stock may bear a legend if determined necessary by the Board in substantially the following form:

“THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE

 

- 6 -


SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNTIL THE HOLDER HEREOF PROVIDES EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. (WHICH, IN THE DISCRETION OF THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. MAY INCLUDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.) THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, TRANSFER, OR OTHER DISPOSITION WILL NOT VIOLATE APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE LAWS.”

7.    COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a)    Availability of Shares. While any Options are outstanding under the Plan, the Company shall keep available and reserve for issuance upon the exercise of such Options such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issuable upon the exercise in full of all such Options.

(b)    Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Options and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Options (including upon the exercise of Options); provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register, under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, the Plan, any Option or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any Options. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful grant of such Options and the lawful issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Options (including upon the exercise of Options), the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to grant such Options or to issue and sell such shares of Common Stock unless and until such authority is obtained.

8.    MISCELLANEOUS.

(a)    Use of Proceeds from Options. Proceeds from the issuance and sale of Common Stock pursuant to Options shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)    Shareholder Rights. No Director shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to an Option unless and until such Director has duly exercised such Option pursuant to its terms and the Company has duly and validly issued to the Director the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise.

(c)    No Service Rights. Neither the Plan nor any Options awarded hereunder confer on any Director the right to continue to serve as a member of the Board or in any other capacity.

(d)    Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Director, as a condition of being granted any Option or exercising any Option, to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company that the Director is acquiring the Option and the Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant thereto for the Director’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Option or any such Common Stock. The foregoing requirement, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirement, shall be inoperative (A) if the issuance of Common Stock upon the grant of an Option or the exercise of an Option has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) as to any particular requirement, to the extent that a determination is made by

 

- 7 -


counsel to the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the securities laws then applicable. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under any Option as such counsel may deem necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock represented thereby.

(e)    Evidencing Common Stock. The Common Stock or other securities of the Company delivered pursuant the exercise of an Option may be evidenced in any manner deemed appropriate by the Board in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, in the form of a certificate issued in the name of Director or by book entry, electronic or otherwise and shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Common Stock or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal, state or other laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(f)    Withholding Obligations. To the extent required by applicable Federal, state or local law, a Director must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any withholding or similar tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company or any Affiliate, as appropriate, shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Director to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy U.S. federal, state, and local taxes (including income tax, social insurance contributions, payment on account and any other taxes that may be due) that the Company or an Affiliate determines are required to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Director arising as a result of this Plan or to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company or Affiliate, as appropriate, to satisfy withholding obligations for the payment of taxes. The Board may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement direct the Company to withhold, or allow a Director to elect to have the Company withhold, shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of shares of Common Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld; the number of shares of Common Stock so withheld may be determined using rates of up to, but not exceeding, the maximum federal, state, and/or tax rates applicable in a particular jurisdiction on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.

(g)    Relationship to other Benefits. No shares of Common Stock issued to a Director pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, termination programs and/or indemnities or severance payments, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

(h)    Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Director pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Director any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or an Affiliate.

9.    ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a)    Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the Common Stock without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), (i) the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the

 

- 8 -


class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a) and (ii) the outstanding Options will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and the exercise price per share of stock subject to such Options. The Board, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive, shall make such adjustments. If, as a result of any such adjustment, one or more classes of stock other than Common Stock are issuable pursuant to Options, then each reference in the Plan to “Common Stock” shall also be deemed to refer to such other classes of stock.

(b)    Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Options (whether or not then vested) shall be terminated if not exercised prior to such event.

(c)    Change in Control. In connection with any Change in Control, the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume any Options outstanding under the Plan or substitute similar options (including options to acquire the consideration that would have been received by the holders of Options had they exercised their Options immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control transaction) for those outstanding under the Plan. If such surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume such Options or substitute similar options for those outstanding under the Plan, then (i) the vesting of Options held by Directors whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Change in Control shall be accelerated in full and any or all of such Options may be exercised in connection with the Change in Control transaction and (ii) all Options not exercised prior to or in connection with the Change in Control transaction shall terminate. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Section 9(c) and the provisions of any Award Agreement, the provisions of such Award Agreement shall control and govern with respect to the Options granted thereunder and the Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant thereto.

10.    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND OPTIONS.

(a)    Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. Except as provided above, no Director’s rights under any Option granted before any amendment of the Plan may be impaired by any such amendment unless the Company obtains the consent of the affected Director to such amendment.

(b)    Shareholder Approval. Except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to capitalization adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of any applicable law or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirement.

(c)    Amendment of Options. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Options (or the Award Agreements relating thereto), including without limitation to amendments to provide terms more favorable to the applicable Director than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limitations in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that no Director’s rights under any Option may be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Director to such amendment and (ii) such Director consents thereto in writing.

11.    TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a)    Plan Term. The Plan shall be of unlimited duration; provided, however, that the Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Options may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

- 9 -


(b)    No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Director.

12.    EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective on January 1, 2021.

13.    COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A.

To the extent that the Board determines that any Option granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Option shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences described in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Board determines that any Option may be subject to Section 409A, the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Option from Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Option or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

14.    CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of Texas shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of the Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2019 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 


Exhibit 10.3

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2019 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective April 15, 2021)

(adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on April 15, 2021)

(approved by the Company’s shareholders on May 20, 2021)

1.    Purpose. The purpose of the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide an additional incentive to selected officers, Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries (herein, “Eligible Persons”) whose contributions are essential to the growth and success of the Company’s business, and to attract and retain competent and dedicated persons whose efforts will contribute to and promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards, Cash Awards, Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents or any combination of the foregoing.

2.    Definitions. Wherever the following terms are used they will have the meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

(a)    “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. An entity is an Affiliate of the Company for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(b)    “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Award, Other Stock-Based Award, Cash Award, Dividend Equivalent Award, or Performance Award, together with any other right or interest granted under the Plan to an Eligible Person.

(c)    “Award Agreement” means the writing evidencing an Award or a notice of an Award delivered to a Participant by the Company.

(d)    “Bank” means Third Coast Bank SSB.

(e)    “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.

(f)    “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(g)    “Cash Award” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person under Section 14 of the Plan.

(h)    “Change of Control” means, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following:

(i)    A transaction or series of related transactions (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any Person directly or indirectly becomes the Beneficial Owner of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of transactions


shall not be described hereunder if the acquirer is (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary and acting in such capacity, (B) a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, or (C) any other person whose acquisition of voting securities directly from the Company is approved in advance by a majority of the Incumbent Directors; or

(ii)    During any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that an individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the twenty-four (24) month period will be deemed to have satisfied such twenty-four (24) month requirement (and be an Incumbent Director) if such director was elected by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; or

(iii)    The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (C) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(A)    which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(B)    After which no Person, directly or indirectly, becomes the Beneficial Owner of voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no Person shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2(h)(iii)(B) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(iv)    The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if it is effected for the purpose of changing the place of incorporation or form of organization of the ultimate parent entity (including where the Company is succeeded by an issuer incorporated under the laws of another state for such purpose and whether or not the Company remains in existence following such transaction) where all or substantially all of the persons or group that beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company or the ultimate parent entity in substantially the same proportions of their ownership after the transaction.

Further, if a Change of Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, in order to make payment upon such Change of Control, the transaction or event described above with respect to

 

- 2 -


such Award must also constitute a “change in ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of substantial assets” of the Company within the meaning of Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, and if it does not, payment of such Award will be made pursuant to the Award’s original payment schedule or, if earlier, upon the death of the Participant, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement.

(i)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference herein to a section of the Code includes any successor provision to such section.

(j)    “Committee” means a committee of two or more directors designated by the Board to administer this Plan, and, to the extent the Board determines it is appropriate for Awards under the Plan to qualify for the exemption available under Rule 16b-3, will be a committee or subcommittee of the Board composed of two or more members, each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

(k)    “Company” means Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., and, where appropriate, each of its Affiliates and successors.

(l)    “Consultant” means any consultant or adviser if: (i) the consultant or advisor renders bona fide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; (ii) the services rendered by the consultant or advisor are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) the consultant or advisor is a natural person.

(m)    “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 37.

(n)    “Employee” means a full time or part time employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, including an officer or director, who is treated as an employee in the personnel records of the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate for the relevant period, but shall exclude individuals who are classified by the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate as (i) independent contractors or (ii) intermittent or temporary, even if any such classification is changed retroactively as a result of an audit, litigation or otherwise. A Participant shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (x) any vacation or sick time or otherwise approved paid time off in accordance with the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate’s policy or (x) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, a Subsidiary and/or Affiliate. Neither services as a director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate shall alone be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(o)    “Exercise Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

(p)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q)    “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Stock as of any specified date, (i) if the Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, the closing price of the Stock on the immediately preceding date (or if no sales occur on that date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the Stock are so reported); (ii) if the Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded over the counter, the average between the reported high and low or closing bid and asked prices of the Stock on the most recent date on which Stock was publicly traded; (iii) if the Stock is not publicly traded, the amount determined by the Committee in its discretion in such manner as it deems appropriate; or (iii) if the specified date is the date of an initial public offering of Stock, the offering price under such initial public

 

- 3 -


offering. In all events, Fair Market Value will be determined pursuant to a method that complies with the requirements of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

(r)    “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means an Option that is intended to qualify for special Federal income tax treatment pursuant to Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, and which is so designated in the applicable Award Agreement.

(s)    “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(t)    “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules” means the limitations or requirements of Section 409A of the Code, as amended from time to time, including the guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder and successor provisions, guidance and regulations thereto.

(u)    “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(v)    “Option” means a right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 7 to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.

(w)    “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted to an Eligible Person under Section 12.

(x)    “Participant” means, as of a specified date, a Person who holds an Award that is outstanding as of such specified date.

(y)    “Performance Award” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 15, to receive a cash payment, Stock or other Award based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee.

(z)    “Person” means any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including an individual, a firm, a company, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or other entity; a Person, together with that Person’s Affiliates and Associates (as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, provided that “registrant” as used in Rule 12b-2 shall mean the Company), and any Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate or other group (whether or not formally organized), or otherwise acting jointly or in concert or in a coordinated or consciously parallel manner (whether or not pursuant to any express agreement), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities of the Company with such Person, shall be deemed a single “Person.”

(aa)    “Prior Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

(bb)    “Qualifying Public Offering” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Stock for cash where the shares of Stock registered under the Securities Act are listed on a national securities exchange.

(cc)    “Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to an Eligible Person under Section 9, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

- 4 -


(dd)    “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded and unsecured right granted to a Participant under Section 10, to receive Stock, cash or a combination thereof at the end of a specified period, which right is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(ee)    “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, applicable to the Plan and Participants.

(ff)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg)    “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share.

(hh)    “Stock Award” means a bonus payable in fully vested shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 12.

(ii)    “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the exercise price of the SAR.

(jj)    “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing member, general partner or analogous controlling Person of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

(kk)    “Substitute Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

3.    Administration.

(a)    Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee except to the extent the Board elects to administer the Plan, in which case references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to include references to the “Board.” The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to: (i) designate Eligible Persons as Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to an Eligible Person; (iii) determine the number of shares of Stock or amount of cash to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award, consistent with the terms of the Plan, as well as the modification of such terms, which may include the acceleration of vesting, waiver of forfeiture restrictions, modification of the form of settlement of the Award (for example, from cash to Stock or vice versa), or modification of any other condition or limitation regarding an Award, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion;

 

- 5 -


(v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be vested, settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive rules and regulations used to administer the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Subject to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, the Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, in any Award, or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to carry the Plan or any such Award or Award Agreement, or any term thereof, into effect, and the Committee shall be the sole and final judge of that necessity or desirability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall not have any discretion to (A) accelerate the payment of any Award that provides for a deferral of compensation under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules if such acceleration would subject a Participant to additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, or (B) take any action that would violate any applicable law. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Section 3(a) shall be final and conclusive.

(b)    Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, stockholders, Participants, beneficiaries, and transferees or other Persons claiming rights from or through a Participant. For the avoidance of doubt, the full Board may take any action relating to an Award granted or to be granted to an Eligible Person.

(c)    Delegation of Authority. The Committee may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan to any officer of the Company that is also a member of the Board (in their capacity as a member of the Board), subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions, including administrative functions and the power to grant Awards under the Plan, as the Committee may determine, to the extent that such delegation will not violate state or corporate law. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” other than in Section 4(f) or 17, shall be deemed to include any officer of the Company to whom such powers have been delegated by the Committee. Any such delegation shall not limit such officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan; provided, however, the officer may not grant Awards to himself or herself or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to himself or herself, a member of the Board, or an individual who is an executive officer of the Company or an Affiliate. The Committee may also appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan that are Employees (whether or not officers) of the Company, provided that such individuals may not be delegated the authority to grant or modify any Awards that will, or may, be settled in Stock.

(d)    Limitation of Liability. The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Company’s legal counsel, independent auditors, Consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of this Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

4.    Stock Subject to Plan.

(a)    Total Shares Available. The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be the sum of (i) 800,000 shares and (ii) the total number of shares of Stock

 

- 6 -


remaining available for new awards under the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “Prior Plan”) as of May 29, 2019. The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment as provided by Section 4(f). All shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan may be granted in respect of Options (including Incentive Stock Options) or Stock Appreciation Rights. The shares of Stock that may be delivered pursuant to Awards may be authorized but unissued Stock or authorized and issued Stock held in the Company’s treasury, or otherwise acquired for purposes of the Plan.

(b)    Shares Reissuable Under Plan. To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, lapses for any reason, or is settled in cash, any shares of Stock subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Further, any shares of Stock tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award, or any shares of Stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding Award, shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan.

(c)    Shares Not Counted Against Share Pool Reserve. To the extent permitted by applicable law and/or any applicable stock exchange rule, shares of Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate (“Substitute Awards”) shall not be counted against shares of Stock available for grant pursuant to this Plan. Additionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or any applicable stock exchange rule in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any company with which the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for grants of Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan, and shares of Stock subject to such Awards (which, for the avoidance of doubt, exclude Substitute Awards) may again become available for Awards under the Plan as provided under Section 4(b) above; provided that Awards using such available shares (or any shares of Stock that again become available for issuance under the Plan under Section 4(b) above): (i) shall not be granted after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination; (ii) shall be made only to individuals who were not Employees, directors or Consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates prior to such acquisition or combination; and (iii) shall otherwise be granted in compliance with applicable stock exchange listing standards. In addition, the payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash pursuant to any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

(d)    Prior Plan. From and after May 29, 2019, no new awards may be granted under the Prior Plan, it being understood that: (i) awards outstanding under the Prior Plan as of the date the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan shall remain in full force and effect under the Prior Plan according to their respective terms, and (ii) to the extent that (A) any such award is forfeited or otherwise terminates or is canceled without the delivery of shares of Stock, or (B) shares of Stock are withheld from any such award to satisfy any tax or withholding obligation, then the shares of Stock covered by such forfeited, terminated or canceled award or which are equal to the number of shares of Stock withheld, will again become available for issuance under this Plan.

(e)    Annual Limit on Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in any policy of the Company regarding compensation payable to a Non-Employee Director, the sum of the grant date fair value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of all Awards payable in Stock and the maximum amount that may become payable pursuant to all cash-based Awards that may be granted under the Plan to an individual as compensation for

 

- 7 -


services as a Non-Employee Director, together with cash compensation paid to the Non-Employee Director in the form Board and Committee retainer, meeting or similar fees, during any calendar year shall not exceed $500,000.00.

(f)    Adjustment for Change in Capitalization.

(i)    Adjustment. In the event that any special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution is declared (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), or there occurs any recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange or other similar corporate transaction or event, the Committee shall adjust, as it deems necessary or appropriate, (A) the number and kind of shares of stock which may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards, (B) the number and kind of shares of stock or other property, including cash, issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, and (C) the Exercise Price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award; provided that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Section 424 of the Code; and provided further that no such adjustment shall cause any Award hereunder which is or becomes subject to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules to fail to comply with the requirements of such section.

(ii)    Additional Issuances. Except as expressly provided herein, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per share of Stock, if applicable.

(iii)    Existence of Plans and Awards. The existence of this Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company, the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities ahead of or affecting Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding. In no event will any action taken by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4(f) result in the creation of deferred compensation within the meaning of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

5.    Eligibility. Awards may be granted under this Plan only to Persons who are Eligible Persons at the time of grant thereof. The grant of an Award hereunder in any year to any individual shall not entitle such individual to a grant of an Award in any future year.

6.    Awards Under the Plan; Award Agreement. The Committee may grant Awards in such amounts and with such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. Each Award granted under the Plan (except an unconditional Stock Award) shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall contain such provisions as the Committee may in its sole discretion deem necessary or desirable and which are not in conflict with the terms of the Plan. By accepting an Award, a Participant shall be deemed to agree that the Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

- 8 -


7.    Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options, which may be designated as either ISOs or Nonstatutory Stock Options, to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Exercise Price. Each Award Agreement evidencing an Option shall state the exercise price per share of Stock (the “Exercise Price”); provided, however, that except with respect to Substitute Awards or as provided Section 4(f) hereof, the Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than the greater of (A) the par value per share of the Stock or (B) 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the Option (or in the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or any Subsidiary, 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of grant). Except with respect to Substitute Awards, in the event an Option is granted with an Exercise Price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the Option, the Exercise Price of such Option shall be deemed to be 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the Option.

(b)    Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the methods by which such Exercise Price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, including without limitation, cash or cash equivalents, Stock (including previously owned shares or through a cashless or broker-assisted exercise or other reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the Option), other Awards or awards granted under other plans of the Company or any Subsidiary, other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis), and the methods by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, including, but not limited to, the delivery of Restricted Stock subject to Section 9. In the case of an exercise whereby the Exercise Price is paid with Stock, such Stock shall be valued as of the date of exercise. No Option may be exercisable for a period of more than ten (10) years following the date of grant of the Option (or in the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or any Subsidiary, for a period of no more than five (5) years following the date of grant of the ISO).

(c)    ISOs. The terms of any ISO granted under this Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of section 422 of the Code. ISOs may only be granted to Eligible Persons who are Employees of the Company or Employees of a parent or Subsidiary corporation of the Company. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(f) or 16, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs (including any SAR in tandem therewith) shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either this Plan or any ISO under section 422 of the Code, unless the Participant has first requested the change that will result in such disqualification. ISOs shall not be granted more than ten years after the earlier of the adoption of this Plan or the approval of this Plan by the Company’s stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock subject to an ISO and the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of stock of any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) subject to any other ISO (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code) of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) that first becomes purchasable by a Participant in any calendar year may not (with respect to that Participant) exceed $100,000, or such other amount as may be prescribed under section 422 of the Code or applicable regulations or rulings from time to time. As used in the previous sentence, Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the date the ISOs are granted. Failure to comply with this provision shall not impair the enforceability or exercisability of any Option, but shall cause the excess amount of shares to be reclassified in accordance with the Code.

 

- 9 -


8.    Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Right to Payment. An SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee.

(b)    Grant Price. Each Award Agreement evidencing an SAR shall state the grant price per share of Stock; provided, however, that the grant price per share of Stock subject to an SAR shall not be less than the greater of (A) the par value per share of the Stock or (B) 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the SAR. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(i), in the event an SAR is granted with grant price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the SAR, the grant price of such SAR shall be deemed to be 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the SAR.

(c)    Time and Method of Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee shall determine, at the date of grant or thereafter, the number of shares of Stock to which the SAR relates, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be vested and/or exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable upon settlement, method by or forms in which Stock (if any) will be delivered to Participants, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. SARs may be either free-standing or in tandem with other Awards. No SAR may be exercisable for a period of more than ten (10) years following the date of grant of the SAR.

(d)    Rights Related to Options. An SAR granted in connection with an Option shall entitle a Participant, upon exercise, to surrender that Option or any portion thereof, to the extent unexercised, and to receive payment of an amount determined by multiplying (A) the difference obtained by subtracting the Exercise Price with respect to a share of Stock specified in the related Option from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR, by (B) the number of shares as to which that SAR has been exercised. The Option shall then cease to be exercisable to the extent surrendered. SARs granted in connection with an Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement governing the Option, which shall provide that the SAR is exercisable only at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall not be transferable except to the extent that the related Option is transferrable.

9.    Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Grant and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.

(b)    Dividends and Splits. As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may allow a Participant to elect, or may require, that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock, applied to the purchase of additional Awards under this Plan or deferred without interest to the date of vesting of the associated Award of Restricted Stock; provided, that, to the extent applicable, any such election is intended

 

- 10 -


to comply with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable Award Agreement, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property (other than cash) distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

10.    Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Award and Restrictions. Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine.

(b)    Settlement. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for such Restricted Stock Unit by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant). Restricted Stock Units shall be satisfied by the delivery of (i) a number of shares of Stock equal to the number of RSUs vesting on such date, or (ii) cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of shares of Stock covered by the vesting Restricted Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter.

(c)    Effect of Termination of Employment (or Provision of Services). Except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and subject to the Committee’s authority under to Section 3 hereof, Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of employment (or upon cessation of such Participant’s services to the Company) for any reason.

11.    Dividend Equivalents. The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to an Eligible Person, entitling the Eligible Person to receive cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award (other than an Award of Restricted Stock or a Stock Award). The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or at a later specified date, and if distributed at a later date may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles or accrued in a bookkeeping account without interest, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify. With respect to Dividend Equivalents granted in connection with another Award, absent a contrary provision in the Award Agreement, such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the Award with respect to which the dividends accrue and shall not be paid unless and until such Award has vested and been earned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dividend Equivalents shall only be paid in a manner that is either exempt from or in compliance with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

12.    Stock Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant a Stock Award under the Plan to any Eligible Person as a bonus, as additional compensation, or in lieu of cash compensation the individual is otherwise entitled to receive, in such amounts and subject to such other terms as the Committee in its discretion determines to be appropriate.

13.    Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Eligible Persons such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in,

 

- 11 -


valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan, including without limitation convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Subsidiaries of the Company. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Other Stock-Based Awards. Stock delivered pursuant to an Other-Stock Based Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 13 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine.

14.    Cash Awards. The Committee may grant awards that are payable solely in cash, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, and such Cash Awards shall be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, from time to time. Cash Awards may be granted with value and payment contingent upon the achievement of performance criteria.

15.    Performance Awards. The right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions.

16.    Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a)    Limit on Transfer of Awards.

(i)    Except as provided in Section 16(a)(iii) and (iv) below, each Option and SAR shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the Person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an ISO shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(ii)    Except as provided in Section 16(a)(iii) and (iv) below, no Award other than a Stock Award, and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(iii)    To the extent specifically provided by the Committee, an Award may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities or on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.

(iv)    An Award may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order entered or approved by a court of competent jurisdiction upon delivery to the Company of a written request for such transfer and a certified copy of such order.

(b)    Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals. Subject to the terms of this Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries upon the exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, including without limitation cash, Stock, other Awards or other property,

 

- 12 -


and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis (which may be required by the Committee or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee); provided, however, that any such deferred or installment payments will be set forth in the Award Agreement and/or otherwise made in a manner that will not result in additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock. This Plan shall not constitute an “employee benefit plan” for purposes of section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(c)    Evidencing Stock. The Stock or other securities of the Company delivered pursuant to an Award may be evidenced in any manner deemed appropriate by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, in the form of a certificate issued in the name of the Participant or by book entry, electronic or otherwise and shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Stock or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal, state or other laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, related to the Restricted Stock

(d)    Consideration for Grants. Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee shall determine, but shall not be granted for less than the minimum lawful consideration.

(e)    Additional Agreements. Each Eligible Person to whom an Award is granted under this Plan may be required to agree in writing, as a condition to the grant of such Award or otherwise, to subject an Award that is exercised or settled following such Eligible Person’s termination of employment or service to a general release of claims and/or a noncompetition or other restricted covenant agreement in favor of the Company and its Affiliates, with the terms and conditions of such agreement(s) to be determined in good faith by the Committee.

(f)    Termination of Service. Except as provided herein, the treatment of an Award upon a termination of employment or any other service relationship by and between a Participant and the Company or any Affiliate shall be specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(g)    Restricted Securities. Prior to a Qualifying Public Offering, the Stock to be issued under this Plan, which may be issued in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Rule 701, shall be deemed to be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants. Resales of such Stock by the holder thereof shall be in compliance with the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom. Such Stock may bear an appropriate legend if determined necessary by the Committee.

17.    Change of Control Provisions. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise, and subject to Section 4(f), in the event of a Change of Control:

 

- 13 -


(a)    With respect to each outstanding Award that is not assumed or substituted in connection with a Change of Control, immediately upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, (i) such Award shall become fully vested and exercisable, (ii) the restrictions, payment conditions, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any such Award granted shall lapse, and (iii) any performance conditions imposed with respect to such Award shall be deemed to be achieved at target performance levels.

(b)    For purposes of this Section 17, an Award shall be considered assumed or substituted for if, following the Change of Control, the Award is of substantially comparable value and remains subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Award immediately prior to the Change of Control except that, if the Award related to shares of Stock, the Award instead confers the right to receive common stock of the acquiring or ultimate parent entity.

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, upon a Change of Control or changes in the outstanding Stock by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for under Section 4(f), the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any holder, may effect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual holders and which may vary among Options, SARs or other Awards held by any individual holder: (i) remove any applicable forfeiture restrictions on any Award; (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability of an Award so that such Award may be exercised in full or in part for a limited period of time on or before a date specified by the Committee, before or after such Change of Control, after which specified date all unexercised Awards and all rights of holders thereunder shall terminate; (iii) provide for a cash payment with respect to outstanding Awards by requiring the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected holders of some or all of the outstanding Awards held by such holders (irrespective of whether such Awards are then vested or exercisable pursuant to the Plan) as of a date, before or after such Change of Control, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such Awards (with respect to all shares subject to such Awards) and pay to each holder an amount of cash (or other consideration including securities or other property) per Award (other than a Dividend Equivalent or Cash Award) equal to the Change of Control Price (as defined below), less the Exercise Price with respect to an Option and less the grant price with respect to a SAR, as applicable to such Awards; provided, however, that to the extent the exercise price of an Option or an SAR exceeds the Change of Control Price, such award may be canceled for no consideration; (iv) cancel Awards that are unexercisable or remain subject to a restricted period as of the date of a Change of Control without payment of any consideration to the Participant for such Awards; or (v) make such adjustments to Awards then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change of Control (including, but not limited to, (x) the substitution, assumption, or continuation of Awards by the successor company or a parent or subsidiary thereof for new awards, and (y) the adjustment as to the number and price of shares of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards); provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Awards then outstanding.

(d)    The “Change of Control Price” shall equal the amount determined in the following clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), whichever is applicable, as follows: (i) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any merger or consolidation, (ii) the per share Fair Market Value of the Stock immediately before the Change of Control without regard to assets sold in the Change of Control and assuming the Company has received the consideration paid for the assets in the case of a sale of the assets, (iii) the amount distributed per share of Stock in a dissolution transaction, (iv) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place, or (v) if such Change of Control occurs other than pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this Section 17(d), the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock that may otherwise be obtained with respect to such Awards or to which such Awards track, as determined by the Committee as

 

- 14 -


of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation and surrender of such Awards. In the event that the consideration offered to stockholders of the Company in any transaction described in this Section 17(d) or in Section 17(c) consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash and such determination shall be binding on all affected Participants to the extent applicable to Awards held by such Participants.

18.    Lock-Up Period. As a condition to (a) receiving an Award under the Plan and (b) receiving any Stock in settlement of an Award, each Participant hereby agrees that, if any underwritten offering is undertaken by the Company for its own account or on account of a third party pursuant to customary registration rights (an “Offering”) (other than registration of securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Participant will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of Stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Stock, (except pursuant to the prospectus or registration statement for such Offering) during the “Lock-Up Period,” unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company. The “Lock-Up Period” shall be no longer than the lock-up period applicable to the other shareholders of Stock and in any event no longer than 180 days. This Section 18 shall not apply to Awards granted after a Qualifying Public Offering.

19.    Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan or any agreement to the contrary, Awards granted under the Plan will expire or be forfeited, to the extent not exercised or settled, within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of notice from the Company’s and/or the Bank’s primary federal or state regulator (“Regulator”) that (i) the Company and/or the Bank has not maintained its minimum capital requirements (as determined by the Regulator); and (ii) the Regulator is requiring termination or forfeiture of the Awards. Upon receipt of such notice from the Regulator, the Company and/or the Bank will promptly notify each Participant that such Awards have become fully exercisable and vested to the full extent of the grant and that the Participant must exercise the Award or the Award must be settled, as applicable, prior to the end of the 45-day period or such earlier period as may be specified by the Regulator or the Participant will forfeit such Awards. In case of forfeiture, no Participant will have a cause of action, of any kind or nature, with respect to the forfeiture against the Company, the Bank or any parent or Subsidiary. None of the Company, the Bank, or any parent or Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant due to the failure or inability of the Company and/or the Bank to provide adequate notice to the Participant.

20.    Conditions to Delivery of Stock. Nothing herein or in any Award Agreement shall require the Company to issue any shares with respect to any Award if that issuance would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, constitute a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable statute or regulation, or the rules of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. In addition, each Participant who receives an Award under this Plan shall not sell or otherwise dispose of Stock that is acquired upon grant or vesting of an Award in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws, the Plan or the rules, regulations or other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed. At the time of any exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or at the time of any grant of any other Award the Company may, as a condition precedent to the exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right or settlement of any other Award, require from the Participant (or in the event of his or her death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) such written representations, if any, concerning the holder’s intentions with regard to the retention or disposition of the shares of Stock being acquired pursuant to the Award and such written covenants and agreements, if any, as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by that holder (or in the event of the holder’s death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) will not involve a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other

 

- 15 -


applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. Stock or other securities shall not be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (including, without limitation, any Exercise Price, grant price, or tax withholding) is received by the Company.

21.    Tax Withholding. The Company and any of its Affiliates are authorized to withhold from any Award granted, or any payment relating to an Award, including from a distribution of Stock, taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company, its Affiliates and Participants to satisfy the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award in such amounts as may be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the form of payment acceptable for such tax withholding obligations, including the delivery of cash or cash equivalents, Stock (including previously owned shares, net settlement, a broker-assisted sale, or other cashless withholding or reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable or delivered pursuant to the Award), other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate. If such tax withholding amounts are satisfied through net settlement or previously owned shares, the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of shares of Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, foreign and/or local tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to such Award, as determined by the Committee.

22.    Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. If any Participant shall, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Stock under the Plan, make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within 10 days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service.

23.    Notification Upon Disqualifying Disposition Under Section 421(b) of the Code. Each Award Agreement with respect to an Incentive Stock Option shall require the Participant to notify the Company of any disposition of shares of Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such Option under the circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions) within 10 days of such disposition.

24.    Amendments to the Plan and Awards. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under this Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to this Plan, including any increase in any share limitation, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to this Plan to stockholders for approval; provided, that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award Agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Plan; provided, however, that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award.

 

- 16 -


25.    Expenses and Receipts. The expenses of the Plan shall be paid by the Company. Any proceeds received by the Company in connection with any Award may be used for general corporate purposes.

26.    Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan. Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (a) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service relationship at any time, (c) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under this Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and/or Employees and/or other service providers, or (d) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award.

27.    Unfunded Status of Awards. This Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for certain incentive awards. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or such Affiliate.

28.    No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares of Stock or whether such fractional shares of Stock or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated with or without consideration.

29.    Beneficiary. A Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the executor or Committee of the Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be the Participant’s beneficiary.

30.    Paperless Administration. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

31.    Severability and Reformation. If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable law or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect. If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan or any Award Agreement conflict with the requirements section 422 of the Code (with respect to Incentive Stock Options), then those conflicting terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with section 422 of the Code. With respect to Incentive Stock Options, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422 of the Code, that provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if that provision had been set out at length herein; provided, further, that, to the extent any Option that is

 

- 17 -


intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option cannot so qualify, that Option (to that extent) shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option for all purposes of the Plan.

32.    Nonexclusivity of this Plan. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from taking any corporate action which is deemed by the Company or such Subsidiary to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on this Plan or any Award made under this Plan. No Employee, beneficiary or other Person shall have any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of any such action.

33.    Governing Law. All questions arising with respect to the provisions of the Plan and Awards shall be determined by application of the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any conflict of law provisions thereof. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Stock hereunder is subject to applicable federal and state laws and to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, or delivery of such Stock.

34.    Clawback. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

35.    Section 409A Compliance. It is the general intention, but not the obligation, of the Committee to design Awards to comply with or to be exempt from the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, and Awards will be operated and construed accordingly. Neither this Section 35 nor any other provision of the Plan is or contains a representation to any Participant regarding the tax consequences of the grant, vesting, exercise, settlement, or sale of any Award (or the Stock underlying such Award) granted hereunder, and should not be interpreted as such. In no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Participant on account of non-compliance with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a “specified employee” (as defined under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules) becomes entitled to a payment under an Award that would be subject to additional taxes and interest under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules if the Participant’s receipt of such payment or benefits is not delayed until the earlier of (i) the date of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the date that is six months after the Participant’s “separation from service,” as defined under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules (such date, the “Section 409A Payment Date”), then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to the Participant until the Section 409A Payment Date. Any amounts subject to the preceding sentence that would otherwise be payable prior to the Section 409A Payment Date will be aggregated and paid in a lump sum without interest on the Section 409A Payment Date. The applicable provisions of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules are hereby incorporated by reference and shall control over any Plan or Award Agreement provision in conflict therewith.

36.    Correction of Errors. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may amend an Award, to take effective retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of correcting errors occurring in connection with the grant or documentation of an Award, including rescinding an Award erroneously granted, including, but not limited to, an Award erroneously granted to an individual who is not eligible to receive on an Award on the date of grant of the Award. By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant agrees to any

 

- 18 -


amendment made pursuant to this Section 36 to any Award made under the Plan without further consideration or action.

37.    Plan Effective Date and Term. This Plan is adopted effective April 15, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company at the Company’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders. No Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after April 18, 2029. However, any Award granted prior to such termination, and the authority of the Board or Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award in accordance with the terms of this Plan, shall extend beyond such termination date until the final disposition of such Award.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 10.4

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of                     , 20    , by and between Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors and officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Organizational Documents (as defined below) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the TBOC (as defined below). The Organizational Documents of the Company and the TBOC expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;


WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Organizational Documents and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Organizational Documents and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.    Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Company’s Organizational Documents and the TBOC. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as an officer and director of the Company, as provided in Section 17 hereof.

Section 2.    Definitions.    As used in this Agreement:

(a)    References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other member of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

(b)    A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i.    Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial

 

-2-


Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii.    Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

iii.    Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately following such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv.    Liquidation. The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v.    Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A)    “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B)    “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

-3-


(C)    “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d)    “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e)    “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f)    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, electronic discovery costs, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 15(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g)    “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding

 

-4-


the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h)    The term “Organizational Documents” shall mean the First Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of the Company and the First Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, in each case as amended from time to time.

(i)    The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him (or a failure to take action by him) or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting pursuant to his Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

(j)    The term “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” shall mean the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended from time to time.

(k)    The term “TBOC” shall mean the Texas Business Organizations Code, as amended from time to time.

(l)    The term “Texas Court” shall mean the courts of the State of Texas located in Harris County, Texas.

(m)    References to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

-5-


Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Organizational Documents, vote of its shareholders or Disinterested Directors or applicable law.

Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that a Texas Court or any other court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent

 

-6-


that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7.    Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 8.    Additional Indemnification.

(a)    Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4 or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b)    For purposes of Section 8(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

i.    to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the TBOC that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the TBOC; and

ii.    to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the TBOC adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 9.    NOTICE OF ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY. THE COMPANY EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE INDEMNITIES CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT REQUIRE ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY PREDICATED ON THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, OR CONDUCT RESULTING IN STRICT LIABILITY OF INDEMNITEE, AND THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS SECTION 9 COMPLIES WITH ANY REQUIREMENT TO EXPRESSLY STATE LIABILITY FOR NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, OR CONDUCT RESULTING IN STRICT LIABILITY AND IS CONSPICUOUS AND AFFORDS FAIR AND ADEQUATE NOTICE.

Section 10.    Exclusions.    Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

-7-


(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b)    for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(c)    except as provided in Section 15(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

Section 11.    Advances of Expenses.    Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 15(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 15(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 11 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10.

Section 12.    Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a)    Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as

 

-8-


soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b)    The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

Section 13.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 12(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the shareholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

(b)    In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 13(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 13(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the

 

-9-


Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Texas Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Texas Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 13(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 15(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 14.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 12(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    Subject to Section 15(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 13 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to

 

-10-


indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 14(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the shareholders pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the shareholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of shareholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement.

(c)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(d)    For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 14(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 15.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

-11-


(a)    Subject to Section 15(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the last sentence of Section 13(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 15(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this

 

-12-


Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 16.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Organizational Documents, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Texas law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Organizational Documents and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees or agents of the Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on

 

-13-


behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)    In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d)    The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e)    The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, organization or other enterprise.

Section 17.    Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director and officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

Section 18.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid,

 

-14-


illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 19.    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Organizational Documents and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 20.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 21.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 22.    Notices.    All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a)    If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b)    If to the Company, to

 

  Third

Coast Bancshares, Inc.

  20202

Highway 59 North, Suite 190

  Humble,

Texas 77338

  Attention:

Chief Executive Officer

 

-15-


or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 23.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 24.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 15(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Texas Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Texas Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Texas Court and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Texas Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 25.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 26.    Miscellaneous.    Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

-16-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.     Indemnitee

 

   

 

Name:     Name:
Title:     Address:

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.5

AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK & TRUST

LOAN AGREEMENT

This loan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into to be effective as of March 10, 2021, by and between AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK & TRUST (“Lender”) and THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC., a Texas corporation (“Borrower”).

Borrower has applied to Lender for a loan (“Loan”) in an amount of up to $30,875,000.00, as a revolving line of credit, to consolidate the existing loan balance with lender of $20,875,000 and new funds of $10,000,000 to provide funds for capital injections into Bank to support future growth and/or holding company expenditures, and to be secured by the stock of Bank, together with other collateral as herein described. To evidence the Loan, Borrower has, of even date herewith, executed and delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Lender a Promissory Note (“Note”) in the original maximum stated principal amount of the Loan, and various other Loan Documents (as defined below), including a Pledge Agreement (“Pledge Agreement”) executed by Borrower covering the property therein described. In connection with the Loan, and in consideration of lender’s commitment to fund proceeds of the Loan, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.     Definitions. Defined terms used in this Loan Agreement (“Agreement”) shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Exhibit A attached hereto.

2.    Repayment of loan. Borrower shall repay the Loan, plus accrued interest thereon, as provided in the Note. All payments of principal, interest and other amounts to be paid under this Agreement, the Note, and the other Loan Documents shall be made to Lender at its office at 1500 W. 7th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (or such other location as Lender advises Borrower in writing), in lawful currency of the United States of America and in immediately available funds. Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Note shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day and interest shall continue to accrue during such extension. Borrower may prepay the Note in whole or part at any time without premium or penalty, but with accrued interest to the date of prepayment on the amount so prepaid, provided that partial prepayments shall be applied to the principal of the Loan in the inverse order of the required principal payments set forth in the Note and below. Lender shall have no obligation or commitment to renew the Loan. Lender will, however, consider renewing the Loan if (a) the financial condition of Borrower and Bank is satisfactory to Lender, in its sole discretion, (b) no Event of Default, and no event that with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing, and (c) Borrower shall have made payments of all principal and accrued interest owing during the term of the Loan in accordance with the Note.

3. Collateral. To secure full and complete payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower shall execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered the documents described below covering the collateral described in this Section (which, together with any other property and collateral which may now or hereafter secure the Obligations or any part thereof, is sometimes herein called the “Collateral”):

(a)    Borrower shall grant to Lender a first priority security interest in one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of the Bank, including common and preferred stock, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower, and all products and proceeds thereof, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement (the “Pledged Stock”). Lender shall retain possession of the certificate or certificates representing the Pledged Stock, together with stock powers duly executed in blank by Borrower.

(b)     Borrower shall execute and cause to be executed such further documents and instruments, including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, as Lender, in

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 1


its reasonable discretion, deems necessary or desirable to evidence and perfect its liens and security interests in the Collateral.

4.    Distributions. If Borrower shall be entitled to receive or shall receive any stock certificate (including, without limitation, any certificate representing a stock dividend or distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase, or reduction of capital, or issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights, whether as an addition to, in substitution of, or in exchange for any shares of any Pledged Stock, Borrower agrees to accept the same as Lender’s agent and to hold the same in trust on behalf of and for the benefit of Lender and to deliver the same forthwith to Lender in the exact form received, with the endorsement of Borrower where necessary and/or appropriate undated stock powers duly executed in blank, to be held by Lender, subject to the terms of the Pledge Agreement, as additional Collateral.

5.    Setoff. Lender shall have the right to set off and apply against the Obligations in such manner as Lender may determine, without notice to Borrower, any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) or other sums at any time credited by or owing from Lender to Borrower whether or not the Obligations are then due. As further security for the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in all money, instruments, and other property of Borrower now or hereafter held by Lender, including, without limitation, property held in safekeeping. In addition to Lender’s right of setoff and as further security for the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) and other accounts of Borrower now or hereafter on deposit with or held by Lender and all other sums at any time credited by or owing from Lender to Borrower. The rights and remedies of Lender hereunder are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which Lender may have.

6.A.     Conditions Precedent. The obligation of Lender to make the Loan is subject to the condition precedent that Lender shall have received all of the following, each dated (unless otherwise indicated) the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, unless otherwise waived by Lender in writing:

(a)     Articles of Incorporation of Borrower. True, correct, current, and complete Articles of Incorporation (or Certificate of Formation, as applicable) of the Borrower, certified as true and correct by an officer of Borrower.

(b)     Bylaws. True, correct, current, and complete Bylaws of the Borrower, certified as true and correct by an officer of Borrower.

(c)     Certificate of Officer and Incumbency. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower certified by an officer, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note, and the other Loan Documents, together with a certificate of incumbency certifying the names of the officers of Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement, the Note, and the other Loan Documents, together with specimen signatures of such officers.

(d)     Governmental Certificates. A (i) certificate of the appropriate government official of the state of incorporation of Borrower as to the existence of Borrower, dated within ten (10) days prior to the date hereof, and (ii) copy of the good standing certificate of Borrower (or, if in Texas, the Franchise Tax Account Status page from the website of the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts), showing an active right to transact business, reflecting a print date within ten (10) days prior to the date hereof.

(e)     Note. The Note executed by Borrower.

(f)      Pledge Agreement. The Pledge Agreement executed by Borrower.

(g)     Pledged Stock. The original certificates representing the Pledged Stock, accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank by Borrower (or an agreement from Borrower to timely provide same, in a form acceptable to Lender).

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 2


(h)     Articles of Association and Bylaws. True, correct, current, and complete articles of association and bylaws of Bank.

(i)     Federal Reserve Approval. A copy of the written authorization of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System granting approval for the formation of Borrower as a bank holding company and authorizing Borrower’s ownership of the Bank.

(j)    Opinion of Counsel. If requested by Lender, a favorable opinion of legal counsel to Borrower as to such matters as Lender may reasonably request.

(k)    Additional Information. Such additional documents, instruments, and information as Lender or its legal counsel may request.

6.B.     Conditions Precedent to All Advances. To the extent the Loan includes advances which may be made after the Closing Date, the obligation of the Lender to thereafter make any advance under the Loan is subject to the following additional conditions precedent:

(a)     Advance Request Form. Lender shall have received an advance request form in a form satisfactory to Lender, dated the date of such advance, executed by an authorized officer of the Borrower;

(b)     No Default. No Event of Default, and no event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from such advance;

(c)     Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such advance with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date;

(d)     No Material Adverse Change. No material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have occurred since December 31, 2020;

(e)     Additional Documentation. Lender shall have received such additional approvals or documents as the Lender or its legal counsel may reasonably request; and

(f)     Terms. Lender shall have reviewed and approved the terms and conditions of the use of proceeds of the advance to be made, including loan review of Bank and any target(s) to be acquired.

7.     Representations and Warranties. To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

(a)    Borrower (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of Texas; (ii) has all requisite corporate power to own assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted; and (iii) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary and where failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, or operations. Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or may become a party. The Bank is a state savings bank duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the applicable laws of the United States and the State of Texas.

(b)    The borrowing hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action of Borrower and are not in contravention of any law, rule or regulation or of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it may be bound or of Borrower’s articles of incorporation or bylaws.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 3


(c)    This Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, when delivered, shall constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Borrower, as the case may be, enforceable against Borrower, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or other laws of general application relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

(d)     Each financial statement of Borrower and Bank herewith or heretofore delivered to Lender was prepared in conformity with GAAP and truly disclosed Borrower’s and Bank’s financial condition (including all of Borrower’s and Bank’s contingent liabilities) as of the date thereof and the results of its operations for the period covered thereby, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s or Bank’s financial condition and operations subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement of Borrower and Bank delivered to Lender.

(e)     No litigation or governmental proceeding is pending, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or Bank, which may result in any material adverse change in Borrower’s or Bank’s business, properties or operations.

(f)     Borrower has no Debt except Debt to Lender and as described on Schedule 1 hereto, if any. None of Borrower’s or Bank’s assets are subject to any Lien except Liens to Lender and as disclosed on Schedule 2 hereto, if any. Borrower owns, and with respect to Collateral acquired after the date hereof, Borrower will own, legally and beneficially, the Collateral free of any lien or claim or any right or option on the part of any third party to purchase or otherwise acquire the Collateral or any part thereof, except for the security interest granted to Lender pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Collateral is not subject to any restriction on transfer or assignment except for compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations promulgated thereunder. Borrower has the unrestricted right to pledge the Collateral as contemplated by the Loan Documents. All of the Collateral has been duly and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable. The Pledged Stock constitutes one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common capital stock of Bank. There are no existing subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, or rights (including preemptive rights) to acquire, and no existing Debt, securities, or other instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, capital stock of the Bank.

(g)    No certificate or statement herewith or heretofore delivered by Borrower to Lender in connection herewith, or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or fails to state any material fact necessary to keep the statements contained therein from being misleading.

(h)     No authorization, approval, or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any court, governmental authority, or third party is or will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party or the validity or enforceability thereof.

(i)     Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in violation in any material respect of any law, rule, regulation, order, or decree of any court, governmental authority, or arbitrator or any agreement to which such Person is a party.

(j)    Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than Bank.

(k)    Immediately after the consummation of the transactions to occur on the date hereof and immediately following the making of each advance hereunder, if any, made on the date hereof and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such advances, (i) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; ( ii) the present fair saleable value of the assets and properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on their debts and other liabilities,

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 4


subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (iv) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted after the date hereof.

(I)     The Borrower does not intend to, or to permit any of its Subsidiaries to, and does not believe that it or any of the Subsidiaries will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing of and amounts of cash to be received by it or any such Subsidiary and the timing of the amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Debt or the Debt of any such Subsidiary.

8.     Affirmative Covenants. Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding or Lender has any commitment hereunder, Borrower will observe and perform the following positive covenants, unless Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a)    Borrower will keep and cause Bank to keep adequate books and records, in accordance with GAAP, of all of its transactions so that at any time, and from time to time, its true and complete financial condition may be readily determined, and, at Lender’s request, make such books and records available for Lender’s inspection and permit Lender to make and take away copies thereof.

(b)     Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2021, Borrower will promptly furnish to Lender a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower stating that to the best of such officer’s knowledge, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,( or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto), and showing in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 8 and 9 hereof.

(c)    As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2021, Borrower will furnish to Lender a watch list or other reports identifying the Classified Assets and Criticized Assets of Bank.

(d)     By no later than February 1st of each and every year during the term of the Loan, Borrower shall and shall cause Bank to create and deliver to Lender a comprehensive and detailed fiscal budget for the forthcoming year, such budget to include projected cash flow information and a pro forma balance sheet.

(e)    As soon as available, Borrower will furnish to Lender one copy of each financial statement, report, notice, or proxy statement sent by Borrower or Bank to its stockholders generally and one copy of each regular, periodic or special report, registration statement, or prospectus filed by Borrower with any securities exchange or the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor entity, and any material order issued by any court, governmental authority, or arbitrator in any proceeding to which Borrower or Bank is a party.

(f)     Borrower will promptly inform Lender of any litigation against Borrower or Bank or affecting any of Borrower’s or Bank’s property, if such litigation or potential litigation might, in the event of an unfavorable outcome, have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or Bank’s financial condition or might cause an Event of Default.

(g)     Borrower will promptly furnish to Lender, at Lender’s request and within Lender’s sole discretion, such additional financial or other information concerning the assets, liabilities, operations and transactions of Borrower and/or Bank as Lender may from time to time request.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 5


(h)     Borrower will promptly pay when due any and all taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon Borrower or Bank or against any of Borrower’s or Bank’s property, unless the same is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves deemed adequate by Lender have been established therefor.

(i)    Borrower will promptly pay all lawful claims, whether for labor, materials or otherwise, which could, if unpaid, become a lien or charge on any property or assets of Borrower or Bank, unless and to the extent only that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves deemed adequate by Lender have been established therefor.

(j)     Borrower will maintain its and Bank’s existence and promptly comply and cause Bank to promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, governmental regulations, agreements, contracts, and instruments applicable to or binding upon it or to any of its property, business, operations and transactions.

(k)     Borrower will maintain, and cause Bank to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or associations, insurance of the kinds, covering the risks and in the relative proportionate amounts, usually carried by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of Borrower and Bank (such insurance to be in any event in such amounts and covering such risks as shall be satisfactory to Lender), and, at Lender’s request, deliver to Lender evidence of the maintenance of such insurance.

(l)    Borrower will preserve and maintain all licenses, privileges, franchises, certificates and the like necessary for the operation of its business.

(m)     Borrower will cause Bank to maintain federal deposit insurance and to be a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

(n)     Borrower will promptly furnish to Lender written notice of (i) the issuance of any notice of charges, cease and desist order (temporary or otherwise) or order to take affirmative action by any governmental or regulatory authority against Borrower or Bank or any director, officer, employee, agent, or other person participating in the conduct of the affairs of Borrower or Bank, (ii) the service of any notice of intention to remove from office or notice of intention to suspend from office by any governmental or regulatory authority upon any director or officer of Borrower or Bank, (iii) the issuance of a notice of termination of the status of Bank as an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, as amended, or (iv) the commencement of any action, issuance of any order, or the occurrence of any other event between any governmental or regulatory authority the result of which would prohibit, limit or otherwise in any manner restrict the payment of dividends or flow of monies or benefits from Bank.

(o)     Borrower shall deliver to Lender, as soon as received by Borrower, yearly reviews of the loan portfolio of Bank, which shall be performed by an independent third party acceptable to Lender.

(p)     Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Lender, as soon as possible upon receipt, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days of year end, annual audited financial statements of Borrower and Bank, commencing with the year ending December, 2020.

9.     Negative Covenants. Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding or Lender has any commitment hereunder, Borrower will perform and observe the following negative covenants, unless Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a)     Provided that the result of any such action would not, on a proforma basis (as reasonably determined by Lender following receipt of information supplied by Borrower as requested by Lender), cause a violation of any of the covenants herein, Borrower will not reorganize, merge, consolidate with, or permit Bank to reorganize, merge, or consolidate with, or acquire all or substantially

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 6


all of the assets of, any other company, firm or association, or make any other substantial change in its capitalization or character of its business.

(b)    Borrower will not and will not permit    Bank to sell, lease, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any rights in any of its assets used or useful in its business, except in the regular course of business for reasonably equivalent cash consideration.

(c)    Borrower will not permit the Classified Assets of Bank to at any time exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Tier 1 Capital plus allowance for loan and lease losses of Bank. (8.0%).

(d)     Borrower will not permit Bank’s Leverage Ratio to at any time be less than eight percent

(e)    Borrower will not permit Bank’s Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio to at any time be less than nine and one-half percent (9.5%);

(f)     Borrower will not permit Bank’s Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio to at any time be less than ten and one-half percent (10.5%).

(g)    Borrower will not permit Bank’s Return on Average Assets to be less than one-half percent ((10.5%)) for any fiscal quarter, annualized on a year-to-date basis.

(h)    Borrower will not permit Bank’s Tangible Equity Capital to be less than $125,000,000.00..

(i)    Borrower will not permit Bank to enter into any speculative activities or securities hedging

(j)     Borrower will not allow Bank’s Texas Ratio to be more than fifty percent (50%).

(k)    Borrower will not permit Bank to enter into any speculative activities or securities hedging, nor permit Bank to sell, pledge, or otherwise hypothecate any of its assets that are outside of the normal operations of Bank.

(l)    Borrower will not prepay, or permit Bank to prepay, any Debt except the Obligations.

(m)     Borrower will not make, and will not permit Bank to make, any change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP.

(n)    Borrower will not make, and will not permit any Subsidiary other than Bank to make, any advance, loan, extension of credit, or capital contribution to or investment in, or purchase, or permit any Subsidiary other than Bank to purchase, any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, or other securities of any Person, except:

(i)    readily marketable direct obligations of the United States of America;

(ii)    fully insured certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition of any commercial bank operating in the United States; and

(iii)    commercial paper of a domestic issuer if at the time of purchase such paper is rated in one of the two highest rating categories of Standard and Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service.

(o)    Borrower will not incur, create, assume, or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except Liens in favor of Lender (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to Liens for taxes which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith [with bond or other security reasonably acceptable to Lender if Lender so requires], mechanic’s and materialmen’s Liens with respect to obligations which are not

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 7


overdue or which are being contested in good faith, and Liens resulting from deposits to secure the payments of workers’ compensation or other social security or to secure the performance of bids or contracts in the ordinary course of business).

(p)     Borrower will not make any change in its organizational documents or its fiscal year, nor permit Bank to do so, without the prior written consent of lender.

(q)     The total aggregate Debt of Borrower shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Total Equity Capital of Borrower without Lender’s consent. Further, the Bank shall not incur any Debt outside the course of normal historical business operations.

(r)     Borrower shall not allow its Debt Service Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.5 x measured quarterly (but on an annualized basis) upon receipt of and based upon financial information delivered in accordance with Section 8.

10.     Event of Default. Each of the following shall be deemed an “Event of Default”:

(a)    Borrower shall fail to pay or perform, when due, the Obligations or any part thereof and such payment remains outstanding more than five (5) days from the date of when due.

(b)     A cease and desist order shall be issued or shall be drafted or recommended against the Bank by any regulatory authority.

(c)     Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower, Bank, or any Obligated Party in any loan Document or in any certificate, report, notice, or financial statement furnished at any time in connection with this Agreement shall be false, misleading, or erroneous in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made.

(d)     Borrower, Bank, or any Obligated Party shall fail to perform, observe, or comply with any non-monetary covenant, agreement or term contained in this Agreement or any other loan Document and such failure remains outstanding more than thirty {30) days after receipt of written notice from Lender of such failure.

(e)    Borrower, Bank, or any Obligated Party shall commence a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization, or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, conservatorship, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, conservator, or other similar official of it or a substantial part of its property or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in such a proceeding commenced against it or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall generally fail to pay its debts as they become due or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing or shall be subject to any proceeding to accomplish a comparable arrangement.

(f)     An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower, Bank, or any Obligated Party seeking liquidation, reorganization, or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, conservatorship, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, conservator, or other similar official for it or a substantial part of its property, and such involuntary proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days.

(g)    Borrower, Bank, or any Obligated Party shall fail to discharge within a period of thirty (30) days after the commencement thereof any attachment, sequestration, or similar proceeding involving an amount in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) against any of its assets or properties, unless such proceeding is being contested diligently and in good faith and adequate reserves have been established.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 8


(h)     Borrower, Bank, or any Obligated Party shall fail to satisfy and discharge promptly any judgment against it for the payment of money in an amount in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) unless such judgment is being contested diligently and in good faith and adequate reserves have been established.

(i)    Borrower, Bank, or any Obligated Party shall fail to pay when due any principal of or interest on any Debt (other than the Obligations), or the maturity of any such Debt shall have been accelerated, or any such Debt shall have been required to be prepaid prior to the stated maturity thereof, or any event shall have occurred and be continuing that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would permit any holder or holders of such Debt or any Person acting on behalf of such holder or holders to accelerate the maturity thereof or require any such prepayment.

(j)     This Agreement or any other Loan Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared null and void or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by Borrower or any of Borrower’s shareholders, or Borrower shall deny that it has any further liability or obligation under any of the Loan Documents.

(k)     Borrower shall fail, at any time, to own and have pledged to Lender at least 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Bank, or such security interest in favor of Lender shall at any time fail to be a first priority perfected lien and security interest.

(l)     A material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, payments or prospects of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates shall have occurred since the Closing Date.

11.     Rights of Lender. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender may without notice terminate its commitment to lend hereunder and declare the Obligations or any part thereof to be immediately due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, without demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, or protest, all of which are hereby expressly waived; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 10(e) or Section 10(f), the commitment of Lender to lend hereunder shall automatically terminate, and the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, or protest, all of which are hereby expressly waived. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender may exercise all rights and remedies available to it in law or in equity, under the Loan Documents or otherwise.

12.    Maximum Interest Rate. No provision of this Agreement or of the Note shall require the payment or the collection of interest in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law. If any excess of interest in such respect is hereby provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be so provided, in the Note or otherwise in connection with this loan transaction, the provisions of this Section shall govern and prevail and neither Borrower nor the sureties, successors, or assigns of Borrower shall be obligated to pay the excess amount of such interest or any other excess sum paid for use, forbearance, or detention of sums loaned pursuant hereto. In the event Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as interest any such sum, such amount which would be in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law shall be applied as a payment and reduction of the principal of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note; and, if the principal of the Note has been paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to Borrower. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable exceeds the Maximum Rate, Borrower and Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any non principal payment as an expense, fee, or premium rather than as interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the entire contemplated term of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note so that interest for the entire term does not exceed the Maximum Rate.

13.     Applicable Law. This Agreement and all other documents and instruments executed pursuant hereto or in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby are made and performable in Wichita

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 9


County, Texas and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the applicable laws of the United States of America.

14.     Severability. The unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof.

15.     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart by fax or pdf shall be effective as delivery of an original signature.

16.     Miscellaneous. No modification, consent, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by an officer of Lender, and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall, of itself, entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. No delay or omission by Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder shall impair any such right or power or be construed as a waiver thereof or any acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. All rights and remedies of Lender hereunder are cumulative of each other and of every other right or remedy which Lender may otherwise have at law or in equity or under any other contract or document, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP on the basis used by Borrower in prior years. This Agreement is binding upon Borrower, its successors and assigns, and inures to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without Lender’s prior written consent.

17.     Expenses of Lender. Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby. Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any and all amendments, modifications, supplements to, and ongoing administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation the reasonable costs and fees of Lender’s legal counsel, and all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including without limitation the reasonable costs and fees of Lender’s legal counsel.

18.     Omitted.

19.     INDEMNIFICATION. EXCEPT FOR LENDER’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILFUL MISCONDUCT, BORROWER HEREBY INDEMNIFIES LENDER AND EACH AFFILIATE THEREOF AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, ATTORNEYS, AND AGENTS FROM, AND HOLDS EACH OF THEM HARMLESS AGAINST, ANY AND ALL LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, COSTS, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES) TO WHICH ANY OF THEM MAY BECOME SUBJECT WHICH DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISE FROM OR RELATE TO (i) THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION, DELIVERY, PERFORMANCE, ADMINISTRATION, OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (ii) ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (iii) ANY BREACH BY BORROWER OF ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, OR OTHER AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR (iv) ANY INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY THREATENED INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING TO ANY OF THE FOREGOING. Without limiting any provision of this agreement or of any other loan document, it is the express intention of the parties hereto that each person to be indemnified under this Section shall be indemnified from and held harmless against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, costs, and expenses (including attorney’s fees) arising out of or resulting from the sole or contributory negligence of the person to be indemnified.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 10


20.    Limitation of Liability. Neither Lender nor any affiliate, officer, director, employee, attorney, or agent of Lender shall have any liability with respect to, and Borrower hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages suffered or incurred by Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Borrower hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue Lender or any of Lender’s affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents for punitive damages in respect of any claim in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

21.    No Duty. All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other professional Persons and consultants retained by Lender shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of Lender and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to Borrower or any of Borrower’s shareholders or any other Person.

22.    Lender Not Fiduciary. The relationship between Borrower and Lender is solely that of debtor and creditor, and Lender has no fiduciary or other special relationship with Borrower, and no term or condition of any of the Loan Documents shall be construed so as to deem the relationship between Borrower and Lender to be other than that of debtor and creditor.

23.     Equitable Relief. Borrower recognizes that in the event Borrower fails to pay, perform, observe, or discharge any or all of the Obligations, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to Lender. Borrower therefore agrees that Lender, if Lender so requests, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

24.     Participations. Lender shall have the right at any time and from time to time to grant participations in the Note and any other Loan Documents. Each participant shall be entitled to receive all information received by Lender regarding the creditworthiness of Borrower, including without limitation, information required to be disclosed to a participant pursuant to Banking Circular 181 (Rev., August 2, 1984), issued by the Comptroller of the Currency (whether the participant is subject to the circular or not).

25.    Notices. All notices and other communications provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party shall be given or made by telex, telegraph, telecopy, cable, or in writing and telexed, telecopied, telegraphed, cabled, mailed by certified mail return receipt requested, or delivered to the intended recipient at the “Address for Notices” specified below its name on the signature pages hereof; or, as to any party at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other party given in accordance with this Section. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by telex or telecopy, subject to telephone confirmation of receipt, or delivered to the telegraph or cable office, subject to telephone confirmation of receipt, or when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, when duly deposited in the mails, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

26.    Defined Terms. Defined terms (i.e., terms delineated with capital letters) not otherwise defined herein or in Exhibit A shall be given the meanings commonly ascribed to them by the FFIEC, FDIC, state banking authorities, or other authority, as reasonably determined by Lender.

27.    Omitted.

28.     Entire Agreement. THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO HEREIN EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 11


by the parties hereto. The terms of this Agreement shall control to the extent of any direct conflict with the terms of the other Loan Documents; however, the parties acknowledge and agree that the other Loan Documents contain terms supplemental to the terms of this Agreement.

29.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OR THE ACTIONS OF LENDER IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

30.    Confidentiality. Except as provided in Section 24, above, Lender agrees that it will not disclose without the prior written consent of the Borrower (other than to its employees, auditors, accountants, or counsel or any of its affiliates, who shall agree to maintain the confidential nature of such information) any information with respect to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries which is furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and which (i) the Borrower in good faith considers to be confidential, and (ii) is clearly marked as confidential, provided that Lender may disclose any such information (a) to any party to this Agreement; (b) to any Person if reasonably necessary to the administration of the Loan Documents; (c) as has been publicly disclosed; (d) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement, or testimony submitted to or required by any municipal, state, or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over the Lender or any of its affiliates or submitted to or required by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or similar organizations (whether in the United States of America or elsewhere) or their successors; (e) pursuant to any summons, subpoena, or other legal process, or in connection with any litigation;(f) in order to comply with any law, order, regulation, ruling, or other governmental requirement; (g) to any actual or proposed assignee, participant, or other transferee in connection with any other transfer of the Note, any advance under the loan, or any interest therein, provided that such assignee, participant or other transferee agrees to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or (h) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy by Lender.

31.     USA Patriot Act Notice. Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title Ill of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 12


BORROWER:
THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:   /s/ John McWhorter
  John McWhorter, Executive Vice President

 

Address for Notices:
20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190
Humble, Texas 77338
ATTN:    John McWhorter

LENDER:

AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK & TRUST

By:   /s/ Craig Berry
  Craig Berry, Executive Vice President

Address for Notices:

1500 W. 7th Street

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

ATTN:     Craig Berry

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Page 13


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions are used in the Loan Agreement (“Agreement”) to which this Exhibit A is attached, and any references below to sections shall mean sections of the Agreement.

Average Assets” means a year-to-date average of the average assets reported in the Report of Condition Schedule RC-K. Thus, for the first quarter of the year the average assets from Call Schedule RC-K quarter will appear, while at the end- of- year, assets for all four quarters would be averaged.

Bank” means Third Coast Bank, SSB, Humble, Texas, a Texas state-chartered bank.

Book Value” means, at any time for any share of common stock of Bank, Bank’s Equity Capital divided by the total number of shares of common stock of Bank outstanding at such time.

Business Day’ means any day on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in Wichita Falls, Wichita County, Texas.

Cash Flow” means Net Income of the Borrower.

Classified Assets” means, at any particular time, all assets of Bank classified as “Loss,” “Doubtful,” or “Substandard” or in any equivalent category by Bank or any governmental or regulatory authority.

Closing Date” means the effective date shown at the beginning of the Agreement.

Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 3.

Criticized Assets” means, at any particular time, all assets of the Bank classified as “Loss,” “Doubtful,” “Substandard,” or “other Assets Especially Mentioned,” or in any equivalent category by the Bank or any governmental or regulatory authority.

Debt” means as to any Person at any time (without duplication): (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable of such Person arising in the ordinary course of business which are not past due by more than ninety (90) days unless such trade accounts payable are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (iv) all obligations of such Person under any lease which, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized for balance sheet purposes, (v) all obligations of such Person under guaranties, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), assumptions or other contingent obligations, in respect of, or to purchase or otherwise acquire, any obligation or indebtedness of any other Person, or any other obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly protecting the holder of any obligation or indebtedness of any other Person against loss (whether by partnership arrangements, agreements to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities, or services, to take or pay or otherwise), (vi) all obligations secured by a Lien existing on property owned by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person or are non recourse to the credit of such Person, (vii) all reimbursement obligations of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, surety or other bonds and similar instruments, (viii) all liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of Borrower or any Subsidiary and (ix) all obligations under interest rate swap and similar hedging agreements.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio” means, at any particular time, the ratio of Borrower’s Cash Flow divided by Total Debt Service.

Equity Capital” means, at any particular time, the total equity capital of the Bank determined in accordance with the Instructions (the “Call Report Instructions”) to the Reports of Condition and Income (“Call Reports”) as most recently promulgated by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Exhibit A-1


Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 10.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, as set forth in Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and/or in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and/or their respective successors and which are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question. Accounting principles are applied on a “consistent basis” when the accounting principles observed in a current period are comparable in all material respects to those accounting principles applied in a preceding period.

Lien” means any lien, mortgage, security interest, tax lien, financing statement, pledge, charge, hypothecation, assignment, preference, priority, or other encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or title retention agreement), whether arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise.

Loan Documents means this Agreement and all promissory notes, security agreements, pledge agreements, guaranties, and other instruments, documents, and agreements now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and any future renewals, extensions, and amendments hereto or thereto.

Maximum Rate” means the maximum rate of nonusurious interest permitted from day to day by applicable law, including as to Chapter 303, Texas Finance Code, as amended from time to time (and as the same may be incorporated by reference in other Texas statutes), but otherwise without limitation, that rate based upon the “weekly rate ceiling” and calculated after taking into account any and all relevant fees, payments, and other charges in respect of the Loan Documents which are deemed to be interest under applicable law.

Net Income” means net income (loss) attributable to bank, in accordance with the Call Report Instructions.

Non-Performing Assets” means loans on nonaccrual, loans on which the interest rate has been reduced as troubled debt restructurings, loans which have been past due for ninety (90) days or more, and other real estate and other assets which are owned due to foreclosure or as a result of the exercise of legal remedies where such real estate or other assets were mortgaged or taken as security for loans.

Obligated Party” means Borrower or any other Person who is or becomes party to any agreement that guarantees or secures payment and performance of the Obligations or any part thereof.

Obligations” means all obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of Borrower to Lender, now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct, indirect, related, unrelated, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated, including, without limitation, the obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of Borrower under this Agreement, the Note, and the other Loan Documents, and all interest accruing thereon and all attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in the enforcement or collection thereof.

Person” means any individual, corporation, business trust, association, company, partnership, joint venture, or other entity.

Pledge Agreement means the Pledge Agreement(s) of Borrower in favor of Lender of even date herewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented, or modified.

Pledged Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 3(a).

Return on Average Assets” means, for the applicable reporting period, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of Bank’s Net Income year-to-date annualized to Bank’s Average Assets determined at the end of the applicable period being analyzed.

Subsidiary” means any corporation or bank of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding securities having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of directors is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Borrower, by Borrower and one or more other Subsidiaries, or by one or more other Subsidiaries.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Exhibit A-2


Tangible Equity Capital” means Equity Capital less Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets of the Bank determined in accordance with the Call Report Instructions.

‘‘Texas Ratio” means, at any particular time, the ratio of Bank’s Non-Performing Assets to Tangible Equity Capital (plus loan loss reserve if not included therein).

Tier 1 Capital” means, at any particular time, the Tier 1 Capital of the Bank determined in accordance with the Call Report Instructions.

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio” means, at any particular time, the Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of the Bank determined in accordance with the Call Report Instructions.

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio” means, at any particular time, the Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of the Bank determined in accordance with the Call Report Instructions.

Total Assets” means, at any particular time, all amounts which, in conformity with GAAP, would be included as assets on a balance sheet of Bank determined in accordance with the Call Report Instructions.

Total Debt Service” means, the outstanding balance of the loan, plus interest at the Rate provided in the Note amortized over a one hundred twenty (120) month period.

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio” means, at any particular time, the Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of the Bank determined in accordance with the Call Report Instructions.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT — THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.    Exhibit A-3

Exhibit 10.6

SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

$11.0 Million Subordinated Promissory Notes

This Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement’), dated as of July 29, 2020, is entered into by and among Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and Carl A. and Lois E. Davis (the “Purchasers”).

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase from the Company, one or more subordinated promissory notes in exchange for the consideration (the “Consideration”) set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.

1.1 “Affiliate” means, (i) with respect to any Person, such Person’s immediate family members, partners, members or parent and subsidiary corporations, and any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with said Person and their respective Affiliates, and (ii) with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of any class of voting or equity interest of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or sold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of any class of voting or equity interests.

1.2 “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that is not a day on which banks in the State of Texas are generally authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.

1.3 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.4 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.5 “Maturity Date” means, with respect to each Note issued under this Agreement, the date set forth in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

1.6 “Noteholder” means the registered holder of the Note from time to time.

1.7 “Notes” means the one or more subordinated promissory notes issued to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

1.8 “Person” means an individual, a corporation (whether or not for profit), a partnership, a limited liability company, a joint venture, an association, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a government or any department or agency thereof or any other entity or organization.

 

1


1.9 “Record Noteholder” means the Noteholder holding the Note at the close of business on the Business Day preceding the applicable interest payment date.

1.10 “Requisite Noteholders” means the holders of a majority-in-interest of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

1.11 “Subsidiary” means any corporation or entity which would be a “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act) of the Company.

1.12 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2. Purchase and Sale of Notes.

2.1 Notes and Consideration. In exchange for the Consideration paid by the Purchaser, the Company will sell and issue to the Purchaser one or more Notes. Each Note will have a principal balance equal to that portion of the Consideration paid by the Purchaser for such Note, as set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereto.

2.2 Maturity. Unless sooner paid in accordance with the terms hereof, the entire unpaid principal amount and all unpaid accrued interest shall become fully due and payable on July 29, 2022.

2.3 Interest Rate. The Notes shall bear interest at a rate equal to six percent (6.00%) per annum, payable on a quarterly basis.

2.4 Interest Payment Dates. The Company will pay to each Record Noteholder interest on the principal amount of the Notes quarterly in arrears on October 29, January 29, April 29 and July 29, of each year, beginning on October 29, 2020.

3. Closing.

3.1 Closing. The closing of the sale of the Notes in return for the Consideration paid by the Purchaser (the “Closing”) will take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures on the date of this Agreement, or at such other time and place as the Company may determine in its sole discretion. At the Closing, the Purchaser will deliver the Consideration to the Company and the Company will deliver to the Purchaser one or more executed Notes in return for the respective Consideration provided to the Company.

4. Subordination.

4.1 The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all existing claims of creditors and depositors of the Company, whether now outstanding or subsequently created, assumed or incurred (collectively, “Senior Indebtedness”), which shall consist of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on: (a) all indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, securities, notes or other written instruments, and including, but not limited to, deposits of the Company, and all obligations to the Company’s general and secured creditors; (b) any deferred obligations of the Company for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets

 

2


acquired other than in the ordinary course of business; (c) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company in respect of any letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, security purchase facilities and similar credit transactions; (d) any capital lease obligations of the Company; (e) all obligations of the Company in respect of interest rate swap, cap or other agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contacts, commodity contracts and other similar arrangements; (f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of other persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (g) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of other persons secured by a lien on any property or asset of the Company; except “Senior Indebtedness” does not include (i) the Notes, (ii) any obligation that by its terms expressly is junior to, or ranks equally in right of payment with, the Notes, (iii) any indebtedness between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (iv) the Junior Indebtedness (as defined below). The Notes are not secured by any assets of the Company and not covered by a guarantee of the Company or of an Affiliate of the Company.

4.2 In the event of liquidation of the Company, holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled to be paid in full with such interest as may be provided by law before any payment shall be made on account of principal of or interest on the Notes. Additionally, in the event of any insolvency, dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, restructuring of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal of or interest on the Notes. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to the Senior Indebtedness, the Noteholders, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Notes, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the unpaid principal thereof, and the unpaid interest thereon before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any present or future obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Notes (collectively, “Junior Indebtedness”).

4.3 If there shall have occurred and be continuing (a) a default in any payment with respect to any Senior Indebtedness or (b) an event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness as a result of which the maturity thereof is accelerated, unless and until such payment default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payments shall be made by the Company with respect to the Notes.

4.4 Nothing herein shall impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each of the Notes in accordance with its terms. Nothing herein shall act to prohibit, limit or impede the Company from issuing additional debt of the Company having the same rank as the Notes or which may be junior or senior in rank to the Notes.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company. In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

5.1 Due Organization: Qualification and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

3


5.2 Authorization and Enforceability. All corporate action has been taken on the part of the Company and its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes. Except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, the Company has taken all corporate action required to make all of the obligations of the Company reflected in the provisions of this Agreement and the Notes valid and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

6. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser. In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

6.1 Authorization. The Purchaser has full power and authority (and, if the Purchaser is an individual, the capacity) to enter into this Agreement and to perform all obligations required to be performed by it hereunder. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the Purchaser’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

6.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account. The Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which the Purchaser confirms by executing this Agreement, that the Notes will be acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, not as a nominee or agent (unless otherwise specified on the Purchaser’s signature page hereto), and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Notes. If other than an individual, the Purchaser also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Notes.

6.3 Disclosure of information: Non-Reliance. The Purchaser acknowledges that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to enable it to make an informed decision concerning an investment in the Notes. The Purchaser further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes. The Purchaser confmns that the Company has not given any guarantee or representation as to the potential success, return, effect or benefit (either legal, regulatory, tax, financial, accounting or otherwise) of an investment in the Notes. In deciding to purchase the Notes, the Purchaser is not relying on the advice or recommendations of the Company and the Purchaser has made its own independent decision that the investment in the Notes is suitable and appropriate for the Purchaser. The Purchaser understands that no federal or state agency has passed upon the merits or risks of an investment in the Notes or made any finding or determination concerning the fairness or advisability of this investment.

6.4 Investment Experience. The Purchaser is an investor in securities of companies and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has

 

4


such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Notes.

6.5 Accredited Investor. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees to furnish any additional information requested by the Company to assure compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws in connection with the purchase and sale of the Notes.

6.6 Restricted Securities. The Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, by reason of specific exemptions under the provisions thereof which depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Notes are “restricted securities” under U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser may not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes unless they are registered with the Commission and registered or qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Notes under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or under any state securities laws. The Purchaser understands that the Company has not made and is not making any representation, warrant or covenant, express or implied, as to the availability of any exemption from registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, for the resale, pledge or other transfer of the Notes. The Purchaser further acknowledges that, if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Notes, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation, and may not be able, to satisfy.

6.7 No Public Market. The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for the Notes and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Notes.

6.8 No General Solicitation. The Purchaser, and its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners have not either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder solicited offers for or offered or sold the Notes by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Purchaser acknowledges that neither the Company nor any other person offered to sell the Notes to it by means of any form of general solicitation or advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

6.9 Residence. If the Purchaser is an individual, the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address shown on the Purchaser’s signature page hereto. If the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, the Purchaser’s principal place of business is located in the state or province identified in the address shown on the Purchaser’s signature page hereto.

6.10 Not an Insured Deposit. The Purchaser understands that the indebtedness provided by the Notes is not a deposit, savings account or other obligation of any bank or savings

 

5


association and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any governmental agency or fund.

6.11 Foreign Investors. If a Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Notes or any use of this Agreement, including (a) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Notes; (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase; (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained; and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Notes. Each the Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Notes will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction. Each the Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has taken no action in foreign jurisdictions with respect to the Notes.

7. Miscellaneous.

7.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the respective successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that the Company may not assign, other than by operation of law, its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Requisite Noteholders. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or will confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

7.2 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would apply the law of a different jurisdiction.

7.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, email (including PDF or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

7.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

7.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto will be in writing and will be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by email or confirmed facsimile; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications will be sent to the respective parties at the addresses shown on the

 

6


signature pages hereto (or to such email address, facsimile number or other address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 7.5).

7.6 No Finder’s Fee. Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated to pay any finder’s fee, broker’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold the Company harmless from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

7. 7 Expenses. Each party will pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

7.8 Attorneys’ Fees. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

7.9 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement, the Notes and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. The Company’s agreements with any other purchaser of Notes constitute separate agreements, and the sale of the Notes to any other purchaser of Notes are separate sales. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any term of this Agreement or the Notes may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement or the Notes may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Noteholders. Any waiver or amendment effected in accordance with this Section 7.9 will be binding upon each party to this Agreement and each holder of a Note purchased under this Agreement then outstanding and each future holder of all such Notes.

7.10 Effect of Amendment or Waiver. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that by the operation of Section 7.9 hereof, the Requisite Noteholders will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Purchaser under this Agreement and each Note issued to the Purchaser.

7.11 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions will be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement will be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and this Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

7.12 Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Notes unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to make the representations and warranties set out in Section 7 of this Agreement and:

 

7


(a) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition, and such disposition is made in connection with such registration statement; or

(b) the Purchaser has (A) notified the Company of the proposed disposition; (B) furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition; and (C) if requested by the Company, furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration under the Securities Act.

The Purchaser agrees that it will not make any disposition of any of the Notes to the Company’s competitors, as determined in good faith by the Company.

(c) Legends. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Notes may bear the following legend(s):

THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE (THIS “NOTE”) IS NOT A DEPOSIT, SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF ANY BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR FUND. SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING LOSS OF VALUE.

THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED AND JUNIOR IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLAIMS OF CREDITORS (OTHER THAN CREDITORS OF EXISTING SUBORDINATED DEBT) OF AND DEPOSITORS OF THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. (THE “COMPANY’’), INCLUDING OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY TO ITS GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS AND IS UNSECURED. IT IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR ANY EXTENSION OF CREDIT BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES. IN THE EVENT OF LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY ALL DEPOSITORS AND OTHER CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID IN FULL WITH SUCH INTEREST AS MAY BE PROVIDED BYLAW BEFORE ANY PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON THIS NOTE. AFTER PAYMENT IN FULL OF ALL SUMS OWING TO SUCH DEPOSITORS AND CREDITORS, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID FROM THE REMAINING ASSETS OF THE COMPANY THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE PLUS ACCRUED AND UNPAID INTEREST THEREON BEFORE ANY PAYMENT OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION, WHETHER IN CASH, PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF ANY SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.

THIS NOTE WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF $500,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $100,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF

 

8


THIS NOTE IN A DENOMINATION OF LESS THAN $250,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PAYMENTS ON THIS NOTE, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS NOTE.

THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT’), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS NOTE IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED JULY 29, 2020 BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE PURCHASER REFERRED TO THEREIN (THE ‘‘PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE COMPANY. THE NOTE REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.

7.13 Exculpation. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm, corporation or stockholder, other than the Company and its officers and directors in their capacities as such, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. The Purchaser agrees that no other purchaser of the Notes, nor the controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, stockholders or employees of any other purchaser of the Notes, will be liable for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or not taken by any of them in connection with the purchase and sale of the Notes.

7.14 Further Assurances. From time to time, the parties will execute and deliver such additional documents and will provide such additional information as may reasonably be required to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the Notes and any agreements executed in connection herewith or therewith.

7.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION

 

9


7.15 HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WANES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

THIRD COAST BANCHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ John McWhorter

Name:   John McWhorter
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:  
20202 HWY 59 North, Suite 190
Humble, Texas 77338
Email Address:

[Signature Page to Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement]


PURCHASER

/s/ Carl A. Davis

Name: Carl A. Davis

/s/ Lois E. Davis

Name: Lois E. Davis

Address:

    

    

Consideration and Principal

Balance of Subordinated

Promissory Note:

                              $11,000,000.00

[Signature Page to Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Form of Subordinated Promissory Note

 

Exhibit A


THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE (THIS “NOTE”) IS NOT A DEPOSIT, SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF ANY BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR FUND. SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING LOSS OF VALUE.

THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED AND JUNIOR IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLAIMS OF CREDITORS (OTHER THAN CREDITORS OF EXISTING SUBORDINATED DEBT) OF AND DEPOSITORS OF THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. (THE “COMPANY”), INCLUDING OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY TO ITS GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS AND IS UNSECURED. IT IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR ANY EXTENSION OF CREDIT BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES. IN THE EVENT OF LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY ALL DEPOSITORS AND OTHER CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID IN FULL WITH SUCH INTEREST AS MAY BE PROVIDED BY LAW BEFORE ANY PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON THIS NOTE. AFTER PAYMENT IN FULL OF ALL SUMS OWING TO SUCH DEPOSITORS AND CREDITORS, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID FROM THE REMAINING ASSETS OF THE COMPANY THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE PLUS ACCRUED AND UNPAID INTEREST THEREON BEFORE ANY PAYMENT OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION, WHETHER IN CASH, PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF ANY SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.

THIS NOTE WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF $500,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $100,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN A DENOMINATION OF LESS THAN $250,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PAYMENTS ON THIS NOTE, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS NOTE.

THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE


REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS NOTE IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED JULY 29, 2020 BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE PURCHASER REFERRED TO THEREIN (THE “PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE COMPANY. THE NOTE REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.

 

2


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

$11,000,000.00

July 29, 2020

Registered: Carl A. and Lois E. Davis

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Carl A. and Lois E. Davis, or his assigns (the “Holder”), the principal sum of $11,000,000.00 with interest on the outstanding principal amount accruing quarterly at the rate of 6.00% per annum. Interest shall commence with the date hereof and shall continue on the outstanding principal until paid in accordance with the provisions hereof. In the event that any interest is paid on this Subordinated Promissory Note (this “Note”) which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

1. Note Purchase Agreement. This Note is issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2020, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and the Holder. This Note is one of a series of Notes having like tenor and effect (except for variations necessary to express the name of the Holder, the principal amount of each of the Notes and the date on which each Note is issued) issued or to be issued by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The Notes shall rank equally without preference or priority of any kind over one another, and all payments on account of principal and interest with respect to any of the Notes shall be applied ratably and proportionately on the outstanding Notes on the basis of the principal amount of the outstanding indebtedness represented thereby.

2. Payments.

(a) Maturity. Unless sooner paid in accordance with the terms hereof, the entire unpaid principal amount and all unpaid accrued interest shall become fully due and payable on July 29, 2022 (the “Stated Maturity Date”).

(b) Principal and Interest. The Company will pay interest on the principal amount of this Note quarterly in arrears on October 29, January 29, April 29 and July 29 of each year, beginning on October 29, 2020 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), to the record Holders at the close of business on the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date. The term “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that is not a day on which banks in the State of Texas are generally authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.

(c) Form of Payment. All payments of interest and principal shall be in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder, at the address specified in the Purchase Agreement, or at such other address as may be specified from time to time by the Holder in a

 

3


written notice delivered to the Company. All payments shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to principal.

(d) Redemption.

(i) The principal or interest under this Note may be redeemed by the Company without a prepayment fee or premium, in whole at any time, or in part from time to time.

(ii) Any such redemption or prepayment shall occur on an Interest Payment Date at a price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Note to be redeemed, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the redemption date.

(iii) Any such redemption or prepayment shall be subject to receipt of any and all required federal and state regulatory approvals.

(iv) Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, or emailed (with delivery receipt requested) at least twenty (20) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the redemption date, which notice may be conditional, to each holder of the Notes at such holder’s registered mailing address or email address. The principal amount of this Note to be paid shall mature and become due and payable (unless any condition specified in the applicable notice of redemption has occurred) on the date fixed for such payment, together with accrued but unpaid interest on such principal amount accrued to such date.

(v) Subject to any required federal and state regulatory approvals and the provisions of this Note, the Company shall have the right to purchase any of the Notes at any time in the open market, private transactions or otherwise. If the Company purchases any Notes, it may, in its discretion, hold, resell or cancel any of the purchased Notes.

3. Subordination.

(a) The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes, including the principal and interest on this Note, shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all existing claims of creditors and depositors of the Company, whether now outstanding or subsequently created, assumed or incurred (collectively, “Senior Indebtedness”), which shall consist of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on: (a) all indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, securities, notes or other written instruments, and including, but not limited to, deposits of the Company, and all obligations to the Company’s general and secured creditors; (b) any deferred obligations of the Company for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets acquired other than in the ordinary course of business; (c) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company in respect of any letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, security purchase facilities and similar credit transactions; (d) any capital lease obligations of the Company; (e) all obligations of the Company in respect of interest rate swap, cap or other agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contacts, commodity contracts and other similar arrangements; (f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of other persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (g) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of other persons secured by a lien on any property or asset of the Company; except

 

4


“Senior Indebtedness” does not include (i) the Notes, (ii) any obligation that by its terms expressly is junior to, or ranks equally in right of payment with, the Notes, (iii) any indebtedness between the Company and any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates (as the term “Affiliate” is defined in the Purchase Agreement) , or (iv) the Junior Indebtedness (as defined below). This Note is not secured by any assets of the Company and not covered by a guarantee of the Company or of an Affiliate of the Company.

(b) In the event of liquidation of the Company, holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled to be paid in full with such interest as may be provided by law before any payment shall be made on account of principal of or interest on the Notes, including this Note. Additionally, in the event of any insolvency, dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, restructuring of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal of or interest on the Notes, including this Note. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to the Senior Indebtedness, the Noteholders, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Notes, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the unpaid principal thereof, and the unpaid interest thereon before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any present or future obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Notes (collectively, “Junior Indebtedness”).

(c) If there shall have occurred and be continuing (a) a default in any payment with respect to any Senior Indebtedness or (b) an event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness as a result of which the maturity thereof is accelerated, unless and until such payment default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payments shall be made by the Company with respect to the Notes.

(d) Nothing herein shall impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note in accordance with its terms. Nothing herein shall act to prohibit, limit or impede the Company from issuing additional debt of the Company having the same rank as the Notes or which may be junior or senior in rank to the Notes.

4. Events of Default.

(a) Definition. For purposes of this Note, an “Event of Default” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) Failure to Pay. Any indebtedness under this Note is not paid when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise;

(ii) Breaches of Covenants. A material default shall occur in the observance or performance of any covenant, obligation or agreement of the Company under this Note or the Purchase Agreement, and such default shall continue for thirty (30) Business Days after the Company’s receipt of written notice from the Holder to the Company of such default;

 

5


(iii) Breaches of Representations. Any material representation, warranty or certification made by the Company herein or in the Purchase Agreement or in any certificate, report, document, agreement or instrument delivered pursuant to any provision hereof or thereof shall prove to have been false or materially incorrect on the date or dates as of which made; or

(iv) Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (A) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for itself or any part of its property, (B) become subject to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for itself or any part of its property, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (D) institute any proceedings under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, insolvency or other similar law affecting the rights of creditors generally, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors to take advantage of any insolvency law, or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency petition filed against it, or (E) become subject to any proceedings under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, insolvency or other similar law affecting the rights of creditors generally which is not discharged or dismissed within sixty (60) days, or have an order for relief entered against it in any proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) Consequences of Events of Default.

(i) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Subsection 4(a)(iv)) occurs, all indebtedness under this Note shall become immediately due and payable upon written notice by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of (x) the Notes then outstanding together with (y) all Notes of even date herewith issued by the Company (the “Requisite Holders”). Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Subsection 4(a)(iv), immediately and without notice, all outstanding obligations payable by the Company under the Notes shall automatically become immediately due and payable. The Company agrees to pay the Holder all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Holder in any effort to collect indebtedness under this Note, including reasonable attorney fees.

(ii) The Holder shall also have any other rights which the Holder may have been afforded under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which the Holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Registration of Transfer. Security Register. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Note is transferable in whole or in part, and may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, by the Holder in person, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, at 20202 HWY 59 North, Suite 190, Humble, Texas 77338. The Company shall maintain a register providing for the registration of the Notes and any exchange or transfer thereof (the “Security Register”). Upon surrender or presentation of this Note for exchange or registration of transfer, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor a Note (or Notes) of like aggregate principal amount, each in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral multiple of $50,000 (and, in the absence of

 

6


an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the contrary, bearing the restrictive legend(s) set forth hereinabove) and that is or are registered in such name or names requested by the Holder. Any Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall be duly endorsed, duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such tax identification number or other information for each person in whose name a Note is to be issued, and accompanied by evidence of compliance with any restrictive legend(s) appearing on such Note (or Notes) as the Company may reasonably request to comply with applicable law. No exchange or registration of transfer of this Note shall be made on or after the fifteenth day immediately preceding the Stated Maturity Date. This Note is subject to the restrictions on transfer of the Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Holder, a copy of which is on file with the Company.

(b) Charges and Transfer Taxes. No service charge (other than any cost of delivery) shall be imposed for any exchange or registration of transfer of this Note, but the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or governmental fee or charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (or presentation of evidence that such tax, charge or fee has been paid).

(c) Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Notes. In case any Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall, upon receipt of an affidavit and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, issue a new Note of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Note, or in lieu of any Note lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Note.

(d) Governing Law. This Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would apply the law of a different jurisdiction.

(e) Amendment. Any term of this Note and all Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Note and all Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders; provided, however, that any amendment to this Note that would reduce the repayment amount of this Note shall require the written consent of the Company and the Holder. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon the Company, the Holder and the holders of all Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement as well as all Notes of even date herewith issued by, the Company.

(f) Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Note shall be made in accordance with the Purchase Agreement.

(g) Severability. If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law. such provision shall be excluded from this Note and the

 

7


balance of the Note shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h) No Voting or Dividend Rights. Nothing contained in this Note shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder hereof the right to vote or to consent to receive notice as a member of the Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a member of the Company.

(i) Counterparts. This Note may be executed via facsimile, email (including PDF or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method. Photocopies and any versions of this Note so executed shall be duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   John McWhorter
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Subordinated Promissory Note]

Exhibit 10.7

SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

$2.0 Million Subordinated Promissory Notes

This Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of September 27, 2020, is entered into by and among Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and Carl A. Davis (the “Purchaser’’).

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase from the Company, one or more subordinated promissory notes in exchange for the consideration (the “Consideration”) set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meanings set forth in this Section l.

1.1     “Affiliate” means, (i) with respect to any Person, such Person’s immediate family members, partners, members or parent and subsidiary corporations, and any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with said Person and their respective Affiliates, and (ii) with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of any class of voting or equity interest of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or sold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of any class of voting or equity interests.

1.2     “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that is not a day on which banks in the State of Texas are generally authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.

1.3     “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.4     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.5     “Maturity Date” means, with respect to each Note issued under this Agreement, the date set forth in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

1.6     “Noteholder” means the registered holder of the Note from time to time.

1.7     “Notes” means the one or more subordinated promissory notes issued to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

1.8     “Person” means an individual, a corporation (whether or not for profit), a partnership, a limited liability company, a joint venture, an association, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a government or any department or agency thereof or any other entity or organization.

 

1


1.9     “Record Noteholder” means the Noteholder holding the Note at the close of business on the Business Day preceding the applicable interest payment date.

1.10     “Requisite Noteholders” means the holders of a majority-in-interest of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

1.11     “Subsidiary” means any corporation or entity which would be a “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act) of the Company.

1.12     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.     Purchase and Sale of Notes.

2.1     Notes and Consideration. In exchange for the Consideration paid by the Purchaser, the Company will sell and issue to the Purchaser one or more Notes. Each Note will have a principal balance equal to that portion of the Consideration paid by the Purchaser for such Note, as set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereto.

2.2     Maturity. Unless sooner paid in accordance with the terms hereof, the entire unpaid principal amount and all unpaid accrued interest shall become fully due and payable on October 15, 2020.

2.3     Interest Rate. The Notes shall bear interest at a rate equal to six percent (6.00%) per annum, payable on a quarterly basis.

2.4     Interest Payment Dates. The Company will pay to each Record Noteholder interest on the principal amount of the Notes quarterly in arrears on December 27, March 27, June 27 and September 27, of each year, beginning on December 27, 2020.

3.     Closing.

3.1     Closing. The closing of the sale of the Notes in return for the Consideration paid by the Purchaser (the “Closing”) will take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures on the date of this Agreement, or at such other time and place as the Company may determine in its sole discretion. At the Closing, the Purchaser will deliver the Consideration to the Company and the Company will deliver to the Purchaser one or more executed Notes in return for the respective Consideration provided to the Company.

4.     Subordination.

4.1     The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all existing claims of creditors and depositors of the Company, whether now outstanding or subsequently created, assumed or incurred (collectively, “Senior Indebtedness”), which shall consist of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on: (a) all indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, securities, notes or other written instruments, and including, but not limited to, deposits of the Company, and all obligations to the Company’s general and secured creditors; (b) any deferred obligations of the Company for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets

 

2


acquired other than in the ordinary course of business; (c) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company in respect of any letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, security purchase facilities and similar credit transactions; (d) any capital lease obligations of the Company; (e) all obligations of the Company in respect of interest rate swap, cap or other agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contacts, commodity contracts and other similar arrangements; (f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of other persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (g) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of other persons secured by a lien on any property or asset of the Company; except “Senior Indebtedness” does not include (i) the Notes, (ii) any obligation that by its terms expressly is junior to, or ranks equally in right of payment with, the Notes, (iii) any indebtedness between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (iv) the Junior Indebtedness (as defined below). The Notes are not secured by any assets of the Company and not covered by a guarantee of the Company or of an Affiliate of the Company.

4.2     In the event of liquidation of the Company, holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled to be paid in full with such interest as may be provided by law before any payment shall be made on account of principal of or interest on the Notes. Additionally, in the event of any insolvency, dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, restructuring of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal of or interest on the Notes. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to the Senior Indebtedness, the Noteholders, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Notes, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the unpaid principal thereof, and the unpaid interest thereon before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any present or future obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Notes (collectively, “Junior Indebtedness”).

4.3     If there shall have occurred and be continuing (a) a default in any payment with respect to any Senior Indebtedness or (b) an event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness as a result of which the maturity thereof is accelerated, unless and until such payment default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payments shall be made by the Company with respect to the Notes.

4.4     Nothing herein shall impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each of the Notes in accordance with its terms. Nothing herein shall act to prohibit, limit or impede the Company from issuing additional debt of the Company having the same rank as the Notes or which may be junior or senior in rank to the Notes.

5.     Representations and Warranties of the Company. In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

5.1     Due Organization; Qualification and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

3


5.2     Authorization and Enforceability. All corporate action has been taken on the part of the Company and its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes. Except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, the Company has taken all corporate action required to make all of the obligations of the Company reflected in the provisions of this Agreement and the Notes valid and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

6.     Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser. In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

6.1     Authorization. The Purchaser has full power and authority (and, if the Purchaser is an individual, the capacity) to enter into this Agreement and to perform all obligations required to be performed by it hereunder. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the Purchaser’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

6.2     Purchase Entirely for Own Account. The Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which the Purchaser confirms by executing this Agreement, that the Notes will be acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, not as a nominee or agent (unless otherwise specified on the Purchaser’s signature page hereto), and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Notes. If other than an individual, the Purchaser also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Notes.

6.3     Disclosure of Information; Non-Reliance. The Purchaser acknowledges that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to enable it to make an informed decision concerning an investment in the Notes. The Purchaser further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes. The Purchaser confirms that the Company has not given any guarantee or representation as to the potential success, return, effect or benefit (either legal, regulatory, tax, financial, accounting or otherwise) of an investment in the Notes. In deciding to purchase the Notes, the Purchaser is not relying on the advice or recommendations of the Company and the Purchaser has made its own independent decision that the investment in the Notes is suitable and appropriate for the Purchaser. The Purchaser understands that no federal or state agency has passed upon the merits or risks of an investment in the Notes or made any finding or determination concerning the fairness or advisability of this investment.

6.4     Investment Experience. The Purchaser is an investor in securities of companies and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has

 

4


such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Notes.

6.5     Accredited Investor. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor’’ within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees to furnish any additional information requested by the Company to assure compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws in connection with the purchase and sale of the Notes.

6.6     Restricted Securities. The Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, by reason of specific exemptions under the provisions thereof which depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Notes are “restricted securities” under U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser may not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes unless they are registered with the Commission and registered or qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Notes under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or under any state securities laws. The Purchaser understands that the Company has not made and is not making any representation, warrant or covenant, express or implied, as to the availability of any exemption from registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, for the resale, pledge or other transfer of the Notes. The Purchaser further acknowledges that, if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Notes, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation, and may not be able, to satisfy.

6.7     No Public Market. The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for the Notes and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Notes.

6.8     No General Solicitation. The Purchaser, and its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners have not either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder solicited offers for or offered or sold the Notes by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Purchaser acknowledges that neither the Company nor any other person offered to sell the Notes to it by means of any form of general solicitation or advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

6.9     Residence. If the Purchaser is an individual, the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address shown on the Purchaser’s signature page hereto. If the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, the Purchaser’s principal place of business is located in the state or province identified in the address shown on the Purchaser’s signature page hereto.

6.10     Not an Insured Deposit. The Purchaser understands that the indebtedness provided by the Notes is not a deposit, savings account or other obligation of any bank or savings

 

5


association and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any governmental agency or fund.

6.11     Foreign Investors. If a Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Notes or any use of this Agreement, including (a) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Notes; (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase; (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained; and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Notes. Each the Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Notes will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction. Each the Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has taken no action in foreign jurisdictions with respect to the Notes.

7.     Miscellaneous.

7.1     Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the respective successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that the Company may not assign, other than by operation of law, its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Requisite Noteholders. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or will confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

7.2     Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would apply the law of a different jurisdiction.

7.3     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, email (including PDF or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

7.4     Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

7.5     Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto will be in writing and will be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by email or confirmed facsimile; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications will be sent to the respective parties at the addresses shown on the

 

6


signature pages hereto (or to such email address, facsimile number or other address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 7.5).

7.6     No Finder’s Fee. Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated to pay any finder’s fee, broker’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold the Company harmless from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

7.7     Expenses. Each party will pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

7.8     Attorneys’ Fees. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

7.9     Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement, the Notes and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. The Company’s agreements with any other purchaser of Notes constitute separate agreements, and the sale of the Notes to any other purchaser of Notes are separate sales. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any term of this Agreement or the Notes may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement or the Notes may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Noteholders. Any waiver or amendment effected in accordance with this Section 7.9 will be binding upon each party to this Agreement and each holder of a Note purchased under this Agreement then outstanding and each future holder of all such Notes.

7.10     Effect of Amendment or Waiver. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that by the operation of Section 7.9 hereof, the Requisite Noteholders will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Purchaser under this Agreement and each Note issued to the Purchaser.

7.11     Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions will be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement will be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and this Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

7.12     Limitations on Dispositions. Without in any way limiting the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Notes unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to make the representations and warranties set out in Section 7 of this Agreement and:

 

7


(a)     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition, and such disposition is made in connection with such registration statement; or

(b)     the Purchaser has (A) notified the Company of the proposed disposition; (B) furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition; and (C) if requested by the Company, furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration under the Securities Act.

The Purchaser agrees that it will not make any disposition of any of the Notes to the Company’s competitors, as determined in good faith by the Company.

(c)     Legends. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Notes may bear the following legend(s):

THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE (THIS “NOTE’’) IS NOT A DEPOSIT, SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF ANY BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR FUND. SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING LOSS OF VALUE.

THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED AND JUNIOR IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLAIMS OF CREDITORS (OTHER THAN CREDITORS OF EXISTING SUBORDINATED DEBT) OF AND DEPOSITORS OF THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. (THE “COMPANY’’), INCLUDING OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY TO ITS GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS AND IS UNSECURED. IT IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR ANY EXTENSION OF CREDIT BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES. IN THE EVENT OF LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY ALL DEPOSITORS AND OTHER CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID IN FULL WITH SUCH INTEREST AS MAY BE PROVIDED BY LAW BEFORE ANY PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON THIS NOTE. AFTER PAYMENT IN FULL OF ALL SUMS OWING TO SUCH DEPOSITORS AND CREDITORS, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID FROM THE REMAINING ASSETS OF THE COMPANY THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE PLUS ACCRUED AND UNPAID INTEREST THEREON BEFORE ANY PAYMENT OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION, WHETHER IN CASH, PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF ANY SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.

THIS NOTE WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF $500,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $100,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF

 

8


THIS NOTE IN A DENOMINATION OF LESS THAN $250,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PAYMENTS ON THIS NOTE, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS NOTE.

THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT’’), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS NOTE IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 27, 2018 BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE PURCHASER REFERRED TO THEREIN (THE “PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE COMPANY. THE NOTE REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.

7.13     Exculpation. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm, corporation or stockholder, other than the Company and its officers and directors in their capacities as such, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. The Purchaser agrees that no other purchaser of the Notes, nor the controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, stockholders or employees of any other purchaser of the Notes, will be liable for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or not taken by any of them in connection with the purchase and sale of the Notes.

7.14     Further Assurances. From time to time, the parties will execute and deliver such additional documents and will provide such additional information as may reasonably be required to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the Notes and any agreements executed in connection herewith or therewith.

7.15     Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY

 

9


CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION 7.15 HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:   /s/ John McWhorter                                    
Name:   John McWhorter
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:  

20202 HWY 59 North, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Email Address:

[Signature Page to Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement]


PURCHASER

/s/ Carl A. Davis                                                 
Name:   Carl A. Davis
Address:
 

                    

                        

Consideration and Principal Balance of Subordinated Promissory Note:           $2,000,000.00

[Signature Page to Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Form of Subordinated Promissory Note

 

Exhibit A


THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE (THIS “NOTE”) IS NOT A DEPOSIT, SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF ANY BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR FUND. SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING LOSS OF VALUE.

THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED AND JUNIOR IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLAIMS OF CREDITORS (OTHER THAN CREDITORS OF EXISTING SUBORDINATED DEBT) OF AND DEPOSITORS OF THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. (THE “COMPANY”), INCLUDING OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY TO ITS GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS AND IS UNSECURED. IT IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR ANY EXTENSION OF CREDIT BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES. IN THE EVENT OF LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY ALL DEPOSITORS AND OTHER CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID IN FULL WITH SUCH INTEREST AS MAY BE PROVIDED BY LAW BEFORE ANY PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON THIS NOTE. AFTER PAYMENT IN FULL OF ALL SUMS OWING TO SUCH DEPOSITORS AND CREDITORS, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO BE PAID FROM THE REMAINING ASSETS OF THE COMPANY THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE PLUS ACCRUED AND UNPAID INTEREST THEREON BEFORE ANY PAYMENT OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION, WHETHER IN CASH, PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE MADE ON ACCOUNT OF ANY SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.

THIS NOTE WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF $500,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $100,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN A DENOMINATION OF LESS THAN $250,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PAYMENTS ON THIS NOTE, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS NOTE.

THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE


REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS NOTE IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 27, 2020 BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE PURCHASER REFERRED TO THEREIN (THE “PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE COMPANY. THE NOTE REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.

 

2


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

$2,000,000.00

September 27, 2020

Registered: Carl A. Davis

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Carl A. Davis, or his assigns (the “Holder”), the principal sum of $2,000,000.00 with interest on the outstanding principal amount accruing quarterly at the rate of 6.00% per annum. Interest shall commence with the date hereof and shall continue on the outstanding principal until paid in accordance with the provisions hereof. In the event that any interest is paid on this Subordinated Promissory Note (this “Note”) which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

1.     Note Purchase Agreement. This Note is issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2020, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and the Holder. This Note is one of a series of Notes having like tenor and effect (except for variations necessary to express the name of the Holder, the principal amount of each of the Notes and the date on which each Note is issued) issued or to be issued by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The Notes shall rank equally without preference or priority of any kind over one another, and all payments on account of principal and interest with respect to any of the Notes shall be applied ratably and proportionately on the outstanding Notes on the basis of the principal amount of the outstanding indebtedness represented thereby.

2.     Payments.

(a)     Maturity. Unless sooner paid in accordance with the terms hereof, the entire unpaid principal amount and all unpaid accrued interest shall become fully due and payable on September 27, 2022 (the “Stated Maturity Date”).

(b)     Principal and Interest. The Company will pay interest on the principal amount of this Note quarterly in arrears on December 27, March 27, June 27 and September 27 of each year, beginning on December 27, 2020 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), to the record Holders at the close of business on the Business Bay preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date. The term “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that is not a day on which banks in the State of Texas are generally authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.

(c)     Form of Payment. All payments of interest and principal shall be in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder, at the address specified in the Purchase Agreement. or at such other address as may be specified from time to time by the Holder in a

 

3


written notice delivered to the Company. All payments shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to principal.

(d)    Redemption.

(i)     The principal or interest under this Note may be redeemed by the Company without a prepayment fee or premium, in whole at any time, or in part from time to time.

(ii)     Any such redemption or prepayment shall occur on an Interest Payment Date at a price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Note to be redeemed, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the redemption date.

(iii)     Any such redemption or prepayment shall be subject to receipt of any and all required federal and state regulatory approvals.

(iv)     Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, or emailed (with delivery receipt requested) at least twenty (20) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the redemption date, which notice may be conditional, to each holder of the Notes at such holder’s registered mailing address or email address. The principal amount of this Note to be paid shall mature and become due and payable (unless any condition specified in the applicable notice of redemption has occurred) on the date fixed for such payment, together with accrued but unpaid interest on such principal amount accrued to such date.

(v)     Subject to any required federal and state regulatory approvals and the provisions of this Note, the Company shall have the right to purchase any of the Notes at any time in the open market, private transactions or otherwise. If the Company purchases any Notes, it may, in its discretion, hold, resell or cancel any of the purchased Notes.

3.     Subordination.

(a)     The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes, including the principal and interest on this Note, shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all existing claims of creditors and depositors of the Company, whether now outstanding or subsequently created, assumed or incurred (collectively, “Senior Indebtedness”), which shall consist of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on: (a) all indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, securities, notes or other written instruments, and including, but not limited to, deposits of the Company, and all obligations to the Company’s general and secured creditors; (b) any deferred obligations of the Company for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets acquired other than in the ordinary course of business; (c) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company in respect of any letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, security purchase facilities and similar credit transactions; (d) any capital lease obligations of the Company; (e) all obligations of the Company in respect of interest rate swap, cap or other agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contacts, commodity contracts and other similar arrangements; (f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of other persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (g) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of other persons secured by a lien on any property or asset of the Company; except

 

4


“Senior Indebtedness” does not include (i) the Notes, (ii) any obligation that by its terms expressly is junior to, or ranks equally in right of payment with, the Notes, (iii) any indebtedness between the Company and any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates (as the term “Affiliate” is defined in the Purchase Agreement), or (iv) the Junior Indebtedness (as defined below). This Note is not secured by any assets of the Company and not covered by a guarantee of the Company or of an Affiliate of the Company.

(b)     In the event of liquidation of the Company, holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled to be paid in full with such interest as may be provided by law before any payment shall be made on account of principal of or interest on the Notes, including this Note. Additionally, in the event of any insolvency, dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, restructuring of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal of or interest on the Notes, including this Note. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to the Senior Indebtedness, the Noteholders, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Notes, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the unpaid principal thereof, and the unpaid interest thereon before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any present or future obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Notes (collectively, “Junior Indebtedness”).

(c)     If there shall have occurred and be continuing (a) a default in any payment with respect to any Senior Indebtedness or (b) an event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness as a result of which the maturity thereof is accelerated, unless and until such payment default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payments shall be made by the Company with respect to the Notes.

(d)     Nothing herein shall impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note in accordance with its terms. Nothing herein shall act to prohibit, limit or impede the Company from issuing additional debt of the Company having the same rank as the Notes or which may be junior or senior in rank to the Notes.

4.     Events of Default.

(a)     Definition.     For purposes of this Note, an “Event of Default” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i)     Failure to Pay. Any indebtedness under this Note is not paid when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise;

(ii)     Breaches of Covenants. A material default shall occur in the observance or performance of any covenant, obligation or agreement of the Company under this Note or the Purchase Agreement. and such default shall continue for thirty (30) Business Days after the Company’s receipt of written notice from the Holder to the Company of such default;

 

5


(iii)     Breaches of Representations. Any material representation, warranty or certification made by the Company herein or in the Purchase Agreement or in any certificate, report, document, agreement or instrument delivered pursuant to any provision hereof or thereof shall prove to have been false or materially incorrect on the date or dates as of which made; or

(iv)     Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (A) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for itself or any part of its property, (B) become subject to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for itself or any part of its property, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (D) institute any proceedings under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, insolvency or other similar law affecting the rights of creditors generally, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors to take advantage of any insolvency law, or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency petition filed against it, or (E) become subject to any proceedings under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, insolvency or other similar law affecting the rights of creditors generally which is not discharged or dismissed within sixty (60) days, or have an order for relief entered against it in any proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b)     Consequences of Events of Default.

(i)     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Subsection 4(a)(iv)) occurs, all indebtedness under this Note shall become immediately due and payable upon written notice by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of (x) the Notes then outstanding together with (y) all Notes of even date herewith issued by the Company (the “Requisite Holders”). Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Subsection 4(a)(iv), immediately and without notice, all outstanding obligations payable by the Company under the Notes shall automatically become immediately due and payable. The Company agrees to pay the Holder all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Holder in any effort to collect indebtedness under this Note, including reasonable attorney fees.

(ii)     The Holder shall also have any other rights which the Holder may have been afforded under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which the Holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

5.     Miscellaneous.

(a)    Registration of Transfer, Security Register. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Note is transferable in whole or in part, and may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, by the Holder in person, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, at 20202 HWY 59 North, Suite 190, Humble, Texas 77338. The Company shall maintain a register providing for the registration of the Notes and any exchange or transfer thereof (the “Security Register”). Upon surrender or presentation of this Note for exchange or registration of transfer, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor a Note (or Notes) of like aggregate principal amount, each in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral multiple of $50,000 (and, in the absence of

 

6


an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the contrary, bearing the restrictive legend(s) set forth hereinabove) and that is or are registered in such name or names requested by the Holder. Any Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall be duly endorsed, duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such tax identification number or other information for each person in whose name a Note is to be issued, and accompanied by evidence of compliance with any restrictive legend(s) appearing on such Note (or Notes) as the Company may reasonably request to comply with applicable law. No exchange or registration of transfer of this Note shall be made on or after the fifteenth day immediately preceding the Stated Maturity Date. This Note is subject to the restrictions on transfer of the Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Holder, a copy of which is on file with the Company.

(b)     Charges and Transfer Taxes. No service charge (other than any cost of delivery) shall be imposed for any exchange or registration of transfer of this Note, but the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or governmental fee or charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (or presentation of evidence that such tax, charge or fee has been paid).

(c)     Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Notes. In case any Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall, upon receipt of an affidavit and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, issue a new Note of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Note, or in lieu of any Note lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Note.

(d)     Governing Law. This Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would apply the law of a different jurisdiction.

(e)     Amendment. Any term of this Note and all Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Note and all Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders; provided, however, that any amendment to this Note that would reduce the repayment amount of this Note shall require the written consent of the Company and the Holder. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon the Company, the Holder and the holders of all Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement as well as all Notes of even date herewith issued by, the Company.

(f)     Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Note shall be made in accordance with the Purchase Agreement.

(g)     Severability. If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Note and the

 

7


balance of the Note shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h)     No Voting or Dividend Rights. Nothing contained in this Note shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder hereof the right to vote or to consent to receive notice as a member of the Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a member of the Company.

(i)     Counterparts. This Note may be executed via facsimile, email (including PDF or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method. Photocopies and any versions of this Note so executed shall be duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:    
Name:   John McWhorter
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Subordinated Promissory Note]

Exhibit 10.8

SHOPPING CENTER LEASE AGREEMENT

THE STATE OF TEXAS     §

COUNTY OF JEFFERSON §

This Lease Agreement is made and entered into this the 20th day of March 2009, by and between Oaks Shopping Center Venture, LP – a Texas limited partnership, hereinafter called Owner, and Third Coast Bank, SSB, hereinafter called Tenant.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, Owner does hereby demise and lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby lease from Owner, the premises at The Oaks Shopping Center, 229 Dowlen Road, Suite C, Beaumont, Jefferson County, Texas further described in Exhibit A attached hereto and hereinafter called the “Leased Premises”, and being part of the Shopping Center situated on the property described in Exhibit B attached hereto (“Shopping Center” shall refer only to the property described in the attached Exhibit B together with such additions and other changes as Owner from time to time may expressly designate as included within the Shopping Center), under the terms and conditions hereinafter contained, on a “net-net-net lease” basis, with Tenant obligated to pay all rentals, plus insurance, taxes, and maintenance, as hereinafter provided.

ARTICLE 1. TERM

Term of Lease

1.01 The term of this Lease shall be five (5) years commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that Tenant opens for business or (ii) June 1, 2009, and ending on sixty (60) full months thereafter, unless sooner terminated as herein provided.

Prorated Rent for Partial Month

1.02 In the event said commencement falls on a day other than the first day of a month, then the Tenant shall pay a prorated rent for said partial month and the term of the Lease shall be adjusted to run from the first day of the following month.

Lease Year Defined

1.03 The term “lease year,” as used herein, shall mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive full calendar months beginning on the commencement date if said day is the first day of a month, or beginning on the first day of the following month if the commencement date is other than the first day of a month. Each succeeding lease year shall commence on the anniversary date of the first lease year.

ARTICLE 2. RENT

Guaranteed Minimum Rent

2.01 (a) Tenant agrees to pay to Owner without any prior demand therefor and without any deduction or set off whatsoever, and as a Guaranteed Minimum Rent, the sum Four thousand six hundred sixty-six dollars and 67/00 ($4,666.67) in advance on the first day of each calendar month of each lease year. If the term shall commence on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Tenant shall pay, on the commencement date of the term, a pro rata portion of the Guaranteed Minimum Rent described above, prorated on a per diem basis with respect to such fractional calendar month.

(b) In addition, the Guaranteed Minimum Rent as set forth in 2.01(a) above shall be subject to being increased by the percentage of increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index - U.S. Average - All Items, as published by the United States Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor

 

1


Statistics. The base period, for purposes of such adjustment, shall be September of the year in which this Lease is executed. Each September following the commencement of rentals shall then be used for comparison purposes with any adjustment in Guaranteed Minimum Rent to be effective as of the next succeeding January 1. In no event shall the Guaranteed Minimum Rent be less than the sum or sums as specified in (a) above. Should the aforementioned index be discontinued, the parties shall select another similar index which reflects consumer prices and if the parties cannot agree on another index it shall be selected by binding arbitration. (By way of illustration only, if the September figure in which this Lease is executed is 120 and the September figure following commencement of rentals is 125 then the Guaranteed Minimum Rent for the ensuing calendar year shall be increased by 4.17%).

2.02 This section is intentionally left blank.

ARTICLE 3. USE AND CARE OF LEASED PREMISES

3.01 Tenant shall operate the Leased Premises for the use and purposes for which it is let, to-wit: bank, under the trade name: Third Coast Bank, SSB, continuously during the term of this Agreement and shall not use or permit the Leased Premises to be used for any other reason or under any other name without the prior written consent of Owner. Tenant shall not at any time leave the Leased Premises vacant, but shall in good faith continuously throughout the term of the Lease conduct and carry on in the entire Leased Premises the type of business for which the Leased Premises are leased. Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises reasonably stocked with merchandise, and reasonably staffed to serve the patrons thereof, comparable to stores doing a similar business in the trade area of the Leased Premises. Tenant is not required to operate its business on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays, nor during any time when such operations must be suspended because of casualty loss to the building, strike, insurrection, or other cause beyond the control of Tenant.

In the event of breach by the Tenant of any of the conditions in this Article 3.01 herein contained, Owner shall have, in addition to all remedies herein provided, the right at its option to collect not only the Guaranteed Minimum Rent herein provided, but additional rent at the rate of one-thirtieth (1/30) of the Guaranteed Minimum Rent herein provided for each and every day that the Tenant shall fail to conduct its business as herein provided; said additional rent shall be deemed to be in lien of any percentage rent that might have been earned during such period of the Tenant’s failure to conduct its business as herein provided.

3.02 Tenant will comply, and will cause its employees, agents, and invitees to comply with all applicable laws and ordinances, and with all rules and regulations of governmental agencies. Tenant shall procure at its sole expense any permits and licenses required for the transaction of business in the Leased Premises.

3.03 Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises nor bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the existing rate of or affect any fire or other insurance upon the Shopping Center or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering said Shopping Center or any part thereof or any of its contents.

3.04 Tenant shall take good care of the Leased Premises and shall keep the same free from waste at all times. Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises and sidewalks, service-ways, and loading areas adjacent to the Leased Premises neat, clean, and free from dirt, rubbish, insects, and pests at all times, and shall store all trash and garbage within the Leased Premises, arranging for the regular pickup of such trash and garbage at Tenant’s expense. Tenant will store all trash and garbage within the area designated by Owner for such trash pickup and removal and only in receptacles of the size, design, and color form time to time prescribed by Owner. Receiving and delivery of goods and merchandise and removal of garbage and trash shall be only in the manner and areas from time to time prescribed by Owner. Owner may, at its sole option, arrange for the collection of all trash and garbage and, should Owner exercise such election, Tenant’s proportionate share of the cost thereof will be part of its Common Area Maintenance charge. Tenant shall not operate an incinerator or burn trash or garbage within the Shopping Center.

3.05 Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Shopping Center or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Leased Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste in or upon the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not do anything that would tend to injure the reputation of the Shopping Center.

3.06 Tenant will not conduct any auction or bankruptcy or fire or “lost our lease” or “going out of business” or similar sale or operate within the Leased Premises a “wholesale” or “factory outlet” store, a cooperative store, a “second hand” store, a “surplus” store, or a store commonly refereed to as a “discount house”. Tenant shall not advertise its products or services at “discount”, “cut price”, or “cut-rate” prices

 

2


3.07 Tenant may not display or sell merchandise or allow grocery carts or other similar devices within the control of Tenant to be stored or to remain outside the defined exterior walls and permanent doorways of the Leased Premises. Tenant further agrees not to permit any objectable or unpleasant odors to emanate from the Leased Premises nor place or permit any exterior lighting, awning, antenna, amplifiers or similar devices or use in or about the Leased Premises any advertising medium which may be heard or seen outside the Leased Premises, such as flashing lights, searchlights, loudspeakers, phonographs or radio broadcasts.

3.08 Tenant shall include the name and address of the Shopping Center and identity of its business activities in the Leased Premises in all advertisements made by Tenant in which the address and identity of any similar local business activity of Tenant is mentioned.

ARTICLE 4. COMMON AREAS

4.01 The “Common Area” is the part of the Shopping Center designated by Owner from time to time for the common use of all tenants, including among other facilities, parking areas, sidewalks, landscaping, curbs, loading areas, private streets and alleys, lighting facilities, hallways, malls, restrooms, and other areas and improvements provided by Owner for the common use of all tenants, all of which shall be subject to Owner’s sole management and control and shall be operated and maintained in such manner as Owner, in its discretion, shall determine. Owner reserves the right to change from time to time the size, dimensions, and location of the Common Area, as well as the size, dimensions, location, identity, and type of any buildings that are a part of the Shopping Center, and to construct additional buildings or additional stories on existing buildings, or other improvements in the Shopping Center, and to eliminate buildings that are currently part of the Shopping Center. Tenant and its employees, customers, subtenants, licensees, and concessionaires shall have the non-exclusive right and license to use the Common Area as constituted from time to time, such use to be in common with Owner, other tenants of the Shopping Center, and other persons permitted by Owner to use the same, and subject to such rules and regulations governing use as Owner may from time to time prescribe, including but not limited to, specific areas within the Shopping Center or in proximity thereto in which automobiles owned by Tenant, its employees, customers, subtenants, licensees, and concessionaires shall be parked. Owner shall have at all times the right to change such rules and regulations or to promulgate other rules and regulations in such manner as may be deemed advisable for safety, care of cleanliness of the Shopping Center and for preservation of good order therein, all of such rules and regulations, changes and amendments will be forwarded to Tenant and shall be carried out and observed by Tenant. Tenant shall further be responsible for the compliance with such rules and regulations by the employees, servants, agents, visitors, and invitees of Tenant. Owner may close any part of the Common Area as may be necessary to prevent the public from obtaining prescriptive rights or to make repairs or alterations.

4.02 Nothing in this Article shall or elsewhere in this Lease shall be construed as constituting the Common Area, or any part thereof, as any part of the Leased Premises.

ARTICLE 5. ADDITIONAL RENT

5.01 In addition to and separate from the Guaranteed Minimum Rent and Percentage Rent, Tenant shall pay to Owner as additional rent a “Common Area Maintenance, Tax, and Insurance Payment”, (as such quoted terms are hereinafter defined). The Common Area Maintenance, Tax, and Insurance Payment may sometimes also be referred to as “Additional Rent”. For purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the hereinafter indicated meaning:

A.    The phrase “Common Area Operating Costs” shall mean, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the term of this Lease, the aggregate of all costs, expenses and liabilities of every kind or nature paid or incurred by Owner (to the extent that Owner, in its good faith and judgment, regards it as reasonably necessary or appropriate to provide the services and materials hereafter referred to and to pay and incur the costs, expenses and liabilities hereafter referred to) in connection with: sweeping, cleaning, removing debris from, maintaining, restriping and repairing the Common Area; lighting the Common Area (including replacement of bulbs and ballasts, and painting, repairing, replacing and maintaining of light standards); providing project identification signs; providing signs and/or personnel for assisting in traffic control and management at the Common Area; constructing, operating and repairing, replacing and maintaining any on-site or off-site utilities necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Common Area; constructing, operating, repairing, replacing and maintaining any equipment and electric service facilities necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Common Area; constructing, operating, repairing, replacing and maintaining any HVAC, electric and roof chases; providing and maintaining planting

 

3


and landscaping with respect to the Common Area; providing security services with respect to the Common Area (if such is provided by Owner, otherwise, Tenant is responsible for providing its own security); operating any loudspeakers or other equipment supplying music; utilities charges for any services to the Common Area; repairing, replacing and maintaining the roof of the Shopping Center and the buildings of which they are a part (including repairs and replacements to provide for adequate drainage and to gutters and downspouts); repairing, replacing and maintaining the structural portions of the Shopping Center and the building of which they are a part; repairing, replacing and maintaining utility lines located in the Common Area which do not exclusively serve one tenant in the Shopping Center; exterminating and post control in and about the Leased Premises and Shopping Center; periodic repainting of exterior walls, covered walkways and corridors of the buildings comprising a portion of the Shopping Center (including steam cleaning or sandblasting thereof or other graffiti-removal procedures); repairing, replacing and maintaining covered walkways and overhead canopies at the Shopping Center (including, without limitation, lighting and tile); repairing, replacing and maintaining sprinklers and sprinkler-risers serving the Shopping Center and the buildings of which they are a part; repairing, replacing and maintaining sidewalks and corridors in the Common Area (including, without limitation, periodic steam cleaning thereof); plus all other costs and expenses of every kind or nature paid or incurred by Owner relative to operating, managing and equipping the Shopping Center including, without limitation, subdivision maintenance fees or dues; property owners association fees or dues and similar charges, annual charges for reserves established by Owner for future replacements or improvements to the Shopping Center (inclusive of periodic new blacktopping of the parking areas and major roof repairs and major structural repairs), plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate of all of the aforesaid costs and expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, the aforesaid reserve) paid or incurred by Owner..

B.    The word “Taxes”, as used herein, shall mean all taxes, assessments, impositions, levies, charges, excises, fees, licenses and other sums levied, assessed, charged or imposed by any governmental authority or other taxing authority or which accrue on the Shopping Center for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the term of this Lease, including, without limitation, professional fees and expenses incurred by Owner for ad valorem tax consultants or tax-rendering services and all penalties, interest and other charges (with respect to Taxes) payable by reason of any delay in or failure of refusal of Tenant to make timely payment as required under this Lease, plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate of all of the aforesaid costs and expenses and liabilities paid or incurred by Owner..

C.    The phrase “Insurance Premiums” shall mean the total annual insurance premiums which accrue on all fire and extended coverage insurance, boiler insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, rent insurance and other insurance which, from time to time, may at Owner’s election be carried by Owner with respect to the Shopping Center during any applicable calendar year (or portion thereof) occurring during the term of this Lease plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate of all of the aforesaid costs and expenses and liabilities paid or incurred by Owner.; providing, however, in the event that during any such calendar year all or any part of such coverage is written under a “blanket policy” or otherwise in such manner that Owner was not charged a specific insurance premium applicable solely to the Shopping Center, then in such event, the amount considered to be the Insurance Premium with respect to such coverage for such calendar year shall be that amount which would have been the annual insurance premium payable under the rate in effect on the first day of such applicable calendar year for a separate Texas Standard Form insurance policy generally providing such type and amount of coverage (without any deductible amount) with respect to the Shopping Center (considering the type of construction and other relevant matters) irrespective of the fact that Owner did not actually carry such type policy. If the insurance policies maintained by Owner with respect to the Shopping Center contain any nature of deductible feature, then Tenant, in the event of a loss, shall pay to Owner tenant’s pro rata share thereof, based upon the amount of such deductible feature multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of floor area in the Leased Premises damaged or destroyed by such casualty and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of square feet of floor area in the Shopping Center damaged or destroyed by such casualty. Tenant’s prorata share of such deductible amount shall be payable to Owner within ten (10) days following receipt from Owner of a statement therefor and payment thereof by Tenant shall be a condition precedent to Owner’s obligations to repair or restore the Leased Premises.

D.    The phrase “Tenant’s Share” as applied to Taxes and Insurance Premiums shall refer to a sum calculated by multiplying the Taxes and Insurance Premiums (as the case may be) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the ground floor area (in square feet) of the Leased Premises and the denominator of which is the aggregate leasable area (in square feet) in all

 

4


buildings in the Shopping Center (whether or not actually leased) on the first day of January for the relevant calendar year for which any calculation referred to in this Article 5 is being made. The phrase “Tenant’s Share” as applied to Common Area Operating Costs shall refer to a sum calculated by multiplying the Common Area Operating Costs by a fraction, the numerator of which is the ground floor area (in square feet) of the Leased Premises and the denominator of which is the aggregate leasable ground floor area (in square feet) in all buildings in the Shopping Center. Provided, however, for any period less than twelve (12) full calendar months with respect to which such calculation is being made, a pro rata portion of the resulting product shall be calculated to determine Tenant’s Share.

5.02 Tenant shall pay to Owner as the Common Area Maintenance, Tax, and Insurance Payment a sum of money equal to Tenant’s Share of the Common Area Operating Costs, Taxes, and Insurance Premiums. Such Common Area Maintenance, Tax, and Insurance Payment shall be paid by Tenant in monthly installments in such amounts as are estimated and billed by Owner at the beginning of each twelve (12) month period commencing and ending on dates designated by Owner, each installment being due on the first day of each calendar month. If at any time during such twelve (12) month period it shall appear that Owner has underestimated Tenants proportionate share of Common Area Operating Costs, Taxes, and Insurance Premiums for such twelve (12) month period, Owner may re-estimate Tenant’s proportionate share of Common Area Operating Costs, Taxes, and Insurance Premiums and may bill Tenant for any deficiency which may have accrued during such twelve (12) month period and thereafter the monthly installments payable by Tenant shall also be adjusted. Within one hundred twenty (120) days or such reasonable time thereafter (in Owner’s determination) after the end of each such twelve (12) month period, Owner shall deliver to Tenant a statement of Common Area Operating Costs, Taxes, and Insurance Premiums for such twelve (12) month period and the monthly installments paid or payable shall be adjusted between Owner and Tenant, and each party hereby agrees that Tenant shall pay Owner or Owner shall credit Tenant’s account (or if such adjustment is at the end of the term, pay Tenant), within ten (10) days of receipt of such statement, the amount of deficiency in Tenant’s proportionate share of Common Area Operating Costs, Taxes, and Insurance Premiums paid by Tenant to Owner during such twelve (12) month period. Failure of Owner to provide the statement called for hereunder shall not relieve Tenant from its obligations hereunder. The initial Common Area Maintenance, Tax, and Insurance Payment, subject to adjustment as herein provided, shall be Eight hundred dollars ($800.00).

5.03 If there is presently in effect of hereafter adopted any nature of sales tax or use tax or other tax on rents or other sums received by Owner under this Lease or paid by Owner pursuant to any ground lease, if any, (herein referred to as “Rent Sales Tax”), then in addition to all rent and other payments to be made by Tenant as provided above, Tenant will also pay Owner a sum equal to the amount of such Rent Sales Tax. The term “Rent Sales Tax” shall not include any income taxes applicable to Owner.

ARTICLE 6. MAINTENANCE, REFURBISHMENT, AND SURRENDER

Maintenance

6.01 (a) Tenant shall at its expense and risk maintain the roof, foundation, underground or otherwise concealed plumbing, and the structural soundness of the exterior walls (including all windows, window glass, plate glass, and all doors) and all other parts of the building and other improvements on the Leased Premises in good repair and condition, including but not limited to, repairs (including all necessary replacements) to the interior plumbing, windows, window glass, plate glass, doors, electrical wiring, hot water system, heating system, air conditioning equipment, fire protection sprinkler system, and the interior and exterior of the building in general.

(b) Maintenance of the air-conditioning and heating equipment shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant throughout the entire term of this Lease. Tenant shall, at its own expense, enter into a regularly scheduled preventive maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor for servicing all hot water, heating, and air-conditioner systems and equipment within the Leased Premises. The maintenance contractor and the contract must be approved by Owner. The service contract must include all services suggested by the equipment manufacturer within the operation/maintenance manual and must become effective (and a copy thereof delivered to Owner) within thirty (30) days of the date Tenant takes possession of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall from time to time upon request furnish proof reasonably satisfactory to Owner that all such systems and equipment are being serviced in accordance with the maintenance/service contract. Within the thirty (30) day period preceding move-out by Tenant, Tenant shall have the systems and equipment checked and serviced to insure proper functioning and shall furnish Owner satisfactory proof thereof upon request.

 

5


At Owner’s option, to protect heating and air-conditioning (“HVAC”) equipment, Owner may enter into a service contract covering Tenant’s HVAC equipment, along with equipment of other Tenant’s in the Shopping Center, and periodic replacements of filters or other replaceable parts. If Owner enters into such a service contract, the cost of such service will be included in Common Area Maintenance expense and will be payable by Tenant’s in the Shopping Center.

Refurbishment

6.02 If the Lease term is four (4) years or more, then upon the written request of Owner, which may be given at any time and from time to time after the earlier of the midpoint of the Lease term or the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, refurbish all or any portion of the interior or exterior of the Leased Premises specified in such written request of Owner (which written request may be general or specific) to the end that the furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures, partitions, ceiling, floor coverings, equipment, signs, painting, decorating and other items so specified shall be restored to substantially the same condition and appearance as at the date that Tenant opened the Leased Premises to the public for business. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days from the date of such written request, submit to Owner plans and specifications for such refurbishing in such detail as Owner may request. Such plans and specifications shall comply with such requirements as Owner may from time to time prescribe for refurbishing. Tenant shall commence any such refurbishing promptly after receipt of Owner’s written approval of such plans and specifications (which written approval may require modification thereto) and shall complete the same in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with such plans and specifications approved by Owner within ninety (90) thereafter. In no event shall any refurbishing be commenced within the Leased Premises without Owner’s prior written approval of the plans and specifications therefor. Tenant shall conduct any such refurbishing in an efficient manner so as to not interfere with the operation of its business and in a manner not inconsistent with its obligations pursuant to the Lease.

Surrender

6.03 Tenant shall throughout the lease term maintain the building and other improvements constituting the Leased Premises and keep them free from waste or nuisance, and shall deliver up the Leased Premises in a clean and sanitary condition at the termination of this Lease and in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire, tornado, or other casualty excepted and shall surrender all keys for the Leased Premises to Owner and shall inform Owner of all combinations on locks, safes, and vaults, if any, in the Leased Premises. In the event Tenant should neglect to reasonably maintain the Leased Premises, Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause repairs or corrections to be made, and any reasonable costs thereof plus a charge equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such cost shall be payable by Tenant to Owner as additional rental on the next rental installment date or upon demand if said Lease has expired.

ARTICLE 7. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, AND IMPROVEMENTS

7.01 Tenant shall not create any openings in the roof or exterior walls, nor make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Owner. Consent for nonstructural alterations, additions, or improvements shall not be unreasonably withheld by Owner. Tenant shall have the right at all times to erect or install shelves, bins, machinery, air conditioning or heating equipment, and trade fixtures, provided that Tenant complies with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, and regulations. Tenant shall have the right to remove at the termination of this Lease such items so installed (other than replacement items for air-conditioning or heating equipment or permanently installed fixtures, which shall become the property of Owner) provided Tenant is not in default; however, Tenant shall, prior to the termination of this Lease, repair any damage caused by such removal.

All alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant, other than shelves, bins, machinery and trade fixtures which are not actually removed from the Leased Premises by Tenant under the provisions of the preceding paragraph, shall become the property of Owner at the termination of this Lease; however, the Tenant shall promptly remove, if Owner so elects, all alterations, additions, and improvements, and any other property placed in the premises by Tenant, and Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal.

ARTICLE 8. SIGNS; STORE FRONTS

8.01 Tenant shall not, without Owner’s prior written consent, (a) make any changes to or paint the store front, or (b) install any exterior lighting, decorations, or paintings or (c) erect or install any signs, window or door lettering, placards, decoration, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Leased Premises, excepting only dignified displays of customary type for its display windows. All signs, lettering, placards, decorations, and advertising media shall conform in all respects to the sign criteria established by Owner from time to time in the

 

6


exercise of its sole discretion, and shall be subject to the prior written approval of Owner as to the construction, method, of attachment, size, shape, height, lighting, color, and general appearance. All signs shall be in good repair and in proper operating order at all times. Tenant shall remove all signs at the termination of this Lease, and shall repair any damage and close any holes caused by such removal.

In the event of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article or the provisions of Owner’s sign criteria, Owner shall have the right at Owner’s option and without prior written notice to Tenant, to (a) remove any sign in violation herein and to invoice Tenant for any cost associated with said removal, and/or (b) charge the Tenant the sum of Twenty Dollars ($20.00) per day for each such violation, and/or (c) repair or replace Tenant’s sign so displayed in violation of said criteria such that Tenant’s sign shall comply with said criteria, and to invoice Tenant for the cost associated with said repair or replacement, and/or (d) declare Tenant in default under the terms of this Lease. In any case where Owner elects to remove Tenant’s sign, Owner shall not be liable in conversion for the cost of same and Owner may, at its option, store Tenants’ sign for Tenant or dispose of same without notice to Tenant. In the event Owner elects to remove and store Tenant’s sign, Tenant shall be liable for any storage costs incurred by Owner and Owner shall not be required to return said sign to Tenant unless and until Tenant reimburses Owner for said storage costs. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Owner harmless from all claims, suits, actions, damages, and liability (including the costs and expense of defending against all the aforesaid) arising (or alleged to arise) as a result of the violation by Tenant of the provisions of this Article.

ARTICLE 9. UTILITY CHARGES

9.01 Tenant shall pay all utility charges for water, garbage collection, sewer charges, electricity, heat, gas, and power used in and about the Leased Premises, all such charges to be paid by Tenant to the utility company or municipality furnishing the same, before the same shall become delinquent.

ARTICLE 10. FIRE AND CASUALTY DAMAGE

10.01 If the building or other improvements on the Leased Premises should be damaged or destroyed by fire, tornado, or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof to Owner.

Total Destruction

(a) If the building on the Leased Premises should be totally destroyed by fire, tornado, or other casualty, or if it should be so damaged that rebuilding or repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) working days from the date of written notification by Tenant to Owner of the occurrence of the damage, this Lease shall terminate and rent shall be abated for the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective as of the date of said written notification. The provisions of Article 26.10 hereof shall operate to extend said one hundred eighty (180) day period if rebuilding or repairs are delayed by force majeure.

Partial Damage

(b) If the building or other improvements on the Leased Premises should be damaged by fire, tornado, or other casualty, but not to such an extent that rebuilding or repairs cannot reasonably by completed within one hundred eighty (180) working days from the date of written notification by Tenant to Owner of the occurrence of the damage, this Lease shall not terminate but Owner shall, if the casualty has occurred prior to the final two (2) years of the lease term, at his sole cost and risk proceed forth with to rebuild or repair such building and other improvements to substantiate the condition in which they existed prior to such damage. If the casualty occurs during the final two (2) years of the lease term, Owner shall not be required to rebuild or repair such damage. If the building and other improvements are to be rebuilt or repaired and are untenantable in whole or in part following such damage, the rent payable hereunder during the period in which they are untenantable shall be adjusted equitably. In the event that Owner should fail to complete such rebuilding or repairs within one hundred eighty (180) working days from the date of written notification by Tenant to Owner of the occurrence of the damage, Tenant may at its option terminate this Lease by written notification at such time to Owner, whereon all rights and obligations hereunder shall cease. The provisions of Article 26.10 hereof shall operate to extend said one hundred eighty (180) day period if rebuilding or repairs are delayed by force majeure.

ARTICLE 11. CONDEMNATION

11.01 If during the term of this Lease or any extension or renewal hereof, all of the Leased Premises should be taken by right of eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective as of the date of the taking of said premises by the condemning authority.

 

7


If less than all of the Leased Premises shall be taken by right of eminent domain, Owner shall have the option to terminate this Lease on the date of taking by giving written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the filing of the action in eminent domain, in which event Owner shall be entitled to all proceeds, and Tenant shall have no claim to any part of the award in condemnation, or, in the alternative, Owner, by failing to give the above notice within the time above specified, may elect to leave the Lease in full force and effect and have the proceeds divided according to law.

ARTICLE 12. SECURITY DEPOSIT

12.01 Tenant has deposited with Owner the sum of zero dollars and no/00) ($0.00). Said Sum shall be held by Owner as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the term hereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of rent, Owner may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Owner may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Owner for any other loss or damage which Owner may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Owner in an amount sufficient enough to bring the Security Deposit described herein back to the amount first described herein.

ARTICLE 13. INDEMNITY

13.01 Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Owner harmless against any and all claims, demands, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees for the defense thereof, arising from the conduct or management of Tenant’s business in the Leased Premises or from any breach on the part of Tenant of any conditions of this Lease, or from any act or negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, subtenants, concessionaires, or licensees in or about the Leased Premises. In case of any action or proceeding brought against Owner by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Owner, covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel acceptable to Owner.

In addition to the foregoing, and not by way of limitation thereof, Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Owner harmless from any and all liability, damages or costs of any kind or character for injury to persons or property in the Leased Premises or about or around the Leased Premises. Tenant also agrees to indemnify and hold Owner harmless from all liability, damages and costs of any and every kind and character, that may arise from the Tenant’s improper care of the Leased Premises, or arising out of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises, it being specifically agreed that Owner shall not be liable for any damage or injury to Tenant or any other person or persons, or to his or their property, goods or chattels caused by water, rain or snow, gas, steam or electricity, flooding, or by reason of breakage, leakage or obstruction of any pipes or leakage of any character, including roof leakage.

It is expressly agreed that in the event Tenant violates any regulation, ordinance or law that results in Owner being cited by the city or any other regulatory or enforcing authority, Tenant agrees to hold Owner harmless in all respects.

13.02 Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall provide and maintain in force during the term of this Lease commercial general liability insurance coverage (Owner’s, Landlord’s and Tenant’s coverage), with one or more responsible insurance companies duly authorized to transact business in Texas, in an amount of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit or such other amount that Owner, in its sole judgement, may require, which such commercial general liability policy shall include (i) coverage for bodily injury and death, property damage, and products liability coverage; (ii) contractual liability coverage insuring the obligations of Tenant under the terms of this Lease; and (iii) fire legal liability coverage with respect to the Leased Premises and the buildings to which they are a part in the amount of at least twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00). Such policy shall name Owner (and any of its affiliates, subsidiaries, successors, and assigns designated by Owner) and Tenant as the insured. Tenant shall furnish Owner with certificates of all insurance required by this section. If Tenant does not maintain such insurance in full force and effect, Owner may notify Tenant of such failure and if Tenant does not deliver to Owner within ten (10) days after such notice certification showing all such insurance to be in full force and effect, Owner may, at his option, take out the necessary insurance to comply with the provisions hereof and pay the premiums on the items specified in such notice, and Tenant covenants thereupon on demand to reimburse and pay Owner any amount so paid or expended in the payment of the insurance premiums required hereby and specified in the notice, with interest thereon at the rate of ten per cent (10%) per annum from the date of such payment by Owner until repaid by Tenant.

 

8


ARTICLE 14. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

14.01 Tenant agrees and warrants that the nature of its enterprise will not, as a result of noise, emissions, materials or substances received at, stored upon or shipped from the Leased Premises or by virtue of any other activities of Tenant, create a nuisance upon the Leased Premises, and that no activity of Tenant shall result in the emissions or spillage of pollutants of any nature, Tenant warrants that no hazardous substances, fluids, solvents or solid waste or other product or material subject to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Texas Clean Air Act, the Texas Solid Waste Disposal Act, or similar environmental act, statutes or regulations, will be received, accumulated or shipped from the Leased Premises. In the event that any spillage of any contaminant or pollutant should occur, Tenant agrees to immediately-notify Owner and the appropriate governmental agency, and shall immediately proceed to clean and remove such contaminants or pollutants at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to the satisfaction of Owner and to the satisfaction of the appropriate governmental authority having jurisdiction thereof. The provisions of this paragraph shall expressly survive the termination of the lease term.

ARTICLE 15. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

15.01 The following events shall be deemed to be events of default by Tenant under this Lease:

(1) Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of rental or any other amount payable to Owner as herein provided and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days.

(2) Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease, other than the payment of rental or any other amount payable to Owner and shall not cure such failure within ten (10) days after written notice thereof to Tenant.

(3) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall become insolvent, or shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

(4) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall file a petition under any section or chapter of the National Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any State thereof; or Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(5) A receiver or Trustee shall be appointed for all of the Leased Premises or for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(6) Tenant shall desert or vacate any portion of the Leased Premises.

(7) Tenant shall do or permit to be done anything which creates a lien upon the Leased Premises.

(8) The business operated by Tenant shall be closed for failure to pay any State sales tax as required or for any other reason.

(9) Tenant shall fail to comply with any terms or conditions of any other contract or agreement by and between Owner and Tenant which relate to the Leased Premises.

Upon the occurrence of any such event of default, Owner shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever:

A. Terminate this Lease in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises to Owner, and if Tenant fails to do so, Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedy which Owner may have for possession or arrearages in rental, enter upon and take possession of the Leased Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying said Leased Premises or any part thereof, by force if necessary, without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages therefore.

B. Enter upon and take possession of the Leased Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying said Leased Premises or any part thereof, by force if necessary, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefore with or without having terminated the Lease.

C. Do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease (and enter upon the Leased Premises in connection therewith if necessary) without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefore, and Tenant agrees to reimburse Owner on demand for any expenses which Owner may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this

 

9


Lease, plus interest thereon at the lesser of the highest rate permitted by law or eighteen percent (18%) per annum, and Tenant further agrees that Owner shall not be liable for any damages resulting to the Tenant from such action.

D. Alter all locks and other security devises at the Leased Premises without terminating this Lease.

E. Exclude Tenant from the Leased Premises by changing all door locks located thereon and thereafter Owner or its agent shall place a written notice on Tenant’s front door stating the name and address or telephone number of the individual from whom a new key may be obtained and that such key may only be obtained during the hours stated. Owner shall, however, have absolutely no obligation to furnish a new key unless and until Tenant (i) cures all existing defaults and (ii) delivers to Owner a sum of money determined by Owner in its sole discretion which shall be added to and become a part of the security deposit of Tenant hereunder. Owner and Tenant intend that this sub-paragraph (E) expressly supersedes any conflicting provisions contained in Section 93.002 of the Texas Property Code, or any successor statute.

15.02 Exercise by Owner of any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Leased Premises by Tenant, whether by agreement or by operation of law, it being understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written agreement of Owner and Tenant. No such alteration of locks or other security devices and no removal or other exercise of dominion by Owner over the property of Tenant or others at the Leased Premises shall be deemed unauthorized or constitute a conversion, Tenant hereby consenting, after any event of default, to the aforesaid exercise of dominion over Tenant’s property within the Leased Premises. All claims for damages by reason of such re-entry and/or repossession and/or alteration of locks or other security devices are hereby waived, as are all claims for damages by reason of any distress warrant, forcible detainer proceedings, sequestration proceedings or other legal process. Tenant agrees that any re-entry by Owner may be pursuant to judgment obtained in forcible detainer proceedings or other legal proceedings or without the necessity for any legal proceedings, as Owner may elect, and Owner shall not be liable in trespass or otherwise.

15.03 In the event Owner elects to terminate the Lease by reason of an event of default, then notwithstanding such termination, Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Owner at the address specified for notice to Owner herein the sum of all rental and other amounts payable to Owner pursuant to the terms of this Lease which have accrued to date of such termination, plus, as damages, an amount equal to the total rental (Guaranteed Minimum and Percentage, computed as stated below) plus Tenant’s Common Area Maintenance, Tax, and Insurance Payment hereunder for the remaining portion of the lease term (had Such term not been terminated by Owner prior to the date of expiration stated in Article 1).

15.04 In the event that Owner elects to repossess the Leased Premises without terminating the Lease, then Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Owner at the address specified for notice to Owner herein all rental and other amounts payable to Owner pursuant to the terms of this Lease which have accrued to the date of such repossession, plus total rental (Guaranteed Minimum and Percentage, computed as stated below) plus Tenant’s Common Area Maintenance, Tax, and Insurance Payment required to be paid by Tenant to Owner during the remainder of the lease term until the date of expiration of the term as stated in Article 1, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Owner through reletting the Leased Premises during said period (after deducting expenses incurred by Owner as provided in Section 15.05 hereof). In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess of any rental obtained by reletting over and above the rental herein reserved. Actions to collect amounts due by Tenant to Owner as provided in this Section 15.04 may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Owner’s waiting until expiration of the lease term.

15.05 In case of any event of default, Tenant shall also be liable for and shall pay to Owner, in addition to any sum provided to be paid above, broker’s fees incurred by Owner in connection with reletting the whole or any part of the Leased Premises; the costs of removing and storing Tenant’s or other occupant’s property; the cost of repairing, altering, remodeling or otherwise putting the Leased Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant or tenants, and all reasonable expenses incurred by Owner in enforcing or defending Owner’s rights and/or remedies including reasonable attorneys’ fees which shall be not less than fifteen percent (15%) of all sums then owing by Tenant to Owner.

15.06 Owner may, but need not, relet the Leased Premises or any part thereof for such rent and upon such terms as Owner, in its sole discretion, shall determine (including the right to relet the Leased Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet the Leased Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the

 

10


Leased Premises). If Owner elects to relet the Leased Premises, it shall only be required to use the same efforts it then uses to lease other space or properties which it owns or manages; provided however that Owner shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Leased Premises over any other space that Owner may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such available space regardless of when such alternative space becomes available; provided, further, the Owner shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about such reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit worthiness acceptable to Owner, leases the entire Leased Premises, agrees to use the Leased Premises in a manner consistent with the Lease and leases the Leased Promises at the same rent, for no more than the current term and on the same terms and conditions as in this Lease without any expenditure by Owner for tenant improvements or broker’s commissions. In any such case, Owner may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Leased Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Owner deems necessary or desirable.

15.07 In the event Tenant is comprised of more than one person and/or entities, all such persons and/or entities shall be jointly and severally liable for all of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease.

15.08 Upon receipt from Tenant of the sum stated in Article 12 above, such sum shall be held by Owner without interest as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood that such deposit is not an advance payment of rental or a measure of Owner’s damages in case of default by Tenant. If at any time during the term of this Lease any of the rental herein reserved shall be overdue and unpaid, or any other sum payable by Tenant to Owner hereunder shall be overdue and unpaid then Owner may at its option apply any portion of said deposit to the payment of any such overdue rental or other sum. In the event of the failure of Tenant to keep and perform any of the other terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant, then the Owner at its option may apply the security deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to compensate the Owner for loss, cost or damage sustained, incurred or suffered by Owner due to such breach on the part of Tenant Should the security deposit, or any portion thereof be applied by Owner as herein provided, Tenant shall, upon written demand of Owner, remit to Owner a sufficient amount in cash to restore the security deposit to the original sum deposited, and Tenant’s failure to do so within five days after receipt of such demand shall constitute a default under this Lease. Any remaining balance of such deposit shall be returned by Owner to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled.

15.09 In the event of any default by Owner, Tenant will give Owner written notice specifying such default with particularity, and Owner shall thereupon have thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be required in the exercise of due diligence) in which to cure any such default. Unless and until Owner fails to so cure any default after such notice, Tenant shall not have any remedy or cause of action by reason thereof. All obligations of Owner hereunder will be construed as covenants, not conditions. The term “Owner” shall mean only the Owner, for the time being, of the Shopping Center, and in the event of the transfer by such Owner of its interest in the Shopping Center, such Owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants and obligations of the Owner thereafter accruing, but such covenants and obligations shall be binding during the lease term upon each new owner for the duration of such ownership. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in the event of any breach or default by Owner in any term or provision of this Lease, Tenant agrees to look solely to the equity or interest then owned by Owner in the land and improvements which constitute the Shopping Center; however, in no event shall any deficiency judgment or any money judgment of any kind be sought or obtained against Owner.

15.10 For the purpose of computing the amount of Tenant’s liability under this Article 15 for Percentage Rental after default, the periodic Percentage Rent for which Tenant shall be liable after termination of Tenant’s right to possession shall be the amount Tenant was obligated to pay as Percentage Rental during the most recent full Percentage Rental payment period before such termination. Tenant will also pay a pro rata part of such periodic Percentage Rental based upon the length of time between the previous payment of Percentage Rental and the date of termination; and upon such termination Tenant will be obligated to submit to Owner a statement accurately showing Gross Sales made since submission of its last previous statement, together with such additional supporting financial records as Owner may require. The provisions of this Section 15.10 relating to Percentage Rental, if any, payable by Tenant hereunder are included solely for the purpose of providing for the payment of rental in excess of the Guaranteed Minimum Rental, and providing for a method whereby such additional rental is to be measured, ascertained and paid, and shall be cumulative with and not in limitation of all other remedies provided for Owner herein.

 

11


15.11 In the event that Owner shall have taken possession of the Leased Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, then Owner shall have the right to keep in place and use all of the furniture, fixtures and equipment at the Leased Premises, including that which is owned by or leased to Tenant at all times prior to any foreclosure thereon by Owner or repossession thereof by any lessor thereof or third party having a lien thereon. Owner shall also have the right to remove from the Leased Premises (without the necessity of obtaining a distress warrant, writ of sequestration or other legal process and without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefore) all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property located thereon and place same in storage at any place within the County in which, the Leased Premises is located; and in such event, Tenant shall be liable to Owner for costs incurred by Owner in connection with such removal and storage and shall indemnify and hold Owner harmless from all loss, damage, cost, expense and liability in connection with such removal and storage. Owner shall also have the right to relinquish possession of all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to any person (“Claimant”) claiming to be entitled to possession thereof who presents to Owner a copy of any instrument represented to Owner by Claimant to have been executed by Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant) granting Claimant the right under various circumstances to take possession of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, without the necessity on the part of Owner to inquire into the authenticity of said instrument and without the necessity of Owner’s making any nature of investigation or inquiry as to the validity of the factual or legal basis upon which Claimant purports to act; and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Owner harmless from all cost, expense. loss, damage and liability incident to Owner’s relinquishment of possession of all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property to Claimant.

15.12 The rights and remedies of Owner herein stated shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies which Owner has or may hereafter have at law or in equity; and Tenant stipulates and agrees that the rights herein granted Owner are commercially reasonable.

15.13 Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights Tenant may have under Section 93.002 and 93.003 of the Texas Property Code (as amended or superseded from time to time), to (i) either recover possession of the Leased Premises or terminate this Lease, and (ii) recover from Owner and amount equal to the sum of its actual damages, one month’s rent, and reasonable attorney’s fees, less any delinquent rents or other sums for which Tenant is liable. Tenant hereby waives any and all liens (whether statutory, contractual, constitutional or otherwise) it may have or acquire as a result of a breach by Owner under this Lease. Tenant also waives and releases any statutory lien and offset rights it may have against Owner, including without limitation the rights conferred upon Tenant pursuant to Section 91.004 of the Texas Property Code, as amended or superseded from time to time, or other applicable law.

ARTICLE 16.

16.01 This section is intentionally left blank.

ARTICLE 17. OWNER’S RIGHT TO ACCESS; USE OF ROOF; RELOCATION

17.01 Tenant shall permit Owner and his agents to enter into and upon the Leased Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same or for the purpose of maintaining or making repairs or alterations to the building.

17.02 During the term of this lease, or any renewal term, Owner may exhibit the Leased Premises to prospective tenants or purchasers, upon reasonable notice to the local manager of this office; and, during the three months prior to the expiration of the term of this lease, or any renewal term, Owner may place upon said premises the usual notices “For Lease” or “For Sale,” which notices Tenant shall permit to remain thereon without molestation

17.03 Owner hereby reserves the right at any time and from time to time to make alterations or additions to the building in which the Leased Premises is located, the buildings adjoining the same and any other buildings in the Shopping Center. Owner further reserves the right at any time and from time to time to construct or permit others to construct, other buildings or improvements within the Shopping Center. Such rights set forth in the two preceding sentences include, without limitation, the right to construct additional stories on any such building or buildings, the right to build adjoining the building or buildings, the right to build multi-level, elevated, underground, and other parking facilities within the Shopping Center and the right to erect in connection with any such construction or building temporary scaffolds and other aids to such construction or building. Owner shall have the right at any time and from time to time to change the street address of the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center or to change the name of the Shopping Center without incurring any liability to Tenant.

17.04 Use of the roof above the Leased Premises is reserved to Owner.

 

12


17.05 Owner hereby reserves the right at any time and from time to time to relocate the Leased Premises to other premises within the Shopping Center upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to Tenant. Such relocation of the Leased Premises shall be at Owner’s sole costs and expense, and in no way shall effect the obligations of either Owner or Tenant hereunder. In the event that Tenant shall fail to promptly occupy, and open for business to the public in accordance with this Lease in the new location within the Shopping Center designated by Owner, Owner may, at its option and in addition to any other remedies that Owner may have hereunder, at law or in equity on account of such breach by Tenant of its obligations hereunder, terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant.

ARTICLE 18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

Assignment and Subletting by Tenant

18.01 Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s legal representative or successor in interest by operation or law or otherwise shall assign this Lease, and any interest therein, or sublet the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, or right or privilege pertinent thereto, without the prior written consent of Owner. Any assignee approved by Owner must assume in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant (and any Guarantor(s), if any) shall remain liable for each and every obligation under this Lease. The Owner will be paid by each Tenant a minimum charge of $100.00 for each assignment or subletting.

Assignment by Owner

18.02 Owner is expressly given the right to assign any or all of its interest under the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE 19. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

19.01 Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the rules and regulations that Owner shall from time to time promulgate and/or modify. The rules and regulations shall be binding upon the Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant. Owner shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any said rules and regulations by any other tenants or occupants.

ARTICLE 20. HOLDING OVER.

20.01 If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, without the execution of a new lease, such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month-to-month. The monthly Guaranteed Minimum Rent for such holdover period shall be an amount equal to twice the monthly Guaranteed Minimum Rent of the final month prior to such holdover, plus all other charges payable hereunder, and upon all the terms hereof applicable to a month to month tenancy.

20.02 The above described tenancy from month-to-month may be terminated by either party upon thirty (30) days notice to the other.

ARTICLE 21. LIENS.

21.01 Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises and the property in which the Leased Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Owner may require, at Owner’s sole option, that Tenant shall provide to Owner, at Tenants sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half (1.5) times the estimated cost of any improvements, additions, or alterations in the Leased Premises which the Tenant desires to make, to insure Owner against any liability for mechanics’ and materialmen’s lien and to insure completion of the work.

ARTICLE 22. BROKERS

22.01 Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and it knows of no real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease.

ARTICLE 23. PARKING

23.01 Owner may designate parking areas for tenant employees parking.

ARTICLE 24.

24.01 This section is intentionally left blank.

 

13


ARTICLE 25. LATE CHARGES

25.01 In the event Tenant fails to pay to Owner when due any installment of rental or other sum to be paid to Owner which may become due hereunder, Owner will incur additional expenses in an amount not readily ascertainable and has not been elsewhere provided for between Owner and Tenant. If Tenant shall fail to pay to Owner when due any installment of rental or other sum to be paid hereunder, Tenant will pay Owner on demand a late charge equal to the greater of (i) one hundred dollars ($100.00), or (ii) ten percent (10%) of the past due amount. Failure to pay such late charge upon demand therefore shall be an event of default hereunder. Provision for such late charge shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Owner hereunder or at law or in equity and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or limiting Owner’s remedies in any manner.

25.02 If Tenant pays any installment of the Guaranteed Minimum Rent or any other sum by check and such check is returned for insufficient funds or other reason not the fault of Owner, then Tenant shall pay to Owner on demand a processing fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) per returned check.

ARTICLE 26. MISCELLANEOUS

Notices and Addresses

26.01 All notices provided to be given under this Agreement shall be given by certified mail or registered mail, addressed to the proper party, at the following address:

 

Owner:    Tenant:
Oaks Shopping, Center Venture, LP    Third Coast Bank, SSB
P.O. Box 1390    20202 Highway 59 North, Suite 190
Beaumont, Texas 77704    Humble, Texas 77338

Parties Bound

26.02 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and assigns where permitted by this Agreement.

Texas Law to Apply

26.03 This Agreement shall be construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, and all obligations of the parties created hereunder are performable in Jefferson County, Texas.

Legal Construction

26.04 In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision thereof and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Landlord and Tenant Relationship

26.05 Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the relationship as principle and agent or of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto, it being understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of rent; nor any other provision contained herein, nor any acts of the parties hereto, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the parties hereto other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

Amendment

26.06 No amendment, modification, or alteration of the terms hereof shall be binding unless the same be in writing, dated subsequent to the date hereof and duly executed by the parties hereto.

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

26.07 The rights and remedies provided by this Lease Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by either party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance, or otherwise.

Waiver of Default

26.08 No waiver by the parties hereto of any default or breach of any term, condition, or covenant of this Lease shall be deemed to be waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term, condition, or covenant contained herein.

Attorneys’ Fees

26.09 In the event Owner or Tenant breaches any of the terms of this Agreement whereby the party not in default employs attorneys to protect or enforce its rights hereunder and prevails, then the defaulting party agrees to pay the other party reasonable attorneys’ fees so incurred by such other part.

Force Majeure

26.10 Owner shall not be required to perform any term, condition, or covenant in this Lease so long as such performance is delayed or prevented by force majeure, which shall mean acts of God, strikes, lockouts, material or labor restrictions by any governmental authority, shortage or

 

14


unavailability of labor or materials, civil riot, floods, and any other cause not reasonably within the control of Owner and which by the exercise of due diligence Owner is unable, wholly or in part, to prevent or overcome.

Time of Essence

26.11 Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

Condition of Premises

26.12 The premises and improvements have been examined by Tenant, or accepted by Tenant in “as is” condition, and are accepted by Tenant as being fit for the purposes for which such premises are leased.

Subordination to Existing and Future Mortgages

26.13 This Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of existing mortgages and of mortgages which hereafter may be made a lien on the leased property. Although no instrument or act on the part of the Tenant shall be necessary to effectuate such subordination, the Tenant will, nevertheless, execute and deliver such further instruments subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgages as may be desired by the mortgagee. The Tenant hereby appoints the Owner his attorney-in-fact, irrevocably, to execute and deliver any such instrument for the Tenant.

Estoppel Certificates

26.14 (a) Tenant shall from time to time, upon written request by Owner or Owner’s lender, deliver to Owner of Owner’s lender, within ten (10) days after receipt of such request, a statement in writing certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, identifying such modifications and certifying that the Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which any rent or other payments have been paid; (iii) that Owner is not in default under any provision of this Lease (or if Owner is in default, specifying each such default); and, (iv) the address to which notices to Tenant shall be sent; it being understood that any such statement so delivered may be relied upon in connection with any lease, mortgage or transfer.

(b) Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that: (i) this Lease is in full force and effect and not modified except as Owner may represent; (ii) not more than one month’s rent or other payments have been paid in advance; (iii) there are no defaults by Owner; and, (iv) notices to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant’s Address as set forth in Article 26.01 of this Lease. Notwithstanding the presumptions of this Article, Tenant shall not be relieved of its obligation to deliver said statement.

Security

26.15 Tenant specifically acknowledges that Owner has no duty whatsoever to provide security for any portion of the Shopping Center including, including without limitation, the Leased Premises and the Common Areas, and Tenant has assumed sole responsibility for the security of itself, its Permittees and their respective property, in or about the Shopping Center including, including without limitation, the Leased Premises and the Common Areas.

Financial Data

26.16 Tenant warrants and represents that (a) all financial statements, operating statements and other financial data at any time given to Owner by or on behalf of Tenant or any Guarantor are, or will be, as of their respective dates, true and correct in all material respects and do not (or will not) omit any material liability, direct or contingent; and (b) there have been no material changes in any financial statements, operating statements or other financial data given to Owner by or on behalf of Tenant or any Guarantor prior to the Effective Date of this Lease between the respective dated thereof and the Effective date of the Lease. A breach of any of the foregoing warranties and representations shall, at the election Owner, be deemed an event of Default of this Lease.

Prior Agreements Superseded

26.17 This agreement constitutes the sole and only agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes any prior understandings or written or oral agreements between the parties respecting the within subject matter.

Arbitration

26.18 ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM BASED ON OR ARISING FROM AN ALLEGED TORT, SHALL BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT (OR IF NOT APPLICABLE, THE APPLICABLE STATE LAW), THE RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE FOR THE ARBITRATION OF COMMERCIAL DISPUTES OR JUDICIAL ARBITRATION AND MEDIATION SERVICES, INC. (J.A.M.S.) AND THE “SPECIAL RULES” SET FORTH BELOW. IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY, THE SPECIAL RULES

 

15


SHALL CONTROL. JUDGEMENT UPON ANY ARBITRATION AWARD MAY BRING AN ACTION, INCLUDING A SUMMARY OR EXPEDITED PROCEEDING, TO COMPEL ARBITRATION OF ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM TO WHICH THIS LEASE APPLIES IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER SUCH ACTION.

(A)    SPECIAL RULES. THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN BEAUMONT, TEXAS AND ADMINISTERED BY J.A.M.S. WHO WILL APPOINT AN ARBITRATOR. IF J.A.M.S. IS UNABLE OR LEGALLY PRECLUDED FROM ADMINISTERING THE ARBITRATION, THEN THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION WILL SERVE. ALL ARBITRATION HEARINGS WILL BE COMMENCED WITHIN 60 DAYS OF THE DEMAND FOR ARBITRATION; FURTHER, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ONLY, UPON A SHOWING OF CAUSE, BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH HEARING FOR AN ADDITIONAL 60 DAYS.

(B)    RESERVATION OF RIGHTS. NOTHING IN THIS LEASE SHALL BE DEEMED TO (1) LIMIT THE APPLICABILITY OF ANY OTHERWISE APPLICABLE STATUTES OF LIMITATION OR REPOSE AND ANY WAIVERS CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE; OR (2) LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE LESSOR HERETO (A) TO EXERCISE SELF HELP REMEDIES, OR (B) TO OBTAIN FROM A COURT PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, DISTRESS WARRANT, FORCIBLE DETAINER, WRIT OF POSSESSION OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER. THE LESSOR MAY EXERCISE SUCH SELF HELP RIGHTS OR OBTAIN SUCH PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES BEFORE, DURING OR AFTER THE PENDENCY OF ANY ARBITRATION PROCEEDING BROUGHT PURSUANT TO THIS LEASE. NEITHER THE EXERCISE OF SELF HELP REMEDIES NOR THE INSTITUTION OR MAINTENANCE OF AN ACTION FOR PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING THE CLAIMANT IN SUCH ACTION, TO ARBITRATE THE MERITS OF THE CONTROVERSY OCCASIONING RESORT TO SUCH REMEDIES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Owner and Tenant hereto execute this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

OWNER:
OAKS SHOPPING CENTER VENTURE, L.P.
  By:   OSCV Company, L.L.C.
  Its:   General Partner
             By:  

/s/ M.A. Lan Phelan II

    Name:   M.A. Lan Phelan II
    Its:   Manager
TENANT:
THIRD COAST BANK, SSB
By:  

/s/ Bart Caraway

Name:   Bart Caraway
Its:   President

 

16


SPECIAL PROVISIONS ADDENDUM

I. RENEWAL OPTION

I.     (A) As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the provisions of this Lease nor has been in default at any point during the Term of the Lease and as long as this Lease has not been terminated pursuant to any provision hereof, then Tenant may, at its option, extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional terms of five (5) years each commencing on the expiration of the then expiring term, hereinafter called the “Option Term(s)” Tenant may exercise such Option Term(s) by giving Owner written notice at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the then expiring term. Upon the giving by Tenant to Owner of such written notice and the compliance by Tenant with the foregoing provisions, the term of this Lease shall be deemed to be extended upon all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions, excluding rental, set forth in this Lease, except for such terms and conditions as shall be inapplicable during any additional term. If Lessee fails or omits to so give to Owner the written notice referred to above, it shall be deemed, without further notice and without further agreement between the parties hereto, that Tenant elected not to exercise the Option Terms granted herein.

(B) At the beginning of each Option Term the monthly Guaranteed Minimum Rent as set forth in Article 2.0l(a) of the Lease shall be increased by the percentage of increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index - U.S. Average - All Items, as published by the United States Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics. The base period, for purposes of such adjustment, shall be the month of the year in which this Lease is originally executed. The date in which the Option Term commences shall then be used for comparison purposes with any adjustment in Guaranteed Minimum Rent to be effective as of the commencement of the Option Term. In no event shall the Guaranteed Minimum Rent for the Option Term be less than the monthly Guaranteed Minimum Rent for the last month of the original term. Should the aforementioned index be discontinued, the parties shall select another similar index which reflects consumer prices and if the parties cannot agree on another index it shall be selected by binding arbitration, (By way of illustration only, if the September figure in which this Lease is executed is 120 and the September figure following commencement of rentals is 125 then the Guaranteed Minimum Rent for the ensuing calendar year shall be increased by 4.17%).

II. EARLY OCCUPANCY

II.     Tenant shall have access to and use of the Leased Premises upon full execution of this Agreement and payment of the first month’s rental and security deposit. The insurance and indemnity requirements under Article 13 of the lease shall apply during the construction contemplated and Tenant shall provide evidence of appropriated insurance coverage prior to beginning any of Tenant’s work. Occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this lease, excepting only those requiring the payment of rent.

III. TENANT ALLOWANCE

III.     Owner will pay to Tenant up to Twenty thousand dollars ($20,000.00), as a reimbursement for Tenant’s bona fide (and verified) construction expenses paid to parties not related to Tenant. Such payment will be due only upon (i) completion of all improvements to Owner’s satisfaction; (ii) Tenant’s delivery to Owner of a true copy of its Certificate of Occupancy (or similar governmental occupancy permit); (iii) Owner’s satisfaction that all bills have been paid to Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and professionals; and (iv) Tenant’s commencement of business in the Leased Premises.

 

Owner:       Tenant:  
Initial:   MALP     Initial:   BC


LOGO


The Oaks Shopping Center

EXHIBIT B

BEING a 7.93 acre tract of land out of and a part of the Charles Williams League, Abstract No. 59 in Beaumont, Jefferson County, Texas, and being more fully described by metes and bounds as follows, to-wit:

BEGINNING at a concrete monument locating the intersection of the West right-of-way line of Dowlen Road and the North right-of-way line of Calder Road; said monument also locates the Southeast corner of the Cousins 25.136 acre tract;

THENCE North 00 degrees 45 minutes 03 seconds West with the West line of Dowlen Road, a distance of 31.45 feet to an iron stake locating the Beginning Point of a curve to the right whose central angle is 16 degrees 24 minutes 07 seconds and whose radius is 1200.02 feet;

THENCE in a Northeasterly direction with the arc of said curve an are distance of 343.53 feet to a concrete monument for corner; said monument locates the Southmost corner of the Jefferson Savings and Loan Tract and lies in the centerline of the now abandoned “V” Street;

THENCE North 00 degrees 45 minutes 03 seconds West with the West line of the Jefferson Savings and Loan tract and with the centerline of the now abandoned “V” Street, a distance of 519.55 feet to a concrete monument for corner in the South line of 100.00 foot right-of-way for Phelan Boulevard;

THENCE South 64 degrees 18 minutes 34 seconds West with said Sough line, a distance of 441.0 feet to a concrete monument for corner;

THENCE South 00 degrees 45 minutes 03 seconds East, 928.43 feet to a concrete monument for corner in an old fence line on the North line of Calder Road;

THENCE North 56 degrees 38 minutes 25 seconds East with an old fence line 416.71 feet to the PLACE OF BEGINNING, containing 7.93 acres of land, more or less.

NOTE: COMPANY DOES NOT REPRESENT THAT THE ABOVE ACREAGE AND/OR SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATIONS ARE CORRECT.


LOGO

August 27, 2015

Mr. David Doyle

Third Coast Bank, SSB

8235 Douglas Avenue, Suite 100

Dallas, Texas 75225

 

  Re:

Shopping Center Lease Agreement dated March 20, 2009 by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB, as Tenant, and the Oaks Shopping Center Venture, LP, as Owner, for the lease of property located at 229 Dowlen Road, Suite C, Beaumont, Texas (the “Lease”)

Dear David,

This will confirm that Third Coast Bank timely exercised its renewal option, as such was provided for in the Lease, thereby extending the term of the Lease for an additional five (5) years expiring on May 31, 2019.

Sincerely,

/s/ M. A. Lan Phelan II

M. A. Lan Phelan II

for the Oaks Shopping Center Venture, LP


Amendment to Lease

THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE, is entered into effective as of April 23, 2019, by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB (“Tenant”) and Oaks Shopping Center Venture, LP – a Texas limited partnership (“Owner”);

WHEREAS, the Owner and Tenant entered into that certain Shopping Center Lease Agreement originally dated January 29, 2009 (the “Lease”), for the lease of certain real estate at The Oaks Shopping Center, 229 Dowlen Road, Suite C, Beaumont, Jefferson County, Texas (the “Leased Premises”) and more particularly described in the Lease; and,

WHEREAS, Tenant exercised the first renewal option described in Section 1 of the Special Provisions Addendum of the Lease whereby the Lease was extended to May 31, 2019; and,

WHEREAS, the notice deadline for the second renewal option has expired but Owner and Tenant would like to extend the term of the Lease under mutually agreeable terms; and,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, it is agreed by and between the parties that the Lease shall be hereby amended in the following manner and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:

1.    The second renewal option contained in Section 1 of the Special Provisions Addendum of the Lease has expired and is hereby deleted.

2.    The term of the Lease, as defined in Article 1.01 of the Lease, will be extended for an additional term of five (5) years. The Lease shall now expire on May 31, 2024.

3.    The monthly Minimum Guaranteed Rent, as defined in Article 2.01 (a) of the Lease, is currently the sum of Six Thousand Thirteen Dollars and Seventy-Eight /00 ($6,013.78) subject to further annual adjustments as stated in the Lease.

4.    Except as modified by this Agreement, the parties hereby acknowledge that all other terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to Lease as of the day and year first above written.


OWNER:  
OAKS SHOPPING CENTER VENTURE, L.P.
       By:   OSCV Company, L.L.C.
  Its:  

General Partner

    By:  

/s/ M. A. Lan Phelan II

    Name:   M. A. Lan Phelan II
    Its:   Manager

 

TENANT:
THIRD COAST BANK, SSB
By:  

/s/ Donald Legato

Name:   Donald Legato
Its:  

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

THIRD PARTY SERVICE AGREEMENT

THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT dated this 1st day of March, 2019

- BETWEEN-

 

Norma Gallowayof      , Phone:    , “Service Provider”

- AND -

“CUSTOMER”

 

Business Name:    Third Coast Bank, SSB
Address:    20202 Hwy 59 North, Suite 190
City:    Humble
State:    Texas
Zip Code:    77338
Telephone:    281-446-7000
Type of Service Location:    Business locations
Contract Service Fee:    $100 per hour
Start Date of Agreement:    March 1, 2019
End Date of Agreement:   
Method of Payment:    Payment due by check within 30 days of date of service invoiced monthly

BACKGROUND:

 

   

The Customer is of the opinion that the Service Provider has the necessary qualifications, experience, and abilities to provide services in connection with certain industry specific servicing of the Customer.

 

   

The Service Provider is agreeable to providing such services to the Customer, on the terms and conditions as set out in this Agreement.

IN CONSIDERATION OF the matters described above and of the mutual benefits and obligations set forth in the Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follow:

 

1)

ENGAGEMENT

 

  a)

The Customer hereby agrees to engage the Service Provider to provide the Customer with services consisting of Humble facilities management consulting, pertaining to construction projects, furnishings and leasing and other services as the Customer & Service Provider may agree upon from time to time (the “Services”), and the Service Provider hereby agrees to provide Services to the Customer.

 

2)

TERM OF AGREEMENT

 

  a)

The term of this Agreement will begin on the date of this Agreement and will continue in full force for the term period as specified above under “THE CUSTOMER” of this Agreement and is subject to earlier termination as otherwise provided in this Agreement, with the said term being capable of extension by mutual written agreement of the parties.

 

3)

PERFORMANCE

 

  a)

The Service Provider agrees to provide facilities management consulting services, pertaining to construction projects, furnishings and leasing when called upon to do so by the Customer if and when needed.

 

  b)

The compensation for these services is limited to labor charges only and reasonable expenses directly incurred. If parts or upgrades are needed to perform the required service—Customer shall be provided the opportunity and shall have the right to purchase the part[s] or upgrade[s] needed from another source if desired. The limit of liability and warranty of said part[s] or upgrade[s] would be the responsibility of Customer if purchased from an outside source and in no way should be put upon the Service Provider.

 

  c)

Both parties agree to do everything necessary to ensure that the terms of this Agreement take effect.

 

1


4)

CONFIDENTIALITY AND OWNERSHIP

 

  a)

The terms and nature of all work performed by Service Provider during the term of this Agreement shall be kept strictly confidential and the product of that work is solely and exclusively the property of Customer.

 

5)

COMPESATION

 

  a)

For the Services provided by the Service Provider under this Agreement, the Customer will pay to the Service Provider compensation as stated under “THE CUSTOMER” section of this Agreement for the contract duration as specified.

 

  b)

Customer shall pay compensation of the service contract as agreed upon the signing of this agreement to Service Provider.

 

6)

ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION

 

  a)

The Customer will provide additional compensation as follows: The payment for all costs incurred after written authorization that they be incurred by The Service Provider. All costs incurred within a given calendar month will be invoiced by the end of the following calendar month.

 

7)

ASSIGNMENT

 

  a)

This agreement is being entered into in reliance and upon consideration of personal skill and qualifications of the Service Provider. The Service Provider will not voluntarily by operation of law assign or otherwise transfer the obligations incurred pursuant to the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Customer.

 

8)

CAPACITY/INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

 

  a)

It is expressly agreed that the Service Provider is acting as an independent contractor and not as an employee in providing the Services hereunder. The Service Provider and the Customer acknowledge that this Agreement does not create a partnership or joint venture between them.

 

9)

MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT

 

  a)

Any amendment or modification of this Agreement or additional obligation assumed by either party in connection with this Agreement will only be binding if evidenced in writing signed by each party or an authorized representative of each party.

 

10)

TIME OF ESSENCE

 

  a)

Time will be essence of this Agreement and of every part hereof. No extension variation of this Agreement will operate as a waiver of this provision.

 

11)

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

  a)

It is agreed that there is no representation, warranty, collateral agreement or condition affecting this Agreement as expressed in it.

 

12)

SEVERABILITY

 

  a)

In any event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are held to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, all other provisions will nevertheless continue to be valid and enforceable with the invalid and unenforceable parts severed from the remainder of this Agreement.

 

13)

TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

  a)

The Customer may terminate this Agreement at any time giving the Service Provider a 30-day written notice.

 

  b)

The Service Provider may terminate this Agreement at any time giving Customer a 30-day written notice.

 

  c)

The obligation of the Service Provider under this Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of the Service Provider ceasing to be engaged by the Customer or the termination of this Agreement by the Customer or the Service Provider. Service Provider agrees to return all property of the Customer immediately upon termination of this agreement.

 

14)

GOVERNING LAW

 

  a)

It is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that this Agreement and the performance under this Agreement, and all suits and special proceedings under this Agreement, be construed in accordance with and governed, to the exclusion of the law of any other forum, by the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the jurisdiction in which any or special proceeding may be instituted.

 

15)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Service Agreement this 1st day of March, 2019:

 

Third Coast Bank ssb     CONSULTANT
John McWhorter    

/s/ John McWhorter

   

/s/ Norma Galloway

Signature     Signature

 

2

Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 23, 2020 by and between Donald Legato (“Executive”) and Third Coast Bank, SSB, a Texas state savings bank (the “Bank” or “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by the Bank on such terms and conditions;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and obligations set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.

TERM

Executive’s employment hereunder shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement; provided that, on such third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each annual anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter (such third anniversary date and each annual anniversary thereafter, a “Renewal Date”), this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for successive periods of one ( 1) year each, unless either party provides written notice to the other party of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement at least ninety (90) days prior to the applicable Renewal Date. The period during which Executive is employed by the Bank hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the “Employment Term.”

 

2.

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

  2.1

POSITION

During the Employment Term, Executive shall serve as the Chief Lending Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). In such position, Executive shall have such duties, authority and responsibility as shall be determined from time to time by the CEO, which duties, authority and responsibility shall be customary for persons occupying such positions in companies of like size and type.

 

  2.2

DUTIES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall devote his best efforts and all of his full business time and attention to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder (except for permitted paid time off and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the performance of such services either directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of the CEO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (a) performing services for such other companies as the CEO may


designate or permit (which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld), (b) serving, with the prior written consent of the CEO, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, as an officer or member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of noncompeting businesses or charitable, educational or civic organizations, (c) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs and (d) managing Executive’ s personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set forth in clauses (a) through (d) shall be limited by Executive so as not to conflict or materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Employment Term, Executive shall perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the best of Executive’s abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

 

3.

PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

During the Employment Term, the principal place of Executive’s employment shall be the Bank’s office at 229 Dowlen Road #C, Beaumont, Texas 77706; provided that, Executive may be required to travel on Bank business during the Employment Tenn.

 

4.

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  4.1

BASE SALARY

During the Employment Term, the Bank shall pay Executive an annual base salary at a rate of $265,000.00 in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly. Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board, and the Board may, but shall not be required to, increase (but not decrease) Executive’s base salary during the Employment Term. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”.

 

  4.2

ANNUAL BONUS

For each completed calendar year of the Employment Term, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) at the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).

 

  4.3

EQUITY A WARDS

During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to be considered to receive grants of equity-based awards commensurate with Executive’s position and responsibilities with the Bank. The amount, terms and conditions of any equity-based award will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the terms of the Parent’s equity plan in effect from time to time.

 

  4.4

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, practices and programs maintained by the Bank, as in effect from time to time (but

 

2


excluding, except as hereinafter provided in Section 5, any severance pay program or policy of the Bank), on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to other similarly situated executives of the Bank, to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable employee benefit plans. The Bank reserves the right to amend or cancel any employee benefit plan at any time in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of such employee benefit plan and applicable law.

 

  4.5

PAID TIME OFF

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for thirty (30) days of paid time off per calendar year (which shall be prorated for partial years) in accordance with the Bank’s paid time off policies, as in effect from time to time.

 

  4.6

BUSINESS EXPENSES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for reimbursement of all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures for senior executives.

 

  4.7

INDEMNIFICATION

Executive shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to the Executive’s services provided hereunder pursuant to Texas law, the terms and conditions of the Bank’s charter and/or by-laws, and the Bank’s standard indemnification agreement for directors and officers as executed by the Bank and Executive. Executive shall be entitled to coverage under the Bank’s Directors’ and Officers’ (“D&O”) insurance policies that it may hold now or in the future to the same extent and in the same manner (i.e., subject to the same terms and conditions) that the Bank’s other executive officers are entitled to coverage under any of the Bank’s D&O insurance policies that it may have.

 

5.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Bank, and the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either the Bank or Executive for any reason or no reason at any time; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided herein, Executive shall be required to give the Bank at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of any termination of Executive’s employment by Executive. Upon termination of Executive’s employment during the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive the compensation and benefits described in this Section 5 and shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits from the Bank or any of its affiliates.

 

  5.1

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR WITHOUT GOOD REASON

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason. If the Employment Term and Executive’s employment are terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason, then:

 

3


  (i)

Executive shall be eligible to receive any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, any accrued but unused paid time off, in each case, as of the end of the Employment Term, which shall be paid on the Termination Date (as defined in Section 5.6 of this Agreement);

 

  (ii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive prior to the Termination Date, which shall be subject to and paid in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policy and Section 4.6 of this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive (or continue to receive) such employee benefits and other compensation, if any, as to which Executive may be eligible as of the Termination Date pursuant to the specific terms of the Bank’s and its affiliates employee benefit plans, programs or agreements; provided that, in no event shall Executive be eligible to any payments in the nature of severance except as specifically provided herein; and

 

  (iv)

Executive shall retain all rights to indemnification and D&O liability insurance provided under Section 4.7 of this Agreement.

The items set forth in Sections 5.1(a)(i) through 5.1(a)(iii) are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Accrued Amounts”.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

  (i)

Executive’s willful failure to perform Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

 

  (ii)

Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the CEO;

 

  (iii)

Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank or its affiliates;

 

  (iv)

Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

 

  (v)

Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

 

  (vi)

Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(l)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act or any successor thereto;

 

4


  (vii)

Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

 

  (viii)

Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 7 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between Executive and the Bank.

Termination of Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until the Bank delivers to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board, finding that Executive is guilty of the conduct described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) above, after having afforded Executive a reasonable opportunity to appear (with counsel) before the Board in all cases other than a termination pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi). Except for a failure, breach or refusal which, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be cured, Executive shall have thirty (30) calendar days from the delivery of written notice by the Bank within which to cure any acts constituting Cause; provided, however, that if the Bank reasonably expects irreparable injury from a delay of thirty (30) calendar days, the Bank may give Executive notice of such shorter period within which to cure as is reasonable under the circumstances, which may include the termination of Executive’s employment without notice and with immediate effect. In the event the Bank provides notice of less than thirty (30) days, Executive shall be paid his Base Salary for the remainder of the thirty (30) day period.

For purposes of this Section 5.l(b), no act or failure by Executive shall be considered “willful” if such act is done by Executive in the good faith belief that such act is or was in the best interests of the Bank or one or more of its businesses.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in each case during the Employment Term without Executive’s written consent:

 

  (i)

A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (ii)

A relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date by more than twenty-five (25) miles;

 

  (iii)

Any material breach by the Bank of any material provision of this Agreement or any other material agreement between Executive and the Bank;

 

  (iv)

The Bank’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Bank to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; or

 

  (v)

A diminution in Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated).

Executive cannot terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason unless Executive has provided written notice to the Bank of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) calendar days of the initial existence of such grounds and the Bank has had at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which such notice is provided to cure such circumstances. If Executive does not terminate Executive’s employment

 

5


for Good Reason within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the first occurrence of the applicable grounds, then Executive will be deemed to have waived Executive’s right to terminate for Good Reason with respect to such grounds.

 

  5.2

TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR FOR GOOD REASON

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause. In the event of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive’s timely execution of a release of claims in favor of the Bank, its affiliates and their respective officers and directors, in a form to be provided by the Bank (the “Release”), and such Release becoming effective within either twenty-eight (28) or fifty-two (52) days, as applicable, following the Termination Date (such 28-day or 52-day period, the “Release Execution Period”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following compensation and benefits:

 

  (a)

A payment that totals one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary; and

 

  (b)

A payment that totals the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

 

  (c)

The payments in (a) and (b) shall be payable in substantially equal installments over a period of one (1) year in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices; provided that any installment payment under this Section 5.2(c) that is not made during the period following Executive’s termination Without Cause or termination for Good Reason because Executive has not executed the Release, shall be paid to Executive in a single lump sum on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period.

 

  (d)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA premium paid by Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such coverage) (such amounts to be referred to herein as the “COBRA Benefits”). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (i) twelve (12) months following the Termination Date; (ii) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (iii) the date on which Executive either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.2(d) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then

 

6


  in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if the Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion; and

 

  (e)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (1) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

It is expressly understood that the Bank’s payment and reimbursement obligations under this Section 5.2 shall cease in the event Executive breaches any of the agreements in Section 6, Section 7 or Section 8 hereof.

 

  5.3

TERMINATION DUE TO DEATH OR DISABILITY

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death during the Employment Term, and the Bank may terminate the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder on account of Executive’s Disability (as defined below).

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Term on account of Executive’s death or Disability, Executive (or Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive the following compensation:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1);

 

  (ii)

A lump sum payment that totals one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (iii)

A lump sum payment that totals the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

 

  (iv)

The payments in (ii) and (iii) shall be paid on the date that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives in the current calendar year, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and

 

7


  (v)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (1) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all payments made in connection with Executive’s Disability shall be provided in a manner which is consistent with federal and state law.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean (i) Executive’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to substantially perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement for one hundred eighty (180) days out of any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period or one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days; or {ii) Executive’s eligibility to receive long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan.

 

  5.4

CHANGE OF CONTROL TERMINATION

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause (other than on account of Executive’s death or Disability), in each case within six (6) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1) and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement and Executive’s execution of a Release which becomes effective within the Release Execution Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period equal to any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for the most recently completed calendar year and 1.5 times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three {3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs; provided that, if the Release Execution Period begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year.

 

  (ii)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under COBRA, the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA Benefits paid by Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such coverage). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt

 

8


  of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (A) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Termination Date; (B) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (C) the date on which Executive either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.4(a) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion.

 

  (iii)

Any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall immediately vest upon the termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 5.4(a) in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (i)

A transaction or series of related transactions (other than an offering of stock of the Company to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any person directly or indirectly becomes the beneficial owner of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of transactions shall not be described hereunder if the acquirer is (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a subsidiary and acting in such capacity, (B) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, or (C) any other person whose acquisition of voting securities directly from the Company is approved in advance by a majority of the Incumbent Directors (as defined below); or

 

  (ii)

During any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that an individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the twenty-four (24) month period will be deemed to have satisfied such twenty-four (24) month requirement (and be an Incumbent Director) if such director was elected by,

 

9


  or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; or

 

  (iii)

The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions, or (C) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

  (A)

which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such Person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

  (B)

After which no person, directly or indirectly, becomes the beneficial owner of voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no Person shall be treated for purposes of this section as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

  (iv)

The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if it is effected for the purpose of changing the place of incorporation or form of organization of the ultimate parent entity (including where the Company is succeeded by an issuer incorporated under the laws of another state for such purpose and whether or not the Company remains in existence following such transaction) where all or substantially all of the persons or group that beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company or the ultimate parent entity in substantially the same proportions of their ownership after the transaction. A Change of Control shall also not occur unless such transaction constitutes a change in the ownership of the Company,

 

10


a change in effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets under Section 409A.

 

  5.5

NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank or by Executive during the Employment Term (other than termination pursuant to Section 5.3(a) on account of Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) sent to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 21. The Notice of Termination shall specify:

 

  (a)

The termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; and

 

  (b)

The applicable Termination Date.

 

  5.6

TERMINATION DATE

The Executive’s Termination Date shall be:

 

  (a)

If Executive’s employment hereunder terminates on account of Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death;

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability, the date that it is determined that Executive has a Disability;

 

  (c)

If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment hereunder, the date the Notice of Termination is delivered to Executive or such later date specified in the Notice; or

 

  (d)

If Executive terminates Executive’s employment hereunder with or without Good Reason, the date specified in the Executive’s Notice of Termination, which shall be no less than thirty (30) calendar days following the date on which the Notice of Termination is delivered; provided that the Bank may waive all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period for no consideration by giving written notice to Executive and for all purposes of this Agreement, Executive’s Termination Date shall be the date determined by the Bank. In the event the Bank waives all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period, the Bank will continue to pay Executive his salary and all benefits for the entirety of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period.

 

  5.7

MITIGATION

In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 5.2(d), any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be reduced by compensation Executive earns on account of employment with another employer.

 

  5.8

RESIGNATION OF ALL OTHER POSITIONS

 

11


Upon termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that Executive holds as an officer or member of the Board (or a committee thereof) or the board of any of its affiliates.

 

  5.9

SECTION 280G

 

  (a)

Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (such excise tax being the “Excise Tax” and such code being the “Code”); provided, however, that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (whether payable under the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company or an affiliate of the Company (collectively, the “Payments”) that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the Excise Tax but only if, by reason of such reduction, the net after-tax benefit received by Executive shall exceed the net after-tax benefit that would be received by Executive if no such reduction was made.

 

  (b)

The “net after-tax benefit” shall mean (i) the present value of the Payments which Executive receives or is then entitled to receive from the Company that would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 2800 of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income and employment taxes payable by Executive with respect to the foregoing calculated at the highest marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Executive (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of Excise Tax imposed with respect to the Payments described in clause (b)(i) above.

 

  (c)

All determinations under this Section 5.9 will be made by an actuarial firm, accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm (the “280G Firm”) that is mutually agreed to by Executive and the Company prior to a change in ownership or control of a corporation (within the meaning of Treasury regulations under Section 2800 of the Code). The 2800 Firm shall be required to evaluate the extent to which all or a portion of any Payments are exempt from Section 2800 as reasonable compensation for personal services rendered before or after the Change of Control (including, for avoidance of doubt, Payments in respect of a covenant not to compete). All fees and expenses of the 2800 Firm shall be paid solely by the Company. The Company will direct the 280G Finn to submit any determination it makes under this Section 5.9 and detailed supporting calculations to both Executive and the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  (d)

If the 280G Finn determines that one or more reductions are required under this Section 5.9, such Payments shall be reduced in a manner that maximizes Executive’s economic position as determined by the 280G Finn. In applying

 

12


  this principle, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.

 

  (e)

As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 2800 at the time that the 2800 Firm makes its determinations under this Section 5.9, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed (collectively, the “Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive (collectively, the “Underpayments”). If the 2800 Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or Executive, which assertion the 2800 Firm believes has a high probability of success or is otherwise based on controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, Executive must repay the Overpayment to the Company, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of the Overpayment until the date of repayment; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which Executive is subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. If the 2800 Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the 2800 Firm will notify Executive and the Company of that determination, and the Company will promptly pay the amount of that Underpayment to Executive, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date the amount would have otherwise been paid to Executive until the payment date.

 

  (f)

The parties will provide the 2800 Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession as reasonably requested by the 2800 Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the 2800 Firm, in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 5.9. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5.9, the 2800 Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 2800 and 4999 of the Code.

 

6.

COOPERATION

The parties agree that certain matters in which Executive will be involved during the Employment Term may necessitate Executive’s cooperation in the future. Accordingly, following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, to the extent reasonably requested by the Board and subject to Executive’s professional commitments, Executive shall cooperate with the Bank in connection with matters arising out of Executive’s service to the Bank; provided that,

 

13


the Bank shall make reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Executive’s other activities. The Bank shall pay Executive a reasonable per diem and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation.

 

7.

COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY; CONFIDENTIALITY; NON-SOLICITATION

 

  7.1

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS

Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Bank, Executive will be brought into frequent contact with existing and potential customers of the Bank throughout the world. Executive also agrees that trade secrets and confidential information of the Bank, more fully described in Section 7.10 of this Agreement, gained by Executive during Executive’s association with the Bank, have been developed by the Bank through substantial expenditures of time, effort and money and constitute valuable and unique property of the Bank. Executive further understands and agrees that the foregoing makes it necessary for the protection of the Bank’s business (as defined in Section 7.6) that Executive not compete with the · Bank during the period of Executive’s employment with the Bank and not compete with the Bank for a reasonable period thereafter, as further provided in this Section 7.

 

  7.2

COVENANTS DURING EMPLOYMENT

During Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not compete with the Bank anywhere in the world. In accordance with this restriction, but without limiting its terms, during Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not:

 

  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business;

 

  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products or services in competition with, or for any business that competes with, the Bank’s business;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business.

 

  7.3

COVENANTS FOLLOWING TERMINATION

For a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not:

 

  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory (as defined in Section 7.7);

 

14


  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products and services in competition with, or for any business, wherever located, that competes with, the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank within the Restricted Territory, or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory.

7.4     INDIRECT COMPETITION

For the purposes of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 inclusive, but without limitation thereof, Executive will be in violation thereof if Executive engages in any or all of the activities set forth therein directly as an individual on Executive’s own account, or indirectly as a partner, joint venturer, employee, agent, salesperson, consultant, officer and/or director of any firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity, or as a stockholder of any corporation in which Executive or Executive’s spouse, child or parent owns, directly or indirectly, individually or in the aggregate, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock.

7.5     THE BANK

For the purposes of this Section 7, the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the Bank for which Executive worked or had responsibility at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one (1) year period prior to such termination.

7.6     THE BANK’S BUSINESS

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Bank’s business” means managing, operating, controlling, participating in and carrying on domestic, international, personal and commercial banking services, including investment, trust, fiduciary, factoring and estate planning.

7.7     RESTRICTED TERRITORY

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Restricted Territory” shall mean: (a) the geographic area( s) within a fifty (50) mile radius of any and all Bank location(s) in, to, or for which Executive worked, to which Executive was assigned or had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the two (2) year period prior to such termination and (b) all of the specific customer accounts, whether within or outside of the geographic area described in (a) above, with which Executive had any contact or for which Executive had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one (1) year period prior to such termination.

7.8     EXTENSION

 

15


If it shall be judicially determined that Executive has violated any of Executive’s obligations under Section 7.3, then the period applicable to each obligation that Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred.

7.9     NON-SOLICITATION

Executive will not directly or indirectly at any time during the period of Executive’s employment or for a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by raiding any of the Bank’s employees or soliciting any of them to resign from their employment by the Bank, or by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors. Executive acknowledges that this covenant is necessary to enable the Bank to maintain a stable workforce and remain in business.

7.10     FURTHER COVENANTS

 

  (a)

Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer information and other business information. Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled by the Bank, and/or Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and obligations to the Bank) or after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets. Nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law.

 

  (b)

Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, for any reason, Executive shall return to the Bank, in good condition, all property of the

 

16


  Bank, including, without limitation, any computer, tablet, cell phone, keys or keycards, work papers, reports, drawings, photographs, negatives, prototypes, and the originals and all copies of any materials which contain, reflect, summarize, describe, analyze or refer or relate to any items of information listed in Section 7.10(a) of this Agreement, whether in hard copy or generated and maintained on any form of electronic media. In the event that such items are not so returned, the Bank will have the right to charge Executive for all reasonable damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in searching for, taking, removing and/or recovering such property.

(c)     Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (I) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

7.11     DISCOVERIES AND INVENTIONS; WORK MADE FOR HIRE

 

  (a)

Executive agrees that upon conception and/or development of any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that: (i) relates to the business of the Bank, or (ii) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (iii) results from any work performed by the Executive for the Bank, Executive will assign to the Bank the entire right, title and interest in and to any such idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design. Executive has no obligation to assign any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that the Executive conceives and/or develops entirely on Executive’s own time without using the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information unless the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design: (A) relates to the business of the Bank, or (B) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (C) results from any work performed by Executive for the Bank. Executive agrees that any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that relates to the business of the Bank or relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development which is conceived or suggested by Executive, either solely or jointly with others, within one (1) year following termination of the Executive’s employment

 

17


  with the Bank shall be presumed to have been so made, conceived or suggested in the course of such employment with the use of the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, and/or trade secrets.

 

  (b)

In order to determine the rights of Executive and the Bank in any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material, and to insure the protection of the same, Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment, and for one (1) year after termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Executive will disclose immediately and fully to the Bank any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design conceived, made or developed by Executive solely or jointly with others. The Bank agrees to keep any such disclosures confidential. Executive also agrees to record descriptions of all work in the manner directed by the Bank and agrees that all such records and copies, samples and experimental materials will be the exclusive property of the Bank. Executive agrees that at the request of and without charge to the Bank, but at the Bank’s expense, the Executive will execute a written assignment of the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design to the Bank and will assign to the Bank any application for letters patent or for trademark registration made thereon, and to any common-law or statutory copyright therein; and that Executive will do whatever may be necessary or desirable to enable the Bank to secure any patent, trademark, copyright, or other property right therein in the United States and in any foreign country, and any division, renewal, continuation, or continuation in part thereof, or for any reissue of any patent issued thereon. In the event the Bank is unable, after reasonable effort, and in any event after ten (10) business days, to secure Executive’s signature on a written assignment to the Bank of any application for letters patent or to any common-law or statutory copyright or other property right therein, whether because of the Executive’s physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, the Executive irrevocably designates and appoints the Corporate Secretary of the Bank as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to act on Executive’s behalf to execute and file any such application and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of such letters patent, copyright or trademark.

 

  (c)

Executive acknowledges that, to the extent permitted by law, all work papers, reports, documentation, drawings, photographs, negatives, tapes and masters therefor, prototypes and other materials (hereinafter, “items”) (including, without limitation, any and all such items generated and maintained on any form of electronic media) generated by Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank shall be considered a “work made for hire” and that ownership of any and all copyrights in any and all such items shall belong to the Bank. The item will recognize the Bank as the copyright owner, will contain all proper copyright notices, e.g., “(creation date) Third Coast Bank, SSB, All Rights Reserved,” and will be in condition to be registered or otherwise placed in compliance with registration or other statutory requirements throughout the world.

7.12     COMMUNICATION OF CONTENTS OF AGREEMENT

 

18


During Executive’s employment with the Bank and for one (1) year thereafter, Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 7 of this Agreement to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent.

7.13     RELIEF

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees that, in addition to any other rights or remedies that the Bank may have at law or in equity, temporary and permanent injunctive relief may be granted in any proceeding which may be brought to enforce any provision contained in Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11 and 7.12 inclusive, of this Agreement, without the necessity of proof of actual damage.

7.14     REASONABLENESS

Executive acknowledges that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are reasonable in the context of the nature of the Bank’s business and the competitive injuries likely to be sustained by the Bank if Executive were to violate such obligations and that these obligations do not place an undue burden on Executive. It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent legally-permissible. Accordingly, if any particular provision(s) of this Agreement shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, the court may modify or sever such provision(s), such modification or deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision(s) in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made. In addition, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear. The remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

8.     NON-DISPARAGEMENT

Executive agrees and covenants that Executive will not at any time make, publish or communicate to any person or entity or in any public forum any defamatory or disparaging remarks, comments or statements concerning the Bank or its businesses, or any of its employees, officers, and existing and prospective customers, suppliers, investors and other associated third parties.

This Section 8 does not, in any way, restrict or impede Executive from exercising protected rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement or from complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency, provided that such compliance does not exceed that required by the law, regulation or order. Executive shall; (if lawful) promptly provide written notice of any such order to the Board. In addition, this Section 8 does not in any way restrict or impede Executive from making good faith statements in internal performance discussions or reviews or denying false statements made by others.

 

19


9.     ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the services to be rendered by Executive to the Bank are of a special and unique character; that the Executive will obtain knowledge and skill relevant to the Bank’s industry, methods of doing business and marketing strategies by virtue of Executive’s employment; and that the restrictive covenants and other terms and conditions of this Agreement are reasonable and reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interest of the Bank.

Executive further acknowledges that the amount of Executive’s compensation reflects, in part, the Executive’s obligations and the Bank’s rights under Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement; that Executive has no expectation of any additional compensation, royalties or other payment of any kind not otherwise referenced herein in connection herewith; that Executive will not be subject to undue hardship by reason of the Executive’s full compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement or the Bank’s enforcement thereof.

10.     REMEDIES

If, at the time of enforcement of any of the obligations in Section 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope, or area restrictions are unreasonable, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope, or area reasonable, as determined by the court, shall be substituted and that the court shall enforce the obligations as modified.

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. In addition, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of the obligations in Section 7, the non-compete period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been cured.

11.     ARBITRATION

Executive and the Bank agree to submit any controversy or claim arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank’s parent(s), or any of the Bank’s subsidiaries or the termination of such employment (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race or other discrimination) exclusively to confidential binding arbitration before a single arbitrator. Any such arbitration will be fully and finally resolved in binding arbitration in a proceeding in Texas in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act and the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association which are then in effect before a single arbitrator. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Bank shall pay all reasonable fees of professionals and experts and other costs and fees

 

20


incurred by Executive in connection with any arbitration relating to the interpretation or enforcement of any provision of this Agreement if Executive prevails on any substantive issue in such proceeding.

12.     PUBLICITY

During the Employment Term, Executive hereby consents to any and all reasonable and customary uses and displays, by the Bank and its agents, representatives and licensees, of the Executive’s name, voice, likeness, image, appearance and biographical information in, on or in connection with any pictures, photographs, audio and video recordings, digital images, websites, television programs and advertising, other advertising and publicity, sales and marketing brochures, books, magazines, other publications, CDs, DVDs, tapes and all other printed and electronic forms and media throughout the world, at any time during the period of Executive’s employment by the Bank, for all legitimate commercial and business purposes of the Bank (“Permitted Uses”), without royalty, payment or other compensation to Executive.

13.     GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE

This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles. Subject to Section 11, any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce this Agreement shall be brought only in Harris County, Texas, unless the principal place of Executive’s employment hereunder is located in a different jurisdiction, in which case any action shall be brought in that County or related federal court. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue. In any such proceeding, each of the parties hereby knowingly and willingly waives and surrenders such party’s right to trial by jury and agrees that such litigation shall be tried to a judge sitting alone as the trier of both fact and law, in a bench trial, without a jury.

14.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT

Unless specifically provided herein, this Agreement contains all of the understandings and representations between Executive and the Bank pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, that if Executive and the Bank enter into a separate restrictive covenant agreement and the provisions of that agreement conflict with the provisions in this Agreement, the provision that entitles the Bank to the broadest relief under applicable law shall control; provided, further, that, with the exception of Section 5.9 (Section 280G), nothing in this Agreement shall supersede, limit or in any way affect any rights Executive may have under any employee benefit plan, program or agreement. The parties mutually agree that this Agreement can be specifically enforced in court and can be cited as evidence in legal proceedings alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

21


15.     MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an individual authorized by the Board. No waiver by either of the parties of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party hereto shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time, nor shall the failure of or delay by either of the parties in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver thereof to preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

16.     SEVERABILITY

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be enforceable only if modified, or if any portion of this Agreement shall be held as unenforceable and thus stricken, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties with any such modification to become a part hereof and treated as though originally set forth in this Agreement.

The parties further agree that any such court is expressly authorized to modify any such unenforceable provision of this Agreement in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision from this Agreement in its entirety, whether by rewriting the offending provision, deleting any or all of the offending provision, adding additional language to this Agreement or by making such other modifications as it deems warranted to carry out the intent and agreement of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted by law.

The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified by the court shall be binding upon and enforceable against each of them. In any event, should one or more of the provisions of this Agreement be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and if such provision or provisions are not modified as provided above, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had not been set forth herein.

17.     CAPTIONS

Captions and headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph.

18.     COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including facsimile and other electronically transmitted counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

22


19.     SECTION 409A

This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”) or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and administered in accordance with Section 409A and any such exemption thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, payments provided under this Agreement may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Any payments under this Agreement that may be excluded from Section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments to be made under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A and in no event shall the Bank be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

If any reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement would constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following rules: (a) the amounts to be reimbursed, or the in-kind benefits to be provided, shall be determined pursuant to the terms of the applicable benefit plan, policy or agreement and shall be limited to Executive’s lifetime and the lifetime of Executive’s eligible dependents; (b) the amounts eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, during any calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, in any other calendar year; (c) any reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and (d) Executive’s right to an in-kind benefit or reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for cash or another benefit.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment or benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” as defined in subsection (a)(2)(b)(i) of Section 409A, then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date to occur following the six (6) month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “Specified Employee Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date (with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate from the scheduled payment date to the date of payment), and thereafter any remaining payments shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

 

23


20.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Any purported assignment by Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and permitted successors and assigns. Executive hereby consents to the assignment by the Bank of all of its rights and obligations hereunder to any successor to the Bank by merger or consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets, provided such transferee or successor assumes the liabilities of the Bank hereunder.

21.     NOTICE

Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent via electronic mail, or sent by reputable overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

If to the Bank:

Head of Human Resources

Third Coast Bank, SSB

20202 Highway 59 N, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Email:                     

If to Executive, to such address as shall most currently appear on the records of the Bank.

Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered (or in the case of electronic mail, when electronic evidence of transmission is received).

22.     REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE

Executive represents and warrants to the Bank that: (a) Executive’s employment with the Bank and/or the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate, or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment, or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound; and (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, non-compete agreement, confidentiality agreement, or other post-employment obligation with any other person or entity that would limit the Executive’s job duties or obligations with the Bank in any way.

23.     WITHHOLDING

The Bank shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any federal, state and local taxes in order for the Bank to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,

 

24


the Bank shall not be obligated to guarantee any particular tax result for Executive with respect to any payment provided to Executive hereunder, and Executive shall be responsible for any taxes imposed on Executive with respect to any such payment.

24.     SURVIVAL

Upon any expiration or other termination of this Agreement: (a) each of Sections 7 (Competitive Activity; Confidentiality; Nonsolicitation), 8 (Disparagement), 9 (Acknowledgment), 10 (Remedies), 11 (Arbitration) and 12 (Publicity) shall survive such expiration or other termination; and (b) all of the other respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

25.     ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FULL UNDERSTANDING

EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS FULLY READ, UNDERSTANDS AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERS INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF EXECUTIVE’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

/s/ Donald Legato

Donald Legato
Dated: 7/28/20

 

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

Bart O. Caraway
Chief Executive Officer
Dated: 7/29/20

 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

Exhibit 10.11

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 23, 2020 by and between John McWhorter (“Executive”) and Third Coast Bank, SSB, a Texas state savings bank (the “Bank” or “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by the Bank on such terms and conditions;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and obligations set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.

TERM

Executive’s employment hereunder shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement; provided that, on such third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each annual anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter (such third anniversary date and each annual anniversary thereafter, a “Renewal Date”), this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for successive periods of one ( 1) year each, unless either party provides written notice to the other party of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement at least ninety (90) days prior to the applicable Renewal Date. The period during which Executive is employed by the Bank hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the “Employment Term.”

 

2.

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

  2.1

POSITION

During the Employment Term, Executive shall serve as the Chief Financial Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). In such position, Executive shall have such duties, authority and responsibility as shall be determined from time to time by the CEO, which duties, authority and responsibility shall be customary for persons occupying such positions in companies of like size and type.

 

  2.2

DUTIES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall devote his best efforts and all of his full business time and attention to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder (except for permitted paid time off and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the performance of such services either directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of the CEO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (a) performing services for such other companies as the CEO may


designate or permit (which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld), (b) serving, with the prior written consent of the CEO, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, as an officer or member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of noncompeting businesses or charitable, educational or civic organizations, (c) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs and (d) managing Executive’s personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set forth in clauses (a) through (d) shall be limited by Executive so as not to conflict or materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Employment Term, Executive shall perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the best of Executive’s abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

 

3.

PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

During the Employment Term, the principal place of Executive’s employment shall be the Bank’s Galleria office at 1800 West Loop South, Houston, Texas 77027; provided that, Executive may be required to travel on Bank business during the Employment Term.

 

4.

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  4.1

BASE SALARY

During the Employment Term, the Bank shall pay Executive an annual base salary at a rate of $275,000.00 in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly. Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board, and the Board may, but shall not be required to, increase (but not decrease) Executive’s base salary during the Employment Term. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”.

 

  4.2

ANNUAL BONUS

For each completed calendar year of the Employment Term, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) at the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).

 

  4.3

EQUITY AWARDS

During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to be considered to receive grants of equity-based awards commensurate with Executive’s position and responsibilities with the Bank. The amount, terms and conditions of any equity-based award will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the terms of the Parent’s equity plan in effect from time to time.

 

  4.4

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, practices and programs maintained by the Bank, as in effect from time to time (but

 

2


excluding, except as hereinafter provided in Section 5, any severance pay program or policy of the Bank), on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to other similarly situated executives of the Bank, to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable employee benefit plans. The Bank reserves the right to amend or cancel any employee benefit plan at any time in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of such employee benefit plan and applicable law.

 

  4.5

PAID TIME OFF

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for twenty-five (25) days of paid time off per calendar year (which shall be prorated for partial years) in accordance with the Bank’s paid time off policies, as in effect from time to time.

 

  4.6

BUSINESS EXPENSES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for reimbursement of all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures for senior executives.

 

  4.7

INDEMNIFICATION

Executive shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to the Executive’s services provided hereunder pursuant to Texas law, the terms and conditions of the Bank’s charter and/or by-laws, and the Bank’s standard indemnification agreement for directors and officers as executed by the Bank and Executive. Executive shall be entitled to coverage under the Bank’s Directors’ and Officers’ (“D&O”) insurance policies that it may hold now or in the future to the same extent and in the same manner (i.e., subject to the same terms and conditions) that the Bank’s other executive officers are entitled to coverage under any of the Bank’s D&O insurance policies that it may have.

 

5.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Bank, and the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either the Bank or Executive for any reason or no reason at any time; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided herein, Executive shall be required to give the Bank at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of any termination of Executive’s employment by Executive. Upon termination of Executive’s employment during the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive the compensation and benefits described in this Section 5 and shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits from the Bank or any of its affiliates.

 

  5.1

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR WITHOUT GOOD REASON

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason. If the Employment

 

3


  Term and Executive’s employment are terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason, then:

 

  (i)

Executive shall be eligible to receive any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, any accrued but unused paid time off, in each case, as of the end of the Employment Term, which shall be paid on the Termination Date (as defined in Section 5.6 of this Agreement);

 

  (ii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive prior to the Termination Date, which shall be subject to and paid in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policy and Section 4.6 of this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive (or continue to receive) such employee benefits and other compensation, if any, as to which Executive may be eligible as of the Termination Date pursuant to the specific terms of the Bank’s and its affiliates’ employee benefit plans, programs or agreements; provided that, in no event shall Executive be eligible to any payments in the nature of severance except as specifically provided herein; and

 

  (iv)

Executive shall retain all rights to indemnification and D&O liability insurance provided under Section 4. 7 of this Agreement.

The items set forth in Sections 5.l(a)(i) through 5.l(a)(iii) are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Accrued Amounts”.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

  (i)

Executive’s willful failure to perform Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

 

  (ii)

Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the CEO;

 

  (iii)

Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank or its affiliates;

 

  (iv)

Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

 

  (v)

Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

 

  (vi)

Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(l)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs

 

4


  under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act or any successor thereto;

 

  (vii)

Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

 

  (viii)

Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 7 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between Executive and the Bank.

Termination of Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until the Bank delivers to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board, finding that Executive is guilty of the conduct described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) above, after having afforded Executive a reasonable opportunity to appear (with counsel) before the Board in all cases other than a termination pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi). Except for a failure, breach or refusal which, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be cured, Executive shall have thirty (30) calendar days from the delivery of written notice by the Bank within which to cure any acts constituting Cause; provided, however, that if the Bank reasonably expects irreparable injury from a delay of thirty (30) calendar days, the Bank may give Executive notice of such shorter period within which to cure as is reasonable under the circumstances, which may include the termination of Executive’s employment without notice and with immediate effect. In the event the Bank provides notice of less than thirty (30) days, Executive shall be paid his Base Salary for the remainder of the thirty (30) day period.

For purposes of this Section 5.l(b), no act or failure by Executive shall be considered “willful” if such act is done by Executive in the good faith belief that such act is or was in the best interests of the Bank or one or more of its businesses.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in each case during the Employment Term without Executive’s written consent:

 

  (i)

A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (ii)

A relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date by more than twenty-five (25) miles;

 

  (iii)

Any material breach by the Bank of any material provision of this Agreement or any other material agreement between Executive and the Bank;

 

  (iv)

The Bank’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Bank to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; or

 

  (v)

A diminution in Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated).

Executive cannot terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason unless Executive has provided written notice to the Bank of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for

 

5


termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) calendar days of the initial existence of such grounds and the Bank has had at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which such notice is provided to cure such circumstances. If Executive does not terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the first occurrence of the applicable grounds, then Executive will be deemed to have waived Executive’s right to terminate for Good Reason with respect to such grounds.

 

  5.2

TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR FOR GOOD REASON

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause. In the event of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive’s timely execution of a release of claims in favor of the Bank, its affiliates and their respective officers and directors, in a form to be provided by the Bank (the “Release”), and such Release becoming effective within either twenty-eight (28) or fifty-two (52) days, as applicable, following the Termination Date (such 28-day or 52-day period, the “Release Execution Period”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following compensation and benefits:

 

  (a)

A payment that totals one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary; and

 

  (b)

A payment that totals the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

  (c)

The payments in (a) and (b) shall be payable in substantially equal installments over a period of one (1) year in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices; provided that any installment payment under this Section 5.2(c) that is not made during the period following Executive’s termination Without Cause or termination for Good Reason because Executive has not executed the Release, shall be paid to Executive in single lump sum on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period.

 

  (d)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA premium paid by Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such coverage) (such amounts to be referred to herein as the “COBRA Benefits”). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (i) twelve (12) months following the Termination Date; (ii) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (iii) the date on which Executive either receives or

 

6


  becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.2(d) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if the Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion; and

 

  (e)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (1) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

It is expressly understood that the Bank’s payment and reimbursement obligations under this Section 5.2 shall cease in the event Executive breaches any of the agreements in Section 6, Section 7 or Section 8 hereof.

 

  5.3

TERMINATION DUE TO DEATH OR DISABILITY

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death during the Employment Term, and the Bank may terminate the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder on account of Executive’s Disability (as defined below).

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Term on account of Executive’s death or Disability, Executive (or Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive the following compensation:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1);

 

  (ii)

A lump sum payment that totals one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (iii)

A lump sum payment that totals the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

 

  (iv)

The payments in (ii) and (iii) shall be paid on the date that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives in the current calendar year, but in no

 

7


  event later than March 15 of the year following the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and

 

  (v)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (1) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all payments made in connection with Executive’s Disability shall be provided in a manner which is consistent with federal and state law.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean (i) Executive’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to substantially perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement for one hundred eighty (180) days out of any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period or one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days; or (ii) Executive’s eligibility to receive long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan.

 

  5.4

CHANGE OF CONTROL TERMINATION

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause (other than on account of Executive’s death or Disability), in each case within six (6) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1) and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement and Executive’s execution of a Release which becomes effective within the Release Execution Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period equal to any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for the most recently completed calendar year and 2 times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs; provided that, if the Release Execution Period begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year.

 

  (ii)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under COBRA, the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA Benefits paid by

 

8


  Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such coverage). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (A) the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Termination Date; (B) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (C) the date on which Executive either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.4(a) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion.

 

  (iii)

Any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall immediately vest upon the termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 5.4(a) in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (i)

A transaction or series of related transactions (other than an offering of stock of the Company to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any person directly or indirectly becomes the beneficial owner of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of transactions shall not be described hereunder if the acquirer is (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a subsidiary and acting in such capacity, (B) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, or (C) any other person whose acquisition of voting securities directly from the Company is approved in advance by a majority of the Incumbent Directors (as defined below); or

 

  (ii)

During any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that an individual who becomes a

 

9


  member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the twenty-four (24) month period will be deemed to have satisfied such twenty-four (24) month requirement (and be an Incumbent Director) if such director was elected by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; or

 

  (iii)

The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions, or (C) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

  (A)

which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such Person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

  (B)

After which no person, directly or indirectly, becomes the beneficial owner of voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no Person shall be treated for purposes of this section as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

  (iv)

The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if it is effected for the purpose of changing the place of incorporation or form of organization of the ultimate parent entity (including where the Company is succeeded by an issuer incorporated under the laws of another state for such purpose and whether or not the Company remains in existence following such transaction) where all or substantially all of the persons or group that beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company or the ultimate parent entity in

 

10


substantially the same proportions of their ownership after the transaction. A Change of Control shall also not occur unless such transaction constitutes a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets under Section 409A.

 

  5.5

NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank or by Executive during the Employment Term (other than termination pursuant to Section 5.3(a) on account of Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) sent to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 21. The Notice of Termination shall specify:

 

  (a)

The termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; and

 

  (b)

The applicable Termination Date.

 

  5.6

TERMINATION DATE

The Executive’s Termination Date shall be:

 

  (a)

If Executive’s employment hereunder terminates on account of Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death;

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability, the date that it is determined that Executive has a Disability;

 

  (c)

If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment hereunder, the date the Notice of Termination is delivered to Executive or such later date specified in the Notice; or

 

  (d)

If Executive terminates Executive’s employment hereunder with or without Good Reason, the date specified in the Executive’s Notice of Termination, which shall be no less than thirty (30) calendar days following the date on which the Notice of Termination is delivered; provided that the Bank may waive all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period for no consideration by giving written notice to Executive and for all purposes of this Agreement, Executive’s Termination Date shall be the date determined by the Bank. In the event the Bank waives all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period, the Bank will continue to pay Executive his salary and all benefits for the entirety of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period.

 

  5.7

MITIGATION

In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 5.2(d), any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be reduced by compensation Executive earns on account of employment with another employer.

 

11


  5.8

RESIGNATION OF ALL OTHER POSITIONS

Upon termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that Executive holds as an officer or member of the Board (or a committee thereof) or the board of any of its affiliates.

 

  5.9

SECTION 280G

 

  (a)

Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (such excise tax being the “Excise Tax” and such code being the “Code”); provided, however, that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (whether payable under the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company or an affiliate of the Company (collectively, the “Payments”) that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 2800 of the Code, shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the Excise Tax but only if, by reason of such reduction, the net after-tax benefit received by Executive shall exceed the net after-tax benefit that would be received by Executive if no such reduction was made.

 

  (b)

The “net after-tax benefit” shall mean (i) the present value of the Payments which Executive receives or is then entitled to receive from the Company that would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 2800 of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income and employment taxes payable by Executive with respect to the foregoing calculated at the highest marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Executive (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of Excise Tax imposed with respect to the Payments described in clause (b)(i) above.

 

  (c)

All determinations under this Section 5.9 will be made by an actuarial firm, accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm (the “2800 Firm”) that is mutually agreed to by Executive and the Company prior to a change in ownership or control of a corporation (within the meaning of Treasury regulations under Section 2800 of the Code). The 2800 Firm shall be required to evaluate the extent to which all or a portion of any Payments are exempt from Section 2800 as reasonable compensation for personal services rendered before or after the Change of Control (including, for avoidance of doubt, Payments in respect of a covenant not to compete). All fees and expenses of the 2800 Firm shall be paid solely by the Company. The Company will direct the 280G Firm to submit any determination it makes under this Section 5.9 and detailed supporting calculations to both Executive and the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

12


  (d)

If the 280G Firm determines that one or more reductions are required under this Section 5.9, such Payments shall be reduced in a manner that maximizes Executive’s economic position as determined by the 280G Firm. In applying this principle, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.

 

  (e)

As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 280G at the time that the 280G Firm makes its determinations under this Section 5.9, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed (collectively, the “Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive (collectively, the “Underpayments”). If the 280G Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or Executive, which assertion the 2800 Firm believes has a high probability of success or is otherwise based on controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, Executive must repay the Overpayment to the Company, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of the Overpayment until the date of repayment; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which Executive is subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. If the 2800 Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the 280G Firm will notify Executive and the Company of that determination, and the Company will promptly pay the amount of that Underpayment to Executive, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date the amount would have otherwise been paid to Executive until the payment date.

 

  (f)

The parties will provide the 2800 Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession as reasonably requested by the 2800 Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the 280G Firm, in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 5.9. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5.9, the 2800 Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 2800 and 4999 of the Code.

 

6.

COOPERATION

The parties agree that certain matters in which Executive will be involved during the Employment Term may necessitate Executive’s cooperation in the future. Accordingly, following

 

13


the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, to the extent reasonably requested by the Board and subject to Executive’s professional commitments, Executive shall cooperate with the Bank in connection with matters arising out of Executive’s service to the Bank; provided that, the Bank shall make reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Executive’s other activities. The Bank shall pay Executive a reasonable per diem and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation.

 

7.

COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY; CONFIDENTIALITY; NON-SOLICITATION

 

  7.1

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS

Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Bank, Executive will be brought into frequent contact with existing and potential customers of the Bank throughout the world. Executive also agrees that trade secrets and confidential information of the Bank, more fully described in Section 7.10 of this Agreement, gained by Executive during Executive’s association with the Bank, have been developed by the Bank through substantial expenditures of time, effort and money and constitute valuable and unique property of the Bank. Executive further understands and agrees that the foregoing makes it necessary for the protection of the Bank’s business (as defined in Section 7.6) that Executive not compete with the Bank during the period of Executive’s employment with the Bank and not compete with the Bank for a reasonable period thereafter, as further provided in this Section 7.

 

  7.2

COVENANTS DURING EMPLOYMENT

During Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not compete with the Bank anywhere in the world. In accordance with this restriction, but without limiting its terms, during Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not:

 

  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business;

 

  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products or services in competition with, or for any business that competes with, the Bank’s business;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business.

 

  7.3

COVENANTS FOLLOWING TERMINATION

For a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not:

 

14


  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory (as defined in Section 7.7);

 

  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products and services in competition with, or for any business, wherever located, that competes with, the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank within the Restricted Territory, or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory.

 

  7.4

INDIRECT COMPETITION

For the purposes of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 inclusive, but without limitation thereof, Executive will be in violation thereof if Executive engages in any or all of the activities set forth therein directly as an individual on Executive’s own account, or indirectly as a partner, joint venturer, employee, agent, salesperson, consultant, officer and/or director of any firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity, or as a stockholder of any corporation in which Executive or Executive’s spouse, child or parent owns, directly or indirectly, individually or in the aggregate, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock.

 

  7.5

THE BANK

For the purposes of this Section 7, the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the Bank for which Executive worked or had responsibility at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one (1) year period prior to such termination.

 

  7.6

THE BANK’S BUSINESS

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Bank’s business” means managing, operating, controlling, participating in and carrying on domestic, international, personal and commercial banking services, including investment, trust, fiduciary, factoring and estate planning.

 

  7.7

RESTRICTED TERRITORY

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Restricted Territory” shall mean: (a) the geographic area( s) within a fifty (50) mile radius of any and all Bank location( s) in, to, or for which Executive worked, to which Executive was assigned or had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the two (2) year period prior to such termination and (b) all of the specific customer accounts, whether within or outside of the geographic area described in (a) above, with which Executive had any contact or for

 

15


which Executive had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one ( 1) year period prior to such termination.

 

  7.8

EXTENSION

If it shall be judicially determined that Executive has violated any of Executive’s obligations under Section 7.3, then the period applicable to each obligation that Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred.

 

  7.9

NON-SOLICITATION

Executive will not directly or indirectly at any time during the period of Executive’s employment or for a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by raiding any of the Bank’s employees or soliciting any of them to resign from their employment by the Bank, or by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors. Executive acknowledges that this covenant is necessary to enable the Bank to maintain a stable workforce and remain in business.

 

  7.10

FURTHER COVENANTS

 

  (a)

Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer information and other business information. Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled by the Bank, and/or Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and obligations to the Bank) or after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets. Nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying

 

16


  or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law.

 

  (b)

Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, for any reason, Executive shall return to the Bank, in good condition, all property of the Bank, including, without limitation, any computer, tablet, cell phone, keys or keycards, work papers, reports, drawings, photographs, negatives, prototypes, and the originals and all copies of any materials which contain, reflect, summarize, describe, analyze or refer or relate to any items of information listed in Section 7.10(a) of this Agreement, whether in hard copy or generated and maintained on any form of electronic media. In the event that such items are not so returned, the Bank will have the right to charge Executive for all reasonable damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in searching for, taking, removing and/or recovering such property.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (1) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

 

  7.11

DISCOVERIES AND INVENTIONS; WORK MADE FOR HIRE

 

  (a)

Executive agrees that upon conception and/or development of any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that: (i) relates to the business of the Bank, or (ii) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (iii) results from any work performed by the Executive for the Bank, Executive will assign to the Bank the entire right, title and interest in and to any such idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design. Executive has no obligation to assign any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that the Executive conceives and/or develops entirely on Executive’s own time without using the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information unless the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design: (A) relates to the business of the Bank, or (B) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (C) results from any work performed by

 

17


  Executive for the Bank. Executive agrees that any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that relates to the business of the Bank or relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development which is conceived or suggested by Executive, either solely or jointly with others, within one (1) year following termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank shall be presumed to have been so made, conceived or suggested in the course of such employment with the use of the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, and/or trade secrets.

 

  (b)

In order to determine the rights of Executive and the Bank in any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material, and to insure the protection of the same, Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment, and for one (1) year after termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Executive will disclose immediately and fully to the Bank any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design conceived, made or developed by Executive solely or jointly with others. The Bank agrees to keep any such disclosures confidential. Executive also agrees to record descriptions of all work in the manner directed by the Bank and agrees that all such records and copies, samples and experimental materials will be the exclusive property of the Bank. Executive agrees that at the request of and without charge to the Bank, but at the Bank’s expense, the Executive will execute a written assignment of the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design to the Bank and will assign to the Bank any application for letters patent or for trademark registration made thereon, and to any common-law or statutory copyright therein; and that Executive will do whatever may be necessary or desirable to enable the Bank to secure any patent, trademark, copyright, or other property right therein in the United States and in any foreign country, and any division, renewal, continuation, or continuation in part thereof, or for any reissue of any patent issued thereon. In the event the Bank is unable, after reasonable effort, and in any event after ten (10) business days, to secure Executive’s signature on a written assignment to the Bank of any application for letters patent or to any common-law or statutory copyright or other property right therein, whether because of the Executive’s physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, the Executive irrevocably designates and appoints the Corporate Secretary of the Bank as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to act on Executive’s behalf to execute and file any such application and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of such letters patent, copyright or trademark.

 

  (c)

Executive acknowledges that, to the extent permitted by law, all work papers, reports, documentation, drawings, photographs, negatives, tapes and masters therefor, prototypes and other materials (hereinafter, “items”) (including, without limitation, any and all such items generated and maintained on any form of electronic media) generated by Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank shall be considered a “work made for hire” and that ownership of any and all copyrights in any and all such items shall belong to the Bank. The item will recognize the Bank as the copyright owner, will contain all proper copyright notices, e.g., “(creation date) Third Coast Bank, SSB, All Rights Reserved,” and will be in condition to be registered or

 

18


  otherwise placed in compliance with registration or other statutory requirements throughout the world.

 

  7.12

COMMUNICATION OF CONTENTS OF AGREEMENT

During Executive’s employment with the Bank and for one (1) year thereafter, Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 7 of this Agreement to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent.

 

  7.13

RELIEF

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees that, in addition to any other rights or remedies that the Bank may have at law or in equity, temporary and permanent injunctive relief may be granted in any proceeding which may be brought to enforce any provision contained in Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.9 7.10, 7.11 and 7.12 inclusive, of this Agreement, without the necessity of proof of actual damage.

 

  7.14

REASONABLENESS

Executive acknowledges that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are reasonable in the context of the nature of the Bank’s business and the competitive injuries likely to be sustained by the Bank if Executive were to violate such obligations and that these obligations do not place an undue burden on Executive. It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent legally-permissible. Accordingly, if any particular provision(s) of this Agreement shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, the court may modify or sever such provision(s), such modification or deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision( s) in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made. In addition, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear. The remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.

NON-DISPARAGEMENT

Executive agrees and covenants that Executive will not at any time make, publish or communicate to any person or entity or in any public forum any defamatory or disparaging remarks, comments or statements concerning the Bank or its businesses, or any of its employees, officers, and existing and prospective customers, suppliers, investors and other associated third parties.

This Section 8 does not, in any way, restrict or impede Executive from exercising protected rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement or from complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized

 

19


government agency, provided that such compliance does not exceed that required by the law, regulation or order. Executive shall; (if lawful) promptly provide written notice of any such order to the Board. In addition, this Section 8 does not in any way restrict or impede Executive from making good faith statements in internal performance discussions or reviews or denying false statements made by others.

 

9.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the services to be rendered by Executive to the Bank are of a special and unique character; that the Executive will obtain knowledge and skill relevant to the Bank’s industry, methods of doing business and marketing strategies by virtue of Executive’s employment; and that the restrictive covenants and other terms and conditions of this Agreement are reasonable and reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interest of the Bank.

Executive further acknowledges that the amount of Executive’s compensation reflects, in part, the Executive’s obligations and the Bank’s rights under Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement; that Executive has no expectation of any additional compensation, royalties or other payment of any kind not otherwise referenced herein in connection herewith; that Executive will not be subject to undue hardship by reason of the Executive’s full compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement or the Bank’s enforcement thereof.

 

10.

REMEDIES

If, at the time of enforcement of any of the obligations in Section 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope, or area restrictions are unreasonable, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope, or area reasonable, as determined by the court, shall be substituted and that the court shall enforce the obligations as modified.

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. In addition, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of the obligations in Section 7, the non-compete period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been cured.

 

11.

ARBITRATION

Executive and the Bank agree to submit any controversy or claim arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank’s parent(s), or any of the Bank’s subsidiaries or the termination of such employment (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race or other discrimination) exclusively to confidential binding arbitration before a single arbitrator. Any such arbitration will

 

20


be fully and finally resolved in binding arbitration in a proceeding in Texas in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act and the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association which are then in effect before a single arbitrator. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Bank shall pay all reasonable fees of professionals and experts and other costs and fees incurred by Executive in connection with any arbitration relating to the interpretation or enforcement of any provision of this Agreement if Executive prevails on any substantive issue in such proceeding.

 

12.

PUBLICITY

During the Employment Term, Executive hereby consents to any and all reasonable and customary uses and displays, by the Bank and its agents, representatives and licensees, of the Executive’s name, voice, likeness, image, appearance and biographical information in, on or in connection with any pictures, photographs, audio and video recordings, digital images, websites, television programs and advertising, other advertising and publicity, sales and marketing brochures, books, magazines, other publications, CDs, DVDs, tapes and all other printed and electronic forms and media throughout the world, at any time during the period of Executive’s employment by the Bank, for all legitimate commercial and business purposes of the Bank (“Permitted Uses”), without royalty, payment or other compensation to Executive.

 

13.

GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE

This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles. Subject to Section 11, any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce this Agreement shall be brought only in Harris County, Texas, unless the principal place of Executive’s employment hereunder is located in a different jurisdiction, in which case any action shall be brought in that County or related federal court. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue. In any such proceeding, each of the parties hereby knowingly and willingly waives and surrenders such party’s right to trial by jury and agrees that such litigation shall be tried to a judge sitting alone as the trier of both fact and law, in a bench trial, without a jury.

 

14.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

Unless specifically provided herein, this Agreement contains all of the understandings and representations between Executive and the Bank pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, that if Executive and the Bank enter into a separate restrictive covenant agreement and the provisions of that agreement conflict with the provisions in this Agreement, the provision that entitles the Bank to the broadest relief under applicable law shall control; provided, further, that, with the exception of Section 5.9 (Section 280G), nothing in this Agreement shall supersede, limit or in any way affect any rights Executive may have under any employee benefit plan, program or agreement.

 

21


The parties mutually agree that this Agreement can be specifically enforced in court and can be cited as evidence in legal proceedings alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

15.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an individual authorized by the Board. No waiver by either of the parties of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party hereto shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time, nor shall the failure of or delay by either of the parties in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver thereof to preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

 

16.

SEVERABILITY

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be enforceable only if modified, or if any portion of this Agreement shall be held as unenforceable and thus stricken, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties with any such modification to become a part hereof and treated as though originally set forth in this Agreement.

The parties further agree that any such court is expressly authorized to modify any such unenforceable provision of this Agreement in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision from this Agreement in its entirety, whether by rewriting the offending provision, deleting any or all of the offending provision, adding additional language to this Agreement or by making such other modifications as it deems warranted to carry out the intent and agreement of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted by law.

The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified by the court shall be binding upon and enforceable against each of them. In any event, should one or more of the provisions of this Agreement be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and if such provision or provisions are not modified as provided above, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had not been set forth herein.

 

17.

CAPTIONS

Captions and headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph.

 

18.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including facsimile and other electronically transmitted counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

22


19.

SECTION 409A

This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”) or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and administered in accordance with Section 409A and any such exemption thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, payments provided under this Agreement may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Section 409 A or an applicable exemption. Any payments under this Agreement that may be excluded from Section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments to be made under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A and in no event shall the Bank be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

If any reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement would constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following rules: (a) the amounts to be reimbursed, or the in-kind benefits to be provided, shall be determined pursuant to the terms of the applicable benefit plan, policy or agreement and shall be limited to Executive’s lifetime and the lifetime of Executive’s eligible dependents; (b) the amounts eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, during any calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, in any other calendar year; (c) any reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and (d) Executive’s right to an in-kind benefit or reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for cash or another benefit.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment or benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” as defined in subsection (a)(2)(b)(i) of Section 409A, then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date to occur following the six (6) month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “Specified Employee Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date (with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate from the scheduled payment date to the date of payment), and thereafter any remaining payments shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

 

23


20.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Any purported assignment by Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and permitted successors and assigns. Executive hereby consents to the assignment by the Bank of all of its rights and obligations hereunder to any successor to the Bank by merger or consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets, provided such transferee or successor assumes the liabilities of the Bank hereunder.

 

21.

NOTICE

Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent via electronic mail, or sent by reputable overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

If to the Bank:

Head of Human Resources

Third Coast Bank, SSB

20202 Highway 59 N, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Email:                     

If to Executive, to such address as shall most currently appear on the records of the Bank.

Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered (or in the case of electronic mail, when electronic evidence of transmission is received).

 

22.

REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE

Executive represents and warrants to the Bank that: (a) Executive’s employment with the Bank and/or the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate, or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment, or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound; and (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, non-compete agreement, confidentiality agreement, or other post-employment obligation with any other person or entity that would limit the Executive’s job duties or obligations with the Bank in any way.

 

23.

WITHHOLDING

The Bank shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any federal, state and local taxes in order for the Bank to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,

 

24


the Bank shall not be obligated to guarantee any particular tax result for Executive with respect to any payment provided to Executive hereunder, and Executive shall be responsible for any taxes imposed on Executive with respect to any such payment.

 

24.

SURVIVAL

Upon any expiration or other termination of this Agreement: (a) each of Sections 7 (Competitive Activity; Confidentiality; Nonsolicitation), 8 (Disparagement), 9 (Acknowledgment), 10 (Remedies), 11 (Arbitration) and 12 (Publicity) shall survive such expiration or other termination; and (b) all of the other respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

25.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FULL UNDERSTANDING

EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS FULLY READ, UNDERSTANDS AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERS INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF EXECUTIVE’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

/s/ John McWhorter

John McWhorter
Dated: 6/23/2020
THIRD COAST BANK, SSB

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

Bart O. Caraway
Chief Executive Officer
Dated: 6/23/20

 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

Exhibit 10.12

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 23, 2020 by and between Bart O. Caraway (“Executive”) and Third Coast Bank, SSB, a Texas state savings bank. (the “Bank’’ or ‘‘Company”), and solely for the purposes of Section 2.1 of this Agreement, this Agreement is joined by Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and the registered bank holding company for the Bank.

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by the Bank on such terms and conditions;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and obligations set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.

TERM

Executive’s employment hereunder shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement; provided that, on such third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each annual anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter (such third anniversary date and each annual anniversary thereafter, a “Renewal Date”), this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for successive periods of one (1) year each, unless either party provides written notice to the other party of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement at least ninety (90) days prior to the applicable Renewal Date. The period during which Executive is employed by the Bank hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the “Employment Term.”

 

2.

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

  2.1

POSITION

During the Employment Term, Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer and President, reporting to the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board’’). In such position, Executive shall have such duties, authority and responsibility as shall be determined from time to time by the Board, which duties, authority and responsibility shall be customary for persons occupying such positions in companies of like size and type. During the Employment Term, Executive shall also serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.

 

  2.2

DUTIES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall devote his best efforts and all of his full business time and attention to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder (except for permitted paid time off and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) and will not engage


in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the performance of such services either directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of a majority of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (a) performing services for such other companies as the Board may designate or permit (which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld), (b) serving, with the prior written consent of a majority of the Board, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, as an officer or member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of noncompeting businesses or charitable, educational or civic organizations, (c) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs and (d) managing Executive’s personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set forth in clauses (a) through (d) shall be limited by Executive so as not to conflict or materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Employment Term, Executive shall perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the best of Executive’s abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

 

3.

PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

During the Employment Term, the principal place of Executive’s employment shall be the Bank’s principal office at 20202 Highway 59 North, Humble, Texas 77338; provided that, Executive may be required to travel on Bank business during the Employment Term.

 

4.

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  4.1

BASE SALARY

During the Employment Term, the Bank shall pay Executive an annual base salary at a rate of $475,000.00 in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly. Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board, and the Board may, but shall not be required to, increase (but not decrease) Executive’s base salary during the Employment Term. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”.

 

  4.2

ANNUAL BONUS

For each completed calendar year of the Employment Term, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) at the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).

 

  4.3

EQUITY AWARDS

During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to be considered to receive grants of equity-based awards commensurate with Executive’s position and responsibilities with the Bank. The amount, terms and conditions of any equity-based award will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the terms of the Parent’s equity plan in effect from time to time.

 

2


  4.4

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, practices and programs maintained by the Bank, as in effect from time to time (but excluding, except as hereinafter provided in Section 5, any severance pay program or policy of the Bank), on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to other similarly situated executives of the Bank, to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable employee benefit plans. The Bank reserves the right to amend or cancel any employee benefit plan at any time in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of such employee benefit plan and applicable law.

 

  4.5

PAID TIME OFF

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for five (5) weeks of paid time off per calendar year (which shall be prorated for partial years) in accordance with the Bank’s paid time off policies, as in effect from time to time.

 

  4.6

BUSINESS EXPENSES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for reimbursement of all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures for senior executives.

 

  4.7

INDEMNIFICATION

Executive shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to the Executive’s services provided hereunder pursuant to Texas law, the terms and conditions of the Bank’s charter and/or by-laws, and the Bank’s standard indemnification agreement for directors and officers as executed by the Bank and Executive. Executive shall be entitled to coverage under the Bank’s Directors’ and Officers’ (“D&O”) insurance policies that it may hold now or in the future to the same extent and in the same manner (i.e., subject to the same terms and conditions) that the Bank’s other executive officers are entitled to coverage under any of the Bank’s D&O insurance policies that it may have.

 

5.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Bank, and the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either the Bank or Executive for any reason or no reason at any time; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided herein, Executive shall be required to give the Bank at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of any termination of Executive’s employment by Executive. Upon termination of Executive’s employment during the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive the compensation and benefits described in this Section 5 and shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits from the Bank or any of its affiliates.

 

3


  5.1

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR WITHOUT GOOD REASON

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason. If the Employment Term and Executive’s employment are terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason, then:

 

  (i)

Executive shall be eligible to receive any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, any accrued but unused paid time off, in each case, as of the end of the Employment Term, which shall be paid on the Termination Date (as defined in Section 5.6 of this Agreement);

 

  (ii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive prior to the Termination Date, which shall be subject to and paid in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policy and Section 4.6 of this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive (or continue to receive) such employee benefits and other compensation, if any, as to which Executive may be eligible as of the Termination Date pursuant to the specific terms of the Bank’s and its affiliates’ employee benefit plans, programs or agreements; provided that, in no event shall Executive be eligible to any payments in the nature of severance except as specifically provided herein; and

 

  (iv)

Executive shall retain all rights to indemnification and D&O liability insurance provided under Section 4.7 of this Agreement.

The items set forth in Sections 5.1(a)(i) through 5.1(a)(iii) are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Accrued Amounts”.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

  (i)

Executive’s willful failure to perform Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

 

  (ii)

Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Board or the Chairman of the Board;

 

  (iii)

Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank or its affiliates;

 

  (iv)

Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

 

  (v)

Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

 

4


  (vi)

Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(l)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act or any successor thereto;

 

  (vii)

Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

 

  (viii)

Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 7 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between Executive and the Bank.

Termination of Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until the Bank delivers to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board in which eighty percent (80%) or more of the Board approves the termination, finding that Executive is guilty of the conduct described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) above, after having afforded Executive a reasonable opportunity to appear (with counsel) before the Board in all cases other than a termination pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi). Except for a failure, breach or refusal which, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be cured, Executive shall have thirty (30) calendar days from the delivery of written notice by the Bank within which to cure any acts constituting Cause; provided, however, that if the Bank reasonably expects irreparable injury from a delay of thirty (30) calendar days, the Bank may give Executive notice of such shorter period within which to cure as is reasonable under the circumstances, which may include the termination of Executive’s employment without notice and with immediate effect. In the event the Bank provides notice of less than thirty (30) days, Executive shall be paid his Base Salary for the remainder of the thirty (30) day period.

For purposes of this Section 5.1(b), no act or failure by Executive shall be considered ‘‘willful” if such act is done by Executive in the good faith belief that such act is or was in the best interests of the Bank or one or more of its businesses.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in each case during the Employment Term without Executive’s written consent:

 

  (i)

A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (ii)

A relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date by more than twenty-five (25) miles;

 

  (iii)

Any material breach by the Bank of any material provision of this Agreement or any other material agreement between Executive and the Bank;

 

  (iv)

The Bank’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Bank to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; or

 

5


  (v)

A diminution in Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated).

Executive cannot terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason unless Executive has provided written notice to the Bank of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) calendar days of the initial existence of such grounds and the Bank has had at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which such notice is provided to cure such circumstances. If Executive does not terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the first occurrence of the applicable grounds, then Executive will be deemed to have waived Executive’s right to terminate for Good Reason with respect to such grounds.

 

  5.2

TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR FOR GOOD REASON

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause only if 80% or more of the Board approves the termination. In the event of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive’s timely execution of a release of claims in favor of the Bank, its affiliates and their respective officers and directors, in a form to be provided by the Bank (the “Release”), and such Release becoming effective within either twenty-eight (28) or fifty-two (52) days, as applicable, following the Termination Date (such 28-day or 52-day period, the “Release Execution Period”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following compensation and benefits:

 

  (a)

A payment that totals one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Executive’s Base Salary; and

 

  (b)

A payment that totals one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonus earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

  (c)

The payments in (a) and (b) shall be payable in substantially equal installments over a period of one (1) year in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices; provided that any installment payment under this Section 5.2(c) that is not made during the period following Executive’s termination Without Cause or termination for Good Reason because Executive has not executed the Release, shall be paid to Executive in a single lump sum on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period.

 

  (d)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA premium paid by Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such

 

6


  coverage) (such amounts to be referred to herein as the “COBRA Benefits”). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (i) eighteen (18) months following the Termination Date; (ii) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (iii) the date on which Executive either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.2(d) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if the Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion; and

 

  (e)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (l) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

It is expressly understood that the Bank’s payment and reimbursement obligations under this Section 5.2 shall cease in the event Executive breaches any of the agreements in Section 6, Section 7 or Section 8 hereof.

 

  5.3

TERMINATION DUE TO DEATH OR DISABILITY

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death during the Employment Term, and the Bank may terminate the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder on account of Executive’s Disability (as defined below).

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Term on account of Executive’s death or Disability, Executive (or Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive the following compensation:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1);

 

  (ii)

A lump sum payment that totals one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary; and

 

  (iii)

A lump sum payment that totals the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (l) year,

 

7


  Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

 

  (iv)

The payments in (ii) and (iii) shall be paid on the date that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives in the current calendar year, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and

 

  (v)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (1) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all payments made in connection with Executive’s Disability shall be provided in a manner which is consistent with federal and state law.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean (i) Executive’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to substantially perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement for one hundred eighty (180) days out of any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period or one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days; or (ii) Executive’s eligibility to receive long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan.

 

  5.4

CHANGE OF CONTROL TERMINATION

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause (other than on account of Executive’s death or Disability), in each case within six (6) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1) and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement and Executive’s execution of a Release which becomes effective within the Release Execution Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period equal to any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for the most recently completed calendar year and 2.99 times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs; provided that, if the Release Execution Period

 

8


  begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year.

 

  (ii)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under COBRA, the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA Benefits paid by Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such coverage). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (A) the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Termination Date; (B) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (C) the date on which Executive either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.4(a) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion.

 

  (iii)

Any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall immediately vest upon the termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 5.4(a) in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (i)

A transaction or series of related transactions (other than an offering of stock of the Company to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any person directly or indirectly becomes the beneficial owner of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of transactions shall not be described hereunder if the acquirer is (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a subsidiary and acting in such capacity, (B) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, or (C) any other person whose acquisition of voting securities directly from the Company is approved in advance by a majority of the Incumbent Directors (as defined below); or

 

9


  (ii)

During any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors’’) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that an individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the twenty-four (24) month period will be deemed to have satisfied such twenty-four (24) month requirement (and be an Incumbent Director) if such director was elected by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; or

 

  (iii)

The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions, or (C) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

  (A)

which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such Person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

  (B)

After which no person, directly or indirectly, becomes the beneficial owner of voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no Person shall be treated for purposes of this section as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

  (iv)

The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if it is effected for the purpose of changing the place of incorporation or form of organization of the ultimate parent entity (including where the Company is succeeded by an issuer incorporated under the laws of another state for such purpose and whether or not the

 

10


Company remains in existence following such transaction) where all or substantially all of the persons or group that beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company or the ultimate parent entity in substantially the same proportions of their ownership after the transaction. A Change of Control shall also not occur unless such transaction constitutes a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets under Section 409A.

 

  5.5

NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank or by Executive during the Employment Term (other than termination pursuant to Section 5.3(a) on account of Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) sent to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 21. The Notice of Termination shall specify:

 

  (a)

The termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; and

 

  (b)

The applicable Termination Date.

 

  5.6

TERMINATION DATE

The Executive’s Termination Date shall be:

 

  (a)

If Executive’s employment hereunder terminates on account of Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death;

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability, the date that it is determined that Executive has a Disability;

 

  (c)

If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment hereunder, the date the Notice of Termination is delivered to Executive or such later date specified in the Notice; or

 

  (d)

If Executive terminates Executive’s employment hereunder with or without Good Reason, the date specified in the Executive’s Notice of Termination, which shall be no less than thirty (30) calendar days following the date on which the Notice of Termination is delivered; provided that the Bank may waive all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period for no consideration by giving written notice to Executive and for all purposes of this Agreement, Executive’s Termination Date shall be the date determined by the Bank. In the event the Bank waives all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period, the Bank will continue to pay Executive his salary and all benefits for the entirety of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period.

 

  5.7

MITIGATION

In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this

 

11


Agreement and except as provided in Section 5.2(d), any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be reduced by compensation Executive earns on account of employment with another employer.

 

  5.8

RESIGNATION OF ALL OTHER POSITIONS

Upon termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that Executive holds as an officer or member of the Board (or a committee thereof) or the board of any of its affiliates.

 

  5.9

SECTION 280G

 

  (a)

Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (such excise tax being the “Excise Tax” and such code being the “Code”); provided, however, that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (whether payable under the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company or an affiliate of the Company (collectively, the “Payments’’) that would constitute a “parachute payment’’ within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the Excise Tax but only if, by reason of such reduction, the net after-tax benefit received by Executive shall exceed the net after-tax benefit that would be received by Executive if no such reduction was made.

 

  (b)

The “net after-tax benefit” shall mean (i) the present value of the Payments which Executive receives or is then entitled to receive from the Company that would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income and employment taxes payable by Executive with respect to the foregoing calculated at the highest marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Executive (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of Excise Tax imposed with respect to the Payments described in clause (b)(i) above.

 

  (c)

All determinations under this Section 5.9 will be made by an actuarial firm, accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm (the “280G Firm”) that is mutually agreed to by Executive and the Company prior to a change in ownership or control of a corporation (within the meaning of Treasury regulations under Section 280G of the Code). The 280G Firm shall be required to evaluate the extent to which all or a portion of any Payments are exempt from Section 280G as reasonable compensation for personal services rendered before or after the Change of Control (including, for avoidance of doubt, Payments in respect of a covenant not to compete). All fees and expenses of the 280G Firm shall be paid solely by the Company. The Company will direct the 280G Firm to submit any determination it makes

 

12


  under this Section 5.9 and detailed supporting calculations to both Executive and the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  (d)

If the 280G Firm determines that one or more reductions are required under this Section 5.9, such Payments shall be reduced in a manner that maximizes Executive’s economic position as determined by the 280G Firm. In applying this principle, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.

 

  (e)

As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 280G at the time that the 280G Firm makes its determinations under this Section 5.9, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed (collectively, the “Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive (collectively, the “Underpayments’’). If the 280G Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or Executive, which assertion the 280G Firm believes has a high probability of success or is otherwise based on controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, Executive must repay the Overpayment to the Company, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of the Overpayment until the date of repayment; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which Executive is subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. If the 280G Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the 280G Firm will notify Executive and the Company of that determination, and the Company will promptly pay the amount of that Underpayment to Executive, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date the amount would have otherwise been paid to Executive until the payment date.

 

  (f)

The parties will provide the 280G Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession as reasonably requested by the 280G Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the 280G Firm, in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 5.9, For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5.9, the 280G Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

 

13


6.

COOPERATION

The parties agree that certain matters in which Executive will be involved during the Employment Term may necessitate Executive’s cooperation in the future. Accordingly, following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, to the extent reasonably requested by the Board and subject to Executive’s professional commitments, Executive shall cooperate with the Bank in connection with matters arising out of Executive’s service to the Bank; provided that, the Bank shall make reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Executive’s other activities. The Bank shall pay Executive a reasonable per diem and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation.

 

7.

COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY; CONFIDENTIALITY; NON-SOLICITATION

 

  7.1

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS

Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Bank, Executive will be brought into frequent contact with existing and potential customers of the Bank throughout the world. Executive also agrees that trade secrets and confidential information of the Bank, more fully described in Section 7.10 of this Agreement, gained by Executive during Executive’s association with the Bank, have been developed by the Bank through substantial expenditures of time, effort and money and constitute valuable and unique property of the Bank. Executive further understands and agrees that the foregoing makes it necessary for the protection of the Bank’s business (as defined in Section 7.6) that Executive not compete with the Bank during the period of Executive’s employment with the Bank and not compete with the Bank for a reasonable period thereafter, as further provided in this Section 7.

 

  7.2

COVENANTS DURING EMPLOYMENT

During Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not compete with the Bank anywhere in the world. In accordance with this restriction, but without limiting its terms, during Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not:

 

  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business;

 

  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products or services in competition with, or for any business that competes with, the Bank’s business;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business.

 

14


  7.3

COVENANTS FOLLOWING TERMINATION

For a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not:

 

  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory (as defined in Section 7.7);

 

  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products and services in competition with, or for any business, wherever located, that competes with, the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank within the Restricted Territory, or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory.

 

  7.4

INDIRECT COMPETITION

For the purposes of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 inclusive, but without limitation thereof, Executive will be in violation thereof if Executive engages in any or all of the activities set forth therein directly as an individual on Executive’s own account, or indirectly as a partner, joint venturer, employee, agent, salesperson, consultant, officer and/or director of any firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity, or as a stockholder of any corporation in which Executive or Executive’s spouse, child or parent owns, directly or indirectly, individually or in the aggregate, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock.

 

  7.5

THE BANK

For the purposes of this Section 7, the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated or related companies of the Bank for which Executive worked or had responsibility at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one (1) year period prior to such termination.

 

  7.6

THE BANK’S BUSINESS

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Bank’s business” means managing, operating, controlling, participating in and carrying on domestic, international, personal and commercial banking services, including investment, trust, fiduciary, factoring and estate planning.

 

  7.7

RESTRICTED TERRITORY

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Restricted Territory” shall mean: (a) the geographic area(s) within a fifty (50) mile radius of any and all Bank location(s) in, to, or for which Executive

 

15


worked, to which Executive was assigned or had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the two (2) year period prior to such termination and (b) all of the specific customer accounts, whether within or outside of the geographic area described in (a) above, with which Executive had any contact or for which Executive had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one (l) year period prior to such termination.

 

  7.8

EXTENSION

If it shall be judicially determined that Executive has violated any of Executive’s obligations under Section 7.3, then the period applicable to each obligation that Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred.

 

  7.9

NON-SOLICITATION

Executive will not directly or indirectly at any time during the period of Executive’s employment or for a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by raiding any of the Bank’s employees or soliciting any of them to resign from their employment by the Bank, or by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors. Executive acknowledges that this covenant is necessary to enable the Bank to maintain a stable workforce and remain in business.

 

  7.10

FURTHER COVENANTS

 

  (a)

Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer information and other business information. Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled by the Bank, and/or Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and obligations to the Bank) or

 

16


  after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets. Nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law.

 

  (b)

Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, for any reason, Executive shall return to the Bank, in good condition, all property of the Bank, including, without limitation, any computer, tablet, cell phone, keys or keycards, work papers, reports, drawings, photographs, negatives, prototypes, and the originals and all copies of any materials which contain, reflect, summarize, describe, analyze or refer or relate to any items of information listed in Section 7.10(a) of this Agreement, whether in hard copy or generated and maintained on any form of electronic media. In the event that such items are not so returned, the Bank will have the right to charge Executive for all reasonable damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in searching for, taking, removing and/or recovering such property.

 

  (c)

Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (1) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

 

  7.11

DISCOVERIES AND INVENTIONS; WORK MADE FOR HIRE

 

  (a)

Executive agrees that upon conception and/or development of any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that: (i) relates to the business of the Bank, or (ii) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (iii) results from any work performed by the Executive for the Bank, Executive will assign to the Bank the entire right, title and interest in and to any such idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design. Executive has no obligation to assign any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that the Executive conceives and/or develops entirely on Executive’s own time without using

 

17


  the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information unless the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design: (A) relates to the business of the Bank, or (B) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (C) results from any work performed by Executive for the Bank. Executive agrees that any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that relates to the business of the Bank or relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development which is conceived or suggested by Executive, either solely or jointly with others, within one (1) year following termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank shall be presumed to have been so made, conceived or suggested in the course of such employment with the use of the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, and/or trade secrets.

 

  (b)

In order to determine the rights of Executive and the Bank in any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material, and to insure the protection of the same, Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment, and for one (1) year after termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Executive will disclose immediately and fully to the Bank any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design conceived, made or developed by Executive solely or jointly with others. The Bank agrees to keep any such disclosures confidential. Executive also agrees to record descriptions of all work in the manner directed by the Bank and agrees that all such records and copies, samples and experimental materials will be the exclusive property of the Bank. Executive agrees that at the request of and without charge to the Bank, but at the Bank’s expense, the Executive will execute a written assignment of the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design to the Bank and will assign to the Bank any application for letters patent or for trademark registration made thereon, and to any common-law or statutory copyright therein; and that Executive will do whatever may be necessary or desirable to enable the Bank to secure any patent, trademark, copyright, or other property right therein in the United States and in any foreign country, and any division, renewal, continuation, or continuation in part thereof, or for any reissue of any patent issued thereon. In the event the Bank is unable, after reasonable effort, and in any event after ten (10) business days, to secure Executive’s signature on a written assignment to the Bank of any application for letters patent or to any common-law or statutory copyright or other property right therein, whether because of the Executive’s physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, the Executive irrevocably designates and appoints the Corporate Secretary of the Bank as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to act on Executive’s behalf to execute and file any such application and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of such letters patent, copyright or trademark.

 

  (c)

Executive acknowledges that, to the extent permitted by law, all work papers, reports, documentation, drawings, photographs, negatives, tapes and masters therefor, prototypes and other materials (hereinafter, “items”) (including, without limitation, any and all such items generated and maintained on any form of electronic media) generated by Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank shall be

 

18


  considered a ‘‘work made for hire” and that ownership of any and all copyrights in any and all such items shall belong to the Bank. The item will recognize the Bank as the copyright owner, will contain all proper copyright notices, e.g., “(creation date) Third Coast Bank, SSB, All Rights Reserved,” and will be in condition to be registered or otherwise placed in compliance with registration or other statutory requirements throughout the world.

 

  7.12

COMMUNICATION OF CONTENTS OF AGREEMENT

During Executive’s employment with the Bank and for one (1) year thereafter, Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 7 of this Agreement to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent.

 

  7.13

RELIEF

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees that, in addition to any other rights or remedies that the Bank may have at law or in equity, temporary and permanent injunctive relief may be granted in any proceeding which may be brought to enforce any provision contained in Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11 and 7.12 inclusive, of this Agreement, without the necessity of proof of actual damage.

 

  7.14

REASONABLENESS

Executive acknowledges that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are reasonable in the context of the nature of the Bank’s business and the competitive injuries likely to be sustained by the Bank if Executive were to violate such obligations and that these obligations do not place an undue burden on Executive. It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent legally-permissible. Accordingly, if any particular provision(s) of this Agreement shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, the court may modify or sever such provision(s), such modification or deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision(s) in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made. In addition, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear. The remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.

NON-DISPARAGEMENT

Executive agrees and covenants that Executive will not at any time make, publish or communicate to any person or entity or in any public forum any defamatory or disparaging remarks, comments or statements concerning the Bank or its businesses, or any of its employees, officers, and existing and prospective customers, suppliers, investors and other associated third parties.

 

19


This Section 8 does not, in any way, restrict or impede Executive from exercising protected rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement or from complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency, provided that such compliance does not exceed that required by the law, regulation or order. Executive shall; (if lawful) promptly provide written notice of any such order to the Board. In addition, this Section 8 does not in any way restrict or impede Executive from making good faith statements in internal performance discussions or reviews or denying false statements made by others.

 

9.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the services to be rendered by Executive to the Bank are of a special and unique character; that the Executive will obtain knowledge and skill relevant to the Bank’s industry, methods of doing business and marketing strategies by virtue of Executive’s employment; and that the restrictive covenants and other terms and conditions of this Agreement are reasonable and reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interest of the Bank.

Executive further acknowledges that the amount of Executive’s compensation reflects, in part, the Executive’s obligations and the Bank’s rights under Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement; that Executive has no expectation of any additional compensation, royalties or other payment of any kind not otherwise referenced herein in connection herewith; that Executive with not be subject to undue hardship by reason of the Executive’s full compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement or the Bank’s enforcement thereof.

 

10.

REMEDIES

If, at the time of enforcement of any of the obligations in Section 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope, or area restrictions are unreasonable, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope, or area reasonable, as determined by the court, shall be substituted and that the court shall enforce the obligations as modified.

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. In addition, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of the obligations in Section 7, the non-compete period shall be tolled until such bleach or violation has been cured.

 

11.

ARBITRATION

Executive and the Bank agree to submit any controversy or claim arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank’s parent(s),

 

20


or any of the Bank’s subsidiaries or the termination of such employment (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race or other discrimination) exclusively to confidential binding arbitration before a single arbitrator. Any such arbitration will be fully and finally resolved in binding arbitration in a proceeding in Texas in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act and the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association which are then in effect before a single arbitrator. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Bank shall pay all reasonable fees of professionals and experts and other costs and fees incurred by Executive in connection with any arbitration relating to the interpretation or enforcement of any provision of this Agreement if Executive prevails on any substantive issue in such proceeding.

 

12.

PUBLICITY

During the Employment Term, Executive hereby consents to any and all reasonable and customary uses and displays, by the Bank and its agents, representatives and licensees, of the Executive’s name, voice, likeness, image, appearance and biographical information in, on or in connection with any pictures, photographs, audio and video recordings, digital images, websites, television programs and advertising, other advertising and publicity, sales and marketing brochures, books, magazines, other publications, CDs, DVDs, tapes and all other printed and electronic forms and media throughout the world, at any time during the period of Executive’s employment by the Bank, for all legitimate commercial and business purposes of the Bank (“Permitted Uses”), without royalty, payment or other compensation to Executive.

 

13.

GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE

This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles. Subject to Section 11, any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce this Agreement shall be brought only in Harris County, Texas, unless the principal place of Executive’s employment hereunder is located in a different jurisdiction, in which case any action shall be brought in that County or related federal court. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue. In any such proceeding, each of the parties hereby knowingly and willingly waives and surrenders such party’s right to trial by jury and agrees that such litigation shall be tried to a judge sitting alone as the trier of both fact and law, in a bench trial, without a jury.

 

14.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

Unless specifically provided herein, this Agreement contains all of the understandings and representations between Executive and the Bank pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, that if Executive and the Bank enter into a separate restrictive covenant agreement and the provisions of that agreement conflict with the provisions in this Agreement, the provision that entitles the Bank to the broadest relief under applicable law shall control; provided, further, that, with the exception

 

21


of Section 5.9 (Section 280G), nothing in this Agreement shall supersede, limit or in any way affect any rights Executive may have under any employee benefit plan, program or agreement. The parties mutually agree that this Agreement can be specifically enforced in court and can be cited as evidence in legal proceedings alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

15.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an individual authorized by the Board. No waiver by either of the parties of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party hereto shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time, nor shall the failure of or delay by either of the parties in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver thereof to preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

 

16.

SEVERABILITY

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be enforceable only if modified, or if any portion of this Agreement shall be held as unenforceable and thus stricken, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties with any such modification to become a part hereof and treated as though originally set forth in this Agreement.

The parties further agree that any such court is expressly authorized to modify any such unenforceable provision of this Agreement in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision from this Agreement in its entirety, whether by rewriting the offending provision, deleting any or all of the offending provision, adding additional language to this Agreement or by making such other modifications as it deems warranted to carry out the intent and agreement of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted by law.

The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified by the court shall be binding upon and enforceable against each of them. In any event, should one or more of the provisions of this Agreement be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and if such provision or provisions are not modified as provided above, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had not been set forth herein.

 

17.

CAPTIONS

Captions and headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph.

 

22


18.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including facsimile and other electronically transmitted counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.

SECTION 409A

This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A’’) or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and administered in accordance with Section 409A and any such exemption thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, payments provided under this Agreement may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Any payments under this Agreement that may be excluded from Section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments to be made under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A and in no event shall the Bank be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

If any reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement would constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following rules: (a) the amounts to be reimbursed, or the in-kind benefits to be provided, shall be determined pursuant to the terms of the applicable benefit plan, policy or agreement and shall be limited to Executive’s lifetime and the lifetime of Executive’s eligible dependents; (b) the amounts eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, during any calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, in any other calendar year; (c) any reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and (d) Executive’s right to an in-kind benefit or reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for cash or another benefit.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment or benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” as defined in subsection (a)(2)(b)(i) of Section 409A, then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date to occur following the six (6) month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “Specified Employee Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date (with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate from the scheduled payment date to the date of payment), and thereafter any remaining payments shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

 

23


20.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Any purported assignment by Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and permitted successors and assigns. Executive hereby consents to the assignment by the Bank of all of its rights and obligations hereunder to any successor to the Bank by merger or consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets, provided such transferee or successor assumes the liabilities of the Bank hereunder.

 

21.

NOTICE

Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent via electronic mail, or sent by reputable overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

If to the Bank:

Head of Human Resources

Third Coast Bank, SSB

20202 Highway 59 N, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Email:                     

If to Executive, to such address as shall most currently appear on the records of the Bank.

Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered (or in the case of electronic mail, when electronic evidence of transmission is received).

 

22.

REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE

Executive represents and warrants to the Bank that: (a) Executive’s employment with the Bank and/or the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate, or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment, or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound; and (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, non-compete agreement, confidentiality agreement, or other post-employment obligation with any other person or entity that would limit the Executive’s job duties or obligations with the Bank in any way.

 

23.

WITHHOLDING

The Bank shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any federal, state and local taxes in order for the Bank to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have

 

24


under any applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bank shall not be obligated to guarantee any particular tax result for Executive with respect to any payment provided to Executive hereunder, and Executive shall be responsible for any taxes imposed on Executive with respect to any such payment.

 

24.

SURVIVAL

Upon any expiration or other termination of this Agreement: (a) each of Sections 7 (Competitive Activity; Confidentiality; Nonsolicitation), 8 (Disparagement), 9 (Acknowledgment), 10 (Remedies), 11 (Arbitration) and 12 (Publicity) shall survive such expiration or other termination; and (b) all of the other respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

25.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FULL UNDERSTANDING

EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS FULLY READ, UNDERSTANDS AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERS INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF EXECUTIVE’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

Bart O. Caraway
Dated: 7/2/20
THIRD COAST BANK, SSB

/s/ Troy A. Glander

Troy A. Glander
Director of Compensation Committee
Dated: 7/6/2020

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 23, 2020 by and between Audrey Duncan (“Executive”) and Third Coast Bank, SSB, a Texas state savings bank (the “Bank” or “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by the Bank on such terms and conditions;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and obligations set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.

TERM

Executive’s employment hereunder shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement; provided that, on such third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each annual anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter (such third anniversary date and each annual anniversary thereafter, a “Renewal Date”), this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for successive periods of one (1) year each, unless either party provides written notice to the other party of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement at least ninety (90) days prior to the applicable Renewal Date. The period during which Executive is employed by the Bank hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the “Employment Term.”

 

2.

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

  2.1

POSITION

During the Employment Term, Executive shall serve as the Chief Credit Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). In such position, Executive shall have such duties, authority and responsibility as shall be determined from time to time by the CEO, which duties, authority and responsibility shall be customary for persons occupying such positions in companies of like size and type.

 

  2.2

DUTIES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall devote his best efforts and all of his full business time and attention to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder (except for permitted paid time off and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the performance of such services either directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of the CEO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (a) performing services for such other companies as the CEO may


designate or permit (which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld), (b) serving, with the prior written consent of the CEO, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, as an officer or member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of noncompeting businesses or charitable, educational or civic organizations, (c) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs and (d) managing Executive’s personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set forth in clauses (a) through (d) shall be limited by Executive so as not to conflict or materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Employment Term, Executive shall perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the best of Executive’s abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

 

3.

PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

During the Employment Term, the principal place of Executive’s employment shall be the Bank’s office at 5600 Tennyson suite 170, Plano, Texas 75024; provided that, Executive may be required to travel on Bank business during the Employment Term.

 

4.

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  4.1

BASE SALARY

During the Employment Term, the Bank shall pay Executive an annual base salary at a rate of $255,000.00 in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly. Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board, and the Board may, but shall not be required to, increase (but not decrease) Executive’s base salary during the Employment Term. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”.

 

  4.2

ANNUAL BONUS

For each completed calendar year of the Employment Term, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) at the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).

 

  4.3

EQUITY AWARDS

During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to be considered to receive grants of equity-based awards commensurate with Executive’s position and responsibilities with the Bank. The amount, terms and conditions of any equity-based award will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the terms of the Parent’s equity plan in effect from time to time.

 

  4.4

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, practices and programs maintained by the Bank, as in effect from time to time (but

 

2


excluding, except as hereinafter provided in Section 5, any severance pay program or policy of the Bank), on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to other similarly situated executives of the Bank, to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable employee benefit plans. The Bank reserves the right to amend or cancel any employee benefit plan at any time in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of such employee benefit plan and applicable law.

 

  4.5

PAID TIME OFF

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for twenty-five (25) days of paid time off per calendar year (which shall be prorated for partial years) in accordance with the Bank’s paid time off policies, as in effect from time to time.

 

  4.6

BUSINESS EXPENSES

During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible for reimbursement of all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures for senior executives.

 

  4.7

INDEMNIFICATION

Executive shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to the Executive’s services provided hereunder pursuant to Texas law, the terms and conditions of the Bank’s charter and/or by-laws, and the Bank’s standard indemnification agreement for directors and officers as executed by the Bank and Executive. Executive shall be entitled to coverage under the Bank’s Directors’ and Officers’ (“D&O”) insurance policies that it may hold now or in the future to the same extent and in the same manner (i.e., subject to the same terms and conditions) that the Bank’s other executive officers are entitled to coverage under any of the Bank’s D&O insurance policies that it may have.

 

5.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Bank, and the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either the Bank or Executive for any reason or no reason at any time; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided herein, Executive shall be required to give the Bank at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of any termination of Executive’s employment by Executive. Upon termination of Executive’s employment during the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive the compensation and benefits described in this Section 5 and shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits from the Bank or any of its affiliates.

 

  5.1

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR WITHOUT GOOD REASON

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason. If the Employment

 

3


  Term and Executive’s employment are terminated by the Bank for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason, then:

 

  (i)

Executive shall be eligible to receive any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, any accrued but unused paid time off, in each case, as of the end of the Employment Term, which shall be paid on the Termination Date (as defined in Section 5.6 of this Agreement);

 

  (ii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive prior to the Termination Date, which shall be subject to and paid in accordance with the Bank’s expense reimbursement policy and Section 4.6 of this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

Executive shall be eligible to receive (or continue to receive) such employee benefits and other compensation, if any, as to which Executive may be eligible as of the Termination Date pursuant to the specific terms of the Bank’s and its affiliates’ employee benefit plans, programs or agreements; provided that, in no event shall Executive be eligible to any payments in the nature of severance except as specifically provided herein; and

 

  (iv)

Executive shall retain all rights to indemnification and D&O liability insurance provided under Section 4.7 of this Agreement.

The items set forth in Sections 5.l (a)(i) through 5.1 (a)(iii) are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Accrued Amounts”.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

  (i)

Executive’s willful failure to perform Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

 

  (ii)

Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the CEO;

 

  (iii)

Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank or its affiliates;

 

  (iv)

Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

 

  (v)

Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

 

  (vi)

Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(1)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs

 

4


  under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act or any successor thereto;

 

  (vii)

Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

 

  (viii)

Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 7 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between Executive and the Bank.

Termination of Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until the Bank delivers to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board, finding that Executive is guilty of the conduct described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) above, after having afforded Executive a reasonable opportunity to appear (with counsel) before the Board in all cases other than a termination pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi). Except for a failure, breach or refusal which, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be cured, Executive shall have thirty (30) calendar days from the delivery of written notice by the Bank within which to cure any acts constituting Cause; provided, however, that if the Bank reasonably expects irreparable injury from a delay of thirty (30) calendar days, the Bank may give Executive notice of such shorter period within which to cure as is reasonable under the circumstances, which may include the termination of Executive’s employment without notice and with immediate effect. In the event the Bank provides notice of less than thirty (30) days, Executive shall be paid his Base Salary for the remainder of the thirty (30) day period.

For purposes of this Section 5.1 (b), no act or failure by Executive shall be considered “willful” if such act is done by Executive in the good faith belief that such act is or was in the best interests of the Bank or one or more of its businesses.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in each case during the Employment Term without Executive’s written consent:

 

  (i)

A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (ii)

A relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date by more than twenty-five (25) miles;

 

  (iii)

Any material breach by the Bank of any material provision of this Agreement or any other material agreement between Executive and the Bank;

 

  (iv)

The Bank’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Bank to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; or

 

  (v)

A diminution in Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated).

Executive cannot terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason unless Executive has provided written notice to the Bank of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for

 

5


termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) calendar days of the initial existence of such grounds and the Bank has had at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which such notice is provided to cure such circumstances. If Executive does not terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the first occurrence of the applicable grounds, then Executive will be deemed to have waived Executive’s right to terminate for Good Reason with respect to such grounds.

 

  5.2

TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR FOR GOOD REASON

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause. In the event of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive’s timely execution of a release of claims in favor of the Bank, its affiliates and their respective officers and directors, in a form to be provided by the Bank (the “Release”), and such Release becoming effective within either twenty-eight (28) or fifty-two (52) days, as applicable, following the Termination Date (such 28-day or 52-day period, the “Release Execution Period”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following compensation and benefits:

 

  (a)

A payment that totals one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary; and

 

  (b)

A payment that totals the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

  (c)

The payments in (a) and (b) shall be payable in substantially equal installments over a period of one (1) year in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices; provided that any installment payment under this Section 5.2(c) that is not made during the period following Executive’s termination Without Cause or termination for Good Reason because Executive has not executed the Release, shall be paid to Executive in a single lump sum on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period.

 

  (d)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA premium paid by Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such coverage) (such amounts to be referred to herein as the “COBRA Benefits”). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (i) twelve (12) months following the Termination Date; (ii) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (iii) the date on which Executive either receives or

 

6


  becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.2(d) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if the Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion; and

 

  (e)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (1) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

It is expressly understood that the Bank’s payment and reimbursement obligations under this Section 5.2 shall cease in the event Executive breaches any of the agreements in Section 6, Section 7 or Section 8 hereof.

 

  5.3

TERMINATION DUE TO DEATH OR DISABILITY

 

  (a)

The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death during the Employment Term, and the Bank may terminate the Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder on account of Executive’s Disability (as defined below).

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Term on account of Executive’s death or Disability. Executive (or Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive the following compensation:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1);

 

  (ii)

A lump sum payment that totals one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (iii)

A lump sum payment that totals the average of the Executive’s Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) lull years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs;

 

  (iv)

The payments in (ii) and (iii) shall be paid on the date that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives in the current calendar year, but in no

 

7


  event later than March 15 of the year following the end of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and

 

  (v)

The vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall accelerate by one (1) year. All other treatment of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all payments made in connection with Executive’s Disability shall be provided in a manner which is consistent with federal and state law.

 

  (c)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean (i) Executive’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to substantially perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement for one hundred eighty (180) days out of any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period or one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days; or (ii) Executive’s eligibility to receive long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan.

 

  5.4

CHANGE OF CONTROL TERMINATION

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated by Executive for Good Reason or by the Bank without Cause (other than on account of Executive’s death or Disability), in each case within six (6) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (i)

The Accrued Amounts (which amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.1) and, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement and Executive’s execution of a Release which becomes effective within the Release Execution Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment on the first payroll date following the last day of the Release Execution Period equal to any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for the most recently completed calendar year and one (1) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned for the three (3) full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or, if less than three (3) years, the greater of (I) the average of the Annual Bonuses awarded for all full years preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (II) if less than one (1) year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs; provided that, if the Release Execution Period begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year.

 

  (ii)

If Executive timely and properly elects continuation coverage under COBRA, the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the monthly COBRA Benefits paid by

 

8


  Executive for Executive and Executive’s dependents (with the Executive required to pay for any employee-paid portion of such coverage). The Bank shall make any such reimbursement within thirty (30) days following receipt of evidence from Executive of Executive’s payment of the COBRA Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to receive such reimbursement until the earliest of: (A) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Termination Date; (B) the date Executive is no longer eligible to receive COBRA Benefits; and (C) the date on which Executive either receives or becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. To the extent the COBRA Benefits provided for in this Section 5.4(a) are not permissible after termination of employment under the terms of the health plans of the Bank then in effect, the Bank shall provide Executive with an equivalent monthly cash payment, minus deduction of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable law, for any period of time Executive was to be reimbursed for COBRA Benefits. Executive shall bear full responsibility for applying for COBRA Benefits and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide Executive such coverage if Executive fails to elect COBRA Benefits in a timely fashion.

 

  (iii)

Any outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date shall immediately vest upon the termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 5.4(a) in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan and award agreements.

 

  (b)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (i)

A transaction or series of related transactions (other than an offering of stock of the Company to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any person directly or indirectly becomes the beneficial owner of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities: provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of transactions shall not be described hereunder if the acquirer is (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a subsidiary and acting in such capacity, (B) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, or (C) any other person whose acquisition of voting securities directly from the Company is approved in advance by a majority of the Incumbent Directors (as defined below); or

 

  (ii)

During any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that an individual who becomes a

 

9


  member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the twenty-four (24) month period will be deemed to have satisfied such twenty-four (24) month requirement (and be an Incumbent Director) if such director was elected by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; or

 

  (iii)

The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions, or (C) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

  (A)

which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such Person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

  (B)

After which no person, directly or indirectly, becomes the beneficial owner of voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no Person shall be treated for purposes of this section as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

  (iv)

The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if it is effected for the purpose of changing the place of incorporation or form of organization of the ultimate parent entity (including where the Company is succeeded by an issuer incorporated under the laws of another state for such purpose and whether or not the Company remains in existence following such transaction) where all or substantially all of the persons or group that beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own all or substantially all of the combined voting power of the Company or the ultimate parent entity in

 

10


substantially the same proportions of their ownership after the transaction. A Change of Control shall also not occur unless such transaction constitutes a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets under Section 409A.

 

  5.5

NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder by the Bank or by Executive during the Employment Term (other than termination pursuant to Section 5.3(a) on account of Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) sent to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 21. The Notice of Termination shall specify:

(a) The termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; and

(b) The applicable Termination Date.

 

  5.6

TERMINATION DATE

The Executive’s Termination Date shall be:

 

  (a)

If Executive’s employment hereunder terminates on account of Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death;

 

  (b)

If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability, the date that it is determined that Executive has a Disability;

 

  (c)

If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment hereunder, the date the Notice of Termination is delivered to Executive or such later date specified in the Notice; or

 

  (d)

If Executive terminates Executive’s employment hereunder with or without Good Reason, the date specified in the Executive’s Notice of Termination, which shall be no less than thirty (30) calendar days following the date on which the Notice of Termination is delivered; provided that the Bank may waive all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period for no consideration by giving written notice to Executive and for all purposes of this Agreement, Executive’s Termination Date shall be the date determined by the Bank. In the event the Bank waives all or any part of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period, the Bank will continue to pay Executive his salary and all benefits for the entirety of the thirty (30) calendar day notice period.

 

  5.7

MITIGATION

In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 5.2(d), any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be reduced by compensation Executive earns on account of employment with another employer.

 

11


  5.8

RESIGNATION OF ALL OTHER POSITIONS

Upon termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason. Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that Executive holds as an officer or member of the Board (or a committee thereof) or the board of any of its affiliates.

 

  5.9

SECTION 280G

 

  (a)

Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (such excise tax being the “Excise Tax” and such code being the “Code”); provided, however, that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive (whether payable under the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company or an affiliate of the Company (collectively, the “Payments”) that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the Excise Tax but only if, by reason of such reduction, the net after-tax benefit received by Executive shall exceed the net after-tax benefit that would be received by Executive if no such reduction was made.

 

  (b)

The “net after-tax benefit” shall mean (i) the present value of the Payments which Executive receives or is then entitled to receive from the Company that would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income and employment taxes payable by Executive with respect to the foregoing calculated at the highest marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Executive (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of Excise Tax imposed with respect to the Payments described in clause (b)(i) above.

 

  (c)

All determinations under this Section 5.9 will be made by an actuarial firm, accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm (the “280G Firm”) that is mutually agreed to by Executive and the Company prior to a change in ownership or control of a corporation (within the meaning of Treasury regulations under Section 280G of the Code). The 280G Firm shall be required to evaluate the extent to which all or a portion of any Payments are exempt from Section 280G as reasonable compensation for personal services rendered before or after the Change of Control (including, for avoidance of doubt, Payments in respect of a covenant not to compete). All fees and expenses of the 280G Firm shall be paid solely by the Company. The Company will direct the 280G Firm to submit any determination it makes under this Section 5.9 and detailed supporting calculations to both Executive and the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

12


  (d)

If the 280G Firm determines that one or more reductions are required under this Section 5.9, such Payments shall be reduced in a manner that maximizes Executive’s economic position as determined by the 280G Firm. In applying this principle, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.

 

  (e)

As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 280G at the time that the 280G Firm makes its determinations under this Section 5.9, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed (collectively, the “Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive (collectively, the “Underpayments”). If the 280G Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or Executive, which assertion the 280G Firm believes has a high probability of success or is otherwise based on controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, Executive must repay the Overpayment to the Company, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of the Overpayment until the date of repayment; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which Executive is subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. If the 280G Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the 280G Firm will notify Executive and the Company of that determination, and the Company will promptly pay the amount of that Underpayment to Executive, together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code) from the date the amount would have otherwise been paid to Executive until the payment date.

 

  (f)

The parties will provide the 280G Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession as reasonably requested by the 280G Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the 280G Firm, in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 5.9. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5.9, the 280G Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

 

6.

COOPERATION

The parties agree that certain matters in which Executive will be involved during the Employment Term may necessitate Executive’s cooperation in the future. Accordingly, following

 

13


the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, to the extent reasonably requested by the Board and subject to Executive’s professional commitments, Executive shall cooperate with the Bank in connection with matters arising out of Executive’s service to the Bank; provided that, the Bank shall make reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Executive’s other activities. The Bank shall pay Executive a reasonable per diem and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation.

 

7.

COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY; CONFIDENTIALITY; NON-SOLICITATION

 

  7.1

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS

Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Bank, Executive will be brought into frequent contact with existing and potential customers of the Bank throughout the world. Executive also agrees that trade secrets and confidential information of the Bank, more fully described in Section 7.10 of this Agreement, gained by Executive during Executive’s association with the Bank, have been developed by the Bank through substantial expenditures of time, effort and money and constitute valuable and unique property of the Bank. Executive further understands and agrees that the foregoing makes it necessary for the protection of the Bank’s business (as defined in Section 7.6) that Executive not compete with the Bank during the period of Executive’s employment with the Bank and not compete with the Bank for a reasonable period thereafter, as further provided in this Section 7.

 

  7.2

COVENANTS DURING EMPLOYMENT

During Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not compete with the Bank anywhere in the world. In accordance with this restriction, but without limiting its terms, during Executive’s employment with the Bank, Executive will not:

 

  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business;

 

  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products or services in competition with, or for any business that competes with, the Bank’s business;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business.

 

  7.3

COVENANTS FOLLOWING TERMINATION

For a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not:

 

14


  (a)

enter into or engage in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory (as defined in Section 7.7);

 

  (b)

solicit customers, business, patronage or orders for, or sell, any products and services in competition with, or for any business, wherever located, that competes with, the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory;

 

  (c)

divert, entice or otherwise take away any customers, business, patronage or orders of the Bank within the Restricted Territory, or attempt to do so; or

 

  (d)

promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Bank’s business within the Restricted Territory.

 

  7.4

INDIRECT COMPETITION

For the purposes of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 inclusive, but without limitation thereof, Executive will be in violation thereof if Executive engages in any or all of the activities set forth therein directly as an individual on Executive’s own account, or indirectly as a partner, joint venturer, employee, agent, salesperson, consultant, officer and/or director of any firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity, or as a stockholder of any corporation in which Executive or Executive’s spouse, child or parent owns, directly or indirectly, individually or in the aggregate, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock.

 

  7.5

THE BANK

For the purposes of this Section 7, the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the Bank for which Executive worked or had responsibility at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one (1) year period prior to such termination.

 

  7.6

THE BANK’S BUSINESS

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Bank’s business” means managing, operating, controlling, participating in and carrying on domestic, international, personal and commercial banking services, including investment, trust, fiduciary, factoring and estate planning.

 

  7.7

RESTRICTED TERRITORY

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Restricted Territory” shall mean; (a) the geographic area(s) within a fifty (50) mile radius of any and all Bank location(s) in, to, or for which Executive worked, to which Executive was assigned or had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the two (2) year period prior to such termination and (b) all of the specific customer accounts, whether within or outside of the geographic area described in (a) above, with which Executive had any contact or for

 

15


which Executive had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the time of termination of Executive’s employment and at any time during the one (1) year period prior to such termination.

 

  7.8

EXTENSION

If it shall be judicially determined that Executive has violated any of Executive’s obligations under Section 7.3, then the period applicable to each obligation that Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred.

 

  7.9

NON-SOLICITATION

Executive will not directly or indirectly at any time during the period of Executive’s employment or for a period of one (1) year following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by raiding any of the Bank’s employees or soliciting any of them to resign from their employment by the Bank, or by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors. Executive acknowledges that this covenant is necessary to enable the Bank to maintain a stable workforce and remain in business.

 

  7.10

FURTHER COVENANTS

 

  (a)

Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer information and other business information. Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled by the Bank, and/or Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and obligations to the Bank) or after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets. Nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying

 

16


  or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law.

 

  (b)

Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, for any reason. Executive shall return to the Bank, in good condition, all property of the Bank, including, without limitation, any computer, tablet, cell phone, keys or keycards, work papers, reports, drawings, photographs, negatives, prototypes, and the originals and all copies of any materials which contain, reflect, summarize, describe, analyze or refer or relate to any items of information listed in Section 7.10(a) of this Agreement, whether in hard copy or generated and maintained on any form of electronic media. In the event that such items are not so returned, the Bank will have the right to charge Executive for all reasonable damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in searching for, taking, removing and/or recovering such property.

 

  (c)

Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (1) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law. Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

 

  7.11

DISCOVERIES AND INVENTIONS; WORK MADE FOR HIRE

 

  (a)

Executive agrees that upon conception and/or development of any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that: (i) relates to the business of the Bank, or (ii) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (iii) results from any work performed by the Executive for the Bank, Executive will assign to the Bank the entire right, title and interest in and to any such idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design. Executive has no obligation to assign any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that the Executive conceives and/or develops entirely on Executive’s own time without using the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information unless the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design: (A) relates to the business of the Bank, or (B) relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (C) results from any work performed by

 

17


  Executive for the Bank. Executive agrees that any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design that relates to the business of the Bank or relates to the Bank’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development which is conceived or suggested by Executive, either solely or jointly with others, within one (1) year following termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank shall be presumed to have been so made, conceived or suggested in the course of such employment with the use of the Bank’s equipment, supplies, facilities, and/or trade secrets.

 

  (b)

In order to determine the rights of Executive and the Bank in any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material, and to insure the protection of the same, Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment, and for one (1) year after termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Executive will disclose immediately and fully to the Bank any idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design conceived, made or developed by Executive solely or jointly with others. The Bank agrees to keep any such disclosures confidential. Executive also agrees to record descriptions of all work in the manner directed by the Bank and agrees that all such records and copies, samples and experimental materials will be the exclusive property of the Bank. Executive agrees that at the request of and without charge to the Bank, but at the Bank’s expense, the Executive will execute a written assignment of the idea, discovery, invention, improvement, software, writing or other material or design to the Bank and will assign to the Bank any application for letters patent or for trademark registration made thereon, and to any common-law or statutory copyright therein; and that Executive will do whatever may be necessary or desirable to enable the Bank to secure any patent, trademark, copyright, or other property right therein in the United States and in any foreign country, and any division, renewal, continuation, or continuation in part thereof, or for any reissue of any patent issued thereon. In the event the Bank is unable, after reasonable effort, and in any event after ten (10) business days, to secure Executive’s signature on a written assignment to the Bank of any application for letters patent or to any common-law or statutory copyright or other property right therein, whether because of the Executive’s physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, the Executive irrevocably designates and appoints the Corporate Secretary of the Bank as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to act on Executive’s behalf to execute and file any such application and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of such letters patent, copyright or trademark.

 

  (c)

Executive acknowledges that, to the extent permitted by law, all work papers, reports, documentation, drawings, photographs, negatives, tapes and masters therefor, prototypes and other materials (hereinafter, “items”) (including, without limitation, any and all such items generated and maintained on any form of electronic media) generated by Executive during Executive’s employment with the Bank shall be considered a “work made for hire” and that ownership of any and all copyrights in any and all such items shall belong to the Bank. The item will recognize the Bank as the copyright owner, will contain all proper copyright notices, e.g., “(creation date) Third Coast Bank, SSB, All Rights Reserved.” and will be in condition to be registered or

 

18


  otherwise placed in compliance with registration or other statutory requirements throughout the world.

 

  7.12

COMMUNICATION OF CONTENTS OF AGREEMENT

During Executive’s employment with the Bank and for one (1) year thereafter, Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 7 of this Agreement to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent.

 

  7.13

RELIEF

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees that, in addition to any other rights or remedies that the Bank may have at law or in equity, temporary and permanent injunctive relief may be granted in any proceeding which may be brought to enforce any provision contained in Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11 and 7.12 inclusive, of this Agreement, without the necessity of proof of actual damage.

 

  7.14

REASONABLENESS

Executive acknowledges that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are reasonable in the context of the nature of the Bank’s business and the competitive injuries likely to be sustained by the Bank if Executive were to violate such obligations and that these obligations do not place an undue burden on Executive. It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent legally-permissible. Accordingly, if any particular provision(s) of this Agreement shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, the court may modify or sever such provision(s), such modification or deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision(s) in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made. In addition, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear. The remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.

NON-DISPARAGEMENT

Executive agrees and covenants that Executive will not at any time make, publish or communicate to any person or entity or in any public forum any defamatory or disparaging remarks, comments or statements concerning the Bank or its businesses, or any of its employees, officers, and existing and prospective customers, suppliers, investors and other associated third parties.

This Section 8 does not, in any way, restrict or impede Executive from exercising protected rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement or from complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized

 

19


government agency, provided that such compliance does not exceed that required by the law, regulation or order. Executive shall: (if lawful) promptly provide written notice of any such order to the Board. In addition, this Section 8 does not in any way restrict or impede Executive from making good faith statements in internal performance discussions or reviews or denying false statements made by others.

 

9.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Executive acknowledges and agrees that the services to be rendered by Executive to the Bank are of a special and unique character: that the Executive will obtain knowledge and skill relevant to the Bank’s industry, methods of doing business and marketing strategies by virtue of Executive’s employment; and that the restrictive covenants and other terms and conditions of this Agreement are reasonable and reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interest of the Bank.

Executive further acknowledges that the amount of Executive’s compensation reflects, in part, the Executive’s obligations and the Bank’s rights under Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement; that Executive has no expectation of any additional compensation, royalties or other payment of any kind not otherwise referenced herein in connection herewith; that Executive will not be subject to undue hardship by reason of the Executive’s full compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement or the Bank’s enforcement thereof.

 

10.

REMEDIES

If, at the time of enforcement of any of the obligations in Section 7. a court shall hold that the duration, scope, or area restrictions are unreasonable, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope, or area reasonable, as determined by the court, shall be substituted and that the court shall enforce the obligations as modified.

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of Section 7 and Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. In addition, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of the obligations in Section 7. the non-compete period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been cured.

 

11.

ARBITRATION

Executive and the Bank agree to submit any controversy or claim arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank’s parent(s), or any of the Bank’s subsidiaries or the termination of such employment (including, but not limited to. any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex. race or other discrimination) exclusively to confidential binding arbitration before a single arbitrator. Any such arbitration will

 

20


be fully and finally resolved in binding arbitration in a proceeding in Texas in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act and the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association which are then in effect before a single arbitrator. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Bank shall pay all reasonable fees of professionals and experts and other costs and fees incurred by Executive in connection with any arbitration relating to the interpretation or enforcement of any provision of this Agreement if Executive prevails on any substantive issue in such proceeding.

 

12.

PUBLICITY

During the Employment Term, Executive hereby consents to any and all reasonable and customary uses and displays, by the Bank and its agents, representatives and licensees, of the Executive’s name, voice, likeness, image, appearance and biographical information in, on or in connection with any pictures, photographs, audio and video recordings, digital images, websites, television programs and advertising, other advertising and publicity, sales and marketing brochures, books, magazines, other publications, CDs, DVDs, tapes and all other printed and electronic forms and media throughout the world, at any time during the period of Executive’s employment by the Bank, for all legitimate commercial and business purposes of the Bank (“Permitted Uses”), without royalty, payment or other compensation to Executive.

 

13.

GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE

This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles. Subject to Section 11, any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce this Agreement shall be brought only in Harris County, Texas, unless the principal place of Executive’s employment hereunder is located in a different jurisdiction, in which case any action shall be brought in that County or related federal court. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue. In any such proceeding, each of the parties hereby knowingly and willingly waives and surrenders such party’s right to trial by jury and agrees that such litigation shall be tried to a judge sitting alone as the trier of both fact and law, in a bench trial, without a jury.

 

14.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

Unless specifically provided herein, this Agreement contains all of the understandings and representations between Executive and the Bank pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, that if Executive and the Bank enter into a separate restrictive covenant agreement and the provisions of that agreement conflict with the provisions in this Agreement, the provision that entitles the Bank to the broadest relief under applicable law shall control; provided, further, that, with the exception of Section 5.9 (Section 280G), nothing in this Agreement shall supersede, limit or in any way affect any rights Executive may have under any employee benefit plan, program or agreement.

 

21


The parties mutually agree that this Agreement can be specifically enforced in court and can be cited as evidence in legal proceedings alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

15.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an individual authorized by the Board. No waiver by either of the parties of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party hereto shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time, nor shall the failure of or delay by either of the parties in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver thereof to preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

 

16.

SEVERABILITY

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be enforceable only if modified, or if any portion of this Agreement shall be held as unenforceable and thus stricken, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties with any such modification to become a part hereof and treated as though originally set forth in this Agreement.

The parties further agree that any such court is expressly authorized to modify any such unenforceable provision of this Agreement in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision from this Agreement in its entirety, whether by rewriting the offending provision, deleting any or all of the offending provision, adding additional language to this Agreement or by making such other modifications as it deems warranted to carry out the intent and agreement of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted by law.

The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified by the court shall be binding upon and enforceable against each of them. In any event, should one or more of the provisions of this Agreement be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and if such provision or provisions are not modified as provided above, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had not been set forth herein.

 

17.

CAPTIONS

Captions and headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph.

 

18.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including facsimile and other electronically transmitted counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

22


19.

SECTION 409A

This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”) or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and administered in accordance with Section 409A and any such exemption thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, payments provided under this Agreement may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Any payments under this Agreement that may be excluded from Section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For purposes of Section 409A. each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments to be made under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A and in no event shall the Bank be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

If any reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement would constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A. such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following rules: (a) the amounts to be reimbursed, or the in-kind benefits to be provided, shall be determined pursuant to the terms of the applicable benefit plan, policy or agreement and shall be limited to Executive’s lifetime and the lifetime of Executive’s eligible dependents: (b) the amounts eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, during any calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefits provided, in any other calendar year; (c) any reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and (d) Executive’s right to an in-kind benefit or reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for cash or another benefit.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment or benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” as defined in subsection (a)(2)(b)(i) of Section 409A, then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date to occur following the six (6) month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “Specified Employee Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date (with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate from the scheduled payment date to the date of payment), and thereafter any remaining payments shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

 

23


20.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Any purported assignment by Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and permitted successors and assigns. Executive hereby consents to the assignment by the Bank of all of its rights and obligations hereunder to any successor to the Bank by merger or consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets, provided such transferee or successor assumes the liabilities of the Bank hereunder.

 

21.

NOTICE

Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent via electronic mail, or sent by reputable overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

If to the Bank:

Head of Human Resources

Third Coast Bank, SSB

20202 Highway 59 N, Suite 190

Humble, Texas 77338

Email:                     

If to Executive, to such address as shall most currently appear on the records of the Bank.

Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered (or in the case of electronic mail, when electronic evidence of transmission is received).

 

22.

REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE

Executive represents and warrants to the Bank that: (a) Executive’s employment with the Bank and/or the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate, or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment, or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound; and (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, non-compete agreement, confidentiality agreement, or other post-employment obligation with any other person or entity that would limit the Executive’s job duties or obligations with the Bank in any way.

 

23.

WITHHOLDING

The Bank shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any federal, state and local taxes in order for the Bank to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.

 

24


the Bank shall not be obligated to guarantee any particular tax result for Executive with respect to any payment provided to Executive hereunder, and Executive shall be responsible for any taxes imposed on Executive with respect to any such payment.

 

24.

SURVIVAL

Upon any expiration or other termination of this Agreement: (a) each of Sections 7 (Competitive Activity; Confidentiality; Nonsolicitation), 8 (Disparagement), 9 (Acknowledgment), 10 (Remedies), 11 (Arbitration) and 12 (Publicity) shall survive such expiration or other termination; and (b) all of the other respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

25.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FULL UNDERSTANDING

EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS FULLY READ, UNDERSTANDS AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERS INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF EXECUTIVE’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

/s/ Audrey Duncan

  Audrey Duncan
  Dated: 6/23/2020                                                                         
  THIRD COAST BANK, SSB
 

/s/ Bart O. Caraway

  Bart O. Caraway
  Chief Executive Officer
  Dated: 7/6/20                                                                                

 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

Exhibit 10.14

 

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB, Humble, Texas, a Texas banking association (the “Bank”), or any other successor, transferee, or assignees, and Donald Legato (the “Executive”).

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Bank will pay the benefits from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1.1 “Accrual Balance” means the liability amount due under this Agreement and set forth on the financial statements of the Bank, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and utilizing the Discount Rate.

1.1.2 “Beneficiary” means each person designated pursuant to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive.

1.1.3 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator, attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.1.4 “Cause” means as defined in an Employment Agreement. If no Employment Agreement exists, or if an Employment Agreement exists but cause is not defined therein, then “cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s willful failure to perform the Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

(b) the Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Executive’s supervisor or the Board of Directors;

(c) the Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank, the Holding Company, or any of their affiliates;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 1 of 21


(d) the Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

(e) the Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

(f) the Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(1)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act” or any successor thereto;

(g) the Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank, including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

(h) the Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Sections 5.7 and 5.8 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated by reason of violating Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) until the Executive is notified in writing by the Bank (or its successor entity) of a determination of a violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), specifying the particulars thereof in reasonably sufficient detail, and giving the Executive a reasonable opportunity (of not less than ten (10) days), together with his/her counsel, to explain to the Bank why there has been no violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), followed by a finding by the Bank (i) that in the good faith opinion of the Bank (or its successor entity), the Executive had committed an act described in Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) above, (ii) specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (iii) determining that such violation has not been corrected, or is not capable of correction.

1.1.5 “Change in Control” means and includes a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank or Holding Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Holding Company, within the meaning of Code Section 409A and as described in Treasury Regulations §§1.409A-3(i)(5).

1.1.6 “Change in Control Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.5.

1.1.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.1.8 “Death Benefit” means the benefit described in Article 3.

1.1.9 “Disability” means that the Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

1.1.10 “Disability Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.4.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 2 of 21


1.1.11 “Discount Rate” means 5.5%, subject to change based upon regulatory requirements.

1.1.12 “Effective Date” means June 23, 2020.

1.1.13 “Employment Agreement” means a then-current employment agreement or similar agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

1.1.14 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.1.15 “Holding Company” means Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company.

1.1.16 “Involuntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year in which Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.17 “Involuntary Termination of Employment” means the Termination of Employment before the Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control either:

(a) by the Bank or the Holding Company or

(b) by the Executive for Good Reason if “good reason” is defined in the Employment Agreement (if no Employment Agreement exists or if “good reason” is not defined in the Employment Agreement then this subpart shall not apply).

1.1.18 “Normal Retirement Age” means age sixty-two (62) years old.

1.1.19 “Normal Retirement Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.1.

1.1.20 “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

1.1.21 “Plan Year” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1st and ending on December 31st. Notwithstanding the preceding, the initial Plan Year shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end December 31, 2020.

1.1.22 “Termination of Employment” shall mean a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether voluntary or involuntary, for any reason whatsoever, determined as follows:

(c) Generally. An Executive terminates employment when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the Executive will perform no further services for the Bank or an affiliate of the Bank, or that the level of bona fide services the Executive will perform for the Bank and affiliates of the Bank will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services the Executive performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period (or the full period of service if

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 3 of 21


the Executive has been providing services to the Bank and affiliates of the Bank for less than thirty-six (36) months) (the “36-month average”).

(d) Rebuttable Presumptions. Barring contrary facts and circumstances, the Bank shall presume (i) that a decrease in bona fide services to twenty percent (20%) or less of the 36-month average constitutes a termination of employment, and (ii) that continued bona fide services at fifty percent (50%) or more of the 36-month average does not constitute a termination of employment.

(e) Employee v. Contractor. For purposes of the foregoing, services include those performed as an employee or as an independent contractor.

(f) Leave of Absence. If an Executive takes a bona fide paid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(1)) and has not otherwise terminated employment, the Bank shall treat the Executive as providing bona fide services at a level equal to the level of services that the Executive would have been required to perform to receive the compensation paid with respect to such leave of absence. Periods during which an Executive takes a bona fide unpaid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(1)) and has not otherwise terminated employment will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Termination of Employment has occurred (including for purposes of determining the applicable 36-month average).

1.1.23 “Voluntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year Voluntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.24 “Voluntary Termination of Employment” means the Termination of Employment from the Bank or the Holding Company before Normal Retirement Age by the Executive for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control.

ARTICLE 2

LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is One Hundred Fifty-five Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-five Dollars ($155,665).

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 2.1.1 for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one-twelfth (1/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age occurs. The monthly installment payments under this Section 2.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

2.2 Involuntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs before the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 4 of 21


for reasons other than death, Cause, Disability, or in connection with a Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.2 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of the Involuntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.2.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Involuntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.2.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage  

1

     60

2

     80

3

     100

2.2.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.2.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Involuntary Termination Date occurs.

2.3 Voluntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Voluntary Termination of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.3.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.3 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of Voluntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.3.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Voluntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.3.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage  

1

     50

2

     60

3

     70

4

     80

5

     90

6

     100

2.3.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.3.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Voluntary Termination Date occurs.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 5 of 21


2.4 Disability Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.4.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.4 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the Executive’s Disability.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.4.1 in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Executive’s Disability occurs.

2.5 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, the Executive, subject to the provisions of Section 5.2, shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.5.

2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.5 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the Change in Control.

2.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.5.1 to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Change in Control occurs.

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the failure. The amount distributed may not exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 3

DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Bank and prior to receiving any payments under this Agreement, the Executive’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit set forth in Section 2.1.

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 3.1.1 to the Beneficiary for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one twelfth (1/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive dies. The monthly installment payments under this Section 3.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement, or after the Executive is entitled to begin receiving benefits, but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 6 of 21


Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

ARTICLE 4

BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by filing with the Bank a written designation of Beneficiary on a form substantially similar to the form attached as Exhibit A. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. Unless otherwise communicated to the Bank in writing by the Executive, the Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit under this Agreement is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person, or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5

GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if Executive’s Termination of Employment by the Bank is due to Cause. Further, if the Executive is receiving benefits under this Agreement, and the Bank discovers after the Executive’s Termination of Employment or other separation from service from the Bank, regardless of reason, that the Executive committed any acts while employed with the Bank that rise to the level of Cause, then, in addition to any other remedies available to it, the Bank may immediately cease payment of any further benefits due under this Agreement.

5.2 Golden Parachute Payment. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to pay any benefit under this Agreement if, upon the advice of counsel, the Bank determines that the payment of such benefit would be prohibited by 12 C.F.R. Part 359 or any successor regulations regarding employee compensation promulgated by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Bank or its affiliates or to the extent the benefit would be a non-deductible excess parachute payment under Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. To the extent possible, such benefit payment shall be proportionately reduced to allow payment within the fullest extent permissible under applicable law. The Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, any amount over and above such reduced amount.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 7 of 21


5.3 Acceleration of Payments. Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Agreement, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank (without any direct or indirect election on the part of the Executive), in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the Treasury. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in the following circumstances: (i) in limited cash-outs; or (ii) to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that this Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A (but in no case shall such payments exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A).

5.4 Changes to Time and/or Form of Payment. Subject to the Bank’s approval, the Executive may delay the time of a payment or change the form of a payment as expressly provided under this Section 5.4 and Code Section 409A (a Subsequent Deferral Election”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsequent Deferral Election cannot accelerate any payment. A Subsequent Deferral Election which delays payment or changes the form of payment is permitted only if all of the following requirements are met:

(a) the Subsequent Deferral Election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made;

(b) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment based on Termination of Employment or a payment made at a specified time, the election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid as a result of such event; and

(c) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment at a specified time, the election must be made not less than twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid.

5.5 Suicide. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.6 Delays. If the Bank reasonably anticipates that any payment scheduled to be made under this Agreement would violate securities laws (or other applicable laws) or jeopardize the ability of the Bank to continue as a going concern if paid as scheduled, then the Bank may defer that payment, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. In addition, the Bank may, at its discretion, delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. The amounts so accrued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be distributed to the Executive or his/her Beneficiary (in the event of the Executive’s death) at the earliest possible date on which the Bank reasonably anticipates that such violation or material harm would be avoided or as otherwise prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 8 of 21


5.7 Non-Solicitation. In consideration of the benefits provided under this Agreement, the Executive agrees and covenants not to:

(a) directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason;

(b) directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including, but not limited to, e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to contact or meet with the current, former or prospective customers of the Bank for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason; and

(c) directly or indirectly attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason.

If it shall be judicially determined that the Executive has violated any of the Executive’s obligations under this Section 5.7, then the period applicable to each obligation that the Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred. During the Executive’s employment or other service with the Bank and for two (2) years thereafter (or such longer period as the restrictions may apply pursuant to the foregoing sentence), the Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 5.7 to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that the Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent. For the purposes of Sections 5.7, 5.8 and 5.9, references to the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the Bank.

5.8 Additional Covenants.

5.8.1 Confidentiality. The Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing the Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer information and other business information. The Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in the Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 9 of 21


by the Bank, and/or the Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during the Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and obligations to the Bank) or after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets.

5.8.2 Whistle Blower Protections. Nothing in this Agreement: (i) prevents the Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law, nor (ii) prohibits the Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and the Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (i) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If the Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

5.9 Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5.7 and 5.8, any unpaid benefits under this Agreement shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such breach, unless sooner terminated by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. The Executive therefore hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach of Sections 5.7 or 5.8 from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. For the avoidance of doubt, the covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other restrictive covenants or similar covenants or agreements between the Executive and the Bank.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 10 of 21


ARTICLE 6

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure (for Claims other than for Disability Benefits). An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement (other than Disability Benefits) that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.1, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 11 of 21


charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(d) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

6.3 Claims Procedure for Disability Benefits. A claimant who has not received a Disability Benefit under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.3.1 Initiation – Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.3.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that additional time for processing the claim is required due to matters beyond its control, the Bank can extend the response period by up to two (2) additional thirty (30) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period (or first thirty (30)-day extension period, if applicable) that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the reason for the extension, the standards on which entitlement to the

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 12 of 21


Disability Benefit is based, any unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, the additional information, if any, the Executive must submit, and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision. If the Executive provides additional information, he or she will be provided with at least forty-five (45) days to provide the additional information. The period from which the Executive is notified of the additional required information to the date he or she responds is not counted as part of the determination period.

6.3.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

(d) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

(e) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(f) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 13 of 21


(g) notice that the claimant is entitled to receive (on request and free of charge) reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;

(h) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

(i) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

Claimants are guaranteed the right to present evidence and testimony regarding their claim during the review process. If the Executive lives in a county with a significant population of non-English speaking persons, the Bank will provide, in the non-English language(s), a statement of how to access oral and written language services in those languages.

6.4 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.3, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.4.1 Initiation – Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within one hundred eighty (180) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.4.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.4.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The appeal will be conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary, who is not the person who made the initial decision or the subordinate of that person. For claims involving medical judgment, including decisions about whether a treatment or drug is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary, the named fiduciary will consult with a health care professional who:

(a) Has appropriate training and experience in the area of medicine involved,

(b) Was not consulted during the initial denial, and

(c) Is not a subordinate of the person who made the initial denial.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 14 of 21


The Bank will identify the medical or other experts who were consulted when making the benefit determination, regardless of whether the expert’s advice was relied on in making the determination.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, the claimant will be provided (free of charge) with any new or additional evidence considered, relied on, or generated by the Bank or other person making the benefit determination (or at the direction of the Bank or other person) regarding the claim. The claimant will be provided any new or additional evidence as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, if the denial is issued based on a new or additional rationale, the claimant will be provided, free of charge, with the rationale. The claimant will be provided with the rationale as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

6.4.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional forty-five (45) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.4.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 15 of 21


(d) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(e) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist, and

(f) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review, including a description of any contractual limitations period relevant to the right to sue, with the calendar date on which the contractual limitations period expires for the claim.

6.5 Claims Procedures Mandatory. The internal claims procedures set forth in this Article 6 are mandatory. If a claimant fails to follow these claims procedures, or to timely file a request for appeal in accordance with this Article 6, the denial of the claim shall become final and binding on all persons for all purposes.

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

7.1 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Bank by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. This Agreement may also be unilaterally amended by the Bank at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary in the opinion of the Bank, in order to ensure that this Agreement is characterized as a “top-hat” plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1), to conform this Agreement to the provisions of Code Section 409A and to conform this Agreement to the requirements of any other applicable law (including ERISA, banking regulations, and the Code). No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of the Executive or a Beneficiary hereunder without written consent of the Executive or Beneficiary.

7.2 Suspension of Agreement. The Bank may, in its sole discretion and prior to commencement of the payment of benefits under this Agreement, suspend this Agreement and cease all future accruals thereunder as of the date this Agreement is suspended. In such event, and unless and until this Agreement is later reinstated, the Executive shall receive payments under this Agreement at the times and in the manner as set forth in Articles 2 and 3, provided that (i) the Accrual Balance for the purposes of determining the benefits payable shall be determined as of the date this

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 16 of 21


Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. and (ii) for the purposes of Section 2.1.1 only, and any continuation of such payments under Section 3.2, as applicable, the annual benefit shall be adjusted so that the present value, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of all payments to be paid under Section 2.1.1 (or Section 3.2, as applicable) is equal to the Accrual Balance as of the date this Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. If this Agreement is reinstated, the terms of this Agreement otherwise in effect prior to suspension under this Section 7.2 shall control.

7.3 Agreement Termination Generally. The Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time. Except as provided in Section 7.4, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination, benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

7.4 Agreement Terminations Under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if this Agreement terminates in the following circumstances, the Bank shall distribute one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment:

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank’s arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; and

(b) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangement”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Agreement.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and permitted transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 17 of 21


8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner, except in accordance with Article 4 with respect to designation of Beneficiaries.

8.4 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance by the Executive, or attachment or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.7 Severability. Without limitation of any other section contained herein, in case any one or more provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement. In the event any one or more of the provisions found in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by any governmental regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been a part of this Agreement and such provision shall be deemed substituted by such other provisions as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by applicable law.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Plan Administrator. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

(c) maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

8.10 Named Fiduciary. For purposes of the ERISA, if applicable, the Bank shall be the named fiduciary and Plan Administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of this Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 18 of 21


8.11 Full Obligation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, when the Bank has paid either the lifetime benefits or death benefits to which the Executive has become entitled as appropriate under any section or subsection of this Agreement, the Bank has completed its obligation to the Executive.

8.12 Code Section 409A. The benefits described in and provided by this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A, as amended, and its corresponding regulations and related guidance, or to otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the interpretation and distribution of the Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be made in a manner and at such times as to comply with all applicable provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, or an exception therefrom to avoid the imposition of any accelerated or additional taxes. Any defined terms shall be construed consistent with Code Section 409A and any terms not specifically defined shall have the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A. This Section 8.12 shall apply to distributions under this Agreement, but only to the extent required in order to avoid taxation of, or interest penalties on, the Executive under Code Section 409A. To the extent that any payments made under this Agreement are determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, the following shall apply to such payment(s):

(a) all payments to be made upon a termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A;

(b) for purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, each payment of compensation shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation; and

(c) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is a “specified employee” of a publicly traded corporation under Code Section 409A and if payment of any amount under this Agreement is required to be delayed for a period of six (6) months after separation from service pursuant to Code Section 409A, payment of such amount shall be delayed as required by Code Section 409A, and the accumulated postponed amount shall be paid in a lump-sum payment within ten (10) days after the end of the six (6)-month period (or within sixty (60) days after death, if earlier).

In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of a payment. No action or failure to act pursuant to this Section 8.12 shall subject the Bank or the Holding Company thereof to any claim, liability, or expense, and neither the Bank nor the Holding Company shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.

***SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS***

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 19 of 21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have signed this Agreement as of the date indicated below.

 

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB:

/s/ Troy A. Glander

Name: Troy A. Glander

Its: Director of Compensation Committee

Date: 7/31/2020

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Donald Legato

Donald Legato

Date: 7/28/20

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Donald Legato    Page 20 of 21

Exhibit 10.15

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB, Humble, Texas, a Texas banking association (the “Bank”), or any other successor, transferee, or assignees, and John McWhorter (the “Executive”).

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Bank will pay the benefits from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1.1 “Accrual Balance” means the liability amount due under this Agreement and set forth on the financial statements of the Bank, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and utilizing the Discount Rate.

1.1.2 “Beneficiary” means each person designated pursuant to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive.

1.1.3 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator, attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.1.4 “Cause” means as defined in an Employment Agreement. If no Employment Agreement exists, or if an Employment Agreement exists but cause is not defined therein, then “cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s willful failure to perform the Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

(b) the Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Executive’s supervisor or the Board of Directors;

(c) the Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank, the Holding Company, or any of their affiliates;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 1 of 21


(d) the Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

(e) the Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

(f) the Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(1)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act” or any successor thereto;

(g) the Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank, including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

(h) the Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Sections 5.7 and 5.8 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated by reason of violating Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) until the Executive is notified in writing by the Bank (or its successor entity) of a determination of a violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), specifying the particulars thereof in reasonably sufficient detail, and giving the Executive a reasonable opportunity (of not less than ten (10) days), together with his/her counsel, to explain to the Bank why there has been no violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), followed by a finding by the Bank (i) that in the good faith opinion of the Bank (or its successor entity), the Executive had committed an act described in Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) above, (ii) specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (iii) determining that such violation has not been corrected, or is not capable of correction.

1.1.5 “Change in Control” means and includes a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank or Holding Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Holding Company, within the meaning of Code Section 409A and as described in Treasury Regulations §§1.409A-3(i)(5).

1.1.6 “Change in Control Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.5.

1.1.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.1.8 “Death Benefit” means the benefit described in Article 3.

1.1.9 “Disability” means that the Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

1.1.10 “Disability Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.4.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 2 of 21


1.1.11 “Discount Rate” means 5.5%, subject to change based upon regulatory requirements.

1.1.12 “Effective Date” means June 23, 2020.

1.1.13 “Employment Agreement” means a then-current employment agreement or similar agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

1.1.14 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.1.15 “Holding Company” means Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company.

1.1.16 “Involuntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year in which Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.17 “Involuntary Termination of Employment” means the Termination of Employment before the Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control either:

(a) by the Bank or the Holding Company or

(b) by the Executive for Good Reason if “good reason” is defined in the Employment Agreement (if no Employment Agreement exists or if “good reason” is not defined in the Employment Agreement then this subpart shall not apply).

1.1.18 “Normal Retirement Age” means age sixty-two (62) years old.

1.1.19 “Normal Retirement Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.1.

1.1.20 “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

1.1.21 “Plan Year” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1st and ending on December 31st. Notwithstanding the preceding, the initial Plan Year shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end December 31, 2020.

1.1.22 “Termination of Employment” shall mean a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether voluntary or involuntary, for any reason whatsoever, determined as follows:

(c) Generally. An Executive terminates employment when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the Executive will perform no further services for the Bank or an affiliate of the Bank, or that the level of bona fide services the Executive will perform for the Bank and affiliates of the Bank will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services the Executive performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period (or the full period of service if

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 3 of 21


the Executive has been providing services to the Bank and affiliates of the Bank for less than thirty-six (36) months) (the “36-month average”).

(d) Rebuttable Presumptions. Barring contrary facts and circumstances, the Bank shall presume (i) that a decrease in bona fide services to twenty percent (20%) or less of the 36-month average constitutes a termination of employment, and (ii) that continued bona fide services at fifty percent (50%) or more of the 36-month average does not constitute a termination of employment.

(e) Employee v. Contractor. For purposes of the foregoing, services include those performed as an employee or as an independent contractor.

(f) Leave of Absence. If an Executive takes a bona fide paid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-l(h)(l)) and has not otherwise terminated employment, the Bank shall treat the Executive as providing bona fide services at a level equal to the level of services that the Executive would have been required to perform to receive the compensation paid with respect to such leave of absence. Periods during which an Executive takes a bona fide unpaid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-l(h)(l)) and has not otherwise terminated employment will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Termination of Employment has occurred (including for purposes of determining the applicable 36-month average).

1.1.23 “Voluntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year Voluntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.24 “Voluntary Termination of Employment” means the Termination of Employment from the Bank or the Holding Company before Normal Retirement Age by the Executive for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control.

ARTICLE 2

LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is One Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Five Hundred Twenty-five Dollars ($143,525).

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 2.1.1 for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one-twelfth (l/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age occurs. The monthly installment payments under this Section 2.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

2.2 Involuntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs before the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 4 of 21


for reasons other than death, Cause, Disability, or in connection with a Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.2 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of the Involuntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.2.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Involuntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.2.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage  

1

     40

2

     60

3

     80

4

     100

2.2.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.2.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Involuntary Termination Date occurs.

2.3 Voluntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Voluntary Termination of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.3.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.3 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of Voluntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.3.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Voluntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.3.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage  

1

     30

2

     40

3

     50

4

     60

5

     70

6

     80

7

     90

8

     100

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 5 of 21


2.3.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.3.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Voluntary Termination Date occurs.

2.4 Disability Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.4.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.4 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the Executive’s Disability.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.4.1 in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Executive’s Disability occurs.

2.5 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, the Executive, subject to the provisions of Section 5.2, shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.5.

2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.5 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the Change in Control.

2.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.5.1 to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Change in Control occurs.

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the failure. The amount distributed may not exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 3

DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Bank and prior to receiving any payments under this Agreement, the Executive’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit set forth in Section 2.1.

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 3.1.1 to the Beneficiary for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one twelfth (l/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive dies. The monthly installment payments under this Section 3.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 6 of 21


3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement, or after the Executive is entitled to begin receiving benefits, but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

ARTICLE 4

BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by filing with the Bank a written designation of Beneficiary on a form substantially similar to the form attached as Exhibit A. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. Unless otherwise communicated to the Bank in writing by the Executive, the Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit under this Agreement is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person, or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5

GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if Executive’s Termination of Employment by the Bank is due to Cause. Further, if the Executive is receiving benefits under this Agreement, and the Bank discovers after the Executive’s Termination of Employment or other separation from service from the Bank, regardless of reason, that the Executive committed any acts while employed with the Bank that rise to the level of Cause, then, in addition to any other remedies available to it, the Bank may immediately cease payment of any further benefits due under this Agreement.

5.2 Golden Parachute Payment. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to pay any benefit under this Agreement if, upon the advice of counsel, the Bank determines that the payment of such benefit would be prohibited by 12 C.F.R. Part 359 or any successor regulations regarding employee compensation promulgated by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Bank or its affiliates or to the extent the benefit would be a non-deductible excess parachute payment under Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. To the extent possible, such benefit payment shall be proportionately reduced to allow payment within the

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 7 of 21


fullest extent permissible under applicable law. The Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, any amount over and above such reduced amount.

5.3 Acceleration of Payments. Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Agreement, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank (without any direct or indirect election on the part of the Executive), in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the Treasury. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in the following circumstances: (i) in limited cash-outs; or (ii) to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that this Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A (but in no case shall such payments exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A).

5.4 Changes to Time and/or Form of Payment. Subject to the Bank’s approval, the Executive may delay the time of a payment or change the form of a payment as expressly provided under this Section 5.4 and Code Section 409A (a “Subsequent Deferral Election”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsequent Deferral Election cannot accelerate any payment. A Subsequent Deferral Election which delays payment or changes the form of payment is permitted only if all of the following requirements are met:

(a) the Subsequent Deferral Election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made;

(b) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment based on Termination of Employment or a payment made at a specified time, the election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid as a result of such event; and

(c) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment at a specified time, the election must be made not less than twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid.

5.5 Suicide. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.6 Delays. If the Bank reasonably anticipates that any payment scheduled to be made under this Agreement would violate securities laws (or other applicable laws) or jeopardize the ability of the Bank to continue as a going concern if paid as scheduled, then the Bank may defer that payment, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. In addition, the Bank may, at its discretion, delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. The amounts so accrued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be distributed to the Executive or his/her Beneficiary (in the event of the Executive’s death) at the earliest possible date on which the

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 8 of 21


Bank reasonably anticipates that such violation or material harm would be avoided or as otherwise prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

5.7 Non-Solicitation. In consideration of the benefits provided under this Agreement, the Executive agrees and covenants not to:

(a) directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason;

(b) directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including, but not limited to, e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to contact or meet with the current, former or prospective customers of the Bank for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason; and

(c) directly or indirectly attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason.

If it shall be judicially determined that the Executive has violated any of the Executive’s obligations under this Section 5.7, then the period applicable to each obligation that the Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred. During the Executive’s employment or other service with the Bank and for two (2) years thereafter (or such longer period as the restrictions may apply pursuant to the foregoing sentence), the Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 5.7 to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that the Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent. For the purposes of Sections 5.7, 5.8 and 5.9, references to the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the Bank.

5.8 Additional Covenants.

5.8.1 Confidentiality. The Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing the Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 9 of 21


information and other business information. The Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in the Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled by the Bank, and/or the Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during the Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and obligations to the Bank) or after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets.

5.8.2 Whistle Blower Protections. Nothing in this Agreement: (i) prevents the Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law, nor (ii) prohibits the Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and the Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (i) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If the Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

5.9 Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5.7 and 5.8, any unpaid benefits under this Agreement shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such breach, unless sooner terminated by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. The Executive therefore hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach of Sections 5.7 or 5.8 from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. For the avoidance of doubt, the covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other restrictive covenants or similar covenants or agreements between the Executive and the Bank.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 10 of 21


ARTICLE 6

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure (for Claims other than for Disability Benefits). An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement (other than Disability Benefits) that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.1, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 11 of 21


charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(d) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

6.3 Claims Procedure for Disability Benefits. A claimant who has not received a Disability Benefit under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.3.1 Initiation – Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.3.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that additional time for processing the claim is required due to matters beyond its control, the Bank can extend the response period by up to two (2) additional thirty (30) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period (or first thirty (30)-day extension period, if applicable) that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the reason for the extension, the standards on which entitlement to the

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 12 of 21


Disability Benefit is based, any unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, the additional information, if any, the Executive must submit, and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision. If the Executive provides additional information, he or she will be provided with at least forty-five (45) days to provide the additional information. The period from which the Executive is notified of the additional required information to the date he or she responds is not counted as part of the determination period.

6.3.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

(d) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

(e) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(f) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 13 of 21


(g) notice that the claimant is entitled to receive (on request and free of charge) reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;

(h) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

(i) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

Claimants are guaranteed the right to present evidence and testimony regarding their claim during the review process. If the Executive lives in a county with a significant population of non-English speaking persons, the Bank will provide, in the non-English language(s), a statement of how to access oral and written language services in those languages.

6.4 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.3, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.4.1 Initiation – Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within one hundred eighty (180) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.4.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.4.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The appeal will be conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary, who is not the person who made the initial decision or the subordinate of that person. For claims involving medical judgment, including decisions about whether a treatment or drug is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary, the named fiduciary will consult with a health care professional who:

(a) Has appropriate training and experience in the area of medicine involved,

(b) Was not consulted during the initial denial, and

(c) Is not a subordinate of the person who made the initial denial.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 14 of 21


The Bank will identify the medical or other experts who were consulted when making the benefit determination, regardless of whether the expert’s advice was relied on in making the determination.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, the claimant will be provided (free of charge) with any new or additional evidence considered, relied on, or generated by the Bank or other person making the benefit determination (or at the direction of the Bank or other person) regarding the claim. The claimant will be provided any new or additional evidence as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, if the denial is issued based on a new or additional rationale, the claimant will be provided, free of charge, with the rationale. The claimant will be provided with the rationale as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

6.4.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional forty-five (45) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.4.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 15 of 21


(d) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(e) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist, and

(f) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review, including a description of any contractual limitations period relevant to the right to sue, with the calendar date on which the contractual limitations period expires for the claim.

6.5 Claims Procedures Mandatory. The internal claims procedures set forth in this Article 6 are mandatory. If a claimant fails to follow these claims procedures, or to timely file a request for appeal in accordance with this Article 6, the denial of the claim shall become final and binding on all persons for all purposes.

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

7.1 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Bank by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. This Agreement may also be unilaterally amended by the Bank at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary in the opinion of the Bank, in order to ensure that this Agreement is characterized as a “top-hat” plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1), to conform this Agreement to the provisions of Code Section 409A and to conform this Agreement to the requirements of any other applicable law (including ERISA, banking regulations, and the Code). No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of the Executive or a Beneficiary hereunder without written consent of the Executive or Beneficiary.

7.2 Suspension of Agreement. The Bank may, in its sole discretion and prior to commencement of the payment of benefits under this Agreement, suspend this Agreement and cease all future accruals thereunder as of the date this Agreement is suspended. In such event, and unless and until this Agreement is later reinstated, the Executive shall receive payments under this Agreement at the times and in the manner as set forth in Articles 2 and 3, provided that (i) the Accrual Balance for the purposes of determining the benefits payable shall be determined as of the date this

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 16 of 21


Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. and (ii) for the purposes of Section 2.1.1 only, and any continuation of such payments under Section 3.2, as applicable, the annual benefit shall be adjusted so that the present value, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of all payments to be paid under Section 2.1.1 (or Section 3.2, as applicable) is equal to the Accrual Balance as of the date this Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. If this Agreement is reinstated, the terms of this Agreement otherwise in effect prior to suspension under this Section 7.2 shall control.

7.3 Agreement Termination Generally. The Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time. Except as provided in Section 7.4, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination, benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

7.4 Agreement Terminations Under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if this Agreement terminates in the following circumstances, the Bank shall distribute one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment:

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank’s arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; and

(b) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangement”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Agreement.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and permitted transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 17 of 21


8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner, except in accordance with Article 4 with respect to designation of Beneficiaries.

8.4 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance by the Executive, or attachment or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.7 Severability. Without limitation of any other section contained herein, in case any one or more provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement. In the event any one or more of the provisions found in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by any governmental regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been a part of this Agreement and such provision shall be deemed substituted by such other provisions as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by applicable law.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Plan Administrator. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

(c) maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

8.10 Named Fiduciary. For purposes of the ERISA, if applicable, the Bank shall be the named fiduciary and Plan Administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of this Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 18 of 21


8.11 Full Obligation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, when the Bank has paid either the lifetime benefits or death benefits to which the Executive has become entitled as appropriate under any section or subsection of this Agreement, the Bank has completed its obligation to the Executive.

8.12 Code Section 409A. The benefits described in and provided by this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A, as amended, and its corresponding regulations and related guidance, or to otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the interpretation and distribution of the Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be made in a manner and at such times as to comply with all applicable provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, or an exception therefrom to avoid the imposition of any accelerated or additional taxes. Any defined terms shall be construed consistent with Code Section 409A and any terms not specifically defined shall have the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A. This Section 8.12 shall apply to distributions under this Agreement, but only to the extent required in order to avoid taxation of, or interest penalties on, the Executive under Code Section 409A. To the extent that any payments made under this Agreement are determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, the following shall apply to such payment(s):

(a) all payments to be made upon a termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A;

(b) for purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, each payment of compensation shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation; and

(c) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is a “specified employee” of a publicly traded corporation under Code Section 409A and if payment of any amount under this Agreement is required to be delayed for a period of six (6) months after separation from service pursuant to Code Section 409A, payment of such amount shall be delayed as required by Code Section 409A, and the accumulated postponed amount shall be paid in a lump-sum payment within ten (10) days after the end of the six (6)-month period (or within sixty (60) days after death, if earlier).

In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of a payment. No action or failure to act pursuant to this Section 8.12 shall subject the Bank or the Holding Company thereof to any claim, liability, or expense, and neither the Bank nor the Holding Company shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.

***SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS***

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 19 of 21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have signed this Agreement as of the date indicated below.

 

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB:

/s/ Troy A. Glander

Name: Troy A. Glander
Its: Director of Compensation Committee
Date: 7/6/2020
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ John McWhorter

John McWhorter
Date: 6/23/20

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – John McWhorter    Page 20 of 21

Exhibit 10.16

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB, Humble, Texas, a Texas banking association (the “Bank”), or any other successor, transferee, or assignees, and Bart Caraway (the “Executive’’).

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Bank will pay the benefits from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1.1 “Accrual Balance” means the liability amount due under this Agreement and set forth on the financial statements of the Bank, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and utilizing the Discount Rate.

1.1.2 “Beneficiary” means each person designated pursuant to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive.

1.1.3 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator, attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.1.4 “Cause” means as defined in an Employment Agreement. If no Employment Agreement exists, or if an Employment Agreement exists but cause is not defined therein, then “cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s willful failure to perform the Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

(b) the Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Executive’s supervisor or the Board of Directors;

(c) the Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank, the Holding Company, or any of their affiliates;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 1 of 21


(d) the Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

(e) the Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

(f) the Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(1)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act” or any successor thereto;

(g) the Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank, including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

(h) the Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Sections 5.7 and 5.8 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated by reason of violating Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) until the Executive is notified in writing by the Bank (or its successor entity) of a determination of a violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), specifying the particulars thereof in reasonably sufficient detail, and giving the Executive a reasonable opportunity (of not less than ten (10) days), together with his/her counsel, to explain to the Bank why there has been no violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), followed by a finding by the Bank (i) that in the good faith opinion of the Bank (or its successor entity), the Executive had committed an act described in Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) above, (ii) specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (iii) determining that such violation has not been corrected, or is not capable of correction.

1.1.5 “Change in Control” means and includes a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank or Holding Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Holding Company, within the meaning of Code Section 409A and as described in Treasury Regulations §§1.409A-3(i)(5).

1.1.6 “Change in Control Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.5.

1.1.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.1.8 “Death Benefit” means the benefit described in Article 3.

1.1.9 “Disability” means that the Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

1.1.10 “Disability Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.4.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 2 of 21


1.1.11 “Discount Rate” means 5.5%, subject to change based upon regulatory requirements.

1.1.12 “Effective Date” means June 23, 2020.

1.1.13 “Employment Agreement” means a then-current employment agreement or similar agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

1.1.14 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.1.15 “Holding Company” means Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company.

1.1.16 “Involuntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year in which Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.17 “Involuntary Termination of Employment” means the Termination of Employment before the Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control either:

(a) by the Bank or the Holding Company or

(b) by the Executive for Good Reason if “good reason” is defined in the Employment Agreement (if no Employment Agreement exists or if “good reason” is not defined in the Employment Agreement then this subpart shall not apply).

1.1.18 “Normal Retirement Age” means age sixty-two (62) years old.

1.1.19 “Normal Retirement Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.1.

1.1.20 “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

1.1.21 “Plan Year” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1st and ending on December 31st. Notwithstanding the preceding, the initial Plan Year shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end December 31, 2020.

1.1.22 “Termination of Employment” shall mean a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether voluntary or involuntary, for any reason whatsoever, determined as follows:

(c) Generally. An Executive terminates employment when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the Executive will perform no further services for the Bank or an affiliate of the Bank, or that the level of bona fide services the Executive will perform for the Bank and affiliates of the Bank will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services the Executive performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period (or the full period of service if

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 3 of 21


the Executive has been providing services to the Bank and affiliates of the Bank for less than thirty-six (36) months) (the “36-month average”).

(d) Rebuttable Presumptions. Barring contrary facts and circumstances, the Bank shall presume (i) that a decrease in bona fide services to twenty percent (20%) or less of the 36-month average constitutes a termination of employment, and (ii) that continued bona fide services at fifty percent (50%) or more of the 36-month average does not constitute a termination of employment.

(e) Employee v. Contractor. For purposes of the foregoing, services include those performed as an employee or as an independent contractor.

(f) Leave of Absence. If an Executive takes a bona fide paid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(1)) and has not otherwise terminated employment, the Bank shall treat the Executive as providing bona fide services at a level equal to the level of services that the Executive would have been required to perform to receive the compensation paid with respect to such leave of absence. Periods during which an Executive takes a bona fide unpaid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(1)) and has not otherwise terminated employment will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Termination of Employment has occurred (including for purposes of determining the applicable 36-month average).

1.1.23 “Voluntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year Voluntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.24 “Voluntary Termination of Employment” means the Termination of Employment from the Bank or the Holding Company before Normal Retirement Age by the Executive for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control.

ARTICLE 2

LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Three Hundred Eleven Thousand Four Hundred Fifty-three Dollars ($311,453).

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 2.1.1 for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one-twelfth (1/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age occurs. The monthly installment payments under this Section 2.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

2.2 Involuntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs before the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 4 of 21


for reasons other than death, Cause, Disability, or in connection with a Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.2 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of the Involuntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.2.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Involuntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.2.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage  

1

     100

2.2.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.2.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Involuntary Termination Date occurs.

2.3 Voluntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Voluntary Termination of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.3.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.3 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of Voluntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.3.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Voluntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.3.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage  

1

     100

2.3.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.3.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Voluntary Termination Date occurs.

2.4 Disability Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.4.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.4 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the Executive’s Disability.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 5 of 21


2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.4.1 in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Executive’s Disability occurs.

2.5 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, the Executive, subject to the provisions of Section 5.2, shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.5.

2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.5 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the Change in Control.

2.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.5.1 to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Change in Control occurs.

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the failure. The amount distributed may not exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 3

DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Bank and prior to receiving any payments under this Agreement, the Executive’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit set forth in Section 2.1.

3 .1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 3.1.1 to the Beneficiary for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one twelfth (1/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive dies. The monthly installment payments under this Section 3.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement, or after the Executive is entitled to begin receiving benefits, but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

ARTICLE 4

BENEFICIARIES

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 6 of 21


4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by filing with the Bank a written designation of Beneficiary on a form substantially similar to the form attached as Exhibit A. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing’ a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. Unless otherwise communicated to the Bank in writing by the Executive, the Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment: If a benefit under this Agreement is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person, or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5

GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if Executive’s Termination of Employment by the Bank is due to Cause. Further, if the Executive is receiving benefits under this Agreement, and the Bank discovers after the Executive’s Termination of Employment or other separation from service from the Bank, regardless of reason, that the Executive committed any acts while employed with the Bank that rise to the level of Cause, then, in addition to any other remedies available to it, the Bank may immediately cease payment of any further benefits due under this Agreement.

5.2 Golden Parachute Payment. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to pay any benefit under this Agreement if, upon the advice of counsel, the Bank determines that the payment of such benefit would be prohibited by 12 C.F.R. Part 359 or any successor regulations regarding employee compensation promulgated by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Bank or its affiliates or to the extent the benefit would be a non-deductible excess parachute payment under Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. To the extent possible, such benefit payment shall be proportionately reduced to allow payment within the fullest extent permissible under applicable law. The Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, any amount over and above such reduced amount.

5.3 Acceleration of Payments. Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Agreement, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank (without any direct or indirect election on the part of the Executive), in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the Treasury. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in the following circumstances: (i) in limited cash-outs; or (ii) to pay

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 7 of 21


any taxes that may become due at any time that this Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A (but in no case shall such payments exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A).

5.4 Changes to Time and/or Form of Payment. Subject to the Bank’s approval, the Executive may delay the time-of a payment or change the form of a payment as expressly provided under this Section 5.4 and Code Section 409A (a “Subsequent Deferral Election”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsequent Deferral Election cannot accelerate any payment. A Subsequent Deferral Election which delays payment or changes the form of payment is permitted only if all of the following requirements are met:

(a) the Subsequent Deferral Election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made;

(b) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment based on Termination of Employment or a payment made at a specified time, the election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid as a result of such event; and

(c) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment at a specified time, the election must be made not less than twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid.

5.5 Suicide. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.6 Delays. If the Bank reasonably anticipates that any payment scheduled to be made under this Agreement would violate securities laws (or other applicable laws) or jeopardize the ability of the Bank to continue as a going concern if paid as scheduled, then the Bank may defer that payment, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. In addition, the Bank may, at its discretion, delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. The amounts so accrued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be distributed to the Executive or his/her Beneficiary (in the event of the Executive’s death) at the earliest possible date on which the Bank reasonably anticipates that such violation or material harm would be avoided or as otherwise prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

5.7 Non-Solicitation. In consideration of the benefits provided under this Agreement, the Executive agrees and covenants not to:

(a) directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 8 of 21


(b) directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including, but not limited to, e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to contact or meet with the current, former or prospective customers of the Bank for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason; and

(c) directly or indirectly attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason.

If it shall be judicially determined that the Executive has violated any of the Executive’s obligations under this Section 5.7, then the period applicable to each obligation that the Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred. During the Executive’s employment or other service with the Bank and for two (2) years thereafter (or such longer period as the restrictions may apply pursuant to the foregoing sentence), the Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 5.7 to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that the Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent. For the purposes of Sections 5.7, 5.8 and 5.9, references to the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the Bank.

5.8 Additional Covenants.

5.8.1 Confidentiality. The Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing the Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer information and other business information. The Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in the Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled by the Bank, and/or the Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during the Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 9 of 21


obligations to the Bank) or after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets.

5.8.2 Whistle Blower Protections. Nothing in this Agreement: (i) prevents the Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law, nor (ii) prohibits the Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and the Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (i) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If the Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

5.9 Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5.7 and 5.8, any unpaid benefits under this Agreement shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such breach, unless sooner terminated by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. The Executive therefore hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach of Sections 5.7 or 5.8 from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. For the avoidance of doubt, the covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other restrictive covenants or similar covenants or agreements between the Executive and the Bank.

ARTICLE 6

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure (for Claims other than for Disability Benefits). An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement (other than Disability Benefits) that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 10 of 21


6.1.1 Initiation Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. lf the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.1, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 11 of 21


6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(d) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

6.3 Claims Procedure for Disability Benefits. A claimant who has not received a Disability Benefit under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.3.1 Initiation – Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.3.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that additional time for processing the claim is required due to matters beyond its control, the Bank can extend the response period by up to two (2) additional thirty (30) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period (or first thirty (30)-day extension period, if applicable) that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the reason for the extension, the standards on which entitlement to the Disability Benefit is based, any unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, the additional information, if any, the Executive must submit, and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision. If the Executive provides additional information, he or she will be provided with at least forty-five (45) days to provide the additional information. The period from which the Executive is notified of the additional required information to the date he or she responds is not counted as part of the determination period.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 12 of 21


6.3.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

(d) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

(e) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(f) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist;

(g) notice that the claimant is entitled to receive (on request and free of charge) reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;

(h) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 13 of 21


(i) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

Claimants are guaranteed the right to present evidence and testimony regarding their claim during the review process. If the Executive lives in a county with a significant population of non-English speaking persons, the Bank will provide, in the non-English language(s), a statement of how to access oral and written language services in those languages.

6.4 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.3, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.4.1 Initiation Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within one hundred eighty (180) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.4.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.4.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The appeal will be conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary, who is not the person who made the initial decision or the subordinate of that person. For claims involving medical judgment, including decisions about whether a treatment or drug is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary, the named fiduciary will consult with a health care professional who:

(a) Has appropriate training and experience in the area of medicine involved,

(b) Was not consulted during the initial denial, and

(c) Is not a subordinate of the person who made the initial denial.

The Bank will identify the medical or other experts who were consulted when making the benefit determination, regardless of whether the expert’s advice was relied on in making the determination.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, the claimant will be provided (free of charge) with any new or additional evidence considered, relied on, or generated by the Bank or other person making the benefit determination (or at the direction of the Bank or other person) regarding the claim. The claimant will be provided any new or additional evidence

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 14 of 21


as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, if the denial is issued based on a new or additional rationale, the claimant will be provided, free of charge, with the rationale. The claimant will be provided with the rationale as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

6.4.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional forty-five (45) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.4.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

(d) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 15 of 21


ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(e) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist, and

(f) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review, including a description of any contractual limitations period relevant to the right to sue, with the calendar date on which the contractual limitations period expires for the claim.

6.5 Claims Procedures Mandatory. The internal claims procedures set forth in this Article 6 are mandatory. If a claimant fails to follow these claims procedures, or to timely file a request for appeal in accordance with this Article 6, the denial of the claim shall become final and binding on all persons for all purposes.

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

7.1 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Bank by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. This Agreement may also be unilaterally amended by the Bank at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary in the opinion of the Bank, in order to ensure that this Agreement is characterized as a “top-hat” plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1), to conform this Agreement to the provisions of Code Section 409A and to conform this Agreement to the requirements of any other applicable law (including ERISA, banking regulations, and the Code). No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of the Executive or a Beneficiary hereunder without written consent of the Executive or Beneficiary.

7.2 Suspension of Agreement. The Bank may, in its sole discretion and prior to commencement of the payment of benefits under this Agreement, suspend this Agreement and cease all future accruals thereunder as of the date this Agreement is suspended. In such event, and unless and until this Agreement is later reinstated, the Executive shall receive payments under this Agreement at the times and in the manner as set forth in Articles 2 and 3, provided that (i) the Accrual Balance for the purposes of determining the benefits payable shall be determined as of the date this Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. and (ii) for the purposes of Section 2.1.1 only, and any continuation of such payments under Section 3.2, as applicable, the annual benefit shall be adjusted so that the present value, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of all payments to be paid under Section 2.1.1 (or Section 3.2, as applicable) is equal to the Accrual Balance as of the date this Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. If this

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 16 of 21


Agreement is reinstated, the terms of this Agreement otherwise in effect prior to suspension under this Section 7.2 shall control.

7.3 Agreement Termination Generally. The Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time. Except as provided in Section 7.4, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination, benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

7.4 Agreement Terminations Under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if this Agreement terminates in the following circumstances, the Bank shall distribute one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment:

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank’s arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; and

(b) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangement”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Agreement.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and permitted transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner, except in accordance with Article 4 with respect to designation of Beneficiaries.

8.4 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 17 of 21


8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance by the Executive, or attachment or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.7 Severability. Without limitation of any other section contained herein, in case any one or more provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement. In the event any one or more of the provisions found in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by any governmental regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been a part of this Agreement and such provision shall be deemed substituted by such other provisions as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by applicable law.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Plan Administrator. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

(c) maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

8.10 Named Fiduciary. For purposes of the ERISA, if applicable, the Bank shall be the named fiduciary and Plan Administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of this Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

8.11 Full Obligation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, when the Bank has paid either the lifetime benefits or death benefits to which the Executive has become entitled as appropriate under any section or subsection of this Agreement, the Bank has completed its obligation to the Executive.

8.12 Code Section 409A. The benefits described in and provided by this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A, as amended, and its corresponding regulations and

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 18 of 21


related guidance, or to otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the interpretation and distribution of the Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be made in a manner and at such times as to comply with all applicable provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, or an exception therefrom to avoid the imposition of any accelerated or additional taxes. Any defined terms shall be construed consistent with Code Section 409A and any terms not specifically defined shall have the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A. This Section 8.12 shall apply to distributions under this Agreement, but only to the extent required in order to avoid taxation of, or interest penalties on, the Executive under Code Section 409A. To the extent that any payments made under this Agreement are determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, the following shall apply to such payment(s):

(a) all payments to be made upon a termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A;

(b) for purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, each payment of compensation shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation; and

(c) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is a “specified employee” of a publicly traded corporation under Code Section 409A and if payment of any amount under this Agreement is required to be delayed for a period of six (6) months after separation from service pursuant to Code Section 409A, payment of such amount shall be delayed as required by Code Section 409A, and the accumulated postponed amount shall be paid in a lump-sum payment within ten (10) days after the end of the six (6)-month period (or within sixty (60) days after death, if earlier).

In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of a payment. No action or failure to act pursuant to this Section 8.12 shall subject the Bank or the Holding Company thereof to any claim, liability, or expense, and neither the Bank nor the Holding Company shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.

***SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS***

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 19 of 21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have signed this Agreement as of the date indicated below.

 

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB:
By:  

/s/ Troy A. Glander

Name: Troy A. Glander
Its: Director of Compensation Committee
Date: 7/6/2020
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Bart Caraway

Bart Caraway
Date: 6/25/20

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Bart Caraway    Page 20 of 21

Exhibit 10.17

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made by and between Third Coast Bank, SSB, Humble, Texas, a Texas banking association (the “Bank”), or any other successor, transferee, or assignees, and Audrey Duncan (the “Executive”).

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Bank will pay the benefits from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1.1 “Accrual Balance” means the liability amount due under this Agreement and set forth on the financial statements of the Bank, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and utilizing the Discount Rate.

1.1.2 “Beneficiary” means each person designated pursuant to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive.

1.1.3 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator, attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.1.4 “Cause” means as defined in an Employment Agreement. If no Employment Agreement exists, or if an Employment Agreement exists but cause is not defined therein, then “cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s willful failure to perform the Executive’s material duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

(b) the Executive’s willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Executive’s supervisor or the Board of Directors;

(c) the Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case as determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, materially injurious to the Bank, the Holding Company, or any of their affiliates;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 1 of 21


(d) the Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Bank;

(e) the Executive’s commission of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

(f) the Executive is or becomes a person described in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDI Act”), Section 19(a)(1)(A) who has not received the Federal Insurance Corporation’s prior consent to participate in the Bank’s affairs under the “FDIC State of Policy for Section 19 of the FDI Act’’ or any successor thereto;

(g) the Executive’s willful violation of a material policy or code of conduct of the Bank, including its Insider Trading Policy or Code of Ethics; or

(h) the Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Sections 5.7 and 5.8 of this Agreement, or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated by reason of violating Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) until the Executive is notified in writing by the Bank (or its successor entity) of a determination of a violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), specifying the particulars thereof in reasonably sufficient detail, and giving the Executive a reasonable opportunity (of not less than ten (10) days), together with his/her counsel, to explain to the Bank why there has been no violation of Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h), followed by a finding by the Bank (i) that in the good faith opinion of the Bank (or its successor entity), the Executive had committed an act described in Sections 1.1.4(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) above, (ii) specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (iii) determining that such violation has not been corrected, or is not capable of correction.

1.1.5 “Change in Control” means and includes a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank or Holding Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Holding Company, within the meaning of Code Section 409A and as described in Treasury Regulations §§ 1.409A-3(i)(5).

1.1.6 “Change in Control Benefit’’ means the benefit described in Section 2.5.

1.1.7 “Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.1.8 “Death Benefit” means the benefit described in Article 3.

1.1.9 “Disability” means that the Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

1.1.10 “Disability Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.4.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 2 of 21


1.1.11 “Discount Rate” means 5.5%, subject to change based upon regulatory requirements.

1.1.12 “Effective Date” means June 23, 2020.

1.1.13 “Employment Agreement” means a then-current employment agreement or similar agreement between the Executive and the Bank and/or the Holding Company.

1.1.14 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.1.15 “Holding Company” means Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company.

1.1.16 “Involuntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year in which Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.17 Involuntary Termination of Employment means the Termination of Employment before the Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control either:

(a) by the Bank or the Holding Company or

(b) by the Executive for Good Reason if ‘‘good reason” is defined in the Employment Agreement (if no Employment Agreement exists or if “good reason” is not defined in the Employment Agreement then this subpart shall not apply).

1.1.18 “Normal Retirement Age means age sixty-two (62) years old.

1.1.19 “Normal Retirement Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 2.1.

1.1.20 “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

1.1.21 “Plan Year” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1st and ending on December 31st. Notwithstanding the preceding, the initial Plan Year shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end December 31, 2020.

1.1.22 “Termination of Employment” shall mean a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether voluntary or involuntary, for any reason whatsoever, determined as follows:

(c) Generally. An Executive terminates employment when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the Executive will perform no further services for the Bank or an affiliate of the Bank, or that the level of bona fide services the Executive will perform for the Bank and affiliates of the Bank will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services the Executive performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period (or the full period of service if

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 3 of 21


the Executive has been providing services to the Bank and affiliates of the Bank for less than thirty-six (36)-months) (the “36-month average”).

(d) Rebuttable Presumptions. Barring contrary facts and circumstances, the Bank shall presume (i) that a decrease in bona fide services to twenty percent (20%) or less of the 36-month average constitutes a termination of employment, and (ii) that continued bona fide services at fifty percent (50%) or more of the 36-month average does not constitute a termination of employment.

(e) Employee v. Contractor. For purposes of the foregoing, services include those performed as an employee or as an independent contractor.

(f) Leave of Absence. If an Executive takes a bona fide paid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(1)) and has not otherwise terminated employment, the Bank shall treat the Executive as providing bona fide services at a level equal to the level of services that the Executive would have been required to perform to receive the compensation paid with respect to such leave of absence. Periods during which an Executive takes a bona fide unpaid leave of absence (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(1)) and has not otherwise terminated employment will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Termination of Employment has occurred (including for purposes of determining the applicable 36-month average).

1.1.23 “Voluntary Termination Date” means the month, day and year Voluntary Termination of Employment occurs.

1.1.24 “Voluntary Termination of Employment” means the Termination of Employment from the Bank or the Holding Company before Normal Retirement Age by the Executive for any reason other than death, Disability, Cause, or Change in Control.

ARTICLE 2

LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is One Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Two Hundred Fifty-eight Dollars ($125,258).

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 2.1.1 for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one-twelfth (1/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age occurs. The monthly installment payments under this Section 2.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

2.2 Involuntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Involuntary Termination of Employment occurs before the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 4 of 21


for reasons other than death, Cause, Disability, or in connection with a Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.2 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of the Involuntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.2.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Involuntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.2.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage

1

   40%

2

   60%

3

   80%

4

   100%

2.2.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.2.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Involuntary Termination Date occurs.

2.3 Voluntary Termination of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon Voluntary Termination of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.3.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.3 is the vested Accrual Balance, determined as of Voluntary Termination Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 2.3.2, and the Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, the unvested Accrual Balance as of the Voluntary Termination Date and shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

2.3.2 Vesting Schedule. The Executive shall become vested in the Accrual Balance in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Years Completed

   Vesting Percentage

1

   30%

2

   40%

3

   50%

4

   60%

5

   70%

6

   80%

7

   90%

8

   100%

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 5 of 21


2.3.3 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.3.1, if any, in a single lump-sum payment to the Executive sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Voluntary Termination Date occurs.

2.4 Disability Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.4.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.4 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the Executive’s Disability.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.4.1 in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Executive’s Disability occurs.

2.5 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, the Executive, subject to the provisions of Section 5.2, shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 2.5.

2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The amount of the benefit under this Section 2.5 is one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the Change in Control.

2.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the benefit described in Section 2.5.1 to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment sixty (60) days following the last day of the month in which the Change in Control occurs.

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the failure. The amount distributed may not exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 3

DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Bank and prior to receiving any payments under this Agreement, the Executive’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit set forth in Section 2.1.

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit described in Section 3.1.1 to the Beneficiary for a period of ten (10) years, payable in monthly (one twelfth (1/12th) of the annual benefit) installments beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Executive dies. The monthly installment payments under this Section 3.1.2 shall total one hundred twenty (120) substantially equal payments over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 6 of 21


3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement, or after the Executive is entitled to begin receiving benefits, but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

ARTICLE 4

BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by filing with the Bank a written designation of Beneficiary on a form substantially similar to the form attached as Exhibit A. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. Unless otherwise communicated to the Bank in writing by the Executive, the Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit under this Agreement is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person, or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5

GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if Executive’s Termination of Employment by the Bank is due to Cause. Further, if the Executive is receiving benefits under this Agreement, and the Bank discovers after the Executive’s Termination of Employment or other separation from service from the Bank, regardless of reason, that the Executive committed any acts while employed with the Bank that rise to the level of Cause, then, in addition to any other remedies available to it, the Bank may immediately cease payment of any further benefits due under this Agreement.

5.2 Golden Parachute Payment. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to pay any benefit under this Agreement if, upon the advice of counsel, the Bank determines that the payment of such benefit would be prohibited by 12 C.F.R. Part 359 or any successor regulations regarding employee compensation promulgated by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Bank or its affiliates or to the extent the benefit would be a non-deductible excess parachute payment under Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. To the extent possible, such benefit payment shall be proportionately reduced to allow payment within the

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 7 of 21


fullest extent permissible under applicable law. The Executive shall forfeit, for no consideration, any amount over and above such reduced amount.

5.3 Acceleration of Payments. Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Agreement, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank (without any direct or indirect election on the part of the Executive), in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the Treasury. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in the following circumstances: (i) in limited cash-outs; or (ii) to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that this Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A (but in no case shall such payments exceed the amount to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A).

5.4 Changes to Time and/or Form of Payment. Subject to the Bank’s approval, the Executive may delay the time of a payment or change the form of a payment as expressly provided under this Section 5.4 and Code Section 409A (a “Subsequent Deferral Election’”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsequent Deferral Election cannot accelerate any payment. A Subsequent Deferral Election which delays payment or changes the form of payment is permitted only if all of the following requirements are met:

(a) the Subsequent Deferral Election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made;

(b) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment based on Termination of Employment or a payment made at a specified time, the election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid as a result of such event; and

(c) the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment at a specified time, the election must be made not less than twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid.

5.5 Suicide. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.6 Delays. If the Bank reasonably anticipates that any payment scheduled to be made under this Agreement would violate securities laws (or other applicable laws) or jeopardize the ability of the Bank to continue as a going concern if paid as scheduled, then the Bank may defer that payment, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. In addition, the Bank may, at its discretion, delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe, provided the Bank treats payments to all similarly situated persons participating in all arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A on a reasonably consistent basis. The amounts so accrued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be distributed to the Executive or his/her Beneficiary (in the event of the Executive’s death) at the earliest possible date on which the

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 8 of 21


Bank reasonably anticipates that such violation or material harm would be avoided or as otherwise prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

5.7 Non-Solicitation. In consideration of the benefits provided under this Agreement, the Executive agrees and covenants not to:

(a) directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason;

(b) directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including, but not limited to, e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to contact or meet with the current, former or prospective customers of the Bank for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Bank during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason; and

(c) directly or indirectly attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the Bank’s business by disrupting the relationship between the Bank and any of its consultants, agents, representatives or vendors during the period of the Executive’s employment or other service and for a period of two (2) years following the Executive’s termination of employment or other service for any reason.

If it shall be judicially determined that the Executive has violated any of the Executive’s obligations under this Section 5.7, then the period applicable to each obligation that the Executive shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred. During the Executive’s employment or other service with the Bank and for two (2) years thereafter (or such longer period as the restrictions may apply pursuant to the foregoing sentence), the Executive will communicate the contents of this Section 5.7 to any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity that the Executive intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent. For the purposes of Sections 5.7, 5.8 and 5.9, references to the Bank shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the Bank.

5.8 Additional Covenants.

5.8.1 Confidentiality. The Executive will keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Bank, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available or, except in the course of performing the Executive’s duties of employment, use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the Bank or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how the Executive may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the Bank’s unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 9 of 21


information and other business information. The Executive specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in the Executive’s mind or memory and whether compiled by the Bank, and/or the Executive, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the Bank to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the Bank and that any retention and use of such information by the Executive during the Executive’s employment with the Bank (except in the course of performing Executive’s duties and obligations to the Bank) or after the termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the Bank’s trade secrets.

5.8.2 Whistle Blower Protections. Nothing in this Agreement: (i) prevents the Executive from providing, without prior notice to the Bank, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law, nor (ii) prohibits the Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures that, in each case, are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Bank to make such reports or disclosures and the Executive is not required to notify the Bank that Executive has made such reports or disclosures. In addition, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), the Executive shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (i) in confidence to a federal, state or local governmental official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If the Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Bank for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Executive may disclose the trade secret to an attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

5.9 Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5.7 and 5.8, any unpaid benefits under this Agreement shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such breach, unless sooner terminated by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Bank for breach of any of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement would be inadequate. The Executive therefore hereby consents and agrees that the Bank shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach of Sections 5.7 or 5.8 from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief. For the avoidance of doubt, the covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other restrictive covenants or similar covenants or agreements between the Executive and the Bank.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 10 of 21


ARTICLE 6

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure (for Claims other than for Disability Benefits). An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement (other than Disability Benefits) that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.1, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 11 of 21


charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial,

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(d) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

6.3 Claims Procedure for Disability Benefits. A claimant who has not received a Disability Benefit under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.3.1 Initiation – Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.3.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that additional time for processing the claim is required due to matters beyond its control, the Bank can extend the response period by up to two (2) additional thirty (30) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period (or first thirty (30)-day extension period, if applicable) that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the reason for the extension, the standards on which entitlement to the

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 12 of 21


Disability Benefit is based, any unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, the additional information, if any, the Executive must submit, and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision. If the Executive provides additional information, he or she will be provided with at least forty-five (45) days to provide the additional information. The period from which the Executive is notified of the additional required information to the date he or she responds is not counted as part of the determination period.

6.3.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

(d) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

(e) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(f) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 13 of 21


(g) notice that the claimant is entitled to receive (on request and free of charge) reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;

(h) an explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

(i) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

Claimants are guaranteed the right to present evidence and testimony regarding their claim during the review process. If the Executive lives in a county with a significant population of non-English speaking persons, the Bank will provide, in the non-English language(s), a statement of how to access oral and written language services in those languages.

6.4 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim pursuant to Section 6.3, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.4.1 Initiation Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within one hundred eighty (180) days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.4.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.4.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The appeal will be conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary, who is not the person who made the initial decision or the subordinate of that person. For claims involving medical judgment, including decisions about whether a treatment or drug is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary, the named fiduciary will consult with a health care professional who:

(a) Has appropriate training and experience in the area of medicine involved,

(b) Was not consulted during the initial denial, and

(c) Is not a subordinate of the person who made the initial denial.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 14 of 21


The Bank will identify the medical or other experts who were consulted when making the benefit determination, regardless of whether the expert’s advice was relied on in making the determination.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, the claimant will be provided (free of charge) with any new or additional evidence considered, relied on, or generated by the Bank or other person making the benefit determination (or at the direction of the Bank or other person) regarding the claim. The claimant will be provided any new or additional evidence as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

Before a benefit denial is issued on appeal, if the denial is issued based on a new or additional rationale, the claimant will be provided, free of charge, with the rationale. The claimant will be provided with the rationale as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the appeal denial notice is due, so that the claimant has a reasonable opportunity to respond.

6.4.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within forty-five (45) days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional forty-five (45) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.4.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing or by electronic communication of its decision on the review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Bank denies part or all of the appeal, the notification shall set forth:

(a) the specific reasons for the denial;

(b) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

(c) a discussion of the decision that includes the basis for disagreeing with or not following:

i. the views presented by health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant;

ii. the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on the Bank’s behalf, regardless of whether the advice was relied on in making the benefit denial; and

iii. a disability determination made by the Social Security Administration, if presented to the Bank;

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 15 of 21


(d) if the decision was based on medical necessity or experimental treatment (or a similar exclusion or limit), either:

i. an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the denial, applying the terms of this Agreement to the claimant’s medical circumstances; or

ii. a statement that this explanation will be provided free of charge upon request;

(e) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards. or other similar criteria of the Bank relied on in making the denial, or notice that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Bank do not exist, and

(f) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review, including a description of any contractual limitations period relevant to the right to sue, with the calendar date on which the contractual limitations period expires for the claim.

6.5 Claims Procedures Mandatory. The internal claims procedures set forth in this Article 6 are mandatory. If a claimant fails to follow these claims procedures, or to timely file a request for appeal in accordance with this Article 6, the denial of the claim shall become final and binding on all persons for all purposes.

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

7.1 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Bank by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. This Agreement may also be unilaterally amended by the Bank at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary in the opinion of the Bank, in order to ensure that this Agreement is characterized as a “top-hat” plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1), to conform this Agreement to the provisions of Code Section 409A and to conform this Agreement to the requirements of any other applicable law (including ERISA, banking regulations, and the Code). No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of the Executive or a Beneficiary hereunder without written consent of the Executive or Beneficiary.

7.2 Suspension of Agreement. The Bank may, in its sole discretion and prior to commencement of the payment of benefits under this Agreement, suspend this Agreement and cease all future accruals thereunder as of the date this Agreement is suspended. In such event, and unless and until this Agreement is later reinstated, the Executive shall receive payments under this Agreement at the times and in the manner as set forth in Articles 2 and 3, provided that (i) the Accrual Balance for the purposes of determining the benefits payable shall be determined as of the date this

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 16 of 21


Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. and (ii) for the purposes of Section 2.1.1 only, and any continuation of such payments under Section 3.2, as applicable, the annual benefit shall be adjusted so that the present value, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of all payments to be paid under Section 2.1.1 (or Section 3.2, as applicable) is equal to the Accrual Balance as of the date this Agreement is suspended under this Section 7.2. If this Agreement is reinstated, the terms of this Agreement otherwise in effect prior to suspension under this Section 7.2 shall control.

7.3 Agreement Termination Generally. The Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time. Except as provided in Section 7.4, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination, benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

7.4 Agreement Terminations Under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if this Agreement terminates in the following circumstances, the Bank shall distribute one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Executive in a single lump-sum payment:

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank’s arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; and

(b) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangement”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Agreement.

ARTICLES 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and permitted transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 17 of 21


8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner, except in accordance with Article 4 with respect to designation of Beneficiaries.

8.4 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance by the Executive, or attachment or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.7 Severability. Without limitation of any other section contained herein, in case any one or more provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement. In the event any one or more of the provisions found in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by any governmental regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been a part of this Agreement and such provision shall be deemed substituted by such other provisions as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by applicable law.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Plan Administrator. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

(c) maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

8.10 Named Fiduciary. For purposes of the ERISA, if applicable, the Bank shall be the named fiduciary and Plan Administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of this Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 18 of 21


8.11 Full Obligation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, when the Bank has paid either the lifetime benefits or death benefits to which the Executive has become entitled as appropriate under any section or subsection of this Agreement, the Bank has completed its obligation to the Executive.

8.12 Code Section 409A. The benefits described in and provided by this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A, as amended, and its corresponding regulations and related guidance, or to otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the interpretation and distribution of the Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be made in a manner and at such times as to comply with all applicable provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, or an exception therefrom to avoid the imposition of any accelerated or additional taxes. Any defined terms shall be construed consistent with Code Section 409A and any terms not specifically defined shall have the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A. This Section 8.12 shall apply to distributions under this Agreement, but only to the extent required in order to avoid taxation of, or interest penalties on, the Executive under Code Section 409A. To the extent that any payments made under this Agreement are determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, the following shall apply to such payment(s):

(a) all payments to be made upon a termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A;

(b) for purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, each payment of compensation shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation; and

(c) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is a “specified employee” of a publicly traded corporation under Code Section 409A and if payment of any amount under this Agreement is required to be delayed for a period of six (6) months after separation from service pursuant to Code Section 409A, payment of such amount shall be delayed as required by Code Section 409A, and the accumulated postponed amount shall be paid in a lump-sum payment within ten (10) days after the end of the six (6)-month period (or within sixty (60) days after death, if earlier).

In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of a payment. No action or failure to act pursuant to this Section 8.12 shall subject the Bank or the Holding Company thereof to any claim, liability, or expense, and neither the Bank nor the Holding Company shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.

***SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS***

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 19 of 21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have signed this Agreement as of the date indicated below.

 

THIRD COAST BANK, SSB:

/s/ Troy A. Glander

Name:   Troy A. Glander
Its:   Director of Compensation Committee
Date:   7/6/2020
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Audrey Duncan

Audrey Duncan
Date:   6/23/2020

 

Salary Continuation Agreement – Audrey Duncan    Page 20 of 21

Exhibit 10.18

EXECUTION VERSION

SEPARATION AGREEMENT

This Separation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of December 31, 2019, by and among Dennis Bonnen (“EXECUTIVE”), and Heritage Bank (“BANK”). EXECUTIVE and BANK are sometimes referred to herein as a “party” and collectively as the “parties.” EXECUTIVE understands that in order to receive the consideration set forth herein, he must execute and return this Agreement to the BANK by December 31, 2019 by 11:59 p.m.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Heritage Bancorp, Inc., the parent of the BANK (“HERITAGE”), is party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated August 27, 2019 (the “MERGER AGREEMENT”), with Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. (“THIRD COAST BANCSHARES”), and a wholly owned merger subsidiary of THIRD COAST BANCSHARES (“MERGER SUB”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the MERGER AGREEMENT, MERGER SUB will merge with and into HERITAGE, with HERITAGE surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of THIRD COAST BANCSHARES (the “MERGER”);

WHEREAS, following the MERGER, HERITAGE will merge with and into THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, with THIRD COAST BANCSHARES surviving (the “SECOND STEP MERGER”);

WHEREAS, following the SECOND STEP MERGER, the BANK will merge with and into Third Coast Bank, SSB (“THIRD COAST BANK”), with THIRD COAST BANK surviving (the “BANK MERGER”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the entry into the MERGER AGREEMENT, EXECUTIVE and THIRD COAST BANK entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2019 (the “EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT”);

WHEREAS, each of the parties to the EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT has agreed that it is in the best interest of parties thereto and the BANK to terminate the EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT and to restructure the arrangement with EXECUTIVE;

WHEREAS, in lieu of the EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, EXECUTIVE has agreed to enter into this AGREEMENT;

WHEREAS, the BANK and EXECUTIVE agree that EXECUTIVE shall cease to be an employee of the BANK effective as of 11:59 p.m., Central Time, on December 31, 2019 (the “SEPARATION DATE”);

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, EXECUTIVE and THIRD COAST BANK are entering into a letter agreement that provides that the EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is void, ab initio;


WHEREAS, should the MERGER or BANK MERGER not occur for any reason, this Agreement and all covenants contained herein (including but not limited to the cessation of EXECUTIVE’s employment with Heritage) shall be null and void; and

WHEREAS, the parties now desire to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of providing for the orderly separation of service as an employee of the BANK.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements set forth in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

  1.

Cessation of Employment. EXECUTIVE and BANK acknowledge and agree:

a. This Agreement shall become effective at 12:01 a.m. of the eighth (8th) day following the date EXECUTIVE executes this Agreement unless EXECUTIVE otherwise provides written notice of revocation in accordance with Section 15 within the seven (7) day revocation period (the “EFFECTIVE DATE”).

b. EXECUTIVE’s employment Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the BANK and from all other positions he may hold with BANK, HERITAGE and any of their respective subsidiaries and affiliates (whether as an officer, manager, director, managing director, employee, or otherwise) shall cease and EXECUTIVE shall no longer hold such positions as of the SEPARATION DATE.

CONSIDERATION

2. Separation Payments. In consideration of EXECUTIVE’s execution of this Agreement, and his other agreements contained herein, including in Sections 3, 7, 9, 11, 12 and 13 BANK will pay EXECUTIVE the following (collectively referred to the “SEPARATION PAYMENTS”):

a. Cash Payment. An aggregate cash payment in an amount equal to ONE MILLION DOLLARS AND 00/100 ($1,000,000.00) to be paid over three (3) consecutive years. The first two installments of $333,333.00 will be paid once a year, commencing annually on January 15th after the EFFECTIVE DATE. The third installment of $334,000.00 in the third year will be paid in quarterly amounts of $83,500.00, commencing on January 15, 2022 with subsequent payments on April 15, 2022, July 15, 2022 and October 15, 2022.

b. Tax Withholding. BANK acknowledges and agrees taxes will be withheld from the payments set forth in this section and EXECUTIVE will receive an Internal Revenue Service Form W-2 for the payments set forth in this section.

 

- 2 -


3. Covenant Not to Sue:

a. EXECUTIVE represents that he has not initiated any action or charge against BANK or any of its predecessors, successors, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, agents, assigns, representatives or their present or former directors, officers, employees or agents with any federal, state or local court or administrative agency.    

b. BANK represents that neither BANK nor any of its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, representatives, directors, officers, employees or agents has initiated any action or charge against EXECUTIVE with any federal, state or local court or administrative agency.    

c. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit EXECUTIVE or BANK from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Further, this Agreement does not limit EXECUTIVE’s or BANK’s right to receive an award for information provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other securities regulatory agency or authority. However, each of EXECUTIVE and BANK represents that he or it is unaware of any act or omission on his or its part that may constitute a violation of any law, nor does EXECUTIVE or BANK know of any basis on which any third party or governmental entity could assert such a claim.    

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AND COVENANTS

4. EXECUTIVE Board Service: Nothing in this Agreement, shall amend or modify any of the terms of the MERGER AGREEMENT, including Section 6.13 of the MERGER AGREEMENT and Confidential Schedule 6.13 thereto.

5. EXECUTIVE’S Heritage Bank Options: BANK acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall impair or diminish EXECUTIVE’S rights to the Heritage Bank Stock Plan referenced in Section 1.11 of the MERGER AGREEMENT.

6. Reporting: Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit EXECUTIVE from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation or the applicable laws of Canada. Further, this Agreement does not limit EXECUTIVE’s right to receive an award for information provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other securities regulatory agency or authority. However, EXECUTIVE represents that he is unaware of any act or omission on EXECUTIVE’s part or the part of BANK that may

 

- 3 -


constitute a violation of any law, nor does he know of any basis on which any third party or governmental entity could assert such a claim.

7. Tax Consequences: EXECUTIVE acknowledges and agrees that BANK and its legal counsel have made no representations regarding the proper tax treatment of the payments set out in Section 2. EXECUTIVE COVENANTS AND AGREES TO DEFEND AND INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS BANK AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS FROM AND AGAINST ANY TAXES, FINES, PENALTIES, INTEREST, SUITS, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIENS, PROCEEDINGS, AND ANY OTHER LIABILITY RELATING TO THE PAYMENTS SET OUT IN SECTION 2 THAT MAY BE ASSESSED AGAINST EXECUTIVE’S INCOME OR PROPERTY (EXCLUDING TAX WITHHOLDINGS AND FINES, PENALTIES, INTEREST, SUITS, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIENS AND PROCEEDINGS RELATED TO TAX WITHHOLDINGS, WHICH ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF BANK).

8. Section 409A. EXECUTIVE certifies, acknowledges and agrees that he has been provided the opportunity to consult with legal counsel and that in no event whatsoever shall BANK be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on EXECUTIVE by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A in connection with this Agreement.

9. Confidentiality of Agreement. EXECUTIVE and BANK agree to keep this Agreement and each of its terms completely confidential; however, any party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to such party’s attorneys, accountant, spouse, or as otherwise required by law.

10. Intentionally Omitted.

11. Confidentiality of BANK Information. EXECUTIVE shall keep in strict confidence, and will not, directly or indirectly, at any time after EXECUTIVE’S employment with the BANK, disclose, furnish, disseminate, make available, or use any trade secrets or confidential business and technical information of the BANK or its customers or vendors, without limitation as to when or how EXECUTIVE may have acquired such information. Such confidential information shall include, without limitation, the BANK’S unique selling, and servicing methods and business techniques, training, service and business manuals, promotional materials, training courses and other training and instructional materials, vendor and product information, customer and prospective customer lists, other customer and prospective customer information and other business information. EXECUTIVE specifically acknowledges that all such confidential information, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, or maintained in EXECUTIVE’S mind or memory and whether compiled by the BANK, and/or EXECUTIVE, derives independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, that reasonable efforts have been made by the BANK to maintain the secrecy of such information, that such information is the sole property of the BANK and that any retention and use of such information by EXECUTIVE after the termination of EXECUTIVE’S employment shall constitute a misappropriation of the BANK’S trade secrets. Nothing in this Agreement prevents EXECUTIVE from providing, without prior notice to the BANK, information to governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law or otherwise

 

- 4 -


testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental or administrative authorities regarding possible violations of law.

12. Non-Competition. As an inducement for the parties to enter into this Agreement, the parties hereof agree that for a period of three (3) years following the SEPARATION DATE, EXECUTIVE will not: (i) enter into or engage in any business which competes with BANK’S business within the Restricted Territory (as defined in Section 12(d)); (ii) call on, service or solicit customers, business, or patronage, or sell, any products and services in competition with, or for any business, wherever located, that competes with, the BANK’s business within the Restricted Territory; (iii) divert, entice or otherwise take away, directly or indirectly, any customers, business, or patronage or orders of the BANK within the Restricted Territory, or attempt to do so; or (iv) promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the BANK’s business within the Restricted Territory. If it shall be judicially determined that EXECUTIVE violated any of EXECUTIVE’s obligations under Section 12, then the period applicable to each obligation that EXECUTIVE shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred. The terms of Section 12 are defined as follows:

 

  a.

Indirect Competition: EXECUTIVE will be in violation thereof if EXECUTIVE engages in any or all of the activities set forth therein directly as an individual on EXECUTIVE’s own account, or indirectly as a partner, joint venturer, employee, agent, salesperson, consultant, officer and/or director of any firm, association, partnership, corporation or other entity, or as a stockholder of any corporation in which EXECUTIVE or EXECUTIVE’s spouse, child or parent owns, directly or indirectly, individually or in the aggregate, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock.

 

  b.

The BANK: For the purposes of this Section 12, the BANK shall include any and all direct and indirect subsidiary, parent, affiliated, or related companies of the BANK for which EXECUTIVE worked or had responsibility at the time of separation of EXECUTIVE’s employment and at any time during the two (2) year period prior to such separation.

 

  c.

The BANK’s Business: For the purposes of this Agreement, the “BANK’s business” means managing, operating, controlling, participating in and carrying on domestic, international, personal and commercial banking services, including investment, trust, fiduciary, factoring and estate planning.

 

  d.

Restricted Territory: For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Restricted Territory” shall mean: (i) the geographic area(s) within a fifty (50) mile radius of (A) the BANK’s location(s) as of the SEPARATION DATE, and (B) the THIRD COAST BANK’s location(s) as of the SEPARATION DATE; and (ii) all of the specific customer accounts, whether within or outside of the geographic area described in (i) above, with which EXECUTIVE had any contact or for which EXECUTIVE had any responsibility (either direct or supervisory) at the

 

- 5 -


  SEPARATION DATE and at any time during the one (1) year period prior to such SEPARATION DATE.

 

  e.

Extension: If it shall be judicially determined that EXECUTIVE has violated any of EXECUTIVE’s obligations under Sections 11, 12, and 13 of this Agreement, then the period applicable to each obligation that EXECUTIVE shall have been determined to have violated shall automatically be extended by a period of time equal in length to the period during which such violation(s) occurred.    

13. Non-Solicitation. EXECUTIVE will not directly or indirectly for a period of three (3) years following the SEPARATION DATE for any reason, attempt to disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the BANK’s business by solicit, recruit, attempts to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any of the BANK’s employees or customers, or by disrupting the relationship between the BANK and any of its consultants, agents, representatives, vendors, or customers. BANK acknowledges that this covenant is necessary to enable the BANK to maintain a stable workforce and remain in business.

14. Acknowledgement. EXECUTIVE acknowledges that he has fully informed himself of the terms, contents, conditions and effects of this Agreement and that, in executing this Agreement, he does not rely and has not relied upon any representation (oral or written) or statement made by BANK any of its subsidiaries and affiliates, or any of its representatives, including, but not limited to, any representation or statement with regard to the subject matter, basis, or effect of this Agreement. EXECUTIVE further acknowledges the following: that he has been advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; that he is of sound mind and otherwise competent to execute this Agreement; and that he is entering into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily and without any undue influence or pressures.

15. Notices. For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail with confirmation of transmission to Attn: Bank President, c/o Heritage Bank, 1850 Pearland Parkway Pearland, Texas 77581 or to Dennis Bonnen,                                         .

16. Applicable Law; Mediation and Arbitration. This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or related to this Agreement or any breach of this Agreement shall be addressed first through confidential mediation, and if that fails, through confidential and binding arbitration. Any such mediation shall take place in Texas before a single mediator selected by the agreement of the parties. BANK shall bear all fees and expenses of the mediator. The parties shall bear the expense of their own attorneys’ fees. If the mediation fails to result in a prompt settlement, the arbitration shall be conducted in Texas by one arbitrator who is designated in accordance with the then current employment rules and procedures of the American

 

- 6 -


Arbitration Association. The arbitrator shall prepare and publish a reasoned award. Each of the parties hereto shall bear their own, respective, costs of such arbitration.    

As the sole exception to the exclusive and binding nature of the arbitration commitment set forth above, the parties agree that BANK shall have the right to initiate an action in a court of competent jurisdiction located in Houston, Texas regarding enforceability of this Section and to request temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive or other equitable relief, including, without limitation, specific performance, without the necessity of proving inadequacy of legal remedies or irreparable harm or posting bond or giving notice to the maximum extent permitted by law. However, nothing in this Section should be construed to constitute a waiver of the parties’ rights and obligations to arbitrate regarding matters other than those specifically addressed in this Section.

17. No Waiver. No failure by a party at any time to give notice of any breach by another party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

18. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, then (a) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect and (b) the provision held to be invalid or unenforceable will be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid the invalidity or unenforceability (specifically including the provisions of Section 4 hereto), and, as so limited or modified, the provision and the balance of this Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

19. Assumption upon Change of Control. In the event there is a Change of Control (as defined below) of THIRD COAST BANK, then THIRD COAST BANK shall obtain from the successor to THIRD COAST BANK an agreement to assume and to perform this AGREEMENT in the same manner and to the same extent that THIRD COAST BANK would be required to perform if no Change of Control had taken place; provided that, in the event the successor does not (a) assume this Agreement as required by this Section 19 or (b) the successor does not punctually perform BANK’s obligations hereunder, then any amount due and unpaid pursuant to Section 2 hereto shall become due and payable within thirty (30) days of successor’s receipt of written notice of non-performance if not cured by the expiration of such thirty-day period.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean the sale of all or substantially all the assets of THIRD COAST BANK; any merger, consolidation or acquisition of THIRD COAST BANK with, by or into another entity in which THIRD COAST BANK is not the surviving entity; or any change in the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of THIRD COAST BANK in one or more related transactions. The MERGER shall not constitute a Change of Control for purposes of this Agreement.

 

- 7 -


20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

21. Headings. The section and paragraph headings in this Agreement have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

22. Successors; Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of BANK and any successor or assign thereof, including THIRD COAST BANK following the BANK MERGER. This Agreement is personal to EXECUTIVE and shall not be assigned by EXECUTIVE without the explicit written consent of the other parties hereto; provided, that none of the MERGER, the SECOND STEP MERGER or the BANK MERGER shall be considered an assignment and each of the MERGER, the SECOND STEP MERGER or the BANK MERGER are expressly permitted by this Agreement.

23. Entire Agreement, Amendment, Binding Effect. This Agreement, together with that certain letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Dennis Bonnen and Third Coast Bank, SSB, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof. Any amendment to this Agreement must be signed by all parties to this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all other agreements between or among the parties, unless specifically modified or incorporated by reference by this Agreement.

24. Injunctive Relief. Each party acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, obligations and agreements of such party contained in this Agreement concern special, unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the terms of these covenants, obligations or agreements will cause the non-breaching party irreparable injury for which adequate remedies at law are not available. Therefore, each party agrees that all parties to this Agreement will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order, or all other equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) as a court of competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or appropriate to restrain such party from committing any violation of the covenants, obligations or agreements referred to in this Agreement. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies a party may have against any other party.

25. Return of Company Property. With the exception of EXECUTIVE’s cell phone, iPad, computer and personal effects, EXECUTIVE agrees that upon the SEPARATION DATE, EXECUTIVE shall return to the BANK, in good condition, all property of the BANK, including, without limitation, any keys or keycards, work papers, reports, drawing, photographs, negatives, prototypes, and the originals and all copies of any materials which contain, reflect, summarize, describe, analyze or refer or related to any other confidential information as defined herein, whether in hard copy or generated and maintained on any form of electronic media. In the event that such items are not so returned, the BANK will have the right to charge EXECUTIVE for all reasonable damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in searching for, taking, removing and/or recovering property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the BANK acknowledges and agrees that

 

- 8 -


EXECUTIVE shall receive title and ownership to the 2018 Ford Raptor VIN                         , currently or previously titled to HERITAGE.

26. Incorporation of Recitals. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the recitals are incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

Heritage Bank
By:  

/s/ Randy Ellis

  Randy Ellis
  Chair of Compensation Committee (with Approval and authorization of Board of Directors)
Date:   December 31, 2019
Dennis Bonnen

/s/ Dennis Bonnen

Dennis Bonnen, individually
Date:   12 - 30 - 19

EXECUTED this 31st day of December, 2019.

[Signature Page to Separation Agreement]

Exhibit 10.19

CAPITAL WARRANT AGREEMENT

This Capital Warrant Agreement (“Agreement”) is executed as of this 1st day of October, 2013 by Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company for Third Coast Bank, SSB (the “Bank”), in favor of the organizers of the Company listed on Exhibit A (each, an “Initial Holder”), in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, on January 17, 2013, the Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization for the purpose of creating a parent holding company (the “Reorganization”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Reorganization, all of the outstanding shares of the Bank were exchanged for shares of the Company;

WHEREAS, in connection with the formation of the Company pursuant to the Reorganization, Trident Advanced Capital Solutions, LLC, (the “Trident”) a Texas limited liability company funded the organizational expenses of the Company;

WHEREAS, as a result of the Reorganization and the payment of formation costs of the Company, the Company issues warrants to purchase additional shares of Company common stock (the “Warrants”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with Reorganization and issuance of the Warrants, Trident subsequently distributes Warrants to the Holder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements hereinafter set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and, by acceptance of a Warrant, each Holder (as defined herein) agree as follows:

1. Grant of Warrants. Subject to the terms, restrictions, limitations and conditions stated in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby grants to Initial Holder the number of Warrants set forth beside his name on Exhibit A. Each Warrant initially shall be exercisable for one fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (“Share”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 of this Agreement. The Initial Holders and all subsequent registered holders of the Warrants (each, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”) shall have the rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement.

2. Warrant Certificates. Each Warrant shall be evidenced by a warrant certificate, which shall be substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (“Warrant Certificate”). Each Warrant Certificate shall have such marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements thereon as the Company deems appropriate, so long as they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as are required to comply with any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or the Shares. The Warrant Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the manual, facsimile or imprinted signature of its Chairman of the Board, its President or any senior vice president and shall be attested by the manual, facsimile or imprinted signature its Secretary or any assistant secretary.

3. Term of Warrants.

(a) The term for the exercise of the Warrants shall begin at 9:00 a.m., Humble, Texas time on the date that the Bank opens for business (the “Issue Date”). The term for the exercise of


(a) The term for the exercise of the Warrants shall begin at 9:00 a.m., Humble, Texas time on the date that the Company opens for business (the “Issue Date”). The term for the exercise of the Warrants shall expire at 12:00 a.m., Humble, Texas time on the earlier to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date or (ii) the date provided in Section 3(b) of this Agreement (the “Expiration Time”).

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any Warrant Certificate to the contrary, the Warrants shall expire, to the extent not exercised, within 45 days following the receipt of notice from the Bank’s state or primary federal regulator (“Regulator”) that (i) the Bank has not maintained its minimum capital requirements (as determined by the Regulator) and (ii) the Regulator is requiring exercise or forfeiture of warrants. Upon receipt of such notice from the Regulator, the Bank promptly shall notify each Holder that he must exercise the Warrants granted to him prior to the end of the 45-day period or such earlier period as may be specified by the Regulator or forfeit such Warrant(s). In case of forfeiture, no Holder shall have any cause of action, of any kind or nature, against the Company, the Bank or any of their respective officers or directors with respect to the forfeiture. In addition, the Company shall not be liable to any Holder due to the failure or inability of the Company to provide adequate notice to Holder.

4. Exercise of Warrants. The purchase price per Share to be paid by a Holder for Shares subject to the Warrants shall be $11.00, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 11 of this Agreement (the “Exercise Price”). A Holder may exercise Warrants evidenced by a Warrant Certificate in whole or in part at any time prior to the Expiration Time by delivering to the secretary of the Company (i) the Warrant Certificate; (ii) a written notice to the Company specifying the number of Shares with respect to which Warrants are being exercised; and (iii) a check for the full amount of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being acquired.

5. Delivery of Shares; Partial Exercise. Upon receipt of the items set forth in Section 4, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly deliver to, and register in the name of, the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares acquired by exercise of a Warrant. In the event of a partial exercise of Warrant(s), a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Shares that remain subject to the Warrant shall be issued by the Company to such Holder or to his duly authorized assigns.

6. Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

(a) The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, at its principal place of business or at such other location designated by the Company, a register or registers in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe, the registrar and transfer agent (the “Securities Registrar”) shall register the Warrant Certificates and the transfers thereof as provided herein (“Securities Register”). The initial Securities Registrar shall be the secretary of the Company, and thereafter, the Securities Registrar may be removed and/or appointed as authorized by the Company.

(b) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Warrant Certificate, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder or his duly authorized assigns, one or more new Warrant Certificates of like tenor and in like aggregate amount.

(c) At the option of the Holder, Warrant Certificates may be exchanged for other Warrant Certificates of like tenor and in like aggregate amount upon surrender of the Warrant Certificates to be exchanged. Upon such surrender, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder or his duly authorized assigns, one or more new Warrant Certificates of like tenor and in like aggregate amount.

 

2


instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company or the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the registered Holder or by such Holder’s duly authorized attorney in writing.

7. Replacement of Warrant Certificates.

(a) Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Warrant Certificate and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Certificate, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder or his duly authorized assigns, one or more new Warrant Certificates of like tenor and in like aggregate amount. In the case of loss, theft or destruction of a Warrant Certificate, prior to the issuance of a replacement Warrant Certificate, the Company may also require that a bond be posted in such amount as the Company may determine is necessary as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Warrant Certificate.

(b) All Warrants shall be held and owned under the express condition that the provisions of this Section are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificates and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

(c) Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Certificate under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Company and its agents and counsel) connected therewith.

(d) Every new Warrant Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Warrant Certificates duly issued hereunder.

8. Persons Deemed Holders. Prior to the due presentment of a Warrant Certificate for registration of transfer or exchange, the Company, any Securities Registrar and any other agent of the Company may treat the person in whose name such Warrant Certificate is registered in the Securities Register as the sole Holder of such Warrant Certificate and of the Warrant represented by such Warrant Certificate for all purposes whatsoever, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Warrant Certificate or in the Warrant represented by such Warrant Certificate on the part of any person and shall be unaffected by any notice to the contrary.

9. Cancellation. All Warrant Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, exchange or registration of transfer shall be cancelled by the Securities Registrar, and no Warrant Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof, except as expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement.

10. Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue Warrant Certificates exercisable for fractional Shares or to issue fractional Shares upon the exercise of Warrants. Warrant Certificates exercisable for fractional Shares shall expire as of the Expiration Date, and a Holder of such Warrant Certificates shall not be entitled to any consideration of any kind or nature in respect of such Warrant or Warrant Certificate.

 

3


11. Stock Dividends. Splits. Etc.

(a) If, prior to the Expiration Time, the Company shall subdivide its outstanding Shares into a greater number of Shares, or declare and pay a dividend of its Shares payable in additional Shares, the Exercise Price, as then in effect, shall be proportionately reduced, and the Company shall proportionately increase the number of Shares then subject to exercise under this Warrant (and not previously exercised).

(b) If, prior to the Expiration Time, the Company shall combine its outstanding Shares into a lesser number of Shares, the Exercise Price, as then in effect, shall be proportionately increased, and the Company shall proportionately reduce the number of Shares then subject to exercise under this Warrant (and not previously exercised).

12. Reorganization, Reclassifications, Consolidation or Merger. If, prior to the Expiration Time, there shall be a reorganization or reclassification of the Shares (other than as provided in Section 11 of this Agreement), or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another entity, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, during the remainder of the term of this Agreement and upon payment of the Exercise Price, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or of the successor entity (or its parent company) resulting from such consolidation or merger, as the case may be, to which a holder of Shares, deliverable upon the exercise of a Warrant, would have been entitled upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation or merger; and, in any case, the Company shall make appropriate adjustments (as determined by the board of directors of the Company in its sole discretion) in the application of the provisions with respect to the rights and interests of the Holders so that the provisions set forth in this Agreement (including the adjustment to the Exercise Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants) shall be applicable, as nearly as may be practicable, to any shares or other property thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

13. Certificate as to Adjustments; Issuance of New Warrant Certificates. Within thirty (30) days following any adjustment provided for in Section 11 or 12 of this Agreement, the Company shall give written notice of the adjustment to the Holders as provided in Section 14(a) of this Agreement. The notice shall state the Exercise Price as adjusted and the increased or decreased number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrant(s) and shall set forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation for each. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Warrant Certificates, the Company may, at its option, issue new Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants, in such form as may be approved by the Company, to reflect any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price and the number or kind of stock or other securities or property purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants.

14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice or communication and shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid as follows (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice): (i) if given to the Company, at its principal place of business and (ii) if given to a Holder, at the address set forth for the Holder on the books and records of the Company. A notice given to the Company by a Holder with respect to the exercise of a Warrant shall not be effective until received by the Company.

(b) The Company shall, at all times, reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Shares or out of any Shares held in treasury that number of Shares that will from time to time be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants. The Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Shares delivered upon exercise of any Warrants shall, at

 

4


the time of delivery of the Warrant Certificates for such Shares, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The Company shall pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges (other than any applicable income taxes) that may be payable in respect of the issuance and delivery of Warrant Certificates or of certificates for Shares receivable upon the exercise of any Warrants; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of the issuance and delivery (i) of any Warrant Certificate or stock certificate registered in a name other than that of the Holder of the Warrant Certificate that has been surrendered or (ii) of any Warrant Certificate under Section 7.

(d) No Holder, in his capacity as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or shall be deemed for any other purpose the holder of the Shares or other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise of such Warrant. Nothing contained herein or in any Warrant Certificate shall be construed to confer upon any Holder, in his capacity as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders of the Company at any meeting thereof, to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notices of meeting or other actions affecting shareholders.

(e) Each Holder, by accepting a Warrant Certificate, accepts and agrees to the terms of this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and the Holders and their respective heirs, successors, representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing expressed or referred to herein is intended or will be construed to give any person other than the Company or the Holders any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provision herein contained, it being the intention of the Company and the Holders that this Agreement, the assumption of obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of the Company and the Holders and for the benefit of no other person.

(f) This Agreement constitutes the full understanding of the Company and the Holders, a complete allocation of risks between them and a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of their agreement relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements, whether written or oral, that may exist between the Company and any Holder with respect thereto. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, no conditions, usage of trade, course of dealing or performance, understanding or agreement purporting to modify, vary, explain or supplement the terms or conditions of this Agreement will be binding unless hereafter or contemporaneously herewith made in writing and signed by the party to be bound, and no modification will be effected by the acknowledgment or acceptance of documents containing terms or conditions at variance with or in addition to those set forth in this Agreement.

(g) The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision in this Agreement. Each use herein of the masculine, neuter or feminine gender will be deemed to include the other genders. Each use herein of the plural will include the singular and vice versa, in each case as the context requires or as is otherwise appropriate. The word “or” is used in the inclusive sense. References to a person are also to its permitted successors or assigns. No provision of this Agreement is to be construed to require, directly or indirectly, any person to take any action, or omit to take any action, which action or omission would violate applicable law (whether statutory or common law), rule or regulation.

 

5


(h) This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Expiration Time or (ii) the close of business on the date on which all Warrants shall have been exercised.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Warrants will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of Warrants unless at the time a Holder seeks to exercise such Warrants, a prospectus or registration statement relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is current with and the common stock has been registered or qualifies for or is deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the United States and the state of residence of the Holder of the Warrants. In the event that a prospectus or registration statement relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is not current with and the common stock has not been registered or do not qualify for or is not deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the United States and the state of residence of the Holder of the Warrants, Holders will be unable to exercise Warrants and the Company will be under no obligation to settle any such Warrant exercise.

THIS AGREEMENT, EACH WARRANT AND EACH WARRANT CERTIFICATE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS WITHOUT REGARD TO THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. IN THE EVENT OF A DISPUTE INVOLVING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT VENUE FOR SUCH DISPUTE SHALL LIE EXCLUSIVELY IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN HARRIS COUNTY, TEXAS.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

     

 

7


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF INITIAL HOLDERS

 

Martin Basaldua

     857  

Bart Caraway

     857  

Travis Fox

     858  

Troy Glander

     857  

Phelan Development Corporation

     857  

Donald Alton LaBove II

     857  

The Stunja Family Trust

     857  

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

THE TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS SPECIFIED IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF July 1, 2013, BY THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC., A TEXAS CORPORATION (“COMPANY”), IN FAVOR OF THE ORGANIZERS LISTED ON EXHIBIT A THERETO, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (“AGREEMENT”). A COPY OF THE FORM OF THE AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AND MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT.

 

No. W-       Number of Warrants: __

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

This Warrant Certificate certifies that                                 , or registered assigns, is the registered holder of a warrant to purchase the number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (“Shares”) set forth above, at the exercise price, subject to adjustment in certain events (“Exercise Price”), of $11.00 per share (“Warrant”).

The Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate is part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants issued pursuant to the Agreement, which is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company and the Holder. All terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Warrant Certificate shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. If any provision of this Warrant Certificate conflicts with a provision of the Agreement, the provision of the Agreement shall supersede.

This Warrant may not be exercised after 5:00 p.m., Humble, Texas time, on the earlier to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date, or (ii) the date provided in Section 3(b) of the Agreement (the “Expiration Time”).

The Holder may exercise the Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate in whole or in part at any time prior to the Expiration Time by delivering to the secretary of the Company (i) the Warrant Certificate, (ii) a written notice to the Company specifying the number of Shares with respect to which Warrants are being exercised and (iii) a check for the full amount of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being acquired.

Upon receipt of the items set forth above, and subject to the terms of the Agreement, the Company shall promptly deliver to, and register in the name of, the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares acquired by exercise of this Warrant. In the event of a partial exercise of this Warrant, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant shall be issued by the Company to such Holder or to his duly authorized assigns.

 

B-2


The Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the Exercise Price and the type and/or number of the Company’s securities issuable thereupon may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. In such event, the Company may, at its option, issue a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the adjustment in the Exercise Price and the number and/or type of securities issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate, subject to the terms of the Agreement, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder or his duly authorized assigns, one or more new Warrant Certificates of like tenor and in like aggregate amount.

Prior to the due presentment of this Warrant Certificate for registration of transfer or exchange, the Company, any Securities Registrar and any other agent of the Company may treat the person in whose name this Warrant Certificate is registered in the Securities Register as the sole Holder of this Warrant Certificate and of the Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate for all purposes whatsoever, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Warrant Certificate or in the Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate on the part of any person and shall be unaffected by any notice to the contrary.

The Holder, in his capacity as such, shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or shall be deemed from any other purpose the holder of the Shares or other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant. Nothing contained in this Warrant Certificate shall be construed to confer upon the Holder, in his capacity as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders of the Company at any meeting thereof, to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notices of meeting or other actions affecting shareholders.

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be made by the Holder to the Company shall be in writing, duly signed by the Holder and shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid to the Company, at its principal place of business (or such other address as designated in writing to the Holder by the Company). A notice given to the Company by a Holder with respect to the exercise of this Warrant shall not be effective until received by the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed under its seal.

Dated as of                                  , 2013.

 

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.,

a Texas corporation

By:  

                     

Name:
Title:

 

[SEAL]
Attest:
By:  

             

Name:
Title:

 

B-3

Exhibit 10.20

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. 2017 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the Date of Grant set forth below (the “Date Of Grant”) by and between Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company (the “Company”), and the individual named below (“Optionee”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”).

OPTIONEE:

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

OPTIONEE’S ADDRESS:

OPTION SHARES:

EXERCISE PRICE:

DATE OF GRANT:

VESTING START DATE:

EXPIRATION DATE: (unless earlier terminated hereunder):

TYPE OF STOCK OPTION:                     NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

 

  1.

GRANT OF OPTION. The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (this “Option”) to purchase up to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company set forth above as Option Shares (collectively, the “Shares”) exercisable at the Exercise Price Per Share, as set forth above (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Plan. This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

  2.

VESTING; EXERCISE PERIOD.

 

  2.01

Vesting of Shares. This Option shall be exercisable as it vests. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, this Option shall become exercisable as to portions of the Shares as follows: [                                                         

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

__________________________]. Notwithstanding, this Option shall vest and be exercisable in full upon the Optionee’s death, Disability, or upon a Change in Control.

 

Page 1 of 9


  2.02

Continuance of Service/Employment Required. The vesting schedule described in Section 2.01 above, requires continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date as a condition to the vesting of the applicable installment of this Option and the rights and benefits under this Option. Service or employment for only a portion of the vesting period, even if a substantial portion, will not entitle the Optionee to any proportionate vesting or avoid or mitigate a termination of rights and benefits upon or following a termination of service or employment. If the Optionee ceases to serve the Company or an Affiliate or as a director or employee for any reason other than death or Disability, the Option or portion thereof that is not exercisable on the date of such termination of service or employment shall immediately expire, and the Option or portion thereof that is exercisable, unless stated otherwise, herein, on the date of such termination of service or employment may be exercised during a 90-day period after such date (after which period the Option shall expire), but in no event may the Option be exercised after its expiration under the terms of the Option. If the Optionee ceases to serve the Company or an Affiliate or as a director or employee due to death or Disability, the Option may be exercised during a 365-day period after such date (after which period the Option shall expire), but in no event may the Option be exercised after its expiration under the terms of the Option.

 

  2.03

Expiration. This Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth above and must be exercised, if at all, on or before the Expiration Date. In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.

 

  3

MANNER OF EXERCISE.

 

  3.01

Stock Option Exercise Agreement. To exercise this Option, Optionee (or in the case of exercise after Optionee’s death, Optionee’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Secretary of the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in such form as may be approved by the Company from time to time (the “Exercise Agreement”), which shall set forth, inter alia, Optionee’s election to exercise this Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, any restrictions imposed on the Shares and any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Optionee’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than Optionee exercises this Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company that such person has the right to exercise this Option.

 

  3.02

Limitations on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise. In addition, to the extent allowed by applicable law, if the Optionee is indebted to the Company on the date of vesting, the Optionee’s right to exercise this Option shall be suspended until such time as the Optionee satisfies in full any such indebtedness; provided that a suspension under this Section 3.02 shall not extend the Expiration Date.

 

Page 2 of 9


  3.03

Payment. The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Option Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased by cash, check, bank draft, money order or wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company in the amount equal to the number of Option Shares to be acquired multiplied by the Exercise Price or, if permitted by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), at its sole discretion, where permitted by law:

 

  (a)

By delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

  (b)

By a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares with a fair market value (as defined in Section 2(j) of the Plan) that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Optionee to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; and provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” and/or (B) shares are delivered to the Optionee as a result of such exercise; or

 

  (c)

In any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

  3.04

Tax Withholding. To the extent required by applicable federal, state or local law, an Optionee must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any withholding or similar tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan.

 

  3.05

Issuance of Shares. Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment of the Exercise Price are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the name of Optionee, Optionee’s authorized assignee, Optionee’s legal representative, or such other name as Optionee directs in writing; provided, however, that such delivery shall be deemed effected for all purposes when a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have deposited such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Optionee at the Optionee’s Address specified pursuant to this Option.

 

  4

ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the time at which any option may be exercised, including, but not limited to, upon the occurrence of the events specified herein.

 

  5

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer.

 

Page 3 of 9


  6

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. This Option is personal to Optionee and, without the express written consent of Company which shall be given in Company’s sole discretion, may not be transferred by Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee or by Optionee’s legal representative in the event of Optionee’s legal incapacity. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Company is not obligated to register the Shares under the Securities Act. Anything in the Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Optionee shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Shares without registration under the Securities Act or unless (a) an exemption from registration is available, (b) Optionee has furnished the Company with written notice of the proposed transfer and (c) legal counsel to the Company has determined that the proposed transfer is exempt from registration.

 

  7

PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT. Unless the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Company has determined that such registration is unnecessary, Optionee may be required by the Company to give a representation in writing that he or she is acquiring such Shares for his own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof.

 

  8

OPTIONEE REPRESENTATION. Optionee hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Option by Optionee does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Optionee is a party or by which he is bound; (b) Optionee is acquiring this Option, and will acquire the Shares, for his own account and not with a view towards the distribution thereof; (c) Optionee will bear the economic risk of an investment in the Option Shares, which cannot be sold unless the transaction is registered under the Securities Act of an exemption from registration is available; (d) Optionee has had the opportunity to ask questions of and to receive answers from the officers and directors of the Company who possess such information or can acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense; (e) Optionee is aware that the Company may place stop-transfer orders with its transfer agent against the transfer of the Shares in the absence of registration under the Securities Act or the availability of an exemption from registration; (f) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Option shall be the valid and binding obligation of Optionee, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and (g) Optionee has consulted with (or has had an opportunity to consult with) independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Option (including, without limitation, the Plan) and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein and therein.

 

  9

PROHIBITED ACTIVITY.

 

  9.01

General. If the Optionee engages in any “Prohibited Activity,” this Agreement will terminate effective as of the date on which the Optionee first engages in such activity, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. In addition, if the Optionee has exercised all or any portion of the Option within the period beginning 365 days prior to the Optionee first engaging in the Prohibited Activity, any “Option Gain” shall be paid by the Optionee to the Company.

 

Page 4 of 9


  9.02

Defined. For purposes of this provision, the term Prohibited Activity shall include:

 

  (a)

Conduct related to the Optionee’s services or employment for which either civil or criminal penalties against the Optionee may be sought;

 

  (b)

Violation of Company policies;

 

  (c)

Accepting employment with or serving as a consultant, advisor, or in any other capacity to an employer that is in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company, including employing or recruiting any present, former, or future employee of the Company; or

 

  (d)

Disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning or belonging to the Company.

 

  9.03

Option Gain. For purposes of this provision, the term Option Gain shall mean any gain represented by the market value per Share on the date of such exercise(s) over the exercise price per Share, multiplied by the number of Shares subject to the Option exercise, without regard to any subsequent market price decrease or increase.

 

  9.04

Consent. By accepting this Option, the Optionee consents to a deduction from any amounts the Company owes the Optionee from time to time (including amounts owed to the Optionee as wages or other compensation, fringe benefits, or vacation pay, as well as any other amounts owed to the Optionee by the Company), to the extent of any amounts the Optionee is obligated to pay the Company under Section 9.01 above. Whether or not the Company elects to make any set-off, in whole or in part, if the Company does not recover by means of set-off the full amount the Optionee owes, calculated as set forth above, the Optionee agrees to pay immediately the unpaid balance to the Company.

 

  9.05

Release. The Optionee may be released from the Optionee’s obligations under this Section 9 only if the Board determines that, in its sole discretion, such action is in the best interests of the Company.

 

  10

NON-SOLICITATION.

 

  10.01

Non-solicitation Restrictions. In consideration of the Option, the Optionee agrees and covenants not to:

 

  (a)

directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Company or its Affiliates for one (1) year following the Optionee’s termination of employment or other service;

 

  (b)

directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including, but not limited to, e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to

 

Page 5 of 9


  contact or meet with the current, former or prospective customers of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Company or any of its Affiliates for a period of one (1) year following the Optionee’s termination of employment or other service.

 

  10.02

Enforcement of Non-solicitation Restrictions. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Optionee of any of the covenants contained in Section 10.01:

 

  (a)

any unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such breach, unless sooner terminated by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement or the Plan; and

 

  (b)

the Optionee hereby consents and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief.

 

  11

CLAWBACK. All Options are subject to the Company’s Clawback Policy as in effect from time to time and, in accordance with such policy, may be subject to the requirement that any Option Gain be repaid to the Company after they have been distributed to the Participant. The action permitted to be taken by the Company under this Section 11 is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any and all other rights of the Company under applicable law and will apply notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan.

 

  12

REPURCHASE OF STOCK.

 

  12.01

Company Repurchase Right.

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise provided hereunder, upon termination, whether by the Optionee or by the Company, for any reason, of Optionee’s employment or other service, the Company may, at the Company’s sole discretion, repurchase from Optionee and Optionee shall sell to the Company any and all Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement (the “Covered Shares”). In the event the Company elects to repurchase Covered Shares, the Company shall deliver written notice of repurchase (the “Repurchase Notice”) to Optionee (or any subsequent holder of the Covered Shares) no more than 180 days following the day of termination specifying (x) the number of Covered Shares that the Company intends to repurchase, and (y) the purchase price for the Covered Shares (the “Purchase Price”), which shall be the lesser of (i) a price equal to the multiple of one and one quarter percent (1.25%) of the book value per share of the Common Stock of the Company as of the most recent fiscal quarter ended or (ii) the most recent

 

Page 6 of 9


  Current Valuation of the Company if a Current Valuation has been performed during the twelve months preceding the date of the Repurchase Notice. The above calculation of the Purchase Price shall be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, and shall be binding on Optionee, absent manifest error.

 

  (b)

If the Company elects to repurchase the Covered Shares, Optionee hereby agrees to effectuate any and all measures and deliver any and all documents reasonably requested by the Company to effect the sale of the Covered Shares at the Company’s main office or at such other place and time as mutually agreed to by the Company and the Optionee within ten (10) days following the receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals and the expiration of any regulatory waiting periods.

 

  (c)

The Company and the Optionee agree that the stock records of the Company and any certificates representing the Shares shall bear a legend that shall read as follows:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A REPURCHASE RIGHT BY THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) PURSUANT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE. ANY HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE TAKES THE SAME AND HOLDS IT SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT. ALL PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS CERTIFICATE. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  12.02

Company Repurchase Right in the Event of a Corporate Change. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 12.01, any repurchase noticed by the Company in accordance with this Section 12 following a Corporate Change shall only be effective if the Optionee delivers to the Company within five (5) business days a written notice of Optionee’s consent to such repurchase. The Company’s notice of repurchase following a Corporate Change shall include notice of the language in this provision. Optionee’s consent to such repurchase in the event of Corporate Change shall be in Optionee’s sole discretion.

 

  13

PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP. Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Optionee.

 

  14

NO ADDITIONAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. Optionee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company or its Affiliates or in service on the Board or as a service provider so long as Optionee remains an employee, director, advisory director or other service provider of the Company or its Affiliates. Any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment or service and the cause of such termination shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final. Nothing contained herein or as

 

Page 7 of 9


  a result of any option granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon Optionee the right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or its Affiliates, nor shall anything contained herein be construed or interpreted to limit the “employment at will” relationship between Optionee and the Company or its Affiliates.

 

  15

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and Optionee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

  16

NOTICES. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal office. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated above or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: personal delivery; three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested); one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid); or one (1) business day after transmission by facsimile.

 

  17

TAX TREATMENT. Neither party hereto has made any representations or warranties to the other party with respect to the tax treatment of the transactions contemplated hereby. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of this Option or disposition of the Shares and that the Company has advised Optionee to consult a tax advisor prior to such exercise or disposition.

 

  18

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER. The provisions of this Option may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Board and Optionee, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Option shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Option.

 

  19

HEADINGS. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Option.

 

  20

GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without regard to that body of law pertaining to choice of law or conflict of law.

 

  21

ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understanding and agreements with respect to such subject matter.

 

  22

INTERPRETATION. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee of the Company to the Board for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board shall be final and binding on the Company and Optionee.

 

 

Page 8 of 9


  23

ACCEPTANCE. Optionee has read and understands the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and accepts this Option subject to all the terms and conditions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate by its duly authorized representative and Optionee has executed this Agreement in duplicate as of the Date of Grant.

Executed this _____ day of _____________, 20___.

 

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.

   

OPTIONEE

By:

     

By:

 

 

 

     
     

Name

 

 

Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 10.21

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2019 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM OF STOCK OPTION AWARD GRANT NOTICE

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares set forth below of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Shares”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), and in the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Award Grant Notice (this “Grant Notice) and the Agreement.

 

Participant:      
Grant Date:      
Vesting Commencement Date:      
Number of Shares Subject to Option:      
Exercise Price (Per Share):      
Expiration Date:      
Type of Grant:    Incentive Stock Option    ☐   Nonstatutory Stock Option
Vesting Schedule:      

By his or her signature below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement, and this Grant Notice. The Participant has reviewed the Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement, the Appendix and the Plan. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or relating to the Option.

{Signature Page Follows}


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.      PARTICIPANT
By:  

                 

     By:   

                 

Print

Name:

      

Print

Name:

  
Title:          
       Address:   


EXHIBIT A

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Stock Option Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached, Third Coast Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares set forth in the Grant Notice of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Shares”). Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Company’s 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and the Grant Notice.

1. Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

2. Award of Option.

(a) Award. Pursuant to the Grant Notice and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date, the Company has granted to the Participant an Option to purchase up to the number of Shares specified in the Grant Notice at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b) Vesting. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Option shall vest and become exercisable for Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the Option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the Option shall remain vested and exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Option term under Sections 3 or 6(b), below.

(c) Term of Option. The Option may be exercised only until the close of business on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Sections 3 or 6(b), below, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in no event shall the Option be exercisable more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date. If the Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant owned (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Option was granted, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the term shall be in no event more than five (5) years from the Grant Date.

3. Termination of Service.

(a) General Rule. If the Participant ceases to provide services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) in the capacity of an employee, director or consultant (collectively referred to herein as “Service”) for any reason other than death, Disability, or for Cause, then (i) that portion of the Option, if any, that is unvested as of the date of such termination of Service shall terminated and be cancelled for no consideration, and (ii) that portion of the Option, if any, that is vested as of the date of such termination of Service shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the thirty (30) day period measured from the date of such termination of Service or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(b) Death or Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates due to the Participant’s death or Disability (i) that portion of the Option, if any, that is unvested as of the date of such termination

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


of Service shall terminated and be cancelled for no consideration, and (ii) that portion of the Option, if any, that is vested as of the date of such termination of Service shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of such termination of Service or (ii) the Expiration Date.. For this purpose “Disability” shall have meaning set forth in the Participant’s employment agreement or similar arrangement with the Company or a Subsidiary; provided that if no such agreement or definition exists, “Disability” shall mean that the Participant would qualify to receive benefit payments under the long-term disability policy, as it may be amended from time to time, of the Company or the Subsidiary or Affiliate to which the Participant provides services regardless of whether the Participant is covered by such policy. If the Company or the Subsidiary or Affiliate to which the Participant provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Participant is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Participant by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days. A Participant shall not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan, “Disability” means that the Participant is disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(c) Number of Exercisable Shares Post-Service. During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the Option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested Shares for which the Option is exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, the Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Shares for which the Option has not been exercised.

(d) Termination for Cause. If the Participant’s Service terminates for Cause or if the Participant engage in conduct constituting Cause while the Option is outstanding, then the Option (whether then vested or unvested) shall immediately terminate and be cancelled for no consideration. In the event the Participant’s Service is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Participant’s Service will be terminated for Cause, all of the Participant’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period. For this purpose, “Cause” shall have meaning set forth in the Participant’s employment agreement or similar arrangement with the Company or a Subsidiary; provided that if no such agreement or definition exists, “Cause” shall mean (i) the Participant’s willful failure to perform his or her duties to the Company and its Affiliates, which duties are commensurate with those of the position for which the Participant is then employed; (ii) the Participant’s failure to follow the express instructions of the Board or the Participant’s direct or indirect supervisors; (iii) any material violation by the Participant of the policies of the Company or an Affiliate thereof set forth in a written code of conduct or similar document and applicable to the Participant that is not cured within five (5) days after notice thereof to the Participant; (iv) any act of gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct by the Participant materially injuring the interest, business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate thereof; (v) the Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (vi) the Participant’s misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of the Company or any Affiliate thereof; or (vii) any material breach by the Participant of any written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate thereof.

(e) Termination of Service. For purposes of this Agreement, the Participant’s date of termination of Service shall mean the date upon which the Participant ceases active performance of services for the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as determined by the Company following the provision of such notification of termination or resignation from Service and shall be determined solely by this Agreement and without reference to any other agreement, written or oral, including the Participant’s contract of employment (if any). Thus, in the event of termination of the Participant’s Service (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s contract of employment, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any employment or consulting agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, or determined by the Committee, (i) the Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date; and (ii) the period (if any) during which the Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of the Participant’s Service will commence on the date Participant ceases active performance of services; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Option (including whether the Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

4. Exercise of Option.

(a) Method of Exercise. In order to exercise the Option with respect to all or any part of the Shares for which the Option is at the time vested and exercisable, the Participant (or any other person or persons exercising the Option) must take the following actions:

(i) Execute and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise (the “Notice of Exercise”) in the form authorized by the Company, which may be electronic or written. An electronic Notice of Exercise must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the applicable authorized representative of the Company (including a Company-designated brokerage firm). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Notice of Exercise, the Option shall be exercised by a written Notice of Exercise addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed e-mail transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the applicable authorized representative of the Company (including a Company-designated brokerage firm). Each Notice of Exercise, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole Shares for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. Further, each Notice of Exercise must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Sections 2(b), 3 or 6(b) of this Agreement.

(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased Shares in one or more of the following forms:

(A) cash or check which, in the Company’s sole discretion, shall be made payable to a Company-designated brokerage firm or the Company; or

(B) as permitted by applicable law, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Participant (or any other person or persons exercising the Option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased Shares plus all applicable Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 5(a)) and (B) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

(iii) Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the Option (if other than the Participant) have the right to exercise the Option.

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


(iv) Make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or Subsidiary or Affiliate employing or retaining the Participant) for the satisfaction of all applicable Tax-Related Items requirements applicable to the Option exercise.

Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the exercise of the Option, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Notice of Exercise delivered to the Company (or a Company-designated brokerage firm) in connection with the Option exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to restrict the methods of payment of the Exercise Price if necessary to comply with local law, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

As soon as practical after the exercise date, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of the Participant (or any other person or persons exercising the Option) the purchased Shares (as evidenced by an appropriate entry on the books of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), subject to the appropriate legends and/or stop transfer instructions.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, this Agreement or any other agreement to the contrary, if at the time this Option is exercised, the Participant is indebted to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) for any reason, the following actions shall be taken, as deemed appropriate by the Committee: (A) any Shares to be issued upon such exercise shall automatically be pledged against Participant’s outstanding indebtedness; and (B) if this Option is exercised in accordance with Section 4(a)(ii)(B) above, the after-tax proceeds of the sale of the Participant’s Shares shall automatically be applied to the outstanding balance of the Participant’s indebtedness.

(b) Restrictions on Exercise of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The exercise of the Option and issuance of Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of U.S. federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No Shares may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable U.S. federal, state or foreign securities laws or other laws or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Shares may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any Shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company. Further, regardless of whether the transfer or issuance of the Shares to be issued pursuant to the Option has been registered under the Securities Act or has been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company may impose additional restrictions upon the sale, pledge, or other transfer of the Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates and the issuance of stop-transfer instructions to the Company’s transfer agent) if, in the judgment of the Company and the Company’s counsel, such restrictions are necessary in order to achieve compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State, or any other law.

(c) Fractional Shares. In no event may the Option be exercised for any fractional Shares.

(d) Excess Shares. If the Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of Shares which may without stockholder approval be issued under the Plan, then the Option shall be void with respect to those excess Shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


sufficiently increasing the number of Shares issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

(e) Financing. To the extent the Participant is not an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit the Participant to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Shares by delivering a full-recourse promissory note payable to the Company. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate, the requirements for collateral and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5. Tax Withholding and Advice.

(a) In General. The Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Participant or deemed by the Company or the Employer in its discretion to be an appropriate charge to the Participant even if legally applicable to the Company or the Employer (“Tax-Related Items”), is and remains the Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Withholding of Taxes. Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Participant agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items (including hypothetical withholding tax amounts if the Participant is covered under a Company tax equalization policy). In this regard, the Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(i) withholding from the Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Participant by the Company or the Employer; or

(ii) withholding a number of whole Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant upon exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value equal to the Tax-Related Items obligations, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the Tax-Related Items obligations arise; or

(iii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, either through a voluntary sale (specifically including where this Option is exercised in accordance with Section 4(a)(ii)(B) above) or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent; or

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


(iv) direct payment from the Participant.

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Share equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Option, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

(c) Tax Advice. The Participant represents, warrants and acknowledges that the Company has made no warranties or representations to the Participant with respect to the income tax, social contributions or other tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Participant is in no manner relying on the Company or the Company’s representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences. THE PARTICIPANT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE TAX AND SOCIAL SECURITY LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE PARTICIPANT IS HEREBY ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH HIS OR HER OWN PERSONAL TAX, LEGAL AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICIPANT’S PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN BEFORE TAKING ANY ACTION RELATED TO THE PLAN. NOTHING STATED HEREIN IS INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAXPAYER PENALTIES.

6. Effect of Change of Control on Award. This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(a) Acceleration of Vesting. In the event of a Change of Control, the Option, to the extent outstanding at that time but not otherwise fully vested or exercisable, shall automatically accelerate so that the Option shall, effective immediately prior to the effective time of the Change of Control, be fully vested and exercisable.

(b) Termination of the Option Upon Change of Control. Upon the consummation of the Change of Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised as of the effective time of such Change of Control, shall terminate and be cancelled for no consideration, except (i) to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof), (ii) expressly continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control.

7. Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. The Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 4(f) of the Plan. Upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4(f) of the Plan, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which a holder of a Share issuable in settlement of the Option would be entitled shall be immediately subject to the Agreement and included within the meaning of the term “Shares” for all purposes of the Option. The Participant shall be notified of such adjustments and such adjustments shall be binding upon the Company and the Participant.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder. The Participant shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the Shares until the Participant exercises the Option, pays the Exercise Price and the purchased Shares are issued or the purchased Shares are deposited in a brokerage account (as evidenced by the

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 7.

(b) Amendment. The Committee may amend this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment may adversely affect the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant, except to the extent such amendment is desirable or necessary to comply with applicable law, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code as further provided in the Plan. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

(c) Nontransferability of the Option. Prior to the issuance of Shares upon exercise, no right or interest of the Participant in the Option nor any Shares subject to the Option shall be in any manner pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall become subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company, or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, no Option shall be assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to the Option shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

(d) Further Instruments and Imposition of Other Requirements. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(e) Participant Acknowledgements. In accepting the Option, the Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(i) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(ii) the Option grant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, to terminate the Participant’s employment or service relationship (if any);

(iii) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(iv) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(v) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of the Participant’s Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s contact of employment, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which the Participant is otherwise not entitled, the Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(vi) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(vii) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value; and

(viii) if the Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price.

(f) Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

(g) Notices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Participant shall be in writing and addressed to the Participant at the address maintained for the Participant in the Company’s records or at the address of the local office of the Company or of a Subsidiary or Affiliate at which the Participant works.

(h) Construction of Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement, and the Option evidenced hereby (i) are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan, and (ii) constitute the entire agreement between the Participant and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersede all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties related to the subject matter. All decisions of the Committee with respect to any question or issue arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this Option.

(i) Governing Law and Venue. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, U.S.A. without regard to the conflict-of-laws rules thereof or of any other jurisdiction. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this grant or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Texas, agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Jefferson County, Texas, or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of Texas, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

(j) Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and State securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

(k) Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice, the Plan, this Agreement and the Grant Notice shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A of the Code (with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof (“Section 409A”)). The Company reserves the right, to the extent the Company deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, including amendments or actions that would result in a reduction in benefits payable under the Option, as the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to ensure that this Option qualifies for exemption from, or complies with the requirements of, Section 409A or mitigate any additional tax, interest and/or penalties or other adverse tax consequences that may apply under Section 409A; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation that the Option will be exempt from, or will comply with, Section 409A, and makes no undertakings to preclude Section 409A from applying to the Option or to ensure that it complies with Section 409A.

(l) Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

(m) Administration. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.

(n) Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(o) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable for any reason, it shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, in order to achieve the intent of the parties to the extent possible. In any event, all other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid and enforceable to the full extent possible.

(p) Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan


(q) Waiver. The Participant acknowledges that the Company’s waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Participant or any other participant.

(r) Clawback. The Options shall be subject to the Clawback provisions contained in Section 34 of the Plan.

 

  

Exhibit A

Stock Option Award Agreement

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.22

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2019 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

(Non-Employee Director)

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan, attached as Appendix A (the “Plan”), and the associated Restricted Stock Award Agreement, attached as Appendix B (the “Agreement”), you are hereby awarded shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (“Common Stock”) subject to and under the conditions set forth below, in the Agreement, and in the Plan (the “Restricted Shares”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Grantee:                        
Date of Grant:    October     , 2021
Vesting Commencement Date:    The date on which the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on October     , 2021, is declared effective by the SEC
Number of Restricted Shares:    2,000
Vesting Schedule:   

Except as otherwise provided below or in the Agreement, the Restricted Shares covered by this award will become vested as follows:

 

1. Fifty percent (50%) of the Number of Restricted Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; and

 

2. Fifty percent (50%) of the Number of Restricted Shares shall vest on the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date;

 

provided, in each case, you remain a Non-Employee Director, Employee or Consultant continuously from the Date of Grant through each applicable vesting date.

 

If the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, initially filed with the SEC on October     , 2021, has not been declared effective by the SEC as of the close of business on December 31, 2021, then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all Restricted Shares covered by this award will be forfeited to and reacquired by the Company effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2021.

By accepting the Restricted Shares you acknowledge receipt of the Restricted Shares issued on the Date of Grant indicated above, which have been issued under the terms and conditions of this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Notice of Grant”), the Plan and the Agreement. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Notice of Grant or the Agreement. You further acknowledge and agree that (a) in deciding to enter into this Agreement, you are relying on your own judgment and the judgment of the


professionals of your choice with whom you have consulted, and (b) a copy of the Agreement and the Plan have been made available to you.

In addition, you are consenting to receive documents from the Company and any plan administrator by means of electronic delivery, provided that such delivery complies with applicable law. This consent shall be effective for the entire time that you are a participant in the Plan.

Note: To accept the Restricted Shares, execute this form and return an executed copy to                      by October 29, 2021. Failure to return the executed copy by such date will render this issuance invalid.


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

a Texas corporation

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Accepted by:

 

 

[insert name of Grantee]
Date:                                                                                        

 

Attachments:    Appendix A – Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
   Appendix B – Restricted Stock Award Agreement


Appendix A

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan

[Attached.]


Appendix B

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

[Attached.]


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2019 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Company’s 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Company has granted to you an award of the Number of Restricted Shares set forth in that certain Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Notice of Grant”) executed by you and the Company. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant, each of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. The Restricted Shares issued to you pursuant to this Agreement and the Notice of Grant are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan and the Notice of Grant.

1. Restricted Shares. Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company hereby grants you effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Notice of Grant, as a matter of separate inducement but not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for your services for the Company, an award (the “Award”) consisting of the Number of Restricted Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. To ensure compliance with the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares, the provisions of the charter documents of the Company, and/or applicable law and for other proper purposes, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” and other instructions to its transfer agent with respect to the Restricted Shares. The Company shall notify the transfer agent as and when the restrictions lapse.

2. Vesting.

(a) Vesting Schedule. Unless earlier vested or forfeited in accordance with this Agreement, the Restricted Shares will vest on the vesting date(s) set forth in the Notice of Grant; provided, however, that all unvested Restricted Shares will become vested (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Change of Control or (ii) upon your termination of employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries due to your death or Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a long-term disability that entitles you (or would entitle you) to receive benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan as then in effect.

(b) Involuntary Termination without Cause or Voluntary Resignation for Good Reason. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if you are a party to a written employment, severance or change in control agreement with the Company and/or a Subsidiary (an “Employment Agreement”) that provides that the vesting of any portion of the Restricted Shares accelerates upon your termination of employment without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in such Employment Agreement), then the provisions of such Employment Agreement shall govern, including the definitions of “cause” and “good reason.”

3. Termination of Employment or Service. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2 of this Agreement, if your employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries ends for any reason, then you will immediately forfeit, and the Company will immediately re-acquire, all then unvested Restricted Shares for no consideration. The Company determines when your employment or service terminates for this purpose and all purposes under the Plan, and its determination is conclusive and binding on all Persons.

4. Restrictions on Transfer. The Restricted Shares covered by this Award shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, disposed of, pledged or otherwise hypothecated by you (other than to the Company) unless and until they become vested and cease to be Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 2 above. Any attempted sale, assignment, transfer, disposition, pledge or hypothecation of the Restricted Shares in

 

Page 1 of 4


violation of this Agreement shall be void and of no effect and the Company shall have the right to disregard the same on its books and records and issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5. Escrow. By your acceptance of the Award, you will be deemed to appoint, and do so appoint, the Secretary of the Company or such other escrow holder as the Committee may appoint to hold the Restricted Shares in escrow as your attorney(s)-in-fact to effect any transfer of unvested forfeited Restricted Shares (or Restricted Shares otherwise reacquired by the Company hereunder) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement and to execute such documents as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer.

6. Removal of Notations. As soon as administratively practicable after the vesting of any Restricted Shares subject to the Award pursuant to Section 2 hereof and your satisfaction of the required Tax Withholdings pursuant to Section 9, the Company shall remove the notations on any Restricted Shares subject to the Award which have vested. You (or your beneficiary or personal representative in the event of your death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances required by the Company.

7. Rights as Shareholder; Dividend Equivalents. Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the Date of Grant you shall have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any cash or stock dividends; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of any cash or stock dividends shall be held by the Company, without interest thereon, and paid to you as soon as practicable following the date on which the Restricted Shares to which such dividends relate vest. Any dividends held by the Company on Restricted Shares that do not vest shall be forfeited and retained by the Company.

8. Section 83(b) Election. If you make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Shares as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Shares rather than as of the date or dates upon which you would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, you hereby agree to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Withholding Requirements. The notations on the Restricted Shares will not be removed by the Company unless and until you make satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Committee) for the payment of the amount the Company deems appropriate to satisfy its (or its Subsidiary’s) current or future obligation to withhold federal, state or local income or other taxes that you incur as a result of the grant or vesting of the Restricted Shares (the “Tax Withholdings”). If you fail to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax Withholdings under this Agreement, the Company may refuse to remove the notations on the Restricted Shares, to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

(b) Withholding. With respect to any required Tax Withholdings, you may: (i) direct the Company to withhold from the Restricted Shares a number of shares of Common Stock to satisfy such Tax Withholdings, which determination will be based on the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time such determination is made; (ii) deliver to the Company shares of Common Stock sufficient to satisfy such withholding, based on the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time such determination is made; (iii) provide for withholding from proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to you pursuant to this Award through a voluntary broker-assisted sale arranged by the Company; or (iv) deliver cash to the Company sufficient to satisfy such withholding obligations. If you desire to elect to use the withholding option described in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii),

 

Page 2 of 4


you must make the election at the time and in the manner the Company prescribes. The Committee, in its discretion, may deny your request to satisfy tax withholding using a method described under subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii). In the event the Company determines that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock withheld as payment of any Tax Withholdings is insufficient to discharge its tax withholding obligation, then you must pay to the Company, in cash, the amount of that deficiency immediately upon the Company’s request.

10. Compliance with Securities Law. The Restricted Shares are not registered under the Securities Act. At this time, the Company has determined that the issuance of the Restricted Shares under this Award is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. If the Company determines at any time that an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act was not available or that the issuance of the Restricted Shares otherwise would not comply with any other applicable laws and regulations, then the Company may rescind the Restricted Shares.

11. Legends. The Company may at any time place legends referencing any restrictions imposed on the shares pursuant to this Agreement on all certificates representing Restricted Shares issued with respect to this Award.

12. Right of the Company and Bank to Terminate Services. Nothing in this Agreement confers upon you the right to continue in the employ of or performing services for the Company or any Subsidiary, or interfere in any way with the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate your employment or service relationship at any time.

13. Furnish Information. You agree to furnish to the Company all information requested by the Company to enable it to comply with any reporting or other requirements imposed upon the Company by or under any applicable statute or regulation.

14. Clawback. This Award and the Restricted Shares covered thereunder are subject to mandatory repayment by you to the Company to the extent you are or in the future become subject to any bank regulatory requirement and/or Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by you to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to you in the event that you fail to comply with, or violate, the terms or requirements of such bank regulatory requirement or policy.

15. Remedies. The parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to recover from each other reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the successful enforcement of the terms and provisions of this Agreement whether by an action to enforce specific performance or for damages for its breach or otherwise.

16. No Liability for Good Faith Determinations. The Company and the members of the Board shall not be liable for any act, omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Agreement or the Restricted Shares granted hereunder.

17. Execution of Receipts and Releases. Any issuance or transfer of shares of Common Stock or other property to you, or to your legal representative, heir, legatee or distributee, in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such Persons hereunder. The Company may require you or your legal representative, heir, legatee or distributee, as a condition precedent to such payment or issuance, to execute a release and receipt therefor in such form as it shall determine.

18. No Guarantee of Interests. The Board and the Company do not guarantee the shares of Common Stock covered by this Award from loss or depreciation.

 

Page 3 of 4


19. Company Records. Records of the Company or its Subsidiaries regarding your period of service, termination of service and the reason(s) therefor, leaves of absence, re-employment, and other matters shall be conclusive for all purposes hereunder, unless determined by the Company to be incorrect.

20. Notice. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing and personally delivered or sent by mail and shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is actually received by the person to whom it is properly addressed or if earlier the date it is sent via certified United States mail.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon you, your legal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, and upon the Company, its successors and assigns.

22. Section 409A. This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements for avoiding additional taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by you on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

23. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but such provision shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

24. Company Action. Any action required of the Company shall be by resolution of the Board or by a person or entity authorized to act by resolution of the Board.

25. Headings. The titles and headings of Sections are included for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of the provisions hereof.

26. Governing Law. All questions arising with respect to the provisions of this Agreement shall be determined by application of the laws of Texas, without giving any effect to any conflict of law provisions thereof, except to the extent Texas state law is preempted by federal law. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Restricted Shares hereunder is subject to applicable laws and to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, or delivery of such Restricted Shares.

27. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended the Board or by the Committee at any time (a) if the Board or the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that amendment is necessary or advisable in light of any addition to or change in any federal or state, tax or securities law or other law or regulation, which change occurs after the Date of Grant and by its terms applies to the Award; or (b) other than in the circumstances described in clause (a) or provided in the Plan, with your consent.

28. The Plan. This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained in the Plan.

BY SIGNING THE NOTICE OF GRANT AND ACCEPTING THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED SHARES, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE, IN THE NOTICE OF GRANT, AND IN THE PLAN.

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.23

THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2019 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan, attached as Appendix A (the “Plan”), and the associated Restricted Stock Award Agreement, attached as Appendix B (the “Agreement”), you are hereby awarded shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (“Common Stock”) subject to and under the conditions set forth below, in the Agreement, and in the Plan (the “Restricted Shares”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Grantee:                        
Date of Grant:    October     , 2021
Vesting Commencement Date:    The date on which the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on October     , 2021, is declared effective by the SEC
Number of Restricted Shares:                        
Vesting Schedule:   

Except as otherwise provided below or in the Agreement, the Restricted Shares covered by this award will become vested as follows:

 

1. One-third of the Number of Restricted Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date;

 

2. One-third of the Number of Restricted Shares shall vest on the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; and

 

3. One-third of the Number of Restricted Shares shall vest on the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date;

 

provided, in each case, you remain an Employee, Consultant and/or Non-Employee Director continuously from the Date of Grant through each applicable vesting date.

 

If the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, initially filed with the SEC on October     , 2021, has not been declared effective by the SEC as of the close of business on December 31, 2021, then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all Restricted Shares covered by this award will be forfeited to and reacquired by the Company effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2021.

By accepting the Restricted Shares you acknowledge receipt of the Restricted Shares issued on the Date of Grant indicated above, which have been issued under the terms and conditions of this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Notice of Grant”), the Plan and the Agreement. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising


under the Plan, this Notice of Grant or the Agreement. You further acknowledge and agree that (a) in deciding to enter into this Agreement, you are relying on your own judgment and the judgment of the professionals of your choice with whom you have consulted, and (b) a copy of the Agreement and the Plan have been made available to you.

In addition, you are consenting to receive documents from the Company and any plan administrator by means of electronic delivery, provided that such delivery complies with applicable law. This consent shall be effective for the entire time that you are a participant in the Plan.

Note: To accept the Restricted Shares, execute this form and return an executed copy to                      by October 29, 2021. Failure to return the executed copy by such date will render this issuance invalid.


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

a Texas corporation

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Accepted by:

 

 

[insert name of Grantee]
Date:                                                                                        

 

Attachments:    Appendix A – Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
   Appendix B – Restricted Stock Award Agreement


Appendix A

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan

[Attached.]


Appendix B

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

[Attached.]


THIRD COAST BANCSHARES, INC.

2019 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Company’s 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Company has granted to you an award of the Number of Restricted Shares set forth in that certain Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Notice of Grant”) executed by you and the Company. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant, each of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. The Restricted Shares issued to you pursuant to this Agreement and the Notice of Grant are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan and the Notice of Grant.

1. Restricted Shares. Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company hereby grants you effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Notice of Grant, as a matter of separate inducement but not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for your services for the Company, an award (the “Award”) consisting of the Number of Restricted Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. To ensure compliance with the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares, the provisions of the charter documents of the Company, and/or applicable law and for other proper purposes, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” and other instructions to its transfer agent with respect to the Restricted Shares. The Company shall notify the transfer agent as and when the restrictions lapse.

2. Vesting.

(a) Vesting Schedule. Unless earlier vested or forfeited in accordance with this Agreement, the Restricted Shares will vest on the vesting date(s) set forth in the Notice of Grant; provided, however, that all unvested Restricted Shares will become vested (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Change of Control or (ii) upon your termination of employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries due to your death or Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a long-term disability that entitles you (or would entitle you) to receive benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan as then in effect.

(b) Involuntary Termination without Cause or Voluntary Resignation for Good Reason. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if you are a party to a written employment, severance or change in control agreement with the Company and/or a Subsidiary (an “Employment Agreement”) that provides that the vesting of any portion of the Restricted Shares accelerates upon your termination of employment without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in such Employment Agreement), then the provisions of such Employment Agreement shall govern, including the definitions of “cause” and “good reason.”

3. Termination of Employment or Service. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2 of this Agreement, if your employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries ends for any reason, then you will immediately forfeit, and the Company will immediately re-acquire, all then unvested Restricted Shares for no consideration. The Company determines when your employment or service terminates for this purpose and all purposes under the Plan, and its determination is conclusive and binding on all Persons.

4. Restrictions on Transfer. The Restricted Shares covered by this Award shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, disposed of, pledged or otherwise hypothecated by you (other than to the Company) unless and until they become vested and cease to be Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 2 above. Any attempted sale, assignment, transfer, disposition, pledge or hypothecation of the Restricted Shares in

 

Page 1 of 4


violation of this Agreement shall be void and of no effect and the Company shall have the right to disregard the same on its books and records and issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5. Escrow. By your acceptance of the Award, you will be deemed to appoint, and do so appoint, the Secretary of the Company or such other escrow holder as the Committee may appoint to hold the Restricted Shares in escrow as your attorney(s)-in-fact to effect any transfer of unvested forfeited Restricted Shares (or Restricted Shares otherwise reacquired by the Company hereunder) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement and to execute such documents as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer.

6. Removal of Notations. As soon as administratively practicable after the vesting of any Restricted Shares subject to the Award pursuant to Section 2 hereof and your satisfaction of the required Tax Withholdings pursuant to Section 9, the Company shall remove the notations on any Restricted Shares subject to the Award which have vested. You (or your beneficiary or personal representative in the event of your death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances required by the Company.

7. Rights as Shareholder; Dividend Equivalents. Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the Date of Grant you shall have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any cash or stock dividends; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of any cash or stock dividends shall be held by the Company, without interest thereon, and paid to you as soon as practicable following the date on which the Restricted Shares to which such dividends relate vest. Any dividends held by the Company on Restricted Shares that do not vest shall be forfeited and retained by the Company.

8. Section 83(b) Election. If you make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Shares as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Shares rather than as of the date or dates upon which you would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, you hereby agree to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Withholding Requirements. The notations on the Restricted Shares will not be removed by the Company unless and until you make satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Committee) for the payment of the amount the Company deems appropriate to satisfy its (or its Subsidiary’s) current or future obligation to withhold federal, state or local income or other taxes that you incur as a result of the grant or vesting of the Restricted Shares (the “Tax Withholdings”). If you fail to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax Withholdings under this Agreement, the Company may refuse to remove the notations on the Restricted Shares, to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

(b) Withholding. With respect to any required Tax Withholdings, you may: (i) direct the Company to withhold from the Restricted Shares a number of shares of Common Stock to satisfy such Tax Withholdings, which determination will be based on the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time such determination is made; (ii) deliver to the Company shares of Common Stock sufficient to satisfy such withholding, based on the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time such determination is made; (iii) provide for withholding from proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to you pursuant to this Award through a voluntary broker-assisted sale arranged by the Company; or (iv) deliver cash to the Company sufficient to satisfy such withholding obligations. If you desire to elect to use the withholding option described in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii),

 

Page 2 of 4


you must make the election at the time and in the manner the Company prescribes. The Committee, in its discretion, may deny your request to satisfy tax withholding using a method described under subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii). In the event the Company determines that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock withheld as payment of any Tax Withholdings is insufficient to discharge its tax withholding obligation, then you must pay to the Company, in cash, the amount of that deficiency immediately upon the Company’s request.

10. Compliance with Securities Law. The Restricted Shares are not registered under the Securities Act. At this time, the Company has determined that the issuance of the Restricted Shares under this Award is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. If the Company determines at any time that an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act was not available or that the issuance of the Restricted Shares otherwise would not comply with any other applicable laws and regulations, then the Company may rescind the Restricted Shares.

11. Legends. The Company may at any time place legends referencing any restrictions imposed on the shares pursuant to this Agreement on all certificates representing Restricted Shares issued with respect to this Award.

12. Right of the Company and Bank to Terminate Services. Nothing in this Agreement confers upon you the right to continue in the employ of or performing services for the Company or any Subsidiary, or interfere in any way with the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate your employment or service relationship at any time.

13. Furnish Information. You agree to furnish to the Company all information requested by the Company to enable it to comply with any reporting or other requirements imposed upon the Company by or under any applicable statute or regulation.

14. Clawback. This Award and the Restricted Shares covered thereunder are subject to mandatory repayment by you to the Company to the extent you are or in the future become subject to any bank regulatory requirement and/or Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by you to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to you in the event that you fail to comply with, or violate, the terms or requirements of such bank regulatory requirement or policy.

15. Remedies. The parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to recover from each other reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the successful enforcement of the terms and provisions of this Agreement whether by an action to enforce specific performance or for damages for its breach or otherwise.

16. No Liability for Good Faith Determinations. The Company and the members of the Board shall not be liable for any act, omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Agreement or the Restricted Shares granted hereunder.

17. Execution of Receipts and Releases. Any issuance or transfer of shares of Common Stock or other property to you, or to your legal representative, heir, legatee or distributee, in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such Persons hereunder. The Company may require you or your legal representative, heir, legatee or distributee, as a condition precedent to such payment or issuance, to execute a release and receipt therefor in such form as it shall determine.

18. No Guarantee of Interests. The Board and the Company do not guarantee the shares of Common Stock covered by this Award from loss or depreciation.

 

Page 3 of 4


19. Company Records. Records of the Company or its Subsidiaries regarding your period of service, termination of service and the reason(s) therefor, leaves of absence, re-employment, and other matters shall be conclusive for all purposes hereunder, unless determined by the Company to be incorrect.

20. Notice. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing and personally delivered or sent by mail and shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is actually received by the person to whom it is properly addressed or if earlier the date it is sent via certified United States mail.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon you, your legal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, and upon the Company, its successors and assigns.

22. Section 409A. This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements for avoiding additional taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by you on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

23. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but such provision shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

24. Company Action. Any action required of the Company shall be by resolution of the Board or by a person or entity authorized to act by resolution of the Board.

25. Headings. The titles and headings of Sections are included for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of the provisions hereof.

26. Governing Law. All questions arising with respect to the provisions of this Agreement shall be determined by application of the laws of Texas, without giving any effect to any conflict of law provisions thereof, except to the extent Texas state law is preempted by federal law. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Restricted Shares hereunder is subject to applicable laws and to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, or delivery of such Restricted Shares.

27. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended the Board or by the Committee at any time (a) if the Board or the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that amendment is necessary or advisable in light of any addition to or change in any federal or state, tax or securities law or other law or regulation, which change occurs after the Date of Grant and by its terms applies to the Award; or (b) other than in the circumstances described in clause (a) or provided in the Plan, with your consent.

28. The Plan. This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained in the Plan.

BY SIGNING THE NOTICE OF GRANT AND ACCEPTING THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED SHARES, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE, IN THE NOTICE OF GRANT, AND IN THE PLAN.

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 21.1

Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. Subsidiaries

 

Entity Name

  

State of Incorporation

Third Coast Bank, SSB

  

Texas, U.S.A.

Third Coast Commercial Capital, Inc.

  

Texas, U.S.A.

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. of our report dated April 7, 2021, relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Third Coast Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiary as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

/s/ Whitley Penn LLP

Austin, Texas

October 15, 2021